bbetis toes cea vaet

A ity .

2 ee ee)

re ew ress :

ge sieieese peeece®

* ps meg

as ‘5 Si a te {sibs

rag ets 355

2 Pe: wee 3

Boyes eees . cas “4

, ch ck Sh Ad ¥ se

ete bi

@-688

ates

eS s'

Ga te ; 4 - : ,

tha ‘ 2 J ‘

eres = My

aca

PA Page TH

re)

a”

Eng’

: at

orese Piet

eat

Piers

8-4

2Q se

ie oes

“4

;

‘

' gia:

74.2

omy

rej

3 /

S183 . fos rere =) oer at a) o

breest } yFiese . ha

seacrre

445 %3¢

Meta tanae

“

ee:

e-em

”

i 4e4

one

ye ae a. eh

218 gialne , ; ater,

sia tiese yp gi arertre ? is pesece

a ties I8y 519 7: / : : feaassareis

aes

: :

ere As

8-4

«Ban

“ha @-@e

oG« wate

‘ £4

‘

Era

are

Veena

; tas:

ien @

Ane

=«

Pied

“

oq 5e

‘eos

ier

a-Hoee

Pie

‘er

Bee

r ~

$ nae te

ies =¥

fw 8. te

tk el < s >

apere Tee r +1

ae Lb i

s0~ $2

wets

iareie’ saree "s

Sue, et pe eip ie PBT eL .. fs jase

33 : rrensi@ ye? : ‘ het a

nal (IPE eye e f Pa at

Vin et te

Pugh

4-94

Pee pe

= a8 =

-e-"

LS Pepe ewe

‘ea

Lie he e &

“0

j-Aoaedor

. .¢

a eee o

Ft ar hae ie

4-4.

es4>8

hth 4

erat a8 Geet

4 Setet ed

eee

oi¢

10 Ge i

beater!

(pol

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

' EDITED BY

THE SECRETARIES.

VOL. XXV.

Nos. I. to VII.—1856.

DAVY LVN

*¢ Tt will flourish, if saaaliate chemists, antiquaries, philologers, and men of science,

in different parts of Asia, will commit their observations to writing, and send them to

the Asiatic Society at Calcutta, It will languish if such com munications shall be long

‘Intermitted ; and it will die away, if ly cease.”—Sir Wo. Jones,

PRINTED BY J. THOMAS, BAPTIST MISSION PRESS.

1857.

wh ALP. ‘ oa WAS

er berry reels at roarlnaneenisy irene eh te

‘s A . : . ; ‘ad r f My ‘ bij |

marine to a bad, aa tenes aA lies is ata

mi ot frat Nea tek as Tis OF hee a ue a ie Ah pho

Rivka + itbedbie set hotel e Gauurp res f, Pad

aKok aay me Ay ‘hoe eae, 6 gies

, 4

1) 4

4 pat

», Tr bh 4

) as. wes \y 4

; tees 3 " 3

- ’ J ay

wh... mt ee i ee

‘ hy 1: Mea

a se ~ % ~~

7 J

aa yen 4

% ’ ‘ owen?

Te aii

a] .

Vy 4 7 pt |

CONTE NTS.

Aborigines of the Nilgiris, ys sd ial oe

— of the Eastern Ghauts, ... vee

Agra, Table of Heights and distances along the ae ine

of Railway from Surat to, ‘8

Arabs, The Copernican system of Astronomy among the,

Asiatic Society, vide Proceedings.

Assam, Notes on the Iron Ore, Statistics and Economic Geo-

logy of Upper,

Report on the Progress of itt MieHetie oe anid

the Researches connected with it in Sikkim, the Khasia

Hills and,.. ah

Astronomy, The Copernican system of, among ale Arabs,

Bengal Mineral Waters, Examination of three specimens of)...

Bird from Tibet, on a new Perdicine,

Bokhara, vide Travels.

Botanic Garden, N otes on the Herbarium of the Calcutta, with

especial reference to the completion of the Flora Indica,

Cabul, vide Travels.

Calcutta Botanic Garden, vide Botanic.

Ceylon Coleoptera, Entomological Papers, being descriptions of

- New, with such observations on their habits as appear in any

way interesting, pes ake Mt 381,

Coleoptera, Entomological Papers, being descriptions of New

Ceylon, ... “e 381,

Copernican system of *ieswen tay among the ‘heats The,

Cuttack, Notes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juanga, in-

habiting certain of the Tributary Mehals of,

Page

498

221

189

300

405.

in Contents.

Economic Geology of Upper Assam, Notes on the Iron Ore,

Statistics and,

Enoch, Notice on an Arabic Peapalalion of a spans ascribed “A

Embassies to Pekin, Route of two Nepalese, with remarks on

the water-shed and plateau of Tibet,

Entomological Papers, being descriptions of New Ceylon 0.

leoptera with such observations on their habits, as appear in

any way interesting, ... , del,

Flora Indica, Notes on the HaaeA of the Gants Botanic

Garden, with especial reference to the completion of the, ..

Forest Race, called Puttooas or Juanga, inhabiting certain of

the Tributary Mehals of Cuttack, Notes on,

Geology of Upper Assam, Notes on the Iron Ore Statigits

and Heonomic

Ghats, Eastern, MBrisines of the,

Grammar of the Thadon or new Kookie laniaions A sleet

notice of the,

Herbarium of the Goeius Reece, Ges tas on ae

Himalaya Mountains, Report upon the progress of the Magne-

tic Survey of India and of the researches connected with it

in the, from April to December, 1855,

Historical Records among the Mussulmans, on the origin of

writing down, chi se 303,

Hooghly Waters, vide Silt,

India, Magnetic Survey of, vide Report,

Iron Ore Statistics and Economic Geology of Opps Asenee

Notes on the, ,

Juanga, Notes on a forest race eollae Puttooas or,

Khandgiri, A visit to the Rock-cut temples of, ...

Khasia Hills, vide Magnetic Survey,

Kokan vide Travels.

Kookie language, A slight notice of chi Gituase of the Tha-

don or new, ;

Literary Intelligence, ’.

Magnetic Survey, Report on the progress of ne and the re-

searches connected with it in Sikkim, the Khasia Hills and

Page

3980

133

473

523

Contents. Vv

Page

Assam, April to December, 1855, (1.) in the Himalaya :

Mountains ; from April to October, 1855, __... . 105

Magnetic Ditto, on the Proceedings of the, from January .

May, 1856, s a . 554

Meteorological Ebsosvetaits taken at “ sean Gicttomd

Office for July and August, 1855, (i.—x.) for September and

October, (xxix.) for November and December, 1855, (xli.)

for January, February and March, 1856, (lvu.) for April and

May, (Ixxxi.) for June, July, August, and September, 1856, xcix.

the Government N. W. P. Agra, for June and July, 1855,

(xi.) for August, September and November, 1855, (xvui.) for |

January and February, 1856, (li.) for March and April,

(ixxv.) for Mav and June, (xciii.) for July and August, ... cxxv.

Mineral Waters, Examination of three specimens of Bengal 190

Mohasaby, Notice on the oA) fotse, ite: the earliest work

on Sufism as yet discovered, ul .. 133

Musalmans, on the origin and progress of mene down les

torical facts among the, ta 303, 375

Nepalese Embassies to Pekin, Route of, with tedneits on the

water-shed and plateau of Tibet, . 478

Nilgiris, Aborigines of the, with ena on ieee salle 31, 498

Pekin, Route of two Nepalese Embassies to, with remarks, &., 473

Perdicine bird from Tibet, on a new, 165

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of — fos January,

1856, a o eis tee gta egg

for February, be Rates

————. for March, ig we. 224

for April, val {M227

SS naeeee — - for May, a .. 206

— for June, ee sos) s(Oa9

for July, IR ... 870

for August, ao ... 419

$$ =. for September, Mee ... 450

for October, aay we. =462

for November, she se HO

for December, seh Pe ae iS,

Vi Contents.

Prome, Original Text and Translation of a Scroll of Silver in

the Burmese language, found in a Buddhist Pagoda at,

Puttooas or Juanga, Notes on a Forest Race called, inhabit-

ing certain of the Tributary Mehals of Cuttack, ae

Report on the progress of the Magnetic Survey vide Magne-

tic Survey.

Route of two Nepalese Embsssies to Pekin, with remarks on

the water-shed and plateau of Tibet,

Sarnath, Correspondence relating to the exploration of the

ruins of,

Saskya Pandita, A brief nae of ii, Sthhidshitn, ae N oe

of, with extracts and translations,...

Sikkim, vide Magnetic Survey.

Silt, A second series of experiments to ascertain the mean

quantity of, held in suspension by the waters of the

Hooghly in various months of the year as also the quantity

carried out to sea, with an appendix on its sectional area

and average discharge...

Subhashita Ratna Nidhi of Saskya Pacis A piled notice of

the, with extract and translations,

Sufism, Notice on the wel! styo of Mokbanhy. being the

earliest work on, as yet discovered,

Surat vide Agra.

Temples of Khandgiri, A visit to the Rock-cut, .

Thadon, A slight notice of the Grammar of the, or new Kode

language, .. ss

Tibet, on a new eres ied from,

Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah MueBburles Syud 4

started from Cashmere on the 28th October, 1852, and went

through Yurkund, Kokan, Bokhara and Cabul in search of

Mr. Wyburd, ae

Wagidy’s Campaigns, Nes on Alfred Von Kisthon’s edition

of, te io ce 53,

W yburd, di ey

Yarkund, vide ditto.

Page

173

295

473

395

257

151

257

133

222

178

165

344

199

344

Contents.

INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS.

Csoma De Kordési, A brief Notice of the Subhashita Ratna

Nidhi of Saskya Pandita, sa

Hamilton, Sir R., Bart. Table of heights and iiniteds along

the proposed ae of Railway from Surat to Agra,

Hannay, Lieut.-Col. 8. F., Notes on the Iron Ore Statisties

and Heonomic Geology of Upper Assam, i

Hodgson, B. H. Esq. Aborigines of the Nilgiris,... dl,

On a new Perdicine bird from Tibet,

, Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pe-

—_

. kin with remarks on the Water-shed and plateau of Tibet,

Neitner, John, Esq., Entomological Papers—being descrip-

tions of New Ceylon Coleoptera, with such observations on

their habits as appear in any way interesting, 381,.

Phayre, Major, Original text and translation of a scroll of

vil

Page

257

221

330

498

165

4:73

523

Silver in the Burmese language, found ina Buddhist Pagoda —

at Prome, ... ay be: ae

Piddington, H. Esq. A eee series of experiments to ascer-

tain the mean quantity of Silt held in suspension by the

Waters of the Hooghly in various months of the year, as

also the quantity carried out to sea, with an appendix on

its sectional area and average discharge,

Examination of three specimens of Bengal

Mineral Waters,

Samuells, BK. A. Esq., B. C. 8. A ot to the Boole cut mea

ples of Khandgiri, Se ath se

, Notes on a forest race called

Puttooas or Juanga, inhabiting certain of the Tributary

Mehals of Cuttack,

Schlagintweit, Adolphe and Roberts rears, Rapa upon the

progress of the Magnetic Survey of India and of the re-

searches connected with it in the "ate Mountains,

from April to October, 1855,

, Report on the progress of the

Magnetic Survey and the researches connected with it in

Sikkim, the Khasia Hills and Assam, April to December,

1855,

173

151

190

222

295

105

Vili Contents.

Page

Schlagintweit, Hermann, Report on the progress of the Magne-

tic Survey from January to May, 1856, “3 554

Sprenger, Dr. A. Notes on Alfred von Kremer’s edition of

Waquidy’s Campaigns, ... 53, 199

Notice on the w»}8) tots 90 of Mohasaby, being

the earliest work on Sufism as yet discovered, and on an

Arabic translation of a work ascribed to Enoch, .. 133

The Copernican sae ef Astronomy

among the Arabs, i 5 . 89

On the origin iia progress of rite ahowti

historical facts among the Musalmans, ie 303, 375

Stewart, Lieut. R. A slight notice of the Grammar of the

Thadon or new Kookie language,.. 178

Thomson, Dr. Thomas, Notes on the Berbatiun of the Cal-

cutta Botanic Garden, with especial reference to the com-

pletion of the Flora Indica, is Bales . 405

LIST OF PLATES.

Page

Plate I.—Section across the Brahmaputra River, to face, 1

os II.—Plan of ditto, ; 6

» LiI—The Sakpha of Tibet, Sacfa Hodesonte Nobis,

to face, ... he af bee kOe

TV.—Lubhee, A Portrait, ... : .. 295

ai V.—Ear and Hair Ornaments of the ate race,

Specimen of the Beads of which the girdle is

composed, ie ise ee Oe

A VI.—Ballet Puttooesque, ... sue B08

» VII—A Group, Kumlee and her. soda sce 209

» WVIII.—Toda woman, ee Hat we 499

ride antngnorda

‘

wie ais ae

G0" Gi qorgball

7" : xy ;

oy i

1° ;

orn

wo — ey 4

Laver ‘e ts

me Het

Errata in the Paper called Routes from Kathmandu to Pekin.

P. 6, line 10, for Cinchi read Chinchi.

P. 6, line 3 from bottom, for 524 read 553.

P. 8, lines 10—12 read latitude for longitude and vice versa, and

p. 18, latitudinal for longitudinal.

P.10. After reason 2nd, for regarding Tibet as a plateau, insert

as reason 3rd as follows—

“ 3rd. The numerous places in the Map of Tibet, the names of

which are compounded with the above words, as Chanthang in Nari,

Nithang in U, and Lhasa lung and Phemba lung bothin U. Such

words demonstrate the existence of numerous plains and valleys,

and we know, otherwise, that many of these plains and valleys are

of great extent.’’ Dele the note.

Alter the subsequent numbers 8rd, 4th, 5th to 4th, 5th, 6th.

P. 10, line 3 from bottom, for Thassa read Thapa.

P. 12, line 2, after Sanscrit Geography insert the words “ and

which region is named Tso-tso in Tibetan.” For Eri passim read

Hru.

P, 14, line 9, for Galdeso read Galdso.

LPL SS LAPS I III NA NLD A NA ANDI SES

pari gta wren a), ® a

Ms niles cessive

PT WC

eo: AY bar

eRe ahs Ae?

Bia at Weer

ig ae

Tt Ck me ere

tie ee an

SECTION 7

‘ : | fae he

2 SMALL NULLAH NEAR THE SUSPENSION BRIDGE ;

» 4 at the ait 2 j

SECTION ‘ West end of the Station of Gowhatty ‘

Across the E i * . , Ld °

si BRANMAPUTRA RIVER :

Mar the : Metres 40 20 30 405060708090 140 20 30405060 Met -—

? Lighthouse -on the Rocks of Oorbose,, Gowhatty : 7. ; Suspension Bridie

for deterrrineray the form of the é Zi the river € the yuantity oFiveter a Hef Heat MarR

l C2 Aber ADLARIL LR dig" |

Direction of the Section Tron’ ROWS. ae 55K.

NOVEMBER 1855, |

Proportiun of te toreantatt Vertical dumensions as A400

500 7 * z00 soo 900 “4000 4100 1200 1300 4400 1600

8020 102020405060 70 8090 10 20 20 40 50 60 70 80 90 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90° 10 20 30 40 50 GV 10 80 90 1) 20 80 40 40 60 70 80 90 10 20 30.40 50 60 70 8090 10 20304060 6070 80 90 —_10 20 30 40 5U GO 70 80 90 410 2030 40 w SO 70 80 90 Metres

High Water Mark —

600 0 i ' . : 3 ‘

00 800 900 1000 00 4200 ‘ 1800 : + qado ; 1500

30 90 1 29 30 40 506070 8090 10 20 20 40 50.60 70 60 90 1 1 0 7 0 0 7 0 60 70 80 90 10 20.3040 S060 7 80 90

60 9 10 208040 60.40 70 60 90 10 20 80 40 60 60 70 80 90 1 20 80 40 40 Go 70 BO 10 30 30 40 50 G0 70 80 90 10-20 80 40 50 GO 70 BO 90 10 20 30 40 5 3040 710 \ Metres

—————— a ae Miuyh Water Mark . ' - |

= : z |

THE OnMmMAL StOTION 2 7. PCH I MARCH 1660, REDUCED To aU THESCALE OF THE GHIGINAL G DHAWH ON yaaa: PAPER ABDUL WALLIN ® LICH BY HM BINT \

———

i ee re “ i

: A '_ + s ,

- *

Pa # a “4 i

NWF Proportion ofthe Horczontal dimensions as 1: 2000. ba “ =

“” » Vertical * 4. 400 ee : an

0 100 200 300 400, 500 600 at

: ; el :

Metres #9 20 2040 060 70 8090 10 2030 40 5060 70 80 90 ‘10 2030 40 60.6070 BU 90 ‘10 20.30 40 50.G0 70 4090 10 YU 80.40.50 60 70 BU 90 10. 20 80 40 50. GU 10 8090 10 20 80 40 506

; .

N° 2 Proportion of the Horzontal. and Vertical Ce ast: L000

0 100 BN 800 : 400 | 500

Bienes. 10 20 20 40 30 102080 40 50.60 70 80 90 1) 20 40 «0 60 710 60 90 10 20 80 40 60 60 10 80 90 10 20 80 49 GO HO 70. OD Ps

JOURNAL

OF THE

meiAlticG SOCIETY,

No. I.—1856.

Report on the progress of the Magnetic Survey and the researches

connected with it in Sikkim, the Khosia Hills and Assam, April

to December, 1855.—By Hermann Scutacintweit, Hsq.

From H. Scutaaintweit in charge of the Magnetic Survey of India.

To Sir James Metvitt, K.C. B. Secretary to the Court of Directors

of the Honorable Kast India Company, India House, London,

Gowhatty, December 19th, 1855.

Sir,

I have the honour to present you a report of my proceedings,

in that part of the Magnetic Survey of India which has been

entrusted to me, during the period from March to December.

The report contains, besides an abstract of the chief results, the

routes we have followed up to the present date.

We are spending the present winter months in Central Assam

and along the Bhootan frontier, from hence I intend to proceed to

Calcutta, in order to despatch the books of observations, plans, and

_ drawings, as well as the collections of geology and natural history,

to the India House.

From Calcutta I intend, after my plans have been presented as

before in full detail to the Government of India, to proceed through

Bengal to the western parts of the Himalayas.

No. LXXIX.—NeEw Suzins. Vou. XXV. B

2 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [ No. 1.

I am particularly happy to mention the valuable assistance which

I have received in every way from the Government of India.

I have the honour to be,

Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

HERMANN SCHLAGINIWEIT.

1.— Routes and Geographical Remarks.

i left Caleutta, April 5th, proceeding via Kishnagur, Dinagepore

and Tytaliah, to British Sikkim. My draftsman, Abdool Cawder,

went the same way, keeping one day’s dawk distance in order to

make corresponding barometric and other observations.

The assistant, Mr, Adams, went by the steamer to Caragola Ghat

and vid Purneah to Darjiling.

After a short stay in Darjiling and its environs, we proceeded

up to the ridge, which branches off from the central mass of

Kunchinjinga, and extends in a southerly direction, near the south-

ern borders of the Sikkim Himalaya. Previous official propositions

to the Sikkim Rajah for permission to travel in his dominions were

perfectly unsuccessful, though Dr. Campbell, Superintendent of

Darjiling, most obligingly and with true scientific interest tried

every way to forward my plans.*

The range extending from Tonglo over Chundunangee, Phulloot,

Gosah, Singalelah to the mass of Kunchinjinga, allowed me not only

to make a very complete set of comparative magnetic and physical

observations at different heights, but these peaks commanded at

the same time one of the most splendid views of the snowy peaks

of the Eastern Himalaya, extending 20° East from Chumalari and

30° West from Kunchinjinga.

From the different points of the Singalelah range the height and

position of the snowy peaks were most carefully measured with an

* During all the time of my operations in Sikkim, I enjoyed Dr. Campbell’s as

well as Mr. Hodgson’s precious and unremitting assistance ; I take advantage, with |

particular pleasure, of this occasion, to return my best thanks to both these

gentlemen,

It is scarcely necessary to add how much I was assisted by Dr, Hooker’s pre-

vious researches in this part of the Himalayas.

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 3

Ertel’s universal instrument and a theodolite by Troughton and

Simms,

The detail of these measurements has been combined with draw-

ings, in which a given angular value was made equal to a unit of

linear measure ; in the coloured drawings of Tonglo and Phulloot

one millemeter is equal to five minutes, and though by this scale

the full panorama of 360° extended to a length of 4.2 meters, it

allowed me, at the same time, to enter with full detail into the

topographical structure of the district.*

J intended to proceed from Phulloot along the ridge, forming from

that place the boundary between Nepal and the Rajah of Sikkim’s

territories, over the summits as far as possible to the central groups,

but we had been observed by the Nepalese (our fires during the

night being seen) and there came up first a few Nepalese sepoys, and _

then a native officer with twenty sepoys, sent by Karak Bahadoor,

whose corps was stationed near the Wallanchoon Pass, on the frontier

of Thibet and Nepal. They at first seemed not disinelined to allow

at least a limited progress, but soon after leaving Phulloot we were

surprised by a man, who had evidently waited some days for our

passing, who brought fresh orders for the sepoys, who had come

up and were now accompanying us, absolutely forbidding them to

allow us to go on.

After repeated negotiations, we succeeded in getting a few miles

further, to the Chungtaboo mountain, where we were obliged to

return, all supplies being denied us, and some of our coolies, who

were Nepalese, being threatened that they would be made prisoners.

I returned to Darjiling after an absence of seven weeks and

continued my stay in British Sikkim till the 15th August, occupied

with another series of magnetic observations and in completing

the materials fora map of equi-distant horizontal contour lines for

British Sikkim.

* The drawings of the same range of mountains having been made from different

points of known position, they form pictures complimentary to each other, like

stereoscopic pictures, allowing me to lay down roughly in a map many more points,

if required, than could be fixed by triangulation.

The number of drawings in Sikkim now deposited in the Surveyor General’s

Office is 100 to 120.

B 2

4 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [ No. 1.

This map, in the scale of three inches to two miles, proportion

1 : 42240, was sent to Capt. Thuillier, Surveyor General’s Office,

Calcutta, where, through the kind assistance of Capt. Thuillier,

copies are now being made which will be added to the next report.

We chiefly used a portable levelling instrument, consisting of a

divided wheel and a diopter for tracing the level lines from 500 ft. to

500 ft. vertical distance; with these measurments were combined

the determination of the inclinations of slopes by a very sensible

Clinometer.

As the latter process gives very material assistance in cases

where every point is not accessible (from want of roads as well as

particularly from the luxuriant vegetation), I may mention in a few

words how we proceeded to deduce from the inclinations the form

of the lines required. The horizontal projection (P) of a unit of

vertical height [500 ft. in the present case] varies with the inclina-

tion (1) of the surface, being the cotangent of the angle of inclina-

tion multiplied by the height taken as the standard (P = cot.

I. x 500.)

Beginning therefore at a point whose height was measured and

coincided with the full multiple of 500 ft., the projection in the

map of the next point 500 ft. higher can be deduced from the for-

mula above mentioned.

We calculated a table containing, in inches and its decimal frac-

tions from degree to degree,'the values of P reduced to the propor-

tion of 1 : 42240 of which I give a few numbers as an example.

Angle of declivity. Horizontal distance of two

degrees. Log cot. contour lines in the plan,

inches,

0 Nn op)

10 0.7537 0.806

20 ‘ 0.4389 0.390

30 0.2386 0.2038

40 0.0762 0.169

50 9.9238 0.119

The points with which the steps from 500 ft. to 500 ft. coincided

being thus found on the different slopes, their combination gives the

equi-distant contour lines as an immediate result.

We left Darjiling August 19th to go by boat to the foot of the

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 5

Khosia hills. I followed the course of the Mahanuddy, Ganges,

Meena, and Soormah rivers, whilst my draftsman went by the Teesta

in order to make a plan of the river.*

We arrived at Sylhet September 23rd, and at Cherrapunji Sept.

29th. |

After visiting the different places of particular geological interest

near the Southern slope of the Khosia hills, and taking a series of

angles to determine the positions of spurs descending from the

plateau of Jynteah,* we passed through the interior of the Khosia

hills and descended into the valley of the Brahmaputra at Gowhatty.

As the conditions were here particularly favourable for calculating

the discharge of water in the Brahmaputra, the river passing through

a channel very well defined and pretty regular, we tried to determine

its amount.

I found, per second,

318,200 cubic feet during the time of low water.

894,700 cubic feet during the time of high water.

A detailed account of the operations connected with this deter-

mination is given in the latter part of my report.+

We are now visiting the Northern part of central Assam near the

Bhootan frontier, the Assistant, Mr. Adams and the draftsman,

Abdool, are on their way to Jypore to see the coal and lime formation,

at Namding. Their directions are to go from thence by the Boree

Dihing and Noh Dihing to Sudeiya, and thence to Gowhatty.

i1.—Magnetie Observations.

At Darjiling a complete set of magnetic observations was made

immediately after our arrival in Sikkim from the 15th to 17th of

April, and a second series after our return from the Nepalese

frontier at the end of July ; on the latter occasion three little houses

of bamboo were built in order to protect the instruments for com-

parative observations on the daily variations.

2. At Tonglo complete observations from the 12th to 15th of May.

* This plan will also be added to the next report, it is now in the hands of Capt

Thuillier, with the plan before mentioned.

+ A section of the river 1: 1000 and a plan 1 : 5000 added to the report.

6 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

3. At Phulloot [11,900 ft.] besides the determination of the de-

clination, absolute intensity (by vibration and deflection), and dip,

the daily variations of these elements were observed during a succes-

sion of five days.

4. For estimating the influence of height on the intensity of

magnetism more directly, the passage of the little Rungeet, which

lies between Phulloot and Darjiling, and which we reached a few

days after leaving Phulloot, was particularly favourable, and careful

observations of the deflection were made.

6. In order to compare the Himalayan station with the plains, a

set of observations was made at Beriadangee, near Kissengunj on

the shore of the Mahanuddy, and only sixty-six miles distant from

the foot of the mountains in a direct line.

7. Rampore Bauleah—dip and vibration ; the cloudy state of the

weather by day and night prevented the determination of the

declination.*

8. Cherrapunji complete observations.

9. Gowhatty bs "

In the following, I give an abridged account of some results of

these observations :

The calculations of the absolute value of these elements depend

as well upon the change in the magnetism of the magnets employed,

as upon the regular changes of terrestial magnetism, corresponding

to the time of observation.

The latter element must be deduced hereafter from the observatories

of Madras and Bombay; in reference to the magnets, all care has

been taken to prevent irregular changes of magnetism, by a most

careful transport, and by keeping a pair in one box (in opposite

corners) the poles being in opposite directions.

The declination in Sikkim varied between 3° 9’ and 3°15’ for the

different places of observation.

At Cherrapunji the declination was West, 2° 10’, a very unex-

pected result, probably connected with the amount of magnetic iron

in the central parts of the Khosia hills, the sandstones of the plateau

* I was assisted here by Mr. Herschel, Mr, Adams being laid up with remitting

fever.

PLAN OF THE SECTION

‘ t

ACROSS

THE RIVER BRAHMAPUTRA i

near Gowhatty :

BY ;

— Ys. Z g

CHa Mea (nt Page \

+455 Metres below the Tight lousy.

NOVEMBER i855. L478

‘ Lt. 6

A y 3

8/8

S/ a

; E> ——— a L Pep.

— = eZ

Saad bank and Pack: or | = ; a

SSS P ; ce a > ae

Fornonasah <a aa

Bangutiwot Mayor Vetch

. Lift HOUSE OW!

. he Bakes 1 0P OOS

COPIED IN THE SURV

f :

[ Ere 5

4 Tonga ;

ONS PL

Main stream

Maguetic

Of the Briahmape bn

Distance ronv & to, 042.3 Metres

Prop: 1 6000

12072 Vinyl Inches (Mite A lncti 0.0789 Miles.

GENS OFFICE FROM THE ORIGINAL PLAN BY GKOLAM UKHUR, I37= MAHON 1666. ON TRANSFER PAPER BY ABDUL WALEEM AND LITH: AY H M\SMITH SURV: GEN‘ OFFICE CALCUTTA APRIL (856

PRY PLY Caan

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 7

of Cherra, as well as the slates of Myrung, showing no trace of

magnetism, even when pieces were brought nearly in contact with

the dip needle, as well as with the horizontal magnet in the deflec-

tion apparatus.

At Gowhatty the declination was found to be 1° 41’ E.

The horizontal intensity of magnetism was found decidedly to

decrease with the height, as resulting particularly from the observa-

tions on the little Rungeet, and at the summit of Phulloot, with a

difference of level exceeding 10,000 feet. Before giving the amount of

decrease in numbers, I wish to compare with my own the correspond-

ing observations made by my brothers in the Western Himalayas.

The results of the determination of the dip also tend to show a

decrease of the vertical force of magnetism.

I had at

Darjiling, April 19th, ............ 86° 28°985.

July 30th, ...... 36° 31:160.

Tonglo 10,000 ft. May 12th, ...... 86° 22:04.

Phulloot, [the difference in latitude making the dip greater. |

Ounce Jui fin webie Oeciat laws BOVAGSE.

At the other stations the es was the following :—

Beriadangee, Aug. 17th, .......... 85° 11:5995.

Rampore Bauleah, August 28th,.... 30° 57°75.

where, October"Zard, ~~ . 0.0.65... 88° 34°26.

Gowhatty, December 10th, ........ 85° 18°73.

Together with the magnetic observations, the meteorological ele-

ments, pressure, temperature, and moisture of the atmosphere,

and the direction of the wind, were minutely observed and deter-

minations of latitude and longitude combined.

III.— Meteorology.

A set of meteorological observations embracing the temperature

of the air, the moisture, the pressure of the atmosphere, direction of

the wind, and the temperature of the ground at different depths, had

been made with great regularity in every place \ we passed ae or

where we made a stay.

J add to this report the hourly means of a set of observations

8 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

made in localities of particular interest on account of their height,

Tonglo exceeding 10,000 ft., Phulloot nearly reaching 12,000 ft.

The thermometer readings in the following tables are corrected

for the errors of the instruments, which had been most carefully

ascertained before our departure from Europe at the Kew Observa-

tory and examined during our stay in India every three or four

months. ,;

The readings of the barometer are reduced to the freezing point.

The instruments for determining the temperature of the ground

were corrected of their index errors and also reduced to the true

temperature of the stratum in which the bulb of the instrument

stood, a correction instrument, containing only a capillary column of

mercury without a bulb, being immersed in the same stratum.

In the following tables the variation is given for every full hour.

The direct observations included the time from 5 a. M. to 10 P. M.

Minima and maxima were also registered.*

These observations were projected on a paper covered with square

millimeters, and the hourly changes for the hours without observa-

tions were read off from the curves traced out for every day.

At Tonglo I left an observer after our departure, and the observa-

tions have thus been continued there from May to August without

interruption. —

* Sometimes observations were made, but not so regularly, at different hours of

the night,

Report on the Magnetic Survey.

1856. ]

‘qSnSnY Ul WIYYIS utos ommgaedep ano

04 [[} oa0T]} AJOT TOATOSqo we Aq ponutyMod udeq pry ‘oo ‘puUNoAs 944 Jo dovJMs Jo oinyvaodms} oy} UO

‘aINjsIOU oY} UO pus ‘AT 94} JO sAN{vseduI9} OY} WO SUOTIVAAOSGO OT} O[SUOT, Fo JIUIUNS OY} WY “ALON

€9°8 80°2 | oe'Z | Fa°L | ae'Z | ais | zo's8 | eF'6 | TZ'6 | Trot | 101 | teoL | TFOT

162 819 | 98°9 | 0L'9 | B69 | 8a'Z! FFL 1098] 90°6 | 196 | TE'OL | OMIT! ZIT

e6'l 659 | FL9 | FUL] 82 | esZ| 218 | 09°8 | €0'6 | o9'6 | Fst | ZETE | sot

“UBOTH [RIOUIY LMESEO1e) 6.264) a0. Gal o lae 3 I 'N

: ‘W ‘d *SINOF]

TOOL | TeOT| FOL} soot] Fes | ses | Loz | G69 | Ze9 | F9'9 | slo | S69 | ‘ST oUng 09 UYp oun

ssl | o00°ol| si’6 | ers | srZ | 99 | S69 | ose | ese | 2eg !eee | Gog | “IST oune 09 WIZZ Ae

coil |#oot! 96 | sis { seg | ooo | Fee | gee | Loe | sve foro | ego | ‘WI9g Sem 03 Og Ke

wWOdy

Il OT 6 8 ad 9 g p g Z I ‘NW suvoyq]

‘WV *SINOT]

‘aMsnjour YIGT aun 02 YI0G Any wouf “ooynyg

68°8 S62 ee L-| She 282 | 682 -\6r 8 | cr 6 (GFOT | SL'OL | S611 | 20ST | ZT SL

BuO [tae uos) Il OT 6 8 Zi 9 g v € G T "N

‘W ‘d "SIMOFT

es'Tl [8°01 1901 €8°6 £0°6 ToL 669 | gZ'9 8£'9 e8'9 | 28°91 929 sani

IT Ol 6 8 L 9 7 V € G fe | NaN bball

‘W ‘V *SInOF{

‘aarsnj our YIQT, hope 07 YIOT Avpy wosf ‘opbuoy, ‘up ay2 fo aunqusadway,

[No, 1.

Report on the Maqnetie Survey.

a a a a aa a

Z8'01 Z8'01 | e801 esas c8'01 | G8'01 | L301 | O6'OL | F8°0I | r3'01 ee F801 | 88°01 |

‘UvoT [B19UAx) | Il OT 6 | 8 y 9 | G | P ¢ j | I ‘N |

wOdy

Il | Ol 6 8 l 9 Cte i,’ Fh ¢ | G I 'N | suo]

‘aomfung ay), Nojaq siazayy g'O

90'IT 09°83 | 68 |8a6 | E26 | 8ZOT | OL'IL | OO'EI | SS FT | 80°SI | GO’9T | €O'9T | ELST

“UvaT [B1O4) Tl Or 6 8 l 9 G P ¢ re I 'N

cesT | O8 FI | LVF | GOel. | S9TT | 8G TI | ssl | gq" G9°Z 8l°L | G0'8 G&'8 "88" “QT 03 OT ATT

WOLy

II page 6 ashe ee eee) el) ep [ae suvoyy

"HOVAGNG

"GEg] ‘aaisnjour “YI9QT hop 07 YIOT Aopy wouf ‘ojbuaz ‘punowh ay) fo aunjosadwa

Report on the Magnetic Survey.

1856. ]

6F' TI 09'6 | 96°6 | SE°OL | O8'OL | OMIT | SSIL | Gast | S21 | Ss6rL| osst} stcet | oo'9t

IZ0I 68 | 9F'B 1 E39 666 } I9TIT| PEIL! OF EL | GIFL | Zest | S21 | Ss'PT | 09ST

Tag GU6 4 OV'6 | 92°6 | O@OL | 89°01 | SLIT | OOS I F4EL | SC°FT vESt i OO'9T | ORT

SOL Uh'8 | 00°6 | 96°6 | 98°OL | ZOIL| E811} 92:81] ZZet | e9°FL | SPSL | OF 9L | 12°91

‘uve [eiauen | 1] OL 6 8 l 9 g iz € G T “ON

Sh a A Be 2 SS ee

ee | 0S ri GL’FL | OSGI | OS'OI | 09°8 £0°8 L8°Z 06°Z OL'8 OF'8 19° 26 UFOT cune

Berl | eoer | soet | oer! oovst | cee | gos | sez | esZ | ZeZ | cos | stg | 6 oe oung

OVI {| STL | 98@I 1 SeIT | 30°6 G18 86°Z 0g'/ PBL 90°8 -| 98'8 89'8 "8 "TE 04 1g Avy

92ST IG'PI | O8'SI 1Z'6 69° VGS L6% €0°S Cog Go°9 OV Loy Se eA ea

Jit Ol 6 8 Z 9 g v e G i ‘NW sue eA

‘HOVaEAG

aapsnjour “YET aung 07 Y10% hope wouf “yooynyg ‘punosb ay) fo ainposadway

ee OR ee .

82'8 | 828 | 82°8 | 8Z°8 | 8Z'8 | 82'8 | F2°8} 81'°8 | 9/8 | 94°38 | 92:8] 92°83] L2'8 |

"uBvaT [BIOTA 1 II Ol 6 | 8 l | 9 G p | § | G | I | "N

ee ee

LL°8 | €l'8 | LL’8 | LL'8 91'8 92°8 8Z°8 8Z°8 | 82°8 8£°8 | 82°8 08°8 "ees "oT 03 TL Avy

WOT

Tl OI 6 Bed | Seek e | ne jee Rin. ai I Bete suvay{

‘aIDfIng ay) mojag wajzayy OT

0.3 Meters below the Surface.

7.05

8.65

9.40

un. | 1

Means

May 20 to 26. ....

May 27 to Junel ..

June Stead. ws.

Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

ty | ee Ss

rs Fat SE SS :

= =

“s 3

Smoe 3

ahs ore thks | ees

BO OD oO CON oe Ste

i) mH Hid ¢

a D

CO és)

ass la

Absit es NN OO Db}

ree oa rca 16

I~ @

= SAS =i

ore) =| Jolt et

™ NOS aS

OamnN I~ Seten ie a ™

Bre eS wR Ad ot Ree

NOD Hid 65

tO << lo Ben Ble)

CO = co & ol) Sree eT Ete

[ie don 9 weg © io 6) rn

3 oe)

lan a i

O19 — a)

te R ales Sy aoe

moO a BO Hd <O

See ee

Hu Bis xi

= (eee

tO 4 OO XH 3 <0. ES Bae

ROD & Pen Be) Tid ©

See D - Co |j———

ae S id co a 8

in S 9 eS Id ORD

r~NOD eon ae Wig ©

man i eds

CO 00 =H an) t= TON

pog pd aos HL ~~ COD

<O CO Od = win ©

Yolo ian) —)

op OMB SNS Mm COD

CO OD a SS Hug

as so WH SO OD)

LS FC 2 is N COM

OOD ONN Hig 6

tae COR

Ven)

Aon were HOD

pe i SS) SE Lore eS ICS)

OOD ; Hig.

a woGkn aa Ek Zi oo eo ihe

sro N 2 CHO - TOD

rons St be syne: SO A Con

6 OO Had

Ae ae Moe .

Oi e

e e@

Suc) Uae

n AOD

BeAr

Sic e se

iS moc

>Ae

aa so

1856.]

Report on the Magnetic Survey.

L9°b6h | 18° ae |

eL'96r | Le’ a 96°96h | 16°S6F | €8'S6r | Slee | Blc6h | Ge°s6r | Bsc6r | 96°G6r | O@96r | Le 96] 29-96F

80°96F | l6'S6r | 8°o6r | ZL°S6r ae La a6r | 88° oF er'cer | OS eer | O9'S6r | F8'S6F | FS°96F] Z9'96F

“UvoUl

[e1auex) et 1 | ot 6 8 | l 9 | ¢ p g id I ‘N

18'96P | 18°96F | 69°96h | cE96F i LZL96F | 29° 96b | SL96F | €O96F | 66°S6h | LOS6F | S6°S6h | FE'S6R | “[ OUNE 04 Cg Avy

6S°96F | 89°96F | L9°96F | 6S96F | 9F'96F 1 OF 96h | SL°96F | EZ'96F! 80°96F | GL'96V | 80°96 | FO'9GF | °° ** “Sz 04 6T AvTy

wWody

IT Ol 6 8 yh 9 | ¢ v € G T "NWN SueoT]

‘aaasnpour YIZ{ une of YIGT hope worl “pooynyg

| | | | | | | |

“UBIUL |

[e1auex) Il | OT : 6 . § Z | 9 G : pb G | % I : 'N

| | | | | ey 3

1983S | L0°6ZS | 1G°66¢ | €8°8zo | Sg‘8zo | 6F'8zs | SP'8ze | ZP'8SS | ITP'8n’S | LP'8ss es CESS ae OL Ae

ge ot bie % eee oe ae ab 2 ee

aansnjousY29T Avy of YO hoy wolf ‘opbu0L “WT GE=I 097 pamnpas sdajawypepy—aajauoing ay; fo wororwoa hinge

14 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [ No. 1.

In the following resume I will try to collect, iu the form of an

extract from our journals, some meteorological phenomena which

seemed to me particularly interesting, either in their more general

character or from peculiarities characteristic of the regions explored.

Decrease and variation of the temperature of the air.

Comparing the Sikkim Himalaya in general with the plains, it is

very manifest that the law of decrease of temperature for the annual

and monthly means, as particularly for the extremes of single days,

is a very different one from the plains to the range of mountains

not exceeding 6000 or 7000 feet, and not very distant from the

plains—and from these mountains to the higher parts of the central

Himalayas. In the first case the decrease is much more rapid than

in the second.

The temperature also of the lower part of the hills in the neigh-

bourhood of the plains is frequently affected by the fog, which

rapidly ascends along the slopes, and does not change the tempera-

ture of the air confined between the vesicles of vapour ata rate

corresponding to the variation of their height.

A similar difference in the laws of decrease of temperature is

also clearly observable in the Khosia hills, though on a smaller scale ;

their steep flanks facing the south, and the gentle elevations of the

ridges based on the plateaux succeeding in the interior, present a

configuration particularly adapted to show such modifications. In

Assam, we got a very valuable set of meteorological observations

communicated to us through the kindness of Col. Jenkins, which,

combined and reduced by our own observations, will allow us to

trace the thermic lines with great detail.

The temperature of the ground, of rivers, and of springs, has been

always carefully observed. :

I add, as an interesting object for comparison with the preceding

tables, some numbers obtained in Gowhatty, Central Assam, the

instrument being employed on ground covered with short grass.

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 15

Gowhatty, Dec. 1855. Absolute Extremes.

max, min.

Surface of the ground, .......2-2...+.49 6 a.M. 20.4 16.2

10 a.m. 22.0 18.3

2P.M. 26.4 23.4

6p. mM. 22.4 18.5

At 0.3 meters, (11.9 znches) below the surface, 6 a.M.23.5 19.2

10 a.m. 23.4 19.3

2P.M. 24.8 20.1

6p. M.24.5 20.4

At 1 meter, (3 f¢. 3 27.) below the surface. 6 a.M.25.9 23.0

10 4. mM. 25.9 23.0

2P.M.26.5 23.0

6P.M.26.0 23.0

The temperature of the Brahmaputra near Gowhatty had a daily

variation of 1° 6 between 18.0 and 16.4.

The height corresponding toa decrease in the temperature of

springs of 1° C. is larger, the decrease is less rapid, in comparing

Assam with the Khosia hills, than in comparing Sikkim with the

plains of Bengal, in the latter case the corresponding height varied

between 700 and 760 feet English.

The snow line could be very well measured and its variation

ascertained during our stay on the Singalelah ridge, though we were

prevented from proceeding ourselves to the foot of the snow.

We found a decided difference between its annual variation on the

isolated peaks in the spurs of southern direction and on the flanks of

the central parts. In the first case, the snow line goes steadily up

till the beginning of the rains, and shows the great periodical oscil-

lations, its maximum being attained near the middle of July. In

the inner parts, much less accessible to the tropical rains, the maxi-

mum of snow line coincides with the end of August. In a lateral

valley of Phulloot, a snow-bed was found in the beginning of June,

but not lasting.*

* Moisture of the atmosphere—rain, &c. This snow, first seen by one of my

shooters, was reported to me as an immense hailstone, the solid nature of the ice

nearly concealing its origin; many reports of enormous hailstones, so often men-

tioned in the lower parts of the Himalayas, might probably be traceable to a simi-

lar origin.

16 Report on the Magnetic Survey. (No. l.

Rain.—Many instances have been observed showing the quantity

of rain to be sometimes of very local occurrence,* and its distribu-

tion as much modified by the configuration and topographical position

of the surface receiving the rains, as by the more general laws of the

movements of the atmosphere.

Places on a steep declivity facing large plains are particularly

exposed to large quantities of rain, which exceeds, for instance, im

Cherra, the annual mean of 600 inches.

It is very remarkable that at Cherra the proportion between the

rain during the day and the night is on an average like 2 to 3, very

often exceeding that proportion, but in the months after and before

the rainy season, the daily variation of the heights of the clouds is

quite different, the night being generally very clear and cloudless.

The great quantity of dew in the tropics seemed an object worthy

of particular attention.

We tried in the Khosia hills, and afterwards in central Assam, to

determine the quantity of dew; the details of one series of experi-

ments are given in the following pages. I add that the absolute quan-

tity is much inferior to what the first appearance of the substances

exposed and the size of the drops made us expect, but a closer inspec-

tion explains it very well, by the distances of the drops from each

other ; a second experiment at Cherra gave for black wool 0.4 to 0.5

millimeters, one at Gowhatty 0.6, the quantity of water in the at-

mosphere decreasing with the mean daily temperature more rapidly

than the radiating power increases with the elevation above the

plains.

Experiments for the determination of the quantity of dew and

the relative radiating power of different substances.

Night at Cherrapunji from 28th to 29th of October, perfectly

clear, very small low cumuli, height not exceeding 3°, disappeared

after 10 P. M.

Substances exposed at 7h. 30’ p. M. Oct. 28th. Taken to the balance

at 10h. 10’ a. um. Oct. 29th.

The following substances were exposed.

No. 1.—Empty paper box.

No. 2.—Black wool (very fine black colour).

* At Darjiling we had on the 12th of August, 1855, 1.15 inches in two hours,

and no rain fell at the military sanatarium not two miles distant.

1856. ] Report on the Magnetic Survey. 17

No. 3.— White wool (very fine white colour).

No. 4,—Black vegetable earth (as formed naturally in little con-

cavities of the rocks, not quite black, a little reddish).

No. 5.—Quartz sand from a river, formed of decomposed sand-

stone rocks.

No. 6.—Short grass, imitating the natural surface in the flat of

Cherra by being cut off and arranged in the box points upwards.

No. 7.—Dark grey slate from Myrung with avery uniform smooth

surface.

These substances were exposed in the following way. A double

stratum of light bamboo mats was spread over short grass; length

of the mats 25 meters, breadth 1.4 meters. The paper boxes were

disposed so as to have the greatest possible distance from each other

and from the borders of the mats.

The empty paper-box, weighed at the very beginning and at the

very end, was during the night protected from radiation and dew by

being placed on the grass, supported by a large cake of wax, and

covered by a bamboo umbrella with a stick of 0.4 meter height.

In this way we obtained the changes of weight of the paper cases,

produced by absorption during the night and evaporation during the

stay in the room.

Weights.

Increase

Grammes.

1,—Empty box weighed first and last for giving a correc-

tion for the absorption of moisture by the paper,.... 0.174

eG WO te LN ee ce ca talcieg aes ~~ AOLD

3.— White wool, eee CLT eaie iets ae uibele, O00

4,,— Black debt hy ie LARUE a a et pee EN ml A

Sees MOU CMM Cee ics alia che wo ease nacelles 1-908

ee a ei tens tlw a snes ve LOGE

7.—Dark grey Slate, a ee 0.904

The change of weight in the pa paper pe Tee aie bed 0.174

grammes, this amount is to be deducted from all the substances

from No. 2 to No. 6 inclusive. Besides this, the weights of the two

kinds of wool and the grass must be corrected for a small, but appre-

ciable, quantity of moisture lost during the stay in the room before

18 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

their turn came to be weighed; this quantity was ascertained by

weighing them a second time, and putting the loss thus ascertained,

during a given difference of time, proportional to the time which

elapsed between the moment when they were brought into the room

and the moment when their turn for being weighed came.

The corrections thus obtained are :—

grammes,

For No. 2.—Black wool weighed first, ................ 0.000

3.— Whiteiwooly.c ys .. bok ok oe ennke ce ee

42-—Black*earth, 0:00 0s us a. SOs AOL

oes 0.020

6.2 Gites, Pde Se ees oO

Dark grey slate could not be managed in the same way, the water

being taken off by blotting. The loss may be considered as in-

appreciable, the water forming well defined drops not extended by

capillarity over so large a surface as in the other substances.

The corrected increase of weight is therefore ;—

SF OpartzZenmd oss Oe el Lee

Difference be- Correction Correction Real

tween Ist & 2nd for absorp- for evapo- increase

Weighing, tion gram- ration grammes.

grammes. mes, grammes.

For No. 2.—Black wool,.... 4.019 —0.174 0.000 3.845

3.—White wool, .. 3.791 — 0.174 + 0.079 3.696

4,—Black earth, .. 2.211 —0.174 +0.012 2.049

5.—Quartz sand, .. 1.965 —0.174 + 0.020 1.711

6.—Grass,..... -« 2.631 —0.174 +0310 2.767

7.—Dark grey slate, 0.904 a veka Oe

To facilitate the conversion of the weights in vertical heights

of the stratum of water deposited in the form of dew, the boxes

containing the different substances, as well as the stones, were made

as nearly equal to a square decimeter as we could, but the moisture

allowed the boxes to extend their edges, and it was not possible to

mark the stones with sufficient accuracy without a useless waste of

time, the real surfaces had therefore to be ascertained after the

experiments. This was done by putting them on a paper covered

with square centimeters and square millimeters, tracing the upper

contour line, and counting the number of little squares thus en-

closed.

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 19

The surface of the slate was found 100.54 square centimeters, the

boxes on an average 101.75 square centimeters, varying only be-

tween 101.70 and 101.80 square centimeters.

The temperature of the air was

Dry bulb. Wet bulb.

Meroe 25th Gy B. Mii creis oeleale s eerslase 15.6 13.6

Werover cent LOvP WM. occ. be calew sace 13.6 11.8

October 28th to 29th, minimum, ...... 12.9

Metower 29ti, GA. Me Se we es 14.4: 14.2

Therefore the gramme of dew (distilled) water may be considered

equal to one cubic centimeter without any correction for the change

in the volume of water by temperature. The weight of the dew

deposited is, after the reduction to 100 square centimeters ;—

grammes.

ree a. — black WOO), silss.o0 ioe ob 0: safle avieden’ O40

3.— White wool, . res ok wire ae tars. eed! 2 OS

4..— Black baat een See Werersal as

UATE SAMOS ee ek ae sataic atalge paale.....L6OS

Ben Mi ae Sian ares Wiech Wasaias cle suate DCT

7.—Dark grey slate, ........ 0.90

Which gives the following thickness of si Feder stratum of

water in millimeters and decimals of millimeters and in decimals of

the English line (.1 inch) ;—

M. M. Lines.

BOE NG. 2. Black -WO0l, «sie. s'- aiccneuesa reve. ee. 0.88 0.150

3.— White snd Wee iieh aie ara Sal OLE 0.142

4.—Black vegetable atti Mere tee ncate oh NAO 0.079

5 Qiiarizisandsy Wi. Fh ees eras sg a7 0.067

Beas iL LUMO R RE Act: iQ OT 0.107

Pea me cestisinial eiovt, diva) p.00 0.09 0.035

The radiating power may be considered as proportional to the

quantity of water deposited. Making the quantity deposited on the

black wool 1000, we get the following numbers corresponding to the

different radiating powers.

BEclenvOOl,. (cena RL AB ee Ec ‘iit oe OOO

POI NUCOL, {oc cca APE.) sw Lad low wasabi 980

20 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

Black vesotabloearth, 3.0) Jove liie.e Wie eal 527

rigeta SHES FIP PO). GI, A Os GOOF e. OB 447

CGTASS, 5 ces a owe oo DT TUE, CODY, ID et. OS oe 713

Dark grey 'slate, ... 0c... 20 65 SUG UG. ee 233

Winds.

As an observation of a more general nature, I may mention that

in Sikkim North winds are scarcely ever observed at heights below

10,000 feet, the large central masses protecting at a remarkable

distance the lower ranges to the South of them.

In the valley of the Brahmaputra a regular daily variation takes

place, particularly in the cold season.

During the day East and North-East winds follow the main direc-

tion of the valley, in the night South winds descend (which are the

prevailing windsin the Naga, Khosia, and Garrow mountain ranges)

into the valley of the Brahmaputra, after the ascending current has

ceased. The Southerly wind does not follow immediately after sun-

set, but much later,from 9to 10 p.m. This discordance in time

seems to show that this phenomenon is caused to a great extent by

the cessation of the ascending current in the lower part of the course

of the Brahmaputra, where, during the day, an ascendant current is

originated over a much larger surface. The daily variation of the

barometer is decidedly affected by these changes in the currents of

the air.

Composition of the atmosphere.

1.—Experiments have been made about the quantity of carbo-

nic acid contained in the atmosphere, which increases decidedly at

great heights and shows remarkably great variations in regions ac-

cessible to clouds rapidly ascending from the plains.

2.—Ilodized papers (got directly from Prof. Schonbein) were re-

gularly used for getting the measurement of ozon, At Darjiling, Cal-

cutta, and Gowhatty continuous observations were made. In the

plains, particularly in jheels, we found the colouration of the paper

(the number increasing with the increase of ozon) to be 1 to 1.5;

at Darjiling.. June, day 4.5 night 7.1.

AO es ae

1856.] Report on the Magnetic Survey. 21

At heights of from 10,000 to 12,000 feet, we got nearly always 10

(the last number of the scale) if the papers were exposed twelve

hours; this allowed us to take a shorter time of exposition and to

shew the variation at intervals of 3 hours during the day.

Electricity.

The most violent electric discharges take place immediately

before the rains or at their first beginning.

In May I found the electricity on isolated peaks of 10,000 to

12,000 feet, in clear days, five times greater than in the plains.

Optical phenomena of the atmosphere.

The plains, as well as the mountains of Sikkim offered a great

variety of interesting optical phenomena, of which the following

may be mentioned in a few words.

The blue colour of the sky is in the plains of India much darker

than in higher (Northern or Southern) latitudes, but the darkness

of the sky does not increase with the height in the same ratio as

in Europe. At heights of 10,000 to 12,000 feet, the absolute bright-

ness of the sky is even greater than at the same height in Europe

between 45° and 47° of North latitude.

The highest temperature we observed on a black bulb thermo-

meter lying on black wool was 74° C, 165° Fht, July, Darjiling,

7,200 ft. English.

During our stay at a greater height, we had never an entirely

clear insolation after 114 a. m.

The second colouration of the snow after sunset had not been

hitherto observed in tropical climates (see Humboldt’s Cosmos:

vol. IV).

We had some difficulty in observing this phenomenon, since at sun-

set it is generally very foggy in Sikkim; but on two occasions, parti-

eularly June 2nd from Phulloot, it was as plainly visible and as well

defined as I ever saw it in the Alps. Besides this, I was told by

Dr. Campbell, that after the rainy season it is very often to be seen

extending over all the snowy peaks, and visible a considerable time

after sunset.

The chemical action of light, determined as formerly described in

our “new researches in Alps,’’ was found in maximo to be number

22 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

58 of a coloured scale in the plains, and number 30 on Phulloot,

decreasing consequently with elevation.

From Phulloot, a particular modification in the transparency of

the air was observed June 4th. A few minutes after sunrise the

shadow of the mountain was seen as plainly as possible, and never-

theless all the objects in the same direction were visible, only a little

less distinct, through it, the fine haze being just thick enough to

show the limits between its illuminated and shaded part, and allow-

ing objects at the same time to be seen through it, as through a

very thin curtain.

IV.—Geological Observations.

In Sikkim the rocks are all crystalline and metamorphic without

limits so well defined as to enable me to distinguish them in a geolo-

gical map; but in these districts, the direction of joints and cleavage

showed many interesting relations with the form and direction of the

valleys and with the inclination of the surface.

The cleavage has a predominant dip to N. 45° E. and is gener-

ally very steep, which causes not unfrequently the slopes of the

mountains to be steeper, where they coincide with the direction of

the surface of the stratification, than on the opposite flanks.

In the valley of the Mahanuddy, two miles below its junction with

the Ratiang, a system of sandstone containing tertiary coal was

examined.

The coal at this place is of very good quality, but does not reach

the surface in very large masses ; more of the same coal is to be seen

on the left shore of the Mahanuddy.

The sandstones dipped to N. 6° E. inclination 80°; they are fol-

lowed by marls, probably corresponding in age to the limestone

overlying the coal in the Khosia hills.

In the Khosia hills, the valuable geological map of Mr. Oldham

allowed of but few additions, and these particularly in reference to

cleavages. J found one direction of the cleavage in the sandstones on

the surface of the plateau of Cherra, coinciding with one system of

cleavage in the gneiss at the foot of the hills ; several other systems of

cleavage are decidedly different in the different succession of rocks.*

* The collection of stones now sent to Calcutta contains 500 to 600 specimens,

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 23

_ The geological map of the Khosia hills was continued from Nunck-

low to the valley of the Brahmaputra.

V.—Remarks on some hydrographic observations.

The velocity of the current in different streams has been fre-

quently measured and compared with the accumulation of deposits

and size of boulders, with the depth of erosion, etc.

The quantity of the discharge has been determined in the Maha-

nuddy, the Ganges* near Rampore Bauleah, and the Brahmaputra

near Gowhatty.

The Mahanuddy immediately below its junction with the Ratiang

had a discharge of 240 cubic metres per second, and near the village

of Sirsee below Malda 4,500 cubic metres per second, breadth 1,073

metres. For the Brahmaputra, the detail of the observations and

the results obtained are given in the following pages.

Observations on the rier Brahmaputra at Gowhatty.

The form of the valley of the Brahmaputra near Gowhatty is

particularly well adapted for measuring the quantity of its discharge,

the bed of the river being well defined, and the mass of water

occupying only one channel. Besides, the station of Gowhatty being

close to the (left) shore of the river, I had the advantage of getting

much valuable information about the changes of the river in differ-

ent seasons from the inhabitants. I mention particularly Major

Vetch and Lieut. Craster, repeating my best thanks to them.

The observations were made from November 21st to December 13th

the soundings November 28th and 30th, the determination of the

velocity November 29th to December 8rd.

No. 1.—Breadth of the river.

The breadth of the river was ascertained by measuring a base line

BE on the right shore and making a triangulation with a theodolite

reading 10’’ by the vernier.

* The observations on the Ganges have been sent to Calcutta, without the result

being copied out for the report.

24 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

Angles B

ABC =o. tra C

BAe Ob oso 11”

BAG e182 5"

= BAC + CAE E

BAC — 4°.\8 50’

OA Bee); 42) 2,661

Length of BC = 118 meters.

se CB Sddsiok

a Bibies 226s sa,

Bearing of the line AD 150° 5’

1. e. S. 29° 55! E. to N. 29° 55’ W.

These triangles give the following values for the real breadth,

represented by the line AD.

Meters.

A BAER gives AD = 1581.5

Wi BAG. thee ace LEB

sss OATS asp a aioe aah, SRO be

Mean 1529.9

This line is to be reduced by 42.9 meters, the theodolite not

standing close to the high water mark on the left shore, and to be

augmented by 22.3 meters on account of the instrument’s position

on the right shore, therefore we get as the resulting breadth from

one high water mark to another, 1509 meters, 4951 feet. .

1856.]

Report on the Magnetic Survey.

Levellings in the bed of the Brahmaputra rier at Gowhatty.

Distance—in

metres.

O A.9

4.9 9.7

9.7 16.5

16.5 22.22

22.22 29.44:

29.44 84.16

34.16 41.63

41.63 | 106.638

106.63

108.06

110.08

112.23

114.16

117.88

_ 122.60

140.97

149.89

152.11

157.14

170.22

195.12

ling rod, left bank,

Reading of level-

metres.

First arm of water.

Difference of

level.

Negative

metres.

Levellings over the Karmanasah rock.

——— a ee.

108.06

110.08

118.23

114.16

117.88

122.60

140.97

149.89

152.11

157.14

170.22

195.12

221.82

2.107

2.121

2.118

2.155

2.137

2.156

2.126

2.076

2.160

2.115

2.160

0.860

0.331

0.557

0.571

0.563

0.605

0.587

0.606

0.576

0.526

0.610

0.565

0.610

Total height of

the left bank

from the water

mark.

8m. 155

Ascending parts.

6m. 376

26 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

5S Difference of

By 2 level...

Distance—in re

metres. hoes pie ee

Sep n= Be

3 iS re © S03

a ep ane, ©

2.009 - Descending parts

221.82 | 241.25 | 0.346 1.204 i 7.761

241.25 | 274.96 | 0.869 0.681 6 The water a-

274.96 | 309.73 | 0.812 0.738 er bove forms dur-

309.73 | 332.47 0.255 1.295 Zs ing this season

332.47 | 361.17 | 0.450 1.100 a a lake, the depth

361.17 | 380.99 | 0.816 0.734 # of which does

Second arm of water. 7 not alter so ra-

380.99 | 453.27 | Sand bank. . pidly as the ri-

453.27 | 484.57 | 1.929 oie 0.379 |ver. Ascending

parts 0.474

484.57 | 505.62 | 1.645 . 0.095 | Descendg. parts

0.499.

505.62 | 522.07 | 1.051 0.499 te

Large mass of water. See compass

bearings.

Right shore from the water up to the| Total of the

high water mark. ascending parts

0. 8.4 1.985 a oS 0.435. |rightshore9.540.

8.4: 113 2.025 350 0.475 The basis of

113 14.22 | 2.011 ea ge 0.461 |the masonry on

14.22 | 16.82 | 2.152 |S ae S| 0.602 |which the light

16.82 19.22 2.148 nie As 0.598 |house stands is

1922 4 2iua2 2130 @.2%2/| 0.580 |justpassed bythe

21.52 22.62 2.149 oe =| 0.599 |highest water ;

22.62 | 44.99 o4 68] 5.79 ht. found above

Hes eq water 9m. 41.

No. 3.—Soundings.

First some soundings were made from a small boat; the boat not

being provided with an anchor the angular distance between two

objects on shore for ascertaining the exact place could not be taken

with sufficient accuracy.

These points correct for depth are marked with dotted lines in

the plans.

1856. ] Report on the Magnetic Survey. aR

-Then another set of soundings was taken, using a larger boat

with an anchor, the position of the places was ascertained by

bearings to the light house and the chimney of Major Vetch’s house.

Light house from Major Vetch:—

Angular height of the white column, ...... 31’ 30”

metres.

ACNE y: a aac sx! d's asin Spl aie: aie (ole nieries 5 16

eam MaOMetle s.o8et es Wogan. weve demesne 2e 5H,

Resulting distance, ...... viele wees. » 063.2 metres

The places of the iatiiniel at the depth found are contained

in the following table and laid down in the plan of the Section:

2 |Distance from the shores of the |Distance from

- g|main branch of the Brahmaputra. | the line of Devth i

2 = the section a a

62)/From left shore|/Fromrightshore| in metres. teat

4 in metres. in metres.

: 42.5 Ee eikcd Below 15 4.5

65.0 { by a rope iy bs 8 5.8

( directly.

3 190 to 110 ite pet 2S. 9.3

4 |420 5 cee Above 20.1 E71

5 |450 to 470 a Below 180. Lives

6 He | 370 to 390 » 2930. 18.0

a 265 8) Ono 17.8

8 oi 170 to 195 Se OO 16.5

9 shi 52.5 meg) bt I 5) 14.0

10 om 15.0 wine Bes» 5.0

il ie 8.0 yy ol O20 1.0

12 os 2.5 » 40.0 0.5

Nore.—No. A in the plan was above the island of Oommanand

and a little to the right of it. Depth 12.5 metres.

No. 4.—Velocity of the water.

The following table contains the numbers found for the velocity

of the water at different points. The velocity was ascertained, No.

A for the surface by an empty pot (ghurrah), No. B for depths of

7.5 and 10.0 meters by bamboos loaded below with sacks containing

sand and protected against their sinking deeper than their full

length by a pot tied to the upper end, a thin and very soft rope, 100

E 2

28 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 1.

meters long, was attached to the floaters so as to give as little resist-

ance as possible to their progress.

Velocity of the Brahmaputra.

Points and total Velocity :

meters in 1 second.

depth. ee Meera A A os a a ee

(See plan and |Sur-| Depth of Depth of

section.) face. 7.5 m. 10 m.

Piyedkas

depth 12.5 m. | 1.28 vane eis This water was

stopped by the

island Oomma-

nand behind

which the velo-

city was 0.

Pts. 1, 2, 3,....| Velocity 0, a little motion at

about 30m. from the shore, at

43 m. the vel. and depth the same

as at pt. 4.

Pt. 4

depth 17.1 m. | 1.80) 1.20) Mean|1.10) Mean} A very good

1.22 1.09 |point,fullstream.

1.24 1.08

Pt. 7 ?

depth 17.8 m. | 1.42)1.80) Mean |1.20) Mean | Also quite re-

120} 1.30 123} 1.21 |gularfull stream,

1.28 1.21

Pt. 9

depth 14.0 m.} 1.15) 1.20 ) Mean | 130.) Mean} The lower cur-

1.22 1.31 |rents here are

more rapid owing

to a tendency of

the water to flow

in the deep chan-

nel indicated by

sounding, No, 8,

1.25 1.82

Pts. 10,11,12,..| Very slow motion, protected by

a spur of the Ceela hill.

Note.—The motion becomes 0 at about 50 meters distance from

the right shore. |

No. 5.— Quantity of water.

In the present state of the river, approaching pretty nearly its

minimum of water, only the surface of the section of the main

1856. ] Report on the Magnetic Survey. 29

stream can be taken into consideration in estimating the discharge

of water, the Hastern part being formed by sand banks or still

water.

The area of the section between the distance of 665 meters and

1420 meters from the left shore contains, as found by projecting it

on paper where 5 square millimeters are equal to 1 meter square of

the natural size,

8044 square meters.

This must be multiplied by the mean velocity.

The mean velocity lies, as an inspection of the table of velocities

shows, between

1.0 and 1.2 meters per second

it can be determined more accurately by the formula

m=s—a/s +0.5,*

where m is the mean velocity, s the surface velocity in English inches

per second, from which the meters are got by multiplying the result

by .0254.

The surface velocity being 1.30, 1.42, 1.15 meters or 1.29 meters

on an average, the resulting mean velocity is 1.12 meters a second.

This multiplied by 8044 the number of square meters as mention-

ed above gives as the discharge of water in 1 second of time.

9010 cubic meters = 318200 cubic English ft.

To get an approximate idea of the discharge during the greatest

height of the water the following considerations may guide us.

The velocity in the main stream of the Brahmaputra during the

height of the water after the rains, approximately ascertained from

the rate of boats at the time of low and of high water is at least 3

of what it is at present, a velocity, sometimes even exceeded in times

of rapid rises of the river.

The increase of the section of the main stream between 665 and

1420 meters from the left shore is, as shown by the section 6750,

square meters.

These multiplied by 1.68 gives an increase of water

= 11840 cubic meters.

* The bottom velocity “b,” expressed by the formula b = 2 m—s becomes

0.95 meters per second.

30 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [ No. 1.

From 1420 m. to the right shore the increase of the section is

248 square meters.

The depth being less, the velocity seems not much to exceed the

present velocity of the main stream, which gives an increase of

248 x 1.12.

== 277 cubic meters.

The rest of the river to the left shore increases the section by

3270 square meters leaving out some shallow places close to the

Kormonasah rock.

The velocity of this part being, particularly in the arm No. 1 of

the section, very rapid is at least 1.5 meters, corresponding to a dis-

charge per second of

4705 cubic meters.

Total increase 16320 cubic feet,

Approximate total quantity during high water,

25330 cubic meters.

or 894700 cubic ft.

ODDO Oeemnsd

of the Nilgiris.

anes O

Aborig

1856.1

oo, “WT

ouUL Wy

nuury

nij0f,

OO eel

Nie NT

Pe oT

Neary?

ope

atjndmog

ayadmy

ane §

oqureL

euuy

uqmey, ‘uvuUy

esny

nqweyyo x

tued npury

ae!

Nyed

nquy

nqutany

nyey

‘DNs

ayy

tung “nuueyy

aly

1eN

eur

ae yy

yoy vlan Fy

eued

nsny naude fy

nsny npues

nsn yy

eUUeT,

euay

NPA

Apury pues)

N1I49 NT

dete!

nquy

ndnaj

Were)

“‘DQUNIN Ty

LP BNE

epuvy, ‘eddy

nuuey

ouy

MOT

Lised)) 2k

eulp “eur

pi: |

eliny “eany

nsvyp “euedg

n{ny nuteTZy

nf{ny npursy

nfny

faeeDal

BURT,

euuy

vaepuiny epoy

NIT “TEA

fipuey pury

NAJON

nqury

ndniy

punos

remnoysed |) epg

“pho pog

(q3 qSt]

aliq -Suq=q)) WIC “4qeN

ued ued

nauey aque y

oe uy

eECOS ff oHOTT

Le oe ed.

ya beers O28

TEN TON

PTEN T?N

eile | TEM

oe aL qeae)

OAY weaeg

acvul ouileg youy

edvUl NpUvL) Too

Boa INE euuy ‘uedog

ad newt

Tey deel ghee |

uvudy pnje uouuy

BUUMey, “eUuUY OURULIaS—=o0 40 uOTU

95e TN (wos “41]) Too

— eee JT

fipued npuey qoreg

B19 NT yorg

Pd OL

SAL kis g

2441 qt

912) (q4snoq UIno—v) nywy

sey at

‘auanbsay ‘Nospaoy “Hg fg—'setbyenr ay2 fo saurhruogp

MO‘)

O}JIp ayeure |

PIM? sie

PLYO

‘ine

JaqjO1g 1asuno X

Sek Ba bed EC

IOqJOIg

hog

au0g

IvOg

Posie

MOLLY

yay

“ysybug

[No. 1.

Aborigines of the Nilgiris.

STOL

Lge

91 IN

OAAN

navy? N

nsuvi0 yy

nuuog

eysiue

NYP] A

a9 A

nqundy

epuey

In yy

ainpuy

nquoy

ued

oyunu H

919.L

NIT9 TAL

npeueH

reje yf

apy

nen

1O"

nur

*]NAT

euvsng

ret

nieg

AAW

e[suly, “eapueyy

nsuvloy

naw Fy

eysture

edi

= Ol ae

eungqey

BABOUR IAL

sur yl

ommpnuy

nqwoy

{ipury

19M

opur iN

nyepny

npewe H

upepury

uPV

new

TOM

ANE,

nulyL

"DQuUniny

nqyequyy

TOT

eyo

Tey, ‘CAA

N[Vssty,

nsurloy

nuue py

eftue yl

OStAl(T

eongqry

epuex)

our fl

eInpuy

nqmoy Npoy

pul

TAOA} eo

a[aL ‘apurll

niepay ‘opueyy

npvue A

Btls S10

upY

new

(eSepeg) 1Aoly

Lira

null

pbhopog

nyyeqnyo nyyeAIqO

re A. to

eunijoA Ysreyl “eyed “eueg

OAAY AAY

g[NSsty, [essay,

a0 YY [Yss19g ‘uepoy “unany,

esvuUledg yony

uofiueyl “LV IV

nye NAPA A.

Allg _. MERE

Ul§ ae au

?LV IV

jen y-MO|

= -eSung Jo ‘suvedoiny

wed Aa

-9uy pue osnoy voepeg

10d Ysiyy-esnoy opoy,

aiepnu yy ovlepey

eqoy IVNY

ofueg {ipued

troyouuod qoIeg

PPpusn PPRIN

ade bee

Oat TAL AVTAL

npeued qoleg

npepuey qarleg

up RV

eee wx

jg tpo yt

int) JOd

our Ut

‘D0 eT fi

oymmbsn pt

{OW

UIvPUNOTAL

JITIONL

TOOy,

Aoyuoynt

e[euley

uel

qqsv'T

taeda!

Uoly

purqsn yy

jo osnoyy

asno fT

oslo

uloyL

SoH

uo,

peoH.

pueH

Ie Hy

0341p 9US

4v09 OFF

4qvoy

400.7

[Mot

IOMOL

‘ysypbug

of the Nilgiris.

GUNES O

Abor

1856.]

npuoeg

Iquinpoy

n19

BIBI

nied

upod

Neo

nuIm nu,

laure

nqueg

esuey, ‘Ueyy Wy

nav A

NTO,

nddq,

eppeq ‘eereg

Bed

nao p

IsLy

nquedoeg

NANSSo FL

vouoX

BPW

n[VaV

nuvay

ndiepue FT

stata aha

ONT

pus

dens

BIB IAL

sUibsle |

TEL

ny0FT

EDL

Apueyue fy

HAVEL

oUNLYy “ey yy

Burg

nyo

nace

Evel

OAT NT

ODE

DBIRTIPN

nuueyored

euue

NIT

nog “Naresso py

Bpsue x

npyV

BIAV

BAY

26 ONT

asulpn yy,

naiepue fy,

seen

RatNT

npury

Wie

BLOT

TM EL

nyo

OTE IT

HULA

{ipueqnuuopzy

nquvd NAVA

o5uey BY

nuvg

nddq

PCL

S°H PRA

Buu ‘Nay

DPE

DUG RIEL

eutle X

a[eqjey ‘nay

ndesoyy

96d K wy Wy

SPY. apy Waa

9|VAV npy ‘wnpy

ouUvAYy uvay ‘Wnpy

oATN tN

ouy nuy

oped ofS yy

gmp} tanpe

PItNT TENT

opuryy 410 TAL

nied im “eH

oulvivyy (v8 uetTI0S = ov) uevyy

2) Pe Ysiegd

ef{ng (n wemi0s =n) ysing

oud Ue

ea Tl?

gu UAT

alearuog Ipurg

eed GPa.

asepoy ony joa Lou

OULBUG A urqg

RAN | Yysavan

nad 4 ‘ nde

ON. tap Ly

tagg. ‘osog vd

OAD YL naen yy,

va ee PSA

euueye A TWOART

eudea x ToUUHL

a[BIIVYy Inssry

19g Ie

ous

noyy,

OFT M.

yeou M

1378 AA,

aSey[ls VpoT,

OSvTILA

904],

YIooL

TOSI,

ung

9u0jg

IRIS

MOG

eyVug

IOISTS

Wes

peew

JOALY

9011 poplog

UIeqUr]

ISIN

OUUe \T

[Nout

gines of the Nilgiris.

Abor

TL.

eyepVv

SPPOL

epuy “eputay

TpEGy IN

npEqan yy

NPBAIT

nye

Npequio A

nia

OTHE

niy

TUN

nin}

Nnpuly

Npuo A

npnieay

NPNUIUAT NT

Npnwuawme \T

npnuvay

npeuN

npeuur yy

ninpy

AIN

"DINAT

OSRTIO A QSRTTO A Q5eT[0 A. 10

Spey SP BlGy. Speily, SPU:

epeourg epoy epesueg vie

epur VpET Spey TV “pul

oy ‘aD BX) an HD)

‘(41 JO PBOISUT posn SI OSvd OATIVUITLOU oT} ‘pasn AjedIvES Oso aAT}IUEK)H—'g *N)

BN “eX @N eX ‘WON "WN

nan \T TAN AT ID NT Inuppe A

TBAT NEATH eAbirsl (0G HL

er neal Nl 27984 (UN TEGHEIS NT

Laos nyyeanyl 077840 TAL yyeqn Tl

eA een SpPAtT qa

n4yyeH se ahze l qed

= nyYequo A. epednio A qyeduy

a: nije X ono x Ve

ma NPA ah9 ] tcl

& © NI ol IV

ae NpIy oluy qs

3 6 nyTe NT avn IN

o nao] opunyl npr

a npera X opex Pu

ON SpEen PPBA

NPBIVAY Npvaiveyeay “nperway OptIvay NpIvVay

NPVsSuUl pT Npesutyy OpNSUIN[ NPVSsUINy JO NpPYWMUI\T

npeouaX NpewMUMe yy ‘npesus 7 opnsueyy “vue yy JO npemMue

npeuray npruvay apeueay npuray

npeuul Ny NpvuuUt yy opevuul \T Npeuul yy

npeuudoe x npeuue x epvuus XT npeuue x

nIvay ByVAV OIVAY TUNpe AVAY

BSUINT P[OUTNT O@SUINT AINT

*PQUNAN YT pho pug 010 "ODOT

OUIS “JNOTITAA

TUN “UIT AA

wort 10 AG

peipun yy

AUT

A410

AVIGL

Aqua,

Udy,

our NT

WSL

WaAdg

XIS

Aly

Ino

SERA

OMT,

eug

8.1104],

§.1n0 x

8,.1NO

SIH

oulty,

oul

Sour

nox

"ysybugy

Aborigines of the Nilgiris.

1856.]

npez

BAW

B7ITABTT

BpueA

FIL

Bul

vue X

ipeda x

ipedy

tpedy

ipede x

1uv}49 1

equiny,

vluoy

Bity

eln(y

208 |

Seah:

DAN AT

oF? YT

SFO ‘PW

asu9 5

esuy

NpvAav TF

upy

euvAY

a,oypeuuy

epog

BIL

npne Ay

ByaA

04249 7

osuH

esvH

0484901

eseso

vauddy

ISO A

Mleyyed

elng

ISRO A

asvuo FT

@ANPV AT

9089 y

919 TL

NPA

NIT

QuULNT

oTeN

nput

50K

oles

a[esT

PEA

Ey.

wUuvAy

STOUPPIL “PAP lIT

eped

FeTtT

ees

esvAF ‘09099

ese H

oSULTyT

94039 % ‘osutd py

elon

vaeddy ‘equny,

tluoy ‘vuny

Weg “en}40 A

eIn(y

OSv]O A

nsvlo HL

ANPP AT

Bly

BBepod “1?

NPA

NIL

OuUl\T

eTEN

npuy

BASIK

RoW

BOT

°19 IN

oped

npVy

ouvAY

OAT

BPP A

ameppa xX

epeun y

oA.

omeing

ofuer0g

CTPEN

ace Aly

®12

oho X

our dT

JIN

Sue N

epuy

eyeuue

gjvuuy

e[euuy

eH19 IN

npex

REY,

UvAy

Uae

Ue Bg

Pow

oseAPT

1asuYy ‘lesuy

1osuy

TOSULX

10K

ted

pnury ‘Tppez

LINYIo yy

TEP apoE

Ji.

pnmi0g

Tysey “Ge N

SSN ‘aay

J9UUy

Yseypog.

UBAYH

Tuy

et |

HOW ‘TIN

YOu MOT

qouKl

TBO AT

Ie ip

UrgatM.

Opisyno “Noy MA

190 M4Oq

MOPOG

aA0qy

9107] AA

a10U,

O10 FT

Avpie4se

MOALOU-O T,

Aep-oy,

beige Vals

woud

MONT

[No. 1.

wus.

of the Nilg

wes O

Aborig

ee N

ed]]OS

ca tea

nite. §

oyay

eyNyAIA

eyn[[OW

: OPV

eyod npuoy npepy

oyIBT,

ayodipo A

oyepeNn

oANIN YL

FIN

oud

eq UI

ayrysod

nat vmMUINg

OyLItp

DED.

dANGUOIyT

OPO

aunty,

niy

eule X

‘DINAT

OA STO A

= ous] FT

a ouvpluly

= SUIPBIOA “OUlJoI yy

be OULNe FT

a. 9Ul3[NJ9UT}40 A

da euvppoy.

a ouepmn yz,

3 nsoy punyye x

o ouvuBy,

ene npea

ouULpope NT ouBpepeN

AIAN “TMS

OUDPLN

nsoy o1V

Pz BAL OFT

= “eyeyy ‘ouep pny

Nat

eS eddeg ‘nilseung

a punos

‘S aerfnoed uyILy

4 ouRpIs5R \T

o cue peLy

QUISBAO A

ouvpypn yy

oueuLy,

nie x nie x

napa bene”.

‘DQUNAN ST ‘phopng

eT1OA, WA

oqiplog auld Yteapnpuig

oqisty aulq UV

OquInIoA TIIVUCA ‘pUIq TOW

eutq | pug

OQVSIOA VALI siosjog ‘aulq syeyT

oqes 1499 SIoAyoy ‘ourq syony,

OqusMOABy, PUIG] THI S104 4ySagy

oqeoind rarq sing

nsoy 499 OF} WL

eqnpey TOYYSe Ty,

O80 A upeA

eqvsopr yy 1ULG YStopope AT

ainsn yp ILYTSO NT

STII N OT

nsoy 1V OF 9V

CA 47 CA 4F

Turq

oqsury, YSteArTW Jo tutq WQYSH

asst Nagy OT

oqniyy TULg UNV

OqIsae yy Tug YqIe yy

oueyyoW Tug Yytopepy

gus

- OUD IVg AOA AO UIQ YIYoIO A

oudrylu() Turd UP

eudsssLy, ould qIpeqT,

oly IV

eua x u,

"DIO "DPOL

poor)

puvysiopun JT

qwoy J

umop ynd T

esiel T

ie Bi!

Oss]

AeMe Oye,

QAId T

unyy

1G £

WHOP 21g

dn puryg

qUSTIS Og

doa A

ysuey

Oye AA

daatg

Vey

d OT AA

d UUM

‘ysy bug

Aborigines of the Nilguis.

1856.]

ndipeg

IssUd

ea1p

OSBpe A.

ndnjoy

ByNAV LP

ohne

=e PEOG

eYslUvul OTN

Byslueld Vppyy

BAppy

aleg

QAAOl?

TPA

Ie ¥f

2719 Ot

oHON

Bod

NSvlV

adesoy

Onn

oleg

eley

Tee

Ped

ndnjeg

nse FT

ndniy

[PIN

nqqosy

Bynee

end)

BPO

LU eel.

ela gee

9H “ouont

SPppa

ose Ay

ndwaey

wabaee

nddoy

eho

2501}9 NT

RIO,

BIBSUIG

yey

TMH

nseyy

GEetae

Tee

Boy

ndnyeg

nsey],

ndniy

euny

nqqoy

BAN e

ninig

epped

BAVITOTAL

BACPP ()

aUuoyL

eppo

ose]

nqqo

ndejpag

nddey ‘ae yz

aYWIOOD

990449 NT

VTOH

BIBSUIG

St hes

YMA

Ose

assig ‘i

navioy ‘yee

ROH

‘ndnyjeg

efoy tied

aloqywty

O12990 A.

ai1Vg

oppnyl

eppecy

oT? Pein

urvweppy)

oUuoTAL

ve dE

oleg

nqwoyy

edvya A

ete

Nijo NT “Vise TT

esti

BIVsulg ‘ourseg

nley

es[nd

MAS)

oleg

Mf)

Tiel

BOW

4oreg

1AYIt LET

» Wseyoat NT

puury

WIqoog,

qoled

qoaeg

Paya

YOoul epniny

Te LOIN

1}LSLIN Yy

TYLOTIINT

oleg

nqq°T

ndjog

Wey

snyeg

JoIVA

IpepV

1yY}Av NT

yey

eqn

welt

tle

tase y ‘sey

yen y yo

OprtloaA

SSOULIVO AA

iesun yy

ASG

ayy,

IPT

arenbg

punoy

qvairy

UBUL 440g

UvU [Ie],

4104§

SuO'T

maa

Pet

oy M.

spats 8

peyoolg

Qyste.yg

omospur yy

10991

Imog

q90MG

MIF

JOH

PI9N

Pea

38 Aborigines of the Nilghiris. [No. 1.

The difference of the several dialects of the hill tribes consists

not exactly in the idiom of the languages but chiefly in their pro-

nunciation. Therefore, the same or nearly the same word in the

mouth of a Toda with his pectoral pronunciation can scarcely be

recognized as the same in the mouth of the Kotas with their dental

‘ pronunciation. The Badaga and Kurumba dialects are midway

between the former two, with regard to pronunciation; only the

Badaga is a little more guttural than the Kurumba. There is a

little difference in the dialects of the several Badaga tribes, those

who came at a later period to the hills, for instance the Kangaru

“‘(Lingaites),’”? who emigrated from Targuru, speaking a purer

Canarese than the common Badagas.

The Todas also have some slight difference in their pronunciation

according to the different districts they inhabit, for instance some

pronounce the s quite pure, others like the English ¢h and others

like z.* The names of the Toda tribes are not quite correct in the

letter of Mr. Hodgson. Thy are the following five: Peikee, Kenna,

Pekkan, Kuttan, Todi. The chief tribe is the Peikee, which pro-

nounces the s like th.

* The ¢h English is more especially Burmese; the rest is generally true of the

northern tongues, which, even when they possess an ordinary sibilant series, prefer

the use of the equivalent z series, or z, zy (Ellis’ 2%) and dz, whereof the first is a

simple sound ; the second a sliding sound as in azure, pleasure, English, and = the

French j in jew; the third is the harsh modification of the sound. Several conso-

nants besides z take the sliding sound represented by the blended y. This modi-

fication of the primitive sound of the precedent consonant may be seen in respect

to the consonant p in the English pure, and puling, which I write pyur and pyuling ;

and so of all consonants followed by y. Another almost universal trait of Tartaric

phonology is the exceeding commonness of the French ew, as heard in jew aforesaid.

In the above paper, I have not thought it prudent to meddle with Mr. Metz’s

orthography.

LAELISS SLL LILI LD LDL AL LILA

1856. | Aborigines of the Eastern Gthits. 39

Aborigines of the Hastern Ghats.

To the Secretary of the Bengal Asiatic Society.

Srr, —Pursuant to my purpose of submitting to the Society, upon

an uniform plan and in successive series, samples of all the lan-

guages of the non-Arian races of India and of the adjacent coun-

tries, I have now the honour to transmit six more vocabularies, for

which I am indebted to Mr. H. Newill of the Madras Civil Service,

at present employed in Vizagapatam, These six comprise the Kondh,

Savara, Gadaba, Yerukala and Chentsu tongues. In forwarding

them to me, Mr. Newill, a very good Telugu scholar, has noted by

an annexed asterical mark such words of these tongues, and parti-

cularly of Yerukala, as coincide with Telugu. He has also remarked

that many of the Chentsu vocables resemble the Urdu.

Having, as you are aware, a purpose of submitting to the Society

an analytical dissection of the whole of the vocabularies collected

by me, I shall be sparing of remarks on the present occasion. But,

I may add to Mr. Newill’s brief notes, a few words, as follows:

The Chentsu tribe, whose language, as here exhibited, is almost

entirely corrupt Hindi and Urdu, with a few additions from Bengali,

affords one more example to the many forthcoming of an uncul-

tivated aboriginal race having abandoned their own tongue. Such

relinquishment of the mother-tongue has been so general that

throughout Hindustan Proper and the Western Himalaya, as well

as throughout the whole of the vast Sub-Himalayan tract deno-

minated the Tarai, not excluding the contiguous valley of Assam,

there are but a few exceptions to this the general state of the case,

whilst in the Central Himalaya the aboriginal tongues are daily

giving way before the Khas language, which, though originally and

still traceably Tartaric, has been yet more altered by Arian influ-

ences than even the cultivated Dravirian tongues. The very signi-

ficant cause of this phenomenon it will be our business to explain by

and bye. In the meanwhile the fact is well deserving of this pass-

ing notice, with reference to the erroneous impression abroad as to

the relative amounts of Arian and non-Arian elements in the popu-

lation of India,—an impression deepened and propagated by the

40 Aborigines of the Eastern Ghats. {No. 1.

further fact, still demonstrable among many of these altered abori-

gines, of the abandonment of their creed and customs, as well as

tongue, for those of the Arians. We thence learn the value in all

ethnological researches, of physiological evidence, which in regard

to all these altered tribes, is sufficient to decide their non-Arian

lineage and to link them, past doubt, with the Himalayan and Indo-

Chinese conterminous tribes on the east and north. It should be

added, however, that, in a sheerly philological point of view, it

becomes much more difficult to determine who are the borrowers

and who the borrowed from, when both are non-Arians, than when

one is Arian and the other non-Arian ; and that, for instance, and

in reference to the present vocabularies, we can decide at once that

the Kondh numerals (save the two first), are borrowed from the

Arian vernaculars, whereas it is by no means so certain that the

Gadada and Yerukala numerals are borrowed from the Telegu and

Karnatic respectively, merely because they coincide ; and so also of

the pronouns where the same coincidence recurs. All such ques-

tions however, are subordinate and secondary ; and if we succeed

in determining with precision, by physiological, lingual, and other

helps, the entire Turanian element of our population, we shall then

be able to advance another step and show the respective special

affinities of the several cultivated and uncultivated Turanian tribes

of India to each other and to certain of the tribes lying beyond

India towards Burmah and Tibet, with at least an approximation

to the relative antiquity of the successive immigrations into India.

A word in defence of these vocabularies of which the utility has

been impugned, and impugned by special comparison with brief

grammatical outlines.

When I commenced this series of vocabularies I expressed as

strongly as any one could do the opinion that their utility must be

circumscribed; and that the ethnology of India would only then be

done complete justice to, when every branch of the subject should

be carefully and simultaneously studied, upon the plan exemplified

in my» work on the Kooch, Bodo and Dimal. Much and toilsome

labour has, however, since then, convinced me that enquiries confined

wholly to India and its immediate vicinity would yield results far

less satisfactory than such as should be greatly more extended even

1856. ] Aborigines of the Eastern Ghits. 41

if they were less complete; whilst these continued labours have

more and more satisfied me that limited grammatical comparisons

are much more apt to give rise to error, than limited glossarial ones.

Perhaps the fascination of such extended enquiry may have some-

what biassed my judgment; but I am still decidedly of the opinion

that the true relations of the most shifting and erratic, the most

ancient and widely dispersed branch of the human family cannot

be reasonably investigated upon a contracted scale, while the subject

is so vast, that one must needs seek for some feasible means of grasp-

ing it, in sufficient amplitude to comprehend its normal character

(a thing rather of surface than of depth), at the same time that one

neglects not more complete and searching investigation of certain

actual or supposed characteristic samples. Such is the course 1

have been pursuing for some time past. I have examined and am

still examining the complete grammatical structure of several of the

Himalayan tongues; and I have at the same time submitted the

whole of my vocabularies to the alembic of comparative analysis.

I hope soon to be able to present the results to the Society. Those

of the analysis have been fruitful beyond my hopes, owing to the

extraordinary analogy pervading the Tartaric tongues in regard to

the laws which govern the construction of all their vocables save

the monosyllabic ones, which are very rare. Even a superficial

examination of the vocabularies suffices to indicate this prevalence

of common constructive principles, and to such persons as have

neither time nor skill to trace and demonstrate those principles, the

mere collocation of the terms as they stand, if done on a sufficiently

ample scale, will afford such evidence of general relationship and

family union between the whole of the Indian aborigines and the

populations of Indo-China, Sifan, Tibet, and Himalaya, aye and of

China also, as philological superciliousness will seek in vain to

ignore; and still more so, will the results of the analysis, empirical

though that analysis must to some extent be admitted to be. It

may be conceded at once, that these vocabularies must necessarily

contain a good deal of error which could only be completely avoided

by a perfect knowledge of each recorded tongue on the part of its

recorder. But, as the languages are counted by hundreds, and as

very few of them ever were or ever will be cultivated either by those

42 Aborigines of the Eastern Ghats. (iNo ae

who speak them or by others, it is obvious that such precision can

never be reached. On the other hand, it is certain that practical

results of great value have been reached by a much less. superfine

process than that insisted on,.and that, if we suppose some thousands

of facts, so simple in their nature as the mere vocables of a language

are, collected with ordinary care, their failing to subserve effectually

some of the highest ends of ethnological science, more particularly

if taken in connexion with other available evidence, must result

rather from the incompetency of him to whom they are submitted,

than from their own intrinsic deficiency. Vocabularies illustrate

one another and furnish to the skilful no small means of correction

of palpable errors, if sufficiently numerous. They also furnish

means of sound induction from analogy, as I hope to prove by and

bye beyond the possibility of cavil.

In a word, vocabularies seem to me very much like the little

instrument which Hamlet puts into the hands of Polonius; a mere

bit of perforated wood, which yet in competent hands can be made

to discourse sweet music. Nor can I avoid some emotions of surprise

and pain (for to disparage vocabularies is to discourage their collec-

tion) when I see learned men citing with applause the inferences

built upon a few doubtful words picked out of a classic writer, or

perchance out of some old map, and which yet are supposed to

furnish sufficient evidence of the affinity of a lost tribe, renowned in

the history of past times, whilst these »same learned and eminent

men allow themselves to speak of vocabularies containing some

hundred of words, carefully selected and deliberately set down from

the mouths of those to whom they are mother-tongues, as if these

vocabularies could not furnish any legitimate basis for inference

respecting ethnological affinities. But the objection adverted to is

sufficiently answered by the valuable purposes which my series of

vocabularies, long before completion, and with little or no resort to

analysis, has been made actually to subserve; and therefore, I trust,

it is no presumption in me to expect to be able to educe yet more

ample and important results from their careful analysis* after com-

* I subjoin a sample or two of my method of dealing with the vocables, to

demonstrate, Ist, identity of roots, 2nd, identity of adjuncts, 3rd, identity of con-

structive principles.

1856. ] Aborigines of the Hastern Ghats. 43

pletion. Fresh ones continue to flow in upon me still, and I have

obtained not less than thirty, almost all new, since my analysis was

nearly completed. This is the reason why it has been withheld—

{( Sa (vel cha) isthe root. It means a

non-adult. Ka vel ga is the indefinite

A-sa, \ Limba a child. article; and a, the definite, or its equi-

Ku-sa a son. valent = my, so that ku-sa is any child,

Ku-si, Karnatak, a child. 4 and a-sa my child. Tais = ka and both

Ku-sé, Mikir, ditto. take the nasal appendage, n, ng, or m.

Ku-ko-s’, Oraon, ditto. Oraon iterates the prefix and elides the

Ta-ng-ko-s’, ditto, ditto. vowel of its root: fa-ka-sa = ta-ga-pa

S4, Burmese, a son.

below.

The root speaks for itself, Gyarung

Pa, passim, father. has the ¢a and Kassia the fa prefix.

Ta-pé, Gyarung, ditto. They are commutable ¢a vel da and ka

Ka-pa, Kassia, ditto. vel ga, and the use of both is normal.

Ta-ga-pa-n, Tamil, ditto. Tamil exhibits both and also the nasal

Wa-pé, Gyarung, ditto, suffix. The ¢a vel ka, used as an inde-

U-pa, Hayu, ditto. finite article is a contraction of the 3rd

W-ab, Circassian, ditto.

U-pa, Chintang, ditto.

O-pa, Rangchhen, ditto.

U-pa-p, Thulung, ditto.

U-ka-pa, Kassia, ditto.

Ap-6, Chowrasi, ditto.

A-pa, Waling, my father.

pronoun, another form of which is %

vel 6 vel w. Hence u%-pa, o-pa, wa-b

vel wa-p, ta-pa and ka-pa = pater illius

vel istius, pater cujusvis, a father whilst

d-pa = my father as above. Thulung

iterates the root, and Kassia the arti-

cular prefix, like Tamil u-ka-pa = ta-

vee i the root th i

: a, yu, yi the root = man the species

vip \ } Chinese \e eee? ee or the male or female, or the Saihatie

bees Toder oie female, viz. mother, Chinese, Burmese

Vout 4; es Cs and Tibetan have the suffixual definitive ‘

Y6 qt ae A a fs m =n, as in Chinese and Tamil supra:

Ce Tibetan. ditto k suffix, the same as & vel g prefix supra,

a J ne ae aea'ca wife 4 such transposition being normal and ex-

Ta-yu f Tamil ie He emplified in ap-o = u-pa = wa-b, supra.

Ta-yi, Karnatak and Yerukala, a mother, page Ne He eae OEE prefixual ¢

ee Orann, amother. and fa, as respectively definite and inde-

Ta-i ] Kliyi or soe wothee Pet finite articles, is common to Tamil, Lep-

eee eee ot

¥, : cha and Limbu. I might add Burmese,

ear Me (_&c. &c. Malabar has ¢a prefix aspirated.

Er = Ré, Onigur, man.

ea aa The rd, ré, ri root for mankind is pal-

ee ns Bor atta pable throughout and the prefixes and

pe Ae? PED ace dy ; suffixes, as well as the cumulation of the

E a tre died ’ r former, are normal and therefore har-

ie 3

monize with the preceding samples;

thus ¢-r/, g-ri, ta-g-ré respond precisely

J to td-pa, ka-pa, ta-ga-pd aforegone, while

the m suffix of Shan ¢tri-n =the Tamil

nm in tagapa-n not less than the Telugu.

nin ta-n-dri, A vele and u vel w pre-

fixes recur just as in @-sa, a-pa, a-yu, e-ya-

n,u-pa and o-pa. So also the nasal infix,

whilst the suffixed labial and sibilant are

iy normal as the other adjuncts.

e 2

E-ré-], Sontal, ditto.

E-ro-s, Hungarian, virilis.

Wi-ré, Scythic, man.

U-ri, Kasikumak, man,

G-ri, Kocch and Dimai, Pater familias.

G-ra, Bodo, head of pagus.

E-ri-n, Kasikumak, man,

T-ri-n, Shan, ditto.

Ta-n-d-ri, Telugu, father.

Ta-g-ri, Lepcha, man, father.

Ad. Aborigines of the Eastern Ghats. [ No. 1.

this, and the daily increasing skill in the use of that most potent

of instruments, extended comparative analysis. But I cannot now

The above samples are selected out of thousands whereby collectively perfect

proof is afforded that Tartaric vocables are every where subject to identical laws of

construction and built out of identical materials, In the absence of books of

authority to cite, the demonstration must of necessity be par la voie du fait, and

depend on the fitness and number of instances. I am prepared with thousands

of instances whose applicability or fitness will, I think, be allowed to be irresistibly

convincing. Though we have good grammars, dictionaries and books on some few

of the many tongues I cite, I am not aware that the composition of vocables has

at all engaged the attention of their authors. It is the rock I build on.

Addenda— Under the head Sd, Burmese, a son, add

{ The prefix da vel ¢a, by elision d’, @’,

is as common a definitive, as ka vel ga

| with which it is constantly interchange-

able, or both are given, as in fa-pa, ka-

S4-u. Thai. a son | pa, ta-ga-pa; and 4 vel é prefix has often

O-su, U-sa, Lazic, a child.

D-si, vel D-zi, Kuanchua, a son.

T-se, T-sé-i, Kong, a child.

the indefinite article sense, and thus also

is used indifferently with ¢a and ka, thus

Burmese a-yen vel ka-yen, an abori-

Dicken. Mantebu jaitts. gines; and thus ta-v6 vel ka-vd, a bird

Ché-a Kook ditto in Bugis. The most common of defi-

Ké-a % Hé. a child ; nitives which are tantamount to articles

2 ; i usually indefinite, are, ¢ vel d; & vel gs

n, ng, vel m; p, b. v. vel w; 71, vel Ll;

and the vowels 7, e, a, u Oo which

4 are all nearly commutable as_ being

* Sd—=chdé on one hand and ké on

the other. The soft sa passes into za or

A, s Veneers aes Be i in origin = ille, iste. And all are liable

Lene ge een eately cal Hy Ae eee 4 | to transposition and thus to become suf-

= the prefix a, whether used as a defi-

nitely or indefinitely definitive article:

d-yu Lepcha, a wife, shows it as quasi

definite whilst d-kap, a child, gives the

a an indefinite sense rather ; and a-nak

in Lepcha and Burmese = the black, or

a black one, is used either way.

fixes, as well as to be repeated both pre-

fixually and suffixually as in Chinese

t-se-i and Mantchu d-chu-i where sa

vel cha = little, is the crude, and ¢-se-2,

vel d-chu-i, precisely our English “a

little one.’’ That this is so, compare

Chinese #4 = great and sé= small with

Newari ¢d and chi having the same sense.

Newari takes the ka, ga suffix, like

Mantchu, thus chi-ki small, and d-cha-

|_ka a thing, in those tongues respectively.

Under the head Yu-n, mankind, after the word You-%, Burmese, add the word—

K-y6-ga, Tibetan, a man, the male. { Tibetan k-yé-ga from the yd, yt, yd

crude, shows the Ka vel ga definitive in

both forms (soft and hard) and in both

positions (prefix and suffix). The core

respondent word for the female is ki-m#

| = ka-mi in Kassia and not less = ka-mi

and ku-mi in the tongues so named after

the name for our species in them. The

sexual distributive use of ka and wu pre-

fixes in Kassia is only of secondary

1856. | Aborigines of the Hastern Ghats. 45

expect and hardly desire any more new materials, and I hope there-

fore, soon to be able to submit my examination of the whole.

4 value, like the prefixual or postfixual

position of the definitives, thus ap-o in

Chourasi and o-pa in Rungchhen, =

pater istius or ejus pater, viz. a father,

any one’s father, are from mere dialects

of the same tongue or Kirunti. Thus

also Sa-u, Thai, filius ejus = U-sa, O-

su, Lazic. Compare Yo and K-yo with

Mari and K-mari, Lu-n and K-lu-n,

&c. apud Mongol Affin. of Caucasians,

| Journal for January, 1853.

[ No. 1.

Aborigines of the Eastern Ghats.

“nyeded nsnjoy, t

Sug NWO yy

Wisnysy ‘VaAang lUpued

puny rAvyey, “Npuo A

ye ry ‘Tey

sway nInsoyy ‘npuo A

Tuyo OPV

nfloyy nioy ‘uedepeyy

totd 4 ed

O8}8}P TL null

UlSW ndn.o yt

ee Ba

TyyUeAW uydng

oye HT vuy

euUnt eynIT

rani Base T,

uey hog

Inyyn yy ve NT

ulq Niemesurg fnivMME

vAsOWT +81 8Y UPS

ey = peeing “npewely

org vung

SIqOW golleg

poy eeu X

eT xB Aavped

nye tTaviepn A ‘Wesey

vepoyo nlany ‘episog “ny xoy

pury “upuoy

epiddog

SorUe,

"NSqUIYD

‘SUDO UNIYIONT 247 U2 saquig busopuvm puw Wit 942 fo spooqorg” ay7 fo amos fo huwjynqno04

ONALA

BUTT)

¥ [BD

"DIVY NAAT

TALITY

1qqty)

9.0

Tae ee

Out

nueuosaonpy

meppVy

Josung

eqqyv

7 16)

Woy

BINT

TIQUT NT

osn4y

eAUUIG

eBoond)

pug

WIL)

TUBS}UO A

AoSmeIpUO A

eur

TUVUSL

Teuodg

Best

rheauiey

“DQDPVY)

‘1yey nsnjay, uy 4

eusily

oquity

auinqy “amnqoqy

NAY

oully

ily

eqeie y,

oly

[oyeusog

eusely

HEPA.

ou Alf

THEO

oqog

osulyy

"DLDAvn,g

OysOy

leg

nley

Eee ae lo

Bsuepo A

NUIG4S9 A

wes

BOULUITL

1peN

Bqqdv

eynuue yy

vsueqye

BSUL}e A

euel,

NIL

1puye

nsyétlng

boil. I

rey yt

oATIN

Lips

used

BOUIyAOL,

OFS

niguuvmedoig

nfarg

uta

ROOT

ulOy{

peo

peed

IIe yy

yeoxy

400.7

JOMO]

Orly

Boh BU

queqdoray

Gyre

for

keq

MOIN

MOD

N76)

aoeyug

auog

qvog

pocd

eet

MOILY

quy

arty

‘ys bug

Aborigines of the EHastern Ghats.

1856.]

Tue py ‘owe TT

Bpusyaiwyeg ‘n1Veg

Tuvd

By)

BIEL)

Beet

Blog

reqyqied.

eyepug gd

deg

BIeS

vpeueyy

UnNT

IpeT ‘TIppoT

Tlepog ‘[epoy

- OAL

qrdeyy

Ossny

qvaleq

a iN

nse

peel

snueyl

qrefIna ‘dig

oyo'T

1OUp)

opr")

nue

e[PANTV

1UUey,

npen

MOTE ‘epeyg

Heated “welled

aopesn[e NT

x[ntog “nppord

CUDA

xP HOST,

nue Ww

OAL

BABUOG

niyv

“1U2EN

vuueA ‘euUesy

NAVAS NT ‘NACIT

npuy

hho X

AIAN

niye9

tae q,

CLIT,

+940

meseunyy

Nye A

NAGA CA

nqunia x

npoa

elepny

LAMONT

nduecy

ekfog

eulooni Z

oqqeung »

ou)

Mev

poulg

yout:

BPS E

nqupng

epuoy

Buy

aaree

niosuny

N[L630 xy

ny[Nqusn A.

< 19S

josuny,

O@pomUItus jy

TOLL yy

ouuny,

ypuoy

eUUleua

oylVy

ess

OF 0'T

Nynpeley,

BOA

TUByOUO A,

ug fhogy

te Aqdly

vUL)

Let

eq ‘suele105

euseqouy

vusely

b>: 8

nna

eusollry

UvMsUTO A.

MSM

B00

NIV

BOU0 A.

tAore yf

BIPUL IL

Pare l,

810

BulgTT

eusng

eyepuy

nuy

eunyipuey

NIplg

nfe yy

nuelpy

nueqy

Ipoly

Blog

IpplA,

eyeyng

O8B10§

Tsuepnyy

epueg

voueddn 4,

woqed

tpor

1peL

nft

epped

vouuyiA

eppng

nLOG

ekiy

ipikey

nloy

exyOT

ypealn A

Boleqny

npptyz

Bpoyy

mea

IOV! AA

osetia

ooL,

YI00],

IOSL,

uug

904g

B49

oyxeUs

AXg

Tyg

IBS

poy

IOANT

uleyueld

ale)

ISIN

OULE AT

BIYISO|,

qINoW

uleqUunoyy

IIYIOT

uooy

Aoyuoyy

UBT,

IST

JvoT

uody

esnoxy

O80

Aborigines of the Eastern Ghats.

io 6)

POA Pour

eyorfop epueseieg

ypuvose ‘unog -eyeiery NY ‘npequye NT

epuvseipued

eyorsop BpuBsyes

epuvsyoueg ‘Sig

seq

BIOL ‘OL

guy

qourd

reyg

ULI,

rAnq

IByeA

CTPA

nyjodeyei

-eyjog ‘njnped neq

nyjodeyeieluy

npeddny

nyjodvirz ‘npeaest yz

nyog 144%_

npegun

njivA 330K

nso A ‘N89 X

npnuvsay

OUT, -“MPnGeTIN, “OptesUINT

rewUp Up]

NpNnaAnq Ue yy

eye A iIpumeyyy “pnueay

IOUL

Iewepy

Tye A Up]

Amn, ‘7,

owe yy

DA SURA

nA ‘eivdsvy

Ue A “DA

oma ‘OL ‘ung,

‘NSIUAY YD

IpIpesut yy ‘Oopesul Ny

-nanqueyy ‘Tpepnsan yf

nyeaV “PL

NIVAY ‘Njesul NT

NANGue NT “VUE NT

apV

preg “Ney

nuvay

QUINT

‘DIDYNAAK

TAOTAL

40.10 NT

Oe A

reyqe[? NT

teddn fT

LOCATE

x IPB

#tPTOrazo J,

xO DISA

x0P9X

Tpoythoy[OTAL

ifipesipoynseq

1poynsoeg

ifyesipoyog

1poyxog

rfyes

tary,

mney,

ifn)

nipny

TAC TTOW

1fto A,

198

novg

koqw

oyeu-1uy

o7eU-UeU

oyeu-lu0 TL

oyeu 1uy

oyeuUeMy

eyeurdy

uveuay

ueu Vy

‘DADAD

90S

osemourd

BiooisleyO

BiJOSISIALT,

epoy

9so(T

¥}1890 NT

viv

2489

nyoued

1vg

viosIaly,

ByopoLr

1puoy

BIVJOUBAD T

Spun

opaeN

nfo W

npedyoL

nfue x

muy

*Ypuoxy

perpuny V

Ay10 7

Agaryy,

Aqua J,

Uday,

outny

WTS

udaeg

ea)

OATH

Ino 7

eal],

OMT,

eugO

SOUL

sino X

sInO

sty

oul y,

aul

Aouy,

91S

°H

nous

‘ysybuyy

Aborigines of the Eastern Ghats.

1856. ]

eddon ‘eqqoqog

SPSEL SE

eunuUIe yy

eunwme x ‘1

puBUInA “DA

Suet

yNseyoy ‘e407

reqeg

Phony “qyprheyy

I9L “49190,

qoredn , ‘aedn,

Pye yy vueyn yy

eqn, ‘vuryuy

farqyoe X “wueyy

ysndog ‘ey

[Avy

oly ‘oltky

ouoyyay ‘ueyyjoy

Ipoysery “uyyyAey,

jure x “ueyye T

qoredn, ‘naoredn a.

TBD

TeUBUNA Ny

SUeg

tog

esulg

oquy

edvregg ‘nynyeuume x

ajex

239.0

eUv}it

B19

euvqn yy

Aviiry “eliry

only “ern,

OTR A

aTog

OANPO NT

USTs

ASAE

9sudX ‘jt

esuy ‘oltyniv

esulx ‘aatynie x

tAvuue X Nsd pT

O89 NT

ueuLy

npnddo x

. ,upnddy

xupndde Xx

xl Ule

nyoy ‘eo

SFOPETILA

#9107,

#P][PA

xOTOUN AT

40S

mo”

Tpuvie x

OAIOA

1440 A

osusippy

LING

Typed yy

joquRy,

TmOTNG

TPrUro A

BsnUINye A

TPTUHO A,

WOLy

ewuuMoy,

ourPmWuUy

ouuoy,

ouudy,

opulyl

rek hog

nsnsein A

mouog

pea

O «Q ‘over

gusmieseyt ¢

ysu9 x

uvseulUey

avd

Weg

79.

eAn

hastings

euso[V

OUPOA

eyuey

eyiker

eyuvy

ysua T,

OF1PO A.

euudy,

1UUeUY

ody

TUIPe.sue pT

eouo XK

Opoule NT

eyuery

euso'yT

ella x

oul

Coats

cis

af{n a

Tyoppuay

TOUTS

Tuose Tl

oye BIN

OFLA

eueUniy

Sey

nfuo st

eyoso X

TePPl

Sox

ATA

sat

YOUU MO FT

eer

OTT

IBO NT

Ie ip

a ei

SpIs{NO “NOTA

U9dM4Oq

MOPOT

oA0qgy

O10T AA

o10U,

alo

Avpi1oqse X

MOIIOUI-O J,

Aep-oT,

tora

Oot

MONT

qnouatM,

[No. 1.

Aborigines of the Eastern Ghats.

“BADIOT ‘vToydore yy nyoy “nusnpoy

ofet] oo Aaeyy “TRI ; ny}0W

Ain ‘oS AINT ojvmroquvA “OPA

odtql ON oyuRA “BT,

sag TPO A

os, epe Ny

sog Mipuleyyn, “eyyO A

ono VUE -Naparyy — “NsoqoyyINy

vp ‘ratdvp natdnpuoy| Od:

TISy ‘oqisy BIvA “BA

eqqey ‘oreqae

BT[eqes9 A “Blns94e A

oaed

-dnsy, ‘oyesodnsiy, -oyemumnsy, ‘emuing

avdtpuey ‘puvy nats] nsy ‘easy

?H ONLI “VLLIG

naAnpuns

oyedepese ep ‘olepser -npulq “nyynarhestoy,

qAtng ng =nsnav, TAepnsony,

woATG ‘Id 1pny

okkeyy Vy yy Boy “nun,

sAlvyor NAsey eurdenpo x

ealeyor NYY eulepeumd X

eynA ‘y nie

Jeqaypoy ‘iy =nyNyemueA “euue zy

Bye yy npex

oy ‘OFA npV

nA ‘orvyeA nuvay

Tye NE ajoperey,

aX ‘eX OY wan AT

gene y TeuUe BIVARLA “NUL

men BIA

“nsqUay) ~ *DIDYNAIZ ~

efoqqy

oAng

Buto(y

ealpoy)

Booncy,

nsue A

BST A

eu ouny,

ere Avutso A

esulyd

CAOTAWIBG

eyynpostte A

okat0g

opput

ByNpnsnynpo yl

Ap Ton

mong

oul,

ern A

ouuoy,

opiy

ard A

‘mgnpny

VqqislTty

VpaL

BUU

Vqqistly,

Tepe pT

VqQaLy

eqon

Bqepocy

eqey

eqokep

vuepalg

euesuepe y

oqk wey

eqpuse yy

gsomnd

eqound

atta)

equIor “eqety

wesejoq ‘oj0q

weseyp ‘Tuedeyo

NpnyeUyss A

NUTEzO A

Aeany

nfuruyAtg

nueye sy

nueulny

ge LONDEN

TUTE IST NT

nfueyey[e NT

nifat yy

nueyeseye yy

nuurmuel rou y

NUNYAe yp

nureyepesul Ny

numyoqy

nueung

NUN uly,

os LL SIT

be ek ae

nurx ‘nlueyso x

e7Ls

OAR LT

eATy)

Uny

FTP AA “ACT

UsOp

dn puryg

yUSTIS oF

doo AA.

your

OB AA

doe[g

yey

Apoqkuy

suryjyAuy

OM.

eu MM

ord AA

veUL,

SID

ose ‘puy

you (oq)

"ys bug

Aborigines of the Eastern Ghéts.

1856.]

uedjox ‘ueqyeq)

eyeped

yedory

nowy y

oul’ NT

Bey

Bioule Ny foyoun A

vArunqeg ‘[elquey

BIULION “eAI045

Bjiureavg ‘etn A

Bey “elle

oyueg

aqovyerey

“log ‘aXAteqyorsog

qeleq

dJopung “HETTeqg

OLE

oynMOLy

eta

BACT Vln py

vloyoey ‘oqour sy

eydey, ‘naor

B[PIUS

quart

Bey ‘odeyqoy

,upunys)

npnieg

-BANIIG ‘Undeyeuuiyg

PEE

WIBIVSe A

BS}VIN YY

WRse1y “WerESE A

Oosysisqe[e x

BULYOpele

Bpae A

apoley

x BIBYUB A

nunpee

PIP PIE N

FIle N

118}8}0 ¥f

PPPS el

gitty yraed £9 7,

nsipuvg ‘nsisepy

nanseg

43ND A

nunsn fl

nsvijay ‘Voy

BTLEN

nuwog

NS}U9TIT,

nigy ‘nia y

npnpe x

nuodnp

ety “vloytyy -uoyye A ‘odnpuoyri a,

vdlg ‘ouy

NpuoyyLA

npungerng

Opuyy

mesuey

a110g

IeAATT,

HIG |

IeAATT,

esysqyed mojo A

nyynpiv1eg

TBye TY,

oplLx

t£ored

nqynpoyery

BIO AY OULUAT NT

Papua

wesn A

BAO

VNQGES

o[ng “esiseseyy

PITICE CS

TmusyIe4)

pea | een

Belo ETE

METRE

Ouse I;

emmae eAWO I

OAOA

ouery

eAfisnsog

oapurx

npinsyjog ‘png

0804) nfaerog

Buuog ve

eurhog Me

eit SUE Ee }

vurhoq. 11e5 50 yy

ihe nurefequrery

ee RD oreo. a

ndifog n19)

ued Ease ILS

of vuelerey

Opeyyoy ounlypeyaeg

oyepued euuemteppog

eysequy eypseqeluog

oyeursequy a?

BSV out keg

Busely ouRvyeLy,

BUR TAL nfutelipueg

oyeuninsy -elipues teueynuesypy

vusoury nfuru | epepes

tABSSOT, wWUeUNANnwIN yy

epepna thog nfarearyyte

a19P9g ody nluexyo Ny

eseduy nfueyyo hy

esunddy NULESI A

LAepesuepuy n{aouundnuy

ysuypuy nurelue A

ByUuery nunsueqy

eqaik ey vuseg NU] [VUesouey Vy

eqidvourg nuey,

punoy

qvoi4

TBuKS

+10U§

TeLs

410U8 Hi

suo'y

Uda14)

pet

OFT MA

plate |

peyxoor)

Wy Stedy4g

ASQ

swospur Ty

r99q1q

nog

qooug

adry

MOY

10f

hue,

peo?

94ye[od “TOT,

purysiapuy

Ivo

aster ‘dn 4jrry

UeuL

AVM IARI,

sug

[No. 1.

of the Kastern Ghats.

mes O

Aborig

‘TURISNPUIFT OT} O[QUoser sp1OM nsyUsTH oy} Jo oste Auem pue { syoofqo omvs oy} SuIquosoddos ‘spIOM [IURy,

‘SPIOM NSNOT, OS[B ole y, SHY} poyIVU sp1oM oY T— "ALO NT

nfuou

TyuRsuRyeyD

eoviy nluouemyededuese x

oY} ITM puodseri0o afdoed vjeyns0 X oY} Jo sojqevooa oy jo Aur

nou “oq

svfg ‘idejseAg

IyIsn A ‘uBIe A

BJeUNYVS “YOANIBG

Bjel

‘eAtreyquyay,

‘ounyoyo

“BILAL

eeaenO)

Byexyeygg “eynunpes

*NSJUBYO

nsjunieg ‘epos

nuoyiddeg ‘essrq

nsokAy

ears

NWUCUd NT ‘NSJIAAO YW

,NUBPeG

4 WRIepesy,

"2 )DYNMaK

ADP IDE

ePUx

oLug

Bqnpeueseleg

nsnargg

eqy[npesnunpeg

uvfojog -ued

uvseledeleg

[9PNAAOY,

opopesuvlaes

nyepeuses ‘eu

nyqng “Seq exueeppmilug

Gs,

"DADQD,S

nfurarse

aqyery

epueg

nfururke nye

BlOLBSOY

se &

Nn},

JesunyyT

surg, T

SSOULIVA AA

UNL

VOT

aa Cu

erenbg

‘ysybugy

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. oS

Notes on ALFRED VON Kremer’s edition of Wakidy’s Campaigns.—

By A. Sprencer, M. D.

(Frest Novice).

In June, 1854, when at Alexandria, I had the pleasure of making

the acquaintance of the distinguished orientalist, Alfred von Kremer.

He showed me a very valuable copy of the campaigns of Watkidy.

I induced him to edit it in the Bibliotheca Indica and recommended

it to the Asiatic Society of Bengal. On my return to India in

February, 1856, I had the pleasure of seeing it printed. Being

probably better acquainted with the subject than any one else, and

having several books which were not at the disposal of the learned

editor, I undertake to write some remarks on,the work. I beg, how-

ever, in the commencement to express the high sense which I en-

tertain of Mr. Von Kremer’s erudition and industry evinced in this,

as well as, in his previous labours.

The Musalmans applied in early times the principles of judicial

evidence to the historical criticism of traditions and showed an aver-

sion against admitting written testimony alone,though sometimes they

were obliged to acknowledge it, as we shall see lower down. In their

opinion an account found in a book has no historical value, unless

you have a witness who has been assured by the author himself that

every part of the book is genuine or who has received this assurance

from another witness who again may have received it from another

up to the author. In olden times, it was usual to write the string of

witnesses up to the author into every fasiculus of the book in three

places: first on the title page, then in the commencement of the

text and then again at the end. The form in which it is written is

different in each of these three places. In writing the Arabic title

page to Von Kremer’s book, I restored and completed the original

form from the editor’s preface. In the last riwayatI used the word

“ wijadatan.”’ This is a technical term which is explained by Tyby

as follows: gi b=? GUS le Lad) Ww 52 4 Spo OE! day (0 Boley)

ol bs! wh,F 4 woos Aghy wl Abs Led Lo Sty) UF Cul Gyolay ys

gh? wills Lis “s? 3! Wijadéh is a newly coined word and derived

51 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waktdy. [ No. 1.

from the verb wajad “to find.” It means that A. B. has got

hold of a book containing hadythes in the handwriting of a Shaykh,

but the contents of the book have not been verbally or by 1azah

communicated to him. In this case A. B. must not say akhba-

rand “I have been informed,”’ but he must say “I have found,’’ or

‘“‘T have read in the hand-writing of C. D.” or “in a book written

in the hand writing of C. D.”’

In Irdqy’s Alfyah, it is explained nearly in the same terms:

eb toto Boa, * yore SI 9 Bolas Ps

as 9} wy pole wo bs? * =? wW! Slds ished | sl2s

jyhm! 9! Woda bs? URS pst ws by Ssoct Pa Le

rt 9} Uns Sd] 9] She # day Ji bSU Gis el

“The last [and least satisfactory mode of propagating hadythes|

is the wijadah. This is a verbal noun from wajad “to find,” it has

been newly coined with a view of distinguishing this meaning from

other meanings of this root [as wijdan which is used if it means

“to feel” or wojid “ existence.” ] The term wijddah is used if you

find hadythes in the handwriting of one of your contemporaries or

a man of bye-gone days, whose lectures you have not heard and from

whom you donot hold an ijazah. In this case you say “I have

found in his hand-writing.”’ But if you are not quite sure whether it

is his hand-writing you must be on your guard, and you merely say.

“TI found this Aadyth from A. B.” or you use the expressions “ It is

said” or “I believe.”

Pages 1, 17, 43, 69, 95, 121, 149, 178, 206, 229, 255, 281, 306

and 357 of Kremer’s text and p. 35 of Lees’s Fotuh al-Shém contain

specimens of the manner in which the string of authorities is stated

in the commencement of every fasciculus. It is distinctly mentioned

in the MS. of Fotuh that where the igsnad stands commenced in the

original, the second fasciculus.

A specimen of a Sama or the form in which it is written at the

end of each fasciculus will be found lower down. As I have pre-

pared for the press a work* on “the Canons of Historical criticism

* This work is a translation of the Tygryb wa Taysyr of Nawawy illustrated

with notes from Soyiéty’s commentary on it, from Nawawy’s Irshad, Ibn Calah’s

’olim alhadyth, ’Iraqgy’s Afyyah and its two commentaries, from the dictionary of:

the technical terms used in traditions, from the I’ldm of Qadhiy ’Iyadh (a very:

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 55

of the Musalmans” which will contain a very full account of all

these matters, I deem it loss of time to dwell here any further on

this subject than to the extent it was necessary to make intelligible

what follows. |

Mr. Von Kremer’s copy is what I call an authenticated one. It was

written by Mas’td b. ’Alyy for Abu-l-Hasan ’Alyy Ibn al-Zarrah.

In order to comply with the above condition—to have a witness

that every part of the work is genuine, and to correct his copy, Ibn

al-Tarrah read it in A. H. 532 before his Shaykh Ibn ’Abd al-Baqiy

who compared what he read with his own copy. Subsequently, in

549, Mas’id b. ’Alyy copied from the MS. of the Shaykh the Sama’

into it. It was usual, for the Shaykh, if pupils read, to say in the

commencement of each lecture, Akhbarana fuldn, i.e. ‘‘ What thou

art going to read, has been communicated to me and my fellow-

students by A. B.”” Or the Shaykh remained silent and the pupil

read Akhbarakum, i. e. ““C. D. has communicated to thee and thy

school-fellows what follows.’’ This form is used here. Ibn ’Abd

al-Bagiy had been instructed in the book by Jawhary. In this

instance the book was read by a fellow-student of Ibn ’Abd al-Baqiy

and he as well as the Shaykh (Jawhary) were listening.

The instructor of Jawhary, and his witness for the authenticity

of the book was Ibn Hayytyah a pupil of Ibn Aby Hayyah before

whom his own copy was read by a student and he (Abu Hayyah)

as well as Ibn Hayytyah listened and he (Abu Hayyah) stated that

it was really what he had heard from his teacher al- Harith Thaljy

(died at the age of 76 in 206?) who had attended Wakidy’s own

lectures. Mr. Kremer gives us learned notices of some of these

persons. It so happens that some of them are links in the chain

of witnesses through which the Cawnpore copy.of Ibn Sa’d was

propagated to the celebrated biographer of Mohammad, Hafitz

Dimyaty, the teacher of Hakkary, by whom that copy was copied

from Ibn Hayytyah’s text in 718. The isnad in the com-

rare work) from the pod O4385 of the Khatyb Baghddady. which treats on the

introduction and progress of writing among the Moslims for the sake of preserving

traditions, and throws a flood of light on the literary history of the first two cen-

turies—and from a number of other works. My labour is nearly finished, but I left

it among my books at Damascus, which have not yet reached me.

56 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [Noni

mencement of Ibn Sa’d runs: Sd} bitx)| piled} bod) eM & Jac |

peeled} opm cstl Gt SS Cyt Grog! One O4=? pH! Quod Ge ies

Sida 9 elit] Go? plod en Ly SUS wan} Uj 9 dale 5,5 al ae

Ly Slay dbo} SU) ors oy Ud Ep chess clam pl E2odt Cpe

a 2B GLB wt le U2 ats wt AU age o4=* gH ( read ams) )

oox” Ht UY Coybasy| a) OAS Gy Oe oy ody OLE Gy DoE? Oy y

BEN aye Csytyel aU aac Gy wns oy ” dex” us ets maa

15) Rayne yy Slee Or? gett ot USS Of O45 yt Colt Et O4=” jer

da Gott ee ULE! rope est yy ot Gate Ut O48! UME! stl UF

# daw Uy das” A O45 coll re Cool Krol} cst! cy oe” Gy Eyla)}

At the end of Ibn Sa’ d we find several Samas which have been

copied by Hakkary from more ancient MSS. A Sama is like a col-

lege certificate: its object is to record the names of those persons

who were authorized to propagate the work or part into which it is

written, and the names of the witnesses upon whose testimony their

authority rests. I insert here the first of these Samas because I

have never yet found either a Moslim or Christian who could make

head or tail of this description of documents. Yet they are not

without interest, and if we understand one, we can make them out

all.

Bemy cg blrwoos| (oge] oo das” os! bil lod! Le be’ woald

[1 £3 Voix Kore cyl! [El G0 Ul ps glows By yds Sled aU

ets ARS Cs ydo='| ed wos lec lis pipe ee Gans) KIgrA> yal ids

Kass abst) 5S os Sper one Csy2y| ens] oes” stl Cy Seam 9

Cries sly) OLS Lyd Oo? Ss gi! sia MI CyR ae oy SU) cas ly Q3 KAR) 9

le oes Bf 2s Ko Saye 9 ren Kimo oil ey) oo oo”?

wmaisl y oe Sas” gi] 9 Baogd ost yO! one yt Oa? Cyt polB} ose

O42 Gy! wom! OS lb 53} 9 29s [ vw? ] SM” (1 9 SLA ane Lys us

o>! 9 6590! sl OAS (jd Oa” 9 Bove ge ee oo” cyt poles OAS Lyd

dex? 5S us! (el (20 Krsees miev AS ee? Le yrated} ws ple wld oy

= oa ke or eylro o. SlayJ} os! Sf Qu Castes! “ye? Kclnmnd \Lazd| OAS (yd

+ gh? wt dro [ en ay ose | peel glad cH ( yeh ) lesb

OAS yd ay Kd wr | Wlo4J OAS [ wy ipo pls alti OAS SoS 3 86

pe Cyd dee” Cyd ise Ww Wrty J} ons Lei yl] > Kam calla ei

re Sa sole (yo el ag 9 yas} ey Usd0 wy oie ae Ls Jt

OLS OH Us ey Cyd Sytem a) So” (5) rly ors Bf yo ) [ Kem |seorg

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 57

BIE oy) AU] oe Oo? (oH! Lye Atone 9 ara Kis Ro (9 Ral] Moa! Gy aut

(sis (_)tazJ} ors ) RES up Oder usth oe yen ons dL us! Bf 2s

gy o+” | aa ls (ems ) past! SU) ose [ yt | Bdty, 9, eyed

rl) SU ors 1 809 cslove| WPv09d (yd [ ( jd: ) oss | wt al

EH Bags 9 Cpl} siya! dem ost or tBinags Oa? gf 9 Sax? ( Sas}

eerie ag diw ( SySIi '&)) cst cole S pstsivood| aU} ons oa US

dota colt on wlolewJ] ws! oH st! w dos” FF, BE ot [ vw |

By os? Wada soley SS Ut AS! OF OE? UF OMe oi! asic

Kol dS cyt ea! Gy AU) one Cyd dos” BS Eyl (yo Krew 9 v9 dio od

Seb I! Oe 9 Wyo dRel| Heed Gy sos] One uy! Oost _g UY O8 Gy! Qos! Gl 9

098 dh So Coles (29 UR Cgrbmed| deal Oy! oa vt Sa” (J

phy: hel dao| ANS Old LS Gyo? Uyo diles

To understand the above, it is necessary that the reader should

know that the standard copy of Ibn Sa’d—that written by Ibn

Hayytyah,* was divided into eight parts, and that at the end of every

part, the teachers and pupils who read it, wrote their sama.’ Hakkary

transcribed the more important Sama’s into his copy and attached to

every ove his signature. This is the technical meaning of 44S if

it stands at the end of adocument. We also find at the end of

some documents oa2J| before the name of a witness, and this word

is therefore also used for “‘ witness’’ or “ signature.”

The sama’ quoted above was written in the hand of the ceiebrated

Hafitz Dimyaty, and it referred to the second part of the original.

It appears from it that that part was read alternately by al- Hasan al-

Jawhary, mentioned above, and his brother al-Hosayn (and as we

learn from other sama’s also all other parts of the book were read by

them) before [bn Hayytiyah. Subsequently in 447 the book was read

before Hasan Jawhary by the Khatyb Abi Bakr in the presence of

six pupils, none of whom is of any interest, and in 448 it was read

under his (Jawhary’s) superintendence partly by the same K-hatyb

Abt Bakr and partly by ’Abd Allah Qarawany, and it was on this

occasion that Ibn ’Abd al-Baqiy Bazzaz who has been mentioned

-above was present. Under the superintendence of Ibn Abd al-

Baqiy [Bazzaz] who taught the book in the version of Jawhary, it

* Slivo ly! OR) 9 % Sdviwo Kicgrdv0 Geis Live ~ KLagand | sl cls 58

Led} PS Ka 5iQ0 ws Nar alnibras, p. 1988.

58 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [Ne. I.

was also twice read, once in 529 by Ibn Hibat Allah and among the

auditory were Dahyal and the celebrated ’Abd al-Rakman Ibn Jawzy

and it was again read before the old man in 5385 by Sam’any. I must

here observe that reading a book before a Shaykh for the sake of the

isndd was a mere boast and ceremony, and therefore, students

flocked to a man who had heard it a long while ago, however infirm

he might be, from all parts of the Mohammadan world, in order that

there might be few links between themselves and the author. This

explains how it came that the old man lectured on a work which he

had studied 87 years previously.

The rest of the above document offers neither any difficulty nor

much interest and I therefore, confine my explanations to these

few remarks.

From another Sama’ we learn that Ibn Hayytyah lectured on

the book in 318 and again in 320 in his own house. It farther ap-

pears from one of the Sama’s and from the isnad of Ibn Sayyid alnds

that the Qadhiy Abi Bakr [Ibn ’Abd al-Baqiy] had two riwdyats of

the text of Ibn Hayytyah, that of Jawhary—and this riwdyat he

transmitted to Abu ’Abd Allah b. Dahyal and others—and the riwéyat

of Abii Ishaq Ibrahym b. ’Omar Barmaky, equally a pupil of Ibn Hay-

yuyah, which he had received by ij4zah only. This explains why it is

distinctly added above gsy%yei we Selon i. e. “Ibn Abd al-Bagiy

taught the book as he had heard it from Jawhary.”’ It is also stated

that Ibn Hayyutyah mentioned before every hadyth his isnad up to

the author. In referring to Kremer’s text of Wakidy, we find that

he did the same in teaching that book and that this objectionable

practice was also adopted by his pupil Jawhary. Lvery isnad there-

fore, begins with “I heard from Mokammad [Ibn Hayytyah] who

had it from ’Abd al-Wahhab, from Mohammad [Thaljy]. This may

perhaps justify the supposition that the standard copy upon which

Kremer’s text is founded, was that of Jawhary. Perhaps we may go

farther and suppose that the omissions, and additions to be noticed.

lower down have been made by him. His giving the full isnad for »

every single hadyth seems to me to indicate that he did not yet con-

sider the work as a whole but as an aggregate of documents of

which he considered himself at liberty to take as many as he pleased

or suited his purpose.

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 59

It is curious that Ibn Sayyid alnds, the author of the ’Oydn

alathar has used a copy of Ibn Sa’d and quotes a riwayat for it

nearly identical with the Cawnpore codex. He says:

woh yd O89 Sp wiht, GUS O49 dew oy a

er! cnt) OAS oe” ost! cod] sles pley| one a i HSI) do phs«

esses BStpm cl oy al; Kno GP ws! oy doo=” eno us” wales

Mis (Ep) WBwogs cle='t ost! bile} wre dolf deve Ws Sgt bo Grom jlat,

sly ope dale on ale Kl gue So] 0 phos addy (Stood a} was (ys

uy) pao wr che ep Gadd Ey SU] ons dox?ys] Lis Jals ost JG ae sly

psd} Se Gps 4s? SG 3} gSlUy L} JU dposdy agle Lelow BC Gye watt yt

JE (optge!t le ct ernst Doe? Got! Copbad! AU] one ort Oo? >!

Beet yma gt gle 1,3 JU tape ot US ot ols! yt One® poe yt! i

B pane et 3 Rica, Wha pes Eo] Uy 5 lie} sy? wry! wy 3970 Uy!

deve cy} by ae Kolo cell Et +=” Ey Soy oe” 93} Ly Jls KL ,

Sphe Ay glo Ler) dS ce 89 bo AI Id) US Is! Wy olin! de

ae pls

I may here add that it appears that Ibn Sayyid alnds had no copy

of Wakidy, he had only Ibn Sa’d.

Having done with the isnad of Mr. Kremer’s copy, let us proceed

to the authorities whom Wakidy quotes, but in order more fully to

illustrate the subject, I may be allowed to say a few words on Ibn

Sa’d’s authorities.

It is the praiseworthy habit of Ibn Sa’d to trace the testimony

for every fact he states up to an eye-witness, but he deviates from

this rule in his chapter on “the campaigns.” Here he quotes at

the head (folio 98) the four leading works on the subject. The

statements contained in these four books, he works up according to

the best of his own judgment,* without referring to them in the

details. But where he supplies statements from other authorities,

as he does sometimes, he gives the Isndd. These four works are

1. The campaigns of Wagidy which he received immediately from

the author. 2. The work of Ibn Ishaq which he took on the testi-

mony of Rowaym b. Yazyd Mogriy who had it on the testimony of

Harin b. Aby ’Ysa and Ibn Aby ’Ysa was a pupil of Ibn Ishaq

himself. 3, The work of Abi Ma’shar [Nojay# b. Abd al-Rakman

d. 175] which he took on the testimony of al-Hosayn b. Mohammad

* The technical term for such a process is WA% o> ws pear yd Ud >

I 2

60 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [No. I.

a pupil of the author. 4. The work of Musa b. ’Oqbah [a client

of the Zobayr family, d. 141]* which he took on the testimony of

Isma’yl b. “Abd Allah b. Oways Madany who had it from a nephew

of the author, Isma’yl b. Ibrahym b. ’Oqbah and he had it from the

author himself. I insert here Ibn S’ad’s own words:

exreyl OS Gy WEEE oy? yee UST Cotbed! O8]y ext pee crt dae? Ups

ee et on pelt Ot OOE Ot etd GEIET! extrt Ut Ot WF

DAS Gord Spb Ct oH 9 EDL GA! wot! eve ent! SUT one Wt Oo” 9

wr Urey! OF Gt > UV! KU one 9 dpe Et Keo} Ed dy yt SY

coybaiY) BoE Cot yt MUI one wt ists cart! Sey” Ct rene

ctl ot Caresl ot pall s etl pod! 2 SUI one 2 olde ist Meay 9

9 bs Gel wt weary! 08 9 eke bee we? ores} 026 9 hed! Spe

Co prod Ody? ww? cod csphls ORM (oJ da” JLs bed er cy Se

Sos? EP Cds cdphlg GEM Ct O45 CF Cod? esl UW! Wyld Lardy

rem! eye aide Cuda! cot! ert SUI one ers Cyrene] Ud] 9 pio coll We

SHOR (oF pgeday Cyde Udo Ashe Cyt grog See Wyo M86 El Ml yl WH

In reading over this passage of Ibn Sa’d, we should hardly suspect

that he refers to books, and if we did not know from other sources

that these four men to whom he refers had written down their state-

ments, we might suppose that he received from them merely oral

traditions.. .

Wakidy like Ibn Sa’d does not give the isnad for every fact,

but he mentions in the first page twenty-six Shaykhs on whose

testimony he had received the statements which he worked into

one continuous narrative. Among them occur Abi Ma’shar and

Isma’yl b. Ibrahym Ibn ’Oqbah, of these two we know distinctly

that they taught complete, original works on the campaigns of the

prophet, and it may be asserted with certainty of the remaining

twenty-four Shaykhs that they were teaching books or collectanea,

because the method in which in those days traditions were taught

was, that one of the pupils read and the Shaykh listened to his

reading and made the necessary corrections. The remaining pupils

in some instances wrote down what he read, and hence the term

* See my remarks on these two works in an article in the Journal of the Asiatic

Society of Bengal, Vol. 20. ‘* On the earliest biographies of Mokammad.”’

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 61

wile G0 eyos!| ais which means generally, “I have taken tradi-

tions on his authority.’”” Or they were also provided with copies and

compared them with what he read. It is, however, impossible to

say how many of these twenty-four Shaykhs lectured on systematic

works on the biography of the prophet, and how many taught

Masnads and Mocannafs, 1. e. miscellaneous collections of traditions.

I hope in a future article to be able to give a somewhat fuller

account on the authorities regarding the biography of Mohammad

which were extant at the time of Wakidy and of some of the Shaykhs

of this writer, than at present, and I therefore refrain from entering

here on this subject.

Now I come at length to the text of Wakidy. He begins with a

list of all the campaigns and assassinations in which Mofammad

was the leader, or which were undertaken by his orders. This list

is followed by detailed accounts of each, but in the detailed accounts

very little notice is taken of the expedition of Hamzah, which took

place in March 623, that of ’Obaydah which took place in April of

the same year, that of Sa’d b. Aby Waqqac, May, 628, that of

Mohammad to Abwé, in August, that to Bowaé in September and

the pursuit of Kurz. This omission is not due to Wakidy but

to one of the rawies—probably Jawhary. At the time of

Tabary, other more complete texts were extant, but he does un-

fortunately not say by whom. Every hadyth was originally con-

sidered as a whole in itself. Consequently early rawies (persons

who transmitted a book or hadyth) did not think it admissible

to alter a hadyth or to omit part of it. But from a collection of

Hadythes, they considered it allowable to omit as many as they

pleased without incurring any censure, and they might insert new

ones, faithfully quoting their authorities. Again, where the author

of the collection states his view on the subject, the Rawiy might

suppress it and give his own. This liberty has not only been taken

with Wakidy but to a very great extent with the Muié¢a, and to

some extent even with Bokhary, where the fullest and the most

defective riwayat (editions) vary in the number of hadythes by more

than two hundred. Fortunately this habit came early out of fashion,

but not sufficiently early to preserve for us the text of Wakidy in its

integrity.

62 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [No. 1.

I insert here a passage from Zabary from which it appears that

the Rawiys did make slight omissions :

Sex os Kad] 350 co9 ake SUI guy wt LsO3lyI| 3 pee yp! UL

&l3 uel ust Kiet] %d2 A Las} ade dy Syw) Wl s95 Kaet Ip

Syl 9 Stil Ip! lie ore es boll yt Sie") uy Board ip (3 pet

“ws 8 yd S&S als &U Be) cone wo 8 Ih Wx Bbw ROAD ae

pred eels csybas| ran oe onyalee| WI? thas s ida! daly

{pclisy Sy KOs Lancet | Wd sy rey wll » Lim| éJ Slay slo sit W95 pine |

2 WG peas: JU, w= U2 Uladw gi! Wf pear SS g KaymS] rot (29

ter wr hidao cot gle EA] aly 9 Osi] SU dee 931 JU ade ws

# yet wo walle (2 wlf

“ Tabary observes: Wakidy fancies that the Messenger of God

appointed in this year, Hamzah, leader of an expedition and tied a

white flag to his spear, and that the Messenger of God tied also,

in Shawwal, in the eighth month after the flight, a white flag to a

spear for "Obaydah and sent him to Batn Rabigh. This standard

was borne by Mistak. The expedition consisted of sixty refugees

and no Ancary, and it proceeded as far as al-Morrah in the neigh-

bourhood of al-Johfah. They met the enemy at Ahya and there

were some arrows exchanged, but it did not come to close combat

with the sword. The accounts do not agree as to the leader of the

caravan. Some say, it was Abu Sofydn and some say, Mikraz. .

Tabary says: the words of Wéakidy are “I consider it as settled

that Abi Sofyén was the leader and that the caravan was defended

by two hundred men.” It is true, Zabary gives at first merely an

abstract of Wakidy’s statements, but Arabic authors always preserve

the words of the original and at the end Zabary quotes Wakidy’s

own words. In referring to Kremer’s text, we find that neither

these words are in it, nor is the rest of the story so full. There

are other quotations in Zabary, which are not found complete in

Kremer’s original. In another place we find Ibn ’Oqbah quoted,

and the manner in which it is done, leads us to suspect that this

quotation is one of the many additions of a rawiy to Wakidy’s text.

The first affair regarding which Wakidy enters into very valuable

details is the expedition of Ibn Jahsh. This infamous exploit throws

much light on the character of Mokammad and I therefore, give

here an account of it. Ifthe reader pays attention to the authorities

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 63

which I quote, he will observe how useful Wakidy is for tracing the .

history of that period.

Most of the refugees had neither friends at Madynah nor any

means of subsistance. The number of men—exclusive of women

and children—who were destitute is calculated at four hundred.*

However great the charity of those of their brethren might be who

were in easier circumstances, it must have been altogether insuffi-

ecient to relieve their sufferings. The mosque which the prophet

had built was filled with men who were houseless. Here they slept

at night and sought shelter during the day against the scorching

rays of the sun. This mosque, it appears, consisted of a low terrace,

walled in on three sides, open on the fourth towards the court-yard

and provided with a roof. Such a building is called Soffaht and

* “The persons alluded to are the poor people among the refugees who

amounted to about four hundred men. They had neither dwellings nor friends in

Madynah. They employed themselves in studying the Kordn in the mosque and

in picking date-stones. They were ready to proceed on any expedition the prophet

might send them on. These are the men of the Soffah.” (Baghawy Commr, Kor.

2, 274.)

The mosque would not have afforded shelter to four hundred men and during

the first and second year after the flight, the total number of refugees did not much

‘exceed that number, and subsequently when they were successful in war the number

of destitute Moslims was much diminished by death in battle and by the acquisition

of booty. Ibn Sa’d folio 49 has two traditions, one of Aba Horayrah who was

himself one of the men of the Soffah and one of Mohammad b. Ka’b, according to both

the number of men who lived in the mosque amounted only to thirty. According

to a tradition of Aba Horayrah in Bokhary, they amounted to seventy. But these

traditions refer to a very late period, for Abi Horayrah states what he saw and

experienced himself, and he embraced the Islam very late. I therefore suppose

that four hundred or less was the number of all the destitute Moslims, and that

about one-fourth of them say seventy, who were more miserable than the rest

lived in the mosque. The latter alone can properly be called the men of the

Soffab, but ata later period it was apparently applied to all destitute refugees. Daily

changes must have taken place, some leaving the Soffah andothers taking their place,

and therefore an attempt at too great precision would be a sure road to error.

+ This is the meaning which the word has in Ibn al-Banna and which it retains

up to this day in Maskat. Such a place is now called Lywan, at Damascus whilst the

word ¢offah has quite a different meaning in Syria and Egypt, on which see Kremer’s

Mittelsyrien and Lane’s Modern Egyptians. Yet I have been assured at Damas-

cus that a Lywan with a flat roof may be called a Soffah.

64 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [No. 1.

hence these men who were apparently more wretched than the rest,

are known as the men of Soffah. They offered a miserable spectacle,

many of them had no other clothing at day nor any other covering

for the night, than a rag tied round the waist.* On one occasion

"Aly got a curtain as his share of the booty and he made a present

of it to these men. The prophet took it and cut out aprons for

ay many as it yielded. Some had rags tied round their neck which

came down to their thighs and they were so transparent that

they were obliged in walking to hold them together in front with

their hands to cover their nakedness.f They were also very unclean :

Their rags swarmed with vermin and they exhaled a most offensive

smell.{ At supper time the prophet would invite some of them to

partake of his own meal and the rest he distributed over the houses

of his wealthier followers, whom he exhorted in the Koran to be

charitable towards them.§ Yet notwithstanding these efforts they

suffered so much of hunger, even towards the end of the prophet’s

earthly career, in the days of prosperity of the Moslim community,

that Abi Horayrah relates that he fainted from starvation.|| Imme-

diately after the Hijrah their wretchedness must have been much

greater.

The only outlet for these desperate men was bloodshed and

robbery. The Messenger of God waylaid every Qorayshite caravan

that went to the north. But in vain. They were in so great number

and their precautions were so complete that, during the first sixteen

months, all his efforts proved abortive. On the contrary, Kurz suc-

* Tbn Sa’d, folio 49, and Bokhary.

+ Majm@ albahrayn, sub voce sf.

{ Ta’arruf and the commentary thereon, a work on Sufism, p. 8, I have, how-

ever, only the Persian translation.

§ ‘‘ Whatever charity you spend, give to those poor men who have been disabled

for the sake of the cause of God, they cannot go about in the world, ignorant persons

consider them rich on accouut of their modesty, but you may recognize them by

their appearance. They do not beg with importunity,” 2, 274. Most commentators

of the Koran and Ibn Sa’d fol. 49 maintain that this verse refers to the men

of the Soffah. If so, it was revealed very late, when only men who were not

fit for war were poor.

|| Baghawy, loco cit.

1856.} Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 65

ceeded in carrying away the flocks of the inhabitants of Madynah.

The failure of Mohammad, and the success of his enemies must have

made a very unfavorable impression on the population of Madynah,

on the friends as well as the enemies of the Islam. Being driven

to extremities, he planned immediately on his return from the chace

of Kurz, towards the end of December, 623, a most desperate expe-

dition.

It consisted of twelve men* who were mounted on half that num-

ber of dromedaries, two men riding one animal in turn. He first

offered the command over the party to Abi ’Obaydah,+ and as he

refused to accept it, he appointed his own cousin ’Abd Allah b. Jahsh

to it, whom he had employed on a similar occasion the preceding

year, and he conferred upon him, as long as the expedition lasted,

the title of Amyr Almuminyn “ Leader of the Faithful’ which was

subsequently assumed by the Khalifs. He did not communicate to

him the plan of the expedition, but gave him sealed orders with

* Ibn Sa’d p. 99 and Wakidy apud Tabary. Ibn Ishak says that there were only

eight men, and he gives their names, viz, : |

1, Abé Hodzayfah [Mohashshim or Hashim or Hoshaym or Kays] b. ’Otbah

b. Raby’ah b. "Abd Shams. 2. ’Okkashah b. Mihsan b. Horthan, an ally of the

bani Asad b, Khozaymah. 3. ’Otbah b. Ghazwan b. Jabir, an ally of the family

of Nawfal b. ’Abd Manaf. 4. Sa’d b. Aby Wakkas of the Zohrah family. 5

*Amir b, Raby’ah of the ’Anz b. Wayil tribe (i. e. an Anezah) and an ally of the

family of ’Ady b. Ka’b. 6. Wakid b. ’Abd Allah b. ’Abd Manéf b. ’Aryn b.

Tha’labah b. Yarbw’ of the Tamym tribe, an ally of the Ady family and more espe-

cially of "Omar, 7. Khalid b. al-Bokayr of the banui Sa’d b. Layth equally

an ally of the ’Ady family. 8. Sohayl b. Baydha or according to others his brother

Safwan b. Baydha of the bana al-Harith b. Fihr. From Ibn Sa’d we also glean the

name of al-Midad b. ’Amr, who seized al-Hakam b. Kaysan and made him a pri-

soner. And Sodyy apud Zébary p. 238 mentions also’Ammar b. Ya4sir and ’Amir

b. Fohayrah. This name, ‘however, may be a mistake for "Amir b. Raby’ah. In

Ibn ’Okbah apwd Ibn Sayyid alnas is Amir b, Ayas.

tT “The prophet dispatched a small party of men under the command of Aba

*Obaydah b- al-Jarraz, When Abt ’Obaydah took leave, his affection to the prophet

overcame him and he shed tears. Mofammad therefore, appointed another person

whose name is ’Abd Allah b. Jahsh Azdy” (Mo’tamir apud Tabary, p. 240). Wakidy,

ip. 7, relates the same story, but he says that the name of the personto whom the

command had been offered, was ’Obaydah b. al-Harith b. al-Moffalib.

66 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [NowL.

directions to open them, after he had proceeded two days’ journey

on the upper Makkah road, on which, the Moslims had several times

waylaid the orayshites. He also told him that when he had read

the orders to the meu under his command, he was to make them

distinctly understand that every one of them was at liberty to pro-

ceed and assist him in carrying them out or to return to Madynah.

On opening the letter Abd Allah found orders to proceed to Nakh-

lah, which lies on the road from Makkah to al-Zéyif and Yaman,

and to watch the movements of the Korayshites in that quarter.*

’Abd Allah declared that he would obey the orders of the prophet

and ten of his men were of the same mind, but two went to Bahran*+

and after a considerable stay there they returned to Madynah, where

they arrived after their victorious companions.

* According to Ibn Ishak they were conceived in the following terms : ‘‘ When you

have read this my letter proceed as far as Nakhlah, between Makkah and al-Tayif,

watch the movements of the Korayshites and give me information thereof.’ In

Wakidy p. 8 the letter runs: ‘Go to Nakhlah in the name of God and with his bless-

ing. Do not force any one of the men to accompany you, but proceed and carry out

my orders with those who choose to follow you. When arrived at Nakhlah, watch the

caravans of the Korayshites.” Another version is in Baghawy Comm. Kor. 2, 214.

I do not consider any of these versions as genuine.

According to Sodyy he was to open the orders at Malal which is on the road

from Madynah to Makkah, twenty-one or eighteen miles from the former city.

+ Baran or Bofran is in the neighbourhood of Ma’dan Bany Solaym (Ibn

Sa’d). It isnot far from al-For (Nihdyat al-Jazary). In the territory of the

Solaym tribe (Wakidy p. 8.)

+t Ibn ’Okbah apud Ibn Sayyid alnas; Wakidy p.8; Sodyy and Mo’tamir apud

Tabary pp. 239 and 240. The names of these two men are Sa’d b. Aby Wakkas

and ’Otbah b. Ghazwan. Ibn Ishak and most authors after him, including Ibn

Sa’d deny that they refused to proceed. He says: “The whole party proceeded as

far as a ma’dan which is above For’ and has the name of Bahran, there the camel

which Sa’d and ’Otbah b. Ghazwan were riding went astray, and whilst they went

in search of it, the rest of the party proceeded.” It appears from Wakidy p. 9, that

this story has been preserved by the family of Sa’d b. Aby Wakkas and probably

invented by them. The father of Wakidy’s teacher had received it from the son of

Sa’d b. Aby Wakkas. The isnad in Kremer’s edition is defective and ought to run

‘“ Wakidy from Abi Bakr b. Isma’yl b. Mohammad from his father, from ’Asim-b.

Sa’d b. Aby Wakkas from his father.”

1856. ] Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 67

When ’Abd Allah with his ten followers had arrived at Nakhlah*

he observed in the afternoon of the 28th of December, 623, a party

of four Korayshite merchants. Their camels were laden with leather,

raisins and wine, and they were on their way from al-Zayif to

Makkah. They were frightened at the appearance of the stragglers,

whose sinister purpose must have been pretty clear from their light

mode of travelling. To remove suspicion from their minds, one of

them, ’OkkAshah, had his head shaved, in order to look like a pilgrim.

The stratagem succeeded, the more because the new moon over the

western horizon assured the merchants that the sacred month of

Rajab had commenced, which was respected by the most abandoned

robbers, and in which the traveller might fearlessly go on his way.

They unloaded their camels and sent them over the plains to browse

and sat down to cook their dinner. When they were completely

off their guard, Wakid took advantage of the opportunity, shot an

arrow into them which killed the leading man among them. They

now made a rush upon the remaining three men and made two of

them prisoners, but the third being mounted on a swift mare effected

his escape, and reached Makkah the next morning.~ The followers

* “ Nakhlah is identical with the Bostan Ibn ’Amir which is near Makkah”

(Ibn Sa’d p. 99). ‘* Bostan Ibn ’Amir is a corruption for Bostan Ma’mar (Ibn

Mo’ammar ?)” (Ibn Kotaybah, Adabdb al-katib). The full name of Mo’ammar from

whom the place has its name is Mo’ammar b. ’Obayd Allah b. Mo’ammar b, ’Oth-

man b. Amr b.* Ka’b b. Sa’d b. Tamym b. Morrah b. Ka’b b. Lowayy. Some

however, say it has its name from Hadhramy Ibn ’Amir, and some say from ’Abd

Allah b. Amir b, Korayz, so that etymology gives us no clue to its history. Ba-

ralyasy in his commentary to Ibn Aotaybah maintains that the Bostan Ibn ‘Amir

and the Bostan Ibn Mo’ammar are not identical, but he allows that the latter is

identical with Batn Nakhlah [Yaqit, Mwjam, voce Bostdén]. The same author

(Yakat) says under Nakhlah that two valleys meet at Bostan Ibn’A mir, one of which

comes from Karn almanazil and is called Nakhlah Yamanyyah i. e. Southern Nakh-

lah). Along this valley runs the road to Yaman. The other comes from al-Komayr:

and is called Nakhlah Shamyyah or Northern Nakhlah. It is important to observe:

that these two valleys belong to the Hodzayl tribe, and are two daysjourney from

Makkah. Bosian ’Amir is situated in Batn Marr and Sabéah. |

+ The name of the man who was killed is "Amr b. al-Hadhramy [Abd Allah]

b. ’Abbad (‘Imad or ’Ayyadz) of the Kindah tribe. He had three brothers,

one of them al-’Al& turned a Moslim. He had also a sister, Sa’bah who embraced

2 K

68 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [No. I.

of the prophet took the prisoners and goods and returned with them

victoriously to Madynah.

There occur two verses in the Koran which, according to the

testimony of most authorities, bear on this expedition. They run:

“They ask you regarding the sacred month [of Rajab], as con-

eerns fighting in it. Answer: Fighting in it is a serious matter,

but to obstruct the path (the religion) of God, to disbelieve in Him

and his sacred temple (the Ka’bah) and to expel its votaries (the

Moslims) from it, is a much more serious matter in the sight of

God. Farther, persecution is a more serious matter than killing a

man. They will never cease to make war against you, O Moslims,

until they turn you from your religion, if they be able; but the

works of those among you who apostatise from their religion and die

as infidels, shall be vain in this world and in the next, and their

reward shall be the fire, in which they remain for all eternity.”

“ Certainly those who believed and those who emigrated and

fought in the path of God, may hope for the mercy of God, for God

is forgiving and merciful.” —(2, 214 and 215).

Mohammad admits without reserve that his disciples have violated

the sacred month. His biographers do not exactly deny the fact,

but they give explanations which afford interesting specimens of

the manner in which they disguise facts discreditable to the Islam.*

the Islam and is the mother of Talhah b. ’Obayd Allah. The men whom they

took prisoners are: ’Othm4n b. ’Abd Allah b. al-Moghyrah Makhzimy he was

also captured at Badr and died an idolater ; and al-Hakam b. Kaysan a barber by

profession. The man who escaped is Nawfal b. ’Abd Allah, a brother of ’Othman.

* To understand what I have to say in this note, it is necessary to know that the

following is the order of the Arabic months : Jumada II. Rajab, Sha’ban. Of these

three, only the Rajab is sacred. It is farther to be observed that the month begins

about sunset from the moment the new moon is observed, or might be observed if it

was not hidden in clouds. Ibn Ishak says, ‘‘ This being the last day of Rajab, they

consulted among themselves whether to attack them or not. Some of them observ-

ed, If you do not attack them to-night they willslip into the sacred territory where

it is unlawful to attack them. On the other hand if you attack them you violate

the sacred month. They were long doubtful what to do, but at last they took

courage and attacked them.” If this version were true, the question would be, did

the attack take place before or after sunset. From what he says lower down, it

would appear that it took place after sunset, for he states that the Moslims at

[ 1856. Aifred von Kremer’s editeon of Wakidy. 69

The refusal of three of his stoutest adherents—’Obaydah, Sa’d b.

Aby Wakkas and ’Otbah—to take part in the sacrilege, leads us to

infer that it was committed by his orders.* This, however, he

Makkah maintained that the robbery was committed in Sha’ban.—Wakidy states

that the attack took place on the last day of Jamada, and most original authorities

as Sodyy, Mo’tamir, &c, agree with him on this point though he contradicts himself

in p. 2. In page 8 we read, ‘ The party said to the prophet, we attacked them at

day time, in the evening we observed the new moon of Rajab. We therefore do

not exactly know whether we attacked them in Rajab or on the last day of Jamada.’

Ton Sa’d says simply, “ They were not certain what date it was: and whether it

was a day of the sacred month or not.” Baghawy, in his zeal for the honor of

the Islam has been betrayed into a strange mistake. He says that they made the

attack on the last day of Jamada II. because they did not like to postpone till the

next day, for fear they might slip into the sacred territory.

* In the Mocannaf Ibn Aby Shaybah, folio 346, occurs an important tradition

which proves that Mohammad did not scruple even the preceding year to violate

the sacred month : ‘‘ When the prophet had come to Madynah the Johaynah paid

him a visit and said, You have settled in our rear, let us conclude a treaty that we

may have nothing to fear from you nor you from us. He concluded the treaty

with them though they did not embrace the Islam. In [the saered month of]

Rajab, January, 623, the prophet sent us (the man who speaks is Sa’d b. Aby

Waqqac¢) on a predatory expedition against a tribe of the Band Kinanah [who were

in league with the Qorayshites} in the neighbourhood of the Johaynah. We

attacked them, but we were less than one hundred men strong, whereas they were

very numerous. We therefore, retreated to the Johaynah. They said, We hope you

did not fight in the sacred month. We answered We fight those in the sacred month

who have expelled us from the sacred territory. Upon this [the objections of the

Johaynah to protect persons who violated the sacred month] a discussion took

place among us, some said, Let us go to the prophet to inform him of what has

happened. Others insisted upon remaining and I [says Ibn Aby Wagqqac] and

some others proposed to attack a Korayshite caravan which was expected. We

told them at the same time that if we made any booty only those would have a

share in it who would take part in our expedition. We went to waylay the caravan

whilst the others returned to the prophet to consult him regarding the sacredness

of Rajab. When they came to him he was in a great rage and said, ‘ You left me

all united, and you return to me divided into parties. Division and party-spirit has

hitherto ruined the Arabs. I will now send a man who shall command you. He

surpasses all others in perseverance, and in bearing hunger and thirst. Upon this

he appointed Abd Allah b. Jahsh as our chief, and he was the first Amyr in the

Islam.” I may add that Majady the Shaykh of the Johaynah did not allow them

to attack the caravan. This indignation of the Jobaynah explains why Modammad

70 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [Nor a.

denied. When they came to Madynah, he said to them, I did not

order you to fight in the sacred month, and he refused to accept the

portion of the booty which ’Abd Allah had set aside for him, nor

would he divide the booty and dispose of the prisoners. His

orders were probably worded in such a manner, that complicity could

not be distinctly proved against him. To share responsibility with

a man in power is always dangerous. In case of failure he makes

his tool the scape-goat.

Those men who professed to restore the religion of the Ka’bah

to its purity, and who pretended to live for a higher object had

violated one of the most sacred institutions. They had shed blood

in one of the four months during which the Arabs sheathed their

swords, and during which the merchant and traveller might without

fear or molestation travel through the desert. Sohayly, vol. 3, f.

68, observes anent the sacred months :—

“The observance of the sacred months was a commandment of

God which had been acted up to ever since the time of Abraham and

Ishmael. It was one of the prohibitions which God ordained to

promote the interests of the inhabitants of Makkah. He says in

the Koran 5, 98. ‘God has established the Ka’bah, that it be a

stand-by for mankind [where they find safety and as a centre of the

observances of the true religion]. With the same view he has ordain-

ed the holy months, sacrifices and offerings.’ This is due to the

prayer of Abraham who, when he caused some of his offspring to

settle in an unfruitful valley, prayed to God that he might make

the hearts of some men affected with kindness towards them. (Kor.

14, 40). The commandment of God, that all men should perform the

pilgrimage to Makkah, greatly promotes the interests of its inha-

bitants and furnishes them with a livelihood. Besides establishing

the Ka’bah, God ordained the four holy months. Three of them

Dati-lka’dah, Dzt-lhajj and Moharram are continuous and one of

them the Rajab is isolated. The object of the three continuous

was so cautious in planning his expedition the next year: It started before the sacred

month but could not reach its destination before new moon and from the equivo-

cations of a written order, no reference could be made to him. It farther explains

why the same Ibn Aby Waqqa¢ who had witnessed this indignation of the Johaynah

tribe remained behind, and why ’Abd Allah b. Jadsh was chosen as the leader.

1856.] Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 71

months is to enable people to perform the annual general pilgrimage.

One month precedes the month in which the pilgrimage is to be

performed and one month follows it. The space of three months

enables a man to come from the most distant parts of Arabia in

safety and return again to his home. The object of rendering

the month of Rajab sacred was to enable people to perform occa-

sional individual visits to the Ka’bah. Half a month for going and

half a month for returning was enough, for no one comes from a

great distance for this ceremony. During the pilgrimage, Makkah

was provided with supplies which were cut off during the remainder

of the year by the Bedouins and robbers. In Rajab the traveller

to and from Makkah was equally safe. God had ordered that it

should be so in his care and foresight for the Makkians, and he caused

this institution of the religion of Abraham to survive. It was not

abolished until the Islam was introduced, and it was even kept up

in the commencement of the Islam. But the revelation of the

‘verse of the sword’ made fighting lawful, yet it did not do away

entirely with the sacredness of the holy months.”

The popular feeling against the outrage was very strong, not

only among the pagans, but also among the Moslims who were very

harsh against the perpetrators,* and as it would appear from the

above Koran verses some of whom threaten to relinquish the new

faith.

Mohammad had himself been present at a war in which all the

Homs tribes united to punish a much slighter violation of the

ancient Haramite institutions. And therefore, being as yet weak

he did not dare formally to abolish the sacred months though he

took this step subsequently when he was stronger.t In the above

quotation from the Koran he allows that this act of aggression was

sinful but holds out a hope to the perpetrators of forgiveness{ and

* Tbn Ishak.

t+ The Jews predicted that this murder would lead to a long war, in a pun which

they made on the names of ’Amr b. al-Hydhramy and his murderer Wakid. It

runs ’amirat alharé “ the war will last long ;” hadharat alhard ‘‘ the war has com-

menced” wakadat alhard ‘‘ the war is flaming.”

{ Ibn Ishak who follows the authority of Zohry and of [bn Raman from ’Orwah

takes great pains to give a different bearing to the second verse. ‘* After the first

72 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. [No. 1.

he contents himself by showing to the world that the wrongs which

the Korayshites committed against him were much greater than

those which he committed against them, and that they had taken

the initiative, for it was their display of brute force during the

sacred months which prevented him from visiting the Ka’bah agree-

ably to the Haramite institutions. And in order to put them

entirely in the wrong he accused them of disbelief in the primitive

religion of the holy temple for which he professed the highest

veneration. And he now ordered the Moslims who had hitherto

been in the habit of turning their faces in prayers towards Jerusalem

hike the Jews, to direct their prayers towards the Ka’bah.* In order

fully to appease the popular feeling he was obliged to pay the price

of the blood of Ibn al-Hadhramy.t As to the manner in which he

disposed of the booty and prisoners, there is a great variety of

verse had been revealed which absolved ’Abd Allah b. Jahsh from guilt, they

came to the prophet and said, that they would now expect some reward from God

for their exploit, and upon this, the second verse was resolved, which, he conceived,

contains a promise of farther reward.’’

* According to Ibn Ishak the giblah was altered in Sha’ban (February, 624)

and consequently just when this affair was in agitation,

+ ‘‘ The prophet paid the price of the blood of Ibn al-Hadhramy to his Koray-

shite heirs. Mojahid and others say, he paid it, because there existed a truce of

two years between the prophet and the Korayshites.” (Baghawy Comm. on the

Koran, 2, 214).

‘‘The prophet paid the price of blood for’Amr b. al-Hadhramy, and he pro-

claimed that the sacred month is to be respected as it had been. It was subse-

quently that God made it lawful to fight in it.’ (Wakidy p. 10, from Ma’mar,

from Zohry, from Orwah) but in page 11 is another tradition from Ibn Aby Sabrah

in which Ibn ’abbas declares that the prophet did not pay the price of the blood,

and Wakidy adds that he and his contemporaries considered this as the true version.

I adhere to the view first expressed, because the authority of Zohry is stronger than

that of Ibn ’Aby Sabrah, secondly, Ibn ’abbas was a liar, thirdly, as it places the

prophet into an unfavorable light, if he had to pay the price of blood (by doing

so, he acknowledged that his followers were murderers), it is more likely that the

fact, if it happened, would be denied than that such a statement, if not true, was

invented. Fifthly, Mojahid who is one of those men who, during the first century

of the Hijrah put the Islam into shape, admits that he paid the price of blood ;

but states a reason which we know to be a lie, because not a month was allowed to

elapse during the two years in which the Moslims did not waylay the Korayshites.

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wakidy. 73

opinions, One author, but as far as I know only one,* states that

the booty was returned to its owner, this I conceive to be true,

because it is consistent with the payment of the blood-money. I

also think that the prisoners received their liberty without payment.

This daring robbery proved to the Korayshites that their caravans

* “Tbn Wahb mentions that the prophet returned the booty and paid the. price

of the blood of the man who was killed.” (Nar alnibras p. 719.) The other state-

ments contradict each other. They run:

‘‘ During the time of paganism, it was usual that the leader of a successful expedi-

tion received one-fourth of the booty. When ’Abd Allah b. Jadsh returned from

Nakhlah he took only one-fifth of the bootyand divided the rest among his men. This

was the first casein the Islam that a leader took a fifth, subsequently the verse of the

Koran 1, 42 was revealed.” (Wakidy p. 10). ‘‘ Some descendants of ’Abd Allah

b. Jafsh say that he divided the booty when it had been declared lawful. Four-fifths

he gave to his men and one-fifth ta God and his Messenger. What he did coincided

precisely with what God subsequently commanded to be done.’’ (Ibn Ishak, he

allows at least that for some time Mohammad did not consider the booty as lawful).

Tbn Sa’d, says Abd Allah, divided the booty on his arrival at Madynah without hesi-

tation. And Ibn Sayyid alnas states that some authorities maintain that Mohammad

divided the booty after the battle of Badr.

+ Though Ibn Ishak states that they were ransomed, he admits that the prophet

did not consider their detention lawful before the Koran verses quoted above were

revealed for, until then, he would have nothing to say to the whole matter. He says:

‘‘ When the verses of the Koran were revealed, the prophet took the booty and_ pri-

-soners under his care. The Korayshites sent men to Madynah to ransom the two

prisoners. The prophet said to them, I will not give them up before my two men

Sa’d and ’Otbah have made their appearance. I fear you have killed them. If

so, I put your two men to death. When Sa’d and ’Otbah had come back, he

accepted the ransom for them. Al-Hakam remained with the prophet and he was

subsequently slain in the battle of Byr al-Ma’unab. ’Othman returned to Makkah

and died there in his former faith.” Wakidy goes so far as to name even the

amount at which they were ransomed, viz.: each of them for forty ounces of

gold. One ounce is equal to forty dirhams, The account of Ibn Ishak contains a

contradiction. He says that al-Hakam was ransomed and also that he then and

there embraced the Islam and remained at Madynah. His profession of the Islam

would have secured him his liberty without ransom. In the Isabah we find the

solution of the contradiction. “Omar intended to put him to death (probably

under the impression that Sa’d and ’Otbah had been killed) and to avert his execu-

tion he embraced the Islam, The story about the ramsom falls therefore to

the ground,

T4 Literary and Miscellaneous Intelligence. [No. 1.

were not safe in any place of the Hijaz, nor at any season of

the year, and henceforth the want of safety, and the difficulties and

expense of communication were so great that their commerce was

ruined. If the object of Moammad in planning this expedition

had been to bring matters to a crisis, he obtained it, for two

months after, the battle of Badr was fought, which decided the

fate of the ancient institutions of Makkah. One of the greatest

advantages which Mohammad had over his enemies, and one of the

main causes of his success was, that he was perfectly free from the

fetters which ancient habits imposed upon them. He could break

through any law, through any custom, through any preconceived

notion of honor, alleging a divine command to counterbalance publie

opinion. It is true in this instance he gave way ; but when he grew

stronger he neither sacrificed an advantage nor a passion to public

opinion. If necessary he justified his acts by a revelation.

Anes

Literary and Miscellaneous Intelligence.

The January No. of the Journ. Asiatique for 1855 contains the

conclusion of M. Defremery’s paper on the history of the Assassins

of Syria. The author is about to publish a detailed work on the

Carmathians of Persia, and he will then enter into an examination

of the religious dogmas of both these sects. M. Pavie also con-

cludes his analysis of the Bhoj-prabundh.

The same periodical for February and March opens with a lexicon

compiled by M. de Saucley in justifieation of his translation of the

Behistan inscription published in a previous No. Then follows

a notice of the principal porcelain manufactories in Japan by M,

Hoffman with translation of an extract from a Japanese MS. in the

Leyden library which describes the manufactures of Imari. M.

Wophe continues his ‘ Recherehes’ on the history of the Mathe-

matical Sciences among the Arabs, and M. Victor Langlois gives a

narrative of his Journey to Sis, the ancient capital of Armenia.

The April No. continues Wophe’s Mathematical paper. An

analysis with extracts is here given of a Persian MS. of Abul Wafi

in the Imperial Library. The only other original paper is by. M.

ee ee ee. ee ee. Se eee eee eee eee ee ee

1856. ] Literary and Miscellaneous Intelligence. 75

Gustav Dugat on Hodba, an Arab poet ofthe 1st century for the

Hegira. Among the ‘ Nouvelles et Mélanges,’ always so interesting in

this Journal, is a letter from M. Delaporte of the French Consulate

at Mosal, in which we find the promise of a detailed history of that

eity, the key of Kurdistan. Another letter from Constantinople

gives hope of an edition of Rashidoodeen’s Jamuh-ool Towarikh, be-

ing shortly published at Constantinople.

The No. for May and June continues Sanguinetti’s extracts from

Ibn Aby Ossaibith’s History of Physicians. The present extract

gives particulars of ten physicians, one of them a woman, who lived

before and contemporary with Mohammad, or during the reign of

the Ommiade and early Abbasside Caliphs. The next article is by

Pavie and entitled—‘ Some observations on the Serpent Myth of

the Hindus.’ Taking for his text a bas-relief in our Society’s

Museum, representing the king and queen of the Nagas, and another

from Egypt representing under the form of serpents, Jupiter Serapis

and Iseis Myrionymus,and which is figured by Guiguiault in his

Religions de l’antiquite, the author points out several striking ana-

logies between Indian myths and Western traditions, as well biblical

as Greek and Egyptian. M. Cherbonneau abstracts from a MS.

of Ibn Hammud some interesting information regarding Obeid Allah

the founder of the Fatimite dynasty, and M. Belin with a few

remarks on the system of instruction pursued in the Ottoman

Colleges, gives the text and translation of an Idjayé or Professor’s

diploma, such as is in use in Turkey. The No. concludes with a

notice by Reinaud of the new Catalogue of the Oriental MSS. of

the Imperial Library of Paris now under preparation, and of which

the 1st vol. is to appear next year.

The July No. of the same Journal is entirely occupied by Mohl’s

Annual Report which gives a full and most interesting resumé of

the labours of oriental scholars during 1854-55.

The 3rd No. of the Zeitschrift of the German Oriental Society

opens with Prof. Rédiger’s report for 1854. Fliigel notices certain

peculiar methods of attaching dates to their works in the sixteenth

century by copyists of Mohammedan MSS. Von Hammer continues

his extracts from Saalchi. Prof. Pott of Halle follows with a philo-

logical paper; in which he points out where he differs from Max

L 2

76 Literary and Miscellaneous Intelligence. [No. 1.

Muller in his classification of the Turanian languages, as explained

in the letter written by the latter for Bunsen’s late work. Dr. Levy

remarks on the Chaldaic inscriptions and vessels found by Layard,

and Dr. Burgsh continues his Egyptian researches. The last

original article consists of further materials for the history and

Geography of Soodan contributed by the African traveller Dr. Barth

and worked up.by Mr. Ralfe.

No. 4 of the same Journal opens with a paper by Prof. Stenzler

on Indian trial by ordeal. Hang continues his Zend researches.

Prof. Stahelin and Dr. Hitzig complete the No. by contributions on

subjects bearing for the most part on Hebrew history. Among the

many interesting extracts from correspondence, which are published

in this No. is a letter‘on the Chinese residents of Java, written

by the young prince of Ashantee, who has been educated in Hol-

land and Germany, and is now an Engineer in the Dutch service at

Buitenzorg.

The 2nd and 3rd part of Vol III. of the ‘ Indische Studien’ beeing

with an Index to the harmonies and discrepancies in Benfey’s

edition of the Sama Veda. Nearly all the other contributions to the

No. are by the learned and industrious editors, and nearly all bear

on the literature and philosophy of the Vedas. There is, however,

a review of. Wagener’s Essay on the connexion between Indian and

Greek fables and a translation by Spiegel, ofa paper by Wester-

gaard on Ancient Iranian Mythology.

The Ist No. of the 5th vol. of the Journal of the American

Oriental Society is entirely occupied by the Rev. Mr. Stoddard’s

Grammar of the Modern Syriac language as spoken in Oooroomiah,

Persia and Koordistan.

Prof. Lassen will soon be publishing the 1st part of the 3rd vol.

of his ‘Indische Alterthumeskunde.’ We hear of an Enelish

translation of this valuable work having been made in London: if

published in a condensed and cheap form, so as to admit of being

readily re-translated into the Indian vernaculars, it would probably

meet with a large sale in this country.

Extract of a letter from Dr. Weven, dated the 21st October, 1855.

“. Renan has published in Paris an “ Histoire des langues

a work, which embodies all the discoveries of modern

ae: ‘

Séimitiques,

1856.] Literary and Miscellaneous Intelligence. 77

scien¢e and is an important contribution to linguistic research.

Regnier has printed a somewhat voluminous book “Sur l’idiome

des Vedas,” which, although containing not much that is new, is

a work of patient enquiry and judicious arrangement. Barthe-

lemy St. Hilairé’s work “du Buddhisme,”’ is a good compilation. I

would drav@four attention to Faustboll’s very valuable edition of

the Dhemmapadam, accompanied by Buddhaghosa’s commentary

(printed at Kopenhagen). Westergard’s edition of the Zend texts

has been also’completed. Spiegel is engaged in printing at Vienna

a grammar of the Pehlvi language. Aufrecht is preparing a cata-

logue of the Sanskrit MSS. of the Bodleyan Library. Roth’s and

Bothlingk’s Sanskrit dictionary has advanced to the letter @, and

the first volume, containing the vowels, will probably be issued at

the end of this or the commencement of the next year. Kuhn has

attacked in his journal the article in the Westminster Review

(April, 1855) on the above mentioned dictionary. H. Cartius has

just now published a short, but interesting paper “the Jonians,” in

explanation of the Oriental elements in the culture of the Greeks.”’

The Committee appointed by the Court of Directors to report on

the Elliott MSS. have recommended the publication of the first 3

vols, at once. ‘These were mentioned in Dr. Sprenger’s notice two

years ago to be ready for the press: the rest of the materials it will

of course take time to examine thoroughly, but the impression is,

we learn, that sooner or later the whole work can be published on

the plan sketched by Elliott. It may be expedient perhaps to omit

some of the selected texts, should these be published in the interim

at Agra or elsewhere, but beyond this, it is to be hoped the original

design will not call for alteration. Morley has undertaken to super-

intend the publication and is to be assisted by E. C. Bayley.

The British Museum have not purchased the Stacey collection of

coins. ‘They have already too many duplicates of the same classes

that constitute the bulk of this collection to justify the Trustees

in expending so large a sum in acquiring a limited number of valu-

able novelties. This Museum has been getting rich lately in Indian

coins, having secured Lord Auckland’s and Major Cunningham’s

latest collections, besides making some advantageous purchases at

Dr. Bird’s (of Bombay) auction. It has also received several im-

portant donations of coins from this country.

78 Literary and Miscellaneous Intelligence. [No. 1.

Our Society’s Museum is the proper place for the Stacey collec-

tions if means could be found for effecting the purchase. Mr.

Thomas valued the collection at £400, Major Cunningham at £500.

A reprint has been demanded of Colebrooke’s Essays, and itis in

contemplation to publish a vol. of James Prinsep’s numismatic

contributions to our Journal. This will supply a wanftnuch felt by

students of Indian history, the first seven vols. of our Journal not

being now obtainable. All the original copper plates from which

these valuable .essays were illustrated are in the possession of Mr.

H. T. Prinsep.

LPPAL LS LLP LSS PDPLD LL LLL LIES LAL I

ee a

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For January, 1856.

At the annual general meeting of the Society held on the 2nd of

January, 1856,

Basu RAmGorét Guose, Vice-President, in the chair.

The Secretary read the following report.

Report.

The Council have the satisfaction of submitting their report on

the operations of the Society for the past year, and in doing so, wish

to call attention to the state of its member-list which is in every

respect satisfactory.

At the close of 1851 the number of ordinary members on the

Society’s list was 130, during 1852 this was increased to 188, the

elections of 1853-54 added 17 more, making the total at the begin-

ning of the last year 155. Since that time there has been an acces-

sion of 138 new members while the loss during that period has been

2 by death and 5 by retirement, leaving on the Society’s roll at the

close of the year 161 members, of whom 38 are absent from India.

The list of honorary members has received a single addition

during the year: the individual elected is the distinguished Sanskrit

scholar, Raja Radhakant Deb.

Amongst the members lost by death during the year under review

the Council have to name Major Genl. W. N. Forbes, a distin-

guished and most zealous member and for sometime a V. P., whose

loss the Society has recorded by a vote of respect to his memory

passed at its ordinary general meeting in January last. The only

other member lost by death is Mr. G. C. Cheap of the Civil Service.

80 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

Finance.

Mamoc: The total- of receipts for the

Contributions,...... Rs. 7,166 0 © year as per marginal memo. ap-

Admissions, ee eecerece he! Ow ears to be R 18 5t7 14 10 d

ParoEy obec eke io ok MEST 14. aly oe ee eae

ra tia lena bie P 0 of disbursements Rs.17,947-15-7,

overnment anes Agielel) 45008 0 :

Eula, |e s .... (1,230 0 9 leaving a balance of Rs. 569-15-3

Balance of 1854, ceeese 5,681 14 5 Gn favor of the Soci

Miscellaneous, ...... + 395 8 10 ero Be ta Re

year’s transactions. The receipts

however, include a grant from Government of Rs. 1,200 obtained

for the specific purpose of paving the ground floor of the Museum

with Chunar flag stones, and if this sum be excluded from the

ordinary income of the year as it should be, the expenses will be

found to have exceeded the receipts by Rs. 630-0-9. With refer-

ence to this excess of expenditure over income the Council have to

observe that the necessity of arranging the Society’s collection

A. Rs. 229 0 of fossils (A) and providing large glazed

B. ,, 1,500 0 cases for the Museum (B.) and the Library

Cs idaie DS ¢ ‘

pie (C.) has involved heavy expenses, which,

Bees Me however, are not likely to recur.

The liabilities of the Society including the estimated cost of the

last 4 numbers of the Journal and its Index and the new catalogue

of the Library amount to Rs. 2,679-2-4. To meet this, there is an

available cash balance of Rs. 7,603-2-1 or nearly three times more

than the liabilities.

The outstanding assets remain very much the same as at the close

of 1854.

The probable income and expenditure of the ensuing year may be

estimated as follows:

Income.

Contributions, ip 6 “a! Rs. 8,000

Government Grants, aig un .. “7868

By sale of books, .. ers ms ge 900

Journal, .. aah ae nd Bt 900

Secretary’s office, .. ae be " 16

Interest of Co.’s Paper, “c hes a 20

17,204

ee ee ee

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 81

Expenditure.

Establishment, i a eh Bs LO

Museum and Contingencies, .. de ... 7,920

Journal 7 Nos. ie vg nie .. 2,500

Library, .. si wf a vay peo

Miscellaneous, including Building, us .. 1,000

15,420

Labrary.

The Library has been enriched by the addition of nearly 300

volumes, including a handsome donation of about 80 volumes from

the Royal Academy of Turin. Almost all the old books have been

rebound and some new glazed cases have been provided for their

preservation. Several of the leading scientific periodicals of Europe

have been subscribed for, and a reading-room has been opened for

the use of members.

The new catalogue of the Library has not yet been completed;

about eight forms are still with the printer. They will, however, it

is believed, be struck off within a month and the work published

by February next.

Museum.

The whole of the tertiary fossils in the Society’s collection amount-

ing to upwards of 3,000 specimens have been carefully arranged

and numbered. Dr. Falconer, who with the assistance of Dr. Walker

kindly undertook this duty about the close of the last year, has left

to the Society a detailed catalogue of the collection, which, it is

hoped, will ere long be placed in the hands of the members in a

printed form.

The accessions of new specimens in this department have been

recorded by the Curators in their monthly reports; they include

amongst others several valuable donations of earths and minerals

from Upper Assam by Col. Hannay; of geological specimens from

Rajmahal by Prof. Oldham, and of zoological specimens from the

Somali country, by Lieut. Speke, and from Rangoon and Moulmein

by Major Phayre and Mr, W. Theobold, Jr.

$2 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 1.

Journal.

The Journal has been published at intervals of about two months,

and thus six numbers have been issued during the year: a seventh

is nearly ready and will appear in a short time.

The Index, adverted to in the last report, has also been com-

pleted, and will be issued with the 7th number.

Secretary.

In July last Mr. Grote tendered his resignation of the office of

Secretary, which he had held with so much zeal and ability for

nearly four years, and the Council, as a temporary measure, appointed

Mr. H. V. Bayley to officiate pending the appointment of a suc-

cessor.

At the ordinary general meeting of the Society in August last,

Mr. Grote was solicited to continue to render to the Society his

valuable services. He was not, however, able to comply with this

request owing to press of public duties, and the Society at the

November meeting passed a vote of thanks for the services rendered

to it by that zealous and distinguished officer.

At a subsequent meeting Mr. W.S. Atkinson was elected Secre-

tary.

Officers.

The Council have much pleasure in recording their satisfaction at

the zeal and assiduity with which the Curators and the Librarian

continue to discharge their respective duties.

Oriental Fund.

The Bibliotheca Indica continues to be conducted with unabated

vigour. Within the last twelve months no less than 28 Nos. have

been issued from the press. Of these 14 are Arabic and the rest

Sanskrit, and they include portions of ten different works edited

severally by Mr. Alfred von Kremer of the Austrian Consulat at

Alexandria, Dr. Roer, Mr. Hall, Babu Rajendralél Mittra and the

Maulavies of the Calcutta Madressah.

The names of the works are :—

1. <A Dictionary of Technical Terms used in the sciences of the

Musulmans, edited by Moulavies Mohamed Wayzh Abdul Haqq

and Golam Kadir, Nos. 108, 109, 118, 129 and 182.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 83

2. A Biographical Dictionary of persons who knew Mohammed,

edited by ditto, Nos. 106, 111, 123 and 128.

38. Wagidy’s History of Mohammed’s Campaigns, edited by A.

Von Kremer, Nos. 110, 112, 113 and 121.

4. The Surya Siddhanta with its commentary, the Gddhartha

Prakasaka, edited by F. E. Hall, Esq. M. A. Nos. 105 and 115.

5. The Taittiriya Brahamana of the Black Yajur Veda, edited

by Babu Rajendralal Mittra, Nos. 125 and 126.

6. The Taittiriya Sanhita of the Black Yajur Veda, edited by

Dr. E. Roer, Nos. 117, 119, 122 and 181.

7. The Markandeya Purana, edited by Rev. K. M. Banerjea,

Nos. 114 and 127.

8. The Tale of Vasavadatta, by Subandhu with its commentary

entitled the Darpana, edited by F. E. Hall, Esq. M. A., Nos. 116

and 130.

9. The Uttara Naishadha Charita, edited by Dr. Roer, Nos. 120

and 124.

10. Tusy’s list of Shiah Books, edited by Dr. A. Sprenger, No. 107.

Of these, the Council would especially draw attention to the Black

Yajur, which is the only portion of the Vedas not available in Europe,

and which the Hon’ble Court of Directors expressed a desire

that the Society should take in hand. The Surya Siddhanta has

been undertaken on the recommendation of Prof. Brockhaus, and its

publication, it is hoped, will render accessible to western criti-

cism one of the most ancient works on Hindu Astronomy. The

Naishadha Charita or the adventures of Nala, king of Nishadha,

forms one of the six epic poems of the Hindus to which they apply

the epithet “Maha” or the great par excellence. It includes 22

cantos of which the first eleven were published in 1836. By the

publication of the concluding half, the Society has now completed

the last of the several unfinished oriental works which were trans-

ferred to it by the late General Committee of Public Instruction.

Wagidy’s History of Mohammed’s Campaigns is a valuable contri-

bution to Arabic History, and the interesting Tale of Vasavadatta

| will, the Council believe, be welcome to the lovers of Oriental

| literature.

M 2

84 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. No. 1.

In pursuance of the notice given by him at the last monthly

meeting, Capt. Thuillier proposed that the question of reducing the

quarterly contributions payable by members be referred to the

Council for careful examination and report, and that the next ordi-

nary general meeting be made special for the purpose of taking

their report into consideration. The motion, having been seconded

by Mr. Grote, was carried unanimously.

The meeting then proceeded to ballot for the Council and officers

for the ensuing year. Capt. Thuillier and Dr. Thompson were

appointed Scrutineers and at the close of the ballot, the chairman

announced the following to be the result.

CouNcIL.

Sir James W. Colvile, Kt. PRESIDENT.

Babu Ramgopal Ghose,

Dr. G. G. Spilsbury, j Yeoe-Pusst

A. Grote, Esq.

C. Allen, Esq.

Dr. A. C. Macrae.

C. Beadon, Esq.

Dr. T. Thomson.

Lt. W. N. Lees.

Dr. T. Boycott.

‘Capt. C. B. Young.

H. Walker, Esq.

Babu Ramaprasad Roy.

Capt. H. C. James.

W.S. Atkinson, Esq. SECRETARY.

ABSTRACT STATEMENT

RECEIPTS AND DISBURSEMENTS

ASIATIC SOCIETY,

FOR

THE YEAR, 1855.

86 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

STATEMENT

Abstract Statement of Receipts and

ISIISSNIL PIO LILI PIS PIPL ISLA AL AISI END A ASIII AL POLI NII NINDS INI ININ IN INA NL ANI ILA S IASI INNS SIND II INI INA INI INI LA ALD

CONTRIBUTION.

Received from Members, bes ce 2166 > O58

————_——- 7,166 0 0

ADMISSION FEE.

Received from new Admissions, .. ce . DEB SO" 46

220000

LIBRARY.

Sale proceeds of Books, A a ~» GSE 14.0

JOURNAL,

Sale proceeds of, and Subscriptions to, the

Journal of the Asiatic Society, as Te ae

SECRETARY'S OFFICE.

Transfer on account of Postage paid for letters

to Dr. Ross and charged under this head,.. Ll e0

Discount on purchase of Postage Stamps, 113 3

Lieut. Raverty, refund of pee oes G6 .8° "6

Syud Kurmut Ali, ditto, : ae 0 4,70

ee iD 1 9

GENERAL EsTABLISHMENT.

Fine, a BA Sai “s 5 os 0

Dr. J. T. Ross.

Refund of Postage on his account, os re Pr 8.4

Carried over,.. 9,106 7 9

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 87

No. 1.

Disbursements for 1855.

ILIV LILI IV II

mee

PAPI I PPP DABOPD ALDI PII IS IIL INL NL INL LI LI APIA PPA I A III I III INI ED ILI INA INIA

CoNTRIBUTION.

EK. Thomas, Esq. refund of contributions re-

ceived in excess of the amount due, ‘i 96 0 O

—_——— 96 0 0

LIBRARY.

Salary of the Librarian, 12 months, at70 pr.m., 840 0 0

Establishment, ditto at 8 ditto, .. ne 96 0 O

Petty Charges, ie Ss : 49 9 0

New Book Cases, pe sa ats 5028 10

New Mat,. Aa re ie QF eB

Book binding, ois ela kt M4d: <B..00

Commission on sale of Books, .. ae 32 11 10

Stationery, oe o- we Bi lA AO)

Postage, .. Bis os a Ob OQ

Freight, .. ne Re ae 410 O

Lithographing, Ne ts es 5 AO PO

Printing, .. a) ae a4 0 dat | da 0

Purchase of Books, .. a, ... 248. 4-0

—_—_—_——_-——. 2,335 9 1

JOURNAL.

Freight, .. . i 93.1.6

Petty Charges, i. ora oe 41 9 0

Lead Cut,. oe ve - 6 0 O

Colouring Plates, ni oe ae £5) OO

Commission on sale of Journal, .. ie 62.2. 9

Lithographing, a, of wn O00 Le O

‘Printing, .. Ws oe J MB 6S8e Bag

————_--—— 2,631 14 0

SECRETARY'S OFFICE.

General Establishment, 12 i i at 86-8

per month, i | 038) 0:0

Secretary’s Office Establishment, at 54 wee 649.0" "0

Petty Charges, wih ; as ag le oY

Stationery, ag oe ME 94 3 O

Inward Postage, : os ss 34 14 0

Purchase of Postage Stamps, as a 81 0 0

Freight, .. wr ae 12 8 O

Lithographing Circulars, ats ate 7) wea Daa

Copying MSS., : oe ws 1 4 0

Engraving a Seal, ie as AG a age

Printing, .. 47 a o 3 8 12:0

1,968 5 9

Dr. J. T. Ross.

Paid Postage (by tr skit on letters addressed

to him, .. a “43 1-8 0

Carried over,.. 7,028 4 10

88 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

Brought forward, .. 9,106 ae

Museum or Zootoey,

Received from the General HEGRE, at 300

per month, 6. 3,000. 0000

Savings of ig th ‘ ne ae 60 0 0°

Fine, : ee cw 6% 210 6

ae 3,662 10 6

Muvsrum or Economic Gronoey.

Received from the General enkctibi at 314

per month, ie $6753; /68> 0h @

——_——. 3,768 0 0

Vestep Funp.

Interest of Government Security, fe oh rok Me mae

Deposits.

F. HE. Hall, Esq. on account-current, igs 7.

On account Spilsbury Testimonial, >? 425 10 C6

Rev. 8. Hislop, ; we ae 5 0 0

Raja Apurbakrishna Bahadur, be Bis 50""'0. 0

Major J. C. Hannyngton, Sie J 32 0 0

Major Loftie, ve oh 160 ~O

Babu Dwarkanauth Chatterjee, ae es 66 8 0

D. Grant, Esq., ke fg = 32.0 0O

—_——-—- 717 15 0

H. Pippineton, Esq.

Refund of Freight paid on his account, ‘is as 3.0.0

E. Tuomas, Esq.

Refund of Postage paid on his account, si ei 0.5/6

Lieut. Raverry.

Refund of cost of paper Le See on his

account, sc O “br

BuILpinea.

By sale of Old Beams, 30 0 0

Government Grant for paving the Society’ s

Rooms with stone, .. = -. 1,200 0.0

1,230 0 0

Batance oF 1854.

In the Bank of Bengal, ae 4s Oph OE Srora

Cash in hand, ie a a 28 13 10

——_———- 6,213 6 2

Inefficient Balance, .. ay sie .. 468 Bae

Carried over, .. 24,199 13 3

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Brought forward, ..

MusrEvuM oF Zootoey.

Salary of the Curator, E. Byth, Esq. 250

pr. m., 12 months, .. vs 3,000: 0:0

House- rent, ‘40 ditto a Be Sh ABO" O20

Establishment, ; wih an OD ALO

Petty Charges, a 396 1 6

Contingent Charges on account ‘of arranging

fossils, .. mal 229 14 6

Paid for 6 Glazed (inves for the fossils, .. 1,500 0 0

Freight, .. ac ais Oy am al

Purchase of Stoppered ‘Bottles, bic ale 20/0 0

Printing, . : : 5 sie 60 0 O

Musreum or Economic GEoLoey.

Salary of the a A. noe Ksq,,.. 3,000 0 O

Establishment, ; wet eae (Oe

Contingent Charges, .. Se ee ie de

Deposits.

Babu Romanauth Banourjee on account of

Mr. R. Houstoun’s Deposit, .. wee AAO, ORAO

F. EK. Hall’s do., - 52 4 O

M. Kremohlz for a portrait of Dr. Spilsbury, 400 0 0

Messrs. Mandy & Co. for a a frame for

the above, 45 0 0

H. Pippineton, Ese.

Frieght paid on his account, on ead ate

EK. Tuomas, Esq.

Postage Stamps purchased on his account,

Lisut. Raverry.

Paper purchased on his account, ..

W. Expiort, Esq.

Freight paid on his account, oe

Dapora Punpurane, Esq.

Freight paid on his account, on ae oe

Rev. Histor.

Postage Stamps purchased on his account, .

Messes. WittiaAmMs AND NorGaAtTE.

Books purchased on their account, ee

Rev. J Witson.

Freight paid on his account, ..

Buitvine.

Sundry repairs, oe ae a 76 0 O

Assessment, i ee De 196 14 0O

Carried over, ..

7,028 4 10

6,003 4 0

673 4 O

2 8, 0

272 14 0

17,711 4 4

1st January, 1856.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 1.

} Brought forward, .. 24,199 13 3

Company’s Rupees, 24,199 13 3

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 91

Brought forward, ..17,/11 4 4

MiscELLANIOUs.

Petty Charges on account Meetings, &., .. 201 6 3

Printing, petrol ee &e. de Ligon ao

New Mat, ab o) 18 4 0

——~ 23611 3

BaLance.

In the Bank of pe ts 5 ol0! la. 2

Cash in hand, ne ii 62 10 7

5,883 8 2

Inefficient Balance, .. a <a 368 5 6

Company’s Rupees 24,199 13 3

E. E.

W.S, ATKINSON,

Secretary,

wn 2

92 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. Tf.

STATEMENT

Casu. Abstract of the Oriental

OI PILL PIP PPO IPP LI IPL IL PII

yey

SaLE OF ORIENTAL PUBLICATIONS.

Sale proceeds of, and subscriptions to, the Bibliothica Indica, 1,012 15 3

Vestep Funp.

Interest of Company’s Paper, 5 na ee ae: 2 ee a

Pra’KRIT GRAMMAR.

Received back from Babu Rajendralal Mittra by transfer,.. 50 0 0:

GovERNMENT ALLOWANCE, .. ae .- 6,000 0 0

Custopy oF ORIENTAL WoRKs.

Fine, oe oo oo ve oe Q). 9 §

Carried over,., 7,424 9 9

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 93

No. 2.

Fund for the year 1855.

VPLLPALPLLIISYL PLL LILA

SALE OF ORIENTAL PUBLICATIONS.

Freight, .. 14 és sie 57-1 0

Petty Charges, ee a ay 20 O..6

Stationery, de ae Sie 9 Or0

Postage, si a 20 9 O

Commission on sale of Books. a ae 59 15 10

166 10 4

Urtara NaAIsHADHA.

Printing Charges, .. yi ae Le ,ey 443 40 0

Copyine oF MSS.

Copying of ditto, Be ms x a a C4: 9

Copy1ne oF Pura’ns.

Copying of ditto, ce iN =e ae 69 3 9

Pra’KRIT GRAMMAR.

Editing Charges, we se ae ane 50 O O

FutooH-ut SHa’M.

Printing Charges, .. Ke os ae 444 4 0

Custopy oF ORIENTAL WORKS.

Salary of the Reb ae lapis

Mittra at 30, 360 0 O

Establishment at 12, . AS ati 144 0 O

Book-binding, = ae ott AG SQPUO

Petty Charges, oh 2 S. 23 15 6

Stationery, wi a oA 6 7 0

Postage, a, 2 4 0

Purchase of a copy of Ziz Alogbegi, 7s 60 0 0

———————_ 715 12 &

Dictionagy oF TrcuHnicaLt TERMs.

Printing Charges, .. ne « 1708 80

HKditing Charges, ¥ ue | 588.) 00

——— 2,296 8 0

BioerapuicaL Dicrronary.

| Printing Charges, .. ale va) -o04 OO

_ Editing Charges, - de ee | 249) Bee0

———- 753 8 0

Waalpy.

Postage, ee re Me 34 0 0

Freight, ne a Sr ll 6 0

| aaa

ConQueEsT oF SypRia.

_ Printing Charges, .... be Bs os, Soa nOrae

| APHORISMS OF THE VEDANTA.

_ Printing Charges, .. - ye «| 2E5 26.

Carried over,.. 6,137 12 4

94: Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 1.

Brought forward,.. 7,424 9 9

Brack Yasur VEDA.

Received back (by transfer) from Dr. E. a the sum

advanced to him, ats ce LOR GENS

Latita VISTARA. ;

Received back (by transfer) from Babu Rajendralal Mittra, 220 0 0

Brack Yasur Bra’HMANA.

Received back (by transfer) from Babu Rajendralal Mittra, 330 0 0

BaLance oF 1854.

In the Bank of eat ols se> 1,985) TES

Cash in hand, +4 ee 45 6 11

— 2,031 2 7

5 0 0

Inefficient Balance, ..

Company’s Rupees, 10,110 12 4

ist January, 1856.

1856.]

Brack Yasur VEDA.

Printing Charges,

Tusy’s List.

Printing Charges,

Editing ditto,

Surya SIDDHA’/NTA.

Postage,

Printing Charges,

Latita VIsTaRA.

Editing Charges, oe

CHAITANYA CHANDRODAYA.

Printing Charges,

Va’sAvaDATTA’,

Postage,

BistiotHeca Inprca.

Freight,

Postage,

Brack Yasur Bra’HMaya.

Editing Charges, ie

BaLaNce.

In the Bank of Bengal,

Cash in hand, by

Inefficient Balance, ..

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Brought forward,.. 6,137 12 4

228 6 0

516 O O

oe. OTa0

548 O O

227 4 0

224 0 O

————_ 246 4 0

aie 220: OG, 0

9494-0

Nes era

129 0 6

513 O

3413: "64

- a eae) CU

1,064 0 8

19 9 10

—— ———__ 1,083 10 6

ba 929 8 0O

Company’s Rupees, 10,110 12

W.S. ArKinson,

Secretary.

[ No. 1.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

oreooc '™®

SUT TT OTLATOD “AA “£ TIS O14. 00H

OL SPE'6

LPL LLLP

ie 8)

Cl CP eoeeroeeeoe CO eeoseeereecn ‘oSvjsog pue solpung

O 61 eecosereoee ee ee eoeee ee eevee eteeeeevese% & ‘AreIquys

Gl Oso‘ I ee Ftee eevee vee O@ ‘TeUINo ¢ oq} 04 STOTJALIOSqNnG

LZ TOLL ‘icici ttt goa Tolsstupy pus suornqi1ju0D

“ONIGNVISLNO

6) 8 89 eeoeoeoee ser eee ee OF FaFe OH FOES ‘JeUINOL JO BBS

ZL SOLO tt feuANOL Jo yuNODOe UO [esusg jo Jug

8 gee rece a 948510 \7 pur SUIBITIT AA

seca seeeaeseoeees: sesseess fongoreqey Jo om § g

0 0 00¢ cere ae ee oe ee ee eee e Ce ee Oe ‘Quoc JUSULUIOAOS)

eoaseceovseeoeereee ee ee ee eeee ee ‘xopuy jo suyuug

ecoeecrvees eoetoess 6K pg ‘TIA 04 AT "SO NT ‘TeuUINo Lr?

Coes eres essccrererererere ‘bs ‘AvTprey “AA FP

Gc g9e pene Saige C's 0ees some © ¢ 8/008 9 aes OOM EC Gunn ou |.

l Ol Z9 qe tts 8 ee ‘pusy Ul yseg

Gis

seen cere sees aaccreeess ae

ee ae Ma ee ee

“HSVO

“saUgyrgnvy ‘sjassp

‘¢ ON LNANALVLS

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 97

LIST OF ORDINARY MEMBERS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL.

The * distinguishes non-subscribing Members.

*Anderson, Lieut.-Col. W. Bengal Artillery, England.

Abbott, Major J. Bengal Artillery, Ishapur.

Avdall, J. Esq., Calcutta.

Allen, C. Esq. B. C. 8S., Calcutta.

Atkinson, W. S. Esq., Calcutta.

Banerjee, Rev. K. M. Professor, Bishop’s College, Sibpur,

Batten, J. H. Esq. B. C. S., Almorah.

Beaufort, F. L. Esq. B. C. S., Chittagong.

Birch, Col. R. J. H., Calcutta.

Bogle, Lieut.-Col. Sir, A. Tenasserim Provinces.

Blagrave, Capt. C. 8. 26th Regt. B. N.1., Trans-Sutledge Provinces,

Barlow, Sir R. Bart, B. C. S., Calcutta.

*Brodie, Capt. T. 5th Regt. B. N. I., Europe.

Beckwith, J. Esq., Calcutta.

Burgess, Lieut. F. J. 17th Regt. B. N. I., Pellibheet.

Baker, Lieut.-Col. W. E. Bengal Engineers, Calcutta.

Blundell, E. A. Esq., Singapore.

Beadon, C. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Byng, Hon’ble Capt. Rk. B. P. 62nd Reet. B. N. I, Cherra Punji,

Cossiah Hills.

Bayley, H. V. Esq. B. C. S. Calcutta.

*Benson, Lieut.-Col. R. Europe.

Boycott, T. Dr. B. M. S., Calcutta.

Bushby, G. A. Esq. B. C. S., Hyderabad.

98 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. {No. 1.

Bivar, Lieut. H. 8. 18th Regt. B. N. I., Northern Cachar.

Campbell, Dr. A., B. M.S., Darjeeling.

Colvile, Hon’ble Sir J. W., Calcutta.

Colvin, J. R. Hon’ble B. C. 8. Nynee Tal.

Colvin, B. J. Esq., B. C. S., Calcutta.

*Colvin, J. H. B. Esq. B. C. S., Europe.

Colebrooke, E. Esq., Calcutta.

*Cust, R. N. Esq. B. C. 8. Europe.

*Christison, A. Esq. B. M. S., Europe.

Cunliffe, C. W. Esq., B. C. S., Bareily.

Chapman, C. Esq., B. C. 8., Bhagalpur.

Dwarkanath Basu, Babu, B. M. 8., Gurudaspur.

Dalton, Capt. E. S. 9th Regt. B. N. 1., Assam.

Dickens, Capt. C. H., Calcutta.

Drummond, E. Hon’ble, B. C. S., Calcutta.

Elliott, W. Esq., M. C. 8., Vizagapatam.

Edgworth, M. P. Esq., B. C. 8., Jullunder.

Edmonstone, G. F. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Elphinstone, Lieut. N. W. 4th Regt. B. N. I., Peshdwur.

Frith, R. W. G. Esq., Jessore.

*Falconer, H. Dr. B. M.S. F. BR. S., Europe.

Fytche, Capt. A. 70th Regt. B. N. I., Arracan.

Fayrer, J. Dr. B. M. S8., Lucknow.

Freelling, G. H. Esq. B. C. S., Hamirpur.

Gubbins, C. Esq. B. C. 8., Allighur.

Govindachandra Sen, Babu, Calcutta.

Grote, A, Esq., B. C. 8., Calcutta.

Gray, J, J. Esq., Maldah.

Grant, D. Esq. B. C. S., Agra,

Grapel, W. Esq., Calcutta.

*Gladstone, W. Esq., Europe.

Hodgson, B. H. Esq. B, C. S., Darjeling.

Hopkinson, Capt. H. 70th Regt. B. N. I., Arracan.

Houstoun, KR. Esq, B. C. S., Calcutta.

Hannyngton, Major J. ©. 24th Regt. B. N. I., Chota Nagpur.

Heatly, 8. G. T. Esq., Delhi.

Hall, F. E. Esq. M. A., Ajmere.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

*Huffnagle, C. Esq., Europe.

Hamilton, R. N. C. Sir Bart. B. C. 8., Indore.

Hamilton, R. Esq., Calcutta.

Hearsay, Brigr. Genl. J. B. 10th Regt. Light Cavalry, Mooltan.

Hayes, Capt. F. C. C. 66th Regt. B. N. I, Lucknow.

Halsey, W. 8. Esq. B. C. S., Gorruckpur.

Herschel, W. J. Esq. B. C. S., Rajshayi.

Haughton, Capt. J. C. Moulmein.

Hichens, Lieut. W. Bengal Engineers.

Hossain Ally Mohammed, Ex-Ameer of Scinde, Calcutta.

Isharipersad, Raja, Benares.

Jenkins, Lieut.-Col. F., Assam.

Jerdon, T. C. Esq. M. M. 8., Saugor.

*Jackson, W. B. Esq., Europe.

*Jackson, L. 8. Hsq., Mauritius.

*Johnstone, J. Hisq., Europe.

James, Capt. H. C. 32nd Regt. B. N. I., Calcutta.

Jadava Krishna Sitha, Babu, Calcutta.

*Kay, Rev. W., Europe.

Kabiruddin Shah Bahadur, Sasseram.

*Laidlay, J. W. Esq., Europe.

Loch, G. Esq. B. C. S., Purneah.

*Loch, T. C. Esq. B. C. S., Europe.

Lawrence, Col. Sir K. C. B., Ajmere.

Layard, Capt. F. P. 19th Regt. B. N. I., Berhampur.

Lees, Lieut. W. N. 42nd Regt. B. N. I., Calcutta.

Low, Major-Genl. Hon’ble J., Calcutta.

Loftie, Lieut.-Col. M. L., Almorah.

Lushington, F. A. Esq. B. C. S. Calcutta.

Legeyt, P. W. Esq., Bombay C. 8S. Calcutta.

Morris, G. G. Esq. B. C. S., Calcutta.

Macleod, D. F. Esq. B. OC. S., Jullunder.

*Martin, W. Dr. M. M.S., Cape of Good Hope.

*Muir, J. Esq., Europe.

Money, D. ©. Esq. B. C. S., Murshedabad.

_ *Marshman, J. C. Esq , Europe.

_ *Mills, A, J. M. Esq. B. C. S., Europe.

a Be

100 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Morton, D. T. Esq. M. D., Moulmein.

Manickjee Rustomjee, Esq. Calcutta.

Macrae, A. C. Dr. B. M. S. Calcutta.

Middlecott, J. C. Esq., Rajmahal.

Muir, W. Esq., Nynee Tal.

Montgomerie, Dr., Barrackpur.

Middleton, J. Esq., Agra.

Maclagan, R. Capt., Calcutta.

*Nicholl, Capt. W. F. 24th Regt. M. N. I., Europe.

Nagendranath Tagore, Babu, Calcutta.

Nicholson, D. G. Esq., Moulmein.

O’Shaughnessy, Dr. W. B., Agra.

*Ommaney, M. C. Esq. B. C. 8., Europe.

Ouseley, Major W. R. Benares.

Oldham, Professor T. R. 8., Tenassarim Provinces.

Phayre, Major A. P., Rangoon.

*Prinsep, C. R. Esq., Europe.

Prasanna Cumar Tagore, Babu, Calcutta.

* Pratt, the Venerable Archedeacon, J. H., Hurope.

Prataépchandra Sifha, Raja, Calcutta.

Plowden, G. A. Esq., Nagpur.

Rajendra Dutt, Babu, Calcutta.

Rogers, Capt. T. E., Calcutta.

Ramanath Tagore, Babu, Calcutta. |

Ramgopal Ghose, Babu, Calcutta.

Ramaprasad Roy, Babu, Calcutta.

Ramchandra Siiha, Raja, Calcutta.

Row, J. Dr. B. M. 8. Meerut.

Romanauth Bunnourjee, Babu, Calcutta.

Radhanath Sikdaér, Babu, Calcutta.

Roer, Dr., HE. Howrah.

Riddell, H. B. Esq. B. C.8., Calcutta.

*Royle, J. Dr. F. RB. 8., Europe.

Spilsbury, G. G. Dr. B. M.S., Calcutta.

*Sherwill, Capt. W. 8. 66th Regt. B. N. L., Europe.

*Strong, F. P. Esq. B. M. 8., Calcutta.

Satyacharana Ghosal, Raja, Calcutta.

[No. 1.

1856.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 101

Smith, Rev. O., Calcutta.

*Seton-Karr, W. Esq., Europe.

Sleeman, Lieut.-Col. W. H., Lucknow.

Samuells, E. A. Esq. B. C. S., Cuttack.

*Sprenger, A. Dr. B. M.S., Beyrout.

Schiller, F. Esq., Calcutta.

*Stephen, Major, 8th N. I., Europe.

Spankie, R. Esq. B. C. 8., Cawnpore.

Saxton, G. H. Capt. 388th M. N. I., Cuttack.

Sherer, J. W. Esq. B. C.S., Allighur.

Stewart, R. Lieut., Cachar.

*Strachey, R. Lieut., Europe.

*Strachey. J. EH. Esq. B. C. S., Europe.

Trevor, C. B. Esq. B. C. 8., Calcutta.

Thuillier, Capt. H. L., Calcutta.

*Thurburn, F. H. V. Capt. 14th Regt. B. N. I., Europe.

*Thomas, EH. Esq. B. C. S., Europe.

Thornhill, C. B. Esq. B. C. 8., Nynee Tal.

Thomson, T. Dr. M. D. F. BR. S., Calcutta.

Wilson, The Right Rev. Lord sais Calcutta.

Willis, J. Esq. Calcutta.

Walker, H. Esq. B. M.S., Calcutta.

Waugh, Col. A. 8S. Bengal Gece: Derra Dhoon.

Woodrow, H. Esq., Dacca.

Ward, J. J. Esq. B. C.S., Badan.

Watson, J. Esq. B. C.S. i Bashampur

Young, Capt. C. B., Manel Engineers, Calcutta.

Young, W. G. Esq. B. C. 8., Calcutta.

ELEcTED IN 1855.

D. G. Nicholson, Esq., Mou]mein.

Rowland Hamilton, Esq., Calcutta.

W. G. Young, Esq. B. C. 8., Calcutta.

Capt. C. B. Young, Bengal Engineers, Calcutta.

His Highness Muhammed Hossain Ally Ex-Amecr of Scinde,

Calcutta.

D. T. Thomson, Esq. M. D. F. R. S., Caleutta.

102 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. kL.

J. W. Sherer, Esq. B. C. 8., Allighur.

Dr. Montgomerie, Barrackpur.

W.S. Atkinson, Esq., Calcutta.

T. C. Loch, Esq., C. 8., Europe.

Lieut. R. Stewart, 22nd N. I., Cachar.

P. W. Legeyt, Esq., Calcutta.

J. Middleton, Hsq., Agra.

Withdrawn.

Lieut. R. C. D. Bruce, Rangoon.

Dr. J. J. Clarke, Hammeerpore.

Sir L. Peel, Knight, Europe.

Babu Kissory Chand Mittra, Caleutta.

Deaths.

Col. W. N. Forbes.

G. C. Cheap, Esq., C. 8.

Associate Members.

E. Blyth, Esq., Calcutta.

Kermut Ally Syud, Hooghly.

Long, Rev. J., Calcutta.

MacGowan, Rev. J. Ningpo.

Piddington, H. Esq., Calcutta.

Stephenson, J. Esq.,

Tregear, V. Esq., Bareily.

List oF Honorary Mempers.

Baron von Hammer-Purgstall, Aulic Counsellor, Vienna.

M. Garcin de Tassy, Membre de 1|’Instit., Paris.

Sir John Phillippart, London.

Count De Noe, Paris.

Professor A. Langlois, Memb. de 1’Instit., Paris.

Professor Francis Bopp, Memb. de |’ Academie de Berlin.

M. J. J. Marcel, Ancien directeur de l’ Imprimerie national, Paris.

Rev. W. Buckland, D. D., London.

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 103

Sir J. F. W. Herschel, F. R. S., London.

Col. W. H. Sykes, F. BR. 8., London.

General Count Ventura, Europe.

Professor Lea, Philadelphia.

Professor H. H. Wilson, F. R. S., London.

Professor Christian Lassen, Bonn.

Sir G. T. Staunton, Bart. F. R. 8., London.

M. Reinaud, Memb. de 1’Instit. Prof. de l’ Arabe., Paris.

Dr. Ewald, Gottingen.

His Highness Hekekyan Bey, Egypt.

Sir Edward Ryan, London.

Professor Jules Mohl., Memb. de I’Instit., Paris.

Captain W. Munro, London.

His Highness the Nawab Nazim of Bengal.

Dr. J. D. Hooker, R. N., F. BR. 8., London.

Professor Henry, Princeton, United States.

Lieut.-Col. C. H. Rawlinson, Persia.

Lieut.-Col. Sir Proby T. Cautley, K. C. B., London.

Raja Radhakanta Deva Bahadur, Calcutta.

nal oi a nae oh

erase 4 ee "

i518 bodintd :

ae aio T eamartt wall

AOD yolttind <Bydo

‘We

“a wh Pe 83 pdb aval 4 a

JOURNAL -

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY.

ODL SLYPYIPYILIOOO™.

No. II. 1856.

PLL PL PIII IIS

Ley

SILYIIIIM.

Report upon the Progress of the Magnetic Survey of India and of

the researches connected with it in the Himalaya Mountains, from

April to October, 1855.—By ADOLPHE SCHLAGINTWEIT and ROBERT

SCHLAGINTWEIT.

To Captain ATKINSON,

Officiating Secretary to the Government of India,

Military Department.

SIR,

1. We have the honor to lay before Government a Report

upon the progress of our researches in the Himalaya mountains

during the last season; we also beg to subjoin a short account of

our journey in Thibet, which may be considered as an Appendix to

the Scientific Report. We should feel much obliged if Government

would do us the favor to communicate the Reports, &c., to the

Asiatic Society of Calcutta, for publication.

2. We beg further to communicate to you for the information of

Government, that, having completed, for this season, our researches

in the Himalayas and Gurhwal, we left the Himalayas on the 8th

of November, after having staid three weeks at Mussoorie, to pnt

in order our books of observation, the maps and drawings, &c. We

arrived at Agra on the 20th of November, and we propose leaving

on the 28th or 29th instant.

No. LXXX.—NeEw Szrizs, Vou. XXV. RP

106 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [ No. 2.

In conformity with the plans sanctioned by the Honorable Court

of Directors, we propose to go down, during the present cold season,

to Subulpore, Nagpore, and if possible south of it into the Madras

Territory, to examine the Physical Geography and Geology of the

interesting Mountain systems of Central India.

We have the honor to be, &e.

(Signed) ADOLPHE SCHLAGINTWEIT.

| -. Rosegt SCHLAGINTIWEIT.

Agra, November 24th, 1855.

eee

GENERAL OUTLINE OF THE ROUTE.

We left Calcutta on the 25th of March, and went by Raneegunge

and Gya to Patna. It was originally intended that we should carry

on our researches during the summer in the Himalayas of Nepal.

But being informed at Patna, by the Resident, Major Ramsay, of

the difficulties which we should find in Nepal, and of the great

reluctance of the Nepalese Government to grant us permission to

go to sny distance from Kathmandu, we thought that the object of

our scientific researches would be better advanced by our going

during this season further westward to the British Provinces of

Kumaon and Gurhwal.

We proceeded therefore, in accordance with verbal instructions

received beforehand in Calcutta, one of us (Adolphe) by Ghazeepore,

the other (Robert) along the Grand Trunk Road to Benares. After

staying two days at Benares (from the 5th to the 7th of April) in

order to make a set of magnetic observations, we went up, by Alla-

habad, Futtehghur and Bareilly to Nynee Tal, in Kumaon, where we

arrived on the 15th of April, having been engaged during our

journey chiefly with Geological and Meteorological observations.

We remained at Nynee Tal and its environs till the 15th and 20th

May. We stayed several days at Chunar and at Heriakanta, two

isolated mountains in the neighbourhood, which gave us a very good

opportunity of making several physical and topographical observa-

tions. One of us, (Robert) left Nynee Tal on the 15th of May,

taking the route by Almora, Bagesur and Momespanee to Milum,

the highest village in Johar; the other (Adolphe) went on the 20th

1856. | Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. 107

of May to Pindaree and over the Pindaree or Trail’s Pass (17,950

HE. F. high) to Milum, crossing at the Pass the high snowy range of

Trisoal and Nanda Devi.

During the month of June, we were both of us engaged at Milum,

and at several elevated places and glaciers at some distance from it,

with a series of Physical and Geological observations. We left Milum

on the 6th of July and went by the Uta Dhura (17,670 E. F. high)

and Kyangur (17,300 E. F.) Passes into the Thibetan Province of

Gwarikhorsum; all the baggage which was not absolutely wanted

being sent round by Hoti and Niti to Badrinath. After many

negociations with the Lhassa Officials forming the Government of

these parts of Thibet, we made it possible to go as far as the Sutlej,

and afterwards as far as the Chako La Pass (17,350 E. F. high) which

lies in the range separating the Sutlej from the Indus, where we

arrived on the 25th of July.

We succeeded in reaching from thence, between the 26th and 28th,

the valley of the Upper Indus, near Gartok, which had only once

before been visited by Europeans, i. e. in 1812, by Moorcroft and

Hearsay.

From two stations, one near the Indus, the other at a fine isolated

peak, Gunshankoerr, (29th July, 19,640 E. F. high) not far from

Chako La, we had an opportunity of taking severai series of angles

with a Theodolite, which will serve to lay down the Mountain

systems round the origin of the Indus and North of it.

From Chako La we proceeded by Gyungal, Daba and Manenang to

the foot of the great glacier stretching out to the northward into

Thibet from the high peak Ibi Gamin (ealled also Kametinrite),

where we arrived on the 13th of August.

After having explained the merely scientific nature of our re-

searches and made the necessary arrangements, we met with no

further trouble in any way, and enjoyed throughout our journey

quite a friendly intercourse with the inhabitants.

We started from this point on the 16th of August, to examine

the structure and dimensions of the Ibi Gamin glaciers, with the

itention also of attempting to ascend as high as possible on the

flanks of the [bi Gamin.

P 2

108 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [No. 2.

After encamping on the 18th of August on the highest Moraine

of the Ibi Gamin glacier, at an elevation of 19,220 E. F. we suc-

ceeded, on the 19th of August, in ascending on the Northern flanks

of Ibi Gamin, covered with deep snow, to a height of more than

22,200 HK. F. (22,260 E. F.) calculated from Agra.

The very difficult ground, and a strong North wind, made it

impossible to advance any higher on the flanks of the Ibi Gamin, whose

summit is about 25,500 E. F., according to Captain R. Strachey.

We had an opportunity, during this ascent, of making several

observations on the temperature, the hygrometric conditions, and

the transparency and blueness of the atmosphere, and of examining

on a large scale the Geological and Orographical structure of the

great group of the Ibi Gamin Mountains. We may be permitted

to remark, that, as far as we know, it is the grestest height in any

Mountain system at which, till now, any observations of a similar

kind have been made.

Encamping the next three days on different parts of the Ibi

Gamin glaciers, between 17,800 to 19,000 EH. F., we crossed, on the

22nd of August, a high glacier pass, leading from the Western

branch of the Ibi Gamin glaciers, along the Sursutti glacier, down

to the valley above Mana and Badrinath.

This pass (20,430 E. F.) is certainly one of the highest in the

Himalayas; it has only once been crossed, by people from Mana,

some 380 or 40 years ago.

We arrived at the village of Mana, above Badrinath, on the oath

of August. From Mana, we took two different routes, one of us,

(Adolphe,) left on the 2nd September and went again into Thibet by

the Mana Pass (18,365 EH. I’, high) for the special purpose of com-

pleting the Geological investigations on the composition of the

sedimentary fossiliferous strata on the North side of the Himalayas,

He succeeded in crossing the Sutlej a second time near Toling,

and, accompanied by a few mounted men, reached on the 9th of

September, without being in any way molested, the high pass of

Phoko La (18,700 HE. F. high) lying in the ridge which separates

the Sutlej from the Indus, North-West of our former station,

Chako La.

He took a series of angles from this place, and went back to

Toling, Tsaprang, and from thence to the yillage of Puling.

1856.] Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. 109

On the 19th of September, he returned by the Nelong Pass

(18,110 E. F.) from Thibet into the Himalayas properly so called:

arriving at Nelong on the upper branch of the Bhagarutti, or West-

ern Ganges, on the 24th of September, and reaching the village

Mukba, a little beyond Gangotri, on the 27th of September.

A high pass, (8rd October 17,610 E. F.) leading from Mukba

to the origin of the Tonse River, offered a good opportunity for

examining the very remarkable Geological structure of the high

groups of the Jumnotri and Dundar peaks.

From the Tonse, he went up to Kedar Kanta (12,630 E. F.,) an

isolated Mountain, commanding a very extensive view, and after

staying there two days (12th and 13th of October), went down

along the Jumna valley to Mussoorie, which he reached on the 18th

of October.

The second of us, Robert, left Badrinath on the 7th of Sep-

tember, having been engaged for some days with Photographical

experiments.

He went down by Tosheemath and Okimath to Kedarnath Temple,

where he employed three days, (21st to 23rd September, ) in examin-

ing the structure of the Kedarnath glacier and the Topography of

the Mountain system between Kedarnath and Gangotri. Sending

round the baggage by the ordinary road, he himself crossed over a

series of passes from 11 to 12,000 feet to Salung, on the Bhagarutti

River, where he arrived on the 8rd of October. These passes offered

a good opportunity for the determination of the limits of vegetation

in the central parts of the Himalaya for comparison with similar

observations which had been previously made on the higher passes

leading out to Thibet.

From the Bhagarutti he crossed over the Chaia and Baingura

| Passes (15,280 HE. F.) to Jumnotri, and there examined the remark-

| able hot-springs; the temperature of the warmest is 89° centigrade,

_ being nearly equal to the temperature of boiling distilled water at

this place (90.50° cent). He filled here, as well as at the hot

_ springs of Badrinath, Gaurikund, Uri and Banassa, a considerable

_ number of fine glass bottles with water, and we hope that the

| chemical analysis of these waters may not prove without some

_ interest hereafter. He went down along the Jumna River to Mus-

soorie, where he arrived on the 21st of October.

110 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [No. 2,

We beg finally to state the great obligations we are under to Mr.

Batten, the Commissioner, and to Captain Ramsay, the Assistant

Commissioner, of Kumaon, who did every thing in their power to

assist the progress of our researches in the Himalayas, and who

kindly procured for us every where the men best able to give us all

the necessary information about the country.

Physical Geography and Meteorology.—Magnetie Observations.

1st.—Complete Magnetic Stations have been made at—

1. Benares,

2. Nynee Tal.

3. Milum in Johar.

4. On the Sutlej near its confluence with the Gyungal River,

where only the Magnetic Dip and Declination could be

determined.

Mana in Gurhwal above Badrinath.

Nelong (declination only).

Ussila, near the origin of the Tonse River.

8. Mussoorie.

We may be excused for not entering at present into any detail of

the result of the Magnetic observations themselves, since we are

aT So

anxious, before giving the general results of these observations, to

compare our data with the corresponding observations made by our

brother, Hermann Schlagintweit, in the Himalayas of Sikkim, in

the Khasia Hills, and in Assam,

The necessary calculations and reductions will, however, be com-

pleted in a short time, and we shall have the honor to submit to

Government, as soon as practicable a full comparative account of

the whole of these observations.

Barometric and Hypsometric observations.

2nd. We have been able to make during the whole of our journey

continuous observations of the Barometer and of our delicate Hyp-

someters or boiling point Thermometers,

Our two Hypsometers have arrived quite safely at Mussoorie. Of

the Barometers which are very difficult to carry during a long time over

a mountainous country, one by Adie, of London, arrived in perfectly

1856. ] Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. lil

good order in Mussoorie. In two others, some air introduced itself ;

they will however, be easily boiled and put again in perfect order,

in Lieut.-Colonel Waugh’s office at Dehra. Two small Mountain Ba-

rometers, by Newman, with which Captain Thuillier kindly supplied

us at Calcutta,were of great use to us whilst going up along the Gan-

ges to Nynee Tal,enabling us constantly to make comparative observa-

tions with the help of our assistants, but we found that their con-

struction was not well adapted for travelling in the Himalayas,

where a considerable quantity of air soon introduced itself into

the tubes.

3rd. We have determined the elevations above the sea of from

350 to 400 places, and have endeavoured as much as possible to

obtain for each place not only one, but several readings of the

instruments at different hours. At some stations like Nynee Tal,

Chineir Peak, Laria, Kanta, Milum, Tanti Pass, the Sutlej near

Gyungal, Mangnang, Mana, Kedar Kanta and Mussoorie, we have

obtained a regular series of Barometric observations during several

days or several weeks, we ourselves or our assistants reading the

instruments hourly, or at intervals of two hours.

We may be excused for not subjoining to this Report any larger

list of heights, since it would take a very considerable time to make

the necessary calculations with all the accuracy and the detail which

is required for exact and final results, and the great distances over

| which we shall have to go to complete the observations made last

_ year, make it impossible for us to stop a long time in one place. In

| reference to the heights quoted in this report, we wish to state that

they have been calculated from corresponding observations made at

_ Agra and at Bareilly. The observations at Agra were made with

| great care in the Office of W. Muir, Esquire, Secretary to the

Government of N. W. P., for those at Bareilly we are indebted to

the scientific zeal of Dr. Payne. Mr. Muir obligingly transmitted

_ to us regularly the monthly registers.

The heights thus deduced must not be considered as quite final

results, since at a later period, when we have an opportunity of

calculating the whole of our heights from several corresponding

_ stations, and introduce certain corrections in reference to the exact

“mean temperature of the air between the higher and the lower

112 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [No. 2.

stations (deduced from simultaneous observations at intermediate

places), our present results may be altered in some degree.

Temperature of the air and of the ground.

4th. The Meteorological observations of the dry and wet bulb

Thermometer, of the temperature of the ground from the surface

to a depth of five or six meters, of the temperature of rivers, &c.

have been regularly made in connection with the Barometric observ-

ations; a regular series of observations being made at all the stations

where we halted for some time. We found that the moisture of

the atmosphere considerably decreased as we advanced from the

southern branches of the Himalayas northwards to the high valleys.

In Thibet, the dryness of the atmosphere was constantly very great:

Jt is also worth remark that in Thibet, during the warmest months

of the year, in July and August, the temperature of the air is

sometimes very warm, rising in the shade at elevations of 18,000

and 14,000 E. F. to from 22° to 25° (centigrade). The temperature

of the surface of the ground exposed to the sun rises to 45° centi-

erade.

The variations of temperature are, at the same time, very great,

and sudden clouds, which prevent for a time the heating of the

soil by the sun, produce, after a short time, a great decrease in the

temperature of the air, amounting to 10° and 12°cent. Passing

clouds, sending down suddenly a light fall of rain, or more often of

fine-grained snow, are also of very common occurrence, both in the

Sutlej valley and on the Passes.

5th. The rainy season extends, though with much diminished

force, up to the highest valleys along the southern water-shed of

the Himalayas. It begins later and ends earlier than in the outer

ranges, aud on many days the threatening clouds travel up from the

southward to the higher valleys, without producing any sensible fall

of rain. The rainy season cannot be said to extend properly speak-

ing across the Himalayas into the basin of the Sutlej. The regular

succession of the dry and rainy seasons of India is unknown there,

and, from very good information which we obtained, there is no

month of the year which can be considered free from rain. But

nevertheless the influence of the Indian rainy seagon is still felt in

1856. ] Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. 113

Thibet. During the time of heavy rain-falls on the southern side

of the Himalayas, we very often saw for several days together

masses of clouds, which came from the south, hanging over the

Sutlej pla. They occasionally produced rains, which fell in great

quantities, but never lasted an entire day.

6th. The winds in the Himalayas and in Thibet during the

summer months, are generally of great regularity, blowing up con-

stantly nearly every day from the South, South-West or South-

East.

(a.) Inthe upper Himalaya valleys, the wind generally sets in

at from 9 hours to 10 hours a. M., its strength increasing consider-

ably towards the evening.

(6.) The intensity of the wind seems to be greatest on the passes

leading from Thibet into the Himalayas elevated from 17,000 to

19,000 E. F. where we experienced sometimes in the afternoon a

most furious Southerly gale. In going from thence to the South-

ward, the intensity of the wind decreases in a very striking way,

and on Kedar Kanta, and on the stations in the outer Himalayan

ranges, the intensity of the wind is, comparatively speaking, very

slight. This increase in the intensity of the wind on the high

northern passes seems to be due to two causes—the first of them is,

that the wind may in part originate in the hot valleys of the South-

ern Himalayas themselves; the second, and we presume the more

important cause, will be that the wind preduced by the great ascend-

ing current over the heated Indian plains is fast travelling North-

ward at a very great elevation, and only sinks down when it reaches

the colder and higher chains of the central Himalayas.

In support of the latter view, we may mention that we often saw

very high clouds above us moving at a great rate, whilst the wind

at our own elevation had a much smaller velocity.

7th. Our observations of the temperature of springs and of the

ground at various depths have shown—

(a.) That the temperature of springs and the temperature of

the ground at depths varying from one to three meters, is, at equal

heights, considerably higher in Thibet than in the Himalayas; the

cause of this will be that, in Thibet, we have a plateau whose mean

elevation is from 14,500 to 16,000 E. F., whilst the Himalayas, at

114 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [ No. 2.

the same height, offer only a series of ridges, intersected in aj

directions by large and deep valleys.

(o.) The height at which the temperature of the ground is 0°

cent. or 82° Faht. seems to be along the passes which lead from the

Himalayas, into Thibet, about 17,000 F. F., at this height we several

times found the temperature of the ground at a depth of 2 or 8

meters to be O° cent., and some good springs a little lower showed

temperatures of only 0.2° and 0.5° cent.

8th. In the outer ranges of the Himalayas, and in the valleys

between them, at elevations of about 4,000 H. F., the temperature

of good springs on an average may be assumed at 18° cent., the

decrease of temperature from this height to the line of zero would

therefore be one degree cent. for an ascent of about 720 E. F,

It seems pretty certain that the decrease of the temperature of the

ground and of the springs from the foot of the Himalayas up to

the line of zero is more rapid than in the Alps of Europe, where we

formerly found 700 or 730 French feet for a decrease of temper-

ature of one degree cent. |

9th. “We endeavoured as often as possible throughout the journey

to determine the height of the different lines of vegetation, the height

of the snow line, &c., by aid of our barometers. We found, as a

general rule, that the limits of shrub vegetation, of grass, and phane-

rogamic plants, rise considerably higher on the Thibetan Mountains

than in the Himalayas. We found that some very isolated phane-

rogamic plants ascend generally speaking, in these two Mountain

ranges to heights of 17,800 to 18,400 E. F.; the maximum of height,

to which we saw some very few phanerogamic plants: rising, was on

a sunny rocky island, between the snow masses of the Ibi Gamin

glacier, at an elevation of 19,800 E. F., which, if we are not mis-

taken, is the greatest height at which till now phanerogamic plants

have any where been found. The line of the lower limit of snow

without doubt rises higher on the Northern Thibetan side of

the Himalayas than on the Southern India face of the mountains, as

Humboldt maintained a long time ago.

In reference to the periodical development of vegetation, which

forms an interesting element in considering the Physical Geography

of a country, we may mention, amongst other results, that in Thibet,

1856. | Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. ‘115

in valleys of 12,500 to 14,000 H. F. elevation, the ripening of grain

(a sort of wheat) takes place at a considerably earlier period than

in the valleys of the Himalayas which are situated only at heights

of from 10,000 to 11,500 HE. F.; the principal cause of this appears

to be that, in the higher Himalayan Mountains, the great amount

of snow retards vegetation in the spring, and tends after melting to

cool down the temperature of the surface of the ground for some

considerable time, whilst in Thibet the fall of snow in winter is

never large, and, as we have been informed, it constantly melts away

again some days after its fall.

Influence of height upon Man.

10th. The influence of height upon the constitution of man

varies exceedingly in different individuals. It depends much on the

physical strength, and the acclimatization of a few days at great

elevations certainly tends very considerably to diminish its effects ;

but there is no doubt that this influence exists; it generally pro-

duces more or less severe headache, and difficulty of respiration,

and in some instances we saw that some of our people were spitting

blood ; complaints of the eyes too are of frequent: occurrence, pro-

duced in part by the bright light of the snow, in part by heavy winds

which blow small dust into the eyes. It certainly is difficult to

ascertain how much is due in these phenomena to the diminished

pressure of the atmosphere, and how much to the great bodily

exertion.

We had occasion ourselves to test the great effect of acclima-

tization; when for the first time we crossed heights of 17,500 and

18,000 E. F. we felt more or less headache, but after having crossed

several others of these passes, and slept and lived on them for some

days, we found ourselves quite free from any complaints at heights

of 18,000 and 19,000 E. F., when, however, we ascended Ibi Gamin

to a height of more than 22,000 E. F. neither we nor any one of

our people escaped headache, difficulty of breathing and severe

pains in the eyes.

Geography and Geology.

/ 11th. We had with us two Theodolites, a large one minutely

divided by Pistor, at Berlin, and a smaller one by Jones, which have

remained in perfect order during the whole of the journey.

Q 2

116 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [ No. 2.

We made great use of them in the parts of the Himalayas North

of the Snowy Range and in Thibet, and we endeavoured, by taking

a series of angles from several elevated stations, to furnish materials

for ascertaining the position and height of the ranges between the

Sutlej and North of the Indus; the principal stations were near

Milum and on the Milum Glaciers, the Sutle} near Gyungal, the

Indus near Gurtok, Gunshankoerr (19,640 HE. F.), on the Ibi Gamin

Glacier (19,220 E. F.), on the Mana Pass (18,365 HE. F.), Chako

La (17,350 E. F.), and Phoko La (18,700 E. F.), the Nelong Pass

18,110 E. F.), &e.

We hope that our observations, combined with the excellent

researches formerly made at other points by Captains Henry and

Richard Strachey, may serve to give a pretty correct general view

of the interesting geography of the large basin of the Sutlej.

11th. Our topographical maps refer more especially to the dif-

ferent glacier systems in the central groups of the Himalayas, several

of these maps will be found in the book of drawings, &c., which we

have the honor to submit to Government for inspection, together

with this Report.

We think it essential to state that these maps, as they are at

present, being mere topographical sketches made during the journey

and on the ground, have, comparatively speaking, only small parts

of our bearings and angles protracted upon them. They will all

require revision and correction, after the final computations of our

angles; we hope therefore, that these maps may not be used for

publication, till we have had the opportunity of making all the

necessary revisions as accurate as possible.

We must content ourselves with enumerating in a few paragraphs

some of the results to which we think the geological investigation

of this part of the Himalayas must lead us. 3

12th. The extent of the real crystalline rocks, ag granite, gneiss,

and true mica schists, is, comparatively speaking, much smaller in the

Himalayas than has been sometimes assumed. They are strictly

limited to the high central groups of this mountain system.

These groups seem to form, from a distance, one continuous line

of high peaks, covered with snow, generally known under the name

of the Snowy Range; but in reality, it is by no meansa continuous

1856. | Report of the Magnetie Survey of India. 117

chain of mountains, but a succession of several groups separated

very often by deep valeys.

These groups do not even follow each other from East to West

on one and the same line; but some of them, as, for instance, the

group of Nanda Devi and Trisoal, lie very much to the South,

while the next great group, that of Ibi Gamin, lies thirty or forty

miles more to the Northward. There are also instances of several

central groups, or at least several nearly quite independent parts of

one system, lying behind each other, in making a section from South

to North, so that you have in going straight to cross a series of

snowy ranges.

The best examples of the latter structure with which we are

acquainted at present, are the high groups of Bunderpunch and

Shergeroin near Jumnotri, with the high Dundar peaks North of

them, and the high mountains to the North and South of tne Baspa

valley in Bisser.

This arrangement of the central Himalayan groups reminded us

very much of the structure of the Alps.

Altogether, indeed these central groups of the Himalayas have

much resemblance to the highest parts of the European Alps, both

in reference to the distribution and general form of the valleys filled

with numerous glaciers, as well as with regard to the forms of moun:

tain peaks and the character of vegetation.

But these are nearly the only parts of the Himalayas which can

be compared with the Alps, the geological structure of all the rest

is extremely different.

The prevailing rock of most of the Himalayan groups is gneiss, °

passing into mica schist. It was only in some of them, as in the

Gangotri and Jumnotri groups, that we met with large and predo-

minant masses of true granite; in some places this granite passed

into the remarkable rock protogine, or tale granite, which composes

the Mont Blanc group in the Alps.

We felt considerable interest in investigating whether the “ fan-

like”’ structure which prevails in many groups of the Alps, was also

to be found in the Himalayas.* As far as we have ascertained at

* By ‘‘ fanlike structure’ is understood the curious phenomenon first discovered

in the Alps by Saussure, that in several instances the strata or planes of foliation

118 -Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [No. 2.

present, it seems that this structure cannot be considered as very

general in the Himalayas. We only found one clear example of it

in the Jumnotri and Bussa group.

There we see the gray slates constantly dipping wader the granite, \ f

which overlies them in thick masses, forming the high peaks of Bun-

derpanch, Shergeroin, Xe. : :

13th. The Feldspathic crystalline rocks of the centre, are accom-

panied by large masses of grey schists, which are especially deve-

loped along the Southern side of the central groups; to the North-

ward of them they often form only a very small band, passing into

stratified azoic slates. These schists can by no means be consi-

dered as a real crystalline rock. 7

As in the Alps, they are of a very irregular and varied compo-

sition; they are generally of a greyish colour, and contain large

quantities of clay and more or less lime. The quartz is generally

not present in regular small grains, but either disseminated through-

out the rock or entirely absent. The mica is generally present in

exceedingly small laminew.. Sometimes considerable quantities of

limestone are found between the schists.

These grey schists extend very nearly from the central groups

down to the Southern edge of the Himalayan mountains. There

they pass very often into clay slates of a more sedimentary cha-

racter.

We have not been able to discover any fossil remains in the grey

schists themselves, but in the clay slates into which they graduate

to the Southward, we found, in the neighbourhood of Nynee Tal,

numerous Foraminifera, evidently identical with those which accom-

pany the eocene numulitic formation ; our observations during next

year must teach us, whether we shall be justified in drawing a

general conclusion from this fact, as to the age of the outer ranges

of the Himalaya composed of similar clay slates.

14th. It was observed a long time ago, that in the great mass of

grey schists which must be traversed before reaching the central

group of the Himalayas, a remarkable uniformity in the dip of

of the gneiss dip from both sides under the highest part in the centre, where they

stand vertical, so that by drawing a geological section we get a somewhat fan-

like form.

1856. ] . Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. 119 .

apparent stratification prevails. Our observations have perfectly

convinced us that this is no real stratification, but merely cleavage,

produced, as is now generally assumed, by a great tension in the

interior of the highly altered rocks.

The general dip of the cleavage planes is in a Northerly direction,

deviating in some parts of the mountains to the North-west, and in

others to the North-east ; and it seems that im many cases at least

the cleavage of the central gneiss masses dips im the same direction

North North-east, or North North-west.

If, after crossing the central groups we continue a geological

section into Thibet, we observe that, in the sedimentary fossiliferous

strata which are then met with, there occur, independently of each

other—(qa) a true stratification and (0) a cleavage, which dips in the

same direction, like the cleavage of the crystalline rocks which un-

derlie the sedimentary strata.

15th. This very general Northerly dip of the cleavage continues

in the sedimentary formations until we reach the alluvial plain of

the Sutlej valley. But it is a fact well worthy of remark, that a

perfect change in the dip of the cleavage takes place in the moun-

tain ranges which rise between the Sutlej and the Indus, and to the

North-east of the Indus.

We had occasion to examine these mountains along two sections

over the Chako La and Phoko La Passes, distant more than 20 miles

from each other, in a North-westerly direction. The mountains are

composed of various metamorphic schists, intersected with green-

stone dykes, running on an ener parallel with the mean direction

of the chain.

In these mountains, as well : as in the similar rocks Erbapht to

light by the great denudation of the Sutlej river, we constantly found

the cleavage dipping under angles of 45° to 70° to the South or

South-west.

This dip is exactly opposite to the i of the cleavage in the

Himalayas.

It therefore seems that, taking a general view, the cleavage im the

Himalayas of Kumaon, and in the mountain ranges which face the

Himalaya to the Northward, forms one great fan, of enormous dimen-

sions, the cleavage dipping in the Southern part of this fan to the

120 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [No. 2.

Northward, and in the Northern part to the Southward. It is only

with some hesitation that we venture to bring forward this opinion.

Our observations during next summer in a part of the Western

Himalayas, and of Ladak, must show whether this structure can be

considered a general one or not.

Sedimentary Strata.

16th. In the sedimentary strata, which, as it has long since been

ascertained, compose the northern flanks of the Himalayas, we

met with—

(1) The silurian and devonian formations, the latter being cha-

racterised by the appearance of numerous large and long-winged

spirifera; and (2) the trias with several ammonites, closely allied to

those which characterise the trias of the Alps, and the Jurassic

formations. The latter is divided stratographically into two great

groups, the lower one composed of black and bluish slates and marls,

containing in many places large numbers of well-preserved ammo-

nites, the upper group consisting of limestones and marly lime-

stones of different colours, which seem not to contain any ammonites |

but are very often full of bivalve shells, comprising small and large

oysters, pecten, a very characteristic and common species of Astarte,

a Trigonia, which we think will not be distinguishable from the

wide-spread Trigonia costata, found also, if we recollect rightly, in

Cutch, &c.

Amongst the numerous ammonites which we had occasion to

collect in the lower group from different localities, we found nothing

which would indicate an age as old as the lias.* They all are of

forms which characterise, in Germany and England, about the

middle part of the jurassic formation. Whether the lias formation

exist in these parts or not, is a question which as yet we are not

quite prepared to decide.

We have no books at hand to examine as minutely as necessary,

some small fossil remains of pentacrinus and terebratula, which we

found in such a stratographical position, that they may perhaps

belong to this formation.

* The collections made by Captain R. Strachey in 1848, were, we believe, the

first which showed clearly that the ammonitie deposits were younger than the lias.

1856. | Report of the Magnetie Survey of India. 121

We have been unable to find any traces of a cretaceous or numu-

litie formation in these parts of the Himalayas, the tertiary strata

of the Sutlej basin repose immediately upon the Jurassic formation.

Valley of the Sutle).

17th.—The alluvial deposits which we meet after traversing the

sedimentary strata on the northern flanks of the Himalayas, do not

form an elevated plain bordering the Himalayas to the Northward,

as the plain of Hindustan does in the Southward; they are merely

alluvial and lacustrine deposits, filling up the inequalities of one of

the largest longitudinal valleys of the world. On the other side of

the Sutlej, and of the Indus, new high mountain ranges rise covered

with snow, and very probably bearing glaciers, which evidently

belong to the same system of mountains. Looking from a high

station like Gunshankoerr peak near the Indus (19,640 E. F.) over

the Himalaya mountains to the South, and the long range of moun-

tains to the Northward, the mind is strongly impressed with an

idea of the unity of both mountain systems, in reference to orogra-

phical and geological structure.

It is evident that the Himalayas form only one incomplete part

of the great mountain system of High Asia; the numerous large

rivers descending from the Himalayas to the South into India, all

run through lateral transverse valleys, which might perhaps be

eompared with regard to their position in the general mountain

system (though of course zot with regard to magnitude) with the

numerous parallel transverse valleys running from the Pennine Alps

into the Rhéne, or from the Tauern chain in the Tyrol into the

Salzach and the Draw.

18th. The tertiary deposits in the basin of the Sutlej are of a

fluviatile and lacustrine nature; they have been deposited in a large

fresh-water lake, probably formed by a rocky barrier, formerly exist-

ing at the place where the Sutlej now penetrates the Himalayas.

We found in them numerous fresh-water shells near Mangnang

and Tosing ; besides these they contain many remains of vertebrata,

we were able ourselves in the neighbourhood of Mangnang to pick

out from the rock some of these fossil remains, and ascertained the

localities where others which we bought were procured.

122 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [ No. 2.

The deposits consist in part of gravel and sand, in part of very

finely grained clayey and calcareous strata, of a light yellowish

colour. They are interstratified with each other; the shells are

chiefly found in the marls and clays, which are specially predo-

minant in the central parts of the basin; and at Manegnang, Tosing;

&¢. the fossil bones are found both in the marls and in some fine

grained sands which accompany them.

The strata lay everywhere quite horizontal. The thickness of

these deposits is very variable, since the original rocky surface of

the valley is very undulating, as is shown in the deep valleys of

denudation along all the rivers.

The average thickness may be assumed to be from 1,000 to 1,500

E. F. but the maximum exceeds 3,000 E. F.

19th. The Sutlej and its numerous tributaries in Thibet, form

one of the finest examples of the mode in which the erosive. power

of water acts upon loose deposits and upon solid rocks, under various

circumstances. The rivers have excavated valleys of denudation

‘2,000 and sometimes even 3,000 English feet in depth. These

valleys are not excavated in the lacustrine tertiary deposits only,

but very generally along the Sutlej, solid rocks are cut through to

a depth of 1,000 and 1,500 HK. F. This great depth of the valleys

of denudation is evidently due to the fact, that the Sutlej after-

wards enters the Himalayas where the fall of the river per mile is

enormous. The great acceleration experienced there, has been gra-

dually reaching upwards, and has affected the whole river system

of the Sutlej basin.

When re-entering the Himalayas, after having examined these great

denudation valleys, we proposed to ourselves to investigate the effect

produced by the Himalayan rivers, which have such an enormous fall

per mile, upon the excavation of their valleys. We soon convinced

ourselves that, though the general direction of these valleys was

without doubt originally caused by faults, and by the general

arrangement of the mountain chains, their forms had afterwards

been altered to an immense extent by the action of the rivers, and

by the rain falling in enormous quantities during the rainy season.

We have ample proofs by the existence of ancient river deposits,

and water marks, at great heights above the present rivers, and from

1856. | Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. 128

the form of the valleys themselves, that most of the large transverse

valleys of the Himalayas have been excavated to a depth of more

than 3,000 and 4,000 E. feet by the action of water alone.

20th. We noticed also the absence of true erratic blocks both in

the Himalayas and in Thibet, which are so numerous round the

Alps of Europe.

Glaciers.

21st. Glaciers sometimes of great extent are found everywhere

in the Himalayas round the central groups. They even exist in

Thibet, where the fall of snow is so much less, and we have every

reason to believe, both from what we saw ourselves, and from the

information which we received, that glaciers are again met with in

the ranges to the North and North-east of the Indus.

The two largest glaciers which we have been able to examine, are

the glacier of Milum and the Ibi Gamin glacier, issuing from Ibi

Gamin into Thibet and giving origin to the Mangnang river. These

two glaciers are certainly larger than any in the Alps, but, asa

general rule, we may say, that the glaciers of the Himalayas are

not so much larger as we might expect from a consideration of the

great extent and elevation of these mountains. One cause of this

phenomenon may be, that the high valleys of the Himalaya have,

in general, a greater and more precipitous slope than the corres-

ponding valleys in the Alps, so that the ice is carried down too

quickly to lower and warmer places; the heavy rains during the

warmest part of the year, will also tend to melt away the ice.

22nd.—During the course of our journey, we visited and examined,

to some extent, more than 40 glaciers, which, according to the classi-

fication in the Alps, must be termed glaciers of the first order. The

largest accumulation of great glaciers in the Himalayas of _Kumaon,

Gurhwal and Bisser, is around the great group of the Ibi Gamin

peaks.

The physical structure of the glaciers of the Himalayas, the laws

of motion, the distribution of the moraines and of the crevasses,

is precisely the same as in the glaciers of the Alps. We could

constantly trace also the blue bands of ice, or “ ogives’’ which form

such a characteristic physical phenomenon in the Alpine glaciers,

R 2

124 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [No. 2.

Amongst the results of our observations we may briefly mention

two points.

23rd.— We have collected many proofs that,as we formerly main-

tained, in accordance with Professor T. Forbes’ views, the original

stratification of the snow which fills the upper part of the glacier

basins, is perfectly destroyed during the process of the transform-

ation of the snow and néves into glacier ice; the blue bands and

ogives of the glacier, properly speaking have no connection with

the former stratification of the snow.

24th.—At several glaciers, especially at the great Ibi oe

glacier, we found the curious phenomenon which we formerly de-

scribed in the Alps, under the name moraines de néve; that is to

say, we observed in several instances, that different affluents of one

glacier were separated, not by the layers of stones called moraines,

but by a small band of néves squeezed in between the two affluents.

Lower down in the course of the glacier when the néves disappeared,

they remained nevertheless distinctly separated by considerable

depression between them ; moreover, the individuality of each affluent

was proved by a perfectly independent arrangement of the blue

bands and ogives. This phenomenon shows well, that the heaps of

rocks which generally lie along the line of demarcation between

two affluents of a glacier, are quite of a superficial nature, and that

the real separation is entirely due to the interior structure of both

tributaries.

25th. Asa general phenomenon we must finally mention that,

on all the glaciers of the Himalayas which we examined, with

scarcely one exception, we found most evident proofs that they are

at present smaller than they were at some former period. We

constantly found heaps of moraines at a distance of from several

hundred to some thousand feet, in a few instances even of some

English miles, from the present ends of glaciers; the height and

thickness of the ice had also been proportionally larger, The

Thibetan glaciers afford peculiar facilities for the investigation of

these phenomena. Their moraines consist principally of fine gneiss

rocks brought down from the higher mountains. The ancient moraines

of white gneiss deposited upon dark sedimentary schists, can be

very distinctly traced to a distance of from four to five miles from

1856.] Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. 125

the present ends of the glaciers of Ibi Gamin, of Joharna, and of

Photi, and are elevated some hundred feet above the present level

of the ice. This greater extension of the glaciers has evidently

belonged to the historical period, since the ancient moraines repose

constantly upon all the older tertiary and diluvial strata, and if we

are not mistaken a diminution’ in the extent of some of these glaciers

is still going on at present.

We wish especially to remark, that this greater extension of the

Himalayan glaciers, at some former period, is a phenomenon very

different from that which gave rise to what has been called in

Europe the “glacier theory,” by which an attempt was made to

explain, on the hypothesis of a former enormous extension of the

Alpine glaciers, the existence of the great erratic deposits all around

the Alps, where the erratic blocks are in situations very different

from the ancient moraines in the Himalayan glaciers.*

We are not as yet prepared to give an opinion about the physical

causes (changes of climate, and general subsidence or elevation,)

which may have produced this difference in the extension of the

glaciers.

(Signed) ADOLPHE SCHLAGINTWEIT.

ROBERT SCHLAGINTWEIT.

Agra, November 24th, 1855.

A short account of the Journey from Milum in Johar, to Gartok in

the Upper Indus Valley, and of the ascent to the Ibi Gamin Peak,

by ADOLPHE SCHLAGINTWEIT and Ropert SCHLAGINTWEIT. |

We left Milum on the 6th of July, with Mani, the Putwarri of

Johar, and a good number of Jubboos and people, since we wanted

to send all our baggage by the upper road to Niti. After crossing

the Uta Dhura Pass, we went up, with a few people only, to the

Janti Pass, (18,690 EB. F.,) where we staid for three days, which

* That I may not be misunderstood, I must refer here to the remarks on this

difficult subject, contained in the first and second Volumes of the Researches in

the Alps, published by my brother Hermann and myself.—Apoteug ScHLAGIN-

TWEIT.

126 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [No. 2.

gave us an excellent opportunity of making several physical experi-

ments at a somewhat considerable height.

From this point we went on to Laptel, where we were much dis-

appointed at finding that the Thibetan authorities had done us

the honor to give us a guard of nine Hunias, who wanted peremp-

torily to prevent us from crossing over into Thibet Proper. We

staid at Laptel three days, and there as well as at Janti succeeded in

making a tolerably complete collection df fossil remains from the

Silurian up to the younger jurassic strata.

In order to deceive our Hunia guard, we went along the Niti road

as far as Selchell, and from thence tried to make our escape in the

night of the 16th of July ; we left all our camp behind, and took

only four Bhutias, and the most necessary instruments and pro-

visions with us. We had mounted our four Bhutias, and four horses

were sufficient to carry all our baggage. We went on during the

night and during all next day, and in the evening we had arrived

on the alluvial plain which fills up the broad valley of the Sutlej.

We thought ourselves now pretty safe from discovery, and were just

about to put up for the night in a little valley, when we discovered

our Hunias on horseback following our track. Mani especially told

us not to shew the least fear of them; they came on crying and

hurraing, and the two first of them who got up to us tried to get hold

of the bridles of our horses; but we gave them some severe blows

with our hunting whips right over the face, which took them much

by surprise. They immediately dismounted, making their salams,

and saying that they were our friends, (we had given them some

rupees at Laptel,) but that they had received strict orders to accom-

pany us as‘a guard. One of them was a Kuchop, or Thibetan

Chuprassi; they said that these strict orders had been given on

account of the present wars with the Nepalese, since the authorities

were afraid that we might be plundered or killed, and that they

might afterwards be held responsible for it by the Indian Govern-

ment. We ordered one of them to go to Daba (which was not

very distant,) and to tell the Jungpun, or head Thibetan authority

there, to come out and make the necessary arrangements with us.

As we had expected, the Jungpun did not make his appearance

himself, but his head clerk, or Dink, a decent looking young Lama

1856. | Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. 127

from Lhassa came out the next morning, saying that his master had

gone to Chaprang (which was of course a mere lie). We had con-

vinced ourselves that during the present war it was impossible for

us to go to Mansarower, since even the Bhutias had been robbed

and molested by the disorderly Thibetan soldiers, but we deter-

mined to try whether it might not perhaps be possible to proceed

to the Upper Indus valley, near Gartok, which had only hitherto

been visited by Moorcroft in 1812. After endless negociations with

our Dink, supported by rupees, brandy, &c., we succeeded in obtain-

ing permission to proceed as far as the Sutlej. We signed a written

agreement, stating that we were allowed to remain three days on

the Sutlej, and that we were to pay a fine of Rs. 600 if we crossed

that river. Accordingly we went on to the Sutlej near its junction

with the Gyungul river. After staying there two days, engaged

with astronomical and geological observations, we were met by the

Bara Mani (Mani’s cousin) who had come out to our assistance.

He is the welthiest of the Milum people, and has really got much

influence in Thibet. He had come a day or two before to Daba,

where the Jungpun is his friend and owes him some thousand rupees,

and he and the seven Niti Pathans, who happened to be in Daba,

negociated with the Jungpun, and must have made a considerable

disturbance in the place, telling the Jungpun that we were not

people to be ill-treated and driven out of the country with impunity.

After two days, the Bara Mani and two of the Jungpun’s clerks

came to our camp; our brave Bhutias had really succeeded in

obtaining permission for us to proceed as far as the Chako La Pass,

which lies in the ridge which separates the Sutlej from the Indus.

The Hunias had now become quite friendly, and the two Lhassa

officials exchanged with us sdme little presents. We bought from

them a number of Chinese articles at an extravagant price, and

before long they had all got the conviction that there was no harm

in our staying for some days in their country.

Permission had been granted us to remain five or six days on

| | Chako La and the two Manis had pledged themselves in writing to

| pay a considerable sum if we should go any farther or remain any

“longer. We were only accompanied by two people of our guard,

_ the others had found it more comfortable to remain at the foot of

128 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [ No. 2.

the cold mountains near the Sutlej. We lost no time in making

the best use of the few days granted to us. On the 26th we arrived

on the Chako La, and placed our camp as close as possible under

the pass itself.

On the 27th in the early morning, we went away. Numerous

Bhutias (who all did what they could to assist us) and Hunias were

constantly crossing the pass with their sheep. To avoid suspicion,

we left our little tent and the greater part of our baggage, and one

of our Bhutia servants behind; one Hunia, who knew exactly where

we wanted to go, accompanied us; two horses carried our theodolite,

hypsometric apparatus, and some provisions. We told the people

that we only wanted to go: to a mountain near the pass, to look at

the “compass.” After crossing the pass, we left the usual track,

and went on through a lateral valley. To our great astonishment,

we found that the lower part of the valley was filled with more than

a hundred of armed Hunias, and our people got much frightened,

saying that these men were sent out by the Garpon or resident of

Gartok, to catch us, &c. We lay down in a small hole and despatched

one of our men to get information. He was soon, however, disco-

vered and surrounded by the Hunias.

We saw with our large telescope that much crying and quarrel-

ling was going on below; they searched his horse and got hold of

his. gun. After some time, however, they let him go. He had

found among these people, who came from Chumurti and were going

to the seat of war, one old friend, who had settled every thing. He

had told them that we were Gurhwal people and had been afraid of

being plundered if we went down into the valley. In the evening

we went down a little lower along a small valley, just on the limit

of the highest shrubs. The night was unhappily a very bad one.

Without a tent, and with only a few blankets, we lay down as close

together as possible; in the morning, we were covered with snow

more than three inches deep. The sun, however, melted away the

snow from the ground, and we were glad to find that the greater

part of the troublesome Hunias had gone on early in the morning.

We rode as far as we could across the valley where their camp had

been, and upon a mountain on the other side of it. The weather

had become beautifully clear, and in the afternoon we had the

1856. | Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. 129

pleasure of finding ourselves in the Indus valley, some miles above

Gartok.

From a little hill on the left side of the valley we had an excel-

lent view over the large valley, and over the mountain ranges which

border it to the North-east, and we were able to take numerous

angles with our theodolites, and to make some drawings. On the

28th we went on to the Indus river itself, and after taking altitudes

of the sun, &c., were obliged by the most absolute want of provi-

sions to return without delay along the usual route to our camp on

the Southern side of Chako La, which we only reached late at

night. The next day, the 29th, we went out over Chako La again

with fresh horses, to one of the peaks of this mountain range, Guns-

ehankoerr, which from its isolated position and somewhat consider-

able height (19,640 E. F.) promised to be a good station for study-

ing the orography of the surrounding country. The view which we

had from the top of the mountain was really magnificent. To the

North we had high snowy mountain ranges from Hast of Kailas

along the Indus valley far beyond the confluence of the two great

branches of the Indus; right at our feet we saw the great plain of

the two Sacred Thibetan Lakes (the water itself was only visible in

a few small patches) and the pass which separates the Sutlej from

the Brahmaputra. To the South the Himalaya was visible from

distant snowy peaks in Nepal far East of the Brahmaputra pass,

over Gurla Gumin beyond the high peaks of Bessez, Koenower and

Spiti, On the 30th we returned to the Sutlej, and from thence we

went by Gyungal and Daba to Mangnang. By degrees we had now

got upon a very friendly footing with the Thibetans, and they even

allowed us to go into the villages of Gyungal and Mangnang. In

the latter place they have a fine temple and some high poplar trees.

They showed us the interior of the temple, gave us some books, &c.,

and contantly expressed their surprise that we were not half so bad

a set of people as their Lhassa rulers wanted to make them believe

all Huropeans to be. We had also taught our Kuchop, or Thibetan

chuprassie, what the real duties of a good chuprassie were; and he

went every day to considerable distances to procure fresh milk,

sheep, &c. from the shepherds. From Mangnang we proceeded

Southwards to the foot of the great Ibi Gamin glacier (Gamin or

130 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [No. 2.

Ibi Gamin is the real Thibetan name for Kamet); we were met

there by some coolies from Mana, with provisions, some additional

instruments, &c. Ibi Gamin, which, seen from Gunschankoerr

over-towered all the Himalaya peaks, seemed to us to be one of the

most favorable mountains to ascend with the view of attaining some

considerable height. Furnished with axes, ropes and every thing

we wanted for the ice, we lett our camp on the foot of the glacier

on the 16th of August. We were rather surprized to find that the

glacier was one of very considerable ascent; it is an exceedingly

regular and very fine glacier, somewhat similar to the Aar glacier

in Switzerland, but considerably larger. Ibi Gamin seemed to

become more distant, the further we proceeded along the glacier, and

at last we discovered that the summit was situated in the most

remote corner, at its very source. Tor three days we went up

in short stages along the glacier, sleeping on the heaps of rocks,

“ Moraines,’”’ which border it. On the third day, we encamped at

the very foot of the Ibi Gamin, at an elevation of 19,220 E. F.,

where the glacier valley terminates. We had altogether fourteen

people with us; instead of wood we were generally obliged to burn

a sort of grass called peaug (a species of Cherleria, if Iam not

mistaken), which we found on the mountains near the lower parts

of the glacier. The night of the 18th had been very. cold and

stormy, but the following morning was pretty clear; we there-

fore went out at 8 o’clock to see how far we could get upon

Ibi Gamin. Only eight of our people were willing to accompany

us; the other hands got quite apathetic, saying that they and

we were all about to perish. We soon began to ascend over steep

snow, often crevassed, which covers the flanks of Ibi Gamin; halting

frequently and making a very circuitous route in order to avoid

crevasses, or places which were too steep to climb, we rose gra-

dually higher. At last at 2 o’clock it became absolutely impossible

to go on any higher: two of our people had got sick and had

remained behind, and all the rest of us felt exceedingly tired

and exhausted, more so indeed than we had ever been before in

our lives. The view which we enjoyed was not very extensive ;

clouds had been constantly passing around us, but in the clear.

intervals we had a very instructive view over the glacier masses and

1856. | feport of the Magnetic Survey of India. 131

ridges which surround Ibi Gamin. The highest point which we

reached had an elevation of more than 22,200 EH. F. (22,260 E. F.

calculated from Agra). At 2 o’clock a strong North wind began to

rise, and this especially obliged us to descend as quickly as we

could; the wind became very strong indeed lower down, and we

were glad enough when we had all reached our camp safely in the

evening. Ibi Gamin re-appeared for some moments between the

clouds, beautifully coloured by the setting sun, and it may be

imagined that we all looked back with great pleasure upon our route

which was distinctly traceable upon the highest point which we had

reached. We had got much accustomed to the influence of height,

especially during our Thibetan journey, but here not one escaped

unhurt; we all felt head-ache and more or less severe pains in the

eyes, the latter being especially caused by the furious wind which

constantly blew the fine snow dust into our eyes. The night was a

very bad one, we had scarcely any fuel left for cooking, the wind

threatened every moment to tear to pieces our light tent, the cold

was intense, and our people, with the exception of one, had entirely

lost courage and the faculty of thinking. In the morning at 9

o'clock, as soon as the cold was a little less intense, we commenced

our descent to our second camp, which was in a somewhat more

sheltered position. This day we very nearly lost one of our men.

This poor fellow, a man called Dolpa, from Milum, an excellent

servant, who had been with us during all the Thibetan journey, was

taken ill the day before, when going up Ibi Gamin, and had a dan-

gerous effusion of blood. We of course ordered another man to

accompany him in going down to the second camp; but his com-

panion made his appearance soon after us at our lower station, say-

ing that he had lost sight of the sick man in the heavy snow-storm

which we encountered on the glacier. We immediately sent back

two of our people to look for him and when they returned without

him three others started, but they could discover no traces of the

missing man. The next day we left behind two other men, with

strict orders to look after Dolpa, but all in vain. After our arrival

in Mana, we had already made all the arrangements with the Put-

warri for the family of the supposed dead man, when to our great

delight the poor fellow came in three days after us. He had been

8s 2

132 Report of the Magnetic Survey of India. [ No. 2.

lying between some large stones on the Moraine where nobody

could see him, and the second day he slowly went down to our first

camp at the foot of the glacier. Unhappily our men with the

horses and yoobus had already left, and the poor man remained

three days without food in the wilderness, when he met some Mana

people, who brought him on. He was bad enough, and had his feet

injured by frost, but we think that he will entirely recover before

long. In the afternoon of the 20th the weather again became fine

and clear. We completed our survey of the Gamin Glaciers, and

made our preparations for the next day’s march. At the camp we

had found some wood and fresh provisions which had been sent up

by Mani, whom we had left at the lowest station, and all our people

recovered again satisfactorily. The great Gamin Glacier, and all

the part of the country where we had now been, lies within the

boundaries of Thibet. ‘To reach Badrinath we had still to cross a

high Glacier Pass. We had heard of the existence of this Pass

(quite a different one from the regular Mana Pass) only a few days

before from a Mana coolie who was with us; he said that formerly it

had once been passed with sheep, but that now it was quite deserted.

Neither he nor any other man of Mana had ever made the Pass, but

he knew about the direction’ in which it was likely to lie, and he

undertook to find the road and to lead the party. On the 21st

we went up along the Western branch of the Ibi Gamin Glaciers

and slept on the highest Moraine. On the 22nd, with beautiful

clear weather, we proceeded further and after some detours and

mistakes, we happily reached the pass as early as 2 o’clock. It was

much higher and much more difficult than we or our people had

expected. It is no doubt one of the highest passes in the Hima-

layas, being 20,430 H. F. above the level of the sea. We were

extremely glad to have found a passage, since otherwise we should

have been obliged to make a long and tedious detour down the

whole of the glacier and round the Mana Ghat. From the top of

the pass we discovered a large glacier trending to the South-west,

and saw before us a considerable part of the range separating the

Mana from the Nelong valley. The Glacier was the Sursutti

Glacier; we went down along it and at night encamped again on

the “ Moraine,” near a place where we found the first peaug. We

1856. | Notice on the oldest work on Stifism. 133

broke to pieces all our sticks, tent-poles, &c., and they gave suflici-

ent fuel to prepare some dinner, of which we and our companions

were much in want. At last on the 23rd we arrived at Sursutti at

the foot of the Glacier, in the valley leading down to Mana and

Badrinath. We can readily understand why the people of Mana

have given up this dangerous and fatiguing pass, which is certainly

ten times worse than the Pindari Pass, on account especially of its

ereat distance from wood and from the nearest villages where any

supplies can be procured. We slept a little below Dhanran, where

we were fortunate enough to meet some people going to Thibet,

who provided us with some rice; and in the evening of the 24th

we arrived at Badrinath, where the people had been looking out

with some anxiety for our arrival.

a nn

Notice on the ~5| Joly of Mohdsaby being the earliest work on

Sifism as yet discovered, and on an Arabic Translation of a work

ascribed to Hnoch.—By A. SPRENGER, M. D.

Much has been written of late years on Stfism. The greatest

advantage of these essays, consists in the ignorance of the authors

of what Sufism means. They took a quotation from one book

and a quotation from another book without much regard whether

they treated on the same subject—and by the illicit process of

humano capiti cervicem jungere equinam they produced the most

phantastic systems, which were sure to be welcomed by an age which

loves the piquant. Illusion is the greatest pleasure in life, and

hypotheses are the charm of science, it is therefore, with some

remorse, that I introduce the work of Mokasaby to the notice of the

reader, as it may tend to destroy illusions which some worthy

orientalists have conjured up. J am consoled, however, by the con-

sciousness that my notice is extremely imperfect.

It is considered as a settled question that Suifism was from its com-

mencement a system of metaphysics or pantheism; or at least that

pantheism was its root and life, and asceticism a later addition. We

know that during the Middle Ages, members of religious orders

became pantheists but when will the day come that the followers

of Spinoza or Schelling will turn ascetics ? As to whence this system

134 Notice on the oldest work on Siufism. [ No. 2.

came to the Musalmans opinions are divided. Some think from

Greece and others from India. What has not come from India! I

have observed that people in India smile when they are pleased, and

ery to express grief, and as this habit also prevails in Europe, I am

convinced it has been introduced from India, and I should think

by the great mercantile road of ancient times because in Arabia and

Syria I observed the same extraordinary practice. If these learned

persons would only mention the works on Pantheism which have been

translated from the Sanskrit into Arabic, or the Sufies who in

early times have visited India. It is true we read of translations

of some few medical and astrological works, but it is equally true

that this does not imply that also works on Pantheism have been

translated. But supposing it did. We cannot point out a single

principle in Avicenna or any other Arabic author on medicine which

has been taken from the Sasruta. These translations from the

Sanskrit were, therefore, sounds in the desert air. I have seen at

Cawnpore a very elaborate work in Arabic on the Copernican system

of astronomy, which was written under Akbar. This system can be

expressed in one word and it changes the whole aspect of the science.

Yet observatories have been built in India after that time and astro-

nomical tables have been calculated with great expense and labour,

and this system has been completely ignored, though astronomy is

not connected with religion. Notwithstanding this and similar

examples, people consider themselves excessively learned, if they

start a theory so silly as that the Musalmans have taken from the

Brahmans, a system of philosophy and asceticism, which is intimate-

ly connected with their own religion, and which in the form in which

we find it among the Sufies, never existed in India; and we are ex-

pected to receive this theory as a fact, though not one single histori-

cal proof is adduced in confirmation.

Bayazyd Bistémy who died in 261 says, apud Dardshikdh, Hasandt

al drifyn, “The seed of theosophy 4,0 has been put into the ground

at the time of Adam, at the time of Noah it came forth from the

ground, at the time of Abraham it was in flower, at the time of

Moses the grapes began to grow, at the time of Christ they came

to maturity, and at the time of Mohammad pure wine was made

of them, and the drunkards among his followers indulge in it,

1856. ] Notice on the oldest work on Sitifism. 135

until they get so much drunk that they lose all control over them-

selves and exclaim “ Praise to me, is there any greater being than

myself,” or “Iam the Verum (das Wahre in the sense of Hegel, i. e.

God. The word in the original is Gal). There is no God by I.”

This idea on the origin and progress of the pantheistic system of

theology and philosophy is wild, but it is much more sensible than

that of Huropean writers. ’Abd al-Karym Jyly goes farther and

attempts to show that Paganism, Magism, Judaism and Christian-

ity were successive steps in the development of our ideas regarding

God which came to perfection in the Islam or rather in the system

of the Sifis. ’Abd al-ghanny Nabolsy has written a monography on

this subject which has the title wWLod! yp! Ky What} 9 Las],

The MSS. of which I intend to give a notice belongs to the

Syrian Society at Beyroot, No. 601, 8vo. 60C pp. of 26 lines. It

is one of the oldest I have seen, having been copied at Alexandria

in 486. At the end is the following note wee i? ee ee JL

poll SU) Keay 155 Get BS? ods pL deren Utd SU gic LUN] sd0

ee) &slbS} yas ult

The title of the work is (2 eo 3520 9 wel} Jolgn Ulo,

Sol _» and it contains instructions of a Pyr to his disciple, who

it appears took them down and whose name is Ahmad b. ’Acim

Antaky (i. e. of Antioch). The book, in a great measure is in the

shape of a dialogue which is very well managed. The name of the

Pyr is mentioned in several places, viz: Abu ’abd Allah and in the

postscript, the date of the demise of Mohasaby is recorded, viz. 243-

For the traditions which occur in the book, invariably the isndd is

given in full, and it appears from it that one of the teachers of Abt

‘abd Allah is Mokammad al-Cabah, who according to the Kamal died

in 227. All his other teachers, whose dates I ascertained, flourished

about the year 200 of the Hijrah. We may therefore be justified in

identifying Abu ’abd Allah the author of this work with Abu ’abd

Allah al-Harith b. Asad Mohasaby, of whom we find the following

account in Asnawy’s Shafi’y Biographies :

8553 bid Krol” § SJ SIis use cola) wo} Cyd Ey) aU} orc gif

esrtel| paso 93 slid} 85 Jlas SLAs b as cba) wy SISS 5 er

BAI} (68 Uytelwad! plo} 50 SU .a2lil) le) uyo cotoi)} Axes) (9

136 Notice on the oldest work on Siifism. [No. 2.

pots Lass Bas eye peel pylelt 182 (5 Maly py ey rely Gpailt »

ert s Sty 9 HL s Spey PI BRO 8 x2) Cle) (9 US

O59 LOIS og) Ss ide WU sat 4 bla Som 9 (59 pro WIS 52 ft

3 Cod 9 yw LSS oa! | pb Atl Aine y Had} Gut dale (Syke,

cs) GIRL Foals Cy Bl 9 2 9,0) leas dale oakerd OU] 352 Ja! (0

® sfosys waiiles Wass! EIb dive

“ Mohasaby has this name because he kept such a strict account

(Mohasabah) of his own conduct. Abdi Maneuir places him apud

al-Shaykh and Ibn al-Calah, into the first tabaqat of the followers of

Shafi’y and says, ‘ Mohasaby is the Imam of the Moslims in law,

Stifism, knowledge of traditions and dialectical theology. His writings

on these subjects are the works to which later authors are chiefly

indebted for information. If the sect of Shafi’y did not count any

other man, who distinguished himself through his knowledge of law,

piety and other great qualities, the name of Mohasaby alone would

be sufficient to discomfit its adversaries.’ Ibn al-Galah opposes this

view and maintains that he no where else saw Mofhasaby mentioned

among the followers of Shafi’y, and says that he is not to be counted

among theologists at all, though he is the great authority in his own

science. Ibn al-Caléh’s assertion seems to be borne out by facts.

Mohasaby died at Baghdad in 243.”

Jamy, Nafahat, No. 32, states that he was a native of Bacrah but

was settled and died at Baghdad, and that he left several works.

Qoshayry informs us that his father left at his death a large estate

but that he refused accepting any thing of it, because he had been a

Predestinarian. Qoshayry, Sha’rdny, Jaémy and others give also an

account of Antaky but mention neither any date nor any interesting

fact. I possess another work of Mofasaby which has the title of

dle J} wolaw,

The first chapter of the book is inscribed :

On Reason.

Reason JJ} is the most precious gift of God, because by its

means we come to the knowledge of the other gifts which God has

bestowed upon us, it leads us to thank Him and to resist the demands

of our appetites. The sign that reason is alive in man is, that he

1856. | Notice on the oldest work on Sufism. 137

is able to distinguish between what is evil and good (literally the

verum see Logic note 21) and what is vain and transitory, between

what is useful and what is hurtful, and between what is beautiful

«w= and what is hideous and the object of his lusts, He who

‘does not make these distinctions, is the slave of his appetites. The

most precious of all gifts of God is faith in our Creator. The

essence of this faith is that we act up to the duties which God has

imposed upon us. If youask me what isthe Yaqyn (intuitive know-

ledge) ;* I answer it is the very essence of faith, the fruits of which

are purity of life—action, but action in which our object is not

honor or any reward, except the reward from Him. He that has

received his reward in this. world, has to expect no more on the ©

day of resurrection.

The most fruitful intuitive knowledge (Yaqyn) is that which

increases in your eyes the importance of the intuitive knowledge

which you already have and lowers the importance of every thing

else, and which increases your fear of a future retribution. The

‘most useful fear is that which guards you against sin, and leads

you to repentance for past sins. The most useful hope is that which

makes it easy for you to do that which leads you to the accomplish-

ment of your hope. The best poverty is that which you bear

patiently and with a cheerful heart. The best riches are those

which remove the fear of poverty from your mind. The most

useful knowledge is the knowledge of ignorauce which brings you

injury and the knowledge which increases your contrition and impels

you to action. The most useful humility is that which guards you

against pride and extinguishes anger in your heart. The most

useful despair (»4J| is that which kills cupidity in you, for cupidity

is the key of debasement, it deprives a man of his reason, soils his

sentiments of honor (,4,*/! and his generous feelings,and extinguishes

the light of knowledge. The virtue which has the most pernicious

consequences is the one which you look upon with complacency, and

on which you place your reliance—it is not virtue but conceit with

* Yaqyn means that which is certain, certwm, Continued contemplation leads the

ascetic to the intuition (i. e. a view with the eye of his mind) of what is super-

natural, and this view becomes more and more distinct and is the only certain and

positive knowledge which man possesses. It is faith raised to the highest power.

138 Notes on the oldest work on Sufism. [No. 2.

which you deceive yourself. The places where you are most private

are your cell 40y0* and the interior of your house, and in fact every

place where you attract no notice, and where disturbance cannot

reach you.

The most precious favours of God are three: sufficient reason to

eombat passion, sufficient knowledge to combat ignorance, and suffi-

cient wealth to combat the fear of poverty. The best religious war

is war against our own lusts, in order that the heart may become

more susceptible of truth; and the most dangerous of our enemies

is the one who is nearest to us, who is most concealed and who

encourages all other enemies to attack us: it is the devil who

inspires evil thoughts into our hearts. The most pernicious of all

sins is obedience to God’s commands in ignorance. What, asked

the disciple, it is more pernicious than disobedience in ignorance ?

Yes, replied the teacher. Do you not see that you expect no reward

for a sin, but you expect a reward for good works done in ignorance

(dex wllbs; Jis}) whereas you deserve punishment for them.

A sin which you never forget and of which you continually repent is

more useful for you than a good action which fills you with conceit.

On the knowledge of one’s ownself and on contrition.

He who does not know his ownself wanders in error, but he who

knows his ownself and the secrets of his heart will be in fear.

Indeed the want of fear and the want of shame is a sign that a man

does not know his ownself. Again, a want of fear produces a want

of contrition, and a want of contrition leads to the destruction of

the heart (conscience). A house which is not inhabited falls intu

ruin, in like manner a heart which is not tenanted by fear and con-

trition rushes into its own destruction. It is security which

destroys the heart, and fear and contrition which build it up and

illuminate it. It is, however, not the fear and grief of this world

which quicken the heart—they are maladies and destructive to it—

but the fear and contrition about the world to come. The contri-

tion for the world to come has a sweetness and a pleasure which

increases as the contrition increases, but the grief for the sake of

this world is bitter, and its bitterness increases in proportion as the

grief increases, because the former leads to God and the latter from

* Kx1g0 means hermitage but not monastery.

1856. ] Notes on the oldest work on Sifism. | 139

God. Fear and contrition for the sake of the world to come awaken

the unwary from the sleep of neglectfulness, they give him strength

to keep awake during the night and to bear the thirst of day, they

give him patience in adversity, they accustom him to behold the unity

of God and make him despise the world, they induce him to retire

from society and make up to him for privations. If man is in this

state of mimd, his longing for the next world awakes, and he is

endowed with energy. The root of all this is knowledge of one’s

ownself,

On the various classes of men.

Men may be divided into four classes: either they are ignorant

and give themselves up to their lusts, or they are learned and filled

with conceit. In proportion as their learning increases so their

pride increases, and on account of their erudition, they look down

upon others. Or they are devotees, but ignorant, they look down upon

those who are less devoted tham themselves and lay claim to being.

respected and venerated. Or finally, they know the right path and

delight to walk upon it, they are humble and being unable to act

up to what they know to be their duty, they are in contrition and

sorrow. ‘This is the best class of men. Some one told me that he

heard Yusof b. Asbat say, “The aspirants w9o4,~ are lost for they

are unable to resist the attractions of this world, and lose thereby

the road of the life to come. And God does not excuse any one

who does not act up to his commandments, nor does he accept a good

work which does not proceed from the purest motives.* And aman

is judged by his actions.” This is a very hard sentence and few

are able to aet up to it on account of the influence which our desires

exercise over us.

Caution im speaking.

God has servants who out of fear of the punishment [of hel}]

are extremely cautious not to speak more than is necessary, and.

they are of opinion that monastic life 42, consists in acting

instead of speaking. Among this class there are men of high intel-

* The word which I translate by “purest motives” is cidg (literally veracity

and sincerity) it is said in another passage ‘‘ the most useful cidq is to confess to

God our own faults and the wickedness of our actions, The author uses

Gx25| Ja! for “ pious men.”

140 e Notes on the oldest work on Sufism. [No. 2.

lect, yet who go so far in taciturnity that you would take them for

idiots. They are aware that much evil arises from too free a use

of the tongue, but that if employed in prayers, it leads to eternal

happiness.

. : On Vanity wt).

The vanity [of pious men] is of three kinds: wilful vanity, vanity

committed in ignorance (out of want of self-knowledge), and vanity .

which consists in the profession of the absence of vanity. The last)

description is the greatest vanity and the one most welcome to

the devil.

Next follow two chapters on covetousness, which the author con-

siders as practical infidelity, and in praise of contentment with;

moderate and, honestly acquired means. The words which he

addresses to the rich bear a close resemblance to the declamations

of the Pseudo-Enoch to be quoted lower down. He begins pals &,

esis yp Kad} bo Hay) ayy Me) ind y Fol) paul 9 RLY)

abd y Bole cts gta Lge Cyd) pads bo (esd ot 5 lesle wae

cate Fao 8 5= oS; ol MS ba} aS} cut) 9 Wy 9 edhe 5 Leake:

# Jd} wl prey

O tool of disturbance, prisoner of fashion, imitator of the opinions

of others, and guest in this earth, you are not satisfied with what

it offers to you, but use violence; nor are you as contented as the

wolf, but you tan the hide of your prey, you turn its bones in the

lathe and spin its hair. Your greatest happiness consists in making

your belly the tomb of dead beasts, &c.

In these two chapters the author indulges to some extent in

that cynicism of which most oriental ascetics are guilty. But to:

his justification it may be said that owing to the uncertain tenure:

of property under an absolute government, it is not honest indus-

try which leads to wealth in the east. The only men who enjoy

a shortlived affluence are the oppressive official and the sordid:

usurer, both of whom are equally detestable. Again for the same

reason, wealth is not employed in any enterprize of public utility, but

for display and to gratify sensuality. We. can therefore “hardly

be surprised if they show but little respect for what we call indus-

try. On the whole, it must be admitted that the ideas of the author

are as pure and elevated as those of Thomas a Kempis and far more

1856. | Notes on the oldest work on Sufism. 141

sensible than those of Gerson. The following chapter proves that

he was not without common sense.

7 On reliance on God. JS 5

- Kvery man ought to arrange his conduct, both as regards the

affairs of this world and those of the world to come, with prudence

and caution, and whenever he enters on an enterprize, he ought first

well to consider every thing, but having done so he ought to place

his reliance on God, and after he has done his best, he ought to

expect more from the assistance of God than from his own endea-

vours. He must for the rest never forget that God in his wisdom

has arranged so the affairs of this world that success depends on,

-circumspection and caution Gpm> coh Lo} yy} SU Ket a5 MU) OS,

Lisl), 2). The sign that a man places his reliance on God

is satisfaction 2) and submission a4 [to his will], if God bestows.

any thing upon him he accepts it gratefully, and if he has no success

he bears it with fortitude and satisfaction. Satisfaction le) must

be distinguished from contentment 443, The latter term means.

the opposite of cupidity. Satisfaction means cheerfully to submit,

to the will of God in adversity and prosperity. : :

The author takes generally the revelation in its literal meaning,

and considers heaven and hell as the principal inducements for lead-

ing a pious and virtuous life. Later Sifies insist exclusively on the.

love of God for his own sake and treat these considerations with

scorn. The only speculations which I could perceive in Mohasaby’s

book are contained in the following two chapters, which are partly a

repetition of what has already been said. .

On the root of prety.

The root of all what we have said is the Ymdan (faith) and the

Yaqyn (this word means originally “that which is certain’ and is

used by Siifies for intuitive knowlege). Faith and intuitive know-

ledge are the root and the branches and the life of the servant of

God, as water is the lite of a plant. If a plant is watered, first its

roots absorb it, then it rises into the stem and is distributed to its

branches. In like manner if a servant of God is firm in his faith

and in the intuitive knowledge, first his heart within him becomes

strong and then there grow from it those virtues which cannot exist

without sincerity (¢idq), fear of God, reliance in God, simplicity of

142 Notes on the oldest work on Sufism. [ No. 2.

heart, humility and contrition. These are all internal virtues, the

results of sentiments of the heart, but as soon as-they have gained:

strength, they will show their fruits through your hands and tongue,

for if the heart is truly pious there is no difference between senti-

ments and actions.

On faith.

The disciple said: Are not faith, intuitive knowledge and belief

in the unity of God, terms for one and the same thing? Again, is:

not the law of God for his servants and the law of the prophet for

his church equally identical? The spiritual guide answered: No,

every one has a separate meaning. Belief in the unity of God

means the hanyfy faith (see my Life of Mohammad, p. 169), Islam

means the church, faith (Yman) means belief [in the truth of the-

religion | and acting up to its precepts, and intuitive knowledge is

the very essence of faith, and it shows itself by the purity of action

pot ws} 9 iL} BLizvo 9 el paleo 9 Kr Qnicd| Blizo 4 pl Oars gil}

Was ylizo 4 mol witli» atl eet} Sra 9 Gural) sliroy

est] Cella} asac0y whe! The law (Sunnat) of God for his

servants is stern and consists in hardship and misery in this world,.

but the law of the prophet consists in mercy and blessing.

(‘To represent the law of Mohammad as the law of mercy is a very

striking idea, but it is ancient and founded on the sayings of Mo-

hammad himself. |

On the bounty of God.

God has not created this world at random nor has he allotted it

to man for his dwelling-place without object. He has hada high

purpose in the creation. He has commenced the work of creation

by bounty, and he has thereby imposed the duty of thanksgiving

upon us, and has promised us an increase of his bounty if we are

grateful. His bounty is not confined to the pious, but it extends

also to the sinner, and it is of two descriptions: evident and secret.

Only the intelligent and those who study the mysteries of God

recognize the latter. Motion and rest, pleasure and misery, solitude

and society, laughing and weeping, privation and plenty, health and

sickness, all have a benevolent object, and for all we owe equally,

thanks to our Creator.

1856. } Notes on the oldest work on Sifism. 143

On obscurity.

Al-Haytham b, Jamyl says, I asked Fiziry his advice regarding

the choice of a residence, and he said, Choose the most retired and

obscure place where your voice cannot be heard.

On duties and what is in excess of duty, also on good actions

and bad actions.

You must be just before you can be generous, you must perform

your duties before you attempt to perform meritorious actions which

are not enjoined by law, and you must avoid sin before you do good

works. To abstain from sin is the foundation, and meritorious ac-

tions are the superstructure. If the basis is firm the superstructure

may fall and the basis may remain, but it is impossible that the

basis should fall and the superstructure should remain. It is self-

deception if you feel a desire for good, without a desire to avoid

evil. The necessity to avoid bad is much greater than that of doing

good, for it is our duty to avoid every evil action, but not to do

every good one.

Here follow fifteen short chapters which do not appear to contain

many new ideas, and after them a few pages seem to be wanting.

After the lacuna are six pages of traditions without heading and

then follow the Shubhat (scruples) which fill the main body of the

volume, viz. 184 pp. whereas what precedes them fills only 38 pages.

There is no doubt that the whole is by the same author, but the

scope of the shubohat is so different from that of the preceding

pages, that itis not unlikely that they form a separate work, of which

the commencement is lost.

In the Shubhat doubtful questions on law and ethics are illus-

trated by quotations from the sayings of the prophet, and his most

distinguished pupils, and by the example of the primitive age of the

islam. The author says that many persons if there is a doubt

whether an action is wrong or right, think it safest to declare that

it is wrong, but he adds such a proceeding is as sinful as to declare

_ that a wrong action is right. He therefore takes great pains to

distinguish between both, and to found such distinctions on the

safe basis of revelation and prophetic ordinance. He recommends

_ however wherever he is unable to decide whether any given action —

__ is lawful or not, to go the safest way and to abstain from it.

144 Notes on the oldest work. on Sifism. [No. 2.

Most of the questions which he discusses bear on property. The

manner in which the land conquered by the early Musalmans was

disposed of, gave rise to discussions which seem to have much

occupied learned and pious men during the first three centuries. I

will give an example. The country about Tarsus was obliged to

surrender to the Moslim arms unconditionally, and consequently it

was, according to the principle laid down by ’Omar, the property of

the Moslim community, but the reigning Khalif, who according to the ~

original notion of the Islim is merely the servant of the community?

divided it among his adherents, generals and partisans. He had no right

thus to dispose of it, nor were these persons justified in accepting it?

and consequently,though the land may have frequently changed owners

from the time of the conquest down to the age in which our author

lived, he considers it as unlawfully acquired property which no man

of principles would purchase, nor would he purchase the produce

thereof, and he goes so far as to recommend to those who resided

temporarily in those regions for the sake of repressing the inroads

of the Greeks, to send for their provisions to Egypt or Syria. Most

of the other questions which he discusses are of the same descrip-

tion. The principal theme of the whole work is an unqualified

condemnation of every thing that the executive wlhl.J| ever did

since the demise of the first four Khalifs. The only sovereign

whose acts he considers legal is Omar b. ’abd al’azyz. We must

not suppose that he challenges the right of any of them to rule,

This question he does not discuss, and from one passage, it would

appear that he conceives that a man who reigns de facto, reigns also

de jure. But he seems to consider the sovereigns as well as their

officers as a band of thieves and robbers, and goes so far as to lay

it down as a general rule, that, as the whole or at least part of the

property of public officers has been acquired unlawfully, their heirs

are not justified in accepting it. Herein he preached not only in

words but by example, for he refused to accept seventy thousand

dirhams which his father left him, because he (his father) believed

in predestination jo%| and he thought it wrong to share in the

inheritance of a heretic. There can be no doubt, that the Khalifs

‘and their officers violated the constitution of the Islam at every

step. We should however very much misunderstand the author if

1856. | Notes on the oldest work on Siifism. 145

we conceived that he has any political views. His only object

is to save his soul, not however by praying and fasting alone

but by scrupulously acting up to the commandments of God as

laid down in the Qoran and Sunnah. He goes very far in his

scruples. Starting from the principle that a person who purchases,

or accepts, or makes use of unlawfully acquired property, he considers

it unlawful to pray in a mosque or purchase the necessaries of life

in a market, which stand on ground to which the owner has not a

clear right, or which have been built from means which have not

been lawfully acquired. It is hardly necessary to say that he con-

demns in the strongest terms even those who accept from the servants

of the government or other persons, whose hands are not pure, pecu-

niarv assistance for performing the pilgrimage, or for proceeding as

volunteers to the frontier for fighting against the enemies of the

Islam. Abstain from sin, before you attempt to do works of piety,

is his motto. He therefore praises Yusof Ibn Asba¢ (d. 196,) who

says, that he had come all the way from Transoxania to Syria not in

order to fight for the Islam, but to gain his livelihood by tilling a

ground which was in the hands of its lawful proprietors.

It appears from quotations of the sayings of pious men of the

first and second centuries that this resignation and contempt for the

world were very common immediately after the termination of the

civil wars between the family of the prophet and the Omayyides,

which ended in establishing a selfish despotism. He often quotes

Awzé’y (d. 157 at the age of 72), Hasan Bacry (was born during

the reign of Omar and died in 110), Sofyan Thawry (was born in

97, d. 161), Tawtis (d. 106), Ibn Syryn (d. 110 at the age of 77 years),

and Fodhayl b. ’iyadh (d. 187) who held the same opinions.

It farther appears (particularly from pp. 185 e¢ seqgq.) that they

arose from the disgust with which these men were filled in wit-

nessing the oppressions of the government. The origin of Sufism

therefore is not due tothe introduction of some exotic system of phi-

losophy from India or Greece. As leaves, flowers and fruits are the

natural results of the development of the seed that is put into the

ground, in like manner Sifism is the result of the development of

the Islam. As manure promotes the growth of a plant, thus Stfism

has in the earliest times profited by works of edification (like the books

146 Notes on the oldest work on Sufism. [ No. 2.

of Enoch) and mystical books (like the Lheologia ascribed to Aris-

totle) translated from the Greek into Arabic. But the number of

these works is extremely limited, and their influence was so small

as to be hardly perceptible. At a later period, repeated attempts

have been made to recast it in the mould of Aristotelian dialectics,

and in the seventeenth century of our era, some works on theosophy

have been translated from the Sanskrit into Persian for the special

edification of Sifies. Notwithstanding those extraneous elements,

Sufism is probably the most original and genuine phasis of the

development of the Isl4m, and well worthy of the attention of the

student of Mokammadan history. In a notice which I intend to

write on the Risdlah of Qoshayry, I trust to be able to point out

how from the system of ascetism which we find unmixed in the work

under review, a system of theosophy grew up which gradually

became more and more pantheistical and grew to such importance,

that many authors consider pantheism and Sufism as identical.

In the same volume and written in the same hand is another work,

which is equally of great interest. It is an Arabic translation from

the Greek of four books of Enoch. I have not seen the apocry-

phical work of Enoch, which has lately been translated into English,

but from what I have read regarding it, I conclude that these books

are not identical with it.

The translation is in rhymed prose, but no sacrifice is made of the

sense to the rhyme which would have been the case if it was an origi-

nal Arabic production. The style and language are very peculiar

and almost unintelligible. I should not be surprised if farther re-

searches were to show that it is not in the dialect of the Hijaz, which

through the Qoran became the written dialect, but in the dialect

of one of the Christian tribes, like the Taghlibites or the Hyrians,

and that it has been translated into Arabic before Mohammad.

The MS. under review was copied from one in the hand-writing

of the Grammarian Abii Bakr Mohammad b. al-Hasan, for whom it

was probably interesting on account of its lexicographical import-

ance. It is not unlikely that by referring to ancient philological

books, we shall be able to ascertain to which dialect some of the

words are peculiar which occur in this translation, and are not met

with any where else.

1856. | Notes on the oldest work on Sifism. 147

The title page of the work runs:

Kiba) y Ka JL dey) dal y 51,5) Rasy 5 was Cis

po eo wy erg bla 4 2iv0 ost} dle ed crayod ty { Cwele) 595 24)

{ wwe) wy? dos” ust! bA G0 Jy divo ree Lyasd cst

The book contains the Admirable Book, and the revelation called

Mercy and the revealed book called Gold, of the prophet Idrys,

freely translated from the Greek into Arabic. It has been tran-

scribed from a copy which is in the hand-writing of Abi Bakr

Mohammad b. al: Hasan the Grammarian.

These four books contain exhortations to a pious life. The first

fills five pages and begins k2bs y Jie Ua sly Ks ee Soy wy yS los

Lo lay}} 08 x Khu RD) pi pabes)| LQ 9 pee as wulesls bQhs

KS Stier Dab 940 9 yl pam so S30 Ls Gols hcg Ula s t pda Bind pr bne|

Sols Gye OS! ure yoo Les US WI» SJ pas SoaV 9 Sty 9 wd ¥

LILY § Kyhony wlasdU Ka. 528 S349 95 (20 (giles Bg daria Exh ettéy Kae

wy HEN Kaha 83S L Sale cadeed| ASS ila) CarJ| wet Joxe 5

eolaJb Ly9 90 SLU 4 dic ena Pe &) baw) KMG5 if Bde) Gt 9 ded

& 555 Lo Slnit g SE GIA Les Sa] Get] co Jos oF wiggith Jorric

My thoughts were wandering in the greatness of God—may his

glory be exalted and his mercy towards his creation increase—they

proceeded on their road in perturbation, and were agitated by great

objects. Then they returned panting, for their observation convinced

them of the inability of obtaining what they went in search of, and

they exclaimed: O Lord of the thrones, O guide of our intellect, we

are now convinced that there is no way beyond thee, and no one pos-

Sesses power besides thee. We are convinced that no work which

man performs behind thee is accompanied by sincere devotion to-

wards thee, a power turns it so that it misses thy aid: it is

a stumbling bloek for the intellect, causes confusion to the hearts

and turns men away from the road which leads to thee and rests,

upon thee. O illicit pleasures, you step in between sinners and

the guidance of God, you pledge man to the wrath of God then you

exile him from God and leave him suffering under the consequences

and a slave to lust. His love towards thee, O pleasure, leads man

away from the object of his life and makes him forget retribution.

The second book fills only three pages and begins:

u 2

148 Notes on the oldest work on Stjfismt. [No. 2.

etaagelt 2S yg wrtbhetelt ie 9: aridvth lhc oe ieee

Si} Si Leo 5} wry} LS Layge 9 Way he lajolisd Graicden) bid,

iday SJody wr yas 05 Mla] Sed} Qo SLA Al] Lyme Cte Ura”

w=} ah G3 Vy Gh) Ugic poli Eye? engl! (ye Cie] g Soe oI

Die? Ee pet Sosy Loe slat wakes bey palma! 0 Wee esliol] arse »

9d Wyo SY] Wyaks Lo i HEM OF apt yde wher sll peels ds?

* pryLes!

The third is not named in the title page, it is inscribed Koa),

&ecletl 59,24) and fills only four pages, Bg. cst ot wo &

bie pbs a syd (sic.) Y &| pdsis lye re) (go29 prle s ar s939

o§ SY sks , Sha O89 (soles S) live pia? cgmitay 9 pyle

wrrtrdy acy leant] clh) Sale ba LI dass SU} (coat bo ele

Sastnd Slay ony y Chat cyt 9 hot Cott 9 Shas 82.23 malig Jia;

sbiss Kiu0 Lyd | wy Rye re 9 Kile bls gutteia SI} LS

# Reed By Carl} Sale g Kye) ople Fypil] Sh Stl} oF Khe OL)

The fourth fills 15 pages of 27 lines and is divided into seven

Sifrs, which are inscribed.

iff b2 LLU} Ce &sble”, 2. &s ble” a word cut away. 3. ds bls

SLI}. 4. Wanting. 5. | as} Sable”, 6, LAF! ol Kabler 7, &s ble

wld} sles,

Beginning 3,=** ue dic yp dyad, leo bye OU oc?

gals! ead (U) y Wood (3 Bylt} 9 bla Wo Uoles Bilt Lay L

SI ybged Sy SL LAS) (pesolla! Sanne? Gad 0 gd) Le} [gadlo yo

WIE Lo Saye 9 Saket) Ul 02) CUoic , deat) Sjlic yc Ksles} ,

a er

The above specimens will convey an idea of the peculiarities of

the style and language of this singular work. In order to show

more fully its tendency, I give some further extracts :

pial WS ed pia!) al) lel Sh) Sabler 5 GIL] od}

Ky Lo wyglng Sipe? pehyes 9 Hheay (0 ASIA] EAS edt] wles!i (<9

Slos ¥ eyo Shed Y Si Sic Land) ps)

1856. ] Notes on the oldest work on Sufism. 149

Here the codex is defective.

AG] gy1d0 We Loe? Gite Gayo w LRU) XLlee Cywclt!) jad}

oA] ley pete GLY oy by 290 Utd] O45 09 three lines not legible

Igy%daduol 9 Her Brg 9 deol] Keyod 9 daols} Cyred 19S pols”

SQLS dy 9 bs Bus) ell Sad, Gael Gls Qe padle| 2.059 9 pra)

WH (sic) WOATLO Ved BI kerio wales Gyb 9 dds} ptyolan

Bo59 9 dslncss| why pishs WI ol as csi cody! gwdt phew sco)!

pst SF leo by Ly pS LSI spe spe 9 wlolel sled y wlal=/)

Cr Wr Ope LRS boy paso! cst bo ad edticby wie» & jlighd|

9 lgstlass Igl5y 4 gic Lx) ayes slo Lott wt * Cog) bl, ed

Kardinal} pgilala y AI} dsl pads Lo wet used y lea? Lydo—d 9 lyoey

USy Lo dys! (gah? agllec! Bile? cle palpam y pdoow pad Iy85e »

WW 9 ByXO IE Bry pty BOE (69 Lo Logal ALidwly dic avy lo GIL 5 vy

Bild 851920 (amd g @yli| reid BIL SdS9 Les SKE Gyro Cyr] Sty Ls ab

cshoky 98 9 dah GLE 5 353) Le Gar yw Bony Lee ¢ pd Le! (ge0 151 gh

EAU claw pS yslow! pI 55) bo les J lrg 5 Solbo Lott (9 Al wld 4

ty 2 lado pei Aple a5) spre lb) y aby KS Ob Ly osle Lod}

Aydyo y derbi lo wll» leo, Aoalen ite Ul oly Ui Co wt

a xl Ua &) os

Hight lines not legible.

we Sls lo dale cle onli sll pedicles! Qo GU [ SL iis]

eee, #8151 cil)» Bled egrbo uo Kdbiyy Uyel woes =

is? Be SS] ped IY LS poet GIS (2 eSystn Ieee GSI Wx

LI whs J wlaty 9 Giped! dupe wlyis ee 9,9 roel pons wd

ne Six? y So wos Ly dy} 9 ped wr gst Igo (tt ogo Vy

silias ao we AEN 4 eb CA ay we GLI 9 euY! Kl

2 9 Kend Leyst GU type! wtybarl) shee (clprhol lay 4b »

isl Lege Ligheols ale 6149 Co 3 wl cages WL dhe Corll ot Wat Ayowale

eles] og Uyipel| Fold sale Cop) ghe Krak dy as of darilo dw

Sia old bls? (29 1d8 yi) Gals by ares Le} Syne 9 Kino

150 Notes on the oldest work on Sifism. [No.2

rae oly ayy AS wloyy) lb wy St Kay d Spo Kinde

bt} ads db 153 pte hol] 9 hel d5 leo Lo pal! dul Hal’

epee ‘Uso asl SSI * eos Less yes Jyd LoS S53 os psd | ws

oss est ad wy ba} ULes ces Syl ors Sams dbo cs)! 59 SylosJ

Syilady Vly Kdaay 9 KyAly ALLS dale Uys} ala eal Sola oJ a9 i):

K&S culo dy 8 ass dgs5} Smt}? CUS) fd.es pss, 5 se 4 dy) gh

SSoas yarhrrel| CdS WlpdS| Gled 9 Wlhrct) Usbo G0 etre SESLO5

Sibolewo wl 5s! is , Esss K51 y=) Sit} due eS Sa raphael (520

K33a4 Gayo y Bdmet eye? Ga SIL BLY 4 Hyd) (9 Goo

cle pois Mwlhe cle! & ipa eyed 136 slic s Ales Sow ps0”

SSyhs US ei} K22id he yal (69 yla g dale Cogs Y Gat ead 5 Abo?

Sale asldy bo Bley ow three words illegible 8 ySwo is Sys? ate

ees Ipgsaiis one or two words illegible 83149 (2 Lisl! Gyo plata MI

wass'So LY C0 bgannhd paybest wa OS a SS Sand tpg Sds ree) is

SoH GLLYT C5} IySyhg CelAY! bet GM el) Cop he [poodes

LE! eyo staat Leas) GUI Gaal cee Lghlas jb, pemndil wee

wale Ugishs Bjea no ails athe LALL dySJ lool’ Fe} v0 ae!

U0} we 1 pas cpwalg lye ges 39723 Gyr Liss} en! OL ytd lo olb 4

Poly eksoun Bolg ¢ Lisuo} eo paul psi Krdnded} wl evs |

NX °

drole 5 bh uses 9 Ky Ww ox Gow bod KD eds g Koy 9 dart sy

& Le (gm) 9 Xyj9 Caclay 9 Saye ol} wot LAS dele alas? iat} aly

35>] wnslass 5 KAS O22 9 Bywo leas CS9Ft_y 225 cbr Wl 9 * &S} Kats)

ho v0 Ce IE eee 9 Hr gy Lo (ts pilot} abot) Ss (0 eee

yl ped | SS lo Pd “ie ms ay hoe) Kolo Crt Nas le al ch

_prood} r KL Ws! wt wiped uk uelSSy Panel > als jl)

i cy ats!

1856. | Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. 151

A second series of experiments to ascertain the mean quantity of

Silt held im suspension by the waters of the Hooghly in various

months of the year: as also the quantity carried out to sea. With

an Appendix on its sectional Area and average discharge.—By

Henry Prpprneton, Curator Museum Economic Geology.

It will perhaps be recollected by the readers of the Journal that

at the close of my former notice on this highly interesting geologi-

cal and physical problem, (Journal, Vol. XXIII. p. 283,) I re-

corded there Major (now Lieut.-Col.) Baker’s remark, that the

water at the surface would hold a less, as that at the bottom would

hold a greater proportion of silt in suspension than the true mean

amount, and J announced then that I had contrived a simple method

of obtaining water at small depths.

This is, simply, a bottle attached mouth downwards to one side of a

double line, near the bight, at which there is a leaden sinker ; so that

when the bottle is lowered by that side of the line, the sinker carries

it down, mouth downwards, and the air within the bottle prevents

any great quantity of water from being forced in, while being lower-

ed to the required depth (in this case 3 fathoms or 18 feet). The other

side of the line, hitherto left slack, is then hauled upon, and the

bottie thus being reversed fills quickly with water and is hauled up.

This is of course not as strictly accurate as a more complex contri-

vance would be, but it is sufficiently so for all practical purposes.

I may add that all the water at Calcutta for the whole year was

taken up by myself about sunrise, on the dates which will be found

prefixed to each montnu. J am not always at liberty on any fixed

day, or the weather was sometimes unfavourable during the rains,

so that the intervals are not exactly months. As before, the time

of tide has been wholly disregarded to obtain a good average. In the

few months during which the bottles of water were kept, no deposit of

carbonate of lime, except slightly in one or two months, took place.

The following was the process followed to obtain the results. It is

one quite familiar in all details to chemists, but may be useful or of

interest to those who not being practical chemists might desire to

repeat our experiments on the water of other rivers.

152 Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. [No. 2.

1. The water was filtered and accurately measured, a small allow-

ance being made for that retained by the filters.

2. The filters were double, both were carefully dried at about

100° Faht. and that containing the solid matter weighed, the

other placed to counterbalance it in the opposite scale, so that the

weight of the silt only was taken.

3. The deposit was tested for carbonate of lime by putting a

minute portion into a watch glass with acetic acid, when the effer-

vescence would be immediately perceptible.

4. The filtered water was slightly alkalised by ammonia to neu-

tralise the superabundant carbonic acid, and the lime being preci-

pitated by oxalate of ammonia was obtained as an oxalate, for which

the equivalent quantity of carbonate of lime is set down. The

whole of the filters for twelve months were then burnt, and the car-

bonate of lime being converted into the dry sulphate, the remainder

was estimated as magnesia, with a trace of iron. This amounted

for the twelve months, at the surface, to 3.05 grs. or 0.254 of mag-

nesia per month; and at the 3 fs. depth to 3.75 gers. or 0.312 of mag_

nesia per month; a quantity too small to deserve notice, were it not

for the remarkable contrast which the estuary waters at the Gasper

channel will be seen to afford. The whole is set down as carbonate

of lime, and this difference is referred to in a note at the foot of the

tables, which are as follows:

1856. | Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. 153.

TasBue I.

Labular statement of the amount of silt held in suspension by the

surface water of the Hooghly, at Calcutta, for each month, April,

1854 to March, 1855.

Simei ae oo [wera | Seon AS

= os Smee: TOR

CS ef ~ = * g a22o

No. Date. 28 ae a 4 ete & 3

as ce I rise a 8 q >) a5

oe aq mS eds gas

ees af 8 aie

1854. oz. (|grs. silt.} grs. grs.

Muara April. ...... 22.70 0.50 3.92 4,42

2 4th May, ...... 21.80 0.60 1.52 2.12

UNC, 0s oes 30.00 0.60 2.61 3.21 |Trace.

4 Ath July, ...... 23.75 4,25 0.58 4.83

5 oth August, ....| 23.80 11.75 0.32 12.07

6 jlst September, ..| 23.60 4.00 1.17 5.17 |Trace.

i \teb-October,......5 | 23.20 2.88 1.44 4.32

8 [4th November, ..| 22.00 1.20 0.59 1.79

9 jlst December, ..| 25.00 4,20 1.35 5.55

1855. :

10th January, ..{ 25.50 3.65 0.47 4.12

3rd February, ..| 24.00 5.25 1.95 7.20

8th March,...... 24.30 0.75 AD 2.50

fl ed ped

noo

ee eee (

Totals,..| 289.65 39.63 17.67 57.30

men

Means,..| 24.14 3.30 1.47* 4.77

* Less magnesia 0.254 per month.

154 Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. [No. 2.

Tasre IT.

Tabular statement of the amount of silt held in suspension at a mean

depth of 3 fathoms by the water of the Hooghly, at Calcutta, for

each month, April, 1854 to March, 1855.

| 8 a 68 | a a3

Pas os Se Shin bebe

No. Date. #¢ 22 af os eal he a

s+ Sin 6.4 ero en

€ 8 |B 2 er ee ea ee

5 E e ag S ae a a+

Co A Oe A re

1854. Oz ers ors ers rs

B iard Aprily ... #45 22.60 8.70 1.60 10.30 0.15

2 4th May joy 3. os. 23.80 6.25 1.00 1 2b Trace

ath Jumes as veel ae 20 1.30 3.12 4.42 0.00

4 \4th July,......0. 22.50 6.50 1.00 7.50 0.00

5 |/th August, .... | 23.00 | 13.30 0.08 13.38 | Trace.

6 {lst September, Aa 24.50 7.62 1.10 8.72 Trace.

7 |lst October, .... | 26.00 7.00 0.72 1:12 0.00

8 |4th November, .. | 26.00 2.60 0.89 3.49 0.00

9 |lst December, .. 22.50 1.60 0.75 2.30 0.00

1855.

10 2nd January,.... | 24.00 2.36 2.60 4.96 0.00

11 j8rd February, .. | 23.80 8 50 1.18 9.68 1.00

12 |8th Mareh,...... 24.00 6.50 1.76 8.26 0 00

Totals,.. | 284.40 | 72.23 15.80 | 88.03 1.15

Means,.. | 23.70 6.02 1.32* 7.04 0.09

Before giving the results of the examination of the waters at the

Gasper Floating Light Vessel it may be as well to remark on the

results now obtained in comparison with those shewn in my first

paper. To save the trouble of reference I set down here the mean

results of each column from both examinations.

Surface Surface Water at 3

Per month. water, water, fs. depth in

in 1842. in 1854-55. 1854-55.

OZ. OZ. OZ.

Mean Quantity of Water, ...... 25.4 24.14 23.70

Solid earthy matter, silt,.. 6 04 3.30 6.02

Carbonate of Lime in water, 7.95 1.47 1.82

Total of solid matter, i. e.

Silt and Lime,........ 13.99 4.77 7.34

* Less magnesia 0.312 per month.

1856. ] Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. 155

It would thus appear that either there are very extraordinary

differences in the amount of silt and of lime in different years, or

that some errors exist somewhere. The fall of rain at Calcutta for

the whole year in 1842 was 76.14 inches, and from April 1854 to

March 1855, 65.89 inches only ; or 10.25 in. or 18.33 per cent. less ;

and this may partly, if not entirely, account for the deficiency ?

Another, and a probable source of error was that, in 1842 I did

not take up the water myself, but giving more pice to a good peon

than the boat hire would amount to, I sent him to obtain a bottle

full of water, strictly charging him to do so from the middle of the

river. But as usual where we fancy we employ a trustworthy native

it was not improbable that I might have been deceived, and I at first

supposed that the peon, to pocket the whole of the pice, just took

up water close to the shore by stepping into a boat at the ghaut ;

and this would account for the larger quantity of silt shewn, but

not at all for the very large quantity of carbonate of lime in 1842,

which as related in my former paper formed crusts on the side and

even stalactitic incrustations at the bottoms of the bottles; so that

about this—to say nothing of the impossibility of any practical

chemist making any mistake as to carbonate of lime—there can be

no question.

To clear up this doubt if possible, I took up on the 16th of No-

vember a bottle of water in mid channel opposite to the Governor

General’s Ghat (half way between Chaundpaul Ghat and Fort

Point) and another bottle at not more than 20 yards from the shore.

This was about at half or three quarters flood.

When examined for silt and carbonate of lime, the results were

found to be, for the same measure of water.

Solid matter. Carbonate lime.

Mumm ecnannel, .... .. 2. .+ «+; 1.36 1.52

At 20 yards from the shore, .. .. 0.75 2.00

Hence we see, that the silt is less in shore, though the proportion

of lime is twenty-five per cent. more than in mid-stream. In 1842,

the table in my former paper gives for November, silt 2.12 and car-

bonate of lime 7.88, so that it is in this last constituent that the

great discrepancy exists, and we can only attribute it to the heavier

156 Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. [No. 2.

fall of rain, and thence perhaps the higher rise of the great Ganges

pouring in a larger quantity of calcareous matter.*

We must therefore I think in fairness, and for the present, take a

mean between the surface water of 1842, and that taken at 3

fathoms depth in 1854-55 for about the mean quantity of silt held

in suspension by the Hooghly for a series of years ? though it seems

clear that nothing but water taken up at Nuddea where the Bha-

shirutty, Jellinghee and Matabangah, the three off-shoots from the

great Ganges which form the river Hooghly, meet, and where the

influence of the tides is not felt, can give us the true quantity of silt

and carbonate of lime brought down; and again that this must be

done for a series of years to obtain a really good average.t

The means above proposed would be as follows :

Baas =

So 228 lca

ea aos tag

Water. ® o RE (Se.

se | Ba (gee

OZ. wD a =

TA 2. ncrssn, oie io wileteralare Riata IVC AM stare en | enone: 6.04, 7.95 13.99

1854-55 at 3 fs. depth, Mean,....| 23.70 6.02 12 7.34

49.03 12.06 927 21.33

————

Mean of both series, .........-| 24.51 6.03 4.63 10.66

Now with the same data then as in my former paper, i. e. 1.73296

inches to the cubic (apothecary’s) ounce of water, the above average

quantity of water 24.51 oz. will be equal to 42.47385 cubic inches

which, to save decimals, we will call 42.48 cubic inches of water

containing 6.03 grs. of silt and 4.63 grs. of lime, which for a cubic

* With which its waters are always charged, the lime depositing so fast when the

river lowers that it forms beds of kunkur, (impure limestone) which are often

serious obstructions to the navigation of the river.

+ The Indigo Planters are well aware of, and often suffer from the caprices of

the river in this matter of more or less silt (called by them Polay, see Researches

Vol. XVIII. part 11.) being deposited by the river on their inundated lands, where

it sometimes leaves them a rich bed of it for their next year’s crop, and at another

barely enough to cover the old vegetation. We also see at the sections of the river

banks that the lamine of silt are of varying thicknesses,

1856. ] Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. 157

foot of water will give 433.63 grs. or nearly ;%ths (nine-tenths) of

an ounce for the whole solid contents of the cubic foot of water.

The proportion of carbonate of lime to the total of solid matter

is also less, for in 1842 of the 18.99 grains of solid matter, 7.95

were carbonate of lime, which proportion should give 6.06 for the

10.66 grains of solid matter of 1854-55, whereas we find it to be

4.63 only, or one-third less.

Again: in 1842, the four months of March, April, May and June

were those in which the largest amount of sediment was brought

down whereas in 1854-55 the four months of July, August, Sep-

tember and October give the largest amount of solid matter; which

is, for the whole year, as 7.84 only to 13.99 in 1842 and for the

four heaviest months as follows. }

In 1842. In 1854 55.

Average quantity of ) by former paper at 3 fs. depth.

water in the four 25,50 oz. or 44.19 24.12 oz. or 41.80

heaviest months,. . cubic inches. cubic inches.

eS 24.77 grs. 7.83

of ‘carb. lime; .:,.. .. 13.56 gers. 0.72

of silt in each cubic

foot of water, ...... 1678.92 grs. 353.46 grs.

which last (i. e. the 353.46 grs.) are equal to 0.8366 cubic inches

or zy one two thousand and seventy-second part of its bulk; of

which however only about ,th is carbonate of lime.

The cubic inch of the dry solid silt, as deposited, I shewed in my

former paper to weigh about 424 grains. To this our present result

433.63 grains to a cubic foot of water (see page 156) is so near an

approach that we may take it as the average, and in round numbers

say, for facility of recollection, that every cubic foot of water contains

a cubic inch of silt ; or more exactly in fractions, not 55, one thirteen

hundred and thirty-third, part of its bulk of silt, as before found for

1842, but ;=,1,,th (one seventeen hundred and twenty-eighth part.)

This is still, however, an enormous proportion when we recollect the

mass of water discharged by the Hooghly alone, which Mr. Bedford,

the late River Surveyor, by careful sectional measurement calculates

as follows at Moyapore, which is thirteen miles below Calcutta.

158 Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. [No. 2.

Feet.

Mesgnylepths init -ncdaio sak de media titer ale: 29.102

Mean velocity per. second, «.). «00:1. \e aipeinaiaey ss 35.562

See

Discharge per second in gallons, (Imp. measure?) 3.214.758

Which is in’ Cubie-feetj geo es . Psnoade is be 507.060

Col. Goodwin estimates the discharge at Calcutta

to, be‘per second, 'Cubie feetjice soddeebsoultis 444.960

At one inch of solid matter for every akin foot

of water, this would give, for the Moyapore

average, per second, cubic feet of silt,.. ...... 298.894,

For the Calcutta average, cubic feet of silt, .... 257.224.

The mean of these two we may call in round

numbers Cubic feet per second, of silt, ...... 278.

Or ‘per hour, Cubie feet of silty)... 2.00, Soe Ate 1.000.800

Or per dayji@ubiedeet, .... aleut cli. c4 i, 24,019,200

* IT copy the following from the work of Mr. Charles Ellet, Junr. ‘‘ On the

Inundations of the Mississippi and Ohio Rivers,” (p. 173) published in 1853.

‘‘The quantities of earthy matter contained in the water of the Mississippi in

different conditions of its surface, have been investigated by several scientific

gentlemen, whose results are not widely different. Preference is here given, how-

ever, to those published by Professor Riddell, of New Orleans, who, to his scien-

tific reputation and skill as a manipulator, has superadded the claim to confidence

which is due to great zeal in this subject.

‘‘ The experiments of Professor Riddell have led to the conclusion, that the pro-

portion of sedimentary matter to the weight of Mississippi water containing it, is

as follows.

Water 1; maximum weight of sediment 745

Water 1; mean weight of sediment ~.

Tiss

Water 1; minimum weight of sediment 54,

‘¢ When solidified into coherent earth, at a mean, it was found that the bulk of the

sedimeut was equal to the 3,5 part of that of the water in which it was sus-

pended,

‘* But the greatest amount of sediment is found when the river is in flood; and it

is when in that condition that the discharge into the lake would take place. We

may assume, therefore, from these experiments, that when there is a great flood in

the river, the bulk of sediment would be to that of the water containing it, about

as | to 1800.’’

;

1856. | Silt held in suspension by the Hooghly. 159

Water at the Gasper Floating Light.

To unprofessional readers, it may be as wellto state that the

Gasper Floating Light Vessel is moored a few miles below the

South point of Saugor Island and 26 miles to the Northward and

Westward of the Outer Floating Light Vessel ; so that the Gasper

station is exactly where the last traces of the suspended silt of the

river may be supposed to reach; though as lying upwards of 30

miles up amongst the sands which form the Sandheads of the

Hooghly, it cannot be said to be, like the Outer Floating Light,

almost in the open ocean ; so that it is the fairest available spot at

which to form an estimate of how much of the silt is carried down

to the sea by the action of the surface water, for there is no doubt

some action, probably a returning one, going on at the bottom, of

which we are unable to form any estimate. It will be noticed that

February is but an average from the preceding months, as no water

taken in that month reached me. I am indebted to Mr. Parker,

H. C.S., Chief Officer of the Star F. L. for this valuable series.

The following was the process adopted :

1. The water was first filtered to obtain the silt as before.

2. It was then evaporated to dryness and re-dissolved in a small

quantity of water to obtain the sulphate of linte, no account being

taken of the very little taken up by the water of solution.

3. Bi-carbonate of ammonia being added to the solution, threw

down as carbonate of lime what had existed as a muriate, leaving

the magnesia in solution.

4, The magnesia was precipitated by the phosphate of soda and

the Ammonia-phosphate of magnesia was calcined to a red heat and

the magnesia deduced from it.

To check the results again, the filters were burnt and the weight

of the whole taken, with due allowance for the weight of ash of

the filters.

For the solid matter; the net weight after combustion was for

SNE AOU Stes hs ie Oe. ls yae sc Pos eedene div ine de ec ee ATS

SL Ger Ic hears loeeeneat leeds eae paras Loge gerry eerie! © 03

Difference only,.. 00.80

which is too small to notice being only .03 or three-hundredths of a

grain per month.

160 Sclt held in suspension by the Hooghly. [No. 2.

The amount of magnesia was also checked by re-converting the

phosphate of magnesia into the carbonate ; and although the average

of 7.60 grains in 24.89 oz. of the water may appear large, I found

that water taken from the middle of the Bay of Bengal* gave for

232 ounces of water as follows:

Middle of Bay. Gasper Channel, Decr.

Riparer be Ve i A es 232 07. 26.00 oz.

eur. BOday. Mo wee ate 1 2Oo.00 Ore. 148.75 grs.

Hi EsYceaY eT oT a Uae On 8.09 7.04

Insoluble salts, sulphate and

carbonate of lime,t...... 6.50 8.75

The following table will give at one view, the results of the eleven

months for which I obtained water.

Tapue III.

Tabular statement of the amount of silt and of earthy salts held in

suspension at the mouth of the Hooghly below Saugor ; at a mean

depth from 25 to 3 fathoms, at the Gasper CuHanneL Floating

Laight Vessel, in Lat. 21° 26' N.; Long. 88° 04! East.

~ = c =z

Sotail| Mea SE.o | Cbpel) o ee ae

ew ) 5 = ° ® ae ape .

No. Date. Bie o 5 Be | Bas a oe

: ‘S a] Ss oo = = os) o's =

aS Ze es eee 2,0 Tg elnes ie

= = | so Soa 0] 2

o z 5 a af 5 |e

We 1854. OZ, ers ers. ers.

1 Ist March,....| 24.50 0.50 8 40 G40) || 712: 21.30} 0.00

2 (15th April,....| 24.00 3.50 5.20 2.50 7.90 | 1950} 0.00

3 list May, ....| 24.30 1.25 4.45 5.60 2.54 | 13.84] 1.25

4 |15th June, ....| 24.50 1.00 9 50 425 | 14.48 | 30.23} 1.00

5 (15th July, ....[ 26.00 1,00 6 50 112 4.20 | 12.82} 1.00

6 24th August,..| 2250 275 3,50 0 60 6.76 | 15,01| 2.75

7 |Ist September, | 25.50 1.00 7 60 3.20 3,30 | 15.15, %.00

8 4th October. ..| 25 20 2.25 | 10.25 0 50 4.60 | 1810/ 0.00

9 |Ist November, | 24.75 275 4.00 0.75 4.58 | 12.08] 90.00

10 |2nd December,| 26.00 1.50 7.00 1.75 7.04 | 17.29] 000

1855.

11 |Ist January, ..| 26.50 1.15 9 90 1.60 | 1020 | 22.85] 0.00

12 list February. | 24.89 | 1.69] 694 | 203 | 7.60 | 1892] 0.64!

Total,..| 298.64 | 20.34 83, | 2435 | 8620 |217.09| 7.64

Means,..}| 2489 169 | 6.94} 2 03 7.60 | 18.92} 064

* Of which T happened to have a bottle sent me by a friend some years ago.

+ Average oniy from preceding 11 months.

t In solution this is of course a muriate.

1856. j Silt heid in suspension in the Hooghly. 161

Comparing now the results of our estimated mean average at

Calcutta as given at p. 156 with these at the Gasper, we find them

as follows.

D oa As

Lie A sea

| br eres ra) a= 2

2a is : S64 es

Water, S i 3 8 Bien, Ke na &

$ od © oT Seni

om | Be | BA | & | Be (esas

oO ie = Oo PDR

oD) © = 0) x

mealcutin,, ...... 24.51 6.03 4.63 0.00 0.00 10.66

Gasper channel, | 24.89 1.69 6.94 7.60 2.03] 18.92

So that we find that three-fourths of the more earthy detritus

is already dispersed by being diluted by the water of the ocean, and

indeed if the whole were to be deposited the river channels would

quickly be choked up, and that the sea water has largely added mag-

mesia as an element to the salts in solution; for the river water at

Calcutta which always contains a sufliciency of lime shews, as will

be observed (p. 153), only a trace of magnesia as the Aunkurs are

found to do.

I thought it well worth while also, to know what is really the time

which the whole of the sediment in the water takes to settle, and I

found that the silt of the surface water of the Hooghly, in the

month of November, took exactly nine days to sink through one foot

of water in a cylindrical glass vessel! this rate would give fifty-four

days for a single fathom! and in salt or brackish water the rate

would be still slower from its greater density ; and this accounts for

the finer sediment being carried so far out to sea, and for the slow

rate of decrease of soundings in the sea channels and on the Sand

Heads or ridges which extend along the head of the Delta.

POSTSCRIPT.

In connection with this research, and as affording us some little

light as to the processes going on in the river, I may here mention

that I have been favoured by Mr. Bensley, H. C. Pilot Service, now

the river-surveyor, with two very interesting specimens ; being a kun-

kur now forming on the beach at Kedgeree and some dredgings

from Lloyd’s Channel which is between Kedgeree and Saugor reads,

T describe them in the order in which I haye mentioned them.

162 Silt held in suspension in the Hooghly. [No. 2.

Kunkur from the beach at Kedgeree.

This is a true kunkur* as to external form, and may at a little

distance be easily mistaken for one of the common tron laterites, to

which indeed it in some measure approaches ; for smgular to say it

contains a mere fraction of two or three per cent. of lime! and is

in fact a loose and coarse-grained, siliceous sandstone kunkur, of

which oxide of iron and not lime forms the cohesive element.

When we recollect that this is in progress of formation on the shore

of the estuary of a river, the waters of which are abundantly

charged with lime and the tidal water, with magnesia, while the.

oxide of iron forms a mere trace in it, it is certainly a most singular

Geological fact and one which may give rise to many speculations.

For the present I only note it and that a fair average of it gave in

100 parts as follows.

arty SINCAGCG sy. sss wei no seyor eh Ueies +e ah imine ad

Carbonate of Lime, ......... Sans as = (se hecatale 2.50

Oarbonate of Magtiesta, ........-. 0-00 ce ce we oe 0.61

Peroxide-of Iron, |. 2escudec Us le Secs 05h OO

99.86

Hoss,.6 0.4 0% 0.14

Dotal, | A. came 100.00

Dredgings from Lloyd's Channel.

These are principally a fine micaceous sand which gives but a

very little effervescence, and thus contains but an exceeding small

proportion of carbonate of lime. It separated naturally in the bot-

tle into two parts, of which the lower one was the sand above

described, and the upper one a black foetid mud ; so strongly impreg-

nated with sulphuretted hydrogen, that it immediately and strongly

discoloured silver foil placed in it, thus shewing that the vast

amount of decomposing animal matter of which the Hooghly is, we

know, made the receptacle, is by a wise provision of nature, so to

say, imprisoned beneath the waters! where it doubtless serves as

food for millions of the inferior animals.

* Using the word in the native sense, sonkra, any thing rough, jagged or puck-

ered; for it is applied both to concretionary limestone and also to the ferruginous

concretions usually called by us Laterite.

1856. | Silt held in suspension in the Hooghly. 163

| APPENDIX.

I give the following data, which are all useful elements of the

great problem of our yet unknown river, in the form of an Appendix

because the researches are not my own, and because it is right that

full justice should be done to the valuable labours of the gentlemen,

to whom we owe them; for none but those who have been engaged

in these pursuits can form any idea of the careful, and minute, and

laborious details which are expressed in the few figures of the

table below :—

Z ag

ot S & é

Observers, and placeand | 6 # 3 S Sale Discharge per

time of observation. se r= s 3 che second.

= a 3 Sa | 558

= a 2) =

Feet. Feet. |Sq. feet.| Feet. Cubic feet.

Lr. Cor. Goopwyn,

mB. £. at Calcutta.

Clive Street Ghat to

Howrah, in March,. 2.060} 36.0 74,160} 4.5 444,960

A. Beprorp, Ese. H.C.

S. River Surveyor.

At Moyapore 13 miles

below Calcutta,

Mareh, 1854, ...... 3.300 |29’ 10” 2}. 2.88 507,060 (H. P.)

(nearly )

A. Berprorp, Esa. at .

Jiggerkoily Sema-

phore, below Diamond

Point and N, b.

W. 232’ from Culpee

Pagoda, in March,

PR... «++ | 8,800 | 32’ Iv 4 ae 4,596 |1.277,009 (H. P:)

Averages of the Missis-

sippi River as given in Surface

Mr. Ellet’s work. .... 3.300 | 115.0 | 200,000; 7.00 979.240

(p. 30) | (p. 33) | (p. 34) | (p. 36) ayer Orleans

(p-

Col. Goodwyn and Mr. Bedford give also the following notes with

these results, which as they could not be conveniently tabulated,

I set down here.

COLONEL GooDwyYN,

1. Fall of the river bed about 4” per mile.

2. The mean volocity above given, 4ths that of the surface.

* And below the point where the Dummooda and Roopnarain join the Hooghty.

The flood tide from the sea much augments the volume of water here, so that the dis-

eee shewn is that of the whole tidal water of the estuary rather than that of

the river.

Y 2

164 Silt held in suspension in the Hooghly. [No. 2.

3. As the velocities increase with the depths, there will be a

much greater discharge during the freshes.

Mx. BEprorp.

At Jiggerkolly.

1. Mean level above Zero (of the tide guage, see below) 7 feet

1.3 inch.

2. Velocity per second, in inches at surface, is 62,57; at bottom

47,747. Mean (as in table) 55,159.

At Moyapore.

1. Mean level above Zero 8 feet 9.4 inches.

2. Surface velocity in inches 40,42; at bottom 28,704. Mean

as in table 34,562.

3. The mean level above Zero is the mean of all the Registers

taken every quarter of an hour on a guage, the Zero of which was

on the same absolute level as the Zero of the Tide-guage at the old

Kidderpore Docks.

4. The mean depth is the mean of all the perpendicular co-ordi-

nates of the section taken at every 100 feet from the above mean

level to the bed of the river.

5. The velocity at the surface in inches is the mean of the velo-

cities taken every quarter of an hour from high water.

6. The velocity at the bottom is taken from the usual formula

tables (De Buat’s.)

7. The fall of the ebb tide between Calcutta and Jiggerkolly

was about 6 feet 6 inches in the whole distance, which is about 68

geographical miles of 2028 yards each.

8. The foregoing two sets of observations for the discharge were

taken at Jiggerkolly on the 16th March, and at Moyapore on the

29th March, 1854. The range of tide at Calcutta om these two dates

differed but 3 inches, being so much in excess on the 29th March.

MemoranpuM.—Mr. Bedford’s note giving the discharge in gal-

lons, I have assumed that Lmperial gallons of 277,274 cubie inches

are intended, and have thus allowed 6.34 gallons to the cubic foot

in converting his numbers to suit our table-—H. P.

T Black Aatic Lith Pros: Calevlla

THE SAKPHA of TIBET, SACFA HODGSONIE NOBIS,

1856. | On a new Perdicine bird from Tibet. 165

On a new Perdicine bird from Tibet.—By B. H. Hopason, Esq.

To General Jung Bahadoor, prime minister of Nepal, I am indebted

for the gift of a fine sample, of what appears to me decidedly a new

species, and probably also a new type, of the partridge group of

birds. The General in his recent military expedition into Tibet

procured the bird alive. But it died at Kathmandu and he sent

me the spoils, in very fine condition.

Perdicine.

Genus Sacfa mhz.

Sakpha of the Tibetans.

S. Hodgsonix* mihi.

The essential characters of the genus or subgenus are as follows:

Bill, strong with a heavy overlying upper mandible, scarped along

the cutting edges. Nares subvertical and opening towards the

head. Wings and tail longer, and less bowed and gradated, and

stronger than in Perdix; but not so long or acuminate as in Lerva,

and about equal to Francolinus.

Wings with 3-4-5, quills longest and nearly equal, 1-2 not much

gradated: 1st, only } inch less than the longest.

Tail 16, rounded, firm.

Tarsi moderate, equal to the longest toe and nail, nude, biscaled

in front, no spur ?

Lateral toes subequal and furnished with the usual basal membrane.

Nails blunt, scooped inferiorly and having a salient margin all round.

Orbits subnude, as in Arboricola.

This fine species is denominated Sakpha by the Tibetans. It was

obtained in the western part of the province of Tsang. I

know nothing of its habits. My sample is a female and therefore

the peculiar character of the bill, in this sex very marked, must be

more so in the males, and resembles, in fact, that organ in Lopho-

phorus, or the monal. For the same reason, that is, my sample

being a female, I am doubtful as to the presence or absence of

* I take the liberty of dedicating this handsome species to Mrs. Hodgson, whose

accurate and tasteful delineations of Himalayan scenery will do much to attract

attention to this fine field for scientific research,

166 On a new Perdicine bird from Tibet: [No. 2.

the spur on the legs. But it is probably absent or but slightly

developed. |

The other members have been sufficiently described in the generic

character.

The colours are as follows :

Bill and legs, horn green. Orbital skin, reddish. Above trans-

versely marked with black, rufous and chesnut, in frequent bars, the

black being more developed on the wings, and the chesnut on the

flanks, where indeed the black nearly disappears, while on the belly,

it is so much developed as to constitute the main and almost only

colour. Neck, above and laterally, and all the lateral tail feathers,

full unmarked chesnut: cheeks, throat and breast, luteous or albes-

cent buff. A black zone round the throat from the cap, and a black

patch below the eye.

The size is as follows :

Tip of bill to,tup af fail, ....2., |) Jae

Hxpanse Of WINGS,. . sie ceemies om) woe

A closed witgy oid. s c5 eit ek. ONG

Bill-to pape ee ce eee. oes

‘Bill Go brows Wee eh chs Ge ae aon one ne

Fa ce AN RaneIe he corn Sots ica Meee fatcaie, 2G samen eens

Parsee eae ee., sek ae 0.1.2

Central toe‘and nail, .. 2. dees. OMS

Weight 1 tb. 3

Tn conclusion I may remark that the bird has much of the cha-

racter of Caccabis, whilst in colours it resembles greatly the grey

partridge of India, without however, losing certain Caccabine traits

which the expert will at once detect on turning to the accompanying

beautiful drawing, the work of my native artist.*

Darjiling, Sept. 1855.

** It most nearly approximates in type to Perdix cinerea.—Cur. As. Soe.

LPP PPI POL LPL LLLP

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For Frsrvuary, 1856.

PLEEPPIEPPL LPP LLL PPP LPPLIL SIP I FILL L IIS

At a monthly general meeting of the Society held on the 6th inst.

Sir J. W. Cotvite, Kt. President, in the chair.

The minutes of the December meeting having been read and con-

firmed, it was resolved on the motion of the President, seconded by

Mr. Grote, |

“That so much of the proceedings just read between the words,

‘and sanctioned’ and ‘ Captain Thuillier’ be not published as part

of the proceedings of the Society.”

Presentations were received—

1. From Captain Fairweather, two Abyssinian smoking pipes.

2. From Capt. Shute, ship Swléany, an old wooden quadrant and a

meridian instrument found in the island of Madagascar. The instru-

ments are supposed to have been in use by Nacodas about one

hundred years ago.

3. From the Right Rev. the Bishop of Victoria, a copy of St.

Luke’s Gospel in Japanese, recently printed from wooden blocks in

St. Paul’s College, Hongkong.

4. From the Right Hon’ble the Governor in Council at Bombay

through Lieut. E. T. Fergusson, Superintendent of Government

Observatory, a copy of the Magnetical and Meteorological Observa-

tions made at the Bombay Observatory in 1853.

5. From the Government of the N. W. Provinces, seventeen

gold coins found in the Gurruckpore district, with a request that

the Society would select such as it required for the Museum,

168 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.

The coins are of the Canouj series of the reigns of Chandra and

Kumara Guptas.

Ordered that the Council be requested to make a selection.

6. T. Deveria, Esq. of Rungpore, on the part of his nephew

M.S. Deveria, of the Egyptian Museum, Louvre, a copy of Noub la

Déesse d’ or des Egyptiens.

7. From Professor T. Oldham, Supt. Geological Survey, eight

boxes of specimens, consisting principally of fossils and rocks from

the Tenasserim Provinces, coal from the Irrawaddy river, and some

old coins found on the site of the town of Tenasserim in the district

of Mergui. The coins are undescribed, but appear to be allied to

the symbolical coins of Arracan, noticed in XV. Vol. of the Society’s

Journal, p. 238.

8. From R. Hamilton, Esq. The Annual Report of the Ethno-

logical Society of London for the year 1854.

9. From the Rev. 8. Hislop, a large collection of fossils from

Central India.

The following gentlemen duly proposed and seconded at the

December meeting, were balloted for and elected ordinary members.

R. H. Russell, Esq. B. C. 8. Chittagong.

Dr. G. B. Liebig, Presidency College, Caleutta.

Col. Smith, Madras Engineer.

J. W. B. Money, Esq.

The following candidates for election were named for ballot at the

next meeting.

Babu Rajendralal Mittra, proposed by A. Grote, Esq. and seconded

by Sir J. W. Colvile.

Major R. R. W. Ellis, 23rd Reet. B. N. I. Political Assistant,

Bundlekund, proposed by Dr. Spilsbury and seconded by Dr.

Thomson.

J. F. Curtis, Esq. proposed by Mr. Atkinson and seconded by

Mr. Grote.

The chairman announced to the meeting that Babu Réjendralal

Mittra had notified to the Council his resignation from the 1st

proximo of the office of Assistant Secretary and Librarian to the

Society, and, after paying a high compliment to the industry and

ability of that valuable officer, stated that the Council had appointed a

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 169

Sub-Committee to consider what steps should be taken to supply

the vacancy. |

The Council submitted reports—

1. Recommending that the consideration of the proposal for

reducing the rate of subscriptions be deferred until a Sub-Committee

appointed by them to take the subject into consideration had sub-

mitted their report.

2. Announcing that they have appointed the following Sub-

Committees.

Sub-Committee of Finance.

C. Allen, Esq., A. Grote, Esq. and C. Beadon, sq.

Sub-Comuuttee of Philology.

A.. Grote, Esq., Lt. Lees, Rev. J. Long, G. G. Morris, Esq. and

F.. E. Hall, Esq.

Sub-Committee of Library.

Babu Ramaprasad Roy, Dr. Walker, W. Grapel, Esq., A. Grote,

Esq. and Lt. Lees.

Sub-Committee of Natural History.

Dr. G. G. Spilsbury, Dr. Walker, A. Grote, Esq., Dr. A. O,

Macrae, Capt. C. B. Young, Dr. T. Boycott and Dr. Thomson.

Communications were received—

1. From Babu Radhanath Sikdar, communicating abstracts of

Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s Office

in August, September and October last.

2. From Mr. Assistant Secretary Carmichael, forwarding a copy

of Meteorological Register kept at the office of the Secretary to

the Government of the N. W. Provinces for the month of Novem-

ber, 1855. .

3. From Mons. Hermann Schlagintweit, communicating some

notes on the Hydrography of the Brahmaputra.

4. From Col. R. J. H. Birch, C. B., Secretary to the Government

of India in the Military Department, enclosing a report on the pro-

gress of Mons. A. and R. Schlagintweit’s researches in the Himalaya

mountains, during the last season. The Secretary read to the meet-

ing extracts from the report.

5. From A. Grote, Esq. forwarding, for exhibition to the meeting

170 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. {No. 2.

a large meteorite weighing 14 ibs. and the following note on the

same by Dr. Evan McDonell. |

‘“‘T was informed by a native on the 7th of March, 1853, that a

shower of stones had fallen in the neighbourhood of Soojoulee on

the preceding day at noon.

“TJ immediately sent a person to make enquiry as tothe truth of

what had been related to me. The person sent, returned the follow-

ing morning and brought me three meteoric stones. He stated that

many more had fallen, and had been picked up by other parties.

“In the meantime I met three of the Officers of the Irregular

Cavalry at Soojoulee, who informed me that they had all remarked, and

been much struck with the peculiar rumbling noise they had heard

on the previous day at noon ; it could not be mistaken for thunder,

the sound being, as stated by them, totally different. An Italian

priest stationed at Bettiah, seventeen miles West of Soojoulee,

remarked the same kind of noise at the same hour, and he men-

tioned to me that all the natives around him were much alarmed,

and the head “gooroo” of the Bettiah Raja sent to ask him if he

could explain what such strange sounds in the heavens portended.

Another Italian missionary priest stationed six miles North-West

of Bettiah, made the same remarks. The priest at Bettiah com-

pared the noise to that of a heavy cart or waggon passing over a

platform. The sounds were audible for forty seconds, the sky was

cloudless and the sun shining brightly at the time. The wind was

west and cool, the weather for some days previous to the 6th March

was particularly cool. The Thermometer stood on the 4th, 5th and

6th at 44° at day-light. The number of meteoric stones which I

know to have been picked up within a circle of a mile, amounts to at

least thirty. The weight varied from } tb to 4 Tbs. and one weighed

as much as 143 tbs. The shape in every instance was less or more

pyramidal.”

The Librarian and the Curator in the Zoological Department haying

submitted their usual monthly reports, the meeting adjourned.

LIBRARY.

The library has received the following additions during the months of

December and January last.

1856.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 171

Presented.

Die Lieder des Hafis, Persisch mit dem commentare des Sudi herausge-

geben von Hermann Brockhaus, | ed. 2 heft.—By THE EDITOR.

Half yearly Report of the Committee of the Bengal Chamber of Com-

merce, Caleutta, November, 1855.—By THE CHAMBER.

Die Todtenbestattung bei den Brahmanen und die opfergebrauche im

Veda, von Dr. Max Muller.— By THE AUTHOR.

Noub la Déesse d’Or des Egyptiens par M. Th. Deveria, 8vo. pamphlet

—By tue AutTHor,

Address to the Ethnological Society of London, delivered at the Annual

Meeting on the 25th May, 1855, by J. Conolly, and a Sketch of the recent

Progress of Ethnology, by R. Cull, Secretary, 8vo. pamphlet.—By R. Ha-

MILTON, Esa.

A Manual of Ethnological Enquiry; being a series of Questions concern-

ing the Human Race, 8vo. pamphlet.—By THE SAME.

Selections from the Records of the Madras Government, No. II. The

Navigation of the Godavery. No. XV. Reports on Important Public

Works.—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government, No. XXII. On

Vernacular Education, 2 copies.—By THE SAME.

Geographical and Statistical Report of the District of Beerbhoom, by

Capt. Sherwill, Calcutta, 1855, 4to.—By THE SAME.

Notices of the Meetings of the Members of the Royal Institution of

Great Britain. Part V.—By THE INSTITUTION.

Magnetical and Meteorological Observations made at the Honorable East

India Company’s Observatory, Bombay, in the year 1853, under the Super-

intendence of Lt. E. F. J. Furgusson, Bombay, 1855, 4to.—By THE Govr.

or BomBay.

Report on the Government Central Museum, Madras, by E. Balfour, Esq.

on the Iron Ores, the Manufacture of Iron and Steel, and the Coals of the

Madras Presidency.—By THE MApRAS GOVERNMENT.

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, new series, vol

V. p. l.—By tHe ACADEMY.

A History of the Fishes of Massachusetts, by D. H. Slorer, 4to.—By

THE AUTHOR.

Recuiel des Actes de l’Académie imperiale des Sciences, Belles-Lettres et

Arts de Bordeaux, 1854, 3 tremestre.—By THE ACADEMY.

Les Auteurs Hindustanis et les sons Ouvrages par M. Garcin de Tassy,

Paris, 1855, 8vo.— By THE AUTHOR.

The Durbin, a Persian newspaper, for December and January last.—By

THE EDITOR.

172 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 2.

The Upadeshak, No. 109.—By THE Epiror.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, for January, 1856.—By THE Eprror.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 109.—By Tur Eprror.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for January, 1856.—By THe Epirors.

Purchased.

Annuaire des Deux Mondes, Histoire General des divers Etats, 1854-55.

Revue des Deux Mondes Ist and 15th Oct. and Ist Nov.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Nos. 4 and 5 of 1855.

Revue et Magazin de Zoologie, No. 9, 1855.

Journal des Savants, Aut, Septembre et Octobre, 1855.

Comptes Rendus, No. 17, 22nd October, 1855.

L’ Athenzeum Francais, Nos. 36 to 43.

The Atheneum, for October, 1855.

The Edinburgh Review, No. 208.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for Oct. and Nov. 1855.

Vuller’s Lexicon Persico-Latinum, Fasciculus IV.

Franklin’s History of Shah Alum, London, 1798, 4to.

Trésor de Numismatique et de Glyptique, ou Recueil général de Médailles,

Monnies, Pierres, Gravees Bas-Reliefs, &c. tant anciens que modernes, les plus

interessans sous le Rapport de l’Art et de I’Histoire, gravé par les procedes

de M. Achille Collas, Paris, 1836, fol.

The Shekandarnameh of Nizamy, 1 vol. 8vo. Persian.

A Commentary on the Gulistan, 4to. MS. ditto.

Nafhat ul Yaman, 1 vol. 4to. Arabic.

A Dictionary in Hindi and English by J.T. Thompson, Calcutta, 1846,

Rl. Svo.

Dow’s History of Hindustan, 3 vols. 8vo.

Shareh Abul Fazl, 4to. Persian.

Intikhab Sauda, 4to. Urdu.

Tarikh Timuria, 1 vol. 8vo. Arabic.

Waenen’s Sententiz Ali Ebn Abu Talib, Oxon, 1806, 4to.

Baillie’s Arabic Grammar, 3 vols. demi 4to.

Euclid in Persian, 8vo.

Dasttr ul Amal, 8vo. Persian.

Shareh Milla, 1 vol. 8vo. Arabic.

Baillie’s Arabic Tables.

Shareh Bostan, 1 vol. 4to. Persian, Lithograph.

Bohtlingk’s Vopadeva, 1 vol.

Vivada Chintamani, Sanskrit, 8vo.

Vopadeva’s Mugdhabodha, Serampur, 1807, 12mo.

February \st, 1856. Ra’/JENDRALA’L MITTRA.

JOURNAL

OF THE

meee PetCo SOU rE TY,

LDLDLLPLPL ILL LPLLLPLLS YS LY LVI LIS

No. II. 1856.

LLLP LD LL PPLPLIPPP LDL IPI

weve

SY YU YAAL

Original text and translation of a Scroll of Silver in the Burmese

language, found in a Buddhist Pagoda at Prome.—By Major

PuayRe, Commissioner of Pequ.

It is well known that the Buddhists of Burmah, like those of

ancient India, when building the solid edifices called Pagodas, con-

struct therein, generally towards the upper part of the fabric, a

hollow chamber in which they deposit relics, and a variety of holy

and precious objects. The Burmese also generally place therein,

a writing on a thin scroll of silver or copper, setting forth the

objects of the founder, and containing a prayer for the salvation of

himself and his friends.

Near the town of Prome, there lately stood a small modern

Pagoda of brick and mortar, from the chamber of which, a silver

scroll was extracted, and as the writing records in simple language,

the motives which urged the author, a Buddhist monk, to undertake

in the year 1792, A. D. the restoration of the ancient building which

formerly occupied the site, I have considered it worth publishing.

It is hoped that this record of the motives and hopes which actuated

the restorer of the Pagoda, called the “ ardently desired,” will tend

to prevent other Buddhist sacred buildings from being wantonly

defaced and dug into, as has heretofore been too commouly the

_ practice, since Pegu became a British Province.

The language of the scroll is sometimes obscure, but the transla-

tion has been made as literal as was consistent with clearness of

No. LX XXI.— New Serrigs. Vou. XXV. 24

174 : A. Burmese inseription. [No. 3.

meaning. A few notes have been added to explain the text where

it seemed to require elucidation.

The original Burmese is as follows :

CAOIOY! —_tigjangodacd)\Ezog GlovpSepiing $seoo0Es

(9 25(s ofo08s q.coodaqicooovaccd EsoEsonape (Hs

oooscandiioo0g eczooosegads cga$: 00$:(G$2 ogood

corda|goqsSahoo eqSu agiog caroel soggepd

294g 9IIDa0308 d9D0039e00) Jap ecQeqdagjEuogis

orgse(GoCzcoroE coad0gEu gigoaggoll eL009099,

oo€sBeg0E yoaSofoopSneeoog ego EcBscoos)§

o€:B:sE cogagg)ac$epafooeGgoésdq}qeoovy00

@OH cad0agep:000€ oo951 covcoq PS ogoea} (God (Goz

g0002g Seq) GoopSaQn (egp52Gcoosceargoca0805

9908(Ggo$ cas00000. agagaSoaqogoopSeqoaagé

BHYo(goseaoepSccoiagoed oodcdcaaosGeg3oo ~

25 (gSgjn s0005 2000 ge(YoEzogos epeave .c0009és

BahodooGciaagengai Slepeooo0e0dl Ofooepesd

20081 op fogagooo§iioGGaScoaz sadcaa00Qq 0400

Sioged: oGoopdoradajpsqj oc§ aS Q§(GSs1dliogos

epso0000d20 909113094 Agung :eacaEo}os ca000g

Deohucg sagscoodsGosgsecaeosd @|}eovotIag[ cog]

090209690096] 9990009AL9083QR0q1 9905}000009

ogogodeo}ogego EgorjoospesCQapB8uosa01 00029

eogoopdooglestoggigueaToo pS ireaccoa eacooog

1856. ] A Burmese inscription. 175

Esiig eporgogesiucgogocfe[gayt a28000209,0008 $0

05209 Gad og dghiingd§ 204 coagu soagooo4Esevsgjoo

pdcoa0Eo}oSes qe o8c0009,q 31 08.09] GoSaopSue99

Se00008.03090509003 5s 108 Seecozo0E 209 ¢a000800

990303 (3 Saqaadeads00qp epGaaoePogEop0§200(g

Sa}carsEzgQ0q[G:qu Hgo(gasogéu (Géaoéegdcavs

Cuigooso corsaroei gloSeEsao0z car00305 05909,

Doaguigagofjooo E9Sodusago8o0020q e922Eg 95a,

Siig gear OdOSgCnacgsoosooaPugcodsoE oExti oo

aS 2q6og corded] E203 09 10890 Se.0090309 oSarepiiio

SzS}saqoopsa0gjqSu ofgodgo$:3E coorcaorsouiag

0500299995(G dgjicoang099006i(G S0qeoco oo0r01

ComoedocdlEzog su eolEs orp 5{(Gighu ovo0goeer0

EsicadeadlEscarsEegi oopoocorda0gooa Sz0gaKi

ag Szo$zc000 a@pdegSeage corodeg|{Gigu 2000099

cord ooovddagsind BS: coooago¥cloo He oG05

GlooB: d0002 (gSvo:B§cooogliiqoa soc gognqodsc

OQOIE agecd\Eeage CGoGorBspepzcBer Oscordoo

205908 oYaQuor0d GI, gu oagjqen99Eu (GpSgcor0es

QSgogadcaooEg oogcwossoiInongqoaage4 2090!

orsd0dc02S GjuosEaxodgjEs of sq Sco00€ ung Seaoo

F God ghitq3S0905 gq] 52009Q91| OG] 2002000209Sdloo981

29604 9009990003 CH009602007!! u

242

176 A. Burmese inscription. [No. 3

Translation.

Be victorious.’

When the Bhadoon Prince,’ the royal son of the great Aloung-

Phra, who ruled over the great country of Koonboung,” that deposi-

tory of all earthly treasures, had enjoyed the golden Palace and

Umbrella for fourteen years; in the year of men 1154, and when*

religion had reached (the year) 2336; (then) the Pagoda built

on the south side of the Bookan® stream where the brother Princes,°

Tsoo-la-tham-ba-wa, and Maha-tham-ba-wa, met the daughter of the

supposed hermit, named Princess Bhédaree, and (in after times)

from their having on that spot become engaged lovers, the Pagoda

was called “ The ardently desired ;’’ (the same) having from the

lapse of time become decayed ; (therefore) from a sincere benevo-

lence, with a fixed and decided desire to engage in a great work of

religious merit, which like a placid stream of water ceased not; and

continually remembering the evil—Death ; that one transmigration

from a living body goes on to another, and that according to univer-

sal law, we pass to another state of existence as surely as the

shadow follows the substance; that of the goods we treasure up in

the present life, nothing to the extent even of one hair can follow

us, but that we must part from them; laying to heart that there is

a road we must all one day travel, and valuing -only such things as

are worthy to be used (in a religious building) ; remembering the

words of the Divine preacher, and rejecting all unlawful goods; and

accepting only what devout men and women bestow in righteous-

ness ; forbidding not what is offered at joyful festivals or mournful

assemblies; receiving all contributions and offerings, and purchas-

ing bricks and paying masons’ hire; the excellent Abbot Sheng

Thee-la-tsa-ya, who resides in the Lee-oung monastery, by virtue of

the observance of the rules incumbent on priests, which accumu-

lated his religious merits as it were to the thickness of the earth

230,000 yoodzana,’ had in the year 1116 reached the grade ofa

Pyeen-tseng,’ and when he had accomplished forty yearly fasts, he

prepared a relic shrine, in which to place a representation of Prince

Theid-dat® going forth to the wilderness; of his enduring sorrows ;

images also of the twenty-eight Buddhas of a former world period ;

1856. | A. Burmese inscription. 177

casts of the eight holy places;* the precious intelligent relic of

Buddha, all handsome as the elephant Poo-la-lai. The religious merit

aspired to, though it may not be attained, yet the desire for it can-

not be obliterated, (therefore) joining with those of the laity, men

and women who were acting in accordance with each other, and (I)

taking the lead of them, the ancient relic chamber was repaired ;

and the implements required for the good work and for the clergy,

that is, refreshment and flowers, being provided, may the leader

of all those men derive advantage therefrom throughout the 5000

years’? of this religion. Jewels, gold and silver, (were given) to

beautify the building. The lotus and every part thereof with the

Htee" and all its apparatus were complete, so that carrying on the

work well until it was finished, at the time of meeting to inaugurate

the building, the sacred fabric was beautifuily adorned by (my)

exertions given joyfully and as a labour of love.

On account of this good work, may I at last attain that blissful

place, where passion troubleth no more.””

Notes.

1. Be victorious.—The original is a Pali word generally used at the commence-

ment of religious documents, and implying, I believe, that the disciples of Buddha

must strive to overcome their passions.

2. Bhadoon Prince.—This king was the fourth son of Aloung Phra, the founder

of the present dynasty of Burmah.

3. Koonboung, is the name of the original district of the family of Aloung Phra.

4. The era of religion dates from 543 B. C. when Gautama attained Paree-neib=

ban. The year of religion 2336 therefore = A. D. 1793.

5. Bookan is the name of asmall stream which enters the Irrawaddy, a short

distance South of the town of Prome.

6. ILsoo-la-tham-ba-wa, and Ma-ha-tham-ba-wa, were the sons of the king of

Tagoung, an ancient kingdom to the North of Ava, believed to have been founded

by a race of Buddhist kings from India. These Princes being blind were expelled

their country as unworthy to reign. Being put on araft they floated down the

Irrawaddy, and from incidents which occurred on their voyage, many of the names

of the cities and towns on the banks of that river are derived. While floating down

they had their sight restored by the interposition of a Bhee-loo-ma, or female

* There appears to be some error here, or an allusion which I do not under-

stand. The Burmese reckon seven holy places, where Gautama performed seven

characteristic acts, afler he attained Buddahood.

178 Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. [No. 3.

monster, and seeing for the first time the sky stretching over the earth like a cover,

and the earth within, they exclaimed ‘‘ Mo-boon’’ (sky cover) and ‘‘ Myé-dai”’

(earth within), from which those places received their names. They came on to

the Bookan stream, and there met the hermit’s daughter, who had come to draw

water. This is believed to have occurred ahout 484 years B.C. The hermit or

Ra-thé proved to be the maternal uncle of the Princes, who had long before left

Tagoung, and after having a daughter born to him became a hermit in the hills

adjoining Prome. By his advice the people of the country who were of the Pya

tribe, chose Prince Maha-tham-ba-wa,.as their ruler, he married the hermit’s

daughter Bhe-da-ree, and they founded the city of Ra-thé near to Prome, where

the descendants of Maha-tham-ba-wa, reigned for twenty-seven generations.

7. Yoo-dza-na,—A measure of distance reckoned to be about 13 English miles.

8. Pyeen-tseng.—A grade of the Buddhist priesthood.

9. Prince Theid-dat, i.e. Gautama the son of the king of Kapili-vasta, who

abandoned his kingdom to become a Buddhist monk.

10. The religion of Gautama it is believed is destined to last five thousand years.

(2398 of which have now passed) after which the Buddha A-ri-ma-té-ya will be

developed,

11. Htee.—The iron netework shaped like an umbrella which crowns a Burmese

Pagoda. |

12. The last sentence in the scroll is in the Pali language, and has been rendered

to me in Burmese.

A slight notice of the Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie lan-

guage.—By Lieut. R. Stewart, 22nd Regt. B. N. I.

The people to whom the term Kookie is given by the inhabitants

of the Hastern Frontier of Bengal, occupy, together with other

tribes, the hilly tracts lying to the North, South and East of Cachar,

and Manipoor: they are divided into numerous clans each under a

petty hereditary chief or Rajah.

The appellation of Kookie is unknown among themselves, and

they have no title embracing their whole race, but they call one

another by the names of their different clans.

They all speak the same language, with very slight modification

in the dialects, and it is called among them Thadou Pao, from the

name of one of their principal clans.

1856.] Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. 179

As there is no written character among the Kookies, the following

Roman ones have been adopted by me, which appear to answer very

fairly all the requirements of the language.

VoweELs.

aii 1 0.98

CONSONANTS.

fee of. lien! dene) an hemos nab BooNeh uonE

The vowels have a long and a short sound thus :—

& as in father. a as in man.

é there. e men.

i police. i pen.

6 note. re) not.

u pull. u but.

00 aS InN Moon, soon.

When two vowels come together each has its distinct sound, ai,

as in aisle, ei, as in mate, ui, like we, &c.

The Consonants are pronounced as in English with the following

modifications :-—

C, is never used by itself, or in any other position except in com-

bination with H, to express the sound, ch as in Church.

G, is always hard. H, is always aspirated.

J, has a sound much softer than in English, and resembling more

that of the combination of the letters zsh. N, is slightly nasal.

W and Y, have no vowel sound.

The compound consonants are—

Ch, pronounced as the ch in Church.

Be 5 Anat a ty tue bersian é ghain.

Gn, an intensely nasal sound.

Kh, pronounced as the Persian é Ihe.

ae ng in “singing,” but when over-lined thus

ng, still more nasal.

Sh, pronounced as the Persian (» shin.

ARTICLES.

There is no article, definite or indefinite, in the language, the

numeral khut, one, coming after the noun, sometimes stands in lieu

of the indefinite article, and the demonstrative pronouns, Hi, this,

and Hu, that, sometimes supply their place.

180 Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. [No. 3.

Nouns.

Number is often left undistinguished, and is generally defined by

means of numerals, thus—

Mi, man or men. Mikhut, @ man.

Mithim, three men. Mitum, many men.

A. plural form exists, however, though it is seldom used except in

pronouns, and with reference to human beings, thus—

Mi, man. Miho, men.

Nitimei, woman. Nitmeiho, women.

Chapung, child Chapungho, children

Mite, Numeite, Chapungte, men, women and children.

Gender is usually expressed by subjoining to the noun the words

Chul, male, and Noo, female, some of the ruder Kookies, however,

retain a more primitive mode of distinguishing the sex, and subjoin

Jung, penis, and Shoo, vulva, instead, thus, Kel, goat.

Kéichul or Kéljung, a he goat.

Kélnoo or Kelshoo, a she goat.

Some nouns expressive of individuals of the human family have

distinct terms in both sexes, thus—

Pa, father. Noo, mother.

Mi, man. Nitimei, woman.

Pashul, son. Chanoo, daughter.

Jighei, husband. Ji, wife.

Pa, is also a sign of the masculine, and generally used with refer-

ence to trade or occupation, thus—

Ghalhatpa, a warrior. Housapa, a king.

Thigneipa, a commander. Kélchingpa, a herdsman.

Case is not marked by inflection, but by the use of post-positions,

thus—

Nominative, .. Chem, a dhao.

Genitive,...... Chem, of a dhao.

Dative, ...... Chem, or Chemkhi, fo a dhao.

Accusative,.... Chem, a dhao.

Vocative,...... Vo Chem! Oh dhao.

Ablative,...... Chema, or Chemhénga, from a dhao.

Locative,...... Chema, ov Chemshunga, wm a dhao.

Instrumental,.. Chemin, with a dhao.

1856.] Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. 181

A noun in the genitive case precedes the substantive belonging

to it, in juxta-position, as—

1 ee 1 2

Mi loo,.. .... A man’s head.

ae 1 2 3

Ka pa pon, .. My father’s clothes.

] 2 1 2

Silat noi,.... Cow's milk.

The accusative precedes the verb in a sentence and is generally

placed between it and the nominative, thus—

jig 3 1 3 a

I teach the child, ............ Kin chapung kahile.

OS ae ae Dalit 4 2

He beats his son, ............ Hipa 4ma pashul adénge.

1 2 3 T Cia

I strike the gong, ............ Kain dapi katume.

The following examples mark the other cases—

1 2 3 4 es 3.4 2

The elephant eats plantain leaves, Saipin mot na ané.

1 2 3 4 4 3 2 i

Give money to the poor men,.... Mi chughakhu danka pétan.

ae 3 4 l 2 3 4

Oh faol! why dost thou fear, .. V6 Miigol! idinga nakichanem ?

£ iw. 2 3 3

I get fruit from the tree, ...... Thinga (or thing hénga) thing

2 1 Q

ga kamui.

1 2 3 4 4 S led 1

There are large plains in Cachar, Héngchala phai lin aime.

1 2 3 4 E aii’ 2 aint,

Kill the dog with your dhao, .. Na chém iu wicha nathutnin.

ADJECTIVES

are not inflected to express either number, gender or case. They

are placed after the noun they qualify, thus—

1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1

Nidup, ...... A cold day. Sakol jange,.. A swift horse.

1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1

In lin, ........ dA large house. Chémhém,.. A sharp dhao.

Adjectives admit of comparison by subjoining dé for the compara-

tive, and pén for the superlative degree, as—

Asa, hot. Atum, much or many.

Asade, hotter. Atumde, more.

Asa pén, hottest. Atum pén, most.

182 Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. \No. 3.

This method of comparison is however frequently rejected. “It

is hotter to-day than it was yesterday’ would be literally.

1 2 3 4 1 2 4

To-day, than yesterday, hot, Tooni jinga shangin asae.

Pi, attached to some adjectives, and even nouns, signifies bulk or

quantity, thus——

Alin, large. Alin pi, very large.

Atum, much. Atum pi, very much.

Mei pim, a firelock. Mei pum pi, cannon.

Moreover all formidable animals have this afiix to their names, as

Humpi, a tiger, Vompi, a bear, Saipi, an elephant.

Cha is in the same manner used to express a deficiency in adjec-

tives and diminutiveness in nouns, as—

Neo, small. Neocha, very small.

Nai, near. Naicha, very near.

Kél, @ goat. Kelcha, a litile goat.

Va, a bird. Vacha, a little bird.

The Kookie mode of numeration is a decimal one, and exceed-

ingly simple—

1. Khat. 6. Goop. |

2. aNG 7. Sugei.

3. Tht. 8. Gét.

4, Li. 9. K6.

5. Gna. 10. Sdém.

Som le khut, 2. e. ten and one stands for eleven.

Som le ni, for fwelve and so on.

20. Som ni. 25. Sém ui legna.

30. Som thim. 39. Som thim le ko.

50. Som gna. 90. Sém ko.

100. Za khut. 1000. Shang khut.

There are no regular ordinals in the Kookie language. The word

for first or foremost is Amusa, and the place of ordinals is thus

supplied.

First, Amusa. Second, Khutbana, or, after one.

Third, Nibaua, or, after two, Sc. fe.

1856.}. Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. 183

PRONOUNS.

The personal pronouns are—

Kei, J. Keiho, We.

Nung, Thou. Nungho, Ye.

Hipa, He.

aba Hihd, They.

a” pit

The third personal pronoun has however various forms—as, Hu

Hihi, Hiht, Hicht, Huchit, all of which may signify persons or

things either in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender; and the

use of them depends upon the circumstances on which the person

or thing has previously been alluded to, or upon their position while

the speaker is speaking.

A curtailed form of pronoun, always aecompanies, and precedes

the verb (except in the future tense) independently of its nom1-

native, this form is—Ka, Z or we—Na, thou or ye, and A, he, she, it,

or they.

Almost all nouns, and every adjective when used by itself, has

prefixed to it this simple form of the 3rd personal pronoun, thus—

Aphae, good, or 2 (is) good. Aline, large, or tt (ts) large.

Alha, wing or its wing. Amel, tail, or its tail.

And in fact every noun having reference to beings, in either of

the three persons, cannot stand alone, but must be preceded, either

by the individual to whom it belongs, or by one of the personal

pronouns. Thus Loo, the word for head, would be unintelligible to

a Kookie, unless speaking definitely it were either

Shem hou loo, Shem hou’s head.

Mi loo, a man’s head.

Ka loo, my head.

Naloo, thy head, or indefinitely, Aloo, his, her, or its head—and

in the same manner Pé, father, must stand either as Kapa, Napa,

or Apa.

Pronouns are declined in the same manner as nouns, by means of

post-positions. The Genitive case may be at pleasure in either of

the following forms.

Keima, keia, kei or ka, mine.

184 Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. | No. 8.

Nungma, nunga, nung or na, thine.

Ama, or A, his, hers, or its.

An emphatic form of the pronoun is the same as the genitive,

thus—

Keima, I myself. Nungma, thou thyself.

Ama, he himself.

The first. personal pronoun has a post position for the dative and

accusative case peculiar to itself, thus—

1 2 3 1 3 2

He beat me, .......2---5-- salpan kev er dense:

1 2 2 1

Let me see, or show me, .... Kei ei vét sain.

In other respects, the pronouns are declined exactly as nouns.

Certain verbs require a final n in their nominatives, and when the

personal pronouns are subjected to this influence, they become,

Kin, J. Keihon, We.

Nungin, Thou. Nunghon, Ye.

Hipan, He. Hihon, They.

The demonstrative pronouns are simply

Hi, this. Hu, that.

sometimes the word is doubled to make the demonstration more

palpable, as—

Hihi, this. Huh, that.

But it would seem that these pronouns admit of no plural.

The interrogative pronouns are Koi, which stands for who and

which, and 1 what—one marked peculiarity in this language is, that

wherever an interrogation is made, it is required that the clause or

sentence in which it is contained, should end in a final M. This is

effected by adding em, um, or simply m, to the verb which closes

the sentence, thus—“ It is a man,” is simply Mi ahi, but

2 ] 1 Z

Is it a man? becomes Mi ahium ?

and in the same manner

1 ohare 2 1 3

Where do you live ? Nung hoya naimem ?

i 2 i . _2

Who gave this ? Koi min apé em ?

l 2 3 2 1 3

Why did you do this ? Nung idinga nabdlem ?

1856.] Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. 185

ve aa ieee

What does he say ? Hipan i ashoiyem ?

2 4 5 3 )

2 3 4 5

Can you speak the Manipoori lan-

guage ?

] 2 3

How far ts it to Cachar ?

1 2 3

How many days journey ?

1 2 3

How many houses are there im

4 5

your village ?

ms 4

What is your name ?

1 2 3. (64 5

When he abused you, why (did you

6 7 Ie,

not come) to me, and I (would

10 9

have punished him) myself ?

Nung Meitei pao nashoi thei

em ?

3 1 2

Héngchal ichun ghumlum ?

Dane as

Ni iat lum hum ?

NIT srt SV

Nung khda in 44t Umum ?

oo Ae Ae

Na min i hum ?

2 4 ie 7

Ajou na tum pe din, ibdla keima

6 5) 8

henga nahtinghiem? chule

9 LOW?

keiman aghimna bdlinge.

VERBS.

The expression of time in these can be traced to Past, Present,

and Future, and the tenses of the two former even are but little

understood, and are frequently used indiscriminately.

The imperative mood is the simplest form of the verb, and is

obtained from the root (which is sometimes, but not always, used as

a noun) by subjoining “in” or “ tan,’’? as—

Hiungin or htngtan, come.

Punin or puntan, begin.

Shélin or shéltan, hide.

But when the root ends in a vowel, the first form of imperative

is obtained by elongating that vowel and subjoining n alone, as—

Moon or mutan, get.

Vén or vetan, see.

Lan or latan, take.

Pén or petan, give.

or by the introduction of a consonant between the final vowel of

the root, and the in, as

Thouvin or thoutan, awake.

Laijin or laitan, dig.

Theiyin or theitan, be adle.

Koiyin or koitan, place.

The consonants j, v and y alone are in use for this purpose, but

there seems to be no rule as a guide in the adoption of them.

186 Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. [No.3.

When the root ends in p, an m is introduced before the “in,” in

the first form of the imperative, as

Shipmin or shiptan, throw. | Chepmin or cheptan, smoke.

Shutopmin or shitdptan, dip. Kupmin or kuptan, weep.

The pronoun na, thow, is almost invariably prefixed to the impera-

tive, although it may be used without it. The imperative is only

used in the 2nd person.

The present tense is formed from the root, by affixing an e—

under the same provisions, as the formation of the first form of

imperative, thus—

Kei kahtinge, J come. . Kei katunge, I arrive.

Kin kalajje, Z dig. Kin kathouve, I awake.

Kin kashipme, I throw. Kei kakupme, f weep.

The past tense, for which however the present is frequently used,

is formed from the root by adding ta or tai, as—

Kei katiing tai, I arrived. Kin kapun tai, I began.

Kin kalai tai, I digged. Kin kaship tai, I threw.

Another form of the past or present tense, for it is used as both,

is obtained by subjoining nai to the root, as—

Kin kane nai, I eat. Kei katou nai, Z szé or sat.

Kei kading nai, I stand or stood. Kei kacho nai, JL sell or sold.

A more distinct past tense is made by means of the verb Jouvin

accomplish, used as an auxiliary, thus—

Kin kanejoutai, I eat. Kin kachep joutai, I smoked.

the past tense of the auxiliary being subjoined to the root of the

verb.

The past and present tenses of whatever form are subject to no

modification in person or in number, as—

Kin kané, J eat. Keihon kané, we eat.

Nungin nané, thou eatest. Nunghon nané, ye eat.

Hipan ané, He eats. Hihon ané, they eat.

The future tense is formed from either forms of the imperative,

by subjoining ge for the first person of both numbers. The final n

of the imperative and the g, being pronounced as the ng in singing,

thus—

From Hingin or hingtan, come, Hunginge or hungtange.

From Vén or vetan, see, Vénge or vetange.

1856.| Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. 187

From Thouvin or thoutan, awake, Thouvinge or thoutange.

The future undergoes the following alterations with respect to

the persons. It rejects the double pronoun, thus—

Kin dénginge, I will strike.

Keihon dénginge, we will strike.

Nungin dénginate, thou wilt Nunghon dénginate, ye will

strike.

Hipan dénginte, he will strike.

Kin déngtange.

Nungin déngtanate.

Hipan déngtante.

strike.

Hihon denginte, they will strike

Keihon déngtange.

Nunghon déngtanate.

Hihon, déngtante.

and so on with all verbs, as—

Moonge Miutange \ .

Moonate will get. Mutanate pwill get.

Moonte Miutante

Vénge jneroank ‘Vetange ©

Vinate will see. Vetanate pe see.

Vénte Vetante

Shipminge Shiptange

Shpminae bit throw. Shiptanate ; well throw.

Shipminte Shiptante

Theiyinge 7 Theitange

heya bw be able. Meek will be able.

Theiyinte Theitante

Another future tense, which has no distinctive meaning, is formed

by subjoining nange to the root, for the first person, thus—

Kei chenange, I will go, Kei honvenange, we will see.

Nung chengnanate, thou shalt go. Nunghdn venanate, ye will see.

Hipan chenante, he will go. Hihon venante, they will see.

The potential mood is made available by the use of the verb

Theiyin, be able, as an auxiliary, thus—

Kei kachétheiye or kei che theiyinge, I may or can go.

and in the same manner by means of the other auxiliaries we have

Kei kache nome, I would go, and

Kei chéphanange, L ought to go.

The infinitive is formed from the root by adding na, as—

Déngna, to strike. Chéna, to go.

Véna, to see. Néna, to eat.

188 Grammar of the Thadou or new Kookie language. [No. 3.

A more significant form of the infinitive has “ding’’ subjoined to

the simpler form, as—

Venading, to see. Nénading, fo eat.

The present participle is the same as the imperative, and has very

frequently the root prefixed to it, as—

Déngin or déngdéngin, striking.

The past participle is formed from the present or the imperative,

by subjoining lung or ting, as—

Denginting, or denginlung, Struck, or having struck.

A negative form of the verb obtains throughout all the tenses,

by the interpolation of hi, thus—

Déng hi in, do not strike. Hung hi in, do not come.

Kin ka denghie, I strike not. Kadentahie, I struck not.

Kin deng hi inge, I will not strike.

Also by subjoining poi, to the root, for the present tense—

Kin kadéng poi, I do not strike, and

Kin kadéngta poi, I did not strike.

For the future, ponge is added to the root to express negation.

Kei ché ponge, I will not strike.

Nung che podnate, thou wilt not strike.

Hipa che ponte, he will not strike.

There is no word in the Thadou language with the simple signi-

fication of no, or not. The negative being only used in conjunction

with the verb, as described above.

The only grammatical puzzle in the language is that certain verbs

require a final n, in their nominatives. This is obtained by adding

in’? to such nouns in the nominative case as end with a conso-

nant, and by adding n, and prolonging the vowel when they do not.

For this curious inflection, I have been able to discover no rule or

reason, verbs both active and passive, transitive and intransitive

appearing arbitrarily to admit of either the one form of nominative

or the other. The Kookies themselves never hesitate in marking

the distinction, but they have never been able to account for it to

me; some sense of euphony, appreciable only to their ears, is the

ouly likely conjecture I can arrive at.

1856. | The Copernican System. 189

The Copernican System of Astronomy among the Arabs.— By

A. Sprencer, M. D.

Mons. Sedillot has, I believe, published some passages shewing that

the Arabs were acquainted with the Copernican system of Astro-

nomy, yet the following extract from the Hikmat al’ayn of Katiby,

(died A. D. 1272) will not be read without interest. 3

‘Some philosophers fancy that the earth moves towards the east

and that the rising of the celestial bodies in the east and their set-

ting in the west is owing to this motion and not to the motion of

the widest heavenly sphere which, they maintain to be at rest.

This idea is wrong. I do not however advance as an argument

against it that, if this was the case, a bird flying in the direction of

the motion of the earth would not be able to keep up with it,

because the motion of the earth would be much faster than that of

a bird, inasmuch as it returns to its place in a day and a night. Such

an argument is not conclusive, because it may be urged that the

atmosphere which is close to the earth partakes of its motion as the

ether partakes of the motion of the heavenly sphere. But I reject

this theory because all terrestrial motions take place in a straight

line and therefore we cannot admit that the earth should move ina

circle.” (This is the theory of Aristotle: who says, that only the

heavenly bodies have tne most perfect of motions, the circular).

bagled 9 SpA (69 SIS ype Gyre oll Sy Lit 190} eye pores

YY Abb me isles ails fies SBI} EFI Y iid me

dS > WJ [dal LgSS pm A cst! SSS > > esate wl UI Kas on

boj dL WY SLL oyat| cs? Jo eee! a JS] eyed 8S ym Gye ere! CSI

PPI Gly US LAS md Garth GEIL ell srl wt Spe? keine

# Byjodwy| be yo yy elias prrhewe aw wld leySI Uy cles)

SNOPES PLP LS PIII IIS LSI IP

190 Examinations of Mineral Waters. [No. 3.

Examination of three specimens of Bengal Mineral Waters. By

Heyry Prppineton, Curator Museum Economic Geology.

These waters have all been sent in much too small a quantity to

enable me to make any very correct quantitative analysis, and above

all we cannot from small quantities pronounce on the presence or

absence of Iodine or Bromine to which in minute quantities, so many

mineral waters are now known to owe their efficacy. Fora per-

fectly satisfactory analysis we require at least 25 or 3 dozen quart

bottles, which would give us 5 or 6 gallons of the water. The

bottles should be perfectly clean and well rinsed out with the water

of the spring before filling, and the corks (new ones) soaked in the

water of the spring and well beaten in.

No. I.

Darjiling Mineral Water from the Minchu Spring,

From B. H. Hopeson, Hsq., C. 8.

Two bottles of this water reached me; one (A) was a dark green

glass (English) and the other (B) a white French glass bottle. The

cork of the first was a very bad one, but that of the second was excel-

lent, and it nad been so well corked, that it took the strength of two

men to pull, one at the bottle and the other at the corkscrew, to

open it. The water of the first bottle had evidently decomposed.

That of the second though quite limpid when opened and re-corked

(to take a small quantity of the water for testing) began in two or

three days to grow turbid, and gradually threw down its iron, some

of it cohering in fine flaky webs of a pale yellow colour (carbonate

of the protoxide); and it took eight or ten days before it again

became tolerably clear, in which time some of the deposit reddened

considerably. When the whole was filtered it left a chocolate brown

deposit on the filter.

1. The water of both bottles had a very slight smoky taste.

2. <A yellowish tinge was perceptible in (A), which was also a

little turbid.

3. The cork of (A) was blackened and there was a faint smell of

sulphuretted hydrogen but perfectly distinct. In (B) the smell of

1856. | Examinations of Mineral Waters. 191

the sulphuretted hydrogen was very strong and marked. With so

small a quantity, however, our analysis, as to quantity, is necessarily

imperfect, neither can we pronounce on the presence or absence of

Jodine and Bromine as above remarked. Mr. Hodgson will, I have no

doubt, favour us with a larger supply, when these questions will be

settled.

Tusts—for Acids.

Silver foil was discoloured, .......... Sulphuretted Hydrogen.

Litmus and Turmeric papers were not

MEP OGY tan. be btinss

Meptate of liead, ..........0.0..60-2 Carbonic Aeid.

Bees barytess soc. si. ss. .e0se., Sulphuric Acid.

conta o free Acid or Alkali.

Ver, ios chic oes sovdies) seu.) Trace of Muriatic Acid.

Seeetilacal, ihe fais so eels ieee ee Je ve No Nitrates.

Bases.

Mur. Platina,........ hia Sake tole No: Potass:

Carbte. of Amm?*: ne Phosptte Soda, No Magnesia.

Oxalate Ammonia and Sulphate of Soda, No Lime.

Tincture Galls, alone nothing, but with

Lime waiter it shewed,..... ** } Oxide tron.

As the water in both bottles re aieciduianad it was useless to

examine it for the quantity of the gaseous contents.

Twenty-two ounces of the water, (of B) carefully evaporated and

the residue examined, gave as follows

In 22 oz. In an imperial

gallon

or.

Beeeide Tron, ..45.. e ee) LAIS 6.74

MMONOr,©. i... Le Jaety Aieeal 0k OLLO 0.58

Saline matter, mostly Muriate and Car-

Beto Sodas!) 20. le ot by a0 O85 2.04

The water is thus a didnt and sulphuretted chalybeate

Spring, containing its iron in the peculiar state in which it is found

in the Bath waters.

It also greatly resembles one of the Harrowgate springs.

By the kindness of Mr. Grapel who brought down the water, I

_ have been able to ascertain that the bottles must nave been filled

202

192 Examinations of Mineral Waters. [No. 3.

about the end of October, and as the bottle (B) was opened in the

beginning of February, this shews that in the cold weather the

water may be preserved good, even in a white glass bottle* for three

months, so that it may thus be sent at intervals to Calcutta for

patients who cannot leave their employments; though in such cases

of course, the great adjuvant, change of air, would be wanting. Mr.

Hodgson requests me to add from the Hurkaru of the 2nd February,

a notice of the virtues of these waters of which he is the author, and

I insert it below.

“In a November number of the Friend of India, there appeared

a brief note of the mineral springs of Darjiling. The short inter-

vening period has sufficed, even at this, the empty season of the

Sanatarium, to furnish two more cases strikingly confirmatory of

the eminent remedial qualities of the Sikim medicinal waters. One

of these cases was of hereditary gout of the worst type, and aggra-

vated by chronic rheumatism, the other was a case of extreme

debility and inertness of the vital functions, particularly the action

of the liver, consequent on malarious fever. In the former case,

there has been experienced wonderful relief from pain, such as had

not been known by the patient for years, with as good a prospect of

entire recovery as in such cases is possible.

‘“‘In the latter case the recovery has been as complete as it was

rapid,—strength, appetite and energy returning with the quickest

pace without the least aid from medicine, which indeed before the

resort to the waters had been found to be of no further service.

“Tt seems important that the public should be made aware what a

blessing is within the reach of all persons suffering from general

debility and inertness of functional action, from gout, from rheu-

matism, even the most severe and long dated, from secondary

syphilis, from glandular and cutaneous affections generally, and

lastly from sores of a bad type and long standing, that have resisted

the employment of internal and external pharmacopeial remedies.

As already stated by the writer in the Friend of India, there are

many of these springs in various parts of Sikim, the virtues of which

* The light would aid the decomposition, and green glass bottles would be

always best.

1856. | Ezaminations of Mineral Waters. 193

have been long known to the natives, though only so recently tried by

Europeans. But this one, so tried, has been preferred for its proxi-

mity and accessibility and sheltered site, the last being a material

point with reference to the chief element of the curative process, or

frequent bathing in the waters, at as high a temperature as the

patient can endure.

“ Minchu”’ is a compound word meaning in the language of the

country “medicine-water,’’ and as the term is both euphonic and

appropriate, it should be at once adopted as the designation of the

Darjeeling baths.

‘«¢ A gentleman here has made purchase of the ground and is erect-

ing a temporary house of three apartments within afew yards of the

spot where the mineral water issues from beneath a huge block of

gneiss. <A philanthropic gentleman of the station had previously

erected a similar building for the accommodation of bathers; this

building being now devoted entirely to the bath, consists of three

rooms.

“The distance from Darjiling is about five miles by the very good

road already constructed. The elevation as yet untested by baro-

meter or boiling water may nevertheless be safely said, by reason

of the vegetation proper to the spot and the temperature, to be about

3,500 to 4,000 feet above the sea, due allowance being made for the

_ extra heat generated by the rocky soil, sheltered position and eastern

aspect.

“ The water, still unanalysed, is void of all sapid or sensible proper-

ties. It has no heat, no taste, no smell. But the deep dye of rusty

red with which it speedily incrusts stone and wood, proves it to be

full of iron. It is to be hoped that Dr. W. O’Shaughnessy on his

way through Calcutta will find time for an analysis, which it is to be

hoped we shall soon obtain. This wonderfully efficacious remedy for

somany of the ills that flesh is heir to, is as mild as patent in its action.

In the slighter cases of debility,deranged liver and what not,it suffices

to drink the water at Darjeeling without the necessity of resort to

the Minchu. But in more serious cases such resort is indispensable

for the purpose of bathing. The waters may be drank cold or tepid,

but for bathing it must be used heated, and as hot as the patient can

bear, and as often, if he desire a very speedy cure. But such oyerhaste

194 Examinations of Mineral Waters. [No. 3.

is not good speed, unless the patient be naturally robust and not

much weakened by his ailment.

“ Thirty to forty baths usually suffice even in severe cases, and

should more be deemed needful, it is thought better to suspend the

use of them, after having taken so many, and to recur to the bath-

ing after an interval of some weeks. The method of using the bath

is borrowed entirely from the people of the country. A duct brings

the water from its source to the bathing place, which is both bath-

room and dwelling; and this arrangement is adopted to guard against

cold, nor should it be much deviated from in any future arrangement,

the precaution being of cardinal importance.

‘* Besides heating the water with red hot stones tossed into the

bathing tub, the Lepchas use an infusion of the bark of a tree, the

genus and species of which are yet to be determined. But the

necessity of this addition to the inherent virtue of the element has

already been in good measure disproved, so we will here close our

notice of the medicinal waters or baths of Darjeeling, referring our

reader also to the article in the Friend of India above adverted to.”’

II.

Mineral Water, from a spring walled in, at Kudjorah in Jessore,

Jrom A. Grotnz, Hsq., C. 8.

This water is tasteless, or but very slightly saline.

It has no smell.

There was a little flaky yellowish brown deposit in the bottle,

which was carbonate of iron.

Tests—for Acids.

Silver’ Poilj.. sis... .e dis. sesso) No Sulphuretted Hydrogen.

Litmus and Turmeric, ............ No free Acids.

Acet. Lead sol precepte., .......... Carbonic Acid.

Mur, Barytes, i022. .. sous oss! © No Sulphuric Aer:

Nitrate Silver Gilemiifal, vf ..-- Muriatic Acid.

Gold Tieaf tests 2. VL ees No Nitrate.

Hor ee

Mur: Platina; o239.2%%. : saleby. We Oot Poptass,

Carbonate Ammonia pe sibhok phat, Seda, she vase ld sta! Migemesia,

Oxalate Ammonia and Sulphate Soda,.............. Lime.

1856. | Examinations of Mineral Waters, 195

Tinct Galls, alone, slightly turbid . bes is a mis bate

with Lime Water, . be tne

Forty-eight ounces of this water aie asinine gave a slightly

coloured residuum and a considerable white crystalline sediment

aa Tron.

weighing in the whole 11 grains.

In the 48 In one gal-

OZ. lon.

Memenotiane Ot LAME... alk. as vet eenee ce, G25 16.64

Protoxide of Iron, ....... HMtd sity tall, MOG 1.70

Muriate and Carbonate Maden: Lepeetacse. oi! 70) 4.62

Saline matters Muriate and Carbonate of Soda, 2.00 5.33

rear WIGSS,)..si0 "Wha dine alam, Stew actaie o)., OAL

11.00 28.29

The spring is thus a carbonated, calcareous and magnesian water,

with a slight, though probably efficacious proportion of iron ; which

is of course in the state of carbonate, and held in solution in the

water.

EIT.

Mineral Water from Sosoneah, North of Hazareebagh, from W. H.

Exttotr, £sg., C. 8., through Mr. GRote.

I had three small pint bottles of this water, but the whole were

very badly corked.

Examined by the same tests as the foregoing, the carbonic and

muriatie acids only were found, and of the bases lime, iron and soda

were present; but the whole are in very small quantity, the total

of the saline matter and sediment obtained by the evaporation of

24 oz. being 1.70 gr.; so that we can only at present say, generally,

of this water that it is a carbonated and slightly chalybeate spring,

with a little muriate and carbonate of soda also in solution. Never-

theless when a larger quantity in proper preservation can be

obtained, it should be re-examined for Iodine and Bromine as above

remarked. I add to this paper, a circular from the Medical Board

with which I have been favoured by Dr. Macpherson, which give

excellent directions for collecting mineral waters for analysis, and a

list of many springs of which we know nothing and now that com-

196 Examinations of Mineral Waters. [No. 3.

munication in India is a little less tardy than a sea voyage of old,

it is to be hoped that some of them like the Minchu spring may

prove of service to the cause of humanity.

APPENDIX.

Circular from the Medical Board.

Str,—The Supreme Government having resolved on a systematic

examination of all the mineral springs in India, you are directed to

call the attention of the medical officers in your circle to the sub-

ject, and to request them to ascertain whether there are any springs

of real or supposed medicinal virtues in their districts, and to send

specimens of them to the Presidency for analysis. The Supreme

Government will request the Civil authorities to co-operate. |

2. Annexed are a few simple directions for the collection and

transmission of waters, and a list of some of the springs which have

been noticed in various parts of India, including those which are

believed to exist in your circle.

I have the honor to be,

Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

Se eae

Surgeon,

Secretary, Medical Board.

Kort William,

Medical Board Office, 185. ‘

Directions for the collection and transmission of Mineral Waters.

1. The mineral waters should be bottled in fine dry weather, and

for gaseous waters the morning is best.

2. Particulars should be sent of the quantity of water furnished

by the spring, whether it is constant or remits, of its temperature,

whether varying at different times, the nature of the soil or of the

rocks, from which it issues, the supposed elevation above the level

of the sea, whether the spring contains bubbles of any gas, whether

any particular conferve are found growing near it, and whether the

spring deposits any sediment.

1856. | Heaminations of Mineral Waters. 197

3. Four quart bottles of each water will be the quantity usually

required, the bottles to be of common black glass, perfectly clean ;

the corks if possible new, and it is well to steep them for a few days

in the water of the spring ; the corks to fit accurately, and to be se-

cured with dammer and string, in the usual way in which beer is bot-

tled in this country, placed in a box with four divisions; and packed

with tow.

4. With sulphurous waters it is particularly necessary, that the

bottle be quite full; acidulous, alcaline and gaseous waters may be

exposed to the air for an instant, before being corked, and it is espe-

cially necessary to be careful in tying down the corks of such.

5. Specimens of any conferve about the well or of any deposits

from it, as well as of the rocks in the neighbourhood, should also

be sent.

6. A notice should accompany, stating whether the natives of

the country believe in its medicinal power, and in what diseases

they count it useful.

7. There should be no delay in transmitting the waters, which

should be sent by dak bangy to the address of the Secretary, Medi-

cal Board.

8. When Medical or other officers on the spot are able to afford

any chemical information respecting the waters, or are for instance

able to observe whether the mineral ingredients are constant in

quantity, they are requested to communicate it.—Especially in cases

of gaseous waters, such as those containing Carbonic Acid or Sul-

phuretted Hydrogen, it is very desirable that they should endea-

your to determine the quantity of gas present.

9. Information is wanted as to the accessibility of the spring,

and healthiness or otherwise of the neighbourhood.

Hot springs in Martaban and Tenasserim, Pe- SEH Peg vor

Beem SPLINTS in Pegu,.... 4. -.00s, sae rersee apo ee =e Ee

Petroleum springs, Arracan and Assam, Seeta- D

Woond near Chittagong,................0sseceseees gies

Uteer 30 miles from Pooree, fs

Hot springs near Chauneh in Bancoorah, B ae

Ditto ditto Sooree, ..... sian St a

Ditto — ditto Rajmehal Hills, ..

198 Examinations of Mineral Waters. [No. 3.

Hot springs near Chauneh at Singoorjah, ...... \

Ditto at Pinarkoon, ......

Ditto at Kutkumsandee, |

At Mujoolee 30 miles S. E. of Rhotas, ....

2 Springs in Hills N. E. of Gya, ......

4 Sulphuretted ee within 27 miles of afta | Dinapore.

Hazareebaugh,

Burkutta G. T. road,. he i A a AS it

Seetacoond Moonghyr, Re ere eee |

Many hot springs in same range, ...............

2 Springs on Runjeet river Darjeeling, .........J

Springsrab Mandour, 0... es cshec awe tas ase

Any ditto in Kemaon re Uae cee eee Meerut.

Well of Sonah near Delhie, .. tM SR Uae Ula ale

Sulphurous spring at Gwalior, ..................... Gwalior.

Many mineral springs at isis in Jeypore,

Hot springs in Alwar, ......... se

Hot and cold springs at Seetabaree in | Harrowtee, one

Soda springs in Rajpootana,... ba eeulas cteles f

Hot springs at Jumnootrie, eon ae

Kedarnath and Budinath in Ghurwal valley

OF phe Sublej te ncedidepccaseyt. oo: aaptaee- meee ere

Chalybeate at Nagconda, 2.) (ce. +0+ casas9 scm

Miumneckarnty: «csi. sownottee tema aan eee en ‘7

Bighihst, .... 22s... ..s.ceensndeehee aseeeeaese eee eee H

Saline spring at Dreva near Shapore, ............ Ly none

Sulphur ditto at Lonsah near Noorpore, ...... i

Chalybeate at Dalhousie Chumba, ...............

Todine and Brine near Juwalli Mukki, ......... Bs

At Mukhdoor Rusheed 14 miles from Mooltan,...Sealkote.

Saline springs in Salt Range, ...................0.... bPeshawur.

) Bombay.

Hot fountain in Kattywar.

Also Saline and Sulphur springs within high water mark.

Sulphurous well near Somnath.

Saline springs in the Concan.

Saline and Sulphurous springs in Lukeepass, + Sein ae

Many hot springs on Western boundary, ...... ;

Madras.

Ramandroog hills near Bellary.

Chalybeate at Bungalore.

Sulphuretted hot springs at Bradachellum on the Godavery.

Hot springs at Rair and Urjunah and at Byorah in the Deccan.

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. 199

Notes on Aifred von Kremer’s edition of Wagidy’s Campaigns.— By

| Dr. A. SPRENGER.

(Szconp Norice.)

T possess an Arabic MS. which has the title of Jamharat al-’ Arab

and contains seven times seven ancient poems (the first seven

being the Mo’-allagat) and also episodes from the early history of

the Arabs in a poetical garb.

The first episode is the story of Barraq (Persian authors call him

Majnin) and Layla. She was the youngest and handsomest daugh-

ter of an Arab chief and had two sisters. The eldest of them

So’da was married to Tha’labah, the Lame, king of Petra, and the

second to Shabyb, a chief of the Tay Arabs. SBarraq, the hero of

the story, fell in love with the youngest.

When Barraq was young he used to go out to the pasture grounds,

milk the camels and carry the milk to a Christian hermit, who

instructed him in reading the gospel, for our hero was a Christian.

He had hardly attained the age of twenty-five when the cele-

brated war broke out between the Arab tribes of Mesopotamia

and the Syrian desert, and afforded Barrdq an opportunity of giving

proofs of his bravery. Without following the original in the his-

torical details of this war, I content myself with saying, that he

surpassed all other warriors in courage and obtained the title of

Father of Victory.

Ibn Naf’ who tells us the story next introduces specimens of the

liberality and generosity of his hero. Some ’Adwan families were

in debt and they sent to Barraq to solicit his assistance. He gave

them all his own camels, and as they were not sufficient to extricate

them from their difficulties, he gave them also those of his father

and of his brother. The former reproved him for his prodigality,

but the strain in which he extolled the merits of liberality not only

moved his father to similar feelings, but it induced the Tay tribe

to give to the needy ’Adwanities more than double as much as

they required.

~ Lokayz, the father of Layla was a friend of ’Amr b. Morrah, the

Laird of Gahban, and used now and then to spend a few days in his

2D2

200 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. [ No. 3.

castle. The beauty and soft feminine character of Layla had become

known all over the desert, and were the theme of conversation among

the Arabian chiefs. One day as Lokayz was staying with the Laird, he

demanded his daughter in marriage. Lokayz had not the courage

to refuse him, but he did not give him a promise.

The rivalry of these two lovers is the plot of the story which

throughout is with great art connected with the political history of

the time to heighten its interest. It is not my intention to give the

outline of it, but I wish to call the attention ofthe reader to the

method of treating the subject, which is peculiar to the Arabs and

constitutes their epos. The narrative is in prose, whose only charm is

its great simplicity, and it forms only a small proportion of the work.

The greater part of the story consists of speeches, disputations,

and monologues, which are al] in verse and not without poetical

beauty. They are always dignified and contain noble passions, and

much wisdom.

Compositions of this description seem at all times to have been po-

pular among the Arabs. The earliest and most beautiful specimen

is the book of Job. It consists almost entirely of speeches, which

are highly poetical. One of the productions, which up to this day

are popular at Damascus is the Dywan Bany Hilal, which consists

chiefly of poetical monologues and disputations.

The first century after the conquests of the Arabs was the most

poetical age recorded in oriental history. Savages, with great

natural talents, were the masters of the fairest countries in the

world. The luxuries of civilized life have a great charm which they

could not resist. They lived in great ease in the cities of Syria,

Egypt and Persia, their only occupation being the exercise of arms

and the defence of the country. The wealthy ryots were the slaves

of the Musalman community and had to support them. As these

barbarians advanced in civilization they looked back with pride and

veneration on the simple manners and exalted heroism of their

fathers. Refinement and luxury deprived them of the energy to

imitate their example but they filled them with a taste for what is

beautiful and great. The traditions regarding the original condi-

tion and exploits of their ancestors assumed therefore more and more

an ideal character; and a poetical light was poured over the history

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. 201

of Arabia and of the origin of the Isldm, and like the heroes of

olden times, the actors were endowed with every quality which they

considered noble. It was during this age that the genealogies of

the Arabic tribes were invented or constructed out of ethnographical

materials and that most of the poems ascribed to the time of pagan-

ism were made. Poetry was in those days the vehicle of public

opinion, and exercised the same influence on politics which in our

days is exercised by newspapers.

One of the most favorite themes of the poets of those days seems

to have been the history, not only of Arabia but also the sacred history

and all history which had reached them. It does not appear that

they made many alterations, the shape in which it reached them

being fabulous enough for all purposes, but they filled it with poetical

effusions. The early Arabic historians quote seriously elegies which

Adam recited on the death of Abel, hymns which Noah chanted in

descending from the ark, and songs which Kayumorth recited on

ascending the throne.

Up to this day we have two sets of works on the life of Mokam-

mad. The one professes to be historical, and it would be profanation

to read a work like Ibn Hisham in a coffee-house. The other set

of works is legendary, and intended to be read before meetings in

the month of Raby’ I. and such books are frequently related for

edification and amusement in coffee-houses by paid story-tellers.

These legendary biographies of Mohammad are usually called Moled

oJ,0, because they contain more particularly the birth of the prophet.

The most celebrated Moled is that of Bakry, who wrote in 763.

It is but natural that the history of the prophet should have

occupied the historical poets or poetical historians of the first cen-

tury more than any other episode of the history of our race. And

much that was legend in the first century was regarded as history

in the second, although the difference between history and legend

was even then carefully kept in view.

In referring to Ibn Ishaq, d. 151, we find that his biography of

the prophet contains a great deal that has the character of what I

called above the epos of the Arabs. Thus in page 106, he gives an

account of the death of ’Abd al-Moéfalib, the grandfather and

guardian of the prophet, and he relates that he sent for his six

202 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wagidy. [No. 3.

daughters, and said to them: I am dying, but I shouldlike to hear

in my last moments how you express your grief on my death. Hach

of them repeated improviso an elegy which Ibn Ishaq has preserved.

This scene and the manner in which it is treated mark the pecu-

liarity of what I call the Epos of the Arabs. Their poets delight

to view an important or touching occurrence from all its sides, and

in order to make this kind of moralizing less tedious, they put the

expression of their sentiments into the mouths of persons, who

were most concerned in it. Thus in the story of Barrdg and Layla,

the chiefs of the tribe, successively give their opinion to Lokayz on

his intention of selling his daughter to a man of another tribe.

And in the book of Job the story is subordinate to the speeches

which contain the different views which people entertain on the

changes of fortune. Similar remnants of the early poetical and

legendary biography of the prophet are frequent in Ibn Ishaq,

and, if we only knew what view to take of them, they are of

great interest.

It would be a matter of great interest to ascertain the names of

these poetical historians. Before attempting to identify them, it

appears to be expedient to bring to the notice of the reader, some

of the men who in the first century propagated the history of the

prophet, true or false.

If we compare the oldest accounts we possess as those of Ibn

Ishaq, d. 151; of Aba Ishaq ’Amr b. ’Abd Allah, d. 127 (quoted

by Ibn Hibban and Bokhary), of Ibn Aby Shaybah, d. 285; of Ibn

’Oqbah, d. 141 (quoted by Ibn Sayyid alnas), we find a very great

resemblance in the division of the subject and even in the expres-

sion. If we follow up the authorities which these writers quote

we find the further we go back the closer the various accounts

approach, so that they appear to be different texts of the same

original with trifling, but sometimes important and evidently inten-

tional alterations, and also with some additions and omissions, I

might quote numerous examples to prove this assertion, but they

would take up several pages, and I therefore content myself with

referring for an instance to my notes in this Journal, Vol. 21 p. 576

on Bahyrah’s journey to Makkah.

The natural inference from these premises, seems to be that in

1856.] | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wagidy. 203

the first century the biography of the prophet had assumed a stereo-

type form, and that the earliest works which we have on it are

copies of this stereotype biography. To suppose that a written

record (beyond memoranda), has reached the authors whom we have

just mentioned would be an assertion which cannot be proved. The

similarity of the earliest accounts can be sufficiently accounted for

by assuming that they all come from the same place, and from the

same school, and that some eminent persons took the lead in that

school.

During the first century of the Hijrah, the principal seat of learn-

ing was Madynah. Even during the second century, it was superior

to any other city, though many learned men emigrated to Babylonia,

which rose rapidly to importance.

About the year 100 of the Hijrah, there flourished a man at

Madynah of the name of Shorahbyl b. Sa’d, who attained to great

celebrity for his knowledge of the campaigns and life of the prophet

in which, it was thought he surpassed all his contemporaries. He

was a client of the Hofamah, an Ancar family, and like other learned

men, he was daily to be found in the great mosque of Madynah,

ready to relate traditions of the prophet to any one who liked to

listen tothem. At the same time he was himself anxious to obtain

new ones from his elders. Among those from whom he collected his

information in his youth were the best informed contemporaries of

the prophet, as Zayd b. Thabit who used to write down the reve-

lations for the prophet and d. in 48 or after 50; Jabir b. "Abd Allah,

d. at Madynah after A. H. 70, aged 94; ’Abd Allah, a son of the

Khalif ’Omar, d. 73; ’Abd Allah b. Abbas, d. at 7ayif in 68, aged

71 years; Abi Sa’yd Khodry, d. 74, and Abt Horayrah, joined the

prophet three years before his death and d. in A. H. 59. Though

these men are mentioned among his shaykhs, on comparing dates

we find that he was too young when they died, for him to have

derived much information from them; the bulk of his historical

knowledge he must have obtained from later authorities. He was

unfortunately very poor, and tried to turn his celebrity to account.

If a man made him a handsome present, he would assure him that

his father or grandfather or some other member of his family fought

in every campaign of the prophet and held a high place in his favour ;

204 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wagidy.. [No.. 3.

but woe to the ancestors of a man who did not pay! They never

had distinguished themselves during the age of the prophet except

perhaps in the ranks of his enemies. Owing to this description of

industry he got a bad name among his own biographers. Towards the

end of his life his faculties failed him, and he died at an advanced

age in A. H. 128.

Among those who took traditions from him are, according to the

Kamal :

1. Misa b. ’Ogbah, d. 141.

2. Ibn Ishaq, d. 151.

3. Abt Ma’shar, d. 175.

4. Yahya b. Sa’yd Ancary who was Qadhiy of Madynah and

subsequently in the *Iraq, where he died in 143. He was the most

learned man of his age besides Zohry, Bokayr b. Ibn al-Ashajj and

Abi-l-Zinndd. He had so faithful a memory that he used to dictate

traditions to his pupils from memory, and if he subsequently.

rehearsed them, they found that he could repeat them literally as

he had dictated them.

Ibn Aby Dzyb born in 80, died in 158.

’Omarah b. ’Azyyah, d. 140.

Malik b. Anas, born in 93, d. 179.

Fitr b. Khalyfah, d. 155 or 153.

Mohammad b. Rashid, d. in 160 odd.

10. Ziyad b. Sa’d.

11. Abd al-Rahman b. Solayman b. Ghasyl, d. 171.

12. ’Acim b. al-Ahwal, d. 142.

The three first named pupils of Shorahbyl, have left biographies

of the prophet. The work of Ibn Ishaq we have, that of Musa b.

’Oqbah is frequently quoted by Bokhary, Ibn Sayyid alnas, Sohayly,

and Ibn Hajar and other writers, and it is very likely that a copy

fF ST So Er

of it will yet be discovered. I made enquiries regarding this

book wherever I went, and at Damascus I was assured that there

existed a copy, but I was unable to obtain a sight of it. Abu

Ma’shar we find also sometimes quoted but much less fre-

quently. It appears to me that Shorakbyl had a great hand in

giving to the biography of Mohammad, a stereotype form. Much had

been done before him, more particularly by ’Orwah, Sa’yd b. Mosay-

}

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. 205

yab and others, but in the first years after the Hijrah as long as

eye-witnesses were alive, they would be chiefly consulted and it is

not likely that they all would choose the same set phrases in relating

what they had seen,

I do not mean to say that these three authors merely wrote down

what they heard from Shorahbyl, nor that he was the only man who

had a hand in completing the stereotyping of the main parts of the

biography of Mohammad. As it has already been stated and will

be further shown lower down, much has been done before him.

And during his life time it must have been the subject of daily conver-

sation in the mosque of Madynah. Still I am led to suppose that

he took a great part in it and my reasons for this supposition are:

1, The testimony of Najjar and Dzohaby, who say that he was better

versed in the biography of Mohammad than any of his contem-

poraries. 2. The circumstance that three of his pupils left works

on the subject. 3, The very silence of Ibn Ishaq. Though it is

distinctly stated in the Kamal that Ibn Ishaq obtained information

from him, he nowhere quotes his authority by name; on the con-

trary there are some sentences preserved from him in which he

expresses a very unfavorable opinion of his teacher.

The fact is, many parts of the stereotyped version were evidently

not to the taste of Ibn Ishaq, and on perusing his book it gives us

the idea that one of his objects in writing it, was to improve and

critically to illustrate it. He thereforeseldom mentions his authorities

for those parts of the story which were generally believed to be true.

Thus for instance he like Bokhary and others takes the history

of the Mi’raj from Khodry, but he does not say through whom it has

reached him. As Khodry is mentioned among the teachers of

Shorahbyl, itis not impossible that he was the medium of communi-

cation. Ibn Ishaq generally gives the authorities only where he

has additions to make to the stereotyped and generally received

versions, where he has more clearly ascertained a fact or where he

Suggests corrections. I will mention an instance. In p. 100 he

relates that Hassan heard, when he was seven years of age, a Jew

publicly proclaiming that a star had risen the preceding night

announcing the birth of Ahmad (the Messiah). To throw light on

this story, Ibn Ishdq enquired of the grandson of Hassin how old

206 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. [ No. 3.

he was, when the prophet came to Madynah, and was informed that

he was sixty years old. It hence follows that he was just seven

years of age when the prophet was born, and that therefore, there is

no anachronism in the above statement. Similar instaneesin which

he made enquiries from persons, who, owing to their family connec-

tion, must have been accurately acquainted with certain facts are

frequent.

In the commencement of some chapters however, he gives an isnad

which apparently refers to the main sources of the stereotype ver-

sion. It runs at the heading of the battle of the ditch, oy pgom

Foyt Whose Ko lV Wea 5) or Baye WS HW UT Ye whey Ge

B96 9 BLS Cy soe ont ele 9 Corts ERI OS Ui! Coe? 5 Hho (2

| pipe GAN

“T have been informed by Yazyd b. Riman, a client of the Zabayr

family on the authority of ’Orwah, the son of Zobayr, also by a

person against whom I have no suspicion on the authority of ’Abd

Allah b. Ka’b b. Malik and of Mohammad b. Ka’b Qoratzy, and

also by Zohry, by ’Agim b. ’Omar b. Qatadah and a "Abd Allah b.

Aby Bakr and others.”

The battle of Badr is headed by the following isnad wy dos pom

Whey, Wy OL 9 SH “4p i a) onc g Bylis wy pe Cyt role (ext ple

Lee crt ere Wilebe Gyo dye g eT ot By Ue

«T have been tuted by Zohry and by ’Agim b. Omar and by

‘Abd Allah b. Aby Bakr and by Yazyd b. Riman on the authority’

of ’Orwah, and by others of our men of learning on the authority

of Ibn ’Abbas.

At the head of the story of the campaign called Sawyq the isnad

FUDS (y* pel Y yey whoyy wy Sap 9 ptty!l Wt pe Ut OE? Hom

# SSbo Oyo ws oy Pi Oars

“T have been informed by Mohammad, by Ja’far b. Zobayr, and

by Yazyd b. Raman and by a person against whom I have no

anes on the authority of ’Abd Allah b. Ka’b b. Malik.”

‘In the commencement of the campaign of the Banu Mogtaliq

it runs Gy =” 9 SY Cot UW? aU] ore y ald Or oe? Wt pole isos

* (pho. us JOS (IO Os Som Os US ylo w? uke?

“JT have been informed ‘by ’"Acim b. ’Omar b. Qatadah and by

"Abd Allah b, Aby Bakr and by Mohammad b. Yahya b. Jabbar.

1856. } Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. 207

Every one of these men related to me a portion of the story of the

Banu Moctaliq (and I completed one statement through the

other).”

As authorities for his account of the Ohod campaign, he mentions

in addition to Zohry and Mohammad b. Yahyd and ’Ayim b. ’Omar

also al- Hocayn b. A’bd al-Rahman b. ’Amr b. Sa’d b. Mo’4dz.

These isnéds give us the names of eight Shaykhs of Ibn Ishaq

and comparing them with other quotations strewed over the book,

we find that from some of them he received an almost complete ac-

count of the life of the prophet. I will now give a short notice of

the latter and with a view of tracing the sources regarding the bio-

graphy of Mohammad up to eye-witnesses, also of their authorities.

The first Shaykh mentioned is Yazydb. Riman Abt Rusk of Mady-

nah. He was a client of the Zohayr.family and derived the greater

part of his information on the biography of Mohammad from ’Orwah

the son of Zobayr. He was particularly strong in explaining the

Qoran, having studiedit under’ Abd Allah b.’ Abbas b. Raby’ah, who

is to be distinguished from the famous Ibn ’Abbas. He died in 129

or 135. Ibn Ishaq quotes him particularly often in his accounts of

the campaigns but also in the first part, as pp. 221, 415, 417, 454, &.

The Shaykhs most frequently quoted by Ibn Ishaq were relations

of ’Orwah b. Zobayr, and like Yazyd b. Riman, they derived most

of their information from him. I will first name them and then give

a short account of ’Orwah himself.

Mohammad b. Ja’far b. Zobayr a nephew of ’Orwah is quoted in

Vol. L. pp. 34, 327, 3938, 456, Vol. LI. pp. 95, 117, 180, 198 and

passim. |

Hisham a son of ’Orwah was born at Madynah. As long as he

resided in his native town, he was considered a trustworthy teacher

of traditions, but when he came into the ’Irdq he related many

traditions on the authority of his father which he had received from

him only second hand.. He died in 145 or 146. Ibn Ishaq intro-

duces accounts which Hish4m professed to nave received from his

father ’Orwah in Vol. I. pp. 143, 204, 403 and Vol II. p. 153.

"Omar, a son of the preceding. In Vol. I. p. 403, is an account

which he had received from ’Orwah.

Yahya, a son of ’Orwah is quoted in Vol. J. p. 201. He took

24H 2

208 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. [No. 3.

traditions from ’Orwah and also from ’Abd Allah b. ’Amr b. al-’ Ag,

Vol. I. p. 181.

Calih b. Kaysan, the friend of the Khalif’Omar b. ’Abd al-’ Azyz

and the tutor of his children, is also quoted, but very rarely. He

took traditions from Zohry, Vol. I. p. 153, and also from others

Vol. II. p. 22. He died about ninety years of age after A. H. 140.

Zohry, whom I shall mention lower down, took most of his tradi-

tions from ’Orwah and his relations.

’Orwah b. al-Zobayr was born at Madtial in A. H. 23. His

mother Qafyyah was an aunt of the prophet. His brother ’Abd Allah

gained a large party and was proclaimed Khalif in Arabia, Egypt

and Khorasan, but after he had maintained himself nine years in his

lofty position, he was defeated by the lieutenant of the Omayyides

and crucified at Makkah in A. H. 73. ’Orwah seems not to have

meddled with politics, and he even spent the last days of his life at

the Omayyide court at Damascus, where it became necessary to am-

putate one of his legs on account of a malignant ulcer.. No man of

that age had better opportunities to collect information regard-

ing the history and tenets of the Islam than him, and he made the

best use of them. He was one of the seven men who are called

the great divines of Madynah, and his distinguished pupil Zohry

said, that he found that he was an inexhaustible sea and was

able to give an answer to any question that might be proposed

to him. He wrote down the result of his enquiries and to judge

from the quotations which occur in Ibn Ishaq, Bokhary and Ibn

Sa’d, the assertion of Hajy Khalyfah, No. 12464, that he has written

a biography of Mohammad, seems to be correct. But unfortunately

the prejudice, that it was not proper to have any other book than the

Qoran, induced him to efface all his writings.* He regretted it sub-

sequently and took great pains to teach the numerous traditions with

which his memory was stocked to his children and pupils, and they

have preserved a great portion of his labours. He died in 94 A. H.

* Dzohaby says us eget? Uy) CUS on LS bs ¥ Js LS Sy ye ls

* LS 5 a3S ‘)i “wodoy/ Si 43. The Khatyb Baghdady thinks that the rea-

son "why he repented to have destroyed his writings was, because when he got old,

his memory got weak; but in one version he says his books would be very useful

for his children.

1856.] Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wagqidy. 209

Another Shaykh of Ibn Ishaq whose name occurs in all but one

of the above isnaéds is "Abd Allah b. Aby Bakr b. Mohammad b.

Hazm Angary of Madynah, who died in 130 or 135 at the age of

seventy. His teacher was his own father, Abi Bakr whom the Khalif

’Omar b. ’Abd al-’ Azyz (came to the throne in 99) appointed judge

of Madynah, and to whom he sent orders to collect and write down

traditions, more particularly those of his aunt ’Amrah, a daughter

of ’Abd al-Rafman b. Sa’d b. Zorarah of the Angar and those of

Qasim. When this order was given, Abd Allah was no longer a

pupil, but a companion of his father, and no doubt assisted him in

his labour. Hence it happens that he mostly quotes the same

Shaykhs as his father. Abu Bakr died at the age of eighty-four in

117 or 120. Ibn Ishaq takes in many instances the account of

?Abd Allah as the basis of his narrative, as in Vol. II. p. 135. In

some instances "Abd Allah does not state his authority as in Vol. I.

pp- 287, 295, 296, 427, 434, 449, 451, 454; Vol. II. pp. 181, 183,

135, 187, 191 and passim. He quotes his father in Vol. I. p. 48.

He quotes ’Amrah Vol. I. pp. 52, 105, and Vol. II. p. 102. He

quotes in several instances Othman b. Aby Solayman b. Jobayr from

his uncle Nafi’ b. Jobayr from his father Jobayr. He quotes Yahya

b. Abd Allah b. ’Abd al-Rafman b. A’sad (Sa’d ?) b. Zorarah, Vol.

I. p. 839. He quotes Ibn Abbds second hand Vol. I. pp. 485, 442.

He quotes a man of the Banu Sa’idah from Abu Osayd Malik b.

Raby’, who was present at the battle of Badr, Vol. I. p. 436. He

quotes Omm ’Ysa, a lady of the Khoza’ah from Omm Ja’far, Vol. II.

p- 174, and he quotes several other authorities. ’Amrah, whom he

and his father quote had collected a great many traditions from

*Ayishah and other wives of the prophet, and died in 106 or accord-

ing to others as early as 98 at the age of seventy-seven.

*Acim b. Omar b. Qatadah was equally a native of Madynah, but

during the reign of the pious ’Omar b.’Abd al-’Azyz he came to

Damascus and taught traditions in the great mosque. Subsequently

he returned to his native town where he died in 120 or 129. Ibn

Sa’d apud Dzohaby states, that he was particularly strong in the

biography of the prophet, and Ibn Iskdq quotes him almost in every

chapter, as Vol. I. pp. 141, 283, 286, 295, 339, 366, 432; Vol. II.

pp. 18, 17, 18, 19, 53, 94, Llland passim. ’Agim, it would appear

210 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wagidy. | No. 3.

taught the stereotype version, he therefore seldom quotes his autho-

rities and only in cases where he deviates. from it. Among the

Shaykhs whom he quotes is Mahmud b. Labyd who died in 96 aged

ninety-nine years. In his days, it was so common to preserve tradi-

tions in writing, that there is little doubt that he kept note books. °

The anonymous Shaykh against whom Ibn Ishaq had no suspicion,

and who derived his information from Mohammad b. Ka’b Qoratzy

and from ’Abd Allah b. Ka’b b. M4lik (d. 97 or 98) seems to me to be

Shorahbyl, of whom I have spoken above. Ibn Ishaq had apparently

several informants, whom he does not think proper to mention. One

of them took traditions from Miqsam, and Sohayly supposes that he

is identical with Hasan b. ’Omarah. He is evidently a different

man from the one alluded to in the above isnads.

Mohammad b. Ka’b Qoratzy of Madynah was the son of a con:

verted Jew. He resided for some time at Kiifah, but returned to

his native town, where he died in 108, or 117. or 120 by the fall of

the roof of the mosque, whilst he was engaged in literary discussions

with his learned friends. He was particularly strong in the explana-

tion of the Qoran. His authority for traditions on the life of Moham-

mad is not only quoted by the anonymous Shaykh but also by Yazyd

b. Ziyad apud Ibn Ishaq, Vol. I. pp. 184, 320, 276; Vol. IL. p. 85 and

passim. He is also quoted by Boraydah, (apid Ibn Ishaq Vol. II. p.

25) who had received his traditions through Sofyan Aslamy. The name

of Mohammad b. Ka’b also frequently occurs in Ibn Sa’d’s isnads.

At length I come to Mohammad b. Moslim Zohry, who is also

called Ibn Shibab. He is one of the most remarkable men in the

literary history of the Islam, and with him closes the first period of

the Mokammadan church history. He was a native of Madynah

and a soldier by profession. He spent part of his life at the court

of the Khalif ’Abd al-Mahk, at Damascus, and was the tutor of |

Hisham’s children, who at. one time owed him seven thousand dynars

on that account. He was very rich and liberal, nay extravagant.

On one occasion a friend reminded him of his debts, which amounted

to twenty thousand dynars, and he answered, I possess five springs, _

every one of which is worth double that sum.

Zohry had so retentive a memory that he learned the Qoran

by-heart in eighty days. Being passionately fond of honey he

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. 211

ascribed to it the property of improving the memory. He was

anxious to obtain the best information and spent several years in

the company of Ibn Mosayyab (died shortly after A. H. 90) who

was then one of the most celebrated traditionists and theologians.

He was particularly anxious to obtain information on the origin of

the Islam from the descendants of the Refugees and Angar, but did

not neglect to consult their freed slaves and other hangers-on

(cel). Zohry like some other men of his age thought it objection-

able to write down traditions, but gradually this practice became

universal and he gave up this prejudice.* Abi Zinnad (d. in

131, aged sixty-six years) relates that he used sometimes to accom-

pany him in his walks, and wherever he went he took tablets and

a note-book with him, and wrote down whatever he heard. (alih b.

Kaysan (died about 140) was a fellow-student of his, and as they

were consulting with each other on the best method of study,

they agreed to take down traditions and they both wrote all the

sayings of the prophet which they could gather, subsequently Zohry

proposed to take down also the sayings of his companions bearing

on dogmas, but on this point they differed. Calik did not consider

them as decisive in law, but Zohry did, and wrote them down. ’Obayd

Allah b. Omar relates of him that they saw him giving a book of

traditions to his pupils, telling them, that they might propagate the

contents thereof on his authority. On one occasion he mentioned

to Malik a very long tradition, and as he could not remember it he

requested him to repeat it, but instead of repeating it, he wrote it

down for him. The amount of traditions, poems and other informa-

tion which Zohry taught was very great, and when al-Walyd moved

he found that the books (_34», now this term is used for account

bai office-books) containing what Zohry had taught made several

loads for beasts of burden. :

_ To illustrate the light in which writing was viewed even in the

€ommencement of the second century, I may mention that Sofyaén

| Thawry, died 161, received some traditio1.s from Zohry in writing,

* Ma’mar apud Ibn Sa’d folio 178 and Dzohaby. The tradition does not run

alike in both authors, one reads amr, where the other reads omara, and they alter

the other words accordingly, but the sense which I give in the text, results from

both readings. I shall give the version, which we find in Ibn Sa’d and the Khatyb

| Baghdady in another article in the original.

212 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wagidy. [ No. 3.

and because they were not at the same time communicated to him

verbally, he did not avail himself of them. But Sofyan Thawry was

altogether a very eccentric man. Al-A’raj (d. in 117). who used to

copy the Qoran was induced by Zohry also to write down traditions,

but as soon as he had learned them by-heart he tore them up

( &3J15}0). The great boast in those days was, to know as many

traditions by-heart as possible. From the earliest time however,

they assisted memory by keeping notes. This we are told was done

by Zayd and Ziyad. In ’ Abd al-Haqq Dehlawy’s Maddry, Vol. II. p-

284, occurs a very important passage bearing on this subject, which

is taken from the Mawahib, Vol. I. p. 304, “ Waqidy states, giving

his isnéd up to ’Ikrimah (a client and a pupil of Ibn ’Abbas, d. in

107), that he (Ikrimah) said, I found the following letter among

the books (45) of Ibn Abbas (was born three years before the

Hijrah and died in 68) after his death, and I copied it.”

But these notes were only intended to be used privately on the

sly, for they were almost ashamed to be obliged to have recourse to

them, and they were seldom arranged and not intended to be pro-

pagated by the process of transcription only. But genealogies and

lists of names, it seems, were made use of without reserve even by |

the most prejudiced and conceited. It is related of Zohry that he

used a genealogical table of his tribe and family.

Ibn Ishaq sometimes says in quoting Zohry c¢y 2) ison and,

sometimes ¢¢y%5J1,55 (in Vol. I. pp. 149, 404 and passim. In page

130, he uses this expression also in reference to information received

from ’Orwah, saying, %35°,55). They were rather strict in those

days in distinguishing between the terms which they used to indicate

the manner, in which they received a tradition, and writers on the

canons of historical criticism hold that_y55s without the addition of

<¢ or W does not imply that a man has heard the tradition from

the shaykh quoted, or that he received it in any manner from him-

self; and I suspect, that wherever Ibn Ishaq uses this term, he

found a tradition in books.or writings only, and perhaps second-hand.

Even where he says cs om it does not imply that he obtained it

orally. He may have received it orally and in writing or in writing

only, but from the informant himself.

Hajy Khalyfah, Halaby and others say that Zohry left a work

on the biography of Mohammad, and Sohayly several times quotes

1855.] Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wigidy. 213

it. There is no doubt that he collected an immense number of

notes on the subject, and Ibn Ishaq refers to them in almost every

chapter, but I doubt, whether he left them arranged and in the

shape of a book on his death, and think that like the commentary

on the Qoran ascribed to Ibn ’Abbas, they were collected and

arranged by a later hand, perhaps by his nephew, Mohammad b.

*Abd Allah b. Moslim, who is quoted by wi aga in the first page

as one of his Shaykhs.

Having said so much on the origin of writing down eluaiedbai

though it is my intention to enter into the subject at some length

in a separate article, I may advert to a statement of Ibn Hanball,.

recorded by Ghazzaly, Shahrashib, Nawawy and others. He says,

the first man who composed books was Ibn Jorayj (d. in 150, it is

said, at the age of one hundred years). If this is correct at all, he-

refers to systematic works on traditions or law. There is evidence

to show that there existed Arabic works on profane subjects before’

his time. Mas’udy speaks of a public library at the time of ’?Omar

b. ’Abd al-’azyz, and I possess the history of Ibn Monajjim, who

wrote in 131, and he quotes in pp. 68, 184 and 103, an older author

whose name was Ahmad b. ’Abd Allah Injyly. In page 103 he says,

ra Je) w mae ned CUS eS she's! eoy.3- “Injyly expresses an

opinion in his work, which has the title of Khashyn ’Aylam that,

&e.”’ I do not know when Injyly died, but from Ibn Monajjim, p. 184,

it appears that he was a nephew aad pupil of ’Abd Allah b. Sallam,

of whom we find the following notice in the Kamal of ’Abd al-

Ghanyy, “’Abd Allah b. Sallam b. al-Harith Khazrajy was called

Abu Yusof, and was a confederate of the Qawagqilah, a family of the:

Bana ’Awf b. Khazraj. He was an Israelite of the tribe of Joseph,

and embraced the Islam when Mohammad came to Madynah. The

prophet changed his name which kad been Hocayn into ’Abd Allah,

and promised him the paradise. To him alludes the verse of Qoran,

46, 9 (in which Moammad refers to his testimony) and also:

verse 13, 43. But as to the bearing of the latter verse, the opinions

of the commentators of the Qoran are divided. He was present with:

the Khalyf ’Omar at the conquest of Jerusalem, and died according

_ to Ibn Sa’d at Madynah in 43.”

' Mas’tidy mentions the work of Injyly -as well as that of Ibn

214 Alfred von Kremer’ s edition of Wagqidy. [No. 3.

Monajjim among his authorities in the preface to the Golden

Meadows.

Regarding the authorities on which Zohry’s biography of Mo-

hammad was. founded, there occurs an interesting passage in Ibn

Ishaq, in the commencement of the account of the war against the

Qoraytzah. He takes Zohry as his guide and copies the list of the

authorities, from whose information Zohry had put together his

story. They are, ’Alqamah b. Waqqac¢ Laythy of Madynah (who

died during the reign of ’Abd al-Malik b. Merw4n), Say’d b. Jobayr

(was put to death by Hajjaj in 95 before he had completed his 50th

year of age), "Orwah (mentioned above), ’Obayd Allah b. ’Abd

Allah b. ’Otbah b. Saby’ah (d. in 94 or 84). From Bokhary, p. 573,

we learn that Zohry related the adventure of ’Ayishéh on the

authority of ’Orwah, Sa’yd b. Mosayyab, ’Alqamah b.. Waqqa¢ and

’Obayd Allah b. ’Abd Allah. Numerous other passages might be

adduced, from which it appears that. Zohry derived his knowledge of

the main facts in the life of Mohammad trom these five men. Among

them he quotes most frequently ’Orwah (as apyd Ibn Ishaq,

Vol. L. pp. 180, 415; Vol. 11. pp. 180, 144 and passim, also apud

Bokhary, pp. 2, 572, 573, 574 and times innumerable) and it seems

that in his biography of the prophet, he restored the work of ’Orwah

as far as he could recollect it from his lectures, and gather it from

his other pupils, and that he enriched it, with additional information

from.a.very great variety of authorities.

Ibn Ishaq takes from Zohry the story of the adventure of ’Ayishah,

The young lady accompanied her decrepid husband in one of the

campaigns, and lost her way, but had the good luck to meet a young

man who brought, her back to the arms of her spouse. This story

affords the best specimen, of Zohry’s manner of treating the subject,

which is far from candid. The story being too long for being

inserted here, I give.’Orwah’s and Zohry’s version of the expedition

of Ibn Jahsh, which I related according to other authorities in a

preceding number, p, 65, we see from it that these men were far too

skilful theologists for being good historians,

“The prophet sent Abd Allah Ibn Jahsh b, Ray4b Asady on am

expedition in Rajab immediately after the first Badr campaign, and

he gave him eight men. They were refugees, and there was no

1856. | Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. 215

Ancdér among them. He wrote a letter for him and told him not to

look into it before he had proceeded two days journey. Then he

should read it and go to the place indicated in it, but that he was

not to compel any of his men to accompany him. The men of

Jahsh were: (see list swpra, p. 65 note). When Ibn Jahsh had

advanced two days he opened the letter and read it, and he found in

it what follows: ‘ When you have read this letter proceed as far as

Nakhlah between Makkah and al-Tayif. Watch the movements of

the Qorayshites and give me information.’ When he had done

reading it he said, I hear and obey, and then addressing his fol-

lowers, he spoke: The prophet orders me to proceed to Nakhlah to

watch the movements of the Qorayshites and to bring him the

intelligence thereof, and he ordered me not to force any of you to

accompany me. Let those of you who wish to earn the glory of

martyrdom, accompany me, but those who lave no inclination may

return. As to myself I carry out the orders of the prophet. Hav-

ing said so he proceeded, and they all went with him, not one of them

remained behind. They went along the Hijaz road until they came

to a Ma’dan above al-For’, which is called Bahran or Bohran. There

-acamel, which Sa’d and ’Otbah were riding in turn, went astray.

They went in search of him and were left behind. Ibn Jahsh and

his other followers proceeded until they reached Nakhlah. There a

Qorayshite caravan passed them laden with raisins, leather and other

articles, in which the Qorayshites used to trade. The persons in

charge of the caravan were ’Amr b. al-Hadhramy, Othman b. ’Abd

Allah, his brother Nawfal and Hakam b. Kaysaén. When these

men saw the party they were afraid; because they had encamped

quite close to them. ’Okkashah, after he had his head shaved,

showed himself to them, and they were put on their ease and said

to each other, They are pilgrims, they will do us no harm. As

this was the last of Rajab; the Moslims consulted among each other

what to do, some said, If you do not attack them to-day they will

slip into the sacred territory, where you cannot attack them, and if

you do kill them, you kill them in the sacred month. They were

doubtful what to do, and afraid to attack them. At last they took

_ eourage and agreed to kill as many of them as they could, and carry

| away the booty. Waqid shot ’Amr with an arrow and killed him,

| 2F 2

216 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. [No. 3.

‘Othman and Hakam gave themselves up as prisoners and Nawfal

escaped. Ibn Jahsh and his followers went back with the two pri-

soners and the booty until they reached Madynah. Some one of

the Jahsh family states, that Ibn Jahsh said, the prophet has a claim

to one-fifth of the booty, and having set one-fifth aside he divided

the rest among his followers. This was before the order regarding

“the fifth” was revealed. Ibn Ishaq observes, when they came to

the prophet he said to them, I did not order you to fight in the

sacred month, and he gave no orders regarding the prisoners and

the booty, and did not accept any thing of it. When the prophet

had thus spoken to them they were very much grieved, and afraid

that their souls were lost, and their brethren severely reproached

them. The Qorayshites said, Mohammad has abolished the sacred

month [of Rajab]| and his party sheds blood in it, makes prisoners

and kills. The Moslims, who were at Makkah, answered them and

maintained that the attack had taken place in Sha’ban. The Jews

drew an evil omen for the prophet from the names (see p. 71 note)

and said, God has turned this matter to his detriment and not to

his advantage. As there was so much talk about the matter, God

revealed the verses (see p. 68 supra). This revelation cheered up

the Moslims, and the prophet took now the booty and prisoners in

hand. The Qorayshites sent men to ransom the two prisoners, but

the prophet refused to give them up before his own two men, Sa’d

and ’Otbah, who were missing had returned, saying, If you have

killed them, I put your men to death. When Sa’d and ’Otbah had

come back he took the ransom for them. Hakam embraced the

Isl4m, and turned a sincere Moslim and remained with the prophet

until he fell a martyr at Byr Ma’tnah. ’Othman returned to

Makkah, and died there as a Kafir. When the first verse was

revealed, which absolves Ibn Jahsh and his party from guilt, they

came to the prophet and said, that they would now expect some

reward from God for their exploit, and upon this the second verse

was revealed, which they conceived, contains a promise of a reward.

The account of this affair is taken from Zohry and from Yazyd b.

Ruman, who quotes ’Orwah as his authority.”

In the original, the account is not without poetical merit, but it

isfar from genuine. I might quote a number of similar instances,

1856.] Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. 217

in which both ’Orwah and Zohry must have beén in possession of

more genuine information than the one which they communicate to

their readers. Both ’Orwah and Zohry were great admirers of

poetry. The former repeated after every tradition some national

verses to mix the wtile with the dulce, and perhaps also in explana-

tion of the tradition, and the latter used to say, when he sat down

to deliver his lectures, Now let us hear your traditions and the

poetry, which you know. This leads us to suppose that not only

many edifying legends but also a great part of the poetical history

adverted to in the introduction to this article, owes its currency

to these two men. For a long time I subscribed to the high opinion,

which Bokhary, Moslims, and other authors entertain of these two

men, but a deeper study of the sources caused me to alter it. I

must bring here another Father of the Moslim church to the notice

of the reader, who belongs to the same class. This is Sa’yd b. Mo-

sayyab, who died shortly after A. H. 90. His son Mohammad, who

repeats only what he heard from his father, gave currency to the

elegies of the daughters of Abu Talib adverted to above. It is

very likely, that these men are not the inventors of stories or poetry,

but only preferred legends to true history. But to Anas b. Malik,

who was ten years the servant of the prophet, and died in 92, up-

wards of one hundred years of age; Abu Horayrah, Ibn ’Abbas,

and some other companions of the prophet, we must apply the very

hardest epithets. There are stories of miracles attributed to them,

which have been handed down by several independent isnads, whereby

the invention. is brought home to them. And it cannot be said that

they have been deceived, because Anas and also the others profess

in many instances to have been eye-witnesses. As it is of great

importance to know the character of the witnesses, I intend to

embrace the first opportunity which I may have to publish the notes

which I have collected on the inventors of miracles and of legends

regarding Mohammad. The literary history of those days deserves to

be carefully investigated for its interest both as regards the biography

of Mohammad, and in regard to the development of his doctrines.

Mr. W. Muir has lately published a very valuable pamphlet: ‘The

testimony borne by the Qoran to the Jewish and Christian scrip-

tures.”’ From the passages which he collected, it appears that Mo-

218 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. [No. 3.

hammad considered the scriptures as divine revelation. Whilst on

the other hand from a number of incidents in his life, it is clear that

neither he nor any of his early converts considered him unfallible

unless he pretended to speak from inspiration. It was to be expect-

ed that the Musalmans would refer to the scripture for information

on law and religion not contained in the Qoran. They followed quite

the contrary course: they relied entirely on the accidental sayings

ef the prophet and even of his companions, and if the Bible were

lost, and we had no other information regarding it than that con-

tained in the theological writings of the Musalmans, we should hardly

know that it ever existed. This tendency of the Mofammadans, te

separate themselves from Christianity and to supersede it is the

leading fact of the Mohammadan church history of the first two cen-

turies during which the Islam received its present form.

There remains that I should say a few words on Musa b. ’Oqbah

and Abi Ma’shar, who, as I have stated above, were pupils of Sho-

rahbyl and left works on the biography of Mokammad.

Misa b. ?Oqbah Asady was a client of the family of Zobayr or

rather of Omm Khilid, who was either the mother or step-mother

of ’?Orwah. He was one of the learned men of Madynah. His

two brothers, Mohammad and Ibrahym were also men of great

erudition, and they all three when they sat in the mosque of Ma-

dynah, were surrounded by large circles of pupils. Sib¢é Ibn ’Ajamy

puts him in his “ Black-Book,” which has the title of Zabyyn biasmé

al-modallisyn, accusing him of Tadlys,* but it appears to me that

he does not substantiate his charges. Ibn ’Oqbah’s campaigns are

* Tadlys is of two kinds; first the Tadlys al-isnad: a man relates from a con-

temporary what he has not heard from him, but believes to have heard from him

omitting the name of his real informant. Sometimes he does not omit the name of

his Shaykh but of another witness, who is of weak authority or close to his own

time, with a view to enhance the value of the tradition. Second, Tadlys al-shoyakh:

a man gives a name or cognomen to his Shaykh by which he is not known, Persons

are frequently induced to commit the latter kind of Tadlys by a desire to make

the reader believe that they have consulted a great number of authorities. Thus

aman might say: ‘‘ Zohry informed me” then ‘ Ibn Shibab informed me” then

‘‘ Mohammad b. Moslim informed me,’’ meaning one and the same person, yet the

reader would probably think three distinct authorities are quoted. Sometimes the

intention is to disguise the name of a weak witness.

1856.] Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Waqidy. 219

very highly spoken of. Soyiity says in his 3,iJ) y)5 ag follows :

we OSS) SEM Cyst AT 9 dS esl SUS Coody) GAKS Cojlie!! Lo}

BARS Lyd (qn go css we a lens os LES} Jy. “As to the

works on the campaigns [aud life of Mohammad] it has been ob-

served by Shafiy that the works of Wakidy are a tissue of lies. The

beginning of the work of Ibn Ishaq is equally for the greater part

a lie. There exists no more correct book on the subject than that

of Musa. b. ’Oqgbah.” Malik’s opinion of Ibn ’Oqbah’s work is

equally favorable. His words are “ He was a trustworthy, good man

and his work on the campaigns is good.” Ibn Mo’yn says: WLS

HS] FB 0] Gy CoP! Ee Mae OY csv, “The work of Musa

b. ?Oqbah, who follows the authority of Zohry, is one of the most

trustworthy books on this subject.’ It would appear from this

that it was but a new edition of Zohry, which as I have said was

but a new edition of ’Orwah. But some authors deny that he

heard Zohry. This however, is contrary to Bokhary, p. 573. Ibn

’Oqgbah was also instructed by ’Orwah himself, by *Ikrimah, the

client of Ibn ’Abbas, and generally speaking by the same: class of

men as Ibn Ishaq. He died at Madynah in 141, ten years. before

Ibn Ishaq. |

Abt Ma’shar Najy/ b..’Abd al-Rahman was a native of Sind, and

a freed slave of a, woman of the Makhzim family. Some authors

maintain that he was not a Sindian but a Himyarite. How he fell

into slavery and gained his liberty is not mentioned. He lived at

Madynah, but in 160 the Khalif Mahdiy visited that city and took

him to the ’Irdq, allowing him an annual stipend of one thousand

dynars. He attained a high age, but lost the use of his faculties be-

fore his. death, which overtook him in 175. Imam Ahmad put a high

value on his work. Among his informants were Hisham, a son of

*Orwah, Mokammad Ibn al-Monkadir, d. 131, and Sa’yd b. Mosayyab,

and he enjoyed the advantage of being instructed by Mokammad bn

Ka’b Qoraytzy himself, whereas Ibn Ishdq received traditions from

him second-hand only.

There were several other men, who during the first 150: years

after the flight collected materials for the history of the prophet.

Two of them, Abii Mijlaz and Abi Ishdq are of peculiar interest,

because they are not quoted by Ibn Ishaq nor it would appear have

220 Alfred von Kremer’s edition of Wiqidy. [No. 3.

they been consulted by Ibn ’Oqbah and Abi Ma’shar, but nearly

the whole of Ibn Hibban’s biography of Mokammad is taken from

Abu Ishaq, and he as well as Abi Mijlaz are constantly quoted by

Bokhéry, Ibn Sa’d and Ibn Aby Shaybah (d. 235).

Abi Ishaq ’Amr b, ’Abd Allah Hamdany, was a soldier by profes-

sion and took part in several campaigns. His pay amounted to

800 dirhams a month, and according to another account, referring

perhaps to a different time, to one thousand. He saw a great many

companions of the prophet and among them ’Alyy, and recorded

traditions from thirty-eight of them. His principal informant is

Bara b. ’Azib, who offered his services for the Badr campaign, but

was rejected on account of his youth, and died in 72. .We have

details on every chapter of the biography of Mohammad from

Abu Ishaq, but in many instances though palpably fictitious they

agree literally with those contained in Ibn Ishaq, though they rest

on different authorities. Abu Ishaq attained the high age of ninety~

nine years, and died in 127 or 128.

All the men whom I have hitherto mentioned were of Madynah,

or at least belonged to the Madynah school, but Abu Mijlaz Lahiq

b. Homayd Sodisy was of Bacrah, and spent the greater part of

his life in Persia. He came with Qotaybah b. Moslim to Marw and

settled there, and it would appear that he was placed in charge of the

public treasury and mint of Khorasén. He died between 100 and 109.

Among his informants were Jondob b. ’Abd Allah, d. after A. H.

60, Hasan, the son of ’Alyy, Ibn Nohayk and others. His traditions

are of greater importance for the life of Mohammad than those of

any other authority. They are numerous, and there is every reason

to suppose that they have been taken down during his lifetime.

It was my intention to bring the history of. the biography of

Mohammad down to the time of Wagqidy and his secretary, and to

examine their authorities as well as those of the historical traditions

contained in Ibn Aby Shaybah, d. 235, but this article already

extends to such a length, that I must conclude my history with the

year 140, after the death of Mohammad. There is another subject

which might have been of some interest, and that is the manner im

which traditions were propagated in those days, si the canons of

criticism which were in vogue.

1856. ] Railway from Surat to Agra. 221

Table of heights and distances along the proposed line of Railway

from Surat to Agra.—Communicated by Sir R. Haminton, Bart.

Agent to the Governor General for Central India.

Bombay; Baroda and Central India Railway.

Distance from Height in feet above

_ Bombay in Name of place. low water at

miles. Broach.

meee eee ees ee Ue ee er oe ta ee be oe pace’ 80

REMERON CIE ol td ee eerste sae sees aes ates 143

SEneatetety: ton... FEN Age) Pee eee fine oe 145

SERED ANG ee ce ee Ge re seine sc de te cr wane es 994

Re mraneaiitt Gusts. oo tas oF. SS ces ck tis sacs” E000

Seer tee ee ee Se ee, ee. roe fe ee ooo

RpMe Ree CETUS oe ee wee de Se ol Seed es ab bs st ce” LOOO

EERIE ES ot cee ne a kate ne esse ee thes tw Seaees 12,000

nese ort er. Peer es Ht, Bebo 20 18 ee EBee

480. re AGN Gk Ge’ bitieoig 0 cele 1,960

ER ee Lee Oe Pee EP eaS LES e OGD

503. meee at Chant, be felotise as stun Gc sclatae eet EhOO

PID NTAEE a ete tec ee te ce these ccscts| | £008

EPS eae wee Ste See wee ce ede sc De anaes LUAU

MITE OF OHOL, 2 ts csc. aS enka oe se ce ce sat E,O2U

EA or. Mee ee ecto aces octane ss ce tsse. | L000

Seen Sarrampoor Ghats. Ss este ce ec cc sect sacs | 2,080

SM eae ce ete sch cence ce «soe cies ress a ¥ bsHOO

IPEMMESIGOL So cs nica ns ce chess 6ce scan ce ys 1,336

698. Budwur (on road from Lullutpoor to Oliaiideyee') 1,250

715. Betwa river (near Serias Ghaut), ............ 1,008

meor, Shans, ...... carers, komen Mids ab Maladie 1 5

785. South bank of Sind River, ere saute >< <0 dine 640

CO IGS, ooo a wcic ce cuisedalss coco cates ae 960

EA. ai nian seisiecety cd cera vers oe ce ce cave 670

849. Chumbul river, flood lev af. Ft Ee 458

ET Mega hack vie Tar on se ns sos 0s we a8 565

April 4th, 1856.

Rack-cut temples of Khandgirt. | No. 3.

A visit to the Rock-cut temples of Khandgiri.—By KK. A. SAMUELLS,

Hsq. B. C. 8., Commissioner of Cuttack.—Communicated by the

Government of Bengal.

Cuttack, the 25th February, 1856.

To the Secretary to the Government of Bengal.

Srr,—I have just returned from a visit to the Rock-cut temples

of Khandgiri in the Khas estate of Khoordah, and wish to draw the

attention of the Lieutenant-Governor to the present state of these

very interesting monuments of antiquity. A full account of them

will be found in the text book which accompanies the illustrations of

Fergusson’s Rock-cut temples of India, (p. 10) in Sterling’s His-

tory of Orissa (p. 149), and in the 6th and 7th Vols. of the Jour-

nal of the Asiatic Society. I need only mention here, that they

are supposed by Fergusson to be, with one exception, the most

ancient works of this class in India, and are deservedly objects of

oreat interest to Indian Archeologists, and to all, indeed, for whom

the combination of gigantic works of art with picturesque scenery

has any charms. ,

2. I found the temples in very much the same state as that de-

scribed by Fergusson, although, from the circumstance of there

being only one or two byragees in the place at the time of my visit,

I was more fortunate than he was in being able to penetrate every

portion of the different caves, and to note accurately the extent to

which injury to the sculptures had proceeded.

3. The friezes in the verandahs of the caves I found generally

in very good preservation, though so begrimed with soot from the

fires which the byragees have been in the habit of burning beneath

them, that it requires a good light to make out all the details. Tha

figures stand well out from the wall, and the judicious use of a

brush with soap and water, would in the course of a few days

restore them to their original beauty.

4. The life-size figures at the angles of the caves, have suffered

more. The features of the very interesting figure in the cave called

the ‘‘ Thakoor Gumpha,’’ which represents a man clothed in a kilt

and socks or buskins, are completely destroyed, and the upper part

1855. | Rock-cut temples of Khandgirt. 223

of the figure much injured. Most of the other large statues have

suffered mutilation to a greater or less extent, and one very fine

statue of a woman has been rendered indecent and otherwise dis-

figured.

5. The byragees and other religious mendicants, who from time

to time take up their abodes in the caves, have built up many of the

spaces between the pillars of the verandahs with wattle-and-dab

walls, and have done their best to destroy the appearance of the

place. |

6. Ihave directed the magistrate of Pooree to take advantage

of the absence of the byragees to have the whole of these walls

removed, and all the rubbish and dirt collected about the caves

swept out. The Bhobanessur Police have orders to take care that

these nuisances are not renewed; and the Surburakar of Khand-

girl, who seemed to feel ashamed of the state of the caves, pro-

mised that he would do his utmost to prevent the byragees from

cooking in the verandahs in future, or doing any thing else which

might tend to disfigure the sculptures.

7. It will probably be necessary, however, to station a burkun-

daz permanently at Khandgiri to protect the caves from injury, and

I would suggest that one burkundaz should, for this purpose, be

added to the establishment of the Bhobanessur Force. If the

Lieutenant-Governor approves of this suggestion, a proposition

statement in the usual form will be submitted.

8. Some small expenditure will also be necessary to cleanse the

friezes and other sculptures, and to improve the steps leading from

one cave to another, which at present are rather perilous. I think it

probable that one hundred Rupees will cover the whole expense, and

I would recommend that the magistrate of Pooree and the executive

officer of the division should be authorized to expend that sum in

cleansing the sculptures and repairing the steps and paths on the

Udayagiri,* and if possible also on the Khundgiri hill.

I have, &ce.

(Signed) EK. A. SAMUELLS,

Commr. of Curcuirt.

* All the most interesting caves are on the Udayagiri hill.

2a 2

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For Marca, 1856.

PAL LL ELLIS PPL PLIST DALLAS.

The Society met on the Sth inst. at half-past 8 P. u.

| C. Auten, Esq. Sr. Member of the Council present,.in the alist

' The minutes of the preceding month were read and confirmed.

- Read a letter from W. Muir, Esq. Secretary to the Government,

N. W. Provinces, announcing the despatch of four silver coins found

near the foundation of an old house in Pergunnah Surgree.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed and seconded at the last

meeting, were balloted for and elected ordinary members.

Babu Rajendralal Mittra.

J. EF. Curtis, Esq.

Major. BR. R. W. Ellis, 28rd Regt. B, N. I,

The Council submitted reports—

1st. Announcing that they have appointed Babu Gour Doss Bysack

Assistant Secretary and Librarian to the Society in the room of

Babu Rajendralal Mittra resigned.

2nd. Submitting a list of books required for the Library and

requesting permission to devote a sum, not exceeding Rs. 600, to

the purchase of them. |

The reports were approved and the proposed expenditure sanctioned,

Communications were received—

1. From Babu Rédhénath Sikdar, enclosing a register kept by

Dr. Withecombe of the mean temperature and fall of rain at Dar-

jiling, Sikkim, Himalaya, from 1848 to 1855.

2. From Mr. Assistant Secretary Carmichael, forwarding a Me-

teorological Register kept at the office of the Secretary to the Go-

vernment of the N. W. Provinces at Agra, for the month of Dec. last.

3. From Dr. Watson, Jessore, submitting the following memo-

randum on two hot springs in the village of Kujoorah.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 225

“The accompanying bottles are filled with water taken from two

springs situated in the village of Kujoorah, nine miles from the

station of Jessore, in the direction of Magoorah. The springs are

about forty yards apart, and so near the river Chutra, that the waters.

of that river undoubtedly flow over them during the rainy season.

“ One of the springs is covered in with mats and surrounded with

a low brick enclosure built by the former proprietor of the sugar-

factory in that village; the factory is now out of repair and will

soon become a ruin. The other spring is unprotected and open to

the air. The temperature of both springs when I visited them at

7 a. M. on the 2nd February was 82° degrees Fahrenheit.

“The water of these springs has a disagreeable taste, as if slightly

impregnated with ink, and on its course to the river, leaves a rust-

coloured deposit upon the clay. The quantity of water furnished by

the spring surrounded by a brick enclosure is 6 quarts in 12 seconds,

or 450 gallons per hour ; the volume of water supplied by the other

spring, I was unable to determine.

~ “The natives make no use of the spring-water either for medicinal

or domestic purposes. There are no wells in the neighbourhood,

and the villages rely solely on the river for their supply.

“T have no doubt that the springs are, to a certain extent, chaly-

beate, and this circumstance occurring in the Delta of the Ganges

is curious, and shews that the depth of alluvial deposit in Jessore is

not so thick, as is generally supposed. I would therefore request

the favour of the water being submitted to analytical examination.

Dr. Palmer, the Civil Surgeon of Jessore, reported on these Kujoo-

rah springs in December, 1854, to the magistrate of the district,

but I have not heard that anything has resulted from his report.”

4. From Col. Birch, Secretary to the Government of India in

the Military Department forwarding a report by Mr. H. Schlagint-

weit on the progress of the Magnetic Survey in Sikkim and the

Khosia hills.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report,

After the conclusion of the ordinary business of the evening

Mr. H. Schlagintweit at the request of the chairman gave a short

account of his operations during the. last year in Sikkim and Assam

and exhibited some fine panoramic views and other sketches made

226 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 3.

by himself in different parts of the country through which he had

lately travelled. He also presented to the Society a copy of a work

by himself and his brother Adolphe on the physical geography and

geology of the Alps.

On the motion of Mr. Allen, the best thanks of the Society were

voted to Mons. H. Schlagintweit for the interesting details he had

given.

LIBRARY.

The library has received the following accessions during the month of

February last.

_ Presented.

The A’aras-i-Bozorgan, being an obituary of pious and learned Moslems

from the beginning of Islam to the middle of the 12th century of the

Hijrah, Edited by W. Nassau Lees, 8yo.—By tue Epiror.

Selections from the Records of Government, N. W. P. part XXIII.—

By GovERNMENT oF THE N. W. P.

Selections from the Records of the Bengal Government, No. X XIII.—

By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL. |

Proceedings and Correspondence connected with the late Public Works

Commission for the Madras Presidency, Madras, 1855, 8vo. pamphlet.—

By THE SAME.

Selections from the Records of the Madras Government, 1855, No. V.

Report of the Annamullay Forests.—By THz GovERNMENT oF Mapras.

Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Van Diemen’s Land,

Vol. II. p. III.—By tue Society.

Journal of the Statistical Society of London, Vol. XVIII. p. IV.—By

THE SOCIETY.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for January, 1856.—By THE Eprror.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for February, 1856.—By THE Epirtors.

The Oriental Baptist, No. 110.—By tHE Epitor.

La Science pour Tous, No. 2.

The Upadeshak, No. 110.—By tue Eprtor.

Report of the Calcutta Public Library, for 1855, 8vo. pamphlet.—By

THE CuRATORS OF THE LiBRaRy.

Exchanged.

The Athenzeum, for November, 1855.

London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine, No. 68.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 227

Purchased.

L’Athenzum Francais, Nos. 44 and 47.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 2026 to 2030.

Revue des Deux Mondes, 15th November and lst December.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 18 to 23.

Journal des Savants, November, 1855.

The Edinburgh Review, No. 209 for January 1856.

The Quarterly Review, No. 194.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vol. III. No. 6.

Williams’ Sanskrit Grammar, 8vo.

Bohlen’s Ritusanhara, 8vo.

Williams’s Vikramorvasi, 8vo.

Johnson’s Selections from the Mahabharata, 8vo..

Ra’/JENDRALA’L MItTTRA,

lst March, 1856.

For Aprit, 1856.

Ata monthly general meeting of the Society held on the 2nd

inst. at the usual hour.

Sir James Cotvine, Kt. President in the chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received,

1. From the Rey. 8S. Hislop of Nagpore, through the Rev. Dr.

Duff, a collection of fossil shells from Central India.

2. From D. W. Mitchell, Esq. Secretary to the Zoological Society

of London, the Transactions and proceedings of the Society.

3. From the Imperial Academy of Sciences, Vienna, the latest

publications of the Academy.

4. From the Government of the N. W. Provinces through Capt.

Maclagan, officiating Principal of the Thomason Civil Engineering

College, a copy of the Report on prisons in the N. W. Provinces

for the year of 1854.

The Council submitted reports,—

1st. Announcing that Capt. James having resigned his place in

the Council, they have elected Dr. Sprenger subject to the confirm-

ation of the next meeting a member of their body and Joint Secre-

tary to the Society, and have added the name of Babu Rajendralal

Mittra to the Sub-Committees of Philology and Library.

228 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (No. 3.

2nd. Suggesting that the Society request the Right Hon’ble

Viscount Canning to become the patron of the Society.

Resolved that a deputation, consisting of the President, Vice-

Presidents and Secretary, wait upon his Lordship for the purpose.

3rd. Stating that in their opinion the present state of the So-

ciety’s finances does not warrant the reduction of subscription pro-

posed by Capt. Thuillier at the December meeting, and that such

reduction would materially impair the efficiency of the Society, and

submitting the following report drawn up by a special Sub-Com-

mittee appointed to take the subject into consideration.

REPORT.

“The Committee are of opinion that it is very desirable to reduce

the amount of subscription, if it can be effected without bringing

the Society into financial difficulties.

“There can be no doubt, however, that the immediate effect of a

reduction would be a diminution of the annual income, since the

accession of new members could only take place gradually. Unless

therefore, the Society is prepared to diminish its anntial expenditure

or to make up the deficit in income from the small existing surplus,

the reduction cannot be effected. |

“A reduction of annual expenditure is, under present circum-

stances evidently impossible; and, in the face of the many calls for

increased outlay, the Committee are of opinion that the other

alternative is equally impracticable. 7

“Tn coming to this conclusion, the Committee have been mainly

influenced by the state of the Museum, the constantly increasing’

elaims of which demand the most serious consideration. There is a

call, on the one hand for an increase of the Curator’s salary and for

providing more: assistants, and on the other hand for additional space.

“In whatever way the Society may ultimately determine to dis-

pose of some of these questions, the Committee presume that the

necessity of maintaining in good order the specimens now in the

Museum will be generally admitted. This, the Society is bound to

do as trustee for the donors of many valuable collections, and they are’

equally bound as far as practicable to make these collections acces~

sible to the public. But all the available space in the Society’s apart«

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 229

ments being already most inconveniently overcrowded with specimens

it will soon be absolutely necessary to deal with the question of

extending the accommodation of the Museum.

“Your Committee are however of opinion that the support of a

Museum on a scale commensurate with the requirements of science

in the metropolis of British India is beyond the means of the Asiatic

Society, or of any private association, and the Committee recom-

mend to the Council’s consideration the propriety of drawing the

attention of Government to the importance of establishing a public

museum on a more extended scale, than it is possible for any private

body to maintain.

“ Such an institution has been established for a year past by the

Madras Government, and a small additional grant has recently been

provided for the support of a Zoological Garden in connection with

it. On the establishment of a great public museum in Calcutta

it would probably not be difficult to make arrangements for the

transfer to it of the collection belonging to the Society on conditions

consistent with the trust character of the property.

“The ordinary yearly charges of the Museum as shewn in last

year’s report are as follow:

Brouse rent to: Curator,.......0.0cc0ceccevees BS. 480 0 -0

REMOTING We bitiae ciackt «tw labi wdled wed tbads old vs 290 0 O

Petty charges including freight, purchase of stoppered

Mathew ANd: PRINTING, 6.066. cack La Velde od) ce es 503 0 O

Total,.. 1,273 0 0

“ Supposing that the Society, after consulting its absent members,

should agree to adopt this suggestion, and that, on the negociations

with Government which would follow, an arrangement could be

made to relieve ourselves of this charge, a reduction of subscription

from Rs. 16 to Rs. 8 per quarter could be carried into effect without

difficulty.”

(Signed) T. Tomson.

T. Boycorr.

A. Grore.

W.5. ATKINSON.

230 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 3.

The subject of transferring the Museum of Natural History to:

Government gave rise to considerable discussion ; it was ultimately

proposed by Sir J. Colvile and seconded by Dr. Thomson, that the

consideration of the report be postponed to the next general meeting.

Dr. Walker moved as an amendment that the report of the special

Committee be referred back to the Council for further information

on the financial state of the Society.

The amendment was seconded by the Rev. K. M. Bannerjee and

carried.

Communications were received—

1. From Babi Radhdnath Sikdar, forwarding Abstracts of the

Meteorological Observations taken at the Surveyor General’s office

in the months of November and December 1855, and January 1856-

2. From Lieut. R. Stewart, submitting a Meteorological Regis-

ter kept at Apaloo, North Cachar, during October last.

3. From Capt. G. H. Saxton, Assistant Surveyor General, Cut-

tack, enclosing an account of a visit to a water-fall in the Bonai

province of the South-west Frontier Agency with a drawing.

The account is as follows :—

“ Whilst on Survey duty in the neighbourhood I received informa-

tion of the existence of a water-fall from the hills on the South-

east side of Bonai, a district, through the centre of which, the

Brahmini river flows. My trigonometrical operations required that.

J should ascend the hills and fix.a station thereon, somewhere beyond

the falls, which were visible from my camp at the village of Kuti-

goan. Having made arrangements for my camp proceeding towards

the East, Dr. Short, Lt. Depree, and myself, on the morning of the

17th January, started for the fall. After about an ordinary march,

we had to leave our houses, and with a guide from a little hamlet

in the dense jungle, we walked for some distance, by a path com~

pletely covered by jungle, when we came to a small opening which

appeared to have been the site of a village. A number of jack fruit

trees, and abundance of chilli plants, of great size (6 or 7 feet high),

I suppose to result’ from former cultivation. From this spot, we

had a beautiful view of the fall, and determined to remain for break-

fast and observation. The accompanying sketch (or rather one in

water colours from which this is made) by Lt. Depree, was taken

232 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. f" [No. 3.

from this position. I was able to make a pretty accurate measure-

ment of a base of 343 feet, and by observing the angle at each end

(with a Sextant) to a small tree in the fall, 1 got a rough distance

of 3,140 feet from our position to it. With this distance, and the

measured angle subtended vertically, I made the depth of the fall,

as it appears in the sketch, about 550 feet. Our position was West

from the fall, which during the morning is entirely shaded by cliffs

jutting out boldly on both North and South sides. In the after-

noon, the shadow gradually withdraws, and the sparking and light

make the scene much more splendid. arly in the afternoon we

started for a nearer view. The pathless jungle and the nature of

the ground, made this a tedious labour, but at last after a final

ascent of a considerable height, we were rewarded with a beautiful

sight. The position from which we enjoyed the view, immediately

faced the fall at a very short distance, and about on a level with the

bottom, where the stream changes from the nearly vertical smooth

rock, to a rugged channel passing round the foot of the height on

which we sat. The cliffs over which the stream falls are a mass of

red jasper, and their bold formation and beautiful colour add grandeur

to the scene. The rock is very nearly perpendicular, but the water

at no part falls for any distance in an uninterrupted descent. In

the present state of the country, its inaccessibility must exclude

almost all, excepting my own party, from the pleasure we enjoyed ;

should any others have the opportunity, I would strongly recom-

mend their visiting this fall. I have seen those of the Cauvery in

Mysore, and though they are on a grander scale having the body of

water of a large river instead of a small mountain stream, this may

well be admired as equally lovely. We had to think of getting to

our tents which were at the village of Jalandapani, on the other

side of a small range of hills, so we retraced our steps to where

our horses had been left and reached our tents about sunset. The

following morning we ascended the hills to a little village, beauti-

fully situated above the valley, through which the stream runs for

some distance before reaching the cliffs. These hills (extending

for 10 or 12 miles at about 3,500 feet elevation) and the neighbour-

ing country are well worthy of notice, and I purpose writing a short

account of them and some peculiar tribes by which they are inha-

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 233

bited. There is one tribe, which though the men wear a cloth as

customary elsewhere, the women are in full costume, when, attired in

two branches of leafy twigs and some necklaces.

“The waterfall 1s situated in N. Lat. 21° 47’ and E. Long. 85° 10’,

with the town of Bonai (where the Rani, who governs the province,

resides) about 11 miles off: a little North of West, on the bank of the

Brahmini river, into which, about this place, the full stream runs.”

4, From the Government of Bengal through Mr. Under-Secre-

tary Morris, forwarding copy of a letter from E. A. Samuells, Esq.

Commissioner of Cuttack, containing an account of a visit to the

rock-cut temples of Khundgiri.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

Liprary.

- The Library has received the following accessions during the month of _

March last.

' Presented.

_ Address of Thomas Bell, Esq., read at the Anniversary Meeting of the

Linnean Society, May 24th, 1855.—By tue Socrery. :

- Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, vols. 6, 9, 12, 15, 19,

20 and 21.—By tHe Linnean Society or Lonpon,

Proceedings of the Linnean Society, for 1855.—By tHE Samz.

Du Buddhisme, par M. J. Barthlemy St.-Hilaire, Paris, 1855, 8vo.—

By tHe AurnHor.

Sitzungsberichte, der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften,

Philosophisch-Historische classe Band XIV. Heft I. and II. and Band

XV. Heft .—By rue Acapemy.

Mathematisch-Natururssenschaftlich classe Band XIV. Heft. I. and

Band XV. Heft I. and IIl.—By rue Same.

Archiv, fur kunde osterreichischer geschichts-quellen, Band XIV. p. 1.

—By THE Same.

Denkschriften, der kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Ma-

thematisch-Naturwissenschaftlich clause Band XIV. Heft I. and Band

XV. Heft I. and IIl.—By tux Same.

Almanack, des Kais: ak-des Wixpenschaften (1855).—By THE Same.

Literaturgeschichte der 4raber. By von Hammer Purgstall, sechoter

Band Zwiete abtheilung.—By tHe Aurnor.

Die Tertiarflora auf der Insel Java, Nach den entdeckungen des Herrn

fr. Junghuhn beschrieben undérértert in ihrem verhiltnisse Zur gesa-

momtflora der Tertiarperiode. von H. R. Gopperts’ Gravenhage, 1854,

Royal 4to.—By tHe AvuTHOR.

234 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 3.

Integration der linearen differential Gleichungen mit constanten und

veranderlichen co-eflicienten, von Dr. J. Petzval, 3rd part.—By THRE

AUTHOR.

The White Yajur Veda, edited by Dr. A. Weber, part II. No. 67,

Berlin, 1855.—By tHe Epitor.

The Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, vol. XXII. part V. 1855.

—By THE ACADEMY.

Proceedings of ditto for 1853-54, part I.—By Dirro.

* Journal of the Indian Archipelago, for September, 1854, 2 copies.—By

THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Report of the Inspector General of Prisons, North-Western Provinces,

for the year 1854.—By THe GovERNMENT oF THE N. W. Provincss.

Selections from the Records of the Government N. W. P. part XX1V.

—By THE SAME.

Ditto from the Ditto of the Government of India, No. X.—By THE

GovERNMENT oF INDIA.

Notice des Biographies originales des arriteurs qui ont ecrit en Langue

Indienne on Hindustanie, par M. Garcin de Tassy pamphlet.—By THE

AUTHOR.

The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, No. 44.—By THE

Society.

Bhédjaprabandha Histoire de Bhédjaroi de Malwa, en des Pandites de

son temps Par Ballal, edited by T. Pavie, 4to.—By tHe Epiror.

Transactions of the Zoological Society of London, vol. ITI. part IL

vol. [V. p. I. Il. II.—By tue Soctzry. '

Proceedings of the Zoological Society, for 1848 to 1855.—By THE SamE,

The Report of the British Association for the advancement of Science,

for 1854.—By Tur AssocraTIoN.

Rig Veda Sanhita, a collection of Ancient Hindu Hymns constituting

the second Ashtaka or Book of the Rig Veda, translated from the original

Sanskrit, by H. H. Wilson, vol. IT. London, 1854.—By tur Court oF

Directors.

Archeologia; or Miscellaneous Tracts relating to antiquity, vol. xxxvi.

—By THE Society oF ANTIQUARIES, LonpoNn. 7

Proceedings of the Society of Antiquaries of London, No. 42.—By

THE SAME.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland,

vol. xv. p. 2—By THE SociEry.

La Vie et les aventures de Feriac relation di ses Voyages avec ses

Observations Critiques sur les Arabes et sur les Antres peupler, Par F-.

E. Chidiat, Paris, 1855, 8vo.—By tar Eptror.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Socvety. 235

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, No. 16.—By tur Soctrrty.

Indische Studien Beitraige fur die Kunde des indischen Alterthums,

Dr. A. Weber, vol. III. parts II. III.—By tue AvtHor.

Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. V. pt. I.

—1853. Philadelphia.—By rHr AcapEMy.

Re-cueil des actes de l’ Academie Imperiale des Sciences, Belles-lettres

et Arts De Bordeaux, (1854, 3e. trimestre).—By THE AcaDEMY.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, for February, 1856.—By tue Epiror.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for March, 1856.—By tue Epitors.

The Oriental Baptist, for March, 1856.—By THE Eprror.

Kuyrze Sanskrit-Grammatik Lum Gebrauch fur Anfanger von Theodor

Benfey, Leipzig, 1855.—By tus Eprtor.

Proceedings of the Trevandrum Museum Society, pamphlet.—By THE

Society.

The Tuttwabodhini Patrika, No. 152.—By tur TutTtTwaBoDHINI SABHA,

Papers and Proceedings of the Royal Society of Van Dieman’s Land,

vol. II. p. I11.—By tue Society. .

Haxchanged.

The Philosophical Magazine, No. 65.

The Athenzum, for December, 1836.

Purchased.

The American Journal of Science and Arts, No. 60.

-Wright’s Analectes sur l’Histoire et sur Litterature des Arabes d’

Espagne par A. Makhari, vol. I. p. I.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 24—28.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Nos. 10, 11.

_ Early Christianity in Arabia ; an Historical Essay by T. Wright, London

1855, 8vo.

Specilegium Syriacum: containing remains of Bardeson Meleter Am-

brose and Morabar Serapion, edited by the Rev. W. Cureton, London,

1855, 8vo.

Journal des Savants, for December, 1855.

A Glossary of Judicial and Revenue Terms and of Useful Words, accru-

ing in official documents, relating to the Administration of the Government

of British India, by H. H. Wilson, London, 1855, 4to.

Vikramorvasi: A Drama by Kalidasa, edited by M. Williams, Hertford,

1849, 8vo.

Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai and Arabia Petraea, a

Journal of Travels in the year 1838, by E. Robinson and E. Smith, 3 vols.

» Rig Veda ou Livre des Hymnes, traduit du Sanskrit par, M. Langlois,

Paris, 1851, 4 vols. 4to.

236 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 3.

An Elementary Grammar of the Sanskrit Language, by M. Williams,

London, 1846, 8vo.

A Dictionary of the Bengali Language with Bengali Synonymes and

an English Interpretation,—By the Rev. W. Morton, Calcutta, 1828, 8vo.

Astley’s Collection of Voyages and Travels, 4to. 4 vols.

Les Pouranas etudes surles derniers monuments de la Litterature San-

skrita, par F. Néve, Paris 8vo. 1852, pamphlet. !

The National Atlas of Historical, Commercial and Political Geography

London, folio, 1855. |

Gour Doss Bysa’cx,

Librarian and Asst. Secy.

Ist April, 1856.

werner

For May, 1856.

Ata monthly general meeting of the Society held on the 7th

instant at the usual hour. |

The Hon’ble Sir James Colvile, Kt., President in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Read Letters.

1st.—From Dr. Walker announcing that Capt. Dalton, of Deb-

rooghur, Assam, has dispatched the head of a Takeen for the So-

ciety’s Museum.

2nd.—From the Rev. J. W. Hislop at Bagdad, advising the dis-

patch of an Assyrian Slab.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next meeting.

Lieut. De Bourbel, Engineers, proposed by Mr. H. V. Bayley,

and seconded by Mr. Grote.

Dr. Mouat proposed (for re-election) by Dr. Thomson, and

seconded by Capt. Young.

Lieut. Chancey, Madras Army, proposed by Mr. D. Money, and

seconded by Mr. Beaufort.

The Council submitted Reports.

1st.—Announcing that in accordance with the resolution to that

effect at the last General Meeting, a deputation consisting of Sir

J. Colvile, Dr. Spilsbury, Mr. Grote, Babu Ramgopal Ghose, and

Mr. Atkinson, waited upon the Right Hon’ble the Governor Ge-

neral, pursuant to appointment to request him to become the patron |

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 237

of the Society, and that he was pleased to intimate his acceptance

of the office.

2nd.—Stating that Lieut. Lees having gone to Europe, his place

in the Council had been filled up by the election of Babu Rajendra-

lal Mittra, subject to the confirmation of the Society at the next

meeting.

3rd.—Submitting a memoriai from Mr. Blyth to the Hon’ble the

Court of Directors, together with a recommendation “that the

memorial of Mr. Blyth be forwarded to the Government of Bengal,

with the expression of the high sense entertained by the Society of

the value of Mr. Blyth’s labours in the department of Natural His-

tory, and of its hope that the memorial may be favourably considered

by the Hon’ble Court.”

The memorial is as follows :—

To THe Hon’BLe THE Court OF DIRECTORS OF THE East

InpIA COMPANY.

The Memorial of Edward Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic

Society’s Museum, Calcutta.

RESPECTFULLY SHEWETH,—1. That in September, 1855, your

Memorialist completed fourteen years of service with the Asiatic

Society in Calcutta, as Curator of its Museum, during which long

period, he has found that the expenses of living have increased con-

siderably, whilst his salary still continues at its original humble sum

of Company’s Rupees 250 monthly (granted for the purpose to the

Society by your Hon’ble Court); and this, with no kind of promo-

tion nor so much as a retiring pension to look forward to, after any

number of years of toilsome service in the climate of Bengal.

_ 2.—That, however desirous the Asiatic Society might be of aug-

menting your Memorialist’s personal allowances, the ever increasing

demands upon its income, consequent upon the extension of its col-

lections among other causes, altogether disables it from so doing;

and beyond the continuance of a monthly grant of Co.’s Rs. 40,

allowed in compensation for some rooms which were formerly occu-

| pied by your Memorialist in its Museum, it appears that he cannot

hope for a suitable increase of pay from the Asiatic Society, to

whatever extent he may exert himself in promotion of its interests.

}

238 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 3.

3.—That the duties of your Memorialist’s office are very laborious,

and of a kind which imperatively demand quietude and the most,

earnest and undivided attention and constant study; a thorough

devotion to them, in fact, which can only be given by a mind undis-

tracted by pecuniary troubles, and freed from the absolute necessity

of seeking emolument from other sources, which your Memorialist

has been obliged to do, instead of concentrating his whole attention

(as he would much rather have done) upon his proper official

duties.

4.—It is not for your Memorialist to expatiate upon what he may

nevertheless have effected, towards elucidating some branches of the

Zoology of India; but he may be permitted to appeal to those

naturalists in England who are best qualified to judge of his labours

in this line, which have been almost wholly unassisted, and were

mostly prosecuted under the great disadvantage of an insufficiency

of the necessary books of reference. Under more favourable condi-

tions, and above all, with a personal allowance suitable to the

requirements of a decent existence in this very highly and increas-

ingly expensive metropolis, your Memorialist would have been

enabled to accomplish more, and in every respect to have proved

himself far more efficient im his office ; but he has endeavoured to do

his best under circumstances of difficulty, and for many years habi-

tually devoted about double the number of hours to the Museum

that were required by the terms of his agreement with the Asiatic

Society.

5.—That your Memorialist has now passed an important poeta

of his life in India, and has obtained a familiar practical knowledge

of its Zoology in various branches, which materially facilitates the

prosecution of further researches ; and he is still anxious to bestow

the extra time required for such labours and investigations, but finds

it impracticable upon present allowances.

6.—He therefore most respectfully memorializes your Hon'ble

Court to take his peculiar case into favorable consideration, trust-

ing that some arrangement may be made for granting him a pension

after a certain number of years of service, and, in the meanwhile,

that a suitable increase of salary may be accorded, that may enable

him to devote his entire energies to the multifarious duties of his

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 239

Curatorship, unharassed by conflicting pursuits, and by the cares

and anxieties inseparable from straitened means.

The recommendation of the Council having been put to the vote

was agreed to.

4th.—Submitting with reference to a resolution of the Society at

its last meeting the following memo. explanatory of the report of

the special Committee which was then read.

MEMORANDA.

“Tt was the opinion of the Committee that a very considerable

outlay is necessary on account of the Museum, no less to secure a

proper arrangement and maintenance of its existing collections,

than to make due provision for the ever increasing accumulations ;

aud that, independently of the requirement of the Library, the Mu-

seum alone, if justice is done to the valuable collections it contains,

and adequate provision made for its extension, will absorb a far

larger sum than the present surplus income of Rs. 2152 estimated

on its ordinary income and expenditure for the year 1855.

At present the ordinary annual cost of the Museum is

0 Ve aris: vlad valRaar chk QO

Out of which Government pays,.............6.---.-. 3600

Leaving a charge on the Society’s finances of, ......:. 590

This insignificant sum is all that the Society has hitherto felt

itself in a condition to devote, as an ordinary yearly charge, to the

purposes of the Museum.

The Committee after careful consideration came to the conclusion

that there was no prospect that the Society’s finances would ever be

adequate to the pressing and increasing demands on this head, and,

feeling strongly the vast importance to science of a really efficient

Museum for reference in the Metropolis of India, they were led to

Suggest that a proposal should be made to Goverment to take the

matter in hand, as the only probable means of accomplishing this

object effectually. On the question of reducing the subscriptions

therefore they were clearly of opinion that, so long as the Museum

has to be supported, no change can be effected, since there appear

to be no grounds for believing that a lower scale of subscription will

2.12

240 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

ever produce a larger annual income, whilst for a time at least the

loss must be considerable.

They next considered, the practicability of lowering the rates, pro-

vided the Society were freed from all charges in respect of the Mu-

seum. In this case they were of opinion that some change might

be effected.

They considered, however, that any small diminution would be

impolitic, as not holding out sufficient inducement to attract any

considerable number of new members. So that the immediate loss

of annual income would probably be a permanent one.

They therefore, though with some doubts as to the result, agreed

to recommend a reduction of the subscriptions to one half the pre-

sent rate, depending on the cash balance of Rs. 5,800 in the Bank

to meet present loss, and looking to a large influx of new members

to restore the finances ultimately to something like their present

amount.

The income in 1855 from 125 members at 16 Rs. per

GUMALbOM WAT; puis shales Ghats? eis hele iat nisl jel teis) Ate oR OO

The income from the same No. at 8 Rs. would be,.... 4000

Producing a loss.ofys. 12) 9.4 sie eies amcsleudetaw baledeeaian hae

Against this we have a aarp in 1855 of Ras 9159

To which may be added the cost of the Bi otanns 590

Makmora total Of. |...) sige ce, <0 vas.s aes sien eee

Leaving to be made up by new members, .......... 1258

The income however derived from each additional videaliee at 8

rupees a quarter will be diminished by Rs. 3-8 a year on account of

the extra copies of the Journal required, each No. of which must

be estimated to cost in printing and paper at least 8 annas.

Thus each additional member will only produce a net income of

Rs. 28-8.

Forty-five new members therefore at Rs. 8 a quarter, producing

Rs. 1282-8 would be required to make up the deficiency, and this

number the committee hoped might be eventually gained, and even

exceeded; unless exceeded, however, there would be no annual

surplus, and the Library would still be left in its present unsatis-

factory state.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 241

Supposing however that the Society with its present liabilities is

desirous of a reduction of subscription without making any further

provision than now exists for the proper custody and extension of

the Museum, the results, estimated as above, will be as follows :—

A reduction to eight rupees per quarter will require sixty-five

new members, with no surplus.

A reduction to ten rupees per quarter will require twenty-four

new members, with no surplus.

A reduction to ten rupees per quarter will require no new members,

with Rs. 152 surplus.

In these calculations, however, the income has been estimated on

the supposition that the full amount of subscriptions due from

members is realized, which is never the case; whilst, at the same

time, the ordinary annual expenditure only has been taken into ac-

count, although the actual expenditure on account of extraordinary

demands is always very much in excess of this.

Both these causes vitiate the above results in the same direction.

Thus in 1855 instead of a surplus of 2152 rupees, there was an

actual deficit of about 630 rupees on the year’s transactions.

Taking this year, therefore, as a standard, with the minimum of

reduction, it would be necessary to obtain as many as 57 additional

members at 12 Rs. a quarter to meet the current expenses.

The extraordinary expenditure for 1855, incurred chiefly on

account of the Museum, was no doubt somewhat in excess of the

average outlay under this head, but it serves to show the extent of

the demands which the Museum makes on the resources of the

Society, and the necessity of a surplus income to meet them.”’

After some discussion Capt. Thuillier gave notice that he would

move at the next General Meeting “ that a proposition be submitted

to the Society at large, that the subscription of members of this

Society be reduced from 16 rupees to 10 rupees a quarter.”’

5th.—Submitting a letter from Dr. H. H. Wilson, Boden Pro-

fessor of Sanskrit, in the University of Oxford, relating to the

management of the Bibliotheca Indica with their proposed reply.

Professor Wilson’s letter is as follows:

Srz,—The interest which I must ever take in the proceedings of

the Asiatic Society of Bengal, will I hope, be admitted as some

242 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

excuse for my volunteering the communication of my opinions on a

measure which I conceive injuriously to effect the usefulness and

credit of the Society in this quarter of the world.

The Bibliotheca Indica has established a European reputation,

and with a few possible exceptions, has hitherto admirably accom-

plished the purpose for which it was set on foot, in conformity with

the intentions and encouragement of the Court of Directors—the

circulation of works relating to the literature, sciences, institutions

and religion of the Hindus—which existed only in the perishable

and rarely accessible condition of manuscripts in India itself, and

which were therefore unavailable to European students. Many

valuable works have been printed in the series. Many most accept-

able in Europe, among which may be specified the Upanishads, the

system of logic, and rhetoric, the Surya Siddhanta, the Black Yajush,

&c. These may be regarded as especially fulfilling the objects of

the Court, supplying the wants and gratifying the expectations of

European Indian scholars, whose only remaining desires are that

those works which have been commenced and are yet unfinished

should be completed with as little delay as may be avoidabie, and

that when they are finished, publications of a similar character espe-

cially those illustrative of the Vedas, and the literature connected

with them, as the Brahmanas and Sutras, should be undertaken.

It is therefore with much concern that the cultivators of Indian

literature have observed the disposition lately evinced by the Society,

to divert the numbers of the Bibliotheca Indica to a branch of

literature which however valuable it may be in some respects, is

neither of Indian origin nor relations, throwing no light whatever

on the social system of the bulk of the population, and wholly

valueless as a clue to the ancient history of the country. The pub-

lication is becoming more of a Bibliotheca, Arabica, than a Biblio-

theca Indica, a character which it was not originally intended to bear

and which in Indiaitself can be of interest only to a very few learned

Mohammadans, professors and teachers of Islam.

Now it may be questioned if any extensive multiplication of Arabic

works is needed for the supply of Arabic scholars in Europe. There

is already a copious collection of the most important works in

Arabic in print, and Manuscripts are far from rare or difficult of

;

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 24:3

access. In this country they are numerous, at the British Museum,

in the Libraries of Oxford and Cambridge, and there is scarcely a

university on the continent without them, whilst Sanskrit MSS. are

to be found only in London, Oxford, Paris and Berlin. There is by

no means therefore the same reason for perpetuating Arabic MSS.

by the Indian Press, and there is no urgent necessity for the inter-

vention of the Asiatic Society of Bengal.

It may also be doubted if, in respect of the Arabie works hitherto

committed to the press by the Society, due attention has been paid

either to the interests of general literature or the tastes and wants

of Huropean Arabic scholars. The Itqan Sayuty extending through

ten fascicules, the exegesis of the Koran, is no doubt important to

Mohammadan Theologians, but few Europeans, it is to be expected,

would be inclined to look upon the exegetic sciences of the Koran

as a. very improving or attractive study. With regard also to the

biography of those who knew Mohammed, many of the individuals

are of extreme insignificance, and none of them could have exercised

any influence on events in India, where the name of Mohammed

himself was scarcely known before the tenth or eleventh century.

Although also the history of his campaigns and that of the conquest

of Syria come within the scope of general literature and may have

an interest to the students of Mohammadan history, yet they are

open to the same objection that apphes to the other works; they

have no relation near or remote to India, and do not serve in any

way to illustrate its past or present condition. Again, reasonable

exception may be taken to such publications as the Dictionary of

the Technical Terms used in the sciences of the Mohammadans, on

the grounds of incompatibility and expence. The Bibliotheca Indica

has been hitherto confined to works of moderate size and cost, and

has been wisely so restricted, being thus brought within the reach

of European purchasers. Dictionaries must always be of greater

or less extent and cannot be printed except at a proportionate charge,

which will bear heavily upon the funds at the Society’s disposal.

When printed also they can be sold only at a price which few

students in Europe can afford, for the Society must not think that

charges which appear moderate in India, will be thought so by

oriental scholars in Europe. The sale will therefore be restricted

244 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

whilst the outlay is enhanced. Besides which the publication of

such a work is quite inconsistent with the intention of the Biblio-

theca Indica, which was to furnish scholars with books to read, not

to provide students with the means of learning to read them.

The objection to the printing of Dictionaries on the score of

expense, applies generally to this extension of the scheme of the

Bibliotheca. If it is to comprehend all Mohammadan as well as

all Hindu literature, where are the funds to be found? Hach is

sufficiently copious to absorb all the means placed by the liberality

of the Court at the command of the Society for the publication of

Indian literature especially ; and to attempt to combine with this

Arabic literature also, must end in starving both. Exceptions in

favour of the latter where bearing upon Indian Mohammadanism

or Indian history under the Mohammadans may be admitted, but

the usefulness and success of the Bibliotheca will be grievously

impaired if the present disproportionate extension of a literature

alien to India be persevered in. I have no wish to undervalue the

importance of Arabic literature or the merits of those gentlemen

by whom it is so zealously and successfully cultivated, but Persia,

Arabia, Egypt, Africa, Turkey, are the fields in which it is the most

natural and productive crop, whilst in India it is, like the Moham-

madans themselves, a stranger and intruder.

Trusting that the Society will receive this, as it isintended, as a

proof of my sincere interest in its continued prosperity, believe

me,

Yours very truly,

Sd. H. H. Wiuson.

To this letter the Council proposed the following reply :-—

Srr,—In replying to your letter dated 17th August, 1855, address-

ed to the Secretary of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, I am directed

by the Society to intimate to you the gratification it feels in being

assured of your continued interest in its welfare and reputation,

whilst it gladly acknowledges that your opinions and advice are enti-

tled to the most attentive consideration, as well from your distinguish-

ed position in Oriental Literature, as from the many important ser-

vices rendered by you to the Society both in India and at home.

The important nature of your communication, affecting alike the

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 245

Literary reputation of the Society and its faithfulness in the dis-

charge of a trust committed to it, has given rise to a lengthened

discussion amongst the members of the Philological Committee and

the Council generally, and has thus occasioned a somewhat protract-

ed delay in framing a reply.

In considering your strictures and suggestions upon the choice of

works selected for the Bibliotheca Indica it is necessary to recall

the origin and intended scope of this series of oriental publications.

It had its origin in the following circumstances :

In the year 1835 the Government of India peremptorily prohibited

the publication of any Oriental works at the expense of the fund

which had been set apart under the charter act of 1813 to be applied

in part to the revival and improvement of Literature and the en-

couragement of the learned natives of India. It was further directed

that the printing of the whole of the Oriental works then in pro-

gress with two exceptions should be immediately discontinued.*

This measure was regarded with extreme regret by the Asiatic

Society, and an appeal was made by it to the Governor General in

Council begging that the obnoxious order might be rescinded.

The Government declined to accede to the Society’s request, but

offered to make over, with one or two exceptions, all the unfinished

Oriental works to “the Asiatic Society or any other Society or indi-

viduals willing to complete them at their own expense.”

This offer was accepted by the Society, and they proceeded to

complete the unfinished works, proposing at the same time to

undertake the publication of a fresh series as soon as this part of

their task was accomplished.

To enable them to carry out their views a memorial was drawn

up and forwarded to the Court of Directors, in which the Society

expressed their assurance that if the Court deemed it ‘‘ inexpedient

to alter the appropriation of the Parliamentary fund, which the local

Government had determined upon, they would devise some other

means of continuing that encouragement to the cause of Asiatic

Literature which reflected honor on the hand that dispensed it ;”

* It is worthy of remark that the two works excepted from the general sentence

were the Fatawa Alumgiree and a treatise or Spherl. Trig, both Arabic.

246 Proceedings of the Assatie Society. [No. 3.

and the memorial proceeds to ask for “ pecuniary aid in the expense

of publishing standard and useful works in Oriental Literature.”

At this period the Society was fortunate in enjoying the advantage

of your assistance as its agent in Europe, and you warmly supported

the memorial in two letters, dated in 1836 and 188%, in one of

which you characterize the grant solicited as “a provision for the

encouragement of learned natives and the revival of native Litera-

ture, and for publishing the most esteemed writings of the Hast for

the use as much of Europeans as of Asiatics.”’

The Court replied ina despatch (No. 8 of 1838) addressed to

“ Our Governor of the Presidency of Fort William in Bengal’ from

which the following is an extract.

“We are still of opinion that the publication of Oriental works

and works on instruction in the Eastern languages, should not be

abandoned. We therefore authorize you to devote a sum not exceed-

ing 500 Rupees a month to the preparation and publication of such

works either through the medium of the Asiatic Society or any

equally appropriate channel.”

It was in these general terms that the Court was asked for and

accorded the grant out of which the expenses of the Society’s

Oriental publications have since been defrayed.

The unfinished editions made over to the Society by Government

comprized Sanskrit, Arabic, and Persian works, and these having

been completed, a new series, under the name of Bibliotheca Indica,

was commenced in 1847,

This was at first entrusted to the Editorship of a Sanskrit scholar,

and all the earlier works which appeared in it were Sanskrit. Dr.

Sprenger’s work or Arabic Bibliography in 1849 was the first intru-

sion into the series of another Oriental language and the commence-

ment of Nejamy’s Khiddnamah in 1852, in Persian was the next.

Subsequently (in 1852) the series was placed on a new footing.

The Society dispensed with the single paid Editor and invited

Editors of texts from the general body of Oriental scholars.

All offers to edit works were firet carefully sifted by the Philolo-

gical Committee, andif the Council adopted their recommendation,

the Society’s sanction to the publication was obtained at an ordinary

general meeting.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 247

Under this system all the most distinguished scholars, which

India now possess, Sanskrit, Arabic and Persian, have been applied

to to edit texts. Amongst the proposals consequent on these applica-

tions every Sanskrit work, with the exception of those noted in the

phir margin* which were declined on their

ir oacva Weide merits, has been adopted, and if a

Séla bhanjika, Gotama Smriti, greater number of Arabic fasciculi,

Gola dhyaya, Mimansa Sutra, : :

Youa Sutra, Kautuka Saraswa. as compared with Sanskrit, have ap-

peared in any one year, this must be

attributed to the comparative inactivity of the editors of some of

the Sanskrit works, and not to any partiality that has been shewn

for Arabic literature, as may be seen by a reference to the Society’s

list of works, published and in progress.t

With regard to the principles of selection, the Society has not

considered itself restricted in any way by the terms of the grant to

the publication exclusively of works illustrative of Indian civiliza-

tion.

The general interest of Literature in the historical and social

phenomena of Asia with its systems of religion and philosophy have

been the considerations which have guided its choice.

Of the estimation in which the Arabic works selected for publica-

tion are held in this country an immediate test is afforded by the

ready sale they meet with, which, even in the case of the large

unfinished works, such as Dr. Sprenger’s two dictionaries, has been

nearly equal to that of the Sanskrit editions, and will be presumably

greater when they are completed.

That they should not meet with the like approval in Europe would

be a source of regret to the Society.

Whilst, however, the Society cannot admit, in view of the circum-

+ In addition to these the Philological Committee have agreed to recommend

the following works for publication when the state of the funds permits.

Venisanhara. Aniruddha-champu.

Anargharaghava. Kavyadars’a.

Prasannaraghava. Setubandha.

Nagananda. Nyaya Sutra.

Lalitamadhava. Vishnu Purana

Vidagdhamadhava. Das artipaka.

2K 2

248 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. (No. 8.

stances attending the Government grant, that they have violated

any obligation, expressed or implied, to expend it exclusively in

“the circulation of works relating to the Literature, Sciences, Insti-

tutions and Religion of the Hindus,” they are at the same time quite

ready to consider the expediency of introducing further changes into

the management of the Bibliotheca Indica.

But absolutely and by positive rule to restrict the Bibliotheca

Indica to Sanskrit works, or to works relating exclusively to India,

would, they think, be unwise as regards the interests of Oriental

Scholars in Europe, and mischievous in the discouragement it would

afford to the cultivation of Arabic and Persian literature in this

eountry, where it possesses such ardent and able votaries.

But it is the desire of the Society, no less than their interest, to

satisfy the tastes and meet the wants of the learned in Europe, and

recognizing you as an authoritative exponent of those tastes and

wants, they have every disposition to be guided in a great measure

by the views which you have so ably advanced for their consider-

ation and whilst giving you this assurance they desire to express

their sincere obligations for the friendly interest you have now and

at all times manifested in the prosperity of a Society with which

you have been so long and so intimately connected.

E have, &e.

The reply was approved and adopted.

The election of Dr. A. Sprenger as a member of the Council and

Joint Secretary to the Society reported at the last meeting, was

confirmed under bye-law 60.

Communications were received

From Babu Radhanéth Sikdér, forwarding copy of a Meteoro-

logical Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for

the month of February last.

From Mr. Assistant Secretary Oldfield, enclosing copy of a Mes

teorological Register kept at the Office of the Seeretary to the

Government of N. W. P., Agra, for the months of February and

March, 1856.

From Sir R. Hamilton; Bart., Agent to the Governor-General,

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 249

Central India, sending a table of heights and distances along the

Railway line from Surat to Agra.

From Col. Hannay through Mr. Grote, announcing the discovery

of a rich vein of iron ore at Dhubri.

The Secretary read extracts from the letter.

From Mr. Piddington, submitting a paper entitled, “ A second

series of experiments to ascertain the mean quantity of silt held in

suspension by the water of Hooghly in various months of the year,

and also the quantity carried out to sea,” as also “Notes of an

examination of three specimens of Bengal mineral waters.”

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

Mr. Oldham, at the request of the President, proceeded to give

some account of the results he had arrived at from the investigations

conducted by himself and his assistants in the Geological Survey in

Central India during the past season.

Briefly referring to the many valuable papers which had been

contributed by previous observers illustrative of the Geology of

Central India, and to the fact that few parts of the immense empire

of India had excited more interest and attention than the districts

adjoining the Nerbudda river, Mr. Oldham pointed out that the

great thickness of sandstones and associated beds, which formed the

mass of the Vindhya range, was the most striking and remarkable

feature in that country. This had been spoken of as “the sand-

Stone,” “the great sandstone, &c.’’ Capt. Franklin had referred it

to the age of the middle portion of the new red sandstone of Euro-

pean geologists. Jacquemont, for the greater part at least of the

area, assented to this view. Other observers had given it a different

position. Captain Sherwill for instance had mapped it as Old Red

sandstone, although giving it the somewhat anomalous position of

resting upon “ mountain limestone.” In 1854, Dr. Carter of Bombay

had published a carefully compiled summary of the Geology of India,

in which the whole of this sandstone and associated beds was referred

to the same age as the coal bearing rocks of Bengal, all which he

classed with the Oolitic or Jurassic epoch of European geologists,

and he took his typical groups, and the names for his subdivisions

from localities in this district. He divided the whole into three

| sub-groups, which he called—Tara, Kuttra and Punnah groups, in

250 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 3.

ascending order; the coal being supposed to belong to the central

or the Kuttra group. And this classification he applied to other

districts. Again on the geological map of India, recently published

under the sanction of the Court of Directors, by Mr. Greenough,

all this immense area, stretching from the Soane to near Mundlaisir

in the Nerbudda, was placed under the general head of Oolitic and

Diamond sandstone and limestone.

The researches of the Geological Survey of India, had extended

over a considerable portion of this district during the past season,

and although much remained to be done in working out the details,

as might be anticipated in so large an area, sufficient had been

learned to enable a few great conclusions to be drawn. It was at

present impossible to give all the detailed illustrations of these,

and they would therefore be only stated as briefly as possible. The

importance of them would at once be recognised by those who had

given any attention to these enquiries, tending as they did to modify

existing opinions, and to alter the colouring of all our geological

maps in the most marked and extended way.

Their late investigations had shewn—that there was good evidence

of a great faulting, accompanied by much disturbance mechanically,

and by much alteration chemically, in the rocks, (more especially to —

the south of this fault), which passed along the main line of the

Nerbudda valley, along the continuation eastward of this line down

the valley of the Soane; and thence across Behar, where the con-

tinuation of the same rocks formed the Kurruckpoor hills.

That there was a high probability that this line of dislocation was

continned to the east by north, up or towards the valley of Assam;

its main direction being HE. 15° to 18° N., corresponding with the

main direction of the Vindhya range and the Khasi hill range.

That south of this dislocation the great group of sandstones, shales,

&¢c., forming the Vindhya hills, was almost entirely absent, (unless

it were admitted, see below, that the highly metamorphosed rocks

there seen were the continuation downwards of the same series

greatly altered).

That this great group was altogether of a different character and

of a more ancient epoch than the beds associated with the coals of

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 251

Bengal and of Central India. (The latter resting quite unconform-

ably on the former).

That from the absence of organic remains, there was as yet no

evidence on which to base a reference of this group to any estab-

lished epoch of European geology. (It might be Cambrian).

That the names hitherto assigned to this group and its subdivi-

sions being based on erroneous views of position, and therefore

tending to erroneous conclusions, must be abandoned.

For the whole formation Mr. Oldham proposed the name Vindhyan,

stating that it appeared most desirable that the general physical

relations of the rocks should be determined, and the several groups

established on such evidence derived from the actual arrangement

and sequence of the rocks rather than from some fancied or imper-

fectly established analogies derived from partially collected or parti-

ally examined organic remains. When the actual sequence of the

various groups had been established, wherever this was possible, the

organic evidence would be valuable. Applying the name Vindhyan

then to this great group as being best seen in the well exposed

scarps of the Vindhyan range, he would propose as distinctive of

the subdivisions in ascending order, the names Kymore, Rewah and

Bundair. These minor groups were only given provisionally, as it

was possible that more detailed examination would shew that there

was only a twofold division, and that the Rewah limestone and

Bundair sandstone were only repetitions of the Soane valley lime-

stone and sandstone produced by faulting.

Resting unconformably upon the Vindhya formation, there was a

considerable thickness of sandstones, shales and coals, (in Central

India much disturbed, and traversed by trap dykes). The total

thickness of this group in this district exceeded some thousand feet.

In these beds occurred numerous fossil plants, which thoroughly

identified these rocks with the coal-groups of Burdwan, of Hazaree-

baugh and of Cuttack. No additional evidence tending to settle

the doubtful question of their true geological epoch had been

obtained, nor on the other hand anything to shake the probability

of their Jurassic date.*

* Taking it as proved that the strata at Kotah, from which the fish and Saurian

remains had been obtained, were the same with those of Kampti near Nagpore, the

252 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 8.

Resting again quite unconformably upon these rocks was found

another series of sandstones, often ferruginous, generally speaking

irregularly though strongly bedded, and of great thickness. These

formed the lofty and boldly scarped range of the Puchmurry or

Mahadewa hills. And to this group Mr. Oldham proposed to give

the name of Mahadewas. No organic evidence had been found in

these. In one or two places they seemed to pass upwards conform-

ably into sandstones holding remains of large mammalia (and pro-

bably of Sewalik date.)

This group was markedly separated from the coal-bearing group

below, and as compared with it was also characterized by the com-

parative absence of trap dykes or other exhibitions of igneous rocks.

Upon these, in parts of the district, rested the great spreading

sheets of trap rocks forming the continuation of the immense basal-

tic field of the Deccan. Four and five distinct flows could readily

be traced in places. And adverting to the occurrence of the beds

containing shells (Physa, Paludina, Unio, &c.) which were found

between these flows (Intertrappean lacustrine formation, of Carter)

so far as the evidence derwed from the Nerbudda district was con-

cerned, it appeared that there was no reason to suppose that they

were confined to any one layer or flow, and still less reason to sup-

pose that their present aspect and condition was due to the intru-

sion of the igneous rocks from below (as advocated by some), but

that on the other hand there was much ground for thinking that

this alteration was entirely due to the subsequent overflowing of

the heated mass of the trap above, and to the disturbances conse-

quent on the exhibition of such powerful forces as must have accom-

panied the production of these immense flows of lava. These shelly

beds seemed to have been formed by tranquil deposition during the —

intervals between the successive flows of igneous rock, and to have |

been broken up indurated and baked by the succeeding outbreak. |

Mr. Oldham stated, that in making this remark, he wished to say |

that he had not had the opportunity of seeing the localities referred

to by Messrs. Hislop and Hunter, near Nagpore, from which those i

careful observers had drawn their conclusions, but that his view had |

strong Permian analogies of the Saurians (Brachyops) ought not to be overlooked. |

But the identity of the strata was, he thought, still to be established.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 253

been derived solely from the facts presented to him in other places.

The detailed examination of the greater part of the Nerbudda

district was due to the exertions of Mr. J. G. Medlicott.

The following would therefore give a summary view of the groups

here proposed in descending order, neglecting for the present all

the more recent divisions.

Groups. Mineral character. Age, Se.

Mahadewa,...... Sandstones, with a few Geological age unknown,

shalybeds, for the most a few vegetable fossil

part pebbly, often stems, &Xc.

striped with ferrugi-

nous bands.

Damoodah,..... . Shales, sandstones, coal, Age not thoroughly decid-

for the most part thin- ed, _ probably Jurassic,

ly bedded and regular, fossils chiefly vegetable

often greatly cut up by —name taken from the

trap dykes. Jn Cut- locality where series is

tack however there are most fully developed.

no trap rocks.

@ Bundair, .... Sandstones, and shales. Age unknown, probably

=> Rewah, ...... Limestones, shales and very ancient, seen all

zZ sandstones. along Vindhya range,

> Kymore, ..-. Sandstones and lime- into Behar and to the

stones and shales. Ganges at Monghyr.

Probably also in the

Khasia Hills. Possi-

bly only ¢wo subdivi-

sions.

Sub-Kymore,.... Crystalline limestone Highly probable, though

(name proposed _ pseudo-gneiss, mica- not yet thoroughly prov-

by H. B. Medli- ceous schists, and ed, that these are only

cott, Esq.),.... quartzites, red and the continuation down-

green, and white, .... wards of the Vindhya

groups subsequently al-

tered.

Granite, gneiss, hornblende-rock, greenstone, &c.

_ Another district of considerable interest had also been examined

during the past season, by Messrs. Blandford and Theobald, and

| the results arrived at under their careful scrutiny had been strongly

| confirmatory of the results given above. The Cuttack, or Talchere

coalfield gave the following section, descending :—

Alluvium, laterite, Se.

_ 1—Upper grit series,—unfossiliferous—quartzose grits and coarse

Sandstones, with occasional red shales; pebbly throughout, and near

base conglomeritic—above 2000 feet.

| 2 L

254 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

2.—Carbonaceous shale series, fossiliferous, consisting of—

(a)—Blue and lilac shales, micaceous; white speckled sandstones

and ironstones, about 1500 feet thick.

(6)—Carbonaceous shales containing thin seams of coal (8 inches)

irregularly dispersed through them, about 200 feet.

(c)—Shales and coarse white sandstones, the latter predominate

in lower portion, 100 to 200 feet.

3.—Lower shale and sandstone series, annelide tracks, consist-

ing of—

(a)—Blue nodular shales, generally arenaceous.

(6) —Fine sandstones, much jointed and “ tesselated.”

(c)—“ Boulder bed,’ containing numerous boulders of gneiss

and granite frequently 5 to 6 feet across—in a fine argillaceous or

arenaceous rock, often rippled, sometimes replaced by a coarse

sandstone.

Each of these series rested unconformably on that beneath it.

He would for the present avoid entering on the consideration

of the more recent deposits, which were however, full of interest,

and would be referred to on some other occasion.

Mr. Oldham, in putting forward these views, deprecated the idea,

that in differing so entirely from any previous observers he should

be supposed to wish to throw any censure or discredit on their

labours. On the contrary, the more closely those labours were

examined the more valuable most of them appeared, and to many

were they indebted for most important observations. The results

arrived at were rather a proof of the absolute necessity of the

geological examination of a large country being under one combined —

and systematic control. The rocks which this evening he hoped he

had been able to reduce into some order, he had first met with some

years back in Bengal, but from the peculiar way in which they were

then seen, it was impossible to make out their relations. It was

constantly thus: the examination of one district would throw light

on and remove the difficulties of another, and while independent

observers would in all probability have continued to group together

things essentially different, or separate others essentially the same,

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 255

uniformity of result could only be obtained by an uniform method

of examination and a combined system of investigation. It was to

this that the Government Survey owed their results, not to any

superiority individually over previous investigators of the districts

referred to.

On the motion of the President the best thanks of the Society

were voted to Mr. Oldham for his highly interesting communication.

W.S. Arginson, Secretary.

LiBRARY.

The Library has received the following accessions during the month of

April last.

Presented.

Journal of the Statistical Society of London, Part. I. Vol. XIX.—By

THE SOCIETY.

Journal Asiatique for January, 1856, Part VII.—By tue Society.

Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, Vol.

1X. part I1.—By tue Association.

Catalogue of the Vernacular Literature Committee’s Library.—By

Basu Ra’senprRa'La’t Mirrra.

The Eighteenth Report of the Proceedings of the Calcutta School

Book Society.—By THE SaME.

The Thirty-third Annual Report of the Parental Academic Institution

and Doveton College.—By Mr. G. Smita.

The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, No. 45.—By THE

SociEry.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Nos. 17.and 18.—By THE

Society.

Upadeshak for April, 1856.—By tue Epitor.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for March and April, 1856.—By tHE

Epitoz.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for April, 1856.—By tHE Epitors,

The Oriental Baptist for April, 1856.—By tHE Epiror.

The Durbin, a Persian Newspaper for April, 1856.—By tHE Epitor.

The Citizen Newspaper for ditto, 1856.—By THe EpirTor.

The Tattwabodhini Patrika, No. 153.—By tmz TaTTWABODHINI SOBHA:

Exchanged.

The Atheneum for January and February, 1856.

Philosophical Magazine, Nos. 70 and 71, Vol. II.

256 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 3.

Purchased.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 1 to 9, 1856, Vol. 42.

Journal des Savants, for January and February, 1856.

Revue et Magasin De Zoologie, No. 12 of 1855 and No. 1 of 1856.

The American Journal of Science and Arts, No. 61.

L’Atheneum Franeais, Nos. 49 to 52, December, 1855.

The Quarterly Review for December, 1855.

The Edinburgh Review, No. 209 for January, 1856.

The Westminster Review, No. 18 for ditto.

Collection D’ ouvrages Orientaux, Vol. 3rd.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Nos. 1 and 2, Tome 4th.

Revue des Deux Mondes, 15th January, for February and 1st March,

1856, Vol. I.

Zietscrift fur die kunde des Morgenlandes, Part I. Vol. I.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 99, Vol. 17.

Literary Gazette, Nos. 1 to 3, March, 1856.

Gour Doss Bysa’cx, Librarian & Asst. Secy.

The 1st May, 1856.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

PLP PIIPIPLIIIYYVYYI——4

No. IV. 1856.

Leryn

A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi of Sdskya Pandita, with

extracts and translations by the late M. A. Csoma DE K6or6st.

(Continued from page 165, Vol. XXIV.)

86 e357 PAL" YANG |

Zar gagy diqy SN" BA" gx ag |

yar g" naa" NT AIC’ ny § |

ga 5a BG BIN’ 5B" AN” 4G IT

87 wm 3a" ANY" 3" BN JAN & |

L @ar QEa 2 Da’ Gn aq |

Aa YSN 9 UST AGAR |

qr aay AN" aay agar ON" ANG I

88 . ya)" ay BE AL ya" q" 5G’ |

Ba’ YQ" eras" Saryraa’ |

iy a" BG. NY UA |

Say a MAN” BAIN’ BG" 5 YA II

V.. Evin practicys (Ga"55).

_ 86. When a cunning person speaks fair, it is for his own interest

not out of ‘respect for others; the laughing voice of the night-bird

is an ill omen, it proceeds not from joy.

87. If a man grows too famous, on account of his great advance-

ment, though he endures for a while, yet at last he is destroyed. The

ass that was covered with the skin of a leopard, after having eaten

up one man’s standing corn, was slain by another.

88. They that have chosen a wicked man for their king, they

that dwell in a house whose upper roof is ruinous, or under a rock

whose summit threatens to fall, are in continual fear.

No. LXXXII,—New Serius. Vou. XXV. 2M

258 A brief Notice of the Subhashita Ratna Nidhi. _[No. 4.

89 aq" yy Lay’ ws"4" ya’ |

~ Va

yay Lo AMA GaN" HO" |

34)" ERY aL’ ON’ aqey" Baya’ |

ama yy MY Gay UG" 3" AS |)

90 SBN" NAT UG" HAY GAN" QO LGC" |

QRa NAG" A Qal" NLS |

BU QUL HMB Na" O'S |

Engg" gay YL" QL" wa ||

91 za" nn a RAIg" q’ q |

x . Vv

S55" AN" Da" Qa A” 4v4F |

Nar Q" aA Ay Bh" AMD’ P|

qe day Aeay a5" YN" Aa" I

92 ay’ Qhaan’ a hy a” 5 Ql’ Wa’

wis" SAN Say Aa ay |

sida a" ny" Q’ 54" ga qa’ |

a] yy’ Qh" q’ Qj” Rat’ Or" Aa’ il

89. Though a man is learned, but if he is by nature bad, avoid

him. Though a venomous serpent has a gem on his head, what

wise man would take him into his bosom ?

90. By arrogance, good qualities are diminished ; by lust modes-

ty is obfuscated. By a continual railing at his servants, the master

loses his authority.

91. Itisarare thing to find one who can give good advice, but

it is more rare to find one who would listen (to advice)—difficult

it is to find an expert physician, few are they that would act ac-

cording to his advice.

92. Judge not before you have examined. It often happens that

an upright man, if he loses his cause, is thought to be a knave. He

that acts with discretion, has many enemies.

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 259

93 = war RY BL SN BL go" |

no’ aga" Waar y agar a ¥s |

VQ" A" QQ5" 4 AUN" 4" Ua" |

Vv x7 an a </

mr nay CML QL ay YS" 8 I ,

v/ NX a

94 BIAS” FH" AL Q" ASN" QR4'H |

aIBQ" DAN’ Yar Oar usar Whe |

Bar yy Far ory ANS |

mga’ SN Ay YL" BAN" ale’ ||

95 mac: Ng ydq'aq” BL" QA YO |

nay A a" cay mga’ YH |

us" YS aay AQN’ BI Qdq" YS |

na Qa aa BY aL Ga II

fg ORE

96 ART Fy 44'S" DEN BLS |

ara Ay ANY" 5A |

93. In whatever manner you fashion a bad man, it is impossible

to make his nature good—you may wash the coal with all the

zeal you will, but it is impossible to give it a white colour.

94. An ill-principled man, who is fond of riches, though he be

a friend, is not of a firm mind. There are many that have been

destroyed by their own relations, in consequence of their having

been bribed by the great.

95. It is easy to overcome those enemies that announce their

plans of lusting (or injuring). But how are those to be subdued

who advise a salutary retreat ?

VI. THE NaTURAL WAY OR MANNER (OF MEN’S ACTIONS),

(15°q49'5'S.2).

96. If one should happen to be chosen for a ruler, it is seldom

that he could know what was to be done. We may look on others

2M 2

260 A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. (No. 4.

mqa A ar AQ sy wy wT" |

nar 9s" gray arraiar SAN II

97 Say Lay B aay ats" VT |

aN’ Aga" Fora By B Qa |

NBQ’ QI a BAN’ HT? AY YT" |

a5 away ft qT a as II

98 mq Gar may YT" a5" SN'Y |

RUA’ WRYQ’G’ Dh" YL" SN |

HAY A Saya SRN NY |

sara Say Ny 84 NI NT

99 Ra A A’ Wa GT WA |

B qc" aga S44" ga" 3N |

aIRQ’ 5" ABA NAT QUEN' BL"

BEA THAN YY Aa QT IL IT

100 aa yt MSar B A" GSS |

VAN’ 4G" Ba 9a Y5" 29" QUT |

with our own eyes, but we want a looking-glass, when we wish to —

view ourselves.

97. Though there be very many kings, yet there are very few

of them, that govern with righteousness. Though there is many

a body of the gods in the heaven, yet there are none so brilliant in

light as the sun and moon.

98. He that can do mischief, can do also good. A crowned

monarch may bestow on one a whole kingdom.

99. By an upright intelligent minister both the Sovereign and

the subjects can be rendered, in all respects, happy. An arrow,

when shot by a dexterous man, strikes the mark aimed at.

100. If many consent together, great things may be performed

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 261

vv MY RY oo

Yo" SIN Ba" SAN" QSN" YN I

a" BQ" q"3" Sata SN" 94 |I

101 QN” aN’ #2" oy BL Ae" a |

nA" yO" Bawa As Qt Qgx |

bw v/

ala’ q’ Baa" VAN’ Ad" Wa’ |

Q fay N/

qq" BR BG" SN" 44" NeA” QiAQ |

102 a Sqr AQT’ AL HN'G |

~ WA a Vv

Ba NY FN’ OG’ AVN A144 |

Sy AML 44°RY AN" Ba UE" |

a ~ Va O Q

Br" YR" HFA" VQ" NM A™ WF ||

103 BY a Sq a a Hay |

aay NNT GT SQy AY SUG |

oO ~ rN Vv 5 Ed

La" BA AB BIN HA" AHA |

oO WH ay ws

QHGE"AY HSIN" VG" V"aay" 9 II

104. ray way BL Lay Far 55" |

agar ua ima Sy may Ye HOI

| even by little forces. It is said: a lion’s whelp was killed by an

assembled multitude of ants, (or pismires).

101. He that is indolent and deficient in exertion, though he be

“strong and robust, shall decay. An elephant, though he be very

strong, i is treated, by his little driver, as a slave.

102. When haughtiness is carried too far, even great. men will be

| overpowered : though the white tortoise (fish) has only a little body,

yet is he the destroyer of a large crocodile.

}

;

| 103. The great have no need to be arrogant; the arrogance

of the mean is futile. A gem wants no recommendation; none

‘would be a counterfeit jewel, though it be highly extolled (or

' praised).

}

| 104. Men, commonly, are injured by men of the like kind

262 A brief Notice of the Subhashita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

Frary Qh aL" AL'Q’S |

Qu" AL’ 39" Fa DQNNL QOL

105 Marae BY Ae YR ya’ YB |

mar SS BS! UAUG™ NG |

Bayag 4x'Q' La SN AT

oy yd ame" Na" SN" Q54 II

106 45°35" BaTAy QSL’ QgL4 |

ray x fay s/

Bz" SBN YQ ha" QUI ¥5 |

a din waN'y mE Aa & |

qa Aaa ae aq Qaarg’ Hm ||

107 Ua" HAT MA WHT AAG AW |

UH’ Ha" SUG’ aigYQG’ ama |

HSS’ UAHA’ QeATY’ QIN |

Wah TRS AB YA AVA [I

(tribe) with themselves. By the appearing of sunshine, all other

luminous bodies are offuscated.

105. Keep him from whom you derive advantage, though he is

your enemy. Reject him that hurts you, though he be your rela-

tion. Buy, at whatever price, a jewel, brought from sea. Drive

out by medicine, the disease that is in your inward parts.

106. When a man has some wealth within, he shows it with

pride in his externals. When the clouds are full of water, then they

move and make a noise.

107. It is rare to find one who is all perfection; but it is

rare also to find one who is destitute of every good quality. A

wise man will keep him who leans more to virtue than to vice.

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. 263

108 sary" Far aan Fa" WHC"

aEqray Aas7 SN" QT aS |

Ar AN" Av Q” S5'B" QS |

Say DG! Na" H4'S’ QUL II

109 15° 5QG° GaN’ 35 Oy AF |

BQ’ SAG GAN" Bh NA VA We |

ga" GTS BY NQF |

Ra’ QIN" N45" QHG’ NWS ||

110 GRA" UAHA’ WAT BWA" WT" |

& ABN 544" YRS DAW |

WAN’ 9Q" ABA BO" rah |

Qag’ ANN WAN NON QV'NA ||

LLL gare yxy gaa ae

Sqr Y" Yare’ QSay 4" HEN |

ga" S Qa HAGA HEN |

aL RT HMA’ ay Lar5G" S 1

108. It is doubtful at first, whether a person is our enemy or

friend. Meat, if not properly digested, becomes poison ; but poison

also, if one knows how to use it, may turn to medicine.

109. To be one’s own master, is always counted as happiness; to

be in the power of others, is always held as misery. Common things

are the cause of quarrels. We are bound, if we have promised a

thing.

110. You may have, inwardly, all good qualities, but, if you

have not a proper dress, you are despised by all. Though the bat

is a prudent bird, yet since he has no feather, it is said, he is reject-

ed by all winged animals.

111. A foolish man is pleasing, when he speaks but little; a

king is dignified when he keeps secluded ; imposing spectacles are

beautiful if viewed at a far distance; a jewel, if rare, fetches a

great price.

264 A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

112 33a" Day’ ny’ 5" MAAN A | i

RY’ Gh" mq" YQ’ B'S" QgL |

QRay ar H5N" MQ’ ALG |

Qgq'q’ aa" YN’ Q35'2" HG" |

113 Bary ayy Bar A UG |

a6)" wrx" HE Q" qQ Si" ya" % i

BRN’ BHA’ aaqy Ay HL |

Qsaq YL QUL' A’ ae QL aga’ ||

114 UL" 9 Bar SN GL SNA FE" | a

Vv a Vv 7

May 545)" Bh" ON" ABN” Q” AG |

A a" Sa" SN Lay ye Fain |

wah" OG" 5HQ’ Q" Hy’ a” BN II

a VY fos

115. QaN ASN’ BH’ 4" ALON’ 44/Q |

a dq 34’ a’ aye" yay Ay |

gar W' LG" 407 agar NNT ABQ |

Rar NY Ra AL RW AA ai I

112. Too great affection is often the cause of violent animosity ;

for the most part all the quarrels of men arise from a too great

familiarity.

113. ‘It may happen sometimes that a long debate becomes the

cause of a greater friendship. We see often that commonly such

as have disputed with (or against) one another, at last agree.

114. Though an avaricious man possesses wealth, an envious

man his associate, an ill-minded man his learning, yet these can

produce no pleasure.

115. Covetous men delight in wealth ; the arntutiwaa are pleased

when they hear their own praise ; a faplicth man. is glad when he

finds one like himself; the virtuous man rejoices when he hears the

truth.

1856.1 A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 265

116 BA oa ya wa HAT A |

PAV gar yd Laryrnae

ErRNa’ Gar NS’ AMQ’ £4" ary |

naa’ ar xa" YQ AY ATT 571g ||

LY meray 4x7 aay yA aN |

aL aR AY ARG! UE Aa |

argu gy’ 95" DLs |

NG’ SN" UQNQa™ La ga’ & ||

118 gars Gay’ QB4" YS B |

ry Qa yy NET ae ma |

eS ga Wade WE |

QaQ” SAN BAN’ YA DEAL A |

119) a mar 5a" gy mer aR YN |

Jarry’ W5'B" Wh" QHSN'S |

Ray YG! Ray BY’ HR’ YT |

asa yr Raa YQ HA wa |

(116. The qualifications of a bad man, the imperfect learning of

a mighty speaker, the kindnesses of a bad master, seldom are use-

ful to others.

117. If a man is opulent, his discourse is pleasing, an indi-

gent, though he speaks the truth, is contemned. A piece of wood

if brought from the Malaya mountain, though it is only a common

one, has a high price.

118, Much talking is the cause of danger, silence is the founda-

tion of avoiding misfortune. The talkative parrot is shut up ina

cage, other birds, that are mute, fly at random.

119. When a man endeavours to be useful to an enemy in every

respect, without hypocrisy and when the enemy also yields him

without artifice, it shows a great character.

266 A brief Notice of the Subhashita Ratna Nidhi. (No. 4.-

120 SAAN Rr arya” NS wa |

WAN Ba 5a" QB’ SAN |

RNA OO ARAN 2 |

mB a aay ae La" Yay way

12) Saya WBNS FN" US" QS |

gar ais maar wa" To's" NO" |

are Yar AG" NS |

QQ’ HAG’ AF QSL" AL" Qgr II

122 Boy B DAA QA HOA |

BL gay say ayy YL |

yma aS qr GEN AM |

a GEA UL UG Lo" AIA QS |

123) Qua 35" waa YR" NAG |

NN YL BL SQUAT! |

ear QA Saray AMIN HaNS |

ava" NBA’ AR’ Lo Qi" ua II

120. What avails it, if an impotent man is angry P What need

is there for a powerful to be angry? Therefore it is unreasonable.

to be angry for the performance of a thing,—it is but to mortify

one’s self.

121. With gifts you may gather about you the enemy also; if

you give nothing, you are left by your own kindred also. When

the cow’s milk is deficient the good calf grows meagre, and becomes

sorrowful.

122. <A master that always treats with kindness his own domes-

tics, may easily find servants and slaves. The geese, without being

called, gather together to the lakes where there grow many lotuses.

123. When a man employs his riches, when one is gentle after

having become learned, when a great man protects the lower class

1856.) A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 267

124 Bara Far’ Qa" BN" S|

Raa "Sain" 5G" BATA" AY |

aa Ba RY BHA NT UN |

ama Sar Fa gar a" BW II

125 Warnar Bar Ar Bay WH DT |

UHHH’ SOQ’ SHAN YOL’ FG |

BL SN" aEQ’ gq MAR’ 4" UE |

QR 34" YN" SNA 4512" AHS |

126 FL Wa" WRr HQ’ GRA aT" |

RNQ’ A" MSA" NAA AY S'AT’ |

Qaar Wa" aA YQ BR Q947 4 |

Ray" QA Har Qa"g" FMA II

127 marge a yy Rasy |

ar war ar ay MA YT ag |

aN YAS YY aay” 55" |

5NQ" AAT SNQ AY Gy" Aa IT

of people, these three things make happy others, and are useful to

one’s self.

134. By depending on the great, the mean also may rise high

see how the little plant (or shrub) by embracing a large tree has

climbed up to the top.

125. Though a talented man has his defects, yet they that de-

light in learning, support him. Though the atmosphere be obscured

(hurt) by ram, yet the inhabitants of the world are made glad by it.

126. Rich men are numerous among the ignorant people; vali-

ant ones among the crowds of wild beasts ; elegant sayings proceed

from the learned class ; a Saint is a rare thing in this world.

127. Every man iscelebrated for that thing in which he excels,

The learned as a learned person, the hero as a valiant man.

2N 2

268 A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. [No, 4,

128 Kary’ Faw’ ON NH" VT |

naa" yy" day’ DN" GAN YL’ Qax |

qqa" War RHQ FAQ Hs |

a Wy aay ANT "55 II

129 Ley yr amar Qa gy ANT 4" |

A AQQN WW BG’ MAINS |

WEY 4" 3a" BN’ YQ" 4" Sain |

AN AQ’ SNA" AY DW ae ||

130 Br way Saryr gy" Qay 4G" |

saw AG" A Qn ¥9" at 557

a” @g' QQ" we AQ 50° |

ga a" bar qr aN" a 5A1N |)

131 war mar Barna’ HNL AAG |

BQ’ GLY 4yQ’ 4G" & AAG |

Nar Nama gq" Bar QaAGY |

BGS" BAN FS" 8G IT

128. What is respected by the great, is contemned by the low

people. The head ornament of the great Ishwosa is devoured by

Chandra the Giant.

129. Science existing only in books; Mantras not committed to

memory ; those things which a forgetful man has learned, in the time

of necessity often deceive us, are deceitful,

130. Sweet scent to dogs and hogs, a light to the blind, meat

to indigestion, instruction to foolish men, are not required,

131. A talented (or well qualified) man, and good gold, a brave

soldier, and a fine horse, a skilful physician and a beautiful orna-

ment every where find their price (or all esteemed).

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 269

132 A" qa" rapt QgaNn’ us" B14 |

a way’ Agar ay” BN’ no" j

Q NZ,

Ra" oa 4a SH AS" GN YI

y’ ANG gy UN Waal" GN" AN II

133 Pan a A ae BI

8m 4G" xg" a5 aL’ Z|

yA" q’ aa" am" Law’ Baa ua’ |

aa 55" 5a9" YQ By YL Ws ||

134 5L' 8 ASH §' 3a" NF |

A An Vv fay ~~ a

Q4°Q2" VHD" 3” NANNY’ ay4 |

35a’ 5 HR By 5" aN’ q’ uy |

aay’ S adey § sr AYA |

135 aL SN ar SRN YUE ac

Baye AVAL ARGN'N N |

QA4G" NA QQ" GAN 35" OT" |

ROL’ 28a" Qeqrs' RAL Qgr II

LOAEH SAUDIS | 6

132. If one has a good intellect and diligent application, what

is it, that cannot be done by them? The Pandavas, they have I

heard, have overcome the twelve troops of the dangerous enemy.

133. Though hills, rivers, elephants, horses, trees, guns, rays of

light, storms, men and women, be all of the same kind (in their

respective orders or classes) yet there is a difference of our being

great (or high) and the other small (or mean).

134, The chief wealth consists in charity, and the greatest hap-

piness in the tranquillity of mind. Hearing (or experience) is the

most beautiful ornament ; the best companion is he that desires not.

135. There is none that had never been afflicted with a disease

for wealth—who enjoys always happiness? Pleasure and sorrow

are always changing like summer and winter.

270 A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nedhi. [No. 4.

136 gar meray GQ SA AG |

ama’ gu’ wa NO RA DAD’ 50" |

Bor Sar HGH at HV |

svar Y Sar sa" QMS (I

137 a amar aay Hay" 5G" |

aia’ 5G" QRa’ Ba" YAN" Bar BS

Bera’ WIR" QR GH" 5G’ QFQ |

yy FLS' Aas UB

138 HL! ah" BN" TAG" HSA QRS’ 4G" |

mga ay YG’ Ga’ G" Sy B |

aya Qa Sr AN RANT QRS T

myar 4" Qa" AQ AqR’ AR'Y |

139 aay dan Qn 53" AN OG" |

nar a) Qt ON" 645" Y" AG" |

NG sy VN V’ QQ’ alg" NN |

— §ar aa mga SN AY QA |

VII.—THE UNBECOMING (OR INDECENT) MANNER—

ay La’ Nya Ql |

136. Ifa slave behaves with great pride, if the actions of an

ascetic are fruitless, if a prince does not act according to moral law,

all the three have taken an irregular course.

137. Toactindiscreetly, to have rancour against many, to quarrel

(dispute) with the powerful, to be passionate for the female sex, to

cleave to what is bad; these five things are the causes of a quick

destruction.

138. When one is poor, and yet would have fine garments, when

one, living on the charity of others, behaves haughtily, when he

that is ignorant of literary works, wishes to dispute, these three are

a laughing-stock to men.

139. Great men (Sovereigns) suffer more injury from their own

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. 271

140 Bran Aaa gy as'95'4 1

Sqr ga yn ay a VT

3G" QA" BSN YW HAIG I

Rr gy ar AQ a NAN aS I

141 BAT Gar La Qn aly Arye T

maa Qt may yy as ye Uh I

YU ASH ANY QvAUs’ |

mr Lay aay ay at NG! 5a TI

142 aka yr ae a ga AN OG" I

ae yyy ees a

ao’ Qgu’ 4" a" ga A S|

Sa NAA wary U5

143. S jaw S tar Ha |

AN’ YL" OL'4" QRAN'YL’ Be

aN’ QA’ QESA AG" & ia q 7

Qasr yy gay NO Qa gr Ga 1

people, than from their own enemy. By what other animals is the

_ corpse of a lion devoured, except by worms in his own body ?

140. When a Master (Ruler) does evil to himself, who can de-

fend him against it? When an object is offuscated by the light

itself, there is no means of seeing it.

141. Some malicious men, though they derive no benefit thereof,

like to do evil to others. Though a venomous serpent feeds on air,

yet, when he sees others would he not kill them ?

142. Though our lust fancies to be happiness, yet practice of it

_is the cause of sorrow. He that places happiness in wine-drink-

_ ing, imagines that it is a mad man only that is happy.

143. Men wish to live long, and, when grown old, they are afraid

of old age. To be afraid of old age, and to wish to live long, is the

wrong principle (theory) of a foolish man.

272 A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

144 BG’ Qa NBN Y U5 AQ4's 7

Rr Qay” War Hay al HAY 4]

a Bhar SN AHN QA |

wa ar Qa DA HHL’ Dr WG |

145 wey a Yaar yer Uy Waar 1

iy ca’ SaryL ay’ nha" a

ai 57 ag" ONY HQ YW" QH

A V a

yar a” yy Sh HAA" GH" YS |]

146 aN AMA Hay 9G Hr HTN 4 |

~ a c \ ia)

Rd aa on S Gar al

vv: Ny

Yr Hay Bayar SHV’ 4" UT" I

BSA" NAR 4HQ’ A ay A HII

147 qa SN” ala’ Ad Naw’ 3a" gq |

V Vv Vv VV

AaN’ AY Uy Ga" Hy A Ant

a Lay AHN DG’ RY at Oo" Y

QqaN’ AL’ AQ’ a A’ an iy

144. When there is a wise instructor, and one will not learn

from him, to improve in good qualities, such man is either occupied

by the devil, or suffers the ill consequences of his former works

(actions). 7 :

145. He that is possessed of wealth, and does not enjoy it him-

self, neither bestows it charitably on others, either has fever,. or is

an accomplished miser.

146. Who knows what virtue is and does not practice it, to

what use is his religion? Though there bea fine crop, the wild

beasts, do they rejoice in it P et

147. He that is afflicted with the ill consequences of his moral

actions, though he has riches, cannot enjoy them. Though the crow

be hungry, yet, since there is a snare laid, how can he fully be

satisfied ?

’

1856.] A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 278

148 ga" sar gar qn ar gar 4 |

qx RT ye YL Agar 4 FT

fq’ NLS! qgar ye |

| way q" aya y #47 5 HT

149 aN SN ANT AH PAA

HBA LY’ HHH’ AGH’ UT" Y

ral Say’ Qn Wary f

QRAY Ba" Q57q" H5°B™ 4414 TT

150 mye man Qe'S "994" WET

war Hay ARS aR YT TT

Srey yexmy gy Qe we 1

Ba YQ Sars" Qarwar 311

151 af car QAR YA AER" BAT DG" I

nar Aa ata Qaa" ay |

eR gL QQ OL 95" |

ea agi a 855 1

148. If you think a man to be rich that neither can enjoy, nor

bestow charitably his substance on others, it is very easy for you to

make a rich man, by fancying that a whole mountain consists of pure

gold.

149. Though there be many learned men, who know and tell

what not a virtuous action is; there are very few in this world

who would practise it, after having it thus understood.

150. Though aman has his birth, form, juvenile age, yet, without

good qualities, he is not handsome; though peacock’s feathers be

beautiful, yet will they be convenient for the ornament of a great

man ?

151. By no endeavour can it be done that a naturally bad man

be turned into an honest man. How long soever you boil water,

it ig impossible to make it burn like fire.

274 A brief Notice of the Subhashita Ratna Nidhi. |No. 4.

152 B ada Qh aN BA" FT

Bo’ as! ima Aer AQ" QQe’ ANT

aR yh) IG AN

Fra Qvqr agar Wy YA AN TT

153) ANc aa AS BL GarATA B |

raw S"4" 4" pa Bq’ gI

NZ XN

ALY AR” NG AS” ANN’ FT

oe Ay" YG" Qa’ YN’ QUT"

154 La’ ANY Gary yy al BA GT

qs 95" ON OG NT a aN T

&’ aay LG" Ay a QNAN AT

QT Uh HaaANAT BQ” AAT

155 Qa’ 3° San BN AS'Y'4 1

INA IS V/ a NZ,

A’ BA" YAS” YQ" YN" Q” QF |

ais <s (SVS ray I,

ay" PAIN" BS" YQ YF" YQ’ HAA I

ww a e

Raa’ Wa V4" NQ" Far NN" QE TT

152. If there is reason for it, it is somewhat proper to be angry,

and there is also a cure forit; but who knows the mode of ap-

peasing one when grown angry without a cause ?

1538. When one’s virtues fail, then arises ill-will; when the right

family descent is extinct, then will be born a bastard (then comes a

base-born) : when wealth has been expended there exist desires ;

when life is spent the symptoms of death appear.

154. If one has not committed any wicked action, Indra himself

also cannot lay on him any blame. How can a water-spring be de-

pressed, by laying (or heaping) earth on it, as long as it does not

become dry by itself?

155. If conducted in a handsome manner, great minds follow a

wrong way. The mad principal of the Tirthikas adopts the prac-

tices of Ishoora, the teacher.

1856.) <A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 275

156 B Bar aN HV AVN AANA |

RLF" LEY a AR’ ayy He |

WG’ AQ" QQ” SL’ % Gy)" ry" Q |

ia) VY Pe

Qa 5" AN’ qa" qv 75” Quy’ a T

157 % 3a ag’ SQ’ a ANN AT

aay yd ar aay a5 yaa, |

BUY SAVY UY s |

Ng’ SQ’ 3H’ Qy’ pS halla i aa’ 1]

158 QyL nt AN’ La AN aN AW |

ANS’ aan way a” Yay Qaty

ANS" 4a ais" a" S74 aT

assy 45" Was NS Ba Qari

159) ABATYNT BAS 95ga" |

Lar AY ANS" aan Qha'S'g |

Vv WA N/,

BS" SN ANG gain Wah SINY |

Vv ray Vv

a A Rew 464" 474 ||

156. When a man becomes too famous for his riches, he is

destroyed by his wealth. Itis commonly rich men that are as-

saulted, beggars pass through without any molestation.

157. It is but to propose his own destruction, when a man

becomes too renowned for his strength and skill. In battle mostly

are slain such as have been strong and skilful.

158. Wealth, wit, strength, and the like, all will associate with

you, if you have moral merits (if you are virtuous) but, if you have

none, they become the cause of your ruin.

159. A wise man, whatever he does, must act with due consi-

deration of his moral merits. At the time of contest, among a

hundred persons, it is rare to find one of accomplished moral merits.

202

276 A brief Notice of the Subhashita Ratna Nidhi. _[No. 4.

160 Ba Ga’ SYA” BANS |

gay Hay Say QE’ BL |

ma Q 4a 8G" BHT OL |

5 gy Lm Waq" 85H 8715 I

1G] Arya war a" AL Bar BMGT

Baa war ar Ray Day’ QRAN |

aan’ 35 War NA SAN’ OLS |

5" YL'S Qe D. HG

162 RAY ANT ABN NY ANS Bal AAT |

ANG: aan Ro 5” Bada B

yy Gm mer a war da § |

a" a" ANS aN QWAW'ND BW ||

163, Bax SN we La AA GI

Bar ar LG" Any AYN Y Wig |

qa Say BAS HV NS |

Asay YVIG SAIN AF II

160. When a bad tank is full of water, certainly it will break

out on any side. They that grow rich, seldom leave a posterity.

161. Seldom is found a rich man, that has children also; but

if he has both, he is often destroyed by an enemy. When one is

happy in every respect, it happens frequently that such a man is

carried off by an early death.

162. Therefore a wise man must acquire moral merits; it is only

virtue that is the cause of every happiness (or prosperity), when

a man is prosperous in every respect, itis the sign of his having

acquired moral merits.

163, He that thinks thus: I will deceive him, he deceives him-

self. If one has told one falsehood, afterwards, though he speak

the truth, he will be doubted.

1856.] <A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidht. 277

=~ ~ bal

164 Gv FN Fa YL ANA |

S/ Q s/ Vv =

NT 9G" BLY" BAS” QUAN'Y |

Bq’ a QNS YQ" aq" wt |

Raw S57 8a" waa" AA I

165 XQ" YL" an QSNN'g I

air g AN WT QUT QUT |

Q75" Q’ ayy" 3" qa" Qaa’ qa’ T

VV V4 9 Ni

Qi Hal GA aN REA

a Img yQ Jar Qh 2G |

166 Awa" Q’ qQ’ Ba’ At’ NG" T

Ba 5 AN ON AQT aI

By YL ar a ge SAN |

a AQ" 4" UG" ARN" 2Q" Sl

ae Vv

167 Ran’ 35 ANT YY SRNTY |

AHN" SA" AA" A” VN'IG'47N2 |

Lay Qar war Har Way BAT G |

aay 35" IB’ TF" a" 4 II |

164. He that does not examine what good and evil is, and, in

his angry fit, injures his neighbour, he shall grieve, like the swallow

bird, for his being deprived of his associate. |

165. Both here and in the next world, if you are deficient in

earnest application, you cannot be prosperous. Though the land

be good, you cannot have a (plenteous) crop, without cultivating it

diligently.

VIII.—Tuz Actions (oR pornas) or Men (39). |

166. An intelligent (pundit) man must always do a small thing

also with due consideration, should he succeed (in his offices) what

is there more desirable: but should he fail, it is yet handsome to

have acted prudently.

167. The minds (sentiments) of men are very different—who-

278 A brief Notice of the Subhashita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

168 Har BAN UL OL & ya" |

aay’ q" qa" zx Qn yr’ g |

z" CS Aw QN’ Za" q" W |

34" q’ yay’ ya" By)" Qj’ Za {|

wy, NG ~ N\

169 war HA" DA" BAN HAG |

waa gary QUAN A" Ay ||

any" &” way’ BG’ Q’ y |

we’ PG" YY QE A’ 5 ||

170 warma SO AST AAW YQ" al |

yy" ay BN" a’ QHRIAL” aN |

RR’ un" BG'Q 2" aa q’ = |

HB Ql QELS" Wr Ui SN IT

a x VJ

171 a” ac’ x Zs aa" ny’ aa |

mala” YQ" BS NASA ANT |

qr yg’ iu Meal AN" YX |

war Wa San Na mer Hq" UG II

soever he be, it is difficult for him, to please all (to satisfy the wishes

of all)—he is near to do so, who makes himself Sen a in all

good qualities.

168. Increase your wisdom (experience) in your very declined

age also. In the next life it will be useful to you, what will then

avail your alms ?

169. Hither keep to him that is accomplished in science, or con-

verse with ordinary men. You may carry easily with you a bottle,

when it is either full or entirely empty.

170. Who can bear a man who is but little conversant with

science ? who can carry a water-pot on his head, when it is but half

filled P

171. He that understands well the difference between an excel-

lent and a low man, knows how to do his business (or how to act).

This is the great foundation of prosperity.

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 279

172 RY ANT hay NA AT YON"S |

SA BN NQo AeA” QVX |

aay ANT Say Sar 37S" |

ARAN" 4" QA HY'AN'YL' QUT |

173 qain WANT BG AS HAT" |

Bart aggre 59" FQN |

art Amv Ny" gain’ So" UE" |

ad 5a QSar 9" BY OY ANA ||

174 La 95" gt RA" al WHT UT |

A’ Aa HGR A AMN'AL’ Q8|

ager Nay SA al sy" 4 1

HHA SQ NL alr ayy 5a ||

175 maa QL ae ND RAY Ya! |

BQN 5G 844 THAN’ QOL |

Se BAY MAS" AG’ DN |

JLT An' 4° N4'S" QVX II

172. With a firm resolution for perfection, a low man also may

yet become a principal, if a parrot is well instructed by those who

understand teaching, he will know one’s worth.

173. Men of little abilities also, if they depend on the great,

may succeed (or prosper). A drop of water, is a small thing, but,

when united with a lake when will it dry away ?

174. Though a man is not intelligent by himself, yet he consults

prudently another wise man. The hand does not kill an enemy,

but if it takes a weapon, may it not do so?

175. Of a dangerous enemy also, if you know the means, you

may make a confederate. Large quantity of poison hurts the body,

but if you know how to make the mixture, it turns into medicine.

280 A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

176 Lay yar AaR" YO ANAL AO |

cee mG XX

HN EN” BQH’ Yr AN’ NAN" HA" |

BG! amy Aer Ra Ae" AN |

i a 3” il AL" Qar Il

177 RYY La yaar av BSN’ YQ |

are QL S78 bay QL |

aN YBN aN AGT TaN A |

a’ AN" Aya" WSN" AAS FI

178 HRS QN'Y'RG’ QUL Fain’ OG" |

Bory SHAN AY’ AL's |

HRS HAL Q5" YW Saray Ho" |

aw SBN AL'S ag" QL" ALG ||

st MAY: ” a

179 RAN QNSN' QV” a MARYS |

InN’ YQ’ Qa SN" BWAAN'ON |

Wg’ 9G" Ql’ saya” Qa |

SAB A" AGA" HANL QIX |

176. Aught of the food and money which is offered to you for

your learning; listen to others and leave off pride. You may take

the fruit from the top of a tree, but, if you reach farther, you

fall down.

177. As long as you have not sufficient strength, bear (have

patience with) your enemy; when you are strong enough, do as it

seems best to you. Thus it is said in other shastras.

178. Treat with due respect, and reward always liberally those

round about you. It is said, that with sacrifices and offerings we

will have all from the gods down to the spirits (or ghosts).

179. In a becoming manner a prince may tax his subjects with-

out oppressing them. A Sabdtru becomes dry, if too much fragrant

juice issues from it.

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 281

180 LEYS’ QUAY YL’ PAL |

MQ BL HVAAL QV" YN Gan |

2° AN’ AL" ay” gt" j |

HBAS GS YN SN" QUAN I

Isl maa’ AW WAN NL OLN

AN 5G" aL SN S Gay a |

BY way ar mda" aya |

c ray Be

HAN" A" MY GB MR" HATS II

VV WH oe ies

182 WILY’ QHo Y" QUAD AA |

cy gn ua yy ag |

G4 a’ qga'3" ORS acrg |

q's" Gah" AW AG QT" II

, eit 9 7 Ze

183 AA" Hh 4g" A" MAH QUSE"G |

Lar Sr war Ha’ BAYLIS D |

quay’ Ray ya’ NaN Yay Sa" |

LEG’ ANG ANN QNAAL’ QYX ||

180. Be studious to conceal the manner of your actions. Com-

monly, it is weakness to show it plainly. Had the eye not been -

found devising they would not have tied a rope on his neck.

181. To what use are such food and goods as are contemned by

others? What wise man would have such dirty things as are eaten

by dogs and swine?

182. We should never use such expressions as might hurt one,

not even against an enemy; they immediately will return on us,

like an echo from a rock.

183. If you wish to injure an enemy, make yourself perfect in

all good qualities. By doing so, the enemy himself will be morti~

fied, and you yourself also shall improve in virtue.

282 A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. —[No. 4.

184 a a" SQ" Q" BAA SINT BE |

Sq an’ Bay NZQAL | |

Lar By Way Ql WqAy QRE’ HayA |

aml Aya yy SN ay’ hae Q58 II

185 La gm NOY UE YE aD |

aa)" Ye" OA” NG" Qi" ay” a |

gr Lay a" Lar alan Qd" wa" |

Qasr A Rain 8G gay A" |)

186 yO &' BG" HG" Bt" Na

ay yay’ Bay B Ugav he}

NG’ sayy Li War gar war NANT

Vv Q IN S s/ -

BINS’ YQ’ &” 4" RAN" AG’ as" |}

187 Agar yA" aa’ QQ" say aT

Aaa Yat AEA QW" Wary" QUT |

gar Ng aay QT RN NU |

a aN’ SNL 3) YG" QL’ QSL fj

184. The foolish man is tender-hearted to an enemy: this must

be subdued in a rough manner. They that wish well to their own

body, take out the disease of it, by bleeding and caustic operations.

185. Though our own party is angry with us, we should not

desert it. Though an enemy treats us with kindness, we should not

embrace his cause. Though a crow hurts another crow, yet they do

not agree with the owl.

186. A wise man, whatever he does, whether great and small

things, must do them with due consideration. When the lion kills

both the hare and the elephant, he has no time for consideration.

187. If we keep to such as are more excellent than we, we pro-

fit thereby. Those birds that abide on the side of Sumeru i

seem to shine like gold.

1856. ] A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidha. 283

188 Ra AY ER Hay Bar YT QT

nia 9° ea NY" AN’ sr QUx |

qr arg’ ar qr Gr yy diy |

qr a aL Bx gr ay I

189 a aa aq: a a Aya’ Y |

5G" QSan" YY’ Qa" By |

aa ag QRQ’ Sar anay NEN OT |

Ba SL a yar O QB II

190 aaa a5" HG" gr al RQ" | |

seqq" Q" Ma’ B’ a’ ay” 3 |

mqa’ SN’ BG as BENT NE S|

aaa qr qyary 3 Us Qa |

191) qa 90° AG" @ay Ae CQ" QT

5° 9h" si@ar Q" YL" BAN" 4 |

595° SN AAA Q" NG" 552" 7D |

cry Jar SN" ABR YL QTL ||

188. If you depend on an envious great man, you never shall

obtain renown. See how the moon does decline after having ap- -

proached to the sun.

189. Who can associate with such aman, as keeps no friendship?

Though a rainbow is beautiful, it is a foolish man’s errorif he takes

it for a real ornament.

190. What we like not for ourselves, we never should do to

others. When we are injured by others, we should reflect on, what

think we then in ourselves P

191. If we do to others what is agreeable to us, others also, in

the same manner, will honour us with a pleasing return.

2P 2

284 A briof Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 5.

192 RAY QT cay yaar "4G" T

NAN’ qQ’ 54)" Qy" Qs" Q qa" |

Vv “

BGG" AAG” A" 4G" QUAN” Q" & |

nd a~

5 Q’ wa’ qy" ay = Qs 1

193 gar qr Bai” Dar Lo" Gy DI

q" A" AHN" Bh" QQ YL" QnA |

te ai Pe 3’ ay’ iM QQ!

ay’ Q" AeA" BN" QALY Q’ q i

194 wa’ 457 SN" qr Az yo S|

LAY BT ARAN’ HY sr QHIQ’ FI

AHN ASM’ Yar OG" NG’ HL 4 }

/, Vv a a

HG AG’ way Deg <4" a QUI ||

195 Lar gar amNY Qe Hata’ DN’ OG" |

Vv a

aH 3” q\’ qq’ Ha" ¥’ 47IQ |

ag’ TA QR gy RY HAN S|

Ha" 3a" War YL ar BQH |

192. He is always happy, who has the opportunity of depending

on the excellent, of asking (consulting) the learned, and of convers-

ing with good-natured men.

193. Weak-minded men fancy (think) that every thing that they

speak, is erroneous. The man who thinks thus, if he do not speak,

is very much to be suspected by others.

194, At its proper place and time, after having well considered,

speak some time. Though you utter only (or all) elegant sayings,

yet if too much, like overplus merchandises, they have no price.

195. It is very difficult (or seldom) in learned men also, to take

for a defect the imperfection, that they have. Take care, whoever

(studiously) confesses of himself to have such defects, he is a faulty

man.

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. 285

196 HLT HG SYS QUAL" ae Ar US" |

NEQ’ TQ" A’ WA QUST’ Ud" 4 |

35" QUAN’ Nar 4 44" ST 4 |

aru Qa a x SSA II

197 war Daa amar yQ 4qr a 4G |

aEQ’ QW 95" OG" AY A a |

Ha Bd AY SB Ae" OT" |

ay GT YR" a ay” AS" 5a |

198 sign’ Nas’ od Ray Us" 4 |

nay yt Qy yay wa" Wha Ao! |

niga Aas SY ay YAN NG’ AN |

yoy SQL 3" HAN NAA II

199 La AlN Qa QL ANY BY YRT |

a’ Q" gain’ 3a" YN DAN" |

ara aN gy al 5512" A

aes yr Lar aan qe a da |

196. Without wealth, and without a train of servants, if there

is for companion an intelligent friend, a beast also may find his

concern, how much more a man ?

- 197. With an enemy, who is from long time voracious against

us, we should not coalesce, though he be desirous of our friendship.

If fire meets (or comes in collision) with hot water will it not be

extinguished by this?

198. We may rely upon an enemy too, when he is a good-natured,

righteous and honest man. I have heard, that one, by resorting

for protection to a good-tempered ememy, has-been defended by him

until his life’s end.

199. Though you be well acquainted with the subject (or matter)

do every thing with due consideration, he, that neglects it, shall

dearly pay for his indiscretion.

286 A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

200 mq" YS" HAN Qua & |

a" gt aay’ ANT ga" a TRS |

BH SN" Qy Dea" YN |

ayy ag aN" Ya LAW ¥ II

201 Qan Qi QamN AN 55 NT Q |

a aan ya gy §5 |

aay wR" QEMA ANT QA’ Q}

Be’ A RAN NY Qa ray 3 ||

202 La’ Qa SN" NG’ HA" Qn" | YT

Baa" Ql" WR" YN" QQ’ EH" SV |

ey gy ORLY ERT A kaa |

Lar ay a Aer ar Quy aH ||

203 mw Lar Saw maar REY" 4 |

Lar A ar HA" QAG’ NA TA |

Ra A NG’ UL QAR BAA |

asa & QQ a NAT QBN II

200. If you resort for protection to an enemy, show him every

respect and reverence. The raven, by depending on the rat, was

saved, according to the Puranas.

201. How is it possible that you should fail in your affairs, when

you act with discretion? Ifa clear sighted man walks discreetly,

will he not avoid the precipice ?

202. The more you desire to be exalted, the more you endeavour

to be useful to others. They that wish to decorate their face, would

they not first make clean the looking-glass ?

203. The more you endeavour to conquer an enemy, the more

you exert all your good qualities. See how they are confounded (or

afraid) when they see their enemy make ready his weapons,

1856, ]} A brief Notice of the Subhishita Ratna Nidhi. 287

204 Say cat WES UN QR Ha" 4 |

Qa yy aq yy ay Yh" DN |

wma’ LE Qae7 HA" ay Ua" |

qs! AN MA" OG" aga’ UL" BV ||

205 1a 4a" Hqqr B44" BN" 4 |

Qra’ Bq’ BAL" aa’ 9G" Ba" |

AQ’ Q amar yy Hy YQ |

Be” YL" Ba NN ar BINOAT WI

206 ya A Wa" aa NRT a |

Nqr Bs" Gur Q QA YY aM |

HL" a gly 5" B Aya g |

gary at wy Qa YAN |

207 mq 4a ae" A MAN UA Y |

arena’ a" UY MANY’ Qaa |

mAs Ba AG’ YL" A" BRS F |

. AB Qn AG HH HY HSM HG ||

204. It is impossible in this world, that you should obtain your

wish by cursing (or abusing). Though you be selfish in your mind,

be affable to all, in speaking.

205. If we have our concern and that of others, it matters not,

whether we have obtained it by soft or harsh means. The Muni

has not declared it to be craftiness to employ wise means in our

doings.

206. When a prudent man hangs down his head, the fault falls

on him that abuses. When a light is kept downwards with its

mouth, (or a lighted candle or torch) it burns the hand of the light-

keeper.

207. Place every thing to its proper place. A head-ornament is

not tied on the legs; bracelets (or rings) for the iegs will not

answer as a head-ornament.

288 A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

208 aa aa ARN Ny 3

Qqs" yy Ra! ANT ABN AG’ Aye |

ama Say Ba" UW BINT AYA" 4 |

Act mgay S aN’ ABN "SAIN II

209 Quan’ ao 435" ag F |

QyL" Oa" IQ" AN Sa al 8 |

qa” a° aura’ yr ba" Pav ANA |

as yay yy Sma 5" ae" Qgnr ||

a a Qe yg |

210 Qa’ asia’ Wan" SV TQAN' AGS’ 5 |

var QT Qa’ qr BNWT 5 YN |

war yay WSs 84" & Qua’ 3 |

ir OM we

211 aaa yt ae ao? mG gy WE’ |

BAN 47 5NQ’ A" 3B Us’ ay |

208. When you are about to perform any great thing, endeavour

to have a good associate. If you will burn up a forest, you want of

- course the aid of a wind.

209.—Be not grieved, if you are indigent, neither be elated

with joy, if you are in affluence, think on the consequences of your

moral works. All sorts of prosperity and distress are but temporal

(or of short duration).

210. If a man pays respect to another teacher, though Buddha,

the patron of men, is to be found here, he sinks a salt-well on the

bank of a river whose water possesses eight good qualities.

IX.—Re1iaion on coop Morats (SN).

211. There is no difficulty to perform whatever thing, if we are

1856. | A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 289

ay uy Tay ant Yon Ny BL |

na’ BA FMQ’ AY as YL" QU II

219 BIG’ GS" 9G" SN" BA ANY |

a" uy’ qqaay" ay Ay ay" GN if

~ Oe at :

&h)" GA" as" Qi" 52’ Q’ Q] |

Nay AYA’ SL’ Taq" BY 3 QUA |

213 aan ama & 4° Way Ny |

aL" 4" $a" QL AQ" NN" ANAT

ANSN’ YQ’ Aly 4" Yo" RAL |

gat" QS" AH" SN" Y5' NL" QgLz ||

214 QRa Fa" QAI’ 4° Bar QHE’ QW |

Roar QE aq uy aa yy aly |

NS’ QA" Ql QUA afar YI |

an ya Qe AYL’ aq YL’ Qgax ||

215 ima yee AS ON NANT UAT 4 |

A BU" 3a’ ay’ Aas" Ey" Ny l

accustomed to. As we have learned the mechanical arts, we may

exercise also virtue (true religion) without difficulty.

212. The wealth of a man, that is contented with little, is inex-

haustible. He that seeks always for, and is never satisfied, will

have a continual rain of sorrow.

213. Give of the goods that you have received from others, when

they have need of them, as Thub-pa (Shakya) has commanded us to

do. In the same manner as honey (of the bees), all hoarded trea-

sure will once be enjoyed by others.

_ 214. In this world, it is uncertain, if you lend money, whether

you shall have the principal or not, but if you bestow it in alms,

though it be small, it will increase hundred-fold.

215. From fearing that his family will be impoverished (thereby)

; Pats

290 A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

ama y Lay QBs" ae AQ’ BL |

ANA AeA" NAA’ A" GaN" QS II

216 OR gk: a a By gar 4 |

5 aL g BN xr a aia | .

ma" a BY & QYGN QYGN" 4A |

wy a AA AN" OY AA DAN |I

QT yy GQmqr yr airy Karn

yay ao" YA" AN GL" BLY QUE’ |

Say AN’ ANT ON ALY AR DE" |

any aga 5 Qa qr’ HE ||

218 mas) YL" aT BL AR QEN 4 |

Bs" OR WB a Karn |

RAN QML’ A aay as" aN |

ARS QA HAR Y BAL YN" QaN ||

a narrow-minded man keeps anxiously all the little that he gets.

A wise man, to obtain a high rank, bestows his alms, as bribes, on

)

others.

216. As children are loved by their parents, they are not re-

spected in the same manner by their children. After the parents

have long cherished their children, when they have grown old, tea

are despised by them.

217. They that have become the slaves of the world, run after

riches, neglecting their own souls. Contented men, though ne

obtain wealth, give it, as an excellent man does to others.

218. If you fight an enemy, since he does harm to you, subdue

your own passions, it is on account of your passions, that, from the

beginning, you are wandering in the orb of transmigration; and

then you shall be perfectly free from all harm. : )

1856] A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 291

219 mar Rr 5a Mar AAR’ QRy 4 |

BINS A 5" M4" S1rQI" QBS |

Lay ay Ar BSa Sa" YN |

ny" Ma NSA BL ANG YW ||

22000, ag aR AA Amar Heyy" Qh

RV 4 LG" Qt gar YT may |

Sli q aL @ a Q

EY QL’ 5Q 3 By" QQ" wr I

O21 xa" mSa7 Q av ay wy

KT Bary’ Aor AN" YAWN DSL Qa |

S° agar gar Sor BAT S|

Ha aa Sar A NL QQ {I

222 LB QAR" QNEY NAT AY A QRS 4 |

Rr dan 4" YL" @ay 4a ON |

Lar 84" aqQ’ Gay Sx 35! y |

a day La" 49" Qaq’ a Ys ||

_ 219. Ifyou will destroy all your enemies, you never shall be at an

end with killing them. But if you have subdued only your own

passion, you have at once destroyed all your enemies.

' 220. If you are angry with a powerful mischievous man, you

hurt the more your ownself. What reason have you to be angry

with a virtuous and very sedate man P

' 221. Herbs, that grow on the same stubble, are dispersed by the

wind into the ten corners (of the world) thus men, that are born

together, are separated by the effects of their moral works.

222. If you will earnestly obtain your own concern, first seek

that of others. He that seeks only his own concern principally, it

is impossible, that he should succeed in obtaining his own purpose.

2 Q 2

292 A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

223 gar yr ar aay & ahzr Qha |

aA AY TY YG SLY Qg4 |

RN 4" aN NY AAT OLY YE" |

gad 5a 3 Lary ga I

224 ON’ LA AR’ YQ’ Br ada SN |

qa Naar mar ar YA AY

DEON 4 AA LA ais" HGL’ BN |

qa" nr Qqk aN AA" COAT A II

225 x ay ar ar AgQA” YA |

& Qiu gay YL vac an 9

a ee

37 QRL RM’ Wa" QAY NA QA |

226 gar qr AN yr ay Say’ GN |

qa" zy" A" Bans I

aa yr ares yO" yar AN" SY

Qua’ 95" 3h" QUQ" HA" AQny Wig I

223. A foolish man will not learn, and takes every thing for a

miracle, a wise man after having studied, admires every thing.

Therefore a wise man, though grown old, acquires knowledge for his

future state.

224. The fool seeks not to acquire science, since he says, he has

no mind of understanding; but if he would well consider, he should

endeavour for this reason to learn to improve his understanding.

225. One that has not learned in his former birth, is ignorant in |

the present life. He that is afraid to be born again ignorant im

the next world, though it be difficult, must study assiduously im

this life. |

226. Meditate, there is no need to learn by hearing, thus says

the narrow-minded fool. Contemplation without previously hearing

(experimentallearning) though it be diligently pursued, is the way

of preparation of a beast.

SS ee Ee

1856.] A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. 293

227 & Qan ary" A ays" Y" Q5 |

ain’ 35 aa" YQ" BS’ ANT |

al’ ANAN YQ" Dar aia" 3 |

Qa’ 4° BY Qgar ar Q" T4 |

228 an’ yr as’ yd gar Q'S |

Ly ag Aq Oo" YL" S QA |

BNL 354" QIN YL’ Ae’ 4" Yo" |

ar aa’ sq ay Y QL Qari

229 sq Q" A” AAT A" BA’ S|

aya” ASN" QA DG" VY" Gay AS |

BL AN Av No mL 8 34 |

aN OG A’ aa a Q" AF II

230 amar YT ha ST ASAT SG |

Ba’ 3’ ARG UL A As 3 I

RY Ra" GANT NY Sy" Qa’ 4 |

Aya WSN" Bar yG" J am a |

_ 227. How would this infallible doctrine be true, that it is perfec-

tion in knowledge, by which the all-knowing differs (from others).

If you should become all-knowing without learning ?

228. Meditation without hearing (learning) though it succeeds

fora while, but will soon fail afterwards. You may melt well gold

and silver, but if you take away the fire, they grow hard again.

229. He that wants understanding, though a literary work be a

good composition, will not take it. Though an ornament of gold,

beset with jewels be beautiful, yet would any ox look on it ?

| 230. To know well that it is very true, what is expressed in the

elegant sayings of learned men: if you will not understand and

| practise them, to what use is your knowledge of the shastras ?

294 A brief Notice of the Subhdshita Ratna Nidhi. [No. 4.

931 A" AIG" Pe Alay aay" 3" YG’ [

ABN YQ Hea’ Ay AMA YL Aa |

La AF" 5" B NAG’ 47 wa’ |

ay’ Qa QL 5 a’ Ga’ Qo" }|

932 ayy DQ’ 43" a’ qa’ 3" YG |

Sa 4a" A ales HO’ Qa" |

~ Q

q’ qq" A fAN’ q’ aa’ oy” wa’ |

(Qua aan" Qaa' a" Bar BT 574 II

233} Ham Qa TQ" SB 4" AN |

ANI 55a" QQ’ aN" AN YT QUT |

ac’ &4" SQ’ GI Say QL F |

amar yr Qua AAR" Ray |" AA ||

234 QRa ba oy QA AAT Y |

BY dar carr 48 SA ABA QED |

aN" 3" aN AAA’ yy" qQ’ a |

gq’ Bq" Naa Sy ba" QL Ue |

Bar aber a ¥

231. Though an intelligent man knows by himself also, yet he

peruses the text-book (composition) of a learned man. Though precious

metal is very fine, yet it has less price, till it has not been wrought up.

232. Though there be many forests, yet very scarce is the spot,

where the Sandal-tree grows. Thus also, though there be many

learned men, yet elegant sayings seldom are to be found.

233. Gold and silver are known when they have been melted. An

elephant’s goodness will appear in the field of battle. A learned

man may be judged by his composition of elegant sayings.

234. He that is acquainted with the manners of the world, will

exercise true religion, Therefore he that practises good morals, is

the living biography of a saint.

Note.—The numbers omitted in this last enumeration have nob

been translated now. ‘The whole work consists of 454 Slokas.

Pe er

tka A a

ay ‘

+ ‘

1856.] Notes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juanga. 295

Notes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juanga, inhabiting certain

of the Tributary Mehals of Cuttack.—By H. A. Samus ts, Esq.

B. ©. 8. Superintendent of the Tributary Mehals.

In the 248th Number of the Journal, there appeared an interesting

memorandum by Mr. Piddington on two individuals of an unknown

forest race, supposed to inhabit the jungles south of Palamow. I

think it not improbable that the persons who are there described

may have belonged to the forest race, called Puttooa, which inhabits

the jungles of the Tributary Mehals to the South of Singbhoom,

and that the female had, from motives of convenience or from fear

of pursuit, abandoned the peculiar dress, which ordinarily distin-

guishes the women of the tribe.

These Puttooas are very little known even to the inhabitants of

Cuttack. Mr. Sterling does not notice them in his History of

Orissa, and the only mention I have found of them in any publica-

tion is contained in a short paragraph of a Report by Mr. Mills on

the Tributary Mehals of Cuttack, which was published in the 3rd

Vol. of the “Selections” of the Bengal Government. Some account

of this peculiar people will not therefore, I presume, be unacceptable

to the members of the Society.

I first met with the Puttooas at the Killah of Dhekenal in 1854,

I saw another large party of them in the Hindole Killah last year,

and a few weeks ago I visited a Puttooa village near Bhapore, on

the Ungool road, in company with my friend Major Strange of the

Trigonometrical Survey, to whose graphic pencil the Society is

indebted for the spirited and life-like sketches which accompany

these notes. My information regarding the habits and customs of

the tribe is derived chiefly from the Puttooas themselves, but to

Some extent also from the Dhekenal Rajah, to whom I sent a paper

of queries last year on the subject.

' The Puttooas are scattered over the Tributary Mehals (or Killahs

as they are frequently called) of Keonjur, Pal Leyra, Dhekenal and

Hindole. In Dhekenal, they are said to number one thousand and

five persons of all ages and sexes, inhabiting fifty-eight different

localities. Their numbers in the other Mehals I have not been able

296 Notes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juanga. {[No. 4.

to ascertain with any certainty. It is commonly supposed, however,

that they occupy about thirty villages in Keonjur, and six or seven

in Pal Leyra and Hindole. |

In appearance, the Puttooas differ materially from the Ooriahs,

in whose neighbourhood they are found. Their stature is dimi-

nutive not exceeding apparently 5 ft. 2 in. the males, and 4 ft. 3 or

4 in. the females. Their forms are slight with very little muscular

development and their physique seemingly weak. There is of course,

a great variety of physiognomy apparent amongst them, but I

remarked, as a general characteristic which rarely failed, that the

face was broader and shorter than in the Ooriah, and that the nose

was flat with wide nostrils. Their colour is not darker than that of

the Ooriah peasant. |

The men are far from being handsome, but the palm of ugliness

must be awarded to the women. I must have seen altogether about

forty or fifty of the Puttooa women, old and young, and I did not ©

observe one who was not repulsively ugly. It was evident from ~

what we saw in the village which Major Strange and I visited, that

all the drudgery of the household devolved upon the women; and

to this, and their constant exposure, may partly be attributed the —

coarseness of feature, which distinguishes them ; they seemed to us,

however, to be also insufficiently fed. Their persons were generally —

spare and emaciated, while the men, for the most part, appeared to —

be in good condition. a

The dress of the men is the ordinary one of the native peasantry,

but the women wear no clothes whatsoever. Their sole covering

consists of two large bunches of leaves (or rather of twigs with the —

leaves attached) of which one is worn in front and the other behind.

The twigs are sometimes fastened together by a strip of bark, but

are more generally loose, and are kept in position by a string of

glazed earthen-ware beads passed twenty or thirty times round the

waist and over the stems of the twigs. It is from this original

costume that the tribe have obtained from their neighbours the name

of Puttooa—quasi the people of the leaf. They call themselves

Juanga. The leaves which I observed in use were those of. the sal,

the jamoon, the koorye, and the chaldua, but I was told that the

leaves of the bur, the peepul, the mhowa and the kendooa, in fact

- * Li

EAR ano HAIR ORNAMENTS

SPECIMEN of tHe BEADS of WHICH THe GIRDLE is COMPOSED

1856.] Notes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juanga. 297

all large and smooth leaves are used indifferently. These leaves are

changed daily, and are generally in consequence clean and fresh-

looking.

No covering is worn on the upper-part of the person ; but most of

the females I have seen had necklaces of coloured earthenware beads

(made by themselves they told me) which hung down to their waists

in numerous folds; and nose, ear, and hair ornaments, sketches of

which will be found in the accompanying engravings, were common

amongst them.

Their hair was generally of the shock order, but was gathered

rudely into a knot at the back of the head, and fastened by a string

terminating at each end in a silver or brass button. —

No blanket or other covering, I was assured, is permitted to these

women at night, and their only remedy against the extreme cold

which often prevails in ‘the hilly region they inhabit, is to sleep

between two fires.

The origin of the strange costume they have adopted, was thus

described to me by the different parties of Puttooas, whom I ques-

tioned. Many ages ago, they said, the women of the tribe, being

much given to fine clothes and naturally averse to soiling them, fell

into a habit of dressing themselves in leaves whenever they had

oceasion to clean out the cow-houses or to perform any other menial

office. On one occasion when thus employed a Thakoorani (Seeta

some said, but the majority did not seem sure of her name) appeared

to them and commanded them as a punishment for their pride,

never again to wear clothes, or to appear in any other dress than:

that in which they then stood. Should they violate this command,

they firmly believe that they would sooner or later be devoured by

tigers. In Keonjur, I am told by Dr. Short of the Madras Army,

who has lately visited that Killah, that the legend is somewhat differ-

ently told, and that the dress is said to be worn in obedience to the

commands of a Rishi. The same belief, however, appears to prevail

in Keonjur as in Dhekenal, on the subject of the penalty which

awaits those who presume to discard their present sylvan attire, and

it is probably owing to the dread which this belief inspires, that

even children ofan age at which Ooriah girls usually go naked, are

made to wear their little apron of leaves.

298 Notes on a forest race called Puitooas or Juanga. [No. 4.

The effect of such a costume on the spectator who sees a woman

rustling along in it for the first time, is, as may be supposed, ludicrous

in no ordinary degree, but it is in the dance that its absurdity is

most conspicuous. The Puttooa women are in the habit of dancing

m a eircle to the noise of a large drum beat by the men. They

move round and round in the same measured step, occasionally

advancing towards the musicians and then retreating, the body bent

forward in what the Melbourne Secretary would call, a recumbent

posture, the left hand holding the end of the necklace and the right

hanging down. In this position, it will be readily understood the

stiff bundle of twigs in front necessarily presses inconveniently

against the legs. It is therefore, disposed of by being thrust

between them. This again as a natnral consequence raises up the

branch behind, the limp ends of the twigs go bobbing up and down

with the motions of the dancers, and when fifteen or twenty women

are attitudinising together, the scene becomes as grotesque, as it is

possible to conceive. The accompanying sketch gives an excellent

idea of it. The attitudes are not in the least exaggerated.

Of the history of their tribe the Puttooas know little. Some of

them informed me that the Tributary Mehal of Keonjur was the

original seat of their race, but the majority seemed to have no idea

that their ancestors had ever resided in any other lands than those

they now occupy.

Their villages are small, seldom containing more than six or eight

families. Their houses are of the same material as those of the

peasantry around them—thatched huts of wattle and dab, but they

are poor and mean in comparison. I found there was a belief

among the people of my office that the sexes occupied separate

houses in the villages, but this is certainly not the case. Each

family appeared to have its own dwelling. The site selected for the

village is generally some opening in the forest. The one which I

visited in company with Major Strange was situated in a very pretty

spot on the skirt of the jungle whence the eye wandered over a

small cultivated valley—the out-fields of a distant Ooriya village—

to the huge mass of the Satsujea mountain, which threw the shadows

of its peaks across from a height of some 1800 feet. The village |

itself was simply a small square surrounded by six miserable looking ~

faa

Ey Ra

Al Sloe

woe

BoB

WA?

_— =

ON TRANSFE

nae

Mag

Sid ie

Say

A GROUP. KUMLEE AND HER FRIENDS

1856.| Notes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juanga. 299

huts, the whole not larger than the house of a flourishing Ooriya

ryot.

The Puttooas do not themselves own land, although they some-

times, we were told, assist in its cultivation. Their pursuits are

chiefly those of the chase. They use the bow and arrow, and hunt

with dogs, killing deer, hogs, and not unfrequently snakes, of the

flesh of which and especially of that of the Python molurus they

are very fond. They appear to be nearly omnivorus, nothing coming

amiss to them except cow’s flesh, from which they probably abstain

either from fear of the Hindu Rajahs, in whose territories they live, or

out of deference to the prejudices of their Hindu neighbours. Their

usual food, however, consists of roots and the seeds of jungle grasses.

We found three different kinds of roots in their houses which were

called by our Ooriya attendants toonga, kurba and panee aloo. We

took some specimens of each to camp and had them cooked for

dinner, but the experiment was not encouraging. Without being

absolutely nauseous, they were all insipid and had an earthy flavour

which was decidedly disagreeable.

No distinctions of rank exist among these people. One and ail

call themselves. Pudhan, the title which the Ooriyas give to the

headman of a village. Thus the husband of Kumlee, that most

uncomely damsel who stands in the sketch with head averted, look-

ing, as she did in truth, the very picture of sulkiness, is called Mootee

Pudhan, and so on with the happy owners of the other ladies who

sat for their portraits. They have no distinction of castes. Some

of them told us indeed that they should object to eat with low caste

Hindus, but this of course was a mere piece of bravado, intended

for the ears of the Hindus who were with us; as no Hindu, however

low his caste, would consent to join in their meals.

They pay no rent to the Réjahs on whose lands they live, but

they are expected to furnish him, when required, with spirits manu-

factured from the flowers of the mhowa and with the honey of the

wild bee. They are forced also to carry his baggage when he

marches through his estate, and to assist on the occasion of his

hunting excursions in beating the forest.

The Dhekenal Rajah declares, that the Puttooas are Hindus, and

that they make offerings to the village deities, but although, as may be

Z2B2

300 Notes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juanga. |No. 4.

seen from the legend by which they account for the peculiar costume

of their women, they appear to recognise the existence of the

Hindu deities as beings capable of exercising an influence over their

actions, they uniformly denied to me that they worshipped any

deity or paid respect to any image whatsoever. There were certainly

no images of any kind in the vicinity of their huts, and they have

no priesthood among them. Their religious homage they assured

us was confined to the nameless spirits which they believe inhabit

the woods and mountains. When they find a wild grape vine or a

wild plum tree more than usually fruitful, or when they chance

upon a spot rich in the roots or grasses upon which they subsist,

they make an offering to the genius loci of a fowl, a goat, or a little

rice and spirits, and address to him a prayer in which the terror

which overshadows the lives of this forest race finds touching

expression. ‘“ Lord, let the bears and the tigers flee when they see

us. Let them not meet us.’ The only festival of a religious cha-

racter, which they appear to have, occurs in the month of Bysakh,

when they offer sacrifices and pour out libations to the manes of

their deceased ancestors. They bury their dead, and, as far as I

could learn, without any ceremonies worthy of note.

Marriages are arranged by the parents of the parties and are

scenes of revelry and drunkenness. On these occasions all the

members of the tribe within a reasonable distance assemble at the

bride’s house and escort her with music, and dancing to the house

of the bridegroom, where the women wash her feet in water tinged

with turmeric, after which the elders of the community perform the

marriage ceremony. This consists, apparently, in each elder laying

his hands in succession upon the heads of the bridal pair, and in

tying their thumbs together with a thread. A grand feast ensues,

in which the men and women eat apart from each other, and the night

is afterwards spent in dancing and drinking. The festivities con-

tinue for three days. If the first wife prove unfruitful, the husband

is at liberty to take another, otherwise they adhere to one wife.

The husband, we remarked, has the same objection to mention his

wife’s name, that is observable amongst the Hindus. Not being

aware of the relationship of Kumlee to Mootee Pudhan, we asked

the latter, what her name was, and could not account for his

1856.] Wotes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juwanga. 301

embarrassed look until we learnt from another Puttooa, that she

was his wife.

The Juanga language bears no resemblance to Ooriya or to any

other dialect with which I am acquainted. A list of words and

phrases, which I have collected, is, however, given below, and those

members of the Society who are familiar with the dialects of the

Coles, Santals, Goands, Sowrahs, and other hill tribes to the North

and West of the Tributary Mehals, will be able to say whether the

Juanga bears an affinity to any one of these, or is, as the tribe them-

selves assert, a totally distinct language. In the latter case, we must

suppose that the Juangas are the remnant of a people vastly more

numerous than their descendants. It is scarcely possible that a

race so numerically weak and scattered over such a limited area,

should have originated anything more than a dialect of some one of

the languages, spoken by the more powerful tribes in their neigh-

bourhood. I imagine, they will prove to be merely an offshoot from

one of the great forest races which have, for centuries, if not for

ages, inhabited the mountainous region which extends from Mirza-

pore to the shores of the Bay of Bengal. Had they ever formed a

race of any importance, their peculiar habits could hardly have failed

to attract attention, and to have been chronicled aniong the marvels

of the Hast. Our knowledge of the hill and forest tribes of India

is still, however, to our shame be it said, very imperfect, and it is

quite within the bounds of possibility that Juangas or other people

bearing a close affinity to them may hereafter be found in localities

far distant from the Tributary Mehals of Cuttack.

Since writing the above my attention has been drawn by a Madras

friend to the Coorumbos of the Wynaad forest, in Malabar, and the

Chenchoos of the Masulipatam and Guntoor jungles, as tribes

whose women are said to adopt a similar costume to the Juangas,

and the following extract has been sent me from Pharaoh’s Gazetteer,

p- 546. “Twenty years ago, the females of a degraded caste of

Holiers, used to come into Mangalore with no other covering but

some thick branches of a bush tied to their waist in front, and the

same behind. They have now substituted a cloth for the leaves in

front.” It would be interesting to ascertain whether the resemblance

_ between the Juangas and the tribes mentioned above, is confined to

302 Notes on a forest race called Puttooas or Juanga. [No. 4.

the dress of the females, or whether it does not extend also to language

and customs. In the former case, it would be tolerably certain, that

these forest races have sprung from outcaste or persecuted tribes,

which have, at various times, been driven to the jungles, and have

naturally enough without any knowledge of each other, adopted a

covering of leaves from inability to procure a more convenient

material ; in the latter, an additional argument will be afforded for

the popular belief, that the hill and forest tribes are the aborigines

of Iudia, and we shall have gained an important step in our know-

ledge of the geographical distribution of these little known races.

Vocabulary.

English. Juanga.

Fire, Nélye.

Water, Da or Dagé

Earth, Nuttub.

House, Heea.

Man, Moolusso.

‘Woman, Khemé chélo or Juangurrakee.

Child, Hooale kee.

Boy, Koosnunde.

Girl, Korchetan.

Tree, Seemsee.

Food, Moorke Lukooa.

Stone, Oola.

One, Minna.

Two, Bana.

Three, Teelooko.

Four, Chalooko.

Ten men, Dench dik.

Cow, Oopye.

Tiger, Keelo.

Horse, Ghorardendite.

Rice, Runkoo.

Sun, Belo.

Moon, Nerango.

We are, Aynde asike.

1856.| Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 303

English. Juanga.

You are, Ramde masiké lokéra.

I am, Aynde asike.

To give, Dinkee mintuk.

To come, Mendeldul koa

To go, Heena daee.

Mother, Byee.

Father, Baa.

DED Os

On the origin and progress of writing down historical facts among

the Musalmans.—By Dr. A. SPRENGER.

There has been a time, when every Arabic, Persian or Turkish

work containing the history of Mokammad and of his successors,

or any part of the history of the East—even if it referred to the

antediluvian period—was considered as a source of information, the

authenticity of which was above all doubt or question. It is super-

fluous to show how uncritical such a proceeding is, and how much

wiser it would be for the historian to leave blanks in the chronicles

of this world, than to fill them up with such uncertain materials.

I believe, I was the first writer who attempted to submit the sources

of the biography of the prophet of the Arabians, to a critical enquiry,

in my Life of Mohammad, Allahabad, 1851. The nature of the book

did not enable me to enter so fully upon the subject, as it appeared

to me to be necessary, nor was I then in possession of the materials

which I required for the purpose. Since then, it has been my good

fortune to be able to make a more complete collection of works

bearing on this subject, and on cognate matters than there exists

any where else, and it is therefore, in my power to throw light on

some of the details connected therewith, which I then considered

to be involved in great and hopeless obscurity.

The first question which a philosopher would ask of an Arabist

who talks of original works on the biography of Mohammad, is pro-

bably this: When was the first biography written? He would

)

}

answer, that the earliest work which we possess is that of Ibn Ishaq,

who died 141 years after Mohammad. An age in which a religion

304 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No 4.

can develope itself against the truth of which we entertain doubts,

must be stronger in faith than in reasoning, and we might expect

that in 141 years, a number of fables would grow up regarding its

founder among his followers. The philosopher would therefore,

probably question our Arabist: Whence has Ibn Ishaq derived his

information? Had he any written records or only traditions? I

venture to assert, that none of the orientalists, who, previously to

myself, have written on the Life of Mokammad, was prepared to

give a reply. Our Arabist would probably have said, the records

consisted of traditions. And as he himself as well as every body

else would have taken “ traditions’’ in our own sense of the word,

he would have been totally wrong, because there is a wide difference

between “hydyth’’ and what we call “ tradition ;” though the former,

for want of a better term, is usually translated by the latter.

Before we can answer the question “ had Ibn Ishaq merely oral

sources of the biography of Mohammad or written ones ?” it is neces-

sary to show whether the Moslims, during the first century after

the Hijrah, did write books at all. With a view of throwing light on

this question, I give here an abstract of a very important mono-

graphy of the Khatyb Baghdady (d. 464 or 465) which is entitled

pod o4383 and consists of 180 pages.

I.—Sayings of Mohammad, from which it appears that he did not

approve that his followers should take his sayings to paper or have

any other book but the “ Book of God.”

1. Eee) OL pe cgileal} ne OEY Cogn = ust IpiS

MY of i at ie AS ad

“Do not write down any of my a except the Qoran. (In |

the text of QGaghany is “ besides the Qoran,” in what follows both

texts agree). Any one who has written down sayings of mine

besides the Qordn is to expunge them.”’

In two versions of this hadyth of Abi Sa’yd Khodry is added

“and he that says intentionally a falsehood on any authority, will

find a place 1 in’ fire:?’

9, sl esas) wT] ost sine! | cso} Are 9 | Jls

pF woul |

“Abt Sa’d Khodry, (d. 74,) relates, 1 asked permission of the |

prophet to write down hadythes (i. e. his paysge and life) and he

refused it.”’

1856.| Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 305

This hadyth is also in Bokhary, ‘and there ‘e one version of it

which runs “we asked him” and “ he refused ws.’

3. wes prise 9 &ale a ise Sy) Liste gece ine

Js Kio Ler) Cuslo} ls WS cs {a2 Lo ls y Sy slaY} GIS

POAT 0 IS} Le I Ss wot Us bo wyyoi} aut US as CUS

WOT (50 9 co Ys ust? [dom Jls ny Sow) L Sis ee) lus aly; ws

MS p70 Saad [perils forgive ae

“ Abi Horayrah says: The prophet came out to us and found us

writing hadythes. He asked us: What are you writing? We

answered, hadythes, which we hear from you. He observed: You

are writing a book, besides the book of God? Do you not know

that it is writing books besides the book of God what has. led

the people before you astray. We enquired: Shall we relate

hadythes of you, O prophet of God? and he replied: You may relate

hadythes of me, there is no harm. But he that says intentionally

a falsehood on my authority, will find a place in fire.”’

In one version of this hadyth is added: Then, says Abi Horayrah,

we made a heap of our writings and burned them osx os? lings?

SY}, 3 LY oats,

4, * 85S Llni} vols CIKS (yS SS Lavy Kigleo (. de cls Gy O25 Jay»

a Led dS Y wy} Lyot ple 9 dyle a} be aU Syms oI og J las

slat? dun

“Zayd b. Thabit paid a visit to the Khalif Mo’awiyah, and ‘he

asked him for Hadythes, and ordered a clerk to take them down,

Yayd observed: The prophet has commanded us not to write down

any of his Hadythes. Upon this he expunged what had been

written down.” |

_ Il.—Sayings and examples of companions of Mohammad showing

that it is not lawful to commit hadythes to writing.

5. PSY SL Baty LGW pigs 5) oxen 1) LUS [ 325 9 ] JL

bos Us Ls lic Iphatnls bas yon? AU) Sywy lf ralao lela’ Vy

» “Aba Nadhrah relates, we said to Abi Sa’yd Khodry, It bremld

be a grand thing if you were to write down hadythes for us, we

cannot recollect them. He replied, We will not write them down

for you, nor shall we collect them in books. he prophet com-

306 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 4.

municated them to us orally and we impressed them in our memory,

you must do the same.”

There is a more simple and apparently more correct version of

this hadyth extant, it runs: ‘We said to Abt Sa’yd, write down

these hadythes,”’ and he replied: “ We will not write them down.

Take them from us as we have taken them from the prophet.”

In another version Abi Nadhrah informs Abt Sa’yd that they

have written down hadythes, and he ordered them to expunge them.

6. ped US 85 gyro oy WI coyish)| het} Cott ope wld Won

“Abu Sha’té relates that ’Abd Allah b. Mas’id disapproved of

writing down hadythes.”’

7. Bod USS agen opt AU one Gt Ulead! One Ee Ae US

slo uy SSG 4 GUL Ley 9 Boy pl Leos AU) age WU bbs AiSid SU}

KLnd9

“Tt is related by Sha’by (d. 105) that ’Abd al-Rahman, (d. 79)

the son of ’Abd Allah b. Mas’td said, that he (and others) were in

the habit of writing down hadythes which they heard. ’*Abd Allah

(d. 82) observed it. He called a slave woman, who was his concu-

bine, and he sent for our writings, and when she had brought him

water, he washed them out.’

8. hele log JL Sam LS ml Bs} SLRS Gade? Jor oy cede

lala? ly Ls? Ramee wigs JU sii JU

“Tbn Ma’sid related a fadyth and his son observed, You are not

correct. The father asked, How do you know it? The son answer-

ed, I have written it down. He ordered him to bring the roll and

effaced it.”

9, Uday ls sda JES Lila BBs LIS ot Gre eas [ Soy gt JJ

“ Abu Bordah (d. in 108) relates, I filled several volumes with

hadythes, which I had heard from my father Abi (Misa Ash’ary, d.

in 42 or 52). He destroyed my writings, and said, Take the ha-

dythes from us in the same manner as we have taken them.”

Another version of this hadyth is, that Abi Bordah and a freed

slave of his were in the habit of writing down the hadythes which

they heard from Abi Misa. When he observed it, he washed out |

their writing, which was probably on Gazelle skins or parchment. in |

another version occur the words bly stl wr wry ois “T filled a |

book with what I heard from my father.’

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 307

10. “Sa’yd Ibn Abu-l- Hasan says, that none of the companions

of the prophet knew a greater number of adythes to relate than

Aba Horayrah. When Marwan was governor of Madynah and

affected with paralysis, he desired him to write them down, Abi

Horayrah refused compliance saying, Transmit them as they have

been transmitted to us. One day when he was off his guard he

sent for him having previously directed a clever and trustworthy

penman to be in attendance. Abt Horayrah related all his hadythes

and the penman wrote them down. When he had done, Marwan

said, Do you know that we have taken down your hadythes? Indeed!

replied Abii Horayrah. Abu Horayrah desired that they should be

read to him, and then he said, You now know them by heart and he

effaced them.”’

TL, SS: Uy SY Bray Lt wt SpRy Bysye L) crrmme [pus gs) ] JG

“Abu Kathyr relates, I heard Abi Horayrah say, I neither con-

ceal a hadyth nor do I write one down.”

12, po! Gye Sheng Cole ent ol HS ded! of vt [ Gort J Jb

iS WS Y Lbs jas, re | w} Srale tat sle csdd| Je Jy das

Wy] 9 slew yd} Yr

“ Tawus relates, A man was in the habit of writing to Ibn Abbas

to enquire of any matter he wanted to know. Ibn ’Abbas said to

the messenger, Tell your master, the answer to the question is such

and such, and that we only write letters and the Qoran.”’

There are two other versions apparently of the same story:

“ Tawus relates, We were with Ibn’ Abbas; and Sa’yd b. Jobayr wrote

down [his lecture]. They said to Ibn ’Abbds, They are writing.

He stood up (went away) and said, If he was not a well behaved

man, I should have done something severer than merely getting up.”

The other version runs: “ When Ibn ’Abbas was blind, people from

the *Iréq made enquiries of him and wrote down what he said.

There came a man of the ’Iréq, and Ibn Abbas did not open his

lips until he had left his presence.”

1B. phe) CUS cer OW be Wi! Ol pe Yt Ode” LVS

“Sa’yd b. Jobayr (d. 95) states that Ibn Abbas used to inter-

dict the writing down of hadythes (and laws).”’

14. & stl i= KASS is cg? Valid (SS 43) [ > ree) Oat | Jls

Ki 9 usht ass} 3) sr Kux dls wes st 9 pn wt!

28s 2

308 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [ No. 4.

“Sa’yd b. Jobayr relates, If we differed on a point, I wrote it

down with a view of asking the son of the Khalif Omar. But if.

he had known that I have any notes with me, our friendship would

have been at an end.” +

IIl.—Sayings and examples of Tébies (i. e. persons of the first

century who did not know Mohammad) who disapproved of writing.

15. Yaqub b. ’Abd al-Rahmaan states that his father related to

him, I was present when ’Obayd Allah b. Abd Allah paid a visit to

the Khalif ’Omar b. ’Abd al-’Azyz. The Khalif kept people in

readiness who took down [the hadythes| he repeated. When he

was leaving, ‘Omar said to him, We have done something. ’Obayd

Allah asked, What? ’Omar replied: We have written down all

that you related. He asked, Where are the writings? and when,

they were brought to him he tore them up.

16. Mohammad relates, I asked ’Abydah, Shall I write down what

I hear from you, and he answered: No. And then he said, I have,

found a book, shall I read it P and he answered: “ No.”’? In another

version there is, “ If I should find a book shall I read it before you?”

instead “TI have found a book, &c.”

Mohammad (the Shaykh of Ibn ’Awn) relates also, “I said to

’Oyaynah, Shall I write down what I hear?’ ’Oyaynah answered,

“No.” Then he said, I have found a book, shall I read it ? He replied,

‘Non’ |

17. Idrys b. Idrys relates: My father asked me: “ Do you write

down any of the hadythes I tell you.” I answered: “ Yes.” He

ordered me to show him my writings and tore them up.

18, ode CdS) CdS SE aaaiyt Es Ryaee We Kd we es Wom

LUIS (sic vols Y las Soase

Tbraéhym relates, “I used to write when I attended the lectures

of ’Abydah,” and he said: “Do not make a book of them.”

The expression which is of interest to us in this hadyth, and

which proves that they made a wide distinction between notes and

a book is repeated in another hadyth, in which Ibrahym, imitat-

ing the example of his teacher, cautions his pupils against collecting

his hadythes in a book: U,sdt Js estered! ogre Cyt Ove” Sos

Lylis usd? l= y dls meLyl we B yah wy SY yoo

19, Sy Sy exPl GUS wlsdw Ul get ai [ wld ] Jv

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 309

bis) US Ld soic Gals Ley wlydwe UG gic GIS Ewo gle oA!

“Sofyan relates: Some body said to ’Amr, Sofyan writes down

{your lectures]. ’Amr laid down and cried, and said, I will teach

any one manners who writes down from me (i. e. my lectures).

Sofydn maintains that he did not write down any hadythes whilst

he attended his cou but he asserts, It was our habit to impress

them in our memory.”

20. Abt Bakr b. Abd Allah sent to Ibn Aby-l-’Aliyah, request-

ing him to write a hadyth down for him. Instead of answering he’

eame himself to him and said: If I was writing down [hadythes] for

anybody, I would do it for you. a repeated the hadyth, and Abt

Bakr impressed it in his memory.”

QL. Babast! pty SS perl 9 eas de y sleet) Js

“Dhahhak said, Do not collect the hadythes into regular books

like the Qoran.”’

The word employed for books in this hadyth is Karras, whicly

means a fasciculus of ten leaves or twenty pages. Among the Arabs

books consist of such fasciculi which are frequently not bound

together, but kept loose in a port-folio, in order that several persons

ean at the same time read the book. There is another hadyth, in

which this term is used. It is said of Layth that he disapproved of

Karrases (yyt pI] 855 3] Sad eyo eyemcn bos JU eas Woe JU,

22. CyrtstyS cg? Sy sladY! ES Cf BS BY Madly ES _ptheo Coll We

“Tbrdhym disapproved that hadythes be written into Karrases.”’

Of this hadyth, two other versions are extant, viz.: WI Parle ore

KES} 4,0 lf “Tbrahym disapproved of writing.” And pe? Ly dls

US| 152% Il6 “ Tbrdhym said that they (his shaykhs) disapproved

of writing.”

1V.—Reasons why they disapproved of writing down hadythes.

aay B whe} yt et YI BHT CS Baye wr Cord yll WF _poHw AS] eee

dale [yylts pe aL Upwey cla} 5 scale ered} GES WI oly!

J al ayo O55 Pye o> Led Leas a) jacion Yc (ores Leaks wt

ISS WSLS 1p3lG boys Sd ool 9 ede! OAT YU! wo! CAS 6) Sls

css SY pet Y WU) y oily dls a} GUS 19553 5 Laake 1s Lids

“Zohry states on the authority of ?Orwah that the Khalif ’Omar

intended to write down the Sunan. He took the opinion of the

companions of the prophet on the subject, and they advised him. to

310 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 4.

commit them to writing. Before commencing, ’Omar thought proper

to try the Istikharah (to consult fate or according to the Movam-

madan notion, to obtain an expression of the will of God) for one

month. One day, after he had obtained the expression of the will

of God, he said: It had been my intention to write down the Sunan,

but I found that the nations who have been before you, have written

books, and trusted upon them, and left the book of God. Never

will I in any way do any thing what might emulate with the book

of God.”

Several isnads are given for this hadyth, so that its authenticity

seems to me to be beyond a doubt.

24. “Khalid b. ’Orfofah relates: I was sitting with ?Omar when

there came a man of the ’Abd al-Qays tribe, who dwelled at al-Sus.

?Omar asked him, Are you A. B. the son of C. D. of the ’Abd al-

Qays tribe ? Answer: Yes. Do you reside at al-Sis? He answered,

again in the affirmative. ’Omar struck him upon this with a point-

less spear which he had in his hand. The man said, What is my

fault? ’Omar upon this repeated the verse of the Qoran, 12, 1-3,

and gave him three more strokes with the cane. The man again

asked, What is the matter? ’Omar replied: You are the man who

has copied the book of Daniel Jiyjs wed Codd] ed!. The matt

said, Tell me what I am to do, and I will obey. The Khalif answered :

Go and efface it with hot water and white wool, and do not read 1t

nor give it to any body to read. Andif I hear that you read it or

give it to any one to read, I punish you severely. Upon this, he

permitted him to sit down, and when he was seated, he said: I went

and copied a book of the believers in the scripture. Then I bound

it in red leather and brought it [to the prophet] and he asked:

What have you in your hand, ’Omar? I answered, A book which I

copied in order to increase the knowledge which we already possess.

The prophet got very angry, so much so that he got quite red. We

were just going to the Friday prayers, and the Angar said, The pro-

phet is angry—to arms! and they surrounded his pulpit. The prophet

said: The revelation which has been given to me contains all others

and seals them, and it is an abstract of them. My revelation is of

unalloyed purity. Do not allow yourselves to be made confused and

do not follow those who are confused, (the Jews and Christians.)’’

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 311

25. ‘Qasim [d. in 103] a son of Mohammad [was killed in 37,

he was a son of the Khalif Aba Bakr] relates: ?Omar was informed

that the Moslims had books. He very much disapproyed of it and

said: I have heard that books have made their appearance among

you. God loves those things best which are most equitable and

lasting. Every man who has a book is to bring it to me, and I will

then see what is to be done. People thought that he wished to

see what the books contained, and arrange matters in a manner

which might satisfy all parties, and they brought the books to him.

He burned them and said: Books will lead you to the same result as

they did with the Jews and Christians.”

26. “’Omar intended to write down the Sunnah, then it occurred

to him that it was better not to commit it to writing, and he wrote

orders to all the cities, that every body who had written down

hadythes was to destroy them.”

27. “Morrah (d. in 76 or shortly after) relates that, whilst he

was sitting with ’Abd Allah [b. Mas’id, d. in 82) Ibn Qorrah

brought a book, saying, I found this book in Syria, and as I admired

it I bring it to you. ’Abd Allah looked into it and said, Those

before you rushed into ruin, because they followed their books and

abandoned the scripture. Upon this, he sent for a basin of water

and washed the book in it to efface the writing.”

28. “Aswad (d. 74 or 75) and ’Alqamah [b. Qays, d. about 70]

got a volume 4%=*, and they took it to’Abd Allah. It was about

sunset when they came to his house, and they were not let in imme-

diately. When ’Abd Allah awoke, he sent his slave woman to see

who had knocked at the door. She reported to her master that it was

*Alqamah and Aswad, and he ordered her to admit them. They told

him that they had a volume which contained very excellent hadythes

ws Guos kis kt=sdd, And he at once sent for water and

effaced the writing, repeating the words of the Qoran, 12, 1-3, and

he added, Occupy yourself with the Qor4n and with nothing else.”

Nos. 27 and 28 seem to be different versions of one and the same

story. There are five other hadythes, in which it is said, that “Abd

Allah b. Mas’iid destroyed books, and they are, apparently, all dif-

ferent versions of one or two stories. ‘The following are the facts

contained in each:

312 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 4.

Aswad relates: “Alqamah brought writings from Makkah or

Yaman. It was a volume (or roll) and contained hadythes regard-

ing the family of the prophet, and ’Abd Allah effaced it.’? &s2le la

&U aac slat co] nt gd Cyaan gas Kae? cpettt of KG yo: CUS

Aswad relates: “A man who was settled in Syria, came to ’Abd

Allah with a volume, which contained some of the sayings of Abi-l-

Darda or some of his stories, and ’Abd Allah after he had read a

‘good deal in it, effaced it.”’

KO05 (0 (205 9 Layo} ost! ells wy eds leas kQux Kx0

This version is, in all probability, the true one. Abi-l-Darda enter-

tained notions which considerably differed from those of ’Omar and

his party. And it is possible that this was the cause why ’Abd

Allah destroyed the book, In the following version he says that

the contents were heretical.

“ Aswad saw some persons in the mosque who were reading a

book, containing the praises of God, invocations, and blessings upon

the prophet. He wanted to copy it, and it was promised to him

after another man might have copied it who had already bespoken

it. Some days after he found it in the hands of Ibn Mas’td, who

said, Are not the contents of this book mischievous, erroneous and

heretical ?”’ Koos 9 UIs, dis KQymred 3d% uxt Le w} Mt ls

Solaym, a son of Aswad relates: that he and Abd Allah b. Mirdas

were reading a volume, which contained stories and passages from

the Qoran,* in company with a man of the Nokha’ tribe. Ibn

Mirdas, according to his own statement, had bought some volumes

for money.~ As he was waiting in the mosque—the place of rendez-

yous—for his friends, Ibn Mas’td sent for him, and saying, The right

path is the path of Mokammad, &c. he destroyed it.”’

29. ’Amr b. Maymin Awdy [d. 74] relates: “I was sitting im

the company of several persons at Kufah, and there came a man

who had a book.” They asked, “ What book is this?’ he replied,

“The book of Daniel Jlijo GUS Jl.” If the mob had not protected

him, he would have been killed. What! they said, “ You have a

book besides the Qoran ?”’

# Wty 9 aed yas Adan”

t wdyo2 Qa? Wend hte] 9 Cpl dye? Gye wy oars JL

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 313

30. Ibn, ’Awn (d. 151) said, “The men of the first century who dis-

approved of writing held that principle, in order that the Moslims

‘might not be detained by other books from studying the Qordn.

‘And the ancient scriptures have been forbidden, because it is impos-

‘sible to distinguish what is true in them from! what is false, and

‘what is genuine from what is not so. Moreover, the Qoran renders

them superfluous.”

31. “Sofyan Thawry (d..161) said, Woe: to those who deposit

their knowledge on paper ,psbly3. Yet Sofy4n Thawry used him-

‘self to write down [/adythes]-with a view of assisting memory and

fixing the true version. But his wish, was that people might learn

hadythes by heart. Several of the ancients assisted memory by

writing hadythes down, and they taught them from their writings,

but when they knew them well by-heart they expunged them, for

fear, that people might rely solely on their books.’ This kadyth is

related- by Ibn Hanbal on the authority of Yahya b. Sa’ th who

heard the above words from the’ mouth of Sofyan Thawry-

‘32. “ Masrtiq said to ’Alqamah, Write down for us hadythes

which are likely to be confounded. He answered, Do you not know

that writing’ is not approved of? Masrtq said, I will destroy

them when I have learned them by heart. Under these circum-

stances, said ’Alqamah, thereis'‘no harm in writing”’ ~

/ 33. Sho’bah relates: “ Khalid Hadzdzd [d. 141] said, I never

wrote down hadythes unless’ they were very: long, and then I de-

stroyed them when I knew them by heart.” .

34. “ Mohammad [a son of the Khalif Abi Bakr] was.of opinion

that a man ought to write down hadythes, but to destroy the writing

when he knew them by heart.”

ie « Mangir b. Mo’ tamir (d. 132) Bsabp ved of writing bat

eeeauenttly he‘ regretted not to have preserved his’ indytites’ in™

writing.”

86. The author says: Many men of the early ages destroyed

their writings previous to their death or ordered in their will that

they be destroyed. The following are instances of this practice :

Ibn Zawis relates, that his father [d. 106] ordered him to burn

his writing iI Stal [ 894) ] poly wf &,

314 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 4

Al-No’man b. Qays relates, that ’Abydah sent on his death-bed

for his writings and expunged them.

Sa’d b. Sho’bah relates, that his father [d. in 160] told him to

wash out his books if he should die and to bury them; and that

he acted up to his orders. Even during his life-time, whenever a

number of writings from various people had accumulated, he sent

his son to the place where the falcons were kept (?) to bury them

there slajlJ! oo! ly psrneyt oll Gye LS oie errebal 141 ot Ol g

watt 3 [gis ols, :

Hammad relates, that Abi Qildbah ordered in his will to give

his writings to Ayytb (d. 131) and if he should not survive, to

burn them.

"Ysa b. Yuinos (d. 187 or 191) gave equally orders that. his books

4S should be burned.

Ibrahym b. Hashim relates: The books of Bishr b. al-Harith (d.

227) filled eighteen boxes and baskets, and we buried them piel! Soo

Byesd 9 yoed uyts Lo pine kai oayshhays pial WSs SE pla ost Ahmad

Ibn Hanbal, who was his contemporary, said, that he could not see

the object of burying books. In reference to Bishr, I would observe

that he did not propagate hadythes, either orally or in writing,

except that he now and then recited one incidentally.

Awza’y [d. 157] says, that the science of the Hadythes is a noble

science, but since it had been deposited in books it lost the freshness

which it had, when it was orally communicated and fell into the

hands of persons, who have no vocation to cultivate it.

V.—Sayings of the prophet shewing that he commanded those who

cannot trust in their memory to aid it by writing.

37. zon al Serv cell Macc WE Lary}. JES w| [32% 9! | Jls

SBS prbo pericgl Os is abe Je joy Jy ee Gyr} die

Sho peta

“ Abu Horayrah relates, a man of the Ancar used to sit with the

prophet, and to listen to his sayings. And he admired them but

could not recollect them. He complained of the weakness of his

memory to the prophet, and he said, Assist your memory by your

right hand (i. e. write them down).”’

There are a number of versions of this Aadyth, all of which rest

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 315

on the authority of “ Abi @aliz from Abt Horayrah,” and it is con-

firmed by a parallel fadyth of Anas b. Malik, which is evidently

identical with it and runs: Jls asd) se athe od wl Jay Ka

Siren? ceil. “A man complained that his memory was very bad,

and the prophet said, Assist it by your right hand.”

BE. ah SU ple) 045) AU) Spay: 3 [ sper on AU] oe J JU

“? Abd Allah (d. in 65 ?), a son of ’Amr asked the prophet, Shall

I fix knowledge? and he answered, Yes. In another version is

the addition: JI asked, How shall I fix it? And he answered,

By writing.”

A version of this hadyth preserved by ’Amr b. Sho’ayb b. ’Abd

Allah b. ’Amr b. al-’Ac¢ from his father, from his grandfather runs

an ENE pel Ipoa3 aU} Jl. “The prophet said, Fix knowledge by

writing.” The same saying is recorded by Anas, but the isnéd is

weak.

39. tyrhS| SG UgsiSis] LS Sido Rand Uy gebeo AU Sywoys US a9} SU

go> Ys

Rafi’ b. Khodayj (d. in 74, at the age of 86) relates: ‘‘ We said,

O prophet, we hear from you many things, shall we write them

down? He answered, Write them down, there is no harm.”

This fadyth is well authenticated. In one version it is preceded

by the following story, whose authenticity is doubtful:

Bieta WE wysost Lo JS Sr Eya'y palo AU] Uguey Ligh yo

este g IS pier (.9 lovrie se dS Wr Ipdol g tox? SE aU Uyays

peed 9 Cds] Le [Smo] y wamasy PI Sy dials! palo aU) Spy

Sic Vere CoM} ISL wom? J pals bo Skis aU) Sgury oye [pra Lo

JE Was? JE 5 oo 0 way! Lit HS ot po oi! JU AU) Syne,

ZY Ly) SG Lass Ld] Sho end Ly AU) Uproys eld

Raf’ b. Khodayj relates: “ The prophet passed us as we were con-

versing.” He said, “ What are you conversing about 2”? We answer-

ed, “ We repeat your sayings.” He observed, “ Do repeat them, but

speak the truth, for he who intentionally attributes to me a saying

which I have not uttered: goes to hell.” The prophet had some

business and went along. The people hung down their heads and

refrained from repeating his sayings. The prophet asked, “ Why do

you no longer repeat my sayings ?”? They answered, “ On account of

the remark which we heard from you.” The prophet said, “ This is

272

516 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. { No. 4.

not what I meant, I said, He who lies intentzonally.”’ Upon this, we

continued to repeat his sayings. I asked him: “ We hear from you

many ‘things, shall we write them down. He answered, Write them

down, there is no harm.”

40. cyl Si gawd UY AU) Sgro WET opee Gy al Gar JG

Lag isl5 Jy UU Leah JU) bas! y

’Abd Allah b. ’Amr relates: “ We said to the prophet, We hear

savings from you which we cannot remember, shall we write them

down? He answered, By all means, do write them down.”

There are thirty versions of this hadyth extant, which differ very

slightly from each other. Thus in most of them is 4& instead of

wugls}, and in some the answer of the prophet is simply ae. In some

versions is added; = 9} S93} wt yy Sp 9 SUS LoS], rtt} ais

“We asked, Even if you are influenced by likings or dislikings ?”

and the prophet answered, “Yes, for I never speak anything but

the truth.’? The isnads for these thirty versions can be reduced ‘to

four. Abd Allah related it to his son, and he communicated it to

his son, ’Amr, and after Amr the isnads diverge very much. ’Abd

Allah also related these words to his grandson Sho’ayb b. Moham-

mad b. ’Abd Allah, who transmitted them to his pupils, and through

several of them, it has come down to us. And finally, “Abd Allah

mentioned them also to ’A¢a, and he related them to his son, ’Oth-

man, who again told them to his pupils, and they preserved them:

There is besides a version, which differs in expression from the

above, and which has been heard from Abd Allah himself by Khalid

b. Yazyd and by Zayd ’Ammy. ‘Vherefore, unless ’Abd Allah him

self invented the story, it must be true. | )

41. BU} Sgacy (yo Keane c* SS AES] dT gent ey SU] one JS

Sy) Ww Erg us JS GIS S33 [lds Ord y3 sine? bb Os Ody) pate

wy yF9 oF CF Le Smsold Lod g ndtticgs wSigyy aU} Jy 9 prhe, a}

* b>)! us zo Lo Sou wn sdtiy2 wnbS} las gale & lJ Sgro ois

’Abd Allah b.’Amr'relates: “I was in the habit of writing all

those sayings I heard from the prophet, which I wished to remem-

ber. The Qorayshites prevented me, and said, ‘ You write down what

you hear from the prophet, though he is but a man who is guided

by his likings and dislikings.’ Upon this I ceased writing, and I

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down histarical facts. 317

mentioned the matter to the prophet, and he said, Write, by Him

in whose hand I am, nothing proceeds from me but truth.”

This hadyth has been taken from "Abd Allah by Yusof b. Nahik,

and handed down from him by an isnad quite distinct from any other.

42. Abi Horayrah said, “ No one of the companions of the pro-

phet has preserved more hadythes than 1, except ’Abd Allah b.’Amr.

But he used to write them down and I did not write them down.”’

There are several versions of this dadyth extant, in some is added,

“He wrote them down and learned them by heart, whereas I merely

learned them by heart. The prophet allowed him to write them

down.” |

VI.—Companions of the prophet who wrote down hadythes.

4B, Faye? Kyla} SE Cole) oy aye wy MU) ore WS Cuolb WS

| AU} Syne cy Ugh

Tiwiis relates “’Abd Allah b. Amr b. al-’Ag said, Cadigah is the

title of a book in which I collected sayings of the prophet.”’ |

44, Mojahid relates: “I paid a visit to Abd Allah b. ’Amr, and;

I found a volume 4&4” under his couch. He prevented me from

taking it. I asked, ‘ What is it, that you prevent me from taking it ?’

He replied: ‘This is the Gadiqah (the Truthful Book) and contains

what I heard from the prophet.’ ‘There was no one between me and.

the prophet, when the information which it comprizes was com-

municated tome. .As long therefore; as Ihave this book, the Qerda

and the Wah/, I do not mind.the whole world.”

Mojahid says: Cidigah is a volume &&y=” in which he wrote down.

what he heard from the prophet, and Wah¢ is a piece of ground

which he gave away for the support of the poor.

45. Anas Ibn Malik says: “that Abi Bakr wrote down for him.

_ the laws regarding alms, which were sunnah of the prophet.” |

| _ Hammad relates, “I took from Thomémah b. ’Abd Allah (d. after

110) a document GUS of which he believed that Abi Bakr had writ-

ten it for Anas when he appointed him to collect the alms prescribed:

by law. There was the prophet’s seal impressed upon. it, and it

contained the laws regarding alms.”’

AG. USI ple Iga rene wlbs)| cyt end wollen, atlideak open ety

318 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 4.

"Amr b. Aby Sofyén heard ’Omar b. al-Khattib saying: “ Fix

knowledge by writing it down.”’

47. Tariq relates: “I saw ’Alyy, the son of Abi Talib on the

pulpit, and he said, I have no book to read to you except the

Qorfn and this volume (roll) &=. It was attached to the sword

which was provided with a ring of iron, and the rings, by which the

sword was suspended were equally of iron, ctyw{(.9 Kdlen dQyx”,

Oyo (sic) HIS soa Se ale The roll contained the laws

regarding the alms, as ’Alyy had received them from the prophet.”

According to another version of this story, which rests on the

testimony of another eye-witness, it contained the laws regarding

the sacredness of the territory of Makkah. In this version the

roll is described: Gy ce%9 si! wr} Lead S2r00 a Kile KQy—°

lat at. “The roll was attached to his sword, and there were

wrapped up in it camel’s teeth, and some implements for surgery.”

48. Alyy said, “ Fix knowledge by writing it down.”

He also said, “* Who will sell me knowledge for money”’ or accord-

ing to others, “ Who will sell me a roll &&s=~ to write knowledge in

it, for money.”

49. Shorakbyl Abi (Ibn?) Sa’d relates: Hasan, the son of ’Alyy

addressed his sons and nephews, and said, “ You are now small, but

you will soon be big, do therefore learn knowledge (i. e. hadythes)

and if any of you is unable to repeat them (from memory) let him

write them down and keep them in his house.”’

50. be Syda arty Uy ost Lobe cot OW Tey cell et Wy one ] JU

le cyt! B29 1S pepe prbe Mi Jyaey Ci a

‘Obayd Allah b. Aby Rafy’ relates: “Ibn Abbas came 8, Abi

Rafi’ and said, ‘Did not the prophet one day like this? Did not

the prophet one day like this?’ Whilst he was saying so, he wrote

on tablets which he had.”

51. Ibn ’Abbas said: “The best mode of fixing knowledge

(hadythes) is writing.”

52. Abt Sa’yd Khodry says: that they used to write nothing else

but the Qoran, and the Tashahhud (a prayer).

53. 7Itban b. Malik (died under the Khalifat of Mo’awiyah)

relates: “I had a sore-eye, and I wished that the prophet might |

1856.] . Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 319

come into my house, in order, that I might say prayers in it. He

came with some of his companions and said prayers. They talked

of the mischief which the Moslims, who were not sincere, were doing

and ascribed the greatest part of it to Malik b. Dokhayshim. The

prophet said, Does he not profess that there is no god besides the

God, and that I am his prophet? No man who makes this pro-

fession will go to hell. ’Itban continues, This Aadyth pleased me so

much, that I told my son to write it down and he did write it down.”

54, yo Sle? Ligh) - St Aale U5 y Sho ey oni! Gai 157 US SG

Syhe W LiF g pablo AU} Upwey uy Wghew iS sda Sls ois

If we went to Anas and bothered him much, he produced volumes

of books and said: “ These books (writings) contain what I heard

from the prophet.’’ And we read them before him.

This important story rests on a double isnad, and there are

besides three other versions of it extant which run: IgpsS (dt Lele Uls

LI 5 pd isis sda SLE Sle! pal) eyo! 9 he uy Cuil gle

Sl? Le nly ale 189 Hoe 15) olf SUE — pale AU) Uyuy cle

—ale yis,s Pe BU] Srey ope aid’y ghee Gules sda SL Pe lala Ls

3d0 SBS ped! WWE Shale eyo ale (ul) 3G som 1d! wll

prc SU] yess cole Lghare y Lah 5 palo AU) pes Qy0 Ugieww cyola

55. cy! by We 7? 9-04 cslet om Js ght wy? SU] ore eee

pbc SU) Spas) op UY! 9 Cyost] BUS Layo} A] pil Leen! Gre Khe Gy

Lyle ale CIS Y K0 od YUS wi} UE, Kel ,

*Abd Allah b. al-Mothanniy relates: “My two uncles, al-Nadhr

[d. shortly after 100] and Misa, [d. after his brother] the sons of

Anas b. M4lik [d. 92] said, that their father ordered them to write

down the sayings and example of the prophet, and learn them.”

For, he observed, ‘“ We never considered the knowledge of a man

_ to be knowledge if he does not write it down.”’

56. “Al-Hasan b. Jabir (d. in 128) asked Abii Imamah [Codayy]

| Bahily [d. in Syria in 86] regarding writing down knowledge, and

_ he answered, there is no harm.”’

57. ’Abd Allah b. Amr relates : “Several men went to the pro-

_phet and I was the youngest among them,” and he said, “If a

person, intentionally attributes to me a saying which I have not

uttered, he will go to hell.’”* When they had left the prophet, I

320 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 4.

‘asked them: How do you repeat hadythes you have heard from the

prophet ? I find you are paying great attention to hadythes. They

laught and said, “all what we have heard from him we have con.

signed to writing,” Links 52 dio Uizew bo JS wt Usar Gat & LL

oS U6?

There are two versions of this hadyth.

VII.—Distinguished men of the first century who have not seen the

. prophet, but who approved of writing down hadythes and did so

themselves. .

58. ’Abd al-Rahmdn b. Harmalah [d. in 145} says, “I had a bad

memory” (or according to Cayraty’s version, “and: I could not learn

any thing by heart’’) “ therefore Sa’yd b. al-Mosayyab [d. in 90 odd |

gave me leave to take notes.”

50, peat oad USI (gS phe aed olf .

Sha’by [d. in 105 aged 7 7 years] used: to say “ Writing fixes

knowledge.” He also used to say, “If you hear anything from me

write it down, and in the worst case on the wall.” He also said,

‘“ Write down every information you collect.”’

60, lboalad LSS Wu JU peal oe Gell oF eS

__ Al-Hasan [Bagry ? d. in 110] said, according to A’mash [d. in!

148], We have books on which we place our reliance. |

61. UWS Fyre of SBS IU ae ot oY OF She (2! ue

JG hic dy ls LUS Sis oy os By LL webs 25)l] wt wssyl Lels

| , ust? 39)! Ne

Bashyr b. Nahyk said, according to Abé Mijlaz [see p. 220]:

T collected the hadythes which I had heard from Aba Horayrah in

a book. When I was about leaving him I said, “I have collected

your hadythes in a book, shall I propagate its contents on your |

authority?’ He answered, “ Yes, do propagate them.”

62, 335 oe GAS USI 1S shar I wl oF Wire Ut Oe OF

cul Wy?

Kathyr b. Aflah said, according to Mohammad b. Syryn [d. 110]: |

we used to write when we attended the lectures of Zayd b: Thabit |

‘te the revelation for the prophet and died in 45 or. |

[who used to wr

48, or after 50].” | q

GB. og! SS yrzy ele wld dS, olf Bit Gye) US ae v! ced ye |

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 321

Taman b. Najyh relates of Hasan [Bacry? d. in 110] that he

used to copy the hadythes for the people and rehearse them for

them [with a view of correcting them].

G4, gla Kaye? 68 be ley whe Gy! OW TU pre ue ose Ue

; Ladle, (cia ibs cd lS] g Loy

Sa’yd b. Jobayr relates [d. in 95], “ Ibn Abbas used to dictate to

me hadythes, and I wrote them on a roll, till I had filled it and then

I wrote on my shoe [they wear yellow shoes or boots].”’

In another version it is stated, “I wrote the hadythes which I

heard from Ibn ’Abbas on tablets, and when I had filled them I

took my shoes (or boots) to write upon.” A third version runs:

es 6b oo is} Pe La SLo} os Ewes 3 Cpls Cyl DAS AS} OS™

FP AT |

“Tn the lectures of Ibn ’Abbas I used to write in my roll and

when it was filled I wrote on the upper leather of my shoes (or

boots) and then on my hand.”

To expedients, like these, though perhaps not quite as bad, students

and short-hand writers take refuge in our days if they are short of

paper. The following hadyth shows that [bn Jobayr subsequently

made a fair copy.

SII] LS Eyl 9 sy6F crt EO Geel AF TU pre Gy) Ore Uo

cep eel as ly Shasly (69 &iSl9 SUL

Sa’yd b. Jobayr relates: “1 used to hear hadythes from ’Abd

Allah b. ’Amr and Ibn ’Abbas, and I used to write them down on

my two feet (boots), and the next morning I copied them.’”? The

words which [ translate by “ iny feet or boots’’ run in another version

aiSL aS} Shsly cole.

65. ‘The pupils of Qatadah asked him whether they might write

down his lectures P and he answered, What. prevents you ?

66. Gh} eyo Cott rey CUS) OIG 4) JL

Abu Qilabah (d. 104) said: “It is better to write down than to

forget.”’

"Abd Allah b. Modammad b. ’Aqyl [d. after 140] relates: “ We

_ used to go to Jabir b. "Abd Allah (d. in 70 odd at the age of 94

_ years) and ask him regarding the life (according to another version,

_ “regarding the sonnan or institutions)’ of the prophet, and we wrote

it down.”

322 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 4.

In another version it is stated, that Abd Allah b. Mohammad b.

"Aqyl was accompanied by [his relations], Mohammad b. ’Alyy Abu

Ja’far, and Mohammad b. al-Hanafyyah. And in one version it is

stated that they were provided with tablets cll for writing.

67, Gash ras | Lp] ods WehS eset) Jls > (yd SU] one Evo

*Abd Allah b. Hans (?) relates: “1 saw them in the lectures of

Bara [d. 72] employing their hands in writing with reeds.”

68. ’Obay b. al-Mokattab says: “I saw them writing down the

comments on the Qoran in the lectures of Mojahid [who died at

the age of 83 in A. H. 102].”

69. wt 5S cotl IE AT Gd ore G3 p48 UI lus yt Hone ys

Susy! palo AU) prey Hyde ye WIE bo Bi) 80 ppm Oy! gyel Wy! O4=”

Kd} WS 9 plat] Cogs SRA 05 (I ASL Toe Eyre of dudle

"Abd Allah b. Dynar [d. 127] relates: “that the Khalif ’Omar

b. ’Abd al-’Azyz wrote orders to Abi Bakr b. Mohammad b. ’Amr

b. Hazm, See what hadythes on ancient institutions are extant and

pay particular attention to the adythes which ’Amrah knows, and

write them all down, for I fear that the knowledge of kadythes will

disappear, and those who know them will die away.”

There are various versions extant of this hadyth. In one it is

a “He wrote to Abi Bakr b. Mohammad at Madynah,” and in

“He wrote to the people of Madynah.’’ See on Abt Bakr b.

ie cdl supra p. 209.

70, a3te” Abel pb Go epost) GIS by copay! [ee ] Soi

Ss Wf

Ma’mar relates: “ Zohry frequently noted down a hadyth on the

upper leather of his boot for fear it might escape him.”

71. Yob agbe ays Cho pis WUS 3,8 Lis Jls Carty wre pee

crtlmadl! (y (da!) loa! dake YW Lyi, 1 vod}

Zohry said according to Ma’mar: “ We disapproved of writing

down hadythes to such an extent, that we induced also those chiefs

[who are not mentioned] to disapprove of it, but at last we saw that

no Moslim forbids writing.’

72. cagslat Vet Sod CLS Qs} cit! dhesw [ cept! GA! wil ] Jl

BLS v0 Hd} Wy Lyre Waly Lo Lg ,23 ¥ lo, Su Gye Ua .,0 LG

The nephew of Zohry relates: “that he heard his uncle saying:

It is only on account of hadythes which come to us from the east,

1856.] Origin and progress of writing dewn historical facts. 323

and which we deny and do not acknowledge, that I arth down the

hadythes and permit them to be written down.”

73. Riya b. Haywah [d. in 112] said: Hisham b. ’Abd al-Malik

asked me regarding a kadyth which I had forgotten, but fortunately

I had written it down.

74. Abt Sofyén says: “Salman Saykary used to write down

hadythes, but I did not write them down.”

75. wt Js = Soom (at Uthe wy mrrLey coulis US DprA Ue

AS] YD 9 dKy Lehre

Manctr relates: “I said to Ibrahym, if Salim b, Aby-l-Ja’d

{d. in 98] relates hadythes, he does so at full length but you seem

to be conglomerated.” He replied, “ He is in the habit of writing

them down and I do not write them down.” In another version it

is said Kio Laos pi} alla

_ 76. Mo’awiyah b. Qorrah said: “The knowledge of him who

does not write it down is not considered as knowledge.”

TT. ort ll SAE BS wl Cott ot WHI aly JE Cagle pole We

LatyIginy Karon (5? Slo

Salm (?) says: “T saw Aban b. Aby ’Abbds write on tablets in the

lectures of Anas b. Malik.”

78. Ayyub [d. in 131] said: “They blame us for writing down

hadythes, though it is said in the Qoran 20,54. The Lord preserves

the knowledge thereof in writing.”’

79. Mo’awiyah b. Aby Maysarah relates: “I saw Abt Shaxhal

writing at al-Hakam’s, who had the ansibes written on papyrus.”

tbl pI 69 uo} saps! obs WSS dud by} cut),

80. Yahya b. Sa’yd [d. in 144] said, “ If L had written down all

what I heard, I should be better contented with my position than

lam now.” [Yet we learn from the Tahdzyb, that he left writings

which were used by Hammad].

81. Hammad [born in 98, d. in 179] relates: “Jaryr b. Hazim

and others send to me words. We intend to (collect and) write down

the hadythes ot Yahya b. Sa’yd, and hope you will take a part in it.

I met them, and we repeated to each other his Aadythes and they

wrote them down.” Wl Loe bt 8,25 9 pile Gp ype os J sho JU

Adm L S135 5 peas” olya ls WG pram ls OAR Gy t= Syde Wid

SSS 083,

2u2

324 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. (No. 4.

82. Hammad b. Salimah [who was the author of several works

wastes wale 52 and d. 167] said: “that he used to go to his

Shaykh and heard ten hadythes, more or less, and impressed them in

his memory, then he went home and wrote them down.’’*

83. Mo’atamir relates, “ My father wrote to me when I was at

Kiufah, Buy books 44S and write down knowledge, for wealth is

transitory, but knowledge is lasting.”

84. ’Abd Allah b. Idrys says, “My father used to say to me,

Learn by heart, but attend above all to writing. When you come

home, write, and if you fall into need, or your memory fails you, you

have your books.”? “ With all that,’ he says, “I have not written

down any hadythes of Layth, or Ash’ath or A’mash.”” From this and

the preceding passage it would appear that books found a good market.

85. Abu Calit Farra asked lbn al-Mobarak regarding the writ-

ing down hadythes, and he answered, “If we had them not in writ-

ing we could not learn them by heart.”

86. Khalyl b. Ahmad says: “ Whatever I heard I wrote down,

and whatever I wrote down I learned by heart, and whatever I had

learned by heart I found useful.’’

VIII.—Various Hadythes of the Khatyb Baghdddy bearing on the

value of books.

87. Liayet iJ es ps iar? JE Legl ZF Bix) (OU) Et Layo] ost! we

“The prophet said according to Abi Darda that under the ‘ trea-

sure’ mentioned in the verse of the Qordn 18, 81, volumes contain-

ing knowledge are to be understood which had been concealed by

the father of the two orphans for their use.”

Ibn ’Abbas, according to a hadyth preserved by Bokhary and

others gives the same interpretation to that verse.

88. uy ot wa | Ls ise WHS] po wy ce Lodi 98 ls

lS Gacy (68 eas dl Leal (69 cy gee OF ELSI] cams ostlyed O)) bin

PIS be ds Jou 3 Y 9 comts Hg lil} Bodiniy 9! leisy co?

Dzi-l-Rummah [d. in 117] said to "Ysa b. Omar fd. 149], Write

down my poetry, I like it better than if you learn it by heart. The

Bedouins forget a word, in search of which I have spent a restless

* Dzohaby says: O%™ (yd on wy yy Gus Kalo ws oles? wt oo

Hammad possessed no other book but that of Qays b. Sa’d [who was a companion

of the prophet and d. in 60].

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 325

night and they put another word of the same measure in its place,

and people repeat the wrong reading. <A book does not forget, nor

does it substitute one word for another.

89. Gyo ye? eo — aet JS Kiic ys (ego Lom [495 ] SG

ay] dal} ‘ciaanah otyt fot Cele ye AU) one Gy cole whe Goble G4! OSS

Igy Gisrs y nis [OS 9 [SS KQym?s cet

Musa b. ’Oqbah [d. in 141, and left a work on the biography of the

prophet, see p. 218 supra] relates, In the house of (the name is not

legible,) the writings (autographies) of Ibn ’Abbds [a companion

of the prophet, d. in 68] were preserved which would have formed

a camel’s load (equal to about six hundred weights). Whenever

"Alyy b. ’Abd Allah [d. in 113] a grandson of Ibn ’Abbds wanted

a book, he wrote to him requesting him to send him such and such a

volume, and he copied it and sent it to him.

90. Ibn Dab [on whom see Ibn Qotaybah, p. 269] was frequently

seen carrying a book, some one said to him that it was below his

dignity, but he was of a quite different opinion.

oe ly bolo) dus (aa poled coke add] way Lo opt JU

Ws SOs (Pe has) at Wie als Bale" Lols sla} l="! wy rrero} 9 wise

CCE w US ces WSs | bot 9 wif GUS co! By1 os J do] yo 31,5

cote gb ad bis ENS Sam shan! Syrat AS gies (sot Ot els tals

ea os? SIS te aiay fa Oty (so! eeee!| gly he

pty SUS B05 669.9 YM Sale ddd be cilo le) Gy deen! Lo} y dd

"ad pBiy US CIS) als g) a5

Mobarred said, The only three men I have seen who were really

devoting themselves to sciences were Jahitz, Fath b. Khaqin and

the Qadhiy Isma’yl b. Ishiq. Jahitz used to read every book, he

could get hold of from one end to the other whatever its contents

might be. Fath used to carry a book in his boot (being a Turk, he

evidently wore the wide Tatar-boots). Whenever he left the pre-

sence of the Khalif to say his prayers or for any other business, he

took out his book and read on his way to his destination and on his

way back again, until he again took his place in the presence of the

Khalif. And whenever I paid a visit to Isma’y! I found him reading

in a book or seeking a book in his library to consult it.

92. Ibn ’Abbas Daghily [d. 325] said, that he always had the

following four volumes wt=” with him: The book of Mozany [d

326 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. |No. 4.

264 and left four celebrated Shafite law books], [the dictionary:

called] Kitab al’ayn, the Tarykh al-Bokhary (on biography) and

Kalylah wa Damnah.

93. US Ls el cst Bowes Gy cee! eo Vad [CGS Cpt ] ols

(gale w Ass, at las Boye (Sy4 Us 9 ls Sigs Ig pans JG i=

PHS! oF yb ES Ge SIS p> (595)

Zohry [d. 123, or 125] relates: “We accompanied Hajjaj b.

Yusof [d. 95) on a pilgrimage to Makkah, and when we had

arrived at Sahrah, he said, “Look, whether you can see the new

moon, my eyes are too weak.” Nawfal b. Mosahiq [d. shortly after

90} observed, “ Do you know why? on account of your incessant

reading books.”

IX.— Extracts from other authors than the Khatyb Baghdady

bearing on the same subject.

94. Ibn Sa’d, in the chapter on “ Deputations whick waited on

Mohammad” mentions several instances of documents granted by

the prophet or Abu Bakr to persons, which were in his time [d. 280]

still in possession of their descendants.

95. The same author says in ee 64 VETSO yoF yd Oger”? a

JE CoydsJ| Saye ot aye? coll we Cvlbed we a} orc wt G="I Gs

¢'! SU) yan) PO3 II cob} GUS (63 woes

Abt ’Amr b. Horayth Odzry ha I found written in the book

of my fathers : “The prophet, &c.”’

The same author says in the same page Sos tt (yt Oo” esti

gs! HS Pardes JU (Pad) ata os! uw! Ages (gat. Yahya b. Sahl

says, I found in the books of my father.

96. The following instance in which men who had learned ha-

dythes by heart referred to their notes, is mentioned in the Lcabah voce

Qarib: Sofydn [Thawry ? d. 161] said, My recollection was borne

out by what I found stated in my book ou the authority of Ibrahym

b. Maysarah [d. 132] who had it from Wahb b. ’Abd Allah, viz.:

that the name in question is spelled “Ibn Marib,’’ whilst people

commonly say “Ibn Qarib.”’

97. Ibn Banna Mogaddasy who wrote in 375 says in his Geogra-

phy, in describing Ramhormoz bgrre> wll ly Spay UE dS ;10 Lary

AM gmiIly BI SU) a5) 9 Ld oad eyo cgle [pat Legars ylome yd Ltds

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 327

este pS ple Cwyon grt lout 368 is? 2 LIS ST 5 peel 9 AS) Bpalt S155

Min} aid. “In this town is a library like that of Bacrah. Both

have been founded by Ibn Sowér. Those who visit the library with

a view of reading or copying books get stipends. The library of

Bacrah is larger, in better condition and contains more books. To

this library of (Ramhormoz) there is always a Shaykh attached, who

teaches dialectic theology according to the system of the Mo’tazilites.”’

Another large library was at Shyraz in the palace which was built

by the nephew and successor of ’Adhod aldawlah. The palace was

the most extensive and splendid building that existed in those days

and contained three hundred and sixty apartments, and one of them

was devoted to the library, which is described by Ibn Banna in the

following words: Syimoy WilS 9 Wass lgale sam coke Bye IS yA 9

Blass Yl) Lels apledictt upo absy I} tia US Gar ot y alidgoe ono

ustl GO! O39 Kay AS eyo Clg So Bal kro (29 Udy b - cSt st a Lass

we pt BE Cae oh Sol Lb Gye Gulyett qouioliea sere

We es ere 359 J) use $xudsvo post Gy (ye yon aos rb)

Lglawlgly sod} sda, 9 Bhs Kins YI Ldsoss wi} gsle| lgas lire 5999

lage

“The library occupies a separate apartment. And there are

appointed over it an agent, a librarian and a superintendent. These

officers are chosen from among the most respectable persons of

the place. The founder has procured for this library every book

on every scieuce and of every author. The apartment consists of a

very long arched-room which stands in an immense Coffah (a plat-

form walled in on three sides and open on the fourth side towards

the courtyard and provided with a roof, see p. 63 note). On every

side of this arched-room are chambers (or recesses) and against the

walls of the arched-room and of the chambers, are closets six feet

long and three cubits wide. The closets are of wood lacquered

with gold and silver, and the entrance into them is from above. The

books are piled up upon the shelves of the closets. To every science

a number of those closets is allotted and there are catalogues which

contain the names of the books. Only persons of respectability

are allowed to visit the library. I have gone over the whole palace.”

The Fihrist of Ibn Nadym, who wrote in 877 or two years after

328 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 4.

this description was given, seems to be the catalogue either of this

or the Basrah library.

98. This and the following five paragraphs are taken from the

Ilmd@ of the Qadhiy ’Iyadh [d. 544].

ab Sraihenabet ol tag sonttihrey= oe WE G0 EY WlLay! ose J

BS SLIT, Gyola| &as)| bv ced Led} Cwlre Gytt Ero pemtuo wt ass

cexit adewd Cs yy! Woe yd: dex? sy) pod oddly yt GLE“! WI S> »

4) Llas Woda? Cpe Rad | BN Ub y 0 Kas Pa Js KL

?Abd al-Rahman b. Mahdiy relates: “ Makhrimah had Sooks from

his father, the contents of which he had never heard from him [yet

he related the hadythes which they contained on his authority |

"Abd al-Rahman also relates, Al-Hakam, the son of Miqsam heard

only four hadythes from Ibn Abbas, the rest he had from him in

writing. He also says, Ishaq b. Rashid came to Ray and said,

Zohry informed, &c.’ He was asked, Where have you met Zohry ?

and he answered, “I have net met Zohry, but I found a book of his

at Jerusalem.”

Ishaq b. Rashid died during the reign of Aba Ja’far.

99. Awza’y relates: “that he heard Thabit b. Ma’bad say, The

diacritical dots are the ‘light of a book,” ead wiS)55. Some

persons said according to Awza’y, iioshide’ imarks are required in

difficult passages USay Lo. USiy Ly.

100. At the time of Malik b. Anas it was so common that the

pupil first copied the hadythes, and then read them before the Shaykh,

that Malik saidto ’Abd Allah b. Moslimah Qa’naby. The transmis-

sion is more valid if you read to me than if I read to you (he Sips

Sale sls we el. Malik was also asked whether hearing or

rehearsal was better in his opinion, and he said rehearsal eStLo Wine

ey Js Slis cen el Sat} ors Cet! UJ Us53,

“ Hearing” means that the Shaykh relates or reads ahadyth, and |

the pupil listens to him. “ Rehearsal” means that the pupil copies

if and reads it to the Shaykh, who rehearses it.

LOL. pe US Coy t5ti HU US Spb Copa] pee yy AU] ope crews

SyBt 9 Boyt o 65 Bis 3S LS Kode oo 158% LL Wl ghid ahoo |

ps] Bz Log Lighe 31,5 Loy 3585 SU oare JE de We? pd

VLA} sd2 pel coyP5)] qnrddw0 [dg2 CdR (yo BL By 53] yo

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 329

’Obayd Allah b. 7Omar ’Omary said, “ We took a book to Zohry

which contained hadythes of his, and we asked him, Are these

hadythes of yours? He took the book and looked into it, then he

returned it, and said, Yes, these are hadythes of mine.” ’Obayd

Allah says, “ We took the book [and propagated the hadythes on

his authority] though he had not read it to us,nor did we ask him

for an 1jazah beyond the affirmation that the book contained hadythes

of his. This is Zohry’s system of propagating hadythes, who is the

greatest man in this science.”

102... plik (. Jou aye ert Hodes oly} ost! wi! Jl (sO3lyJ] Jls

cso3ly/| Js ren JG Som ws Udls Ugixbs| eed kare) oJ lis By 50

S950 ws plane oom Jy 2s ALG By go> w? Cr Rgunnd

Wagidy relates: “Ibn Aby-l-Zinnad said, I was present when

Ibn Jorayj came to Hisham b. ’Orwah, and asked him, Does the

roll which you have given to A. B. contain your hadythes ? and he

answered, “Yes.” Wagqidy observes, “I subsequently heard Ibn

Jorayj repeat these Aadythes, saying, I have been informed by

Hisham b. ’Orwah.”’

103. Zayd b. Ayyub said to Mohammad b. Syryn: “ Some body

has left me his books by will, shall I repeat the hadythes which they

contain quoting his authority ?” And he replied, “ Yes.” Subse-

quently he said, “I do not tell you to do it nor do I tell you not to

do it.”

1 refrain from repeating passages bearing on this subject, which

have already been published and postpone collecting the informa-

tion contained in Dzohaby’s Tahdzyb for a time, when I may have

more fully examined that work than at present. I may refer here

to what I have said on writing in early days in p. 211 to 213 of

| this volume.

(Lo be continued.)

330 Economic Geology of Assam. | [No. 4.

Notes on the Lron Ore Statistics and Keonomie Geology of Upper

Assam.— By Lt.-Col. 8S. EF. Hannay, communicated by the Go-

vernment of Bengal.

S1r,— Having on a late visit to Seebsagur obtained through the

kindness of Capt. Holroyd, Collector, a few notes on the iron ore

statistics of Assam in the olden time, as well as up to the present

date, I have put them together in the hope that they may be found

interesting, and perhaps draw attention to the vast extent of our

iron ore resources in the shape of clay iron ores, I presume of the

same description as those found and worked in Europe. Many of

these beds lie stratified with the coal, and others, if not in a position

conformable with veins of workable coal, are near enough to admit

of the coal being made available for smelting purposes.

I note particularly the localities of Teeroogong and Hattighur, —

within one march of Seebsagur, where coal abounds in the Suffry and —

Teeroo valley, besides inexhaustable tracts of timber. Abundance

of lime also is now to be procured in the Naga hills, as well as in .

the Morung district near Golahghat, of a description suitable to |

be employed as a flux, of the importance of which in the smelting of _

iron ore the Assamese are entirely ignorant. |

My own researches in regard to iron ores, have been altogether, |

I may say, on the South side of the valley; lately, however, the |

remains of iron scorie were found at the gorge of the Dergmoo

river on the North bank, where there is iron ore in abundance.

I have not sent a great variety of samples of ore, as this is

not the season for collecting them; I need hardly say, however, |

should there be any wish for further information as to the quality |

of the iron ores in comparison with those of other parts of India.

The following is a list of the samples now sent :— ~

No.1. Sample of pig iron from Teeroogong hill ore.

2. Ditto of ore, ditto ditto.

3. Sample of pig iron from Bosa Doyung ore.

4, Ditto of ore extracted from the plastic clay.

1856. ] Eeonomie Geology of Assam. 331

5,6. Samples of ore—bearing plastic clay of Bosa Doyung.

7,8, 9. Samples of clay iron from the Jeypore field.

10. Sample of ore from the gorge of the Dergmoo river oppo-

site Dibrooghur.

11, 12,18. Samples of lime.

In remote times and up to a certain period in the annals of Assam,

the valley was undoubtedly under Western India influence, and for

the commodities of salt and manufactured iron its inhabitants were

indebted to their trade and intercourse with Gangetic India.

The period to which I allude dates from the commencement of

the supremacy of the Ahorns, early in the 16th century. This

people, a branch of the great Shan nation, by the overthrow of the

Chooteeahs (descendants of a Western Indian race of Rajputs)

became masters of the Upper, and Central divisions of the province

and finally conquered the whole valley; which, with Indo-Chinese

jealousy of foreign intercourse with the nations of the West, they

closed to the people of India, and trade was entirely restricted to

the Goalparah Chowkeys—then it was, that the inhabitants of

Upper Assam, at least, became dependant upon their own resources

in the articles of salt and iron.

In regard to the latter article, we have evidence throughout the

whole of the Jorhath district that the smelting of iron was carried

on to a sreat extent, both from the quantities of scoriz visible at

different points between Jeypore and the Bosa Doyung, and the

number of native manufactured iron guns found throughout the pro-

vince, (but particularly in the Seebsagur district) varying in size

from a matchlock barrel to the great gun at Rungpore (see note at

the end of table No. 2.)

I cannot however do better than record the information I have

received on this matter both historically and statistically through

the collectorate of Seebsagur.

In the year 1422 A. S., A. D. 1500 and during the reign of

Deehingeeah Swarga Narain, on the defeat of the Chooteeah

Rajah, after a war with these people, the Ahorns acquired many

fire-arms, one of which was named “ Meeta Hoolaug.’’ The victors

also captured many blacksmiths, and from this date blacksmith

shops were established for the manufacture of fire arms, and other

2x2

332 Economic Geology of Assam. [ No. 4.

measures taken by the Ahorn Rajah, for classing the iron workers

under Hazaree Keihs and Satkeahs and they amounted at one

time to 3,000.

Subsequently in the war with Turbuck in the year 1454 A. S.,

1532 A. D. the Assam Rajah, Buddhi Swarga Narain, after having

defeated and pursued the Turbucks as far as the Korotyah river

in Northern Bengal, captured many cannons, fire-arms, and other

weapons, from the defeated party. Again in the year 1549 A.S.,

1627 A. D., after the retreat and discomfiture of the invading army

of Said Abu Bakr, the Soobah of Bengal, the Rajah of Assam be-

came possessed of many handsome cannons, both iron and brass, and

other weapons, and he was thus induced to eall in, from foreign

eountries, several able blacksmiths and brass-founders to instruct

his own people.

The manufacture of guns and other fire-arms continued to flourish

until the eivil wars and rebellion of the Muttocks, which so disor-

ganized the country, that during the subsequent ministry of the

Bura Gohain, the Ahed of blacksmiths and iron-workers became

reduced to 500 in number and eventually to 100 on the invasion of

the Burmese and its attendant evils.

At the present date, there are only from forty to forty-five per-

sons in the Seebsagur district, who understand the smelting and

working of iron ores, and but one or two blacksmiths who may

have witnessed the manufacture of small arms; the manufacture of |

cannon ceased in the commencement of the civil wars. :

Throughout the whole Southern Frontier zillah Seebsagur, i. e. |

from Jeypore to the Doyung River, iron ores are in abundance; |

and in former days, in several localities, large establishments were

formed by the Assam Government for the smelting of these ores |

and the manufacture of iron. .

The localities of Teeroogong hill and its vicinity about twelve miles |

S. E. of Seebsagur and of Hattighur further to the Hast, are consi- |

dered the best, both as to the quality and quantity of the ores. |

In the districts of Bosa and Doyung a ferruginous sand is washed |

from the plastic clay, which was smelted largely in former times, |

and still remains at the present day a field for the employment of :

the few remaining iron smelters.

1856.) Economie Geology of Assam. 303

In lower Assam the Garrow Haths of Pulashbarree and Gohain

supplied iron hoes, manufactured by the Cossyahs ; and these were

largely imported into Upper Assam for Government purposes.

This iron from its soft or malleable nature was considered the

best for the manufacture of nails, fire-arms of small size, and the

inner tubes of the large cannon; the iron of the Upper Assam

ores being found best adapted for swords, axes, knives, shovels

and hoes, &c.

At Teeroogong hill and Hattighur thirty or forty workshops

were established for the smelting of the ores, and manufacture of

erude iron. These workshops consisted of a master and four workmen,

who could, in twenty-four hours, turn out eight pieces of crude iron,

similar to the sample now sent. The forges commenced operations

in the beginning of the cold, or dry season, and continued in work

for six months, when the manufactured iron of the season from these

localities was delivered into the Government storehouses.

The ferruginous sands of Bosa Doyung are deposited in plastic

elay, in detached beds of variable size, and scattered over a wide

expanse of both undulating and level country. The beds con-

taining the iron oxide being found at a depth of 10, 12, 15 and

16 cubits under the surface.

To find the beds containing this ore some little prospecting is

necessary, and the work generally takes from four to five days (vide

table No. 1). The bed being found, six men are employed as follows.

Two men dig out the lumps containing the oxide, a third takes these

and places them at the passage of entrance into the pit, a fifth* takes

them outside, and the sixth forms them into a large rectangular-

shaped heap 12 cubits long, 7 broad, and from 3 to 4 cubits high,

and thus in about ten days, the labours of six men have collected in

this heap about one thousand maunds of the ore bearing clay.

The heap is now divided into seven shares, which gives one share

to the landlord, leaving six shares to be divided amongst the work-

ing party. The next process is the washing out of the ore, and

this is accomplished in a large pit filled with water into which the

lamps are thrown, and the separation of the ore is effected by stamp-

* The fourth remains unaecounted for.—Ed.

334 Economie Geology of Assam. [No. 4.

ing with the feet, this operation occupying a period of ten or

twelve days.

The washing out and collecting the ore having been accomplished,

the smelting process is commenced, and a furnace made after the

common Indian fashion on the spot.

The operations of smelting are carried on by five of the party,

one of them being the oustad, ojah, or head-smelter, whose business

is to supply ore and fuel when the furnace has been heated, and

to draw out the melted lump of pig-iron from every fifteen seers of

ore, which he elongates and cuts (as shewn with sample sent).

The process is simply that which prevails throughout India,

besides the master there being two assistants, one man to blow

the bellows, and another to bring the ore and charcoal, which is

thrown into the heated furnace, in quantities of a chittack of ore

with its accompanying charcoal at a time, no flux being used—in

this manner working day and night, with two men, as a relief,

thirteen pieces of crude iron were turned out of the ore furnace in

twenty-four hours. The lumps of pig-iron averaging about four

seers in weight were sold for two, three or four annas a piece,

according to quality and the quantity of pure malleable iron they

contained.

The following is a table shewing the number of persons employed,

the number of days, and the expense of digging, washing and smelt-

ing one hundred maunds of the Bosa Doyung ore.

Table No. 1.

5.3 | ital

ee ee

Detail of work. Va z = ag

648 } Se

a A =a

In searching for the ore bed, 6. 5 30

Vordig tp Ore; Geina ue wee 26s. nee 6 15 90

To wash the ore, Phil. Lies 6 11 66

To amakeccaaneorll. 5 aeusteheld Pace ja pe's) oc 6 30 180

SMEMING GS OLE,” 5. se enue ae) so ae in 5 20 100

Grand total number of men employed,.. 466

1856. ] Economic Geology of Assam. 335

which at the rate of 1 anna 4 pie per diem is,.... Rs. 38 18 4

1000 maunds of ore-bearing clay produce 100 maunds

of ore, which smelted with 200 maunds of charcoal

produce 266 pieces of pig-iron, averaging 4 seers in

weight, which, sold at 3 annas each, fetch,......... 49 14 0

eavines Dulance of, Sa Oe Re ED Oy 8

NV. B.—Presuming the ele tans to be correct, it would

appear that the out-turn of pig-iron from the ore is about 25 per

cent. ; and if, as I am told, 1 piece of pig iron of 4 seers weight is

the produce of a basketful or 15 seers of the Teeroogong hill ore,

the out-turn is much the same; an analysis of either of these,

however, would afford the best test of their respective qualities.

The following is a table shewing the progress of the works

carried on formerly in the fabrication of fire-arms and cannon,

extracted, I believe, from old Assamese Government records :

Table No. 2.

SS é.3

C2 Names of fire-arms, &e. a oa

ace ome

As a a.8

na Ai

1 |Small hatnul, or Be eR MLN A

1 {Large ditto,.. Sitter alial meh nna igs ately aidgaaiidl 2

1 |Pahlunga,. . Bra tenes AR Tah ahs 2

1 |Ganthea Yomoonee,. EMH iS ays Mae irccoialedoiktecy iiss 1

1 |Meeta Hoolang, .... aly 1

1 |Baghmoorah oe tiger -headed d mouth), .. nee 1

2 |Large cannon, . So ee Sa Ae 1

4 |Larger ditto, Setape tehelebis Bit! oiarinss ao Giale-g “=e 1

meeetiliargene Jo. kel. i

50 ~=—|Larger ditto, if

* Four of this description made.

+ Only one of this description made, which is the great gun at Rungpore.

Note.—Cannon and fire-arms continued to be manufactured from the year 1427

A.S. 1505 A. D. during the reign of Swarga Narain to the year 1636 A. S,

1716 A. D. in the reign of Raj4h Ruddra Singh. In the reign of Goureenath

Singh that Rajah prohibited the manufacture of the old match-lock and introduced

the making of muskets.

336 Economie Geology of Assam. [No. 4.

List of specimens subsequently forwarded illustrative of the EHcono-

mie Geology of Upper Assam.

1. Kaolin Clay or Rooknunsee Peeta.—This is the washed clay

from a decomposing granitic rock, probably composed of silex and

alumina. It appears to be infusible without admixture. A very

short distance inland from the mouth of the Doza Panee, a small

river on the upper Brahmaputra, large masses of this substance are

found in different stages of decomposition, some in a state of pow-

der and accompanied by debris of felspar and limestone rock. It

can be procured in any quantity and can be brought down the

Brahmaputra in small boats.

2. Washed clay from a decomposing Felspar Rock.—The decom-

posing felspar is deposited in large masses on both banks of the

Degaroo river, Upper Brahmaputra, at the foot of the Northern

mountain ranges; and in the same line Hast and West is a common

deposit. The deposit is extensive, but its distance from the Brah-

maputra would make its transport difficult and expensive.

3. Washed clay from decomposed Felspar Rock or Marl.—This

is found in the vicinity of limestone, at the falls of the Namber

river, Golaghat district. The deposit is large and accessible at all

times, and, by means of the Namber and Dhunseree rivers, water

transit is easy during the rains.

4. Washed clay from decomposing Felspar Rock.—This rock in a

state of decomposition is found in the bed of the Namber river,

under the falls, associated with the shell and slaty compact lime-

The largest of the cannon made during the sovereignty of the Assam Rajahs

is still visible within the fort of Rungpore, This cannon was presented to Rajah

Rajeswar Singh by Bohikhowa Bur Phokun of Gowhatti.

It is fabricated entirely from Cossyah wrought iron, and is remarkably well

finished, its dimensions are as follows :—

Length from end of handle to sight on the breech, .........- 5 ft. 10 inches.

Ditto from breech to muzzle; Jsc< .... «soc 0 pbintoldelblecgia Slaw) GMI Tem yt k Pine

Measurement round the-breeehy: 5.0.06 e0 seis sees ease weidm et Demls Wiel IER

Ditto round the muzzle behind the ornamented ring of ditto, .. 6: ft) Javan

Diameterpf Date, sulss as <Panvees «lbysicae stese Ladas Asis gee Oke 634 in.

Total. lengthy of gun, «io of <afeprea’s wivlelea hie dalam > bm -apeeee awl Be ene er

Thickness of metal, er> eee ©86 6eeeaeeeseeeseseeaese eee 02888 6 68 8 0 73 in.

1856. | Economic Geology of Assam. 307

stone. The first washing of this rock is of a pinkish colour from

reddish coloured specks in the stone, similar to that of the Degaroo,

and the two rocks may be considered analogous.

5. Ditto ditto.—Ditto 2nd washing of No. 4.

6. Washed clay from red marl deposit.—This deposit apparently

from a decomposing Felspar rock is in a state of marl on the road

in the vicinity of Bur Pathur, Golaghat district. The out-crop is

extensive, and the deposit looks of great extent. It is very accessible

by means of the Dhunseree river and the road to Bur Pathur.

7. Washed clay from pinkish colored marl.—Jeypore coal measures,

Upper Assam. This is not deposited in a regular stratum with the

coal, though found close by. It is a deposit from a decomposing

Felspar rock of which there are many varieties, and a very old

deposit apparently, running along the edge of the low hills. It is

plentiful and accessible.

8. Tough clay bluish colored.—This is the common tough clay or

elunch of the Jeypore coal measures. To be had in any quantity.

It makes a very good wash for walls and is no doubt a good pottery

clay.

9. Clay.—From an extensive deposit in the bank of the Booree

Dehing at Jeypore. This clay deposit apparently dips under the

low hills at Jeypore, and covers a rubble containing gold.

10. Black clay.—Found in several localities in Upper Assam. A

large deposit at the foot of the hills in Dopa Bur, near Gerghon,

Seebsagur district ; also visible on the Booree Dehing at Hooloo-

goorie. Accessible, extent of the deposit unknown ; that at Dopa

Bur appears the largest deposit.

11. Washed clay from ferruginous deposit.—This is found in the

bank of the Dibroo river, the deposit contains magnetic iron sand.

The fishermen use this in colouring the walls of their houses and the

ochre washed trom it, is a very fine one.

12. Tough clay.—Banks of Dhunseree river, Golaghat district.

13. Ditto ditto.—Ditto.

14 to 25 (inclusive). Tough clays.—Of various shades and textures

from the Brahmaputra bank and the Dhunseree river. These are given

to shew the variety of clays procurable in the Scebsagur district, and

visible on the banks of both the Brahmaputra and Dhunseree river.

338 Economic Geology of Assan, [ No. 4

These clays are first seen on the South bank of the Brahmaputra

immediately after leaving Dekhoo Mookh. The bluish tough clay

is first visible, and at the mouth of the Jansee crosses the Brahma-

putra to Saulmarah, where an extensive native pottery work is

established, supplying Upper Assam above the Dekhoo. A fine

under-stratum of various coloured clays continues visible until past

Kokilah Mookh, when the bend in the stream, and the sand deposit

opposite Moghur, shuts them out; but I think the same clays will

be found along the whole line of the extreme South bank running

down into the great clay deposits of the Golaghat district and

Dhunseree, where the section made by the river developes the same

variety of clays, extending from what is called Mourah. Mookh to.

Bur Pathur, and probably to Dhennapore. This clay deposit. must

be of great age and depth—some of the clays forwarded having

been found under-lying a bank of gravel and sand 60 to 70 feet

high. In many parts of the Dhunseree river, the clays have become

mixed with a highly ferruginous marl, attaining toa state of sand-

stone. Laterites. are also abundant in the bed of the Dhunseree,

which shews these to be formed in the clays. An oxide of iron,

consisting of small grains mixed with very hard laterites is washed

from the whitish coloured clays at several points on the line of the

river as well as inland. Proceeding upwards on the Dhunseree

river, the land becomes higher above the Doyong river, and in the

vicinity of the Namber, the clays are more indurated and of a slaty

elay nature. )

In the Namber the sulphureous. hot springs are situated a few

yards distant from the junction of that stream with the Dhunseree.

At the springs nothing is seen but Felspar gravel. In the Dhun-

seree the next turn above the Namber, are several hot springs, con-

taining salt. The bed of the river exhibits masses of Felspar rubble .

cemented together forming a hard rock, and large masses of fossil

wood appear to be imbedded in this as well as lying in the stream.

From the Namber to Bur Pathur, for a distance of nine miles the

country is undulating with low hills, the soil bearing a profusion of

timber trees, the nohar and toon the most conspicuous, and many

rare and beautiful plants. Throughout this tract, which seems an

offshoot from the Rengma Naga hills, there are many deep dells,

1856. | Economic Geology of Assam. 3039

most of which according to native account contain poongs or springs

of mineral water, similar to those exposed and known. The surface

soil is a vegetable mould, but the small nullahs which are crossed

expose clays and gravel, and some of the ascents and descents of

the low hills are entirely composed of small felspar boulders and

rubble. Within one and a half miles of the descent to the Bur

Pathur plain at Hulgootee Jan, or pebbly brook, a fine bed of marl

is exposed (vide No. 6) on one side of the nullah, a similarly coloured

but more compact bed (probably containing iron) on the other side.

Mr. Masters also mentioned that in the same nullah above this

point there is a bed of white clay marl, similar to No. 3. The low

hills and undulating ground stop abruptly, and the Bur Pathur

plain is formed by these, running inland West from the Dhunseree

river, turning round South and East, again meeting the Dhunseree

river, enclosing a tract of land several miles in area, and mostly

under rice cultivation. The deposits in the Pathur or rice-land are

clays of the best description. Mr. Masters also mentions a deposit

of white Kaolin marl visible in the bank of the river near one.of the

villages in a very convenient spot. Water is always abundant in

the rice-land, several small streams passing through it, and one or

two natural springs of pure water rise up directly under the fall

of the high land. Viewed from the North, on entering the Pathur

the scenery is very pretty, and altogether the site is promising and

ought to sustain twice the number of inhabitants it does. A report

on the several thermal springs which are known in the Golaghat

district has been forwarded by Mr. Masters’ Sub-assistant in charge.

The heat of the water in the two I have visited, he makes 112°.

The Namber river springs smell strongly of sulphur when fresh

taken, and the water issues out of a gravel deposit in large quan-

tities. No attempts, that I am aware of, have been made to dig in

the direction of the spring, to ascertain the nature of the under

lying strata, the upper gravel of felspar. being evidently brought

down and deposited by the river. From the continuous deposits

of bluish hard clay in the Namber, the probability is, that the waters

pass through this from beds of limestone, perhaps underlying this

clay; the waters of the springs called ballee poong in the Dhun-

seree, and not half a mile distant from these, do not reach the

ax 2

340 Economic Geology of Assam. [ No. 4.

surface, but on digging through the sand, the water is found plenti-

fully, and smells strongly of muriatic acid, affording, when imme-

diately boiled in a small flat dish, a residue of sharp tasted salt.

Proceeding up the Namber river to the first falls, a distance of

about two miles, no rocks in situ are visible on either side, only

clays, and deposits of largish felspar rubble, the bed of the river

being small felspar gravel, holding a great quantity of black metallic

sand. In approaching the falls there are one or two springs, or

jalyes, on the West or left bank of the stream. The fall itself is.

insignificant, being formed by a ridge of granite about 15 feet in

height, over which the river leaps. On the right bank the low hills.

commence a short distance before reaching the falls, and in the bed

of the river immediately under these the different limestones for-

warded are found, together with the decomposing felspar rock,

affording the specimens, Nos. 4 and 5 of the list, together with hard

slaty clay, probably caleareous. The mass of granite forming the

fall passes from West to Hast, it does not look stratified in situ,

but some of the fragments break off hke gneiss, and might be called

stratified granite; it appears very durable, however, and not easily

broken. In colour and its component parts it looks much like the

red Aberdeenshire granite and takes a good polish; the breaking

up of the slaty and stratified portions of the strata no doubt affords

the black metallic sand of the Namber and Kallianee rivers, and

both sands afford a good iron, if properly smelted. Immediately

above the fall, the bed of the river is one continued layer of large

boulders, which, however, have not been examined, but most probably

they belong to the granitic formation. Finer, and larger falls are said

to exist two days’ journey further up the Namber river, but they

are not very accessible. I have failed to find any traces of gold in

the metallic sands of the Namber river. The sands of the Dhun-

seree river, however, and particularly below the mouth of the Kal-

lianee river (which rises in the same range of hills as the Namber)

contain gold according to native acecunt, also the Kallianee river

was in former times considered a prolific gold stream, the washings

having been carried on close under the hills.

26. Decomposing granite rocks, §c.—High bank of Brahmaputra |

at Choonpoora. In the high bank of the Brahmaputra at Choon- —

1856. | Heonomic Geology of Assam. B41

poora, boulders of this description are found, but they have been

deposited there ages ago, probably from the vicinity of the limestone

strata holding the decomposing property.

27. Similar to proceeding (unbroken).—Ditto ditto. Ditto ditto.

28. Deposit from Brahmaputra after heavy rain.—Found princi-

pally in the inland offshoots and churs of the Brahmaputra. It is

of the nature of rotten stone. This is found sometimes in large

quantities and requires to be scraped off as the river falls, and is

evidently washed down from the decomposing rock associated with

the limestone.

29. Washed from calcined liqnites, also of the nature of rotten

stone or crocus martis.—Large masses of true lignite are imbedded

in the soft sandstones of the Booree Dehing, and large quantities

of the same kind but less compact are to be procured in the bed of

the Dhunseree.—From the true lignites of the Booree Dehing a sub-

stance suitable for pigments, as also for polishing metals, is procur-

able. The decayed fossil wood of the same localities (from a state

of chert or flint) also supplies excellent rotten stone capable of

giving the highest polish to precious stones. The Burmese lapi-

daries invariably use this substance in their lapidary work.

30. Compact rock, supposed dolomite or magnesian limestone.—This.

limestone is found both in the Brahmaputra and Dora Panee, but

principally in the latter stream, and seems to be associated in situ

with the accompanying granite and felspar rocks, forming the Kaolin

clay, and in this case is a valuable addition to these as containing

magnesia. This is procurable along with the Rooknunsee Peeta

and decomposing granite and felspar rocks of the lower ranges,

Upper Brahmaputra, and probably thus associated causes the decom-

position of these rocks; some of the varieties of this marble, are

yellow, streaked with dark colored delineations. All the rocks of

this locality contain a quantity of very bright colored whitish

pyrites, or sulphate of iron—the primitive lime marble in particular

containing large quantities of bronze coloured and white pyrites of

all the varieties of this mineral.

31. A variety of No. 30.—Ditto ditto. Ditto ditto.

32. A variety of Nos. 30 and 32.—This is also found in the Upper

Brahmaputra of a purer white than the rocks of the same kind in

342 Economic Geology of Assam. [| No. 4.

the Dora Panee. The rock is more easily frangible and appears to

contain more magnesia. Ditto ditto.

33. Primitive limestone.—This rock isin situ in the first ranges

of the Upper Brahmaputra from the Dehong to the Brahma Koond.

The specimen is a good sample of the mineral as it might be

required for purposes of ornamental work, particularly for pave-

ments and table slabs. Boulders of the limestone for mortar pur-

poses can be procured in any quantity during the dry season. The

boulders of a large description of this, and the magnesian limestone,

and the variety passing between serpentine and carbonate of lime

with handsome granite, are found close up to the Northern moun-

tains, but they could only be brought into use for ornamental work

by having slabs cut on the spot which might not be a very difficult

matter, provided protection could be given to the workmen.

34 and 35. Shell limestone—From under the Namber falls. This

is in large quantities and only requires to be quarried.

36 and 37. Limestone.—Found associated with Nos. 35, 36, and

decomposing felspar and slaty clay. These limestones in their

various beds, of which the extent is quite unknown, probably contain

the decomposing power which affects the granite and felspars in the

Same manner as on the Upper Brahmaputra.

38 and 39. Lron.—Smelted from the ore (oxide of iron sand)

washed from the plastic clays of Golaghat and Gilikha in the same

district. These ores have been deposited no doubt along with the

clays from the breaking up of granitic rocks under the influence of

water, vide specimens, Nos. 26 and 27, the latter containing a quan-

tity of metallic sand. But it is evident that in course of time, what

was originally magnetic and non-magnetic iron sands, has become

oxidized and altered. The appearance now being that of natural |

exuvie. Both these ores are found in extensive beds, throughout |

the Golaghat division inland, as well as on the banks of the Dhun- |

seree river at Golaghat, and Dehing Gohainghdt. The natives seem |

to think that the resources of these ores are inexhaustible, but this |

requires investigation. The quality of the ore is considered good, |

and, even under the rude processes adopted by the iron smelters, the |

manufactured iron ought to undersell that of the Cossyah or codal |

iron, if not the English bar iron, though the convenient form, of |

1856. | Economic Geology of Assam. 343

English iron is always an inducement to smiths to work it into

different articles of agricultural use, rather than take the trouble

of working up their own native blooms, which also is more difficult

to effect from the want of proper tools.

I am led to believe that the Golaghat ores furnish a very good

percentage of cutcha iron—twenty seers of charcoal, and twelve seers

of ore, producing five seers of iron, forming a bloom, black, heavy

and sonorous; but like the Cossyab iron blooms, 1 have found on

trial, that they lose between fifty and sixty per cent. before being

made fit for steel, or the formation of any cutting instrument. I

am not. sufficiently versed in the statistics of iron to offer any

explanation on this point, beyond the idea, that the native furnaces

do not contain sufficient heat to smelt thoroughly any ore which

holds either quartz or clay ; nor do ores of this kind answer in any

furnace without a flux, for which their furnaces do not appear to be

adapted, as I am inclined to think that a proper proportion of lime-

stone introduced into a native furnace would cause it to run. How-

ever 45 per cent. from any iron ore is good, and there is no reason

why even the native method of smelting should not be improved, so

as to give 30 per cent. of really valuable malleable iron. The ores of

the Golaghat district certainly offer a fair prospect of remuneration

to the iron smelter, and I see no reason why with such resources at

command, Cossyah iron codals, which sell at twenty rupees per

maund need be imported.

40. Iron.—From clay iron ore, Jeypore. This ore is not that

which is found deposited conformably with the coal, but is found in

beds throughout the whole range of low hills flanking the Naga

mountains ; and even amongst the clay slates, in these higher ranges

we find the same strata. Reniform nodules are generally lying

imbedded in a marly clay, and in some localities quite exposed.

The amorphous lumps, are generally imbedded deep in the soil of

the low hills, and in former times, this ore seems to have been

excavated from the Tipam hill, the locality of a now extensive tea-

garden belonging to the Assam Company, where the plant grows

most luxuriantly. The present sample is from an amorphous clay

iron ore, or hydrate of iron, dug from the face of the hill, forming

the gorge of the Booree Dehing river at Jeypore. The quantity of

344 Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. [No. 4

scorie lying about, shews the extent of the smelting in former days,

but whether from this ore, or from other sources along the line of

the river, I cannot say ; my opinion is that these ores would answer

well, smelting them on the English plan, but I think the smelting

of clay iron ores like these could not be attended with either good

or profitable results on the native plan.

41 and 42. Iron.—Smelted from the two descriptions of metallic

sands in which gold is found in the Brahmaputra and in the hills

inland from Jeypore. The difficulty of fusion without addition is a

great drawback to the smelting of these ores, for they afford excel-

lent iron, easily converted into steel. The magnetic black sand will

not fuse without the addition of glass, and cannot be managed in

native furnaces. The magnetic iron fuses, and no doubt, with

sufficient blast heat, would furnish a good proportion of pure iron, 1

have not, however, completed my trials of smelting these ores so as

to give a correct opinion as to their usefulness.

43 and 44. Washed gravel.—From the Degaroo and Tedding rivers,

Upper Brahmaputra. These are no doubt metallic, but in all pro-

bability contain iron only.

Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah Nukshbundee Syud

who started from Cashmere on the 28th October, 1852, and went

through Yarkund, Kokan, Bokhara and Cabul, in search of Mr.

Wyburd.— Communicated by the GOVERNMENT OF InpDIa.

At the request of Major Macgregor and Colonel Mackeson, I on

the 28th October, 1852, taking with me six horses and six servants

started for Ladakh, which it took me twenty days to reach owing

to the quantity of snow (it being now winter) on the Tjogiebal

mountain.

In the Ladakh valley the climate is very cold and only produces

“jorve’” and wheat, which can be obtained at every stage. Rice is

brought from Cashmere and Manoo (I do not know where the latter

place is.) It is sold at 4 or 5 seers for the Rupee. Travellers and

strangers are hospitably received by the people. It is under the

1856.| Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah, 345

rule of Maharajah Golab Singh, and the people live generally upon

tulkair (parched wheat and barley) which they take with black tea

(the latter is brought from Lassa) and ghee from Cashmere.

When they once put on their clothes they never take them off

or change them until they are worn out. They are generally of

black puttoo.

The people are idolaters and worship a god designated by them

‘ Manee.’ All the brothers ofa family have one wife common to them.

They eat raw meat. Fuel for burning is scarce, and they use

the dung of animals for fuel.

From Rodukh and Chantun they bring the shawl wool, which

is carried upon goats. From Lassa they import green tea, musk-

bags and judwa, (a medicine.) From Ludia they procure cloth,

opium, spices and leather. From Yarkund baraj, China ware, and

lowar (silk).

A few Ferozas (Turquoise stones) imported from Bokhara are

found, used by the women as ornaments. The females go at all

_ seasons of the year with uncovered heads.

Travellers, owing to the necessaries of life being all imported,

find living in the country very expensive.

Apples and plums grow here, and the trees are principally the

willowand the poplar. [remained at Ladakh for a month and eighteen

days, awaiting the arrival of a kufilah, and arranging for the pro-

eurement of animals for my further progress towards Yarkund.

Travellers are obliged to carry every thing with them, nothing

being procurable on the road, as it passes through an unpopulated

country. The hire of a horse from Ladakh to Yarkund in the

winter is 100 Rupees. These animals are all of the Yarkundee

breed, and come in kufilahs from Yarkund, loaded with goods.

Por each animal they have to take a double set of shoes. The

ordinary dress of travellers is a posteen and senabund, and coats of

puttoo, gloves of leather, and long felt boots, they carry with them

on their horses a carpet to lie upon anda blanket to cover them-

selves. The country is too cold for cotton clothes of any description.

On the 7th of January J started for Yarkund, the road to which

is through arocky barren country, and through defiles. In spring,

about the time of the equinox, it is generally very stormy, and

° 24

346 Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahinud Shah. [No. 4.

there is a great deal of snow; the road is blocked up for some three

months.

From Ladakh to Lamakeet is five days journey. A stream com-

ing down from the direction of Ladakh and known as the Shahyeak,

flows past the latter place; this was fordable. Lamakeet is merely

a halting-place, it contains a few huts.

From Lamakeet to Ak Musjid is thirty marches. The country is

totally uninhabited. The Kurra Koorum mountains have to be

erossed on the road. There are two roads, known as the Mary-

han and Kkdan; the former is the summer road. There are three

kothuls on this ine. The tract between the Kurra Koorum range

and Lamakeet, a distance of three days’ journey, is called Dubsun,

which, during winter, is blocked up with snow, rendering this

road impassable. The Ekdan (snow) or winter road was, accord-

ing to the people of those parts, blocked up for twenty-two years,

and water accumulating above it, caused the snow at last to give way

and they say that this was the cause of the great flood of the Indus

in 1840. This is the route almost always now followed by the _

kufilaks, and is two marches shorter than the other.

I witnessed a curious phenomenon on this road; the snow while

melting did so at some distance from the ground leaving masses

in the shape of large trees, from which hung icicles, and between

which the traveller moved along ; and it seemed as if you were in the

midst of a sea of crystal, from which innumerable colours were

reflected, and moreover, on the top of the snow were large rocks

and stones of a red and white colour. We have to pass through this

sort of country for half a day’s journey. The Kurra Koorum is a

small mountain, but when a wind which is known as the sootwk,

blows, the air becomes very rarified, and breathing becomes difficult.

During the spring the north winds prevail and there are very heavy

falls of snow, which frequently oblige Aufilahs to return from

whence they came. The sootuk frequently causes the death of

horses ; ifan animal dies on the road and there is no spare one

for his load, it is buried and left there until its owner can go back

and bring another from Ladakh. From the Kurra Koorum to the

Akhtab mountains a journey of three days, there is no water on the

road, and frequently when bad arrangements have been made and

1856.] Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. 347

no water has been carried along for the animals, horses on arriving

at Akhtab drink so much that they die; the road traverses a pass

through the Akhtab mountains, through which there are two roads,

the Kullian and the Kookrai. On the Kookrai road, water and fuel are

procurabie, but this road is difficult in the summer, as it winds along

the beds of torrents, at that season swollen by the melting of the

snow. The people of Kunjoot, robbers by trade, infest this road

during the winter, but it is free from them during the summer months.

On account of these banditti, kufilahs frequently go round by the

Kullian route, which is longer and more difficult, besides being

dangerous from the continual moving of glaciers. It takes some six

or seven days to get through the Kullian, after which four days’ march

brings you to Kurgulluk, a large place containing a bazar, and well

populated. Here every thing is procurable, being brought from

Yarkund.

From Kurgulluk to Yarkund it is three marches through a plain

cultivated country, irrigated from hill streams. About half way

you cross the Yarkund river, which, during winter is frozen and

crossed on the ice. At present, there is a ferry with one boat.

This of no great breadth, but is very rapid. The country is studded

with numerous villages.

I reached Yarkund on the 17th February and remained there

and in its vicinity for three months, during which period I was

making enquiries regarding Mr. Wyburd, and sent a man for the

same purpose to Aksoo distant eighteen marches. At every stage

on the road there are buildings called Wurtung; where the autho-

rities have men from the eity to carry daks from Yarkund to Aksoo,

and from Aksoo to China, to Biejun (Pekin). To this place it is six

months’ regular journey, but the dak arrives at Pekin in twenty

days, an answer arriving to a message from Yarkund in forty;

daily communications are passing between the two places. ‘‘he

dak men are mounted on their own animals; for the performance

of this service they are exempted from taxation.

Half way to Aksoo, nine marches from Yarkund, the Chinese

have built a new city called Inyshuhr (the new town) which is

situated on the Kashgur river, here four roads meet, viz., one from

242

348 Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. [No. 4.

Kashgur, another from Yarkund, a third from Aksoo, and a fourth

from Khoottan (a province of China.)

Whenever an army is required for any purpose, it is sent from

this city. The Mahomedan city and the Chinese fort are-separate.

In the latter there is a garrison of from 15,000 to 20,000 men,

they have guns but no sowars (cavalry). Their troops are all

footmen.

Aksoo is a very fine city, containing springs of water. The climate

is temperate. The residence of Seduk Beg, the present governor,

is on a height in a fort separate from the city, at about the same

distance as the Bala Hissar is from the town of Peshawur.

From Inyshuhr to a large place, Oochtoorfan, on the direct road to

Pekin is three days journey. ‘Travellers are not allowed to go by

this route. |

Najmoodeen, the man I sent to Aksoo, returned without being

able to hear any thing of Mr. Wyburd.

Yarkund is a large walled city supplied with water from the

Yarkund river, distant some three or four koss. It is a great place

for fruit; here grapes, pomegranates, apples, melons, mulberries,

plums, aloochas, cherries, and quinces, all grow luxuriantly. Yar- —

kund is such a dusty place that the new moon cannot be seen, and

when it rains, it rains mud; for this reason people do not wear any

white apparel; their dress is long and loose; they wear boots. Tra-

vellers and learned men are much respected. The king of the

country is always a Mahomedan, to him the people look for justice.

The Chinese governor is designated the Umban, and his deputy

Dalocah ; they reside in a fort along with their troops who are all

Chinese, and of whom there are some 6 or 7,000 here; the ‘“‘ Khalaie

Shuhr,”’ (Chinese fort) is separate from the town. They have little

or no communication with the people of the country. Whatever

they require they procure through the Mahomedan ruler of Yarkund.

After five days I went and paid my respects to this authority, whose

name was Afreedond, and title “ Wauk;’’ he is the executive ruler

and decides all matters after referrmg them to the Umban. The

latter signs all passports. The actual walled city of Yarkund is

not so large as that of Peshawur, but there are extensive suburbs

outside. Horses are very numerous here, but the troops being all

1856.] Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. 349

Chinese unaccustomed to horses, accounts for their not having any

cavalry.

The people generally are contented and well pleased with their

rulers. There are no other taxes in the country save the land-tax,

which amounts to about one-tenth of the produce.

After making full enquiries and not getting any information

regarding Mr. Wyburd, I started for Kashgurh on the 27th May,

and sent Myeefoodeen to Khoottan. From Yarkund to Kashgurh

the country is cultivated, and along the road at regular stages the

dak is kept up. After three marches I arrived at Inghissar, a small

town, having a Chinese fort and garrison of about one thousand

men, situated on a commanding position. Water is abundant and

fruits plentiful. I remained here a short time, and then proceeded

to Kashgurh, which I reached after three days. I remained at

Kashgurh, in order to enquire after the fate of Mr. Wyburd, for

two months. The reason of this delay was as follows. The road

between Yarkund and Kokan was closed in consequence of the

ascendancy of Bizong Khoja, whose ancestors formerly ruled over

Yarkund, Aksoo, Kashgurh, Khoottan, Inghissar and Oochtoorfan ;

the Umban of Kashgurh having by order of his superior the Yar-

kund Umban, ceased to grant passports to travellers by this route ;

and also because Aksukol Ingamat Khan, a deputy of the Khan of

Kokan, who, according to custom, with the sanction of the Chinese

authorities, was collecting tribute from certain subjects of the

Kokan Khan (traders residing in the city of Kashgurh) had been

ordered, on account of some former disputes, to desist from doing

so. For these reasons the Kashgurh Umban refused to grant me

passports until he received authority for so doing from Yarkund.

Nyamut Khan also informed me that I could never get to Kokan

without first receiving the sanction of the Khan of that place to

proceed there, so I accordingly despatched Kasim Jan, a man of my

own, with presents for the king; asking for his permission to pro-

ceed ; and I myself returned to Yarkund to get passports, which I

had the good fortune to obtain through the influence of Afreedond

Wauk, the governor. Here I met with Nujeeboodeen, who had

returned from Khoottan having been unsuccessful in obtaining any

information regarding Mr. Wyburd. From Yarkund to Kurrakash

350 Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. [No. 4.

in Khoottan is nine days’ journey. Khoottan is a district containing

six towns, viz.: Kurrakash, Ilchee, Uronakash, Shukra Cheera,

Kurria, and Tagh.

Kurrakash. There is a large river near to this place which

is crossed by boats, and the horses here are taught to swim.

Ilchee is the residence of the Umban of the district ; the name

of the present man is Ulsh Beg,

Uronakash. From Ilchee this place is distant half a day’s

journey, and between thé two the Uronakash river has to be

crossed ; in the season when this is shallow, the people of the coun-

try find johwrs, which are described as precious stones, which when

clear are valued at their own weight in silver. They are used by

the Chinese for making handles of knives and plates of different

descriptions.

Shukra Cherra. In this place they manufacture a great deal

of silk and many carpets.

Kurria. This is also a great place for silk.

Tagh. The climate of this district is good; grapes are dried

here to a great extent; the ordinary fruits of Yarkund are plentiful.

The men of Khoottan are extremely handsome, and by order of

the emperor of China, the whole of the population have to go during

the winter months to a place (name forgot) distant forty days’

march, and there dig for gold, for which they respectively receive

seven puls of silver (equal to about 30 Ks.) whatever be the re-

sult of their operations; the gold that is collected, all becomes the

property of the government. All over the Yarkund country, Chinese

coinage is in general currency.

From Yarkund, going by Aksoo, it is fifty-eight days’ journey to

Thl, near to which the Russians have their frontier Cantonments,

the head Chinese functionary in this place is called Joongtang.

* % eS * % % %* % *

* *% * * * * *% * *

There are no Russians in [hl itself, but this is one of the routes

by which Russian goods find their way into China, and Chinese

commerce passes up into the Russian territories.

After receiving my passports I returned to Kashgurh where I

, here I found that Kasim Jan had returned

arrived on the

1856.] Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. 851

with a letter from the Khan of Kokan, and I remained for about

another month, making arrangements for my onward journey as I

had to go without a kujfilah.

Kashgurh is a considerable town surrounded by a fortified wall

and supplied with water from running streams. To prevent an

enemy during the time of hostilities from cutting off the supply,

there is an extensive tank inside the town, large enough to keep the

people supplied; one man holds the special office of keeper of the

tank ; the town is surrounded by numerous gardens, and tanks, and

private residences. The Chinese fort is distant from the town

about three koss in the direction of Yarkund. The builder of this

fort was severely rebuked for building it in the direction of Yarkund

in place of towards the frontier. The climate of Kashgurh is salu-

brious and fruits plentiful. The people have great intercourse with

the Kokanese, and they are very similar to the latter in their man-

ners and customs. The boundary of the Chinese territory extends

to one march beyond Kashgurh on the Osh road.

On the 18th December I left Kashgurh, and after twenty-eight

days’ march through a mountainous, difficult wild country inhabited

by wandering tribes, I reached Osh in the Kokan territory. I

carried all my provisions, &c. upon five mules. There are no great

streams to cross on this route, but about half way you cross over

the Temkhdewan mountain, which is the most difficult portion of

the road. .

Osh is a small city near a hill called the Tukhti Suliman, on the

top of which is erected a musjid. In this hill there is a large cavern

which can only be entered by a man on all fours; in the midst of it

water is found ina sort of tank. From the summit of the Tukhti

Suliman, you have a commanding view over all the city which

is atthe foot of it. It is a dry hill without any vegetation upon it.

The climate of this place is salubrious. From Osh it is two marches

to Moorghela, another small city with an extensive bazar, and many

hummams, schools, and seraies, a plentiful supply of water and

numerous gardens; it is situated in the midst of a well cultivated

country. From Moorghela to Kokan Khas there are two roads, the

one over a “murah” or desert, and the other through a cultivated

tract. It is distant two days journey, I arrived at Kokan on

the ——,

352 Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shak. [No. 4.

Kokund or Kokan is a large and thickly populated city ; the

houses are built of pucka bricks ; they generally are only of one story,

though there are a few of two or more. Houses here do not last

long, owing to the dampness of their foundations; the soil is very

moist, and during the winter there isa great deal of mud in the

streets ; it is so bad that people can only move about at that season

on horseback, and horses frequently sink into it as deep as their

shoulders ; when storms of wind coming from the west prevail, they

dry this up to a great extent. The city isa walled one; the prin-

cipal officer in it, besides ‘the Khan is the ‘“ Ming Bash,” or

prime minister, who performs the general duties of the Government ;

the military and civil establishments are all mixed up together.

There is abundance of water every where, and in the city there are

numerous fine bazars and extensive seraies.

The name of the present ruler of Kokan is Khuda Yar Khan, he

is a man of about 25 years of age, he has a brown beard and only

wears his turban out of doors. His palace is situated in a fort

which is separated from the town by a stream ; it seems to be a place

of no strength and has no command over the town; it has two gates,

across which there is a chain, which has to be removed each time to

admit of the ingress or egress of passengers ; over one of these there

is a balcony in which the king locates himself when he reviews the

troops or upon high days and holidays. Both in the court yard of

the palace and outside of the town there are guns. The army are

armed with muskets, lances, knives, axes, and swords on the end of

muskets; they consist entirely of Cavalry with the exception of a

new Regiment of Infantry which they are forming and which may

be some 3 or 400 strong; there is no regular army, but the troops

consist entirely of Ooloos or Militia. Many landholders hold their

lands from Government on condition of their being ready always to

turn out a contingent when so required. The Kokanese under

Kasim the Ming Bash, when they were defeated by the Russians

at Ak Musjid, were about 10,000 strong and lost 20 guns, all that

they had with them. These guns are drawn by horses two or three

to each, they have men kept specially as gunners; gunpowder is

made in the city ; I do not know where they get their sulphur from,

but there was lots of it exposed for sale in the Kokan bazar ; saltpetre

is manufactured on the spot.

1856.] Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. 393

On the occasion of great festivals, the Sowars amuse themselves

at a game called “ Koke Boree,”’ a goat is killed and taken outside

the city to a plain and a goal is marked off at some distance, the

Sowars make a rush and there is a regular scramble for the goat, or

for parts of it, which are immediately carried off to the goal, on

arriving at which the flesh becomes the property of the carrier of

it. There is sometimes such a resolute struggle for the pieces that

men frequently get killed. The king himself sometimes joins in

this pastime. They are fond of horse-racing, but practise it (by their

own account) to enable them by their fleetness to escape from pur-

suing enemies; they all wear boots with large iron spikes on the

heels of them; as also small caps (a sort of fez bent to one side)

which out-of-doors they cover over with a pagree.

% % % 2 # * * % % % *

Ak Musjid is forty days’ march from Kokan. In the Kokan

bazars, Russian goods and merchandize of all descriptions are com-

mon, the principal of which are nanka, (common cotton cloth,)

chintzes, turbans, and fine cloths, fur, trays, boxes, &e. The

principal road is by Ak Musjid. The tax upon these articles is col-

lected at Tashkund, distant five days’ journey from Kokan.

The exports of the country are Kokan chintzes, which are here

manufactured of a very fine quality; the goods are sold to Badra-

nashar merchants who carry them on camels, which are numerous ;

no Russians ever come themselves, there are only two in the country,

and these were prisoners captured by Kasim at Ak Musjid. These

unfortunates are now slaves. I saw them and, upon seeing their

circumstances, it struck me that they might be the Europeans

of whom I was in search, but I was soon undeceived. At Kokan I

made every enquiry after Mr. Wyburd in all the bazars and seraies,

and from the people of influence. I also sent a servant by name

Abdoolla to Tashkund, he returned without being able to procure

any information. The only intelligence I received of any Europeans

ever having been here were of Messrs. Martin and Allen,* who

* The Syud shewed me a scrap of paper which he got, and I found it was a good

character given to a servant by Dr. Martin Honigberger, now in Cashmere, who

formerly traversed “these countries. The other name, Allen, is I suspect meant

for that of Lieut. Conolly still called by the natives of Kokan ‘* Khan Ali.”

304 Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. [No. 4.

arrived within the reign of Mahomed Alli Khan, the late Khan,

about fifteen years ago. The former departed and took the route

by Russia, while the latter returned to Bokhara. I now took my

leave of Kokan and started for Bokhara, the first stage was, 1st,

Berharuk ; 2nd, Mharrum; 38rd, Khojund, a town situated on the

river Syr, having good bazars and many mosques; here also L

enquired after Mr. Wyburd without success. 4th, Ribat, (a fort ;)

5th, Arra Suppah, which is situated in a hollow on both sides of a

stream; the Mullick of the place has his house on an adjacent

eminence. This place is on the boundary between Bokhara and

Kokan, paying tribute to neither, though nominally subject to

Kokan. We had passports from the Khan of Kokan to take us as

far as this, after which we proceeded without any. 6th, Ijour in the

Bokhara territory. 7th, Kirghizwad. 8th, Jeezukh,asmall town of

which Kunnatshue is the present ruler. Travellers are stopped here,

their baggage examined, and intimation of their arrival sent express

to the Khan of Bokhara. 9th, Boolak Tash. 10th, Peshkobrook (five

bridges). 11th, Samurkund, a large town situated on a stream of the

game name, a tributary of the Oxus. This was the capital of Timour

Shah Koorghanee, in whose time there was a pucka bridge across

the river, the remains of which now exist; there is a tablet upon it

bearing date 986 Hegira. It contains many fine old mosques and

has numerous seraies and schools, the king of Bokhara makes this

his summer residence. From Samurkund there are good roads to

Tashkund and Shuhrasulz, the former distant fifteen days’ march

and the latter some five or six. The people of the country are

generally pleased with their rulers and happy under their rule;

there is little or no oppression. Not being able to learn or hear

any thing of Mr. Wyburd here, 1 proceeded on my journey.

12th, Dhola, ) The road runs through a well cultivated

13th, Kutta Koorghan, | district, producing wheat and grain of all

14th, Koosh-house, sorts, and irrigated by canals from the

15th, Ak Chali, | river; seventeen marches from Kokan to

16th, Royi, J Bokhara.

On the 1st of May I arrived at Bokhara, and put up in Muhulla

Kasigram (potters) for a period of one month. I continued making

enquiries in every direction regarding the fate of Mr. Wyburd. 1

1856.| Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. Bist

met one person, that I at first thought might be he, a stranger who

would not tell his name to any one, but upon my shewing him Major

McGregor’s English letter that I had with me from him, he could

not read it, and moreover I discovered that this individual had spent

some ten years in Cashmere, which convinced me that he was not

the man I was in search of, besides which, this person had not the

appearance of a European.

Jé is notorious in Bokhara that the king was the murderer, or

rather caused the murders of Conolly and Stoddard.

Bokhara is a densely populated city, in the summer it is very

hot and in the winter extremely cold ; there are stone-tanks in every

street ; these are filled by water-cuts from the river, but for three

months of the year, during which the leaves of the mulberry tree

have been decaying in the water, people who drink from these tanks

become unhealthy, and suffer much from the Guinea worm, which

is a common disease in the country. There are several physicians

in the city who are great practitioners in curing it by extraction of

the worms. Water for the king’s private use is brought from a

great distance. In Bokhara are found merchants from Persia,

Oorgung, Cabul, and Kokan, each of which places have their re-

spective market-places. The Jews have also a separate division. The

bazars are clean and kept in good order, and well stocked with mer-

chandize of all descriptions. There are fifty seraies and three hundred

and sixty musjids; the town also is divided into three hundred and

sixty mohullas or divisions. There are numerous hummams or baths,

Hor every division of the town, the king has a news-writer, who sup-

plies him with daily information of all that occurs, and weekly reports

are sent in the same manner from the country ; for this reason the

people fear him greatly, as he is acquainted with all their transac-

tions. The present ruler Behadoor Khan styled Syud Ameen Nus-

seeroollah Khan is about fifty years of age. No great friendship

‘exists between the governments of Kokan and Bokhara, but I know

that an envoy went to Bokhara during my stay at Kokan, as on the

road I met him returning accompanied by an envoy from Bokhara.

‘Both in the Kokan and Bokhara states, gold and silver coins are

coined and are current, the people are generally well off, though the

subjects of Bokhara are the wealthiest, owing to their having a few

dA 3d

356 Narratwe of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. | No. 4.

years ago plundered the Kokan country with an army. There is a

brother of the Khan of Kokan’s now at Bokhara; he had a dispute

with his brother and sought refuge in Bokhara. There are some

regular troops at this place which are drilled by Summund Khan, a

Cabuli. The horses of Bokhara are superior to those of Kokan; I

saw no Russians at Bokhara, and know it to be an ancient law that

they are not allowed to travel within the boundaries of this state,

The Russian kufilahs come direct to Bokhara and have to pay heavy

duties upon goods upon their crossing the frontier. Not being able

to procure any information regarding Mr. Wyburd, I suspected

that perhaps he might be in prison, and so made friends with Meer

Shah, the keeper of the prisons, from whom I learnt, and I feel con-

fident, that no foreigner was there in custody ; so leaving Khwajah

Mahomed Shah, one of our fraternity, to continue the search and

make enquiries, and with instructions to keep me informed if he

should learn any thing about Mr. Wyburd, I myself started on my

way back.

From Bokhara to Cabul.

On the 2nd June I left Bokhara.

1st stage, Mimleck. If you leave early in the morning you reach

this place in the afternoon. At this season of the year it is so hot

that people ride upon camels and not upon horses.

2nd, Kraool, water from small streams, country cultivated, provi-

sions for cavalry and infantry plentiful.

3rd, Khojah Umbanik, left at sunset one night, and by day light

next morning arrived here on a camel, Water here from a stream.

4th, Khasan, about the same distance as yesterday.

5th, Kuslice, a small town subject to Bokhara, from this place a

road branches off to Shukur-i-Sulz, distant five marches.

6th, Shore Koodook ; here water is procurable from a well ; coun-

try now barren.

7th, Chul Boor: this is only an encamping ground ; the water for

the supply of travellers is collected in a tank, it is all rain water,

and very little of it. (if an army was to move by this route they

would have to carry all their water along with them); country sandy

desert.

8th, Banks of the Amoo or Oxus. From Hushee the road all the

way to the river traverses a sandy desert ; there is no village or city

1856.] Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. 357

here ; there are two boats at this ghat (the property of the Bokhara

king) ; the breadth of the river is very great; you cannot distinguish

a man’s features across the steam ; it is more than four times the

breadth of the Jhelum at Sounugeur ; one boat can make but two

trips in the course of the same day ; all the kufilahs cross at this

place. It is three marches from this ferry to Balkh: upon crossing

the river the aspect of the country quite changes, you are now in a

cultivated country covered with villages tolerably populated, I

forget the names of the halting places, provisions of all sorts

plentiful, even for an army ; there are no Seraies for travellers.

Balkh is an old ruined city, containing the remains of many old

buildings. Hot winds blow here, as also occasionally the Simoom ; for

fear of the latter, travellers seldom stay at Balkh itself but go on

to Muzaree Shureef where there is a well known Izearut and also a

town, ‘This is now the residence of Sirdar Ufzul Khan ; it is consi-

dered healthier and cooler than Balkh itself. I could hear nothing

of Mr. Wyburd here, so on the 23rd June I went a long night’s

march to—

1st, Yarh Kooryhan, this is a small city which is also called

Khoollum ; the present ruler is Mahomed Shureef Khan. It is a

cooler place than Balkh and the country is irrigated by numerous

hill streams.

2nd, Lungi, a short march through hills. A tax called Khurygya

is here levied upon every horse.

3rd, Ghuznee Kuk, to-day’s march is good for camels, and even

for guns, which were taken up by this route when Mahomed Shureef

Khan was turned out.

4th, Char Baghi Sultan, country hilly, road difficult,crossing many

streams, no provisions to be got.

5th, Hybuk ditto, ditto.

6th, Saibagh.

7th, Khoorum. >

8th, Rowee. |

9th, Doab. Water is preniatal, road_ tolerable

for camels, provisious scarcely pro-

10th, Budder.

ith, Kamurd.

12th, Saighan.

13th, Akrabuk. J

curable, road passes up and down hills

during the whole distance,

358 Narrative of the Travels of Khwajah Ahmud Shah. [No. 4.

14th, Bumam, here are the remains of an old city formerly called

Golgoolla, it was destroyed by Jengh Sing Khan.

15th, Lopchi.

16th, Kaloo, this is a very difficult march.

17th, Gurdun Daver.

18th, Takanah.

19th, Kote Ushnoo.

20th, Cabul.

This route passes over Dunda Shikun (breaker of teeth) and the

Kaloo mountains as also over the Purypilan. The inhabitants along |

the whole route are notorious robbers, and for this reason kujfilahs

are always obliged to travel by day, but have even then always to

be on the look out. Ghee, wheat, barley and fuel are procurable in

places, but provisions are altogether generally scarce.

I arrived at Cabul on the 12th July, stayed there some time and

then came by the regular marches to Peshawur, where I arrived some

ten days ago.

The above information was taken on the 22ud November.

POOP PIPL

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For Junn, 1856.

DPV LIV IF LPDDILLLFLVFOLPOLOVPOOIOIOM——™"

Atamonthly general meeting of the Society held on the 4th

instant, at the usual hour,

A. Grote, Esq., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were recewed,

From Lieut. A. Trotter, a collection of fossils from Kohat.

On the proposition of Captain Thuillier, seconded by Mr. Wood-

row, the best thanks of the Society were voted to Lieut. Trotter for

the valuable collection of fossils sent by him.

2.—Some drawings of fossil bones from the same district by

Lieut. Garnett, Engineers.

Professor Oldham read the following extract from a letter of

Lieut. Garnett, Engineers, regarding the fossils, sent by Mr. Trotter.

“They have been selected as the most portable, and at the same

time characteristic specimens of the fossil fauna of the valley of the

Indus. The extent of the bone bed in this part of the Indus, as

far as it is at present known, is limited to about eighteen miles of

the river’s course from the village of Choorlukkee to the mouth of

Kohat Towy. Fragments are sometimes found five to seven miles

from the banks of the river. The great depth of the ravines near

Kooshalghur, and indeed all the way along both banks of the river,

facilitates the search for the bones very much ;—some of the Khudds

are 200 feet and upwards in depth. The tertiary beds here consist

of a softish sandstone, generally of a light grey or green tint, with

partings of red and grey marks. ‘The strata have been slightly

tilted since deposition, which has caused the sandstone to form pa-

rallel ridges of from ten to sixty feet high all over the valley.

360 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4.

These ridges of rocks have one side steep like a wall, whilst the

side to which they dip is at a tolerably gentle incline. The dip of

the strata is always conformable to that of the higher ranges in the

vicinity. The whole of the valley of the Indus is highly interesting

in a Geological point of view, but peculiar interest attaches to the

part about Kooshalghur since the discovery of these fossil remains

of mammalians and reptiles of the Tertiary period. I discovered

the first bone accidentally in laying out a road between Kohat and

Kooshalghur in 1852, since then several thousand fragments have

been brought to me. The people of that part of the country have

been encouraged to search for the bones, and now nearly every

villager at Kooshalghur has become a collector. Both men and

children hunt for them when not employed in the fields. They call

this: the harvest of bones.’’ I have no doubt strata of the same

age will be found on examination to extend along the greater part of

the upper valley of the Indus. Mr. Greenough’s map shews that

they appear again in Scinde and near the embouchure of the river.

In conclusion, Iwill only add that I shall be very happy to forward

any interesting specimens which come to hand to the Asiatic Society

at Calcutta, and also to supply any information in my power. con-

cerning these fossil remains, and the district in which they are found.

As my professional duties afford me no leisure for prosecuting the

study of the subject, I hope the Society will afford me some informa-

tion regarding these fossils—they evidently belong to animals of

several different types, and I am anxious to know with what known

animals they are identified, or if referable to unknown species, what

conjectures may be formed concerning them. With this view, I

have numbered all the specimens sent, and have kept a duplicate

copv for reference.”’

Mr. Oldham pointed out the great importance of chicas further

collections of fossils from these deposits.

3.—From H. Haughton, Esq., blocks of fossiliferous limestone

from the farm eaves near Maulmain, :

4.—From the government of Bengal, a collection of Géclogiail

specimens collected: in the vicinity of the Hurriogan Nuddee, by —

J. W. Masters, Esq., Sub-Assistant, inc ie and forwarded by

Colonel Jenkins. i

1856. | Proceedings of the Asvatic Society. 361

5.—From the Hon’ble Court of Directors through the Government

of Bengal, a copy of the Catalogue of the birds in the India House

Museum.

6.—From the Government of Bengal, maps of the districts of

Beerbhoom, Maldah, and Twenty-four heen for the Musuem

of Economic Geology.

7.—From the Royal University of Christiania, Norway, the latest

publications of the University.

8.—From Mr. W. Elliot, M. C. S., copies of Sanscrit MSS.

noted in the mar-

gin* obtained from

the Library of the

* Jabal, Brihajjabal, Rahasya, Kauisiki, Chetta, Sarira,

Amritabindu. Brahma, Garbha and Ithihasa.

Raja of Tanjore.

Babu Rajendralal Mittra observed that from a cursory inspection

of these MSS. he believed them to be very rare and of considerable

value.

The following gentlemen, duly proposed and seconded at the last

meeting, were ballotted for and elected ordinary members.

- Lieut. R. De Bourbel, Engineers.

Dr. Mouat, and

Lieut. Chancey, Madras Army.

Captain H. Yule, Engineers, was proposed for election by Lieut.-

Col. W. H. Baker, seconded by Professor Oldham.

The Council submitted a report recommending that the Rev.

J. Porter, of Damascus ; Monsieur A. Von Kremer, of Alexandria ;

Dr. E. Smith, of Beyrout; J. Tailor, Esq., of Bussorah; M. M. H.

and A. Schlagintweit, and Dr. Wilson, of Bombay, be elected corres-

ponding members of the Society.

The election of Babu Rajendraldl Mittra as a member of the Council,

reported at the last meeting, was confirmed under bye law 60.

Pursuant to notice given at the last meeting, Captain Thuillier

moved “that a proposition be submitted to the Society at large,

that the subscriptions of members of the Society be reduced from

sixteen to ten Rs. per quarter.”

_ Professor Oldham proposed the following amendment, “that it

being the opinion of the present meeting, that the subscriptionof

the members should be reduced, they request that the votes of the

3 B

362 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4,

non-Resident members may be collected on the proposition, and a

special meeting summoned for its decision.”’

The amendment was put to the vote and lost.

A second amendment was proposed by Mr. Beaufort, “‘ that the

reduction be made experimentally for one year, and in regard to

new members only, with a view to ascertain in what degree such

reduction will attract members to the Society.”

This amendment was also negatived.

The original motion, seconded by Lieutenant-Colonel Baker, was

then put to the vote and carried.

Mr. R. Hamilton then moved, seconded by Mr. Atkinson, “ that

the second Wednesday in September be fixed for a special general

meeting, for the purpose of finally deciding the question and be

duly advertised accordingly.”

Carried.

Communications were received—

1.—From Sir Proby T. Cautley, offering thanks for his droite

as an Honorary Member of the Society.

2.—From Babu Rada Nath Sikdar, forwarding copy of a Meteoro-

logical Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for

the month of March last.

3.—From Mr. Assistant Secretary Oldfield, enclosing copy of a

Meteorological Register kept at the office of the Secretary to the

Government of the N. W. P., Agra, for the month of April last.

4.—From Lieut. R. Stewart, submitting a sketch of the Kooki

Grammar and a Meteorological Kegister kept at Apaloo for the

month of November last.

5.—From W. Grey, Esq., Secretary to the Government of Bengal,

enclosing correspondence relating to the existence of iron ores in

the Carribari Hills and at Dhubri in Assam.

The substance of this correspondence was contained in a letter

read at the last meeting. The specimens forwarded to the Govern-

ment were submitted to Dr. M. C. Macnamara for examination.

His report is as follows :—

‘‘The iron is chiefly combined in the ore with sulphur, but some

oxide of iron is also present. The quantities of metallic iron amount

to only 17.3 per cent.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 863

“The copper is also partly present as a sulphuret, partly as oxide ?

The proportion of metallic copper amounts to 70 per cent.”

The Curator of the Museum of Economic Geology read a report.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

Mr. Oldham at the request of the President, described in detail

the Gevlogical structure of the Talcheer Coal field, in the tributary

mehals of Cuttack, which had been examined during the past season

by Messrs. Blanford and Theobald attached to the Geological Sur-

vey, illustrating his remarks by maps and sections of the field. The

full details will shortly be published.

On the motion of the Chairman, the best thanks of the Society

were voted to Mr. Oldham for his very interesting information.

Report of the Curator, Museum of Economie Geology.

Geological and Mineralogical.—We some time ago received from Cap-

tain Blagrave, a collection of rocks and minerals from the hills of Shahkol,

Sanglee and Chemot (?) in Jhung, but I was, and have been since, pre-

vented from taking them up by other researches then on hand. This I

hope to do forthwith, but I mention them here that the donation may be

on record, which it should have been earlier had I not proposed first to

examine them before mentioning them and then passed them over for

more urgent matters.

In the Rev. Mr. Hislop’s collection from Nagpore, I have found a very

fine specimen of the scarce mineral Condrodite, which is upon the table,

as well as the museum specimen of it from New Jersey, U. 8S.

From Dr. Spilsbury we have received a specimen of Schorl in quartz

from Choor Serai, North of Nagpore.

I have had to revise my second paper on the silt of the Hooghly

announced at a former meeting, and in consequence of the farther views

to which I have been led, to repeat several of the examinations, and to

add some new ones, which has delayed it greatly : I now present it complete

for the Journal.

Economic Geology.—We have received a series of copper ores from Dr.

Campbell of Darjiling, who was in hopes that he had found blue copper

(the azurite or blue carbonate of copper) amongst them, but this was

merely a deceptive appearance, and the ores are the same unpromising

sulphurets as before, in a very tough rock, and apparently not found in

large masses. However this is but the surface indication, the produce of

a shaft or gallery may be something widely differing.

3B 2

364 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 4.

I have been occupied for a considerable time since my last report with

analyses of iron ores for Col. Drummond, of which the following are the

tabulated results :—

—— —

5 a 3 i Na

Cs] 8 a = s | 3

_ ara a) = (3)

Bal & 2 ahabutwe § a;

anc ae 3} ay ‘a o ta Ss

es = MZ a =) = oy ° "RS =

IBS 2 a) Q° yy =I a ni

et Bo Ns | le Somme

i eal < iS) a a J i)

No. 1. Dechourie, ....{1.56 | 19.10) 5.70 | 0.50 68.65 | 4.49* | 47.60

No. 2. Dechourie, .. 2 00 22.40; 0.91 } 2.60 | .. |73.50* 1.41 | 50.96

No. 3. Loha Bhurbur,..| 2.50 20.00! 7.91 | 1.90 | .. ‘| 75.057) 7.36+ | 52.00

W... | 2.75

No. 4. Loha Bhurbur, -| 43.75] 3.90 | 2.43 | .. | 42.02 | 0.15 | 29.13

Cr A. | 5.00

Native iron-slags, .... , 40.25} 3.65 | .. .. |60.13t) 4.03¢ | 46.42

W..| 5.40

No. 5. Turwagar,4 .... 44.40} .. |12.00 | .. | 27.60 | 6.15§

C.A.} 4.35

* Excess from peroxidation.

+ In No. 3 much specular iron and peroxidation of protoxide.

t+ Loss from water of combination with the earthy matters and ore.

§ Some excess from peroxidation.

We have received from Mr. Hodgson of Darjiling two bottles of water

from the Minchu spring, near that station, and from A. Grote, Esq. C. S.

some small bottles of mineral water from Sosoneah, North of Hazaree-

bagh, and also a larger quantity of a mineral water from Kudjorah in

Jessore. Of these three waters I have completed a preliminary examin-

ation which will form a paper for the Journal.

From Mr. Cowan of the Gas Light works, who called for some informa-

tion about a yellow earth, of which a quantity was procured in the bazar,

and which they find useful to mix with the English fire-clay for their

retort furnaces, I have obtained a specimen of the Boghead Cannel coal

of Linlithgowshire, which is a great acquisition to the coal collections.

In sending it, that gentleman writes :—

‘“‘T have left you as promised a sample of the Boghead Cannel coal —

found in Linlithgowshire. Ihave now had a fair trial of the Bengal coal

for gas-making and find it very good indeed.”

I have received from Major Ramsay a specimen of a supposed coal

shale from the Nepal Terraie, close to the plains, at a place called Hetoun-

da, where the mineral, it is said, abounds. It was discovered by a

brother of H. H. Jung Bahadoor, and the minister was desirous of having

an opinion upon it.

1856.]

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

365

Though a surface specimen, and a good deal mixed with a promising

kind of sandstone in layers and nests, it proves to be a very fine bitumin-

ous Lignite, giving on analysis—

Gaseous mattery.. 1c dei etre eva ws

Carbon, Venda scpaie a, ach liat

SSP (PORAISI) | 5) siscc asd ace a dias

Merce MONE Tr"

50.25

14,25

>» @eoneeneeeeeeee@

100.00 »

which are nearly the average constituents of the common Burdwan coal,

so that it is thus a very good fuel; and if good workable beds or veins of

it are found, and water carriage is within reach, no doubt it may prove

highly advantageous to the river steamers at Dinapore and higher up.

Babu Rammanath Bannerjee has handed to me a specimen of coal and

four of sandstones. The coal is found

very near to the surface, at Dar-

jeeka, seven miles to the N. West of Ranneegunge. It is of an excellent

quality being quite equal to the average of the good Ranneegunge and

Chinakuri sorts.

Its specific gravity is, ........

lis contents in 100 parts are,

Water,....

Gaseous matter,...

Carbon, @seeeseseeeeeene

Of the four sandstones three are quite

eeoeoseneveeere eee

@eeveeeven02088025003980 1.32

2.90

31.85

54.85

10.40

100.00

worthless, but the fourth is a

tough compact brown sandstone with a calcareous cement, splitting in

layers thin enough to be used for roofing, like slates.

To Dr. Spilsbury we are indebted for the following valuable specimens :

Hematite iron ore with manganese from Ponhoga, near Jubbulpore.

Manganese ore from Ramtek Nagpore.

Quartz rock with gold from Australia.

Massive gold from Australia.

Gold in ferruginous clay from Frederick’s valley near Summerhill,

: Australia.

Massive gold with matrix from California.

From Captain Saxton of the Cuttack Survey we have received a speci-

men of the washed sand from the gold washings of the Brahminee and

some of the gold sand. Ido not find the washed sand to contain any

thing worth notice, and the auriferous sand is in too small a quantity to

afford a portion for analysis.

366 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4.

Dr. McGowan of Ningpo has sent us from that country, with some

other specimens, which I shall advert to in a future report, a small bit of

alum stone from the Sung-Yang hills bordering on Foh Kien, together

with a newspaper extract describing some of the uses of alum in China,

and the works from whence this his specimen is obtained. The extract

is as follows :— .

** Alum.—About eleven hundred tons of Alum have been exported within

a short period, chiefly to India. This mineral is largely employed by the

Chinese in dying, and to some extent in paper-making as with us. Sur-

geons apply it variously after depriving it of its water of crystalization,

and in domestic life it is used for precipitating vegetable substances

suspended in potable water. It is used also by the Chinese in a manner

peculiar to themselves. Fishermen are usually provided with it, and when

they take one of those huge Rhizostoma which abound on the coast

they rub the animal with the pulverized styptic to give a degree of coher-

ence to the gelatinous mass. Architects employ it as a cement in those

airy bridges which span the water-courses. It is poured in a molten state

into the interstices of stones, and in structures not exposed to constant

moisture the cohesion is perfect, but in damp situations it becomes a

hydrate and crumbles, a fact of which the whole empire was officially

informed by the government about thirty years ago. It was discovered

that water had percolated into the mausoleum of Kiaking, having been

built too near to the mountain side, the alum cement imbibed moisture,

segregated and opened the way for to enter the tomb. In those peaceful

days such an event was of such importance as to call forth edicts and

rescripts, memorials and reports in succession for several months. The

son-in-law of the deceased monarch to whose care the construction of the

edifice had been entrusted was fined and degraded, and a statesman from

Fohkien acquainted with the properties of alum was appointed to remove

it a short distance from the mountain.

«* Alum was first introduced into China from the West, and until a

comparatively recent period the best kind called sometimes Persian, and

at others Roman Alum was brought from Western Asia. Numerous

localities where an inferior article is manufactured are mentioned in the

Pharmacopwa—viz., Shan-tung, Shan-se, Kiang-su, Hukwang, Sz’-chuen,

also in the South-western frontier and in Tibet. That from Sz’-chuen is re-

presented as having the property of converting iron into copper or of coating

iron with copper, by placing the former metal in a solution of rice-liquor

and alum, the stone of that province. The most recent editions of works

on materia medica contain no reference to the mines in this province, the

products of which have surpassed in quality the foreign, and rendered r

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 367

its importation unnecessary. From this and from other circumstances

it is certain that the works which we shall now describe have not been

long in operation. They are in the Sung-yang hills bordering on Foh-

kien in the district of Ping-yang, Wan-chau prefecture, and in close prox-

imity to Peh-kwan harbor (27° 9’ 10” N., 120° 32’ 6” E.)

“The locality has been visited by one foreigner only, to whom we are

indebted for most of the followiug particulars. About two months ago

he started from Chih-k’i bight in Lannai harbor to which Ningpo boats

resort for this commodity to the Northward of Peh-kwan. Three

hours’ hard walking over a succession of precipitous hills crossed by stone

steps and pathways brought him to the mines. Ten Alum-making estab-

lishments were in operation, which, with the exception of one on a hill

opposite, occupied about a mile of the side of a lofty hill. The works

were adjacent to the quarries from which the Alum-stone seemed to crop

out of decomposed rock of the same lithological character. The stones

were thrown into a fire of brushwood where they burnt with a slight

lambent flame and as they cracked, the fragments were raked out broken

into small pieces, and macerated in vats. Subsequently the disintegrated

mineral was thrown with water into a vessel having an iron bottom and

sides of wood and boiled for a short time. The lixivium was then poured

into large reservoirs where it crystallized into a solid mass. Blocks of

alum weighing about fifty catties each were hewn out of the reservoir

and carried in this state in bamboo frames, one on each end of a porter’s

pole to the place of shipment, where it is broken into fragments. When

not designed for immediate exportation, the blocks are stored away for

drying. On reaching the depot the alum is found charged with a double

quantity of moisture, the porters being obliged to deliver a certain weight,

they'slip their burdens in the mountain streams which they pass in the

journey. Judging from the number of labourers engaged in transporting

the mineral on the day of our informant’s visit, the quantity brought

from the works could not be less than eighteen tons. ‘This was repre-

sented as less than an average day’s work, as labour was in such demand

just then for agricultural purposes that double pay was given ;—and aged

men, and women, with boys and girls were pressed into the service.

Assuming that day’s product as a basis for calculation and making an

allowance for rainy days, we may safely estimate the annual supply as

between five and six thousand tons. The quantity consumed by the dyers

of Ningpo prefecture alone, being nearly twenty-two tons per annum, is

corroborative of this estimate. The supply is literally inexhaustible.

Five dollars-and-a-quarter a ton at the landing would afford the manu-

368 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4.

facturer a fair profit. It often fetches much more, as there has been an

increasing demand for the article owing to the greater facilities afforded

for exportation from Ningpo in foreign vessels. |

“The Wan-chau Alum is equal to the best Roman,—a roseate tint in

some specimens indicates the presence of minute quantities of iron.

** We have no means of ascertaining the precise geological position of

the rock from which this alum is procured; some circumstances seem to

indicate it to be a new mineral. It is stated that no potash nor any other

material is employed in the works. Granitic and porphyritic rocks abound

in the vicinity, and some parts of the district produce iron and silver,

According to the Wan-chau Topography, the working of silver was dis-

continued in the reign of Wan-lih (1615) in consequence of imperial

prohibition. This part of the coast has recently become the seat of exten-

Sive poppy cultivation for the bane of the Chinese race.

** As a contribution to the physical description of the alum Biscuits we

would add that the typhoon of September last was preceded by a rising

of water in wells and ponds many miles inland. When the cyclone

reached the coast it submerged about a hundred square miles, occasioning

a vast destruction of life and property. The waters of the sea were

retained in the country by strong Easterly winds for several days leaying

a strip of land bordering on the sea quite dry.”—North China Herald,

23rd January, 1856.”

The rock, for it is one, and not a mineral, is a grey aliepile porphyry

with minute brilliant white specks, which may be arsenical pyrites, silvery

mica or sulphuret of Nickel, but I was unable to sacrifice enough of the

rock to ascertain what it was. When polished it shews a very pretty sur-

face, and a small portion pulverised and calcined and then boiled gave sul-

phuric acid and alumina to the usual tests, so that it is probably an alum

porphyry, i. e. a porphyry containing Alunite. ,

H. PippinerTon.

LipRary.

The Library has received the following accessions during the month of

May last.

Presented.

Oeuvres Complétes De N. H. Abel, Mathématicien, Avec des Notes et

Développements, Rédigées par ordre du Roi par B. Holmboe, Christiania,

1839, 2 vols. bound in one, 4to.—By tur Roya. UNIVERSITY OR CHRIS-

TIANIA, NORWAY.

Recherches Cliniques “sur Ja Syphilisation, par Dr. Wilhelm Boeck,

pamphlet.— By THe Same. ~

Christian Den Fjerdes Norske Lovbog af. 1604, Efter Foranstaltning af.

1856.) Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 369

det Akademiske Kollegium ved det Kongelige Norske Frederiks Univer-

sitet af. Fr. Hallager og Fr. Brandt. 1855, 8vo.— By THE Same.

Universitatis Regie Fredericiane, Nove Aides.—By THE Same.

Beretring om Bodsfcngflets Perklomhed.—By THE Samgz.

Om Dodeligheden i Rorge Bidrag til Kundskab om Folkets Karr af.

Gilbert Sundt, Christiania, 1855, 12mo.—By THE Same.

Midlertidigt Reglement for Gaustad Sindssyge Asyl. 1855, 8vo.—By

THE SAME.

Det Kongelige Rorste Frederits Universitets, Aarsberetning for 1853,

pamphlet.—By THE Same.

Das Christiania-Silurbecken, Chemisch-geognostisch. untersucht, von.

Theodor Kjerulf, 1855, qto. pamphlet.— By Tue Same.

De prisca re monetaria Norvegie et de Numis Aliquot et ornamentis,

in Norvegia Repertis, by C. A. Holmboe, es tal 1854, 8vo. pamphlet.

— By THE SAME.

Nyt Magazin for Naturvidenskaberne, udgives af. den physiographiske

Forening i Christiania ved Chr. Langberg, 1854. vol. VIII. Parts 3 and 4,

8vo.— By THE SAME.

Recueil d’ Observations sur les Maladies de la Peau par W. Boeck et

D.C. Danielssen, Christiana, 1855.—By THE SAME.

Catalogue of the Birds in the Museum of the East India Company,

Vol. I. 8vo.— By tHe Hon’stx Court or Directors.

Appendix to the Report on the Government Central Museum of Madras.

—By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Report of the Director of the Public Instruction on the Lower Pro-

vinces for 2nd and 3rd quarter of 1855-56, i. e. from Nov. 1855 to 31st

Jan. 1856, 2 copies, pamphlets.—By Gorpon Youne, Esq. Director oF

Pusuic Instruction.

The Qoran ; with the Commentary of the Imam Aboo Al-qasim Mahmood

Bin Omar Al-zamakhshari, entitled “ The Kashshaf’an Haqaiq Al-tanzil,”’

4to. Calcutta, 1856 —By Lizrut. W. N. Less.

Selections from the Records of the Government of India, No. XI.—By

THE GovERNMENT oF INDIA.

Bydhorbo Dhurmoodhoy, pamphlet, 8vo.—By Basu Ra’ma’na/tH Gos-

SAIN.

The Oriental Baptist for May, 1856.—By rue Epiror.

The Caleutta Christian Observer for May, 1856.—By tur Epirors.

_ Upadeshak for May, 1856,—By tue Eprror.

The Indian Annals of Medical Science, No. VI. April, 1856. 8vo.

Exchanged.

The Calcutta Review, No. LI. for March, 1856.

June lst, 1856. Gour Doss Bysa’cx, Asst. Secy. and Libra.

370 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4.

For Jury, 1856.

At a monthly general Meeting of the Society held on the 2d

instant, at the usual hour.

Dr. G. G. Spilsbury, Vice-President in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received—

From Colonel G. B. Tremenheere through Messrs. Allen, Deffell

and Co.,a box of minerals and specimens illustrating the different

stages of metallurgical processes, particularly of the manufacture of

Tron, for the department of Hconomic Geology.

2.—From Mr. H. Piddington, a silver coin obtained from Mr.

Downward at Sreecond.

Babu Rajendra*l Mittra stated the coin was a good specimen of a

well known type. It belonged to the reign of Jeenmu, who obtained

the sovereignty of Bengal in the year of Hejira 795, and died in

812. It bore no date, but the title of the king—Mahammad Shah,

which he assumed on his conversion to Islam—was perfectly distinct.

The weight of the coin was 163 grains, and its diameter 12-10ths,

The barred lines both on the obverse and the reverse were alike, and

included the Mahammedan creed “ La Ilaha illil Ia, Sc.”

3.—From the Bavarian Academy of sciences, the latest publica-

tions of the Academy.

4.—From Dr. Cheek of Benares through Mr. ae a Santhal

sword, battle-axe, and bow and arrows.

5.—From Mr. C. Hollings, Gya, through Mr. Grote, the skeleton

of a Dingo—the so-called wild dog of Australia.

6.—From Mr. Grote, C. 8. the superb Meteorite from Soogoulee

which was exhibited at the meeting in February last by that gentle-

man.

Captain H. Yule, Engrs., proposed and seconded at the last meeting

was balloted for and elected a member.

On the recommendation of the Council the following gentlemen

proposed at the last meeting were balloted for and elected corre-

sponding members of the Society :—Rev. J. Porter of Damascus,

Mons. A. Von Kremer, of Alexandria, Dr. E. Smith of Beyrout,

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 371

Mons. H. Schlagintweit, Mons. A. Schlagintweit, Dr. Wilson of

Bombay and J. Taylor, Esq., of Bussorah.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next

meeting :—

A. Roberts, Esq., C. 8. and

Major W.C. Erskine, proposed by Mr. J. G. Meddlecott and

seconded by Mr. T. Oldham.

Raja Suttoshurn Ghosal Bahadoor, proposed by Babu Ramgopaul

Ghose and seconded by Dr. Spilsbury.

Communications were recetved—

1.—From the Governor General in Council, through G. F.

Edmonstone, Esq., Secretary to the Government of India, a narrative

of the Travels in Central Asia of Syud Khwajah Ahmud who was

despatched by the late Colonel Mackeson in October, 1852, in

search of Lieutenant Wyburd.

Dr. Thompson read portions of the narrative, and remarked that

this paper having been made over to him for report, he had much

pleasure in directing attention to the many points of interest which

it presented. The traveller had passed through those unknown

districts of Central Asia to which the eyes of Geographers are turned

with great interest, but from which Huropeans are excluded by the

jealous policy of the Chinese. Leaving Le in the winter of 1852-3

he proceeded to Yarkund, sent one of his party to Khoten and Aksoo,

and proceeded himself to Kashgur and thence to Kokan, Samarkund

and Bokhara, from which place he returned via Cabul to Peshawur

without having obtained other than negative information regarding

the object of his mission.

He gives many interesting details regarding Khoten, Aksoo,

Yarkund and Kashgur, the general aspect of the country and the

population and the nature of the authority exercised by the Chinese.

Dr. Thompson further remarked that the publication of the present

report would doubtless direct the attention of Geographers to this

interesting journey, so as to obtain from the traveller information

regarding many points of great geographical interest which are not

alluded to in it, but with which he must be well acquainted.

2.—From Babu Radha Nath Sikdar, forwarding copy of a Meteor-

372. Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 4.

ological register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta, for

the month of April last.

3.—From Mr. BE. A. Samuells B.C. 8S. notes on a Forest race,

called Pattooa or Juanger, inhabiting certain of the tributary Mehals

of Cuttack.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

LIBRARY.

The Library has received the following additions during the month of

June.

Presented.

Abhandlungen der Mathemath-Physikalischen Classe der koeniglich Ba-

yerischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Miinchen, 1851, 4to. 6th vol. 2nd

and 3rd parts, and 7th vol. part I.— By tae AcapEmy.

der Philosoph-Philologischen Classe der koniglich Bayerischen

Akademie der Wissenschaften, Miinchen, 1853, 4to. 6th vol. parts 3rd and

7th vol. part .—By THE Samer.

der Historischen Classe der ditto ditto, 1852, 4to. 6th vol. part

3rd.— By THE SaME.

Architektonische Zeichnungen als Beilage zu den zwei Abhandlungen

tiber das Erechtheum in B. V.3 u. VI. I. der Abh. der I Classe d. k. b.

Ak. d. Wiss. von E. Mezger, 4to.—By THE Same.

Gelehrte Anzeigen, Miinchen, vols. 33, 34 and 35, July to December,

1851, and Jany. to Decr. 1852.—By THE Same.

Afrika vor den Entdeckungen der Portugiesen von F. Kunstmann,

Miinchen, 1853.—By THE SAME.

Bulletin of the Royal Academy of Sciences, Miinchen, Nos. 34 to 43 for

1851—Nos. 1 to 29 for 1852 and Nos. 1 to 25 for 1853.—By THE Same.

Zieitscrift der Deutschen morgenlandischen Gesellschaft, zehnter Band

I. und IT. heft, 8vo. Leipzig, 1856.

Ueber den Chemismus der Vegetation, von Dr. A. Vogel, Jr. Miinchen,

1852, pamphlet, 4to.—By THE Samer.

Verzeichniss von Abhandlungen und Selbstandigen Schriften aus dem

Gebiete der Sprachforschung, erschienen in Ferd. D. Verlagsbuchhand-

lung, Jany. 1856.—By THE Samer.

Die Gegenwartige Aufgabe der Philosophie, Von Dr. Prantl, 1852, pam-

phlet.—By THe Same.

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indie, Deel X. 8vo. Bata-

via.—By THE Epirors.

Reports of the Juries of the Madras Exhibition, 1855, pamphlet.—

By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 373

General Report on Public Instruction in the Lower Provinces of the

Bengal Presidency from 27th January to 3rd April, 1855.—By THE Same.

Report of the Administration of the Salt Department of the Revenue

of Bengal, for the year 1854-55.—By THE SAME.

Selections from the Records of Government, N. W. P. Part X XV. 1856.

—By tHE AGRA GOVERNMENT.

Half-yearly Report of the Committee of the Bengal Chamber of Com-

merce, Ist May, 1856.—By THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.

The Oriental Christian Spectator for May, 1856.—By tHe Epiror.

The Oriental Baptist for June, 1856.—By tHE Epriror.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for June, 1856.—By THE EpIToRs.

Upadeshak for June, 1856.—By tae Epitors.

Tuttwabodhini Patrica.—By tae TurrwaBopHini Sosna’.

The Citizen Newspaper.—By THE Epitor.

The Durbin ditto.—By THE Same.

Exchanged.

The Calcutta Review, No. LII. for June, 1856.

The Athenzum for March, 1855,

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and

Journal of Science, No. 72, for April, 1856.

The Journal of Indian Archipelago and Eastern Asia, from April to

September, 1855, Vol. IX. Nos. 4 to 9, 2 copies.

Purchased.

The American Journal of Science and Arts, No. 62, March, 1856.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 10 and 11, for 10th and 17th March, 1856.

The Westminster Review, No. XVIII. April, 1856.

Revue des Deux Mondes, Ist April, 1856.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, No. 3, Tome LV.

Journal des Savants, for March, 1856.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, No. 2, of 1856.

AD Wwe

° aad

maaee ware) 46 aoe

retest ant Deeg elt. pee Nii

| rsldiish wy yt well ia rae a its,

va eptiane } esse

oe ee abraedenae’ |

‘ty, ae Sab rau A. He AN a

Wy Aiiazvats aaa es ihe —- i

| Loni alle

ON eer St

ne i —e

Bail pes ( ia

3 ’ , ’ Ar 4 A

: f ae RE

* i Pas i Nye i® 5

7 ; - ig a 7

= 1,29 < s , oot aah ae ial 4 ! Y 7

; ‘ ita

: ‘a ag se . “i

: ee eae lee

P] at = A

M. ¢ al q

. r ¥ | indy : ALT 4 pi Pict i’

‘ Ss hh i

JOURNAL

OF THE

Peel 1 C.8,0 ULETY,

DLL LLP PLP PAIL PLP IIOP RIL IIE

PPO DLL OLS PII DS DIL LI AE OPI III IOS SO IIL LLIN IO LOS

On the origin of writing down historical records among the

Musalmans.—By Dr. A. SPRENGER.

(Concluded from page 329.)

There is reason to believe that there existed Arabic books, more

particularly on religious subjects at and previous to the time of

Mohammad.

All the most powerful tribes of Arabia had embraced Christianity,,

as the Ghassanites, whose chief was king of Petra, the Lakhmites

whose representative was king of Hyrah, the Taghlibes, the Taym

allat and most of the Arabs who were settled in towns and villages

in Najran and other districts of Yaman.

Only the wild sons of the Najd and of the depth of the desert

resisted the progress of civilization. Yet even among them we find

Christian priests and hermits, and numerous converts. The chief

of the Zay tribe—the celebrated Hatim Tayy—was a Christian and

he lived in the very heart of the Najd. Barrad, whom I mentioned

above, was equally a Christian, and we find Christians—apparently

missionaries—preaching in the fair of ’Okatz, we find Christian

chapels in Yamémah and Bahrayn, (among the ’Abd Qays) and we

find professors of Christianity at Makkah and Madynah.

We have the most positive evidence that there was a religious

literature, though probably very limited, among these Christian con-

gregations. When Khalid conquered Hyrah he found young men

No. LXXXIII.—New Srrisgs. Vou. XXV. 3 D

376 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. | No. 5.

immured in monasteries, occupied in multiplying the scriptures.

He, like a practical man, gave them wives and made soldiers of them.

Waraqah, the uncle of Mokammad’s first wife copied part of the

scriptures and Khadyjah herself had read them. From para. 24, we

learn that Omar transcribed a religious work. I mentioned in a

former article, p. 146 supra, that there seems to be internal evidence

that the book of Enoch was translated into Arabic before the time

of Mohammad. |

It seems there existed profane books as well as religious ones

among the Arabs. In the Kashshaf the story of Isfendyar in an

Arabic garb is mentioned. There is also reason to suppose that

the Jews had Arabic books written in the Hebrew character.

From page 218 supra, it appears that books—no doubt such as

had existed a long time previously among Arabic Christians and

Jews—spread among the Moslims, but ’Omar put them down with

a strong hand. ,

In order farther to illustrate this subject, I have to say a few

words on the Book of Daniel, which is mentioned in paras. 24 and

29 supra.

The book of Daniel which is sometimes met with, and frequently

quoted, treats on Oneirocritics and is inscribed pe} Jyet (3.

But we have no evidence that this work existed at the time of

Mohammad, and it is probable that it is not the one alluded to in

paras. 24 and 29.

The book of Daniel which was extant in those early ages contained

prophecies and also an apocryphical history, and was known to

"Abd Allah b. Sallam. This man as it has been stated in p. 213 of

this volume was a friend of Mohammad, and died thirty-three years

after him. He had a good knowledge of the scripture and also of

several apocrypha. Among the latter was a work which is called

jo Hebrew elas «ye in Syriac plas w= and in Greek chronicon,

and it contained an account of the festivals ols! and a great deal

of historical information Gyo jsLA] 9 gaylgd S49 cree oF CUS 5 5

KasS wlSyMly pos gas}. Of this work Ibn Monajjim has pre-

served numerous extracts.

"Abd Allah b. Sallam it seems recast the book of Daniel. D’Her-

belot (under Daniel, again under Odhmah and Abdalla), says:

1856.] Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 377

Abdalla est aussi auteur d’Odhmat (7?) almanqil’an Danidl alnabi,

qui est un ouvrage tiré d’ un livre Apocryphe du prophéte Daniel,

dans lequel les livres d’ Adam sont cités sur |’ histoire de la créa-

tion dumonde. Cet ouvrage de Ben Salam se trouve dans la Bibl.

du Roy, n. 410. :

Next we find an account of the book of Daniel in Leutprand,

who in A. D. 968 went as ambassador of the emperor Otto to Nice-

phorus at Constantinople. He says (apud Fabricium, Cod. Apoc.

Vet. Test. 1. p. 1186): Sed cur Imp. Nicephorus Phocas exercitum

nune in Assyrios duxerit queso advertite. Habent Greci et Sara-

cceni libros quos épaceis, sive visiones Danielis vocant, ego autem

Sybyllinos, in quibus scriptum reperitur, quot annos Imperator

quisque vivat, que sunt futura eo imperante tempora, pax aut simul-

tas, secunde Saracenorum res aut adverse. lLegitur itaquam,

hujus Nicephori temporibus, Assyrios Grecis non posse resistere,

huneque septennio tantum vivere.

It appears that on the strength of this prophecy the enlightened

monarch went to war.

Zonaras mentions that the Khalif Mo’awiyah, captured the book

of Daniel, which along with the scripture had been translated, by

order of Ptolemy from Hebrew into Greek, and had it translated

into Arabic. Later in A. D. 1145 it was re-translated from Arabic

into Greek by Alexius Byzantius, a prisoner of war, who knew well

Greek and Arabic. This seems to be another book than the pro-

phecies of which we are speaking, because of the prophecies there

existed an Arabic version before Mo’awiyah, and the Greek em-

peror was guided by them two hundred years before Alexius. Zonaras

probably means the work on the explanation of dreams.

It would be important to know from what language the prophe-

cies of Daniel were translated into Arabic. It is most probable

that they were translated from the Syriac. In the Imperial library

of Vienna (see Lambecius, Lib. I. p. 171) exists in Syriac a “ Pro-

gnosticon singulorum annorum”’ ascribed to Daniel. It would be of

great importance to know whether its contents coincide with the

Odhmat of Abd Allah b. Sallim, and it is to be hoped that the great

Syriac scholar, J. Kcerle, will give tothe public a notice of the former

and the learned and energetic De Fréinéry of the latter work. The

dD 2

378 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 5.

dialect in which the Arabic text is written, and the style of the

book might throw light on the literary history of that period.

As a farther contribution towards the literary history of the time

of Mokammad, I add here two passages on the Gohof Ibrahym or

Rolls of Abraham, which are referred to in the Qoran, as books

which were well known to the Arabs.

Ibn Monajjim who wrote in A. H. 131, says in p. 28 of his his-

tory, after enumerating the canonical works of the Bible, that the

Jews have some books which are not recognized by the Chris-

tians, and the first of these books which he mentions is H24*J| GUS

Wr SUAS aoe? GUS 42 9 Legale AU] glo (gwyry addly! Las? 5% y

sely_-o¥! 9 Asp Say b coho Cgroy? coll esl. “The book al-Ashma’at.

This is the ‘Rolls of Abraham and Moses.’ It is a work which

contains the history from Adam to Moses in the form of divine

revelations, commands and prohibitions.”’

In page 52 he says: Le} 5 poco Body 9 pet (69 oat Jy5 [52

d9eHl Coddl ig GUS 5% 5 (sic) Ueed do GUS) Ue! HIS (69 vay Le

dg wal cole pt Lo Bx 4 (prego y atthe! CREA! comet cola] wa

Csr? Bee MS Wl be) Gyo Large y pebyls Upel »

“This is the account which the Magi give of their first king,

Kayumarth, and his descendants and their reigns. The account

which those who believe in the Bible give of him in their books

[follows below]. Such books are the Shama’até. This is a work

which is recognized by the Jews but not by the Christians. It is

called the Rolls (or Volumes) of Ibrahym and Moses, and it consists

of those Rolls (or Volumes) which have been sent down from heaven

to Adam, Seth, Enoch, Abraham and Moses, and have been col-

lected by the last named prophet.”

Shama’ata, I believe is a mistake in this passage for Ashma/at,

because according to a statement in p. 28 Shama’ata is the name of

a collection of traditions of the Rabbins.

There is an Arabic work in my possession which bears the title of

i729 pitty! a=, but it is evidently not the same which is men-

tioned by Ibn Monajjim.

So much on books and writing among the Christian Arabs at and

before the time of the prophet. We will now turn our attention

to his followers.

1856.| Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. 379

That writing was but little employed among the early Moslims

for preserving records, is best shown by the specimens which are

enumerated above in paras. 44-47, and also by the sayings of Mo-

hammad recorded in paras. 37-42. It is, however, not to be supposed

that the author should have possessed information of all the writ-

ings which then existed.

With ’Omar’s conquests of Syria, Egypt and Persia, begins a new

period in Mokammadan history. The Arab residing in the palaces

of Damascus and Ctesiphon would soon be quite a different man

from him who lived in a tent in the desert, or in a hovel at Makkah

or Madynah..

The Khalif ’Omar, the great Representative of the barbarians of

Arabia, the founder of Musalman empire, and the destroyer of the

Alexandrian library, forcibly resisted the growth of a written liter-

ature. This fact is certain. He says in para. 24, that he had

applied himself during the life-time of Mohammad to copying a

book of the Jews or Christians, and was, as it might be expected,

reprimanded for it. This statement which would imply that ever

since he came to the Khalifat, he had an objection to writing, stands

in contradiction with what is stated in paras. 23 and 26, where he

says that he himself intended to collect the records of the sayings

and actions of the prophet in writing. Yet both Aadythes are un-

doubtedly genuine. Para. 23 gives us altogether the impression

that his contemporaries were wishing to prepare a written code

and written records, but that he was opposed to it, and with a view

of the more completely putting down their effort, he professed to be

of the same mind but anxious first to consult the will of God.

It was the policy of ’Omar to separate the Arabs from all other

nations, and by preserving their savage bravery and keeping up

their religious fanaticism to make them the rulers of the world.

Writing and erudition did not suit his purpose. Not only because,

as the poet says of such a tendency, emolit mores nec sinit esse feros,

but also because he wished that the Arabic method of preserving

their doctrines should be different from that of the Jews and Chris-

tians “who have been led into errors by their books.” We find

that the Moslims from the earliest times were most anxious to have

institutions of their own, as is exemplified in the debate between

380 Origin and progress of writing down historical facts. [No. 5.

Mokammad and his friends on the best method of calling the faith-

ful to prayers, also in the choice of their sabbath and in other

practices.

Most of the older companions of Mohammad were either entirely

illiterate or had no great taste for writing books, and even most of

those who were learned in law and religion, followed the views of

’Omar and condemned writing. In proportion as the Moslims felt

that they were the lords of the Jews and Christians, they affected to

despise their institutions and took pride in keeping up their own.

Some of them only condemned the practice of preserving and

propagating knowledge by writing, whilst others went a step further

and even disdained to take notes for assisting memory.

There were nevertheless some men even among the theologists

and traditionists, who from the earliest time wrote down the inform-

ation which they wished to preserve. The most important among

these are "Abd Allah b. ’Amr, Anas b. Malik and Ibn Abbas, who

were companions of the prophet, and preserved more records of him

than any one else. The hadythes of ’Abd Allah and Ibn ’Abbas

were preserved by their families in writing ; regarding the latter,

para. 89 is particularly important. (See besides the preceding pas-

sages, also p. 212 supra).

From several of the preceding paras. it appears that at the court

of the Omayyides, hadythes were taken down and though in some

instances they were again expunged at the desire of the informants,

it is to be supposed, to judge from these very instances (which

alone excited interest, because they were extraordinary), that in

most cases they were preserved. The Omayyides also attended to

the introduction of other sciences into the Arabic language. It

is said in the Fibrist &y20 G2 oy Gy SE! LH, pod) Ydhe|

lajacs y datos} Cds Khdlid, died in A. H. 82, and we may therefore

suppose that these translations were made about the middle of the

first century.

Soon after the middle of the first century—say about A. H. 60,

when the older companions had died away, and men who had been

brought up in large and flourishing towns took their place, the ques-

tion—whether it was lawful to write down hadythes was much agitat-

ed, and it appears that the hadythes recorded in paras. 1 to 4 and 37

1856. | Entomological Papers. 381

to 42 were then first collected, (and some of them perhaps invented).

Opinions were divided on the subject, but it seems that about A. H.

70, the views of those who were against writing, got the upper

hand.* But the necessity of having written records was more and

more felt, and it appears that several men (among them ’Orwah

who died about A. H. 90,) repented towards the end of their days of

having destroyed their writings, and whilst some of the traditionists

continued even during the second century to resist the progress of a

written literature, others—and among them the Khalif Omar b. ’Abd

al’Azyz—made great efforts to preserve hadythes in books. In the

third century the question whether it was lawful to take hadythes

to paper was purely theoretical. Writing was so common that

whatever evidence there might have beén of its not being lawful,

nothing could have put it down. The unfortunate system, however, of

giving the Isnads instead of referring to books, and of considering

every hadyth as a whole, continued and did much mischief and

causes great confusion, as I have shown in former articles.

Entomological Papers—being descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera

with such observations on their habits as appear in any way interest-

ing.—By Joun Nirtner, Colombo, Ceylon.

Introductory Note—on the publication of new species under disadvantages such

as describing entomologists necessarily labour under, in countries remote from the

European centres of science.

I little doubt that the following descriptions of new Coleoptera

will meet with anything but approbation from the entomological

world at home. As, however, in spite of this anticipation of an un-

gracious reception I shall hardly desist from my purpose of publish-

ing such descriptions hereafter, I may as well try to vindicate this

measure by setting forth the reasons which induce me to consider

* They may have been actuated by the spirit of ’Omar and by conscientious

motives but from para. 8 and also partly from para. 12 we see that these old men

who had seen the prophet were partly influenced by a childish desire to have the

monopoly of information regarding him. Childish objects of this description are

conspicuous throughout all the sciences of Hadyth.

382 Entomological Papers. [ No. 5.

the difficulties which beset the path of the entomological author in

this country as not insurmountable.

The objections raised against me will be these: considering the

state the entomological literature is still in, that is to say, consider-

ing that it has not, generally speaking, been condensed into a

certain limited and obtainable number of volumes as is the case in

the higher branches of Zoology and Botany, that on the contrary

the bulk of it consists of fragments which float without order in the

misty and unfathomable ocean of scientific journals—it is next to

impossible that an individual entomologist abroad should surround

himself with this shapeless mass of learning and keep himself by this

or other means so well informed of the details of the actual progress

of the science as not to be exposed to mistakes of one kind or

another, but more especially to creating synonymy in attempting to

work independently. It will further be said against me that not

having the facilities and the wholesome checks which arise from the

diligent use of extensive and well named collections, not even having

the gratification of a brother entomologist’s views and opinions on

doubtful cases, it will be impossible even to determine whether an

insect be new or not; and from these reasons (the résumé will be)

entomologists abroad should confine themselves to collecting and

observing the habits of the objects of their attention, but they should

never go to print with matters on which it is an impossibility for

the ablest among them to be quite competent. These arguments

are unfortunately too true, but still I think admit of being mitigated

sufficiently to lead us to final conclusions less disheartening than the

above.

First of all every entomologist gives the preference to a certain order

of insects—say Coleoptera—and in this even, in almost all cases, to

one or two particular families. In studying for the publication of

new species under the disadvantages just mentioned, he will confine

himself to this order or perhaps family. Now, although as objected

above, the information existing on this particular branch is for the

most part fragmentary, still there are certain families on which it has

received a tangible shape from having been condensed by able hands:

Burmeister’s Lamellicornia, Dejean’s Carobide, Erichson’s Staphy-

linide, Schoenherr’s Curculionide, Boheman’s Cassida, Westwood’s

1856. | Entomological Papers. 383

Paussidx, etc. as well as the latter author’s general work on the

families, and Lacordaire’s on the genera, Coleopterorum, diligently

consulted, go as guides a long way, and should, although some of them

have by the rapid progress of the science grown rather antiquated,

guard against a number of mistakes of a systematic nature.—As to

whether a beetle be new or not, I admit that in forming an opinion

on this question the entomologist situated as above will have quite

as much to be guided by a certain tact (not clearly definable but

understood by scientific men) as by anything else, and I am

forced to concede that under any circumstances almost it is totally

impossible to arrive at an indisputable certainty either the one way

or the other. This, however, by no means excludes the possibility

of his forming an opinion with so much precision as to enable him

to pronounce on the matter with a very high degree of confidence

and all probability in his favour. In attempting to come to a decision

on this difficult point he will receive a first superficial idea from

careful reflection on certain accidental circumstances such as

size, scarcity, or other peculiarities of the insect in question. This

idea, which ever way it may incline, will then either gain or lose in

strength by diligent reference to his library, until at length, with a

certain amount of tact and judgment, he will arrive at a result,

which under such circumstances must carry much weight with it.

I shall illustrate this case by an example: If for instance after

collecting five years in Ceylon generally and in the Colombo Districs

more especially, I find at the latter place an insect—say the

Chinius 5 maculatus described below—for the first time—am I not

entitled to consider it as very scarce? If, on consulting my library,

I discover nothing which can possibly refer to it (finding that not a

single Chlenius is marked as occurring in Ceylon), are not the

chances greatly in favour of its being an undescribed species? If

again I collect beetles as small and inconspicuous as the Trichop-

teryx described below, and consider at the same time that, although

they are in certain localities of common occurrence, no professional

Coleopterologist has ever collected before me in this Island; if

moreover again my library offers nothing that could possibly refer

to them individually (there being hardly an Asiatic species men-

tioned),—am I not under these circumstances justified in consider-

o E

384 Entomological Papers. [ No. 5.

ing them as undescribed ? Decidedly I am. Circumstances like these

would indeed be altogether conclusive, if there was not a chance of

the beetle’s occurring in some neighbouring country and its having

thence found its way into the normal collections of Hurope. The

possibility of such being the case enhances the difficulties of the

case of course very materially, but I do not see why they should

not, to a certain degree, be overcome by the same or similar means

as those cited for overcoming them in one particular country.

I think I have said enough to show that the disadvantages the

entomologist encounters here, or in other places similarly situated,

in conscientiously attempting to publish new species, may (his prin-

cipal assistance being perseverance, a good library and tact—entomo-

logical instinct I am almost tempted to call it) be overcome—I am

far from saying entirely—but so far as not to expose him, from want

of resources in the execution of his plan, fo more mistakes than

entomologists expose themselves to under more favourable circum-

stances by neglecting them.—But I am not satisfied with obtaining

the simple grant of permission to describe on the spot a part of

what he collects—I claim more for the entomologist abroad: I wish

to show that he should naturally be expected—nay desired—to do

so, for although he labours under distressing disadvantages. in some

respects, he happily enjoys a proportionate share of advantages in

others.—It is unsatisfactory in the extreme for an enthusiastic

entomologist to be obliged to let his collections go out of his own

hands, and see others reap the honours from them, which are to be

reaped on such occasions, or perhaps see as it were a gulf close over

them, hear no more of them, and find himself forgotten. For what

is a mere coltector P Let him display as much industry as possible,

he is hardly looked upon as an entomologist, certainly, as long as he is

prevented from publishing anything, not as a scientific one. Now,

if such a man merely desists from publishing the fruits of his: re-

searches from want of resources to assist him to go creditably

through such a task, if he suffers his collections to go out of his

hands, because he is too true a lover of science not to see the credit,

in a great measure due to himself, reaped rather by another than to

hoard up his entomological treasures, a useless heap, eventually to be

destroyed by moths and time—I say, that a man who acts upon

1856. | Entomological Papers. 385

principles like these finds himself not seldom disheartened in the

prosecution of his studies under difficulties such as I have set forth.

If, however, as I have endeavoured to point out, these difficulties

can be overcome to a very considerable extent, is anything more

natural but that he should be the herald of his discoveries himself ?

Could anything be more unkind and ungenerous on the part of his

scientific brethren at home, than to oppose and discourage him by

their disapprobation? I might enlarge on this subject, which has

been a sore one with me for along time, to a great extent, but I

think this is sufficient to direct the reader into the train of my ideas

and to enable him to follow it up.

I hasten therefore to conclude. As mentioned above, the tropical

entomologist has a proportionate share of advantages to balance

what falls to his lot of the contrary ; one of these advantages which

he has over his brethren at home is that he has an opportunity of

seeing and studying alive, what can at home only be examined in a

state differing more or less from that of life. Therefore, if he is

enabled and expected to describe new species, it is moreover highly

desirable, for the sake of the promulgation of sownd information, that

he should do so; that he should avail himself of this, his principal

advantage, and describe fresh from nature as many of his favourites

and their habits as possible; and discouraging him in such an

undertaking, on any of the above grounds, would be discouraging the

progress of science in general.

FAM. CARABID#, TRIB. CHLENIDA.

1. Chlenius Ceylanicus. WN.

C. subellipticus, subconvexus, glaberrimus, nitidus ; supra brunneo-

eneus, capite, thoracis elytrorumque margine aureo-viridibus ; subtus

piceus, margine, pedibus oreque dilute castaneis. Long. corp. 5? lin.

Caput ante oculos 2-impressum. Antenne art. 3° quarto paulo

longiore. Mentum dente magno excavato. Thorax subquadratus,

latitudine parum longior, obsolete punctulatus, antice subconvexus,

lateribus deflexus postice, depressus, planus, 2-impressus. Elytra

subtiliter striato-punctata, obsoletissime punctulata.

In stagnorum ripis inter arundines habitat, in prov. occid. et

merid. infrequenter legi. Per occasionem nocte ad lumen advolat,

3 .E 2

386 Entomological Papers. [ No. 5.

‘A handsome and interesting species, distinguished as well by its

general shape, which is more elliptic and convex than usual, as by

its polished surface. The head is oblong and, with the exception of

the mouth the parts of which are of a deep brown, of a bright

metallic green divided longitudinally by a streak of copper color.

The thorax is rather longer than broad, round in front and flat be-

hind and finely punctured all over; it is of a brownish metallic

color bordered laterally with bright green. The elytra are of the

same color as the thorax, the same bright green stripe running

along the sides. The margin, properly speaking, is deep brown.

They are impressed with rows of fine indistinct punctures and with

the usual series of larger setigerous ones within the margin. They

are rather narrowed near the apex.

The female, in addition to having the anterior tarsi not dilated,

has the basal impression of the thorax of a somewhat semicircular

shape, and is broader in the body than the male.

2. Chlenius 5-maculatus. N.

C. precedente major, minus convexus, latior, rugosus, pubescens ;

supra obscure nigro-viridis, capite viridi-zneo, nitente, glabro, elytris

maculis 5-flavis ; subtus piceus, pedibus, elytrorum margine anten-

nisque flavis, ore thoracisque margine magis minusve brunneis. Long.

corp. 64 lin.

Caput ante oculos leviter 2-impressum, punctulatum. Antenne

art. 3° quarto plus sesqui longiore. Thorax subquadrato-rotundatus,

latitudine haud brevior, dorso planus, ad basin 2-impressus, rugosus,

pilosus. Elytra subdepressa, subtiliter striata, rugosa, pilosa, ma-

culis 2 humeralibus, 2 intermediis, 1 apicali flavis ornata.

Specimen singulum m. in lacus Colombensis ripis sub graminibus

putrescentibus legi.

Not less distinguished than the former, especially by the rounded

shape of the thorax and the 5 yellowish spots with which the elytra —

are adorned. These are arranged in the following manner: 2 small

ones at the shoulders, 2 large transverse ones at the middle stretch-

ing from the external margin towards the suture reaching, however,

but little more than half across,.1 at the apex; this is of the shape

of a hammer, and half in one and half in the other elytron. The

palpi appear to me longer and more markedly elbowed at the joints

1856. | Entomological Papers. 387

than is usual with insects of this genus, the last joint is deeply ex-

cavated at the tip. The thorax is of sub-orbicular form, the back

and hind part are flat, the sides slightly depressed, the margin

sharp, the basal impressions very near the angles; it is, as are also

the elytra, rough and finally pubescent, the strie of the latter

being thereby rendered obsolete. Legs of m. stout, anterior tarsi

strongly dilated.

3. Chlenius pulcher. N.

C. elongatus, subconvexus, subglabratus, eneo-viridis, elytris

obscurioribus, limbo pedibusque flavis, subtus piceus. Long. corp.

63 lin.

Caput oblongum nitidissimum, ante oculos 2-impressum. Mentum

dente fortiter excavato. Antenne art. 3° quarto sesqui longiore.

Thorax oblongus basin versus angustatus, parce punctulatus, antice

lateribus deflexus, postice dorsoque planus, basi 2-impressus. Elytra

striata, ad strias, precipue apicem versus, subtilissime pilosa,

flavo-marginata. Pedes flavi, spinulis castaneis. Abdomen flavo- °

marginatum.

Specimen singulum m. in ripis Maha-Oye fluminis prope Ne-

gombo cepi.

Distinguished by its elongate shape. The head is of a bright

green color with the labrum and the mandibles of a deep, and the

antenne and palpi of a light brown, the latter being darkened to-

wards the end. The thorax is of the same color as the head

reflecting a copper hue from the back, its anterior angles are obtuse,

the basal ones being right. The elytra are of the same greenish

~ copper color but darker, they are impressed with longitudinal lines,

which are bordered on each side by arow of minute hairs. They

as well as the abdomen have yellowish margin.

4. Chlenius cupricollis. N.

C. subconvexus, subglabratus, capite thoraceque cupreis, elytris

nigro-zneis, limbo pedibusque flavis, subtus piceus. Long. corp.

m. 5% f. 6} lin.

Precedenti affinis. Caput ante oculos indistincte 2-impressum.

Thorax ut in precedente sed minor, antice lateribus magis deflexus,

linea media impressionibusque basalibus longitudinalibus, precipue

388 Entomological Papers. [No. 5.

in f., profundioribus. Pedes flavi, trochanteribus spinulisque cast-

taneis. Elytra precedentis.

In prov. occid. flaminum lacuumque ripis infrequenter legi.

Allied to the former, but easily distinguished by size, color and

sculpture of the thorax. The maleis shorter and the female plumper

than the former. The thorax is smaller and, as is also the head, of

a bright copper color with greenish sides, its impressions, especially

in the female, are deeper and its anterior part laterally more de-

flexed. Moreover the yellowish margin of the abdomen is wanting

and the tooth of the mentum is not excavated. The elytra, antenne

and palpi are, making allowances for size, etc., those of the former.

5. Chlenius rugulosus. N.

C. subconvexus, subglabratus, thorace occipiteque rugulosis

cupreis, elytris nigro-viridibus, pedibus, elytrorum limbo lunulisque

_ apicalibus flavis, subtus piceus, abdomine apice margineque flavis.

Long. corp. 6% lin.

Caput fronte 2-impressum, subtilissime longitudinaliter rugu-

losum. Menti dens laciniis extus rotundatis. Thorax lateribus

rotundatus, deflexus, basi sat fortiter angustatus, obsolete 2-im-

pressus, parce punctatus, subtiliter transversim rugulosus. LElytra

ut in precedente sed apice utrinque lunula flava signata, ad strias

distinctius pilosa, his apicem versus per paria coeuntibus. Pectus

abdomenque picea, hoc segmentis 2 ultimis, precedente dimidio

margineque flavis.

Specimen unicum f. in Ch. pulchri N. societate cepi.

Of the general appearance of the preceding two species. The

head finely longitudinally, the thorax transversely rugose ; the latter

with rounded and deflexed sides. The mandibles are of deep brown,

the palpi and antennz of yellowish color darkened towards the tip.

The lobes of the mentum tooth are externally rounded. The elytra

are marked by two subapical spots of yellowish color and semi lunar

shape (the back of the lunules being turned towards the suture).

The strie verge near the apex by twos into each other. The abdo-

men is distinguished by having a yellow margin and apex.

1856. | Entomological Papers. 389

TRIB. SCARITIDZ.

6. Scarites minor. N.

S. elongatus, niger, nitidus, subtus nigro piceus, pedibus piceis,

tarsis, antennis, palpisque castaneis. Long. corp. 5 lin. lat. 1} lin.

Caput subquadratum, ante oculos 2-impressum, pone irregulariter

suleatulum. Mentum rugosum, medio costatum, lateribus utrinque

profunde uni-sulcatum, lobis obtusis, dente forti, lobis paulo breviore.

Maxille valide, breves, apice extus leviter arcuate et excavate,

subacuminatz. Mendibule valide, inter medium et basin fortiter

dilatatee, obtuse dentate, dextera dente obtuso subapicali, supra

subtusque longitudinaliter sulcate. Antenne art. 1° sequentium

trium—2° tertii prope longitudine. Thorax oblongo-quadratus, angu-

lis anterioribus obtusis, posterioribus oblique truncatis, anguste

marginatus. Elytra thoracis capitisque prope longitudine, striata,ante

medium ad striam 2™ uni—apicem versus ad striam 3™.2-punctata,

punctis piliferis, basi granulata, anguiis oblique-truncatis, anguste

marginata. Pedes anteriores tibiis apice extus 5 dentatis, dentibus

2 ultimis parvis, omnes tarsis subtus leviter excavatis.

In prov. occid. arenis humidis sub vegetabilibus putrescentibus

specimina nonuulla legi.

Scarce; but little distinguished excepting by its size, for which

reason, a lengthened description becomes necessary. ‘The head

is subquadrate, in front with 2 deep longitudinal impressions behind

the eyes finely sulcated. The labrum is of the usual shape, the

eyes are not very prominent; the antenne are of about the same

length as the head, the first joint.is about as long asthe 3 following

together, the 2nd, which is generally longer than the 3rd, is in this

case of the same length, jomts 1—4 are naked, 5—11 pilose, in-

creasing towards the tip gradually in size and thickness, taking at

the same time a subquadratic and depressed shape. The mandibles

are strong, much dilated and dentated from before the middle to

the base, the right one having an additional subapical tooth. The

maxille also are strong, but slightly bent at the apex, where they

are also slightly excavated. The labial palpi have the last joint

longer than the 3rd, elongated and elliptic. The thorax is oblong

with the basal angles obliquely truncated. The elytra are oval,

striated, granulated at the base, and have, as has also the thorax, a

390 Entomological Papers. [No. 5.

narrow margin. The anterior tarsi are furnished externally with

5 teeth, the 2 last ones of which, however, are very small, the pos-

terior legs are similarly provided, but the teeth are indistinct. The

joints of the tarsi are slightly excavated below. The sides of the

body below are rugose.

7. Cliwina rugosifrons. N.

C. ferruginea, capite thorace abdomineque piceis. Long. corp.

43 lin. lat. 13 lin.

Caput rugosum, inter oculos elevatum, elevatione plana antice

profunde 1-impressa. Mentum lobis subtiliter sulcatis. Antenne

robust, thoracis medium vix attingentes, art. ultimo elongato,

penultimo—, art. 2° tertio sesqui longiore. Thorax subquadratus,

antice parum angustatus, elytrorum latitudine, subtus parce punc-

tatus, prosterno sulcato. Hlytra striata, in striis punctata. Pedes

tibiis anterioribus apice extus 4 dentatis, subtus excavatis, tibiis

reliquis fortiter spinosis, tarsis articulis margine apicali setoso.

In prov. occid. sub vegetabilibus putrescentibus infrequentis-

sime legi.

A large and distinguished species. The head is very rugose, the

clypeus is contracted behind the apical angles and then produced

again into another pair of angles. The labrum is transverse, slightly

sinuate in front, with the angles rounded and setose. The mentum

is quadrate, the lobes rounded at the apex and slightly sulcated,

the tooth is strong, of equal length with the lobes and of the typical

spear-headed form. ‘The ligula has the apical angle much elongated,

terminating in a membranaceous bristle which is bifurcate at the

tip. The maxillary palpi have the last joint elongate, cylindrico-

conic; that of the labial ones is still more elongate, elliptic. The

antenne have the basal joints elongate, those towards the tip round-

ed. They and the legs are hairy, otherwise the insect is of a bright

polished surface.

8. Clivina elongatula. N.

C. elongata, subdepressa, supra nigro-picea, subtus picea, pedibus

elytrorumque margine castaneis, antennis oreque dilutioribus.

Long. corp. vix 3 lin. lat. $ lin.

Caput triangulare, subtiliter punctato-rugosum. Palpi articulo

ultimo apice leviter truncato. Thorax oblonge quadratus, ante

1856. | Entomological Papers. 391

apicem leviter sinuosus, parce obsoleteque transversim strigosus.

Elytra striata, in striis punctata, ad striam 3” utrinque 4 punctata.

Subtus parce punctata.

Ubi precedentem specimen singulum legi.

' [have not dissected the labium of this species, which, however, is

at once recognised by its depressed and, in proportion to its width,

very long shape. The labrum, antenne and legs are so much like

those of the former that they need no further description. The

bristle of the ligula appears simple.

9. Clivina maculata. N.

C. picea, elytris ferrugineis infra medium macula nigra indistincte

ofnatis, pedibus intermed. et post. oreque brunneo-testaceis, pedibus

ant. antennisque obscurioribus. Long. corp. 2 ln.

~ Caput oblonge quadratum, rugosum, costis 5 magis minusve

interruptis ad. marginem anteriorem dentibus 4 productis munitum.

Palpi art. ultimo basi intus incrassato. Antenne art. 2-3 subequali-

bus. Thorax subquadratus leviter rotundatus, Elytra striata in

striis profunde punctata.

. Ubi precedentes specime® singulum leg.

. As distinguished as the preceding two species. The palpi and the

mentum appear to me of a somewhat extraordinary form. The last

joint of the former is considerably more inflated at the base than

in any other Ceylon species that has hitherto come under my

notice, whilst the others are of a very curved appearance in both

the maxillary and labial palpi. The emargination of the mentum

would at first sight appear to be of similunar shape. However, it

isonly the lower margin which has this form, the oblique truncature

which forms the emargination being such as to give it that shape.

The tooth is but of the typical shape standing on a level with the

lower margin, it stands at a small angle with respect to the inclined

plane formed by the rest of the truncature. The apical angles of

the lobes are somewhat pyramidal, being formed by 3sides. I have

not dissected the labium, and therefore do not know whether the re-

maining parts exhibit any peculiarities. The insect is, however,

easily distinguished by its general facies, which is rather like that

of a Dyschirius, from which genus, however, the mentum alone is

3 °F

392 Entomological Papers. | No. 5.

sufficient. to separate it. I may as well remark here that, although

the Island is well supplied with Scarites and Clivinas, I have hither-

to not discovered a single Dyschirius, a genus so well represented

in Europe. Of the 3 Clivinas just described single specimens only

have been in my possession for a considerable time.. There are 3 or

4 more species met with about Colombo but these being of common

occurrence I abstain from describing them here as they may possi-

bly be amongst those described by Putzeys or others from. the:

Indian continent.

Fam. RHIPIPHORIDES.

10. Rhipiphorus tropicus. N.

R. niger, nitidus, elytris albidis, nigro-maculatis, labro, palpis,

antennis (pectine nigrescente excepto), unguibusque brunneis, im-

presso-punctatus, punctis magnis sed non profundis, subtus sub-

orbicularibus piliferis, supra oblongis levibus. Long. corp. 24 lin.

lat. ad humeros 2 lin.

_Caput. oblongum, latitudine paulo longius, parte frontis inferiore

dense profundeque punctata, vertice obtuse obconico glabro, niti-

dissimo, occipite piloso. Thorax elevatus, ad basin 2-impressus,

medio angulo obtuso, apice excavato, glabro, inter elytra producto.

Elytra ad suturam utrinque stria lata brunnea punctata impressa,

acuminata, apice dehiscentia, albida vel subhyalina, apicibus, medio

utrinque et ad basin nigro-maculata. Ale apice fusce. Pedes tarsis

anticis art. 2-4. unguibusque bifidis omnibus brunneis, tarsis

subtus. setosis, anticis, art. 2—3 primoque apice, subtiliter sericeo-

penicillatis.

Specimen singulum m. prope Colombo in floribus legi. De meta-

morphosi adhuc nihil constat.

The head is rather long in proportion to its width, the occiput is

narrowed, short obconic. The hind part of the thorax is elevated

above the elytra. The central part of its base is prolonged between

the elytra in an obtuse angle, the apex of which is abruptly truncat-

ed, excavated and polished.. The labrum is hairy and the ungues of

the tarsi bifid as usual.

The tibiz of the interior legs are furnished at the apex with one,.

those of the 4 posterior legs with two spurs. The anterior. tarsi.

1856. | Entomological Papers. 393

have joints ‘2-4 brown. The tarsi are setose below joints 2-8, the

apex of the first of the anterior ones wearing fine yellowish silky

brushes instead.

All over the island the Rhipiphorides and Mordellina appear to

be very scarce, with the exception of 1 or 2 species of Anaspis which

are not seldom taken in flowers. Still I recollect having met with

about 7 species, including 2 large Mordellas, which, however, I have

not been fortunate enough to catch as yet.

Fam. StapHytinip. Trip. PINOPHILINI.

11. Giichirus alatus. N. .

(EK. alatus, setosus, nitidus, rufo-testaceus, thorace dilutiore, ca-

pite, elytris abdominisque segmentis 3 ultimis nigris; elytris apice

2-maculatis, maculis rufo testaceis; pedibus flavis, femoribus apice

tibiisque basi nigrescentibus; antennis palpisque maxill. basi ob-

scuris, apice testaceis, reliquis oris partibus rufo-piceis. Long.

corp. 3 4 lin.

di. Peederino Er. simillimus, preter colorum distributionem differt

tamen alis, elytrorum sculptura, antennarumque articulo ultimo.

Antenne art. ultimo penultimo «quali nisi paulo minore, apice

fortiter truncato leviterque excavato. Thorax CE. Pzderini, dorso

punctis biseriatim impressus, serie interna vel centrali elliptica punc-

tis minoribus magis inter se approximatis, externa vel submarginali

punctis magnis distantibus. Elytra oblonge subquadrata, infra me-

dium rotundata, thorace longiora et fere duplo ampliora (utrumque

elytron thoracis fere magnitudine), basi parte thoracis adjacente

duplo—infra medium iliius latitudine antica plus tertia parte latiora.

Os, pedes et abdomen (i. Peederimi.

Pederorum more victitare videtur; in eorum societate in lacus

Colombensis ripis infrequentissime legi; illis minus gracilis atque

minus agilis.

I have not had an opportunity of examining specimens of either

of the 3 Ci. dichiri hitherto described. However, I have before me

Erichson’s figure and description of the Sicilian Gi. Pederinus with

which I find my species strongly to agree.

It differs, however from the former materially in the following 3

points, viz. the wings, the sculpture of the wing-covers and the last

dE 2

394 Entomological Papers. [No. 5.

antennal joint.—The fact that this species has wings would render

an alteration in Erichson’s diagnosis of the genus necessary it being

characterized therein as apterous. The elytra are not so much cons

tracted and rounded at the base, and, being Jonger than the thorax,

haye therefore a more oblong, subquadratic appearance. As in the

above typical species they are, however, rounded at the sides and

broadest a little below the middle. They are about twice as broad at

the base as the adjoining part of the thorax and in their broadest part

rather more than a third wider than the broadest part of the thorax.

The third point in which the two species differ is the last joint of the

antenne which in this ease is strongly truncated at the tip and

slightly excavated. They are further distinguished by the distribu-

tion of the colors, my species being of dark yellowish red, thorax

lighter, head, elytra and 3 last abdominal segments black, elytra

with 2 reddish spots at the apex, legs yellowish, at the apex of the

femora and base of the tibiw blackish, the mouth is brown, the

maxill. palpi yellowish with the 3 first joints dark at the base, the

antennz have the 6 basal joints dark excepting at the apex, where

they, as well as the 5 remaining ones, are yellowish. In all other

points I find the insect to agree entirely with the typical Ci. Px-

derinus ; the palpi, legs and anal segment of the abdomen are of the

same structure, the hairy vestiture is exactly the same in the differ-

ent parts of the body of my species as it is in the corresponding

ones of Erichson’s.

Ié is perhaps wrong in me to describe an isolated species of this

extensive and difficult family. However, the gen. (idichirus is one

so extraordinary that I am sure it will be noticed wherever the de-

scription of a new species of it may be found, be it by itself or

amongst those of other Staphylinida. The case would be different

if the object of the description were a Homalota or the like.

LLL LAD LLIN OBO OLA

1856. ] Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. 395

Correspondence relating to the Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath,

—Communicated by the GOVERNMENT OF THE N. W. P.

To R. C. OLDFIELD, Lsquire,

Assistant Secretary to Government N. W. P. Agra.

Benares, the 28th June, 1856.

S1z,—In reply to your letter No. 3227, dated 19th instant, calling

for report on the further exploration of the ruins of Sarnath, I have

the honor to submit a letter No. 1, of 25th idem, and its annexures

from Dr. Butter, superintending Surgeon of the Division, on the

subject.

I have called upon the Executive Officer, Captain Rigby, to

report what is possible to be done to preserve the tope, and the

approximate expense, A large portion of the carved stone facing»

is quite detached from the brickwork body of the building, and is

so much bulged out, that it must come down,

I have, &e.

(Signed) H, Tucxrr, Commissioner.

(No, 1).

To H, C, Tuckxrr, Hsquire, Commissioner, 5th Division.

Benares, 25th June, 1856.

Srr,—With reference to your docket, No. 61, dated yesterday,

on a copy of letter No. 3227, dated the 9th instant, from the

Assistant Secretary to Government, to your address, inquiring what

had been done since the issue of the orders of 12th December last,

No. 255 A., relative to the further exploration of the ruins of

Sarnath, I have the honor to submit the following report.

I believe that Professor Hall reported generally regarding the

nature of the constructions laid open by the prisoners working

under his orders. The buildings appeared to me to possess very

little interest, being characterized, in some parts, only by a singular

disregard of the use of the plummet, square and level. These walls

are built neither perpendicularly nor horizontally straight, nor at

accurate right angles.

One of the structures laid open had been more carefully raised ;

a series of rectangular cells, without any lateral ,opening, possibly

396 Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. [No. 5.

intended for granaries, and at the same time so solidly built as to

serve the purpose of solid foundations for the monastery of which

they probably formed a part.

Another structure is a well, surrounded by a rectangular plat-

form, edged with rough upright stones, probably the supporters

of a heavy roof. There are indications of the well having been

brought into use, after the destruction of the surrounding buildings,

by laying a long stone across a portion of its broken edge. The

masonry of the well is very irregular. |

As I occupied the bungalow vacated by Mr. Hall before his

departure from Benares, he left in the house all the objects, except

a coin, that he had collected from his excavations, with a request

that I should make a descriptive catalogue of them. This, when

leisure served, 1 wrote, and sent to the Benares College Museum,

along with all the objects described. A copy of the correspondence

connected with this subject is annexed.

The coin abovementioned had previously been sent to me by

Mr. Hall. It appeared a mass of verdigris, rubbed on one side

until a figured white metallic surface appeared. By careful clean-

ing with dilute sulphuric acid, I removed the whole of the coating

carbonate, which revealed a Greek profile, helmeted, with a peacock

on the reverse; both early impressions, as the rough marks of the

graving tool were distinctly transferred to the impression. It was

sent to Mr. Thomas, who identified it as a coin of Buddha Gupta

(cire. A. D. 400), and thence to the India House; it is not gold,

as mentioned in the correspondence on the subject, but silver, with

a considerable alloy of tin (judging from the colour,) and of copper

(from its crust).

The burnt grain and masses of half-fused iron discovered by

Mr. Hall, corroborate the conclusions drawn by previous explorers,

that the monastery had been destroyed by fire.

Some of the small objects which I have particularly described,

are interesting as relics of the useful arts of the period ; especially

the implements of the metal-workers, Nos. 42, 43, 45 to 50, 55 and

61. Some, again, look as if they had formed portions of the relic-

casket and deposits of a great tope, small as the chances might be

thought of recovering such minute objects from such an extensive

1856. | Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. 397

heap of ruins. This idea derives some countenance from Major

Cunningham’s statement (Preface to “ Bhilsa Topes’’) of his belief

that the principal object of his search, the relic-casket of the great

tope of Sarnath, must have been discovered and destroyed by his

workmen, during his absence on engineer-duty at Mirzapore.

This circumstance appears to show the necessity of constant

personal supervision on the part of the officer charged with the

explorations when any object of importance is expected to turn up.

There is now no methodical searching for the axial deposit of an

unexplored tope, as in Major Cunningham’s Bhilsa undertakings.

All that can be looked for, is an occasional deposit of interesting

objects hid away at the time of the great political catastrophe,

which stayed the sculptor’s hand as he traced out and chiseled his

designs on the smooth stone surface of the great tope, and which

burnt down the monastery. Such a deposit may be lighted upon

suddenly; and if including, as it probably may, some articles of

intrinsic value, will be apt to disappear quickly, if discovered in the

responsible officer’s absence. It appears to me therefore, that the

search can be prosecuted, with reasonable hope of success, in the

cold weather only.

During the past cold season, I delayed from month to month

the commencement of my own search, in the expectation that the

improving health of the prisoners might enable the magistrate to

afford me the aid of a small number of them in the work, which I

hesitated to commence with hired labour only ; and thus the favorable

Season passed away. At an early period of the ensuing cold weather

it will be necessary to determine whether the Magistrate’s aid is

to be trusted to or not.

In the mean time, I beg strongly to recommend that measures

be taken to avert the impending destruction of the tope itself.

Large portions of the beautifully sculptured plinth, which rises to

about three-fifths of the whole height of the building, have already

shed their ornamented coating, which has been carried away and

built, with dozens of statues, into the decaying foundations of the

stone-bridge on the Burna. More of it now bulges out, detached

from the central mass of the building, and ready to separate at the

first shock of lightning or earthquake. If this be occasioned by

398 Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. [ No. 5.

(besides the decay of the iron cramps) any unequal sinking of the

foundation, as would appear from some vertical cracks, this evil is

probably aggravated by the existence of two open galleries driven

into the axis of the building, and by a well sunk in its centre,

besides the shaft that is cut through the axis of the plinth and

opens to the air near the summit of the plinth. These three open-

ings should be walled up externally, so as to prevent the access of

rain and drainage water. At present, the openings at the founda-

tion are also a nursery for snakes. I sawa large cobra there this

morning, and was informed that a man had died from the bite of

one, two days before, and that they swarm round the tope. Trees,

moreover, have grown on the summit, and will, in some severe

storm, bring down part of it with them, and may throw down some

of the ornamental casing in their fall. Some of the sculptured coat

is already too much detached to admit any hope of its being suc-

cessfully propped up; and the rest will follow its course, when ity

iron cramps shall have been corroded through. This mischief might

perhaps be delayed by the application of a waterproof pointing to

all the outer points, where they still appear sound. No cement had

been used in the original construction; the stability of which had’

been entrusted to iron cramping and occasional string-courses of

long projecting stones. 3

At all events, if the whole of the ornamental surface must scale

off, its memory ought to be preserved by the photograph. All

the designs are interesting ; the geometrical form, their originality,

and the flowered tracery from the boldness and beauty of its forms,

and from the striking resemblance of its sun-flowers and foliage to

the stems and raffles of the acanthus as treated by Grecian sculp-'

tors. The comparative flatness of large portions of the curved sur-

face, from the greatness of its diameter, would render this an easy

task. Photographs of the portions, where the workman had just

traced or partially executed his work, will be highly prized, when

Sarnath shall have become “ heaps.”

I have, &e. |

(Sd) OD. Burrur, M.D. Superintending Surgeon.

1856. | Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. 399

To Rh. Grirritus, Hsquire,

Offg. Secy. Local Committee of Public Instruction, Benares.

Benares, 21st January, 1856.

Srr,—At the request of the Commissioner of the Division, I beg

the favor of your receiving charge of the articles enumerated in the

accompanying list. They have been dug, under the superintendence

‘of Professor Hall, from the ruins of Sarnath.

I have, &e.

(Sd.) D. Burter.

List of articles dug up at Sarnath, the ancient Buddhist holy

ground near Benares, under the superintendence of Professor F. E.

Hall, and left by him, on his departure for Ajmere in June, 1855,

under my charge.

1. A disk of sandstone; 37 inches in diameter; sharp at the

edge ; convex on one face; slightly concave on the other, which has

a raised ring 13 inch high round its centre, 9} inches in exterior

and 4 inches in interior diameter, of rounded section: central thick-

ness of the disk 13 inch: a portion (chord 19 inches) of the edge is

broken off. [Fixed as an umbrella over statues of Buddha. ]

2. A nether hand millstone; diameter 11 inches, sandstone.

3. <A ditto, broken into two pieces, sandstone. |

4. An upper millstone of unusual size and weight; height 6

inches ; diameter 11 inches ; sandstone.

5. A female head and throat, 34 inches high, broken off from a

statuette, sandstone, of very marked character; hair parted in

short bandeaux in the centre, ending in a series of short curls, with

a short club of hair thrown back from the top of the head; high

pencilled eyebrows ; half closed eyelids ; forehead and nose in one

straight line ; facial angle about 80°; smiling expression of mouth ;

coloured part of the under lip marked in an exaggerated degree,

almost like a protruded tongue; profile very Egyptian; throat

marked with two folds; long earrings.

6. A torso; sandstone; 8 inches high; alto-relievo from throat

to knee; proportions hermaphrodite; slightly draped ; right hip

thrown forward.

7. Alto-relievo fragment ; sandstone; 5 inches long; a female

right hand, holding a custard-apple; armlet bordered above with

3 G

400 Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. [ No. 5.

kawris, and below with gems cut in facets, and with kawris alter-

nately ; phalanges of the fingers not marked, but running into

curves ; ring on the little finger.

8. Face, broken off, from upper lip to top of head; 6§ inches

high, sandstone; hair curled all over the forehead; drooping eye-

lids ; forehead and nose in one line.

83. Pinnade; 6 inches high, with small figure of Buddha, cross-

legged, in niche; sandstone.

9. Female figure ; 5 inches high; pierced alto-relievo ; head and

right arm wanting; draped closely ; supported by two smaller

figures with massive locks ; steatite.

10. Hermaphrodite figure ; 33 inches high; head backed by a

large disk ; hair drawn up perpendicularly into a mass filleted across

the centre horizontally ; pendent ornament on the forehead ; defi-

cient below elbows and waist; creases of the throat strongly mark-

ed; earring touching the shoulders; detached relievo; greenstone.

11. Fragment of mica slate; 2 inches long; apparently a right

hand holding a rounded object against the right side.

12. Terracotta ; 3 inches high; female figure from waist to top

of disk at back of head; two holes through the disk, above the

ears, apparently for fastening the alto-relievo to a flat surface;

srinning mouth; large earrings; prominent bust; pendent neck-

lace.

18. Red sandstone; coarse basso-relievo; epicene figure from

hip upwards; massive hair.

14. Mica-slate ; coarse alto-relievo head, with attached disk and

raised right hand 4 inches long ; fillet across forehead, surmounted

by a mass of hair.

15. A very clear impression, in red baked-clay, of a seal 5%, inch

in diameter, with five lines of Sanscrit; bears no mark of having

been broken off from the protecting bell-shaped summit attached

to Nos. 16 and 17.

16. A bell-shaped mass of burnt brick, 24 inches high, square

projection at top; supposed to contain an impression like No. 15.

17. A ditto; 14 inches high.

18. An impression, in burnt brick, of a seal 13 inch in diame-

ter, two lines of Sanserit, surmounted by a lozenge-shaped device,

1856. | Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. 401

with deer salient as supporters. (Sarnath is by the Chinese tra-

vellers, called the Deer-park.)

19. A disk of red sandstone, 4 inchesin diameter, {5 inch high,

attached to a portion of a broken slab.

20. A curry-stone (?); red sandstone; 63 inches long by 3

inches in diameter.

21. <A fragment of a similar cylinder; 4 inches long; broken

diametrically ; greenstone.

22. Six vertebre of a snake; recent; found in the well.

23. <A small gharaful of kawris.

24. A mass of burnt rice.

25. A iarge quantity of iron, much rusted—some of the pieces

being ringbolts, having portions of the rings attached by partial

fusion ; all appear to have been taken from a building destroyed by

fire.

26. <A broken crucible of circular section, five inches high, and

three inches in the interior diameter; has been used, and has ab-

sorbed some metallic slag.

27. <A fragment of a similar crucible, 4 inches high, bearing no

marks of having been used.

28. <A cupel, 1 inch in diameter ; eat

29. <A ditto used.

30. A ditto, being a mere hollow ina lump of clay, 1,45 inch

high ; not used.

dl. A disk, 2 inches in diameter, of burnt clay, with five cir-

cular depressions, possibly intended for cupels.

32. A cupel of clay with a spout running horizontally from the

bottom ; length 23 inches.

33. Six perforated cylinders of burnt clay, from 3 to 4 inches

long, with each a projecting disk across its length; supposed by

Mr. Thomas to have been intended for blow-pipes, the projecting

disk to protect the face of the artisan from the fire.

34. A piece of brass, 2 x 2? x } inch in measure, with a

flange at one side, ornamented with beaded and flowered moulding.

35. Three earthen pots, 6 to 9 inches high, with mouths 8 to 5

imches in diameter ; such as are now called gharas.

36. Nine ditto, 4 to 7 inches high, each provided, in addition to

o@2

402 Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. [| No. 5:

the upper mouth, with a spout, an inch long, at one side. Similar

vessels are still made at Benares. The spout of one is grotesquely

moulded into the form of a non-descript animal’s head.

37. Three spouts, 2 to 2} inches long, with everted edges,

broken off the sides of pottery vessels. 3

38. A globular ewer of black pottery, 43 inches in diameter,

with neck 13 inch long ; flat-bottomed.

39. A ditto, 23 inches in diameter, bearing marks of having been

heated over a fire.

40. Hight earthen cups, flat- setuaenc 3 to 5 inches in diameter.

404. One ditto with its two opposite edges doubled over; a

lamp (?)

41. Four disks broken off, supposed blowpipes, hke No. 33.

42. A flat disk-shaped shell, perforated in the centre, with its

edges turned down, the exterior apparently turned in a lathe, the

interior (or upper) surface bearing the original polish, and having

an ovoid, not a circular, horizontal section. Apparently fossilized.

43, A Chinese relic; being a piece of blue enamelled pottery,

21 inches long, ornamented on one side with straight and circular

lines, and perforated with two holes, across one of which it is

broken in two.

44. A cylinder, 24 inches long by ;3, inch in diameter, of green-

ish white steatite; can be used for ull with, on any dark stone.

45. A cylindroidal piece of onyx, black with white vein, 1 inch

long, inch mean diameter, perforated along the axis, polished in

the lathe. |

46. An ovoid fragment of lilac-grey steatite, 3+ inch in mean

diameter, + inch in mean thickness ; its two wider surfaces concen-

tric, apparently a portion of a cup about 7 inches in diameter; the:

concave surface bearing striated marks of a turning chisel careless-

ly held; the convex surface carefully turned and ornamented with

a double graved line. Perhaps a Chinese relic.

47. A polished hemispherical gem, resembling prehnite, or exces-

sively flawed emerald; apple green; smooth all over; 3, inch in

diameter.

48. A broccoli-brown agate bead, 4, inch in diameter, pierced

by two conoidal perforations meeting at minute apices obliquely.

1856. | Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. 403

49. An opalescent, transparent, skimmed-milk-white disk; 4%

inch in diameter; =}, inch thick; roughly ground at the edge,

marked on one side with five projecting strie, parallel, and either

straight or portions of very large circles like those at the outside

edge of a sheet of crown glass; the other side is irregularly flat,

with minute polished dimples, quite unlike modern glass.

50. A bulbous bit of copper, 14 inch long, + inch in mean dia-

meter; clean on the surface, which is roughly finished with a file.

51. A cylinder of copper 5% inch long, ;8 diameter, shaped with

a hammer. |

52. A ditto ;8, inch diameter, } inch thick ; its weight not any

aliquot part of No. 51.

53. A rough bit of copper, 5% ites long.

54. Thirty smooth stones from the brook, red and grey sand-

stone, jasper, &c.

55. A disk of writing slate, 1} inch diameter, 58 inch thick.

56. Fifty-five bits of rounded nodular kankur, apparently kept

as curiosities.

57. Thirty-five earthen beads, ;§ to 44 inch in diameter.

58. Thirty-two ditto, about ;4, inch in diameter.

59. Five lumps of burnt brick, moulded by the hand into cones

from 3 to 4 inches in diameter; to be used as mullers ?

60. A piece of black eee ?) 7 inch square and 3% inch high,

indented on one side with a central ania: hollow 74 inch in dia-

meter, and 5}; inch deep ; a mould for blanks of coins? —

Gh.) A. ee of red jasper, 58 inch in diameter, } inch high.

62. A small iron spear-head.

63. A square iron head for a wooden mace.

. 64. An iron axe-head.

65. An iron adze, or hoe-head.

(Sd.) D. Burter.

To H. C. Tucxnr, Esquire, Commissioner of Benares.

Dated, Nynee Tal, the \8th July, 1856.

Str,—I am directed to acknowledge the receipt of your letter

No. 30, of the 28th ult., forwarding a letter and its annexure from

Dr. Butter, on the subject of the exploration of the ruins of Sar-

nath, conducted during the past season, under his supervision.

404 Exploration of the ruins of Sarnath. | No. 5.

The Lieut.-Governor is glad to learn that so many of the in-

teresting objects which have been hitherto discovered during the

progress of the excavations, have been deposited, with a descriptive

list in the Museum of the Benares College.

The silver coin, with the Greek profile, which is referred to

as acoin of Buddha Gupta, and of about the era 400 A. D., has

been properly transferred to the Museum of the E. India House.

The Lieut.-Governor quite agrees in the views of Dr. Butter,

as regards the prosecution of future explorations under his own

immediate and close personal supervision. The work need not how-

ever be dependent upon the prison labour which the Magistrate

may be able to place at his disposal, as a moderate monthly con-

tingent charge will readily be sanctioned for this object.

The Lieut.-Governor awaits the report which you have called

for from the Executive Engineer as to the measures which it may

be practicable to adopt for preserving the Tope from further dilapi-

dation by decay.

The Lieut.-Governor would very much encourage the taking

of photographie delineations of all parts of the remains in their

present condition, so as to preserve a correct record of its general

appearance, and of the details of the ornamental sculpture and

tracery ; and if Dr. Butter or yourself can suggest any plan for

giving effect to this proposal, every aid in carrying it into execu-

tion will be afforded by Government.

A copy of this correspondence will be forwarded to the Secre-

tary of the Asiatic Society, as it may perhaps be thought of suffi-

cient interest to be published in the Journal of the Society.

The enclosure of your letter is returned, a copy having been

retained for record.

I have, &c.

(Sd.) C. B. THornuiL1,

Offg. Secy. to Government, N. W. P.

1856. | Herbarium of the Calcutta Botame Garden. 405

Notes on the Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden, with espe-

cial reference to the completion of the Flora Indica.—By Tuomas

Tomson, WU. D., F. BR. S., Supt. H. C. Bot. Garden.

It is probably known to all the members of the Asiatic Society who

are interested in the science of Botany, that Dr. Hooker and my-

self have undertaken the publication of a complete work on Indian

plants, the first volume of which, under the title of Flora Indica,

was published last year. The continuation and completion of this

work is of the utmost importance to the advancement of Indian

Botany, which is much retarded by the want of a properly digested

catalogue. The further progress of the work will, however, in a

great measure depend on the co-operation of botanists throughout

India, the materials here, though extensive, being too incomplete,

to enable me to advance without further contributions.

I bring this subject before the Asiatic Society therefore with a

double object. I wish in the first place to make known the nature

and extent of the Herbarium belonging to the garden, and in the

second, by means of the Society and the Journal, to bring to the

knowledge of botanists in all parts of India, the assistance which

it is in their power to render in furthering the progress of a work,

the object of which is, to render available to the student of Indian

plants information scattered over a thousand detached works, and

therefore only accessible to the professional botanist.

The Calcutta Botanic Garden is associated almost with the com-

mencement of modern Indian Botany. The classic work of old

Rheede who, two centuries ago, illustrated a series of drawings, often

remarkable for their fidelity, by a condensation of all the facts

obtainable from the most intelligent Brahmins of Malabar, belongs

to a former epoch, and stands alone. It was for many years almost

the only source from which botanists could know Indian plants,

and even now we have in many cases to refer to its plates instead of

to nature for the types of the genera of the older botanists.

Modern Indian Botany began with the Danish missionaries of

Southern India, who were attracted to the science, in the first

instance, by the benevolent wish to combine the practice of the

406 Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden. [No. 5. |

healing art with the duties to which they had devoted themselves.

This motive actuated the whole body, but a few continued to pro-

secute the science for its own sake, and some of the medical officers

of the Madras Presidency formed with them a botanical association,

by which plants were examined and named, and to which the dis-

coveries made by members at a distance were reported. One of the

most distinguished of these associates was William Roxburgh, who

was appointed in 1794, on the death of Col. Kyd, the Superintend-

ent of the Calcutta Botanic Garden, and commenced at once the

labours which have gained for him a position at the head of Indian

Botany, of which, indeed, as the author of the first Flora, he may,

in one sense, be said to be the founder.

During a long series of years, Roxburgh examined, described and

prepared drawings of the indigenous plants of India. In all pos-

sible cases, he cultivated them in the garden under his own eye,

and examined them carefully in all stages of growth. The descrip-

tions, which are remarkable for their accuracy, by degrees took the

shape of a Flora Indica, comprising all the plants of the Northern

Circars, in which Roxburgh resided before he came to Bengal, those

of Bengal proper, and such of the plants of Silhet and Chittagong

as were introduced by active Collectors into the gardens and flow-

ered there. It is therefore a nearly complete flora of the plains of

India from the base of the Himalaya to Cape Comorin, and con-

tains descriptions of most of the plants which a botanist will meet

with in the neighbourhood of the presidency towns or the large

stations.

The drawings, more than 2,000 in number, were made in dupli-

cate. One set isin the Garden Library, the other with correspond-

ing numbers is in the India House. A selection of three hundred

of the more remarkable forms was published in England by Sir

Joseph Banks, at the expense of the Court of Directors, and out-

lines of many others have been introduced by Dr. Wight into his

Icones plantarum. The species described by Dr. Roxburgh in the

Flora Indica can, in general, be readily determined from these draw-

ings, so that there is less occasion than might have been expected

to regret the absence of dried specimens. Dr. Roxburgh probably

collected largely. He certainly transmitted considerable collections

1856. | Herbarium of the Caleutta Botame Garden. 407

to scientific bodies in Europe, but most of these have been dis-

persed. There are, however, a considerable number of his spe-

cimens in the British Museum, at the Linnean Society and the

University of Edinburgh.

Dr. Roxburgh was succeeded at the Botanic Garden by Dr.

Francis Buchanan afterwards Hamilton, a man to whom extensive

travel had given great knowledge of India. In the Peninsula he had

explored the Carnatic, Mysore, Malabar and Canara, and in Bengal,

the Rajmahal hills and the whole of the Northern and Eastern

districts as far as Assam and Tippera. He had also visited Nipal.

The Botanical results of these journeys have been unfortunately in

a great measure lost, but many important facts are recorded in his

commentaries on the Hortus Malabaricus of Rheede and the Herba-

rium. Amboynense of Rumph, two memoirs in which Hamilton has

embodied a great deal of valuable information on Indian Botany.

His collections form part of the Herbarium of the University of

Edinburgh.

In 1815, the Botanic Garden came into the hands of Dr. Wallich,

an ardent and enthusiastic botanist, under whom Indian Botany

continued to progress rapidly. The labours of Roxburgh had com-

pleted the flora of the plains of India, though the work remained

stillin MSS. Dr. Wallich took a wider range. Our recent war in

Nipal having resulted in the appointment of a Resident at the

Court of Katmandu, Wallich joined Mr. Gardner there and col-

lected assiduously for more than a year in the vicinity of the capi-

tal. The interior was then as now jealously closed against Huro-

pean travellers, but by means of native collectors he added a

fair knowledge of the alpine flora to the abundant information re-

garding that of the temperate and tropical regions which he ob-

tained by his personal exertions.

Dr. Wallich’s duties at the gardens not permitting him to pro-

long his residence at Katmandu indefinitely, he trained a number

of collectors who continued during a long series of years to trans-

mit dried specimens from Nipal. Mr. Blinkworth, an active collec-

tor, at the same time explored Kumaon, and Mr. Gomez contributed

extensive collections from the rich province of Silhet and from the

neighbouring Khasia hills, while Wallich himself visited Penang

408 Herbarium of the Cutcutta Botanic Garden. [No. 5.

and Singapore, thus adding a knowledge of the Malayan flora to

that of the rest of India.

Abundant materials for the elucidation of the Botany of India

having thus been brought together, it became a question in what

manner they might be disposed of to most advantage. Dr. Wal-

lich at one time entertained the idea of incorporating them into an

Indian Flora, and with this object he commenced the publication of

an edition of Roxburgh’s Flora into which all his own discoveries

were introduced. As his collections accumulated, this task became

every day more difficult, and his other duties, and in particular the

state of his health, rendered its progress extremely slow, and at last

compelled him to stop, after publishing two volumes, whieh extend

as far as the end of Pentandria Monogynia in the Linnean arrange-

ment, and include therefore the 1st volume of the ordinary edition

of Roxburgh, or less than 3 of the whole work.

» Dr. Wallich then determined to return to England with all his

collections, and with the consent of the Court of Directors, which

was at once liberally accorded, to distribute amongst scientific men

in all parts of Europe the materials which he had accumulated, but

eould not hope to have leisure to work into shape, in the hope that

each recipient would be able to lend his aid to the study of some

part, so that by the joint labour of all, the Indian Flora might be

benefited and furthered. The result has been satisfactory. The

dispersion of the Wallichian Herbarium over all parts of Europe

enabled students of Botany every where to obtain access to a set

of these specimens, and monographers have, in describing them,

uniformly quoted the numbers attached to the specimens. The -

Wallichian Herbarium has, therefore, become one of the foundations

of Indian Botany, and it is a source of regret to me that a set of

its specimens does not form a part of our collection here. Steps

have recently been taken which will, 1 hope, remedy the deficiency,

as several duplicate sets still exist in the Linnean Society’s col-

lection.

Those only ean appreciate the difficulties with which Dr. Wallich

had to contend in this distribution, who have had much practice in

the arrangement of dried plants, and are familiar with the irksome

task of assorting the miscellaneous collections sent in by numerous

1856. ] Herbarinm of the Caleutia Botanic Garden. 4.09

collectors, variously ticketed and often in great confusion. A quick

eye and a ready hand bring the species together, but constant

watchfulness is even more essential, in order to prevent errors in

localities, the greatest evil to which we are exposed in arranging

large collections. It is therefore not at all surprising that Dr. Wal-

lich should have occupied four years in this task, and yet been com-

pelled to return to India before it was completed.

Between 1815 and 1828 a large and valuable series of botani-

eal drawings was prepared under Dr. Wallich’s superintendence.

These he took to England with him and they are deposited at the

India House, but as no copies were made, we do not as in the case

of the Roxburghian drawings possess a corresponding set. From

among these drawings, Dr. Wallich selected three hundred of the

most interesting, which were published under the title of Plante

Asiatice Rariores, a superb work alike honorable to the court and.

to the author.

The commencement of the present Herbarium of the Calcutta

Botanic Garden dates from Dr. Wallich’s return to India in 1832.

The separate collections of which it is made up having been incor-

porated together, the following list has been prepared to show the

origin of the different parts thus combined into one.

I.—ZJndian Collections.

1. A few specimens from the Carnatic collected and named by

Dr. Rottler and given by him to Dr. Wallich, who brought them

with him from Denmark.

2. A complete series of specimens collected and dried in the

Botanic Garden. Most of these are ticketed by Dr. Wallich, the

collection having undergone careful revision by him after his return

from Europe in 1833.

3. A portion of the collection made in Khasia and Assam by

the Assam Tea Deputation in 1835-36, consisting chiefly of endo-

genous and acrogenous plants. The exogens of this collection were

sent home by orders of the Hon’ble Court of Directors about four

years ago.

_ 4. A large collection from the Khasia hills made by collectors

im garden employ. This collection contains many duplicates.

3 H 2

410 Herbarium of the Calcutta Botame Garden. [ No. 5.

5. <A very extensive collection made in Assam by the garden

collectors under the able superintendence of Col. Jenkins, contain-

ing a very complete series of the plants of the plains and lower hill

jungles of Assam, with many duplicates. It contains also a few

specimens from the Bhotan mountains.

6. <A very extensive collection made in the plains and hilly dis-

tricts of Upper Assam and in the Naga mountains by Mr. J. W.

Masters, and presented by him to the garden. This collection is

remarkable for the very careful manner in which the localities are

marked upon each specimen. It contains many rare and valuable

plants and numerous duplicates.

7. Col. Vicary’s Indian collections, made in the Saugor district,

in Birbhum, Berhampur, Dinajpur, and in the districts of Garh-

wal, Simla and Kunawar in the western Himalaya. This collection

contains few duplicates, and many of the specimens are in a bad

state of preservation, but it is very valuable, because the locality

of every specimen is carefully marked ona ticket attached to the

plant, or written on the sheet of paper in which it is enclosed. The

Saugor and Himalayan collections are the best. Both contain many

plants which were unknown to botanists at the time these collec-

tions were formed, but which have since been discovered by subse-

quent collectors and published in various works.

8. A small collection of Ceylon plants presented to the garden

by Mr. J. Watson in 1836, contains no duplicates.

9. Mr. Griffith's collections—Two complete sets of these most

valuable collections were sent to England, and are (I believe) in

' the India House. The triplicates remained with Dr. McClelland

during the time that he was occupied in the publication of Mr.

Griffith’s posthumous papers, and were transferred by him to my

charge in 1856. A small collection chiefly of Afghan and Malacca

plants has been in the garden Herbarium since 1848. Those re-

ceived in 1856 consist partly of garden plants selected by Mr.

Griffith for himself from the garden Herbarium, but mainly of more

or less complete sets of the collections made by Mr. Griffith on his

several journeys. The specimens retain in many cases the original

tickets and are carefully numbered. The numbers correspond with

those of Griffith’s Itinerary notes, published by Dr. McClelland,

1856.] Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden. 411

None of the series are complete, but the number of Afghan and

Khasia plants is much greater than that of Bhotan or Mishmi ones.

There are also a great many excellent specimens from Malacca and

a few from the Coromandel Coast. The collection contains likewise

a considerable number of specimens from Sambalpore collected by

the late Major Kitto, some specimens from the Carnatic collected

by Mr. Griffith soon after his arrival in India, and a few of the

numbered specimens of the Wallichian herbarium which Mr. Griffith

seems to have brought with him from England.

10. A small collection made by Lieut. Parish in the district of

Mandi in the Punjab Himalaya during the cold season of 1847-48.

The ferns of this collection are numerous and good.

11. A large collection made in the Tenasserim provinces by Dr.

Falconer, while on deputation (in the year 1849.) The specimens

are in general excellent, and there are a considerable number of

duplicates. The localities are always carefully marked.

12. A collection made by Dr. McClelland in 1849 in the Bir- ©

bhim district. The localities are carefully marked and there are

some duplicates.

13. An excellent collection of Assam and Khasia plants made

by Mr. C. J. Simons, and presented to the garden by Sir W. J.

Hooker, K. H. The specimens are very fine and are all carefully

numbered and the localities marked.

14. A set of excellent specimens of Khasia plants collected by

Mr. Oldham in 1851-52, and presented by him to the garden. Mr.

Oldham most liberally allowed me to select from his collection as

many specimens as I wished, so that we possess excellent illus-

trative series of specimens of many variable species.

15. A large collection of Pegu plants made by Mr. Scott, head

gardener H. C. Bot. Garden, while on deputation in that country in

1855. The specimens are very good and the collection contains

many interesting plants.

16. A small collection of rare and interesting Malacca plants

presented by Captain Moxon.

17. A complete set of specimens from the Ceylon garden Her-

barium presented by Mr. Thwaites, the Director. This is a num-

bered collection and contains all the known plants of the Island, so

that it is of very great value.

412 Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden. [ No. 5.

18. A large Herbarium from the Bombay Presidency presented

by Dr. Gibson, consisting partly of his own collections, and partly

of those of Mr. Law from the Concan and Dekhan, and than of

Dr. Stock’s Sindh and Beluchistan collections.

19. A good collection from the Northern Division of the Ma-

dras Presidency presented by Dr. Cleghorn.

20. <A most interesting collection from the Punjab Himalaya and

Western Tibet presented by Mr. M. P. Edgeworth, C.S. The Hi-

malayan specimens were collected by Mr. Edgworth himself, those

from Lahul and Ladak by Capt. Hay.

21. <A set of the Indian collections made by Doctors Hooker

and Thomson between 1841 and 1851 which are now being distri-

buted in England.

These collections illustrate more or less fully the plants of West-

ern Tibet, of the Western Himalaya, of the Punjab and the upper

Gangetic plain, of Sikkim and the Khasia hills, the Son valley, Silhet,

Cachar and Chittagong.

22. Specimens of plants from different parts of India, not sufh-

ciently numerous to be included as collections in this list, have been

presented by Mrs. Burney from Ava, by Capt. Margrave from Arra-

can, by the Rev. J. Parry from Jessore, by the Rev. Mr. Schmid

from the Nilgherry Hills, by Col. Madden from the Western Hima-

laya, by Dr. Fayrer from Khasia and by Lieut. Beddome from

Jabalpur.

Il.—Non-Indian Collections.

1.. An excellent collection of British and other European plants

selected from the Herbarium of the Royal Botanic Garden Kew and

presented by Sir W. Hooker. .

2. A good collection of Norwegian plants presented by Dr.

Blytt, an eminent Norwegian botanist, to Mr. Griffith, and received

from Dr. McClelland in 1856.

3. <A large collection of European grasses, the source of ethiich

LT have not yet been able to trace. The specimens have printed

tickets attached and were probably purchased by Dr. Wallich.

4. A large collection of Swiss and French plants presented by

M. DeCandolle to Dr. Wallich, but unfortunately for the most part

in very bad preservation.

1856. | Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden. 413

_ 5. A good collection of British ferns presented by Mr. R. Scott.

6. A small collection of Seotch plants supposed to have been

presented to Dr. Griffith by Dr. Balfour.

7. A small set of Siebers Egyptian plants, purchased by Dr.

Wallich.

8. A considerable collection of Cape plants collected by Dr.

Pappe.

9. A collection of Mauritius ferns presented by Mr. McMurray

in 1856.

10. A small collection of the plants of the provinces of Dahuria

in Asiatic Russia, presented by Dr. Fischer to Dr. Wallich.

11. Interesting collections of Aden plants presented by Dr.

Boycott and Lieut. Playfair.

12. A large collection of New South Wales plants presented by

Col. Vicary.

13. A smaller but excellently preserved collection of Australian

and Tasmanian plants, the donor of which has not been recorded.

14. A small collection of Tasmanian plants presented by Capt:

Margrave.

15. An extensive collection chiefly of New Holland plants se-

lected from the Hookerian Herbarium and presented by Sir W.

Hooker.

16. <A few New Zealand ferns presented by Mr. Bedford.

17. A complete collection of the plants of the United States of °

North America chiefly from the states of New York presented by

the Rev. 8. Williams in 1844. This collection is carefully named

and ticketed and is very valuable.

18. A small collection of North American plants presented by

Mr. Joseph Carson in 1836.

- An examination of this list will show that our Herbarium is still

very imperfect, and that there is no part of India from which con-

tributions would not be welcome. It is, however, sufficiently com-

plete to form an excellent basis on which, with the assistance of

contributors from all parts of India, a general Herbarium may be

completed in the course of a few years, and it contains a sufficient

number of authentically named specimens to enable me to name

the collections with which I may-be favoured, without much diffi-

414 Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanie Garden. [No. 5.

culty on the spot, and thus to avoid the necessity of sending them

to England for comparison.

In a country like India, where the distribution of plants is regu-

lated so completely by the climate, it is most important that botan-

ists wherever situated should devote themselves to the complete

elaboration of the plants of the district in which they reside, and

that they should, if possible, combine careful meteorological observa-

tions, especially of the humidity, with their botanical labours. It is

only thus that the exceptional cases (if there be any) of plants

whose distribution is independent of the climate, can be speedily

eliminated.

To the philosophical botanist who is desirous of investigating the

laws by which the distribution of plants is regulated, no flora in the

world is more interesting than that of India, though it is in point of

numbers of species a very poor flora, when compared with Australia,

south Africa, or the continent of South America, to all of which

nature has been liberal to profusion in richness and variety of

vegetable forms. The interest of the Indian flora lies in the absence of

new forms, in the identity of its plants with those of other countries,

in the occurrence of European plants on our western mountains, of

Japanese plants in the Eastern Himalaya, of Chinese plants in our

dense eastern forests, of a purely Egyptian flora in Sindh, of a Poly-

nesian flora in Malaya, and of numerous African types in the moun-

tains of the Madras peninsula. It may interest Indian botanists, for

whom especially this little paper is intended to give a slight sketch of

the different floras which co-exist within the limits of British India.

Disregarding for a moment the Malayan Peninsula, British

India may be described as an equilateral triangle with sides 1,500

miles in length, the apex advancing far within the tropics, the

base in the hotter part of the temperate zone. The. tropical por-

tion of this triangle is traversed by ranges of hills of moderate ele-

vation, most lofty toward the south, where they rise above 8,000

feet, less lofty in the north where the average height of the ridges

is not more than 4,000 feet. Within the temperate zone, the level of

the surface is much lower, and it is there occupied by the basins of

two great rivers, the Indus on the west and the Ganges on the east.

South of the tropic this large triangle is every where surrounded by

Es — SE ©

1856. | Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden. A15

sea, but north of the tropic the boundaries of India are traced on

land, and are more or less artificial.

The Indian Peninsula includes two distinct mountain systems.

The meridional chain of the Ghats attains in Travancore and Mala-

bar an elevation of 8,000 feet, but north of Nagar rarely more than

4000. Itruns parallel to the western coast, and sends off trans-

verse chains running east, which are flattened out into a table-land

highest in the south, where the continent is narrow, lower to the

north where the continent is wider and the rivers larger. North of

the Godavery the transverse range of the Vindhia runs from sea

to sea almost on the tropic, sending out on all sides table topped

branches and connected by a low ridge with the ghats further south,

and with the Himalaya by the curious oblique Arawali range,

which forms a water-shed between the Indus and Ganges.

An extensive plain watered by the Indus on the one hand and by

the Ganges on the other, separates the Indian Peninsula from the

Himalaya, which rises on the north a stupendous barrier, consti-

tuting the Indian portion of the enormous mountain mass of Cen-

tral Asia, which presents steep declivities in all directions.

After the configuration and elevation of the land, the most

important element by which the distribution of vegetable forms is

regulated, is climate. The climate of India depends mainly on the

rain-fall. Situated entirely in the northern hemisphere, and with

an enormous mass of land to the north, the summer winds blow

strongly from the south, while the winter winds are northerly. The

south wind commonly called the S. W. monsoon is always a sea

wind and therefore brings rain. The summer is therefore the rainy

season in India. The northern winter wind is generally a land

wind, so that the winters are generally dry. To this, there are two

exceptions, the coast of the Carnatic and the Malayan Peninsula, in

both of which the N. E. monsoon is a sea-breeze and therefore a

rain bringing wind.

The normal climate of India is divided into a cold, hot and rainy

season, but the amount of rain depends on the position of each

place. The west coast of the Peninsula, which presents to the

8. W. wind a lofty range of mountains, is extremely rainy at one

season, but the east coast, being sheltered by the higher hills to the

westward, is much less so. On the Ghats the rain-fall diminishes as

416 Herbarium of the Caleutta Botame Garden. [ No. 5.

we go north, and when we reach Gujerat has become very small

indeed. In Sindh there is no rain at any season.

In the Himalaya, the rains are heaviest to the eastward, where the

chain is nearest the sea, and they diminish gradually, as we proceed

west, till they entirely disappear in the mountains of Afghanistan.

In the Malayan Peninsula in which both monsoons blow over sea,

all seasons of the year are rainy, the summer or South-West mon-

soon being rather drier from the intervention of the island of Suma-

tra, which condenses much of the rain at that season.

In consequence of differences of elevation, three different climates

require to be studied in treating of the vegetation of India. These are

the tropical, the temperate and the alpine. Rising out of the hottest

part of the temperate zone into the regions of perpetual snow, the -

slopes of the Himalaya exhibit all these forms of vegetation at dif-

ferent elevations, but as none of the mountains of the Peninsula

rise above the temperate zone, the alpine flora is found only in the

Himalaya. This alpine flora is found at elevations above 15,000 feet,

and varies with the degree of moisture. In the outer Himalaya,

where the snew-fall is copious and the summer humid, but with

bright sunshine, we have a flora closely resembling that of the Alps

of Europe. A similar flora is found on the highest peaks of Afeha-

nistan, of Persia and of Asia Minor, and beyond Europe extends into

the Alps of Greenland and of temperate N. America. In the more

arid mountains of the interior we find a purely Siberian Flora.

In Southern India the temperate flora begins about 7,000 feet of

elevation, but as we advance northward, the requisite elevation gra-

dually diminishes, till in the most northern part of the Himalaya,

it is not more than 4,000 feet. In Southern India therefore the

temperate flora is found only in isolated patches on the mountain

tops, but along the Himalaya it is continuous from one end of the

chain to the other. Here it presents three distinct types, the first of

which is the normal Himalayan type of forms whieh are adapted to

a climate dry at one season, wet at another, occupying the Central

Himalaya. To the west, we have the European type intruding

upon and mingling with it, especially in the inner ranges where the

climate is drier. To the east, the Japan or moist temperate flora

is especially developed in Khasia and Sikkim where the climate, —

1856. ] Herbarium of the Caleutia Botanic Garden. 417

throughout the year, or at least throughout the whole period of

vegetation, is extremely moist.

The tropical flora is dependent in like manner upon the climate,

and partially also on the nature of the surface. The open plain of

the Indus and Ganges which stretches from sea to sea, has a gra-

dually diminishing rain-fall as we ascend the Ganges and approach

the Indus. The rain-fall is also greater everywhere near tie base

of the Himalaya and diminishes as we recede from it. In Sindh

and the Western Panjab no rain falls, and there we find an arid

flora identical with that of Egypt, with which in fact it is continu-

ous across Arabia and Southern Persia. The characteristic plants

of this arid flora extend at a distance from the mountains down the

valley of the Ganges, but never approach the more humid Himalaya,

in which we have a flora like that of Bengal, though they recur

in the Deccan and Carnatic, which are sheltered from the moist

_ wind of the 8S. W. monsoon by the higher ranges of the Ghats.

In the hilly districts of India where a dry hot season is succeeded

by more or less heavy rain during the monsoon, we find in all parts

of the empire a very similar flora. On the eastern slopes of the

Ghats, in the valleys of Nagpore, on the slopes of the Arawali, and

along the base of the Himalaya (except to the eastward and in the

extreme west) we find the same monotonous forest consisting

partly of evergreen and partly of deciduous leaved trees with many

ereepers. ‘The trees are gay with flowers in spring, and after being

scorched by the intense heat of May and June burst into life with

renewed vigour at the commencement of the rains.

It is only when the humidity begins to linger in the damp and

shady valleys throughout the year that the flora changes its cha-

racter. This we find to be the case in many parts of the valley of

the Nerbada, and in the deeper ravines of the Ghats of the Concan.

The number of peculiar forms increases as we go southward, and

is very great in the forests of Travancore and Ceylon. So in the

Central Himalaya, humid forms appear as far west as Kumaon, in-

crease in numbers in Nipal, predominate in Sikkim and are univer-

salin Assam. In Malaya where the climate is humid at all seasons

we have the flora of the Archipelago, the richest and most varied

which is found in apy part of India.

oI 2

418 Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden. [No.5

I might illustrate each of these floras at great length, but the

object of this paper is not to bring forward examples of each, but

to induce botanists to lend their assistance in establishing their

limits on a sure basis of observation, by collecting as far as they can,

and transmitting for examination and comparison, the plants of their

respective neighbourhoods, so that the exact area inhabited by

every species may be ascertained, and the main facts of the Geogra-

phical Botany of India be accurately determined.

DIAL IPPPLSLISPISS IM

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For Aveust, 1856.

At a monthly general meeting of the society, held onthe 6th

instant, at the usual hour,

Dr. G. G. Spilsbury, Vice-President, in the chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentation received.

From the Grant Medical College in Bombay, a copy of the report

of the institution for the Session 1855-56,

A note from Mr. H. V. Bayley, announcing his withdrawal from

the society, was recorded.

A. Roberts, Esq., C. S., Major W. C. Erskine, and Rajah Sutto-

shurn Ghosal Bahadoor, proposed and seconded at the last meeting,

were balloted for and elected members.

The following gentlemen were named for ballot at the next

meeting :—

Lieut. H. S. Forbes, Artillery, supervisor of the Ganges, pro-

posed by Major Ouseley, and seconded by Mr. Atkinson. Sultan

Mohamed Busheerooddeen Saheb, proposed by Mr. Grote, and se-

conded by Mr. Atkinson. A. R. Young, Esq., B. C.S., and R. B.

Chapman, Esq., B. C. S., proposed by Mr. Beadon, and seconded by

Mr. Atkinson.

With reference to Mr. Greenough’s Geological map of India, a

copy of which was sent by the Bengal Government in September

last, with a request that the society would express their opinion of

its merits, the Council submitted the following report drawn up by

a special Committee appointed for the purpose :—

To tHe Councin oF THE Astatic Society or Brnaat.

The Sub-committee appointed by the Council of the Asiatic So-

ciety under date the 28th September, 1855, to consider and report

420 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

upon the Geological and Physical map of India, prepared by Mr.

Greenough, which had been forwarded by the Government of Ben-

gal, with a request that the Asiatic Society should give effect to the

wishes of the Court of Directors, returning the map with such

information as they might possess bearing upon its accuracy, have

considered the questions referred to them, and now beg to submit.

their report.

The despatch of the Court of Directors states, that this map has

been “ compiled by Mr. Greenough from such materials as he has

been able to collect,” and your Committee would most fully aeknow-

ledge the great labour of research and the careful compilation

which this map evinces. They cannot but remark, however, that it

is not only customary but very desirable that in such cases the

principal sources of information which have been taken advantage

of, the special authors or observers consulted, and the general cha-

racter of the data so compiled, should be fully stated. They be-

lieve that this is even more largely requisite with regard to a country

like India, concerning the geology of which so little is known, than

with regard to the more closely investigated districts of Europe.

No memoir or report has accompanied the map. Your Committee

is aware that an abstract of Mr. Greenough’s communication to the

British Association for the advancement of Science at their meeting

in 1854, when this map was first presented, has been published mn

the reports of that association ; and areference to this short abstract

has more fully convinced them of the important omission which

has occurred in not supplying a copy even of these few words of

explanation along with the map.

It appears obvious also, that the compiler has had the benefit of

MS. reports and communications, inasmuch as several statements:

sometimes of startling importance, have been embodied in this map,

which your Committee is not aware have ever before been published

and which, they believe, would never have remained uncontradicted

had they been so. Your Committee is altogether unable to say

what value should be attached to such statements, but were they to

judge from the analogy of other similar geological statements in

this country, they would be disposed to rank them as nothing

better, if not something even worse, than conjecture.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 421

Your Committee would also express their regret at finding that

more care has not been taken in the preparation of the map with

regard to the purely topographical or geographical portion. In

these respects it is altogether behind the present state of our know-

ledge of this country. Mr. Greenough states it to be the result of

twenty years’ labour. It is therefore not improbable that an old

map of that date originally used for the recording of geological facts

has been continued as the basis of the present one. If a new com-

pilation has been made, great want of care and attention appears to

have been allowed in its preparation. Names of the same places are

in some cases repeated at points differing by whole degrees in

latitude, ranges of hills have been misplaced occasionally by some

hundred miles. In brief, your Committee consider the map so

wanting in accurate geographical information, that it never can

become the basis of a careful geological map. !

Your Committee have been unanimously impressed with the

strong conviction, that the time which the Court of Directors have

proposed for the collection and collation of more accurate informa-

tion regarding the Geology of the country, is much too short, to

admit of any really useful result being obtained. They have given

below a list of isolated points in which corrections are required, but

for any general improvement much more time will be needed.

Your Committee desire to acknowledge the value of this map,

they look upon it as a most important contribution to the natural

history of this country; they consider it will prove both a guide

and an aid to the researches of many, It will shew, however

impertectly, the great desiderata in the geological history of the

country, and will form an index to the present state of knowledge.

But they conceive, that it should be allowed to remain in its

present state, to form a memorial of the condition of our geological

knowledge at the time of its publication. They think it too erro-

neous in many respects, to be capable of being used as the ground

work of an accurate map; and they look forward with anxious

expectation to the time when the more detailed investigations of the

geological survey in this country will furnish data for such a compil-

ation. They can refer to the proceedings of your Society for the

present year in proof of these views. New light has been within

4.22 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

the last few months thrown upon the structure of immense areas,

which will in reality affect the whole system of colouring adopted

on the map under consideration. But the details of such researches

are not as yet suiliciently extended to enable them to be made use

of for the purposes of a general map.

Your Committee are the more deeply impressed with the inexpe-

diency of any present attempt at the issue of a new edition (as the

Court of Directors would appear to contemplate) of this map, by

the fact that any corrections now made cannot have the benefit of

the knowledge and research of the original compiler. Geology had

to mourn the loss of Mr. Greenough even before the actual publi-

cation of this map. And while your Committee is persuaded that

some of the errors they have alluded to, would never have escaped

his careful revision, they think it would be scarcely possible for any

other person now to take full advantage of such corrections as

might be noted. If a new map be desired they conceive that a

competent geologist should be requested to devote his energies to

it for the ensuing two or three years, so that a map, brought up

fully to the most recent state of knowledge on the subject, might

then be published, while the present map would ever remain ‘a

monument of Mr. Greenough’s zeal and labour.

Your Committee cannot avoid expressing their entire concur-

rence with the views of the Court of Directors in thinking, that

such maps “‘ may be made the means of procuring further, and more

correct information’? on the geology of the country, but they feel

satisfied that this must be brought together by some one acquainted

with Indian geology as well as European; and must shew a less

exclusive adherence to European types and European nomenclature.

All which they would submit as their report on the questions

referred to them.

THomas OLDHAM.

C. B. Youna, Captain Engineers.

H. L. Tuurti1eEr, Major.

E. G. Spruspury, M. D.

A. GRore.

H. Propineton, Curator Museum Keo-

July 1st, 1856. nomic Geology.

1856.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 423

Memorandum of corrections which ought to be made in Mr. Gree-

nough’s Geological Map of India.

1.—The fossils found in the boring at Fort William, Calcutta,

were all of recent species, and not of Sewalik age.

2.—In the neighbourhood of Silhet, the Cossia hills, &c. the

words “ nummulite bed’? under the name Silhet, ought to be remoy-

ed—none such exists there.

3.—“Silhet Coal field’? placed on the map to the west of the

town of Pondua, to be erased. No Coal near this.

4.—Jynhanpoor on the map ought to be Jynteapoor.

5.—The words “ Coal many hundred feet thick’? under Jyntea-

poor, contain an assertion totally unfounded.

6.—A peculiar colour is carried all along the base of the hills

here, between the tint of green representing the Eocene, and the

pink of the gneiss, &c. for which no representation is given in the

index of colours. We presume this to be altogether a mistake of

the colourers.

7.—The dotted lines for colour boundaries near the west of the

Cossia and the Garrow hills have been altogether disregarded.

8.—The granite is not known to extend along the northern face

or slope of the Cossia and Garrow hills—but is found in detached

patches in the hills.

9.—At and near to the intersection of the parallels of 25° N. lat.

and 91° Hast long., the country is entirely alluvial. The words

“nummulite beds, and limestone’ are therefore erroneously in-

serted.

10.—The “ Cyrtoma, a new species of the fossil Ecchinida,”’

shewn as occurring in the gneiss is from the Eocene. The Cyrtoma,

is a genus not species.

11.—The mode of representing the area covered by the coal-

bearing rocks in Bengal gives a very erroneous idea of the geology

of the country. They do not in any known case form a continuous

band, but invariably occur in isolated basins or areas, included in

the gneiss.

12.—* Patturghatta” near to Colgong is on the river Ganges.

There is no “ limestone’’ there.

424 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

13.—The Laterite from Balasore upwards forms only a very

qJimited and broken band, and does not occur in the immense spread

shewn here.

14.—There is no laterite in the flat country near Shahabad. It

is all alluvial.

15.—In the districts marked “ unknown’ near Cuttack, the survey

have mapped coal fields.

16.—There are on this map two words “ Kuttack’’ inserted,

there should be only one. That most to the south on the Maha-

nudi river is more nearly in the correct position than the other.

17.—In the Curruckpore Hills near Monghyr no limestone is

known, the words “ white marble,’ &c. must therefore be removed.

18.—The Curhurbalee coal field is a whole degree of longitude

out of its true position.

19.—There is no long line of coal-bearing rocks stretching by

the Adji river in Beerbhoom.

20.—The Rajmahal Hills are not identical with the Goomah

Ghauts as given. The Rajmahal hills are near to the town of Raj-

mahal, two degrees east of where they are shewn.

In Central India, &e. :

21.—Omercuntuc, the source of the Nerbudda is placed on the

Soan river, whereas it should be to south of Ajmeergurh when a

pencil x has been put.

22.—The Maikel Pahar on which is the table-land from whence

the Nerbudda rises, is all trap capped with laterite.

23.—South of the Nerbudda from Ramgurh to Ajmeergurh (2) is 18

coloured syenite, Sc., while most of it is laterite, and to the. north

below the Maikel hills about Sohagpoor, it is sandstone.

24.—A large tract between Mundlah and Jubbulpore is coloured

“ Coal of all ages,” but should be trap on both sides of the river.

25.—Coal is found at Lemaita Ghat, South of Gurrah near Jub-

bulpore : not marked.

26.— Goondwana represented onthe map as gneiss, is chiefly coal-

bearing rocks covered with trap.

27.—“ Mahadeo Pahar”’ or the Mahadewa range, is altogether out

of position. The range on the map north of Goondwana is nearly

their position, |

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 425

28.—The Mahadewa Hills are all sandstone.

29.—The Mittoor range is trap.

30.—The sandstone represented on the map by the bright yellow

eolour is continuous down the valley of the Nerbudda considerably

further to the west than Hindia, instead of ceasing at Hosingabad.

- 81.—The area coloured as “ coal, &c.,” and which includes Bower-

gurh, Doregurh, &c., is in reality gneiss.

- 82.—Bhavergurh as here printed should be Bhower, or Baar.

gurh.

33.—Bhoradoorg and Bhoragurh are one and the same place.

. 84.—At Oomrait, Coal is printed and pits ie but it is colour:

ed as gneiss.

35.—The whole of the Vindya and the Kymore ranges are of a

totally different age from the coal rocks south of the Nerbudda.

. 36.—About six miles south of Ramteak Manganese said to be

abundant.

| 37.—At Koorraddee, marble much used in building, is chiefly

dolomitic.

38.—The whole course of the Wyne Gunga is in trap rocks.

39.—The Palamow and Sirgooja coal fields are not united.

40.—There is no ground whatever for colouring the great masses

of the Himalayas as granite. In Sikkim for instance, Kunchinjinga

is undoubtedly not granite as here shewn, and for many of the

other great masses the same is true.

41.—At the foot of the Darjeeling Hills the band of colour repre-

senting the Eocene rocks, is more than twice as broad as it should

be. It should not extend into the flats or terai.

_ 42.—There is no ground for colouring such an area as granite in

Shahabad. It occurs in detached points and masses.

43.—The coal in Cutch is not marked.

' 44.—There are no known reasons for connecting the cretacious

rocks near T'richinopoly with those at Verdachellum near Pondi-

cherry, so as to form a continuous band.

45.—W hat ground is there for saying that coal is found 400 feet

deep, at or near Salagur in the Sunderbunds ?

' 46.—In Pegu and Arracan to the east of the Bay of Bengal.

Mynuoung, which is shewn in Arracan to west of the hill range, is

in reality on the banks of the Irrawaddi.

426 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

47.—Sarawaddi is equally on the river Irrawaddi.

48.—Kyouktaran is also on the river.

49.—From this point northward along the river, as far as the

map extends, the greenish tint used for tertiary rocks may be

continued.

50.—“ Silurian beds’? entered near Patanago to be erased; all

tertiary.

51.—The words “ transition limestone” near 183 N. lat. to be

erased, all is tertiary.

52.—Again “ transition limestone” (at 19° N. lat.) ought to be

removed, and the words “Silurian slate’ under Pukan-gyi ought to

be removed: none being there.

53.—In colouring in many cases there has been a great want of

care. At N. lat. 285 and East long. 68° to 71° a case of this kind

may be seen, when the colours on the two different sheets do not

join within 120 miles ; and several other cases might be quoted.

The scale of colours appear to be altogether deficient in clearness

and distinctness, the tints approaching each other too closely.

THomas OLDHAM,

C. B. Youna, Capt., Engineers.

H. L. Tuurni1er, Major.

EK. Spruspury, J. D.

A. GROTE.

H. Prppineton, Curator, M. Eh. G.

The report was approved and adopted.

Communications were received—

1.—From Mr. Grey, Secretary to the Government of Bengal,

forwarding Dr. McNamara’s report on the Iron Ores last sent from

Assam by Col. Hannay.

The report is as follows :—

The iron is present in the form of the magnetic oxide, the masses

of which are scattered through a large proportion of silicious mat-

ters. The ore contains on an average 40.2 per cent. of metallic iron.

By placing some of the ore in a basin, and washing it with a

stream of water, I was able, very quickly and with very little trou-

ble, to obtain an ore containing 65 per cent. of metallic iron, these

specimens may therefore be considered very rich as regards the

amount of iron in them.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 427

2. From Mr. Secretary Grey forwarding for the information and

guidance of the society extracts from a despatch No. 41, dated

18th May last, in reference to the proper application of the Govern-

ment grant for the publication of Oriental works, and adding on

behalf of the Lieut.-Governor that the Society’s account of the

Oriental Publication Fund for 1855, exhibited a larger amount of

liabilities than that commented on by the Hon’ble Court. The

following is the Court’s despatch.

Pusiic DrepartMent.

No. 41 of 1856.

Our Governor General of India in Council.

Para. 1.—These accounts exhibit a balance in hand on the 28th

February, 1855, of Rs. 5,546-6-7, but

Narrative dated ‘13th July, with liabilities considerably exceeding

Siete Par. tt. Fore | shat.amount or Re: 9,224-2. This will be

warding accounts of the ex-

penditure of the allowances partly met by the monthly grant dur-

een. ‘te Se ee ing the current year, but it will involve

of works in the languages and the suspension of many of the works in

literature of India for the years : ?

1853.54. progress. The difference is more than

ought to have been incurred, and we

expect that in future the annual outlay will be limited to the amount

of the annual receipts.

2.—The increase of liability arises no doubt from the greater

activity given to the publication of the numbers of the Bibliotheca

Indica by the arrangement adopted by the Asiatic Society of pay-

ing the editors for work actually performed, thus giving them an

inducement to more diligent application. As, however, there is no

particular object to be gained by accelerating the publication of

the Bibliotheca Indica, and carefulness in editing is of more im-

portance than rapidity of publication, we are of opinion that some

restraint should be imposed upon the editors of works that are

likely to be voluminous or that are of minor interest, and that they

Should be allowed to issue only a definite number of fascicules in

the course of any one year.

3.—This augmented activity and enhanced expense arise espe-

cially from the great impulse given to publications in Mahommedan

literature and the Arabie language. Of the 38 Nos. of the Biblio-

428 Proceedings of the, Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

theca Indica issued in 1854, twenty-seven are Arabic, only ten are

Sanscrit and one English, the cost of the former is Rs. 6,752 of the

ten latter less than half, viz. Rs. 3,036. This is a disproportion

which is inconsistent with the comparative claims of the two de-

partments of literature whether the ratios of the population or the

value of the individual works be considered, for on referring to the

Mahommedan works we observe that they have no relation what-

ever to India, nor to any popular form even of the literature of the

Indian Mahommedans; but they embrace to a very large extent

abstruse Mahommedan Theology and Sufyism in works which none

but a few of the most learned Moulavies can read, and which still

fewer understand, works utterly worthless for the illustration of the

past or present condition of India and of little utility to European

scholars. When we authorized the appropriation of a special grant

to the encouragement of Indian literature, we had in view especially

the literature of the Hindus, although, we did not purpose to

exclude Mahommedan literature of local origin or interest, such as

the historical works epitomised by Sir Henry Elliott; but we

certainly did not contemplate a voluminous and costly publication of

the theology and tradition and spiritual mysticism of the Mussul-

mans, which is the literature of Arabia and not at all that of India.

4.— We therefore direct that the encouragement of such works

be hereafter withheld.: The publications that have been commenced

may be completed, but upon their completion we expect that the

Asiatic Society in applying part of the funds placed at its disposal

to Arabic or Persian works will have due regard to the light which

they are calculated to throw, not upon the literature or theology of

Arabia, but upon the literature and history of India.

Weare, &c.,

(Sd.) W. H. Syxzs.

ie R. D. Maneues.

And other directors.

London, 13th May, 1856.

The Secretary stated that the council had not yet drawn up any

reply to this communication, but that they were of opinion that,

whilst expressing their readiness to carry out the orders conveyed

by it, the society should at the same time transmit for the informa-

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 429

tion of the court a copy of the recent, correspondence with Professor

H. H. Wilson on the same subject in explanation of the principles

upon which the Bibliotheca Indica has of late been conducted. The

draft of a reply would be submitted at the next meeting.

3.—From Mr, Secretary Beadon intimating the wish of Govern-

ment to transfer toa Museum about to be established under the

superintendence of Mr. Oldham the Geological collection of

Government hitherto in charge of the Society, and the services of

the Curator and his establishment, and inviting the Society to

deposit its own collections in the new Museum. Also a letter on

the same subject from Mr. Oldham.

The letters are as follows :-—

From C. Brapon, Esq.,

. Secy. to the Govt. of India.

To tHE Hon’sBie Siz James W. Corvine, Kt.

President of the Asiatic Society.

Dated the 11th July, 1856.

How’sie Str,—The Government of India having resolved on

forming in Calcutta a Museum of Geology,

with a library of reference in connexion with

the Geological Survey of India, and under the direction of Mr.

Oldham the Superintendent of.that Survey, Iam directed to request

that the Society will place at Mr. Oldham’s disposal the Museum

of Economic Geology now in charge of the Society, and will permit

Mr. Piddington, if he have no objection, to act as Curator of the

new Museum on his present salary under the orders of Mr. Oldham,

and subject also to such superintendence from the Professor of

Geology in the Presidency College as Mr. Oldham may determine.

2. The grant of Rs. 314 now paid to the Society in connexion

with the charge of the Museum of Economic Geology will cease

from the date on which the collection is removed from the Society’s

Home Department.

premises.

3. The Governor General in council in thus relieving the Society

of that which has long been a growing and unmanageable burden to

their Insitution, desires to express to its members the thanks of the

Government for having so long permitted the collection to occupy a

place in their house, and for the supervision they have exercised over

the Curator’s proceedings.

430 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

4. The liberal spirit in which the Society met a similar proposal

from the Government in 1851-52, leaves no doubt in the mind of

the Governor General in Council as to the readiness with which

they will acquiesce in a new disposition of the Museum of Economic

Geology which will increase its practical utility, and His Lord-

ship in Council would fain hope that when the members of the

Society are assured that the Government of India is earnestly

determined to place the Museum of Geology on a liberal effective

and permanent footing, and to make it contribute actively to the

promotion of science and useful knowledge, they may be induced to

give their aid to the cause by depositing in the new Museum under

the charge of the highly competent and able officers who are

appointed to manage it, and on such conditions as may seem good

to the Society the valuable collection of Fossils and other Geolo-

gical specimens of which they are in possession.

5. It is not too much to assume that if that collection should be

placed in proximity with those in the Geological Museum, which

will henceforward be rapidly increased, and effectively exhibited, it

would acquire even greater interest, and be more generally instruc-

tive than in a separate establishment.

That the Museum would thereby receive a most valuable addition

to its attractiveness and usefulness there can be no doubt.

I have, &e.,

(Sd.) OC. Brapon,

Secy. to the Govt. of India.

From the Superintendent of the Geological Survey.

To the Secretary Asiatic Society of Bengal, dated July 19th, 1836.

Srr,—I have the honor to state for the information of the Asiatic

Society, that I have been directed by the Governor General in

Council to take immediate measures for the formation of an exten-

sive Geological Museum, both Theoretical and Practical, in Caleutta,

to be located for the present in a large house rented for the purpose,

preparatory to, and in anticipation of proper and ample accommo-

dation being provided in the contemplated new buildings for the

University and College. In carrying out this intention, I have been

directed to remove at once, into the house now provided “the

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 431

collections which now constitute the Museum of Economie Geology,

and any other collections now in Calcutta belonging to Govern-

ment.”’

I have therefore the honor to request that at the earliest con-

venience of the Society, arrangements may be made for handing

over to me the collections of the Museum of Economic Geology now

under their charge. A house, well adapted for the purpose, has been

rented for a term of three years, and I am ready for the reception

and arrangement of the collections.

In submitting this request I would beg to add, for the information

of the Society, that the fully-expressed determination of Govern-

ment is that the Museum shall contain collections sufficient for all

purposes of reference and study, a collection of all the mineral

products of the country, and a series exhibiting their applications,

and as extensive a series of organic remains as it may be possible to

bring together, special attention being directed to those from

different parts of India, with such fossils of corresponding age from

other countries as will tend to elucidate their history: in brief, to

have the Museum as extensive, as useful, and as general, as it may

be possible to make it, and also such as may be in some degree

worthy of the capital of British India.

Success in carrying out this object can only be looked for from

the hearty aid and co-operation of all those who may take an

interest in such pursuits. I have already had promises of such co-

operation from several in Europe, who feel how materially the

advancement of Geology will depend on such establishments to aid

in the study of the science, and I feel that it will need no argument

to prove to the Asiatic Society of Bengal, the advantage which must

result from such a Museum. It could only have been from a con-

viction of those advantages that the Society has so long, so steadily

and so successfully devoted itself to the accomplishment of a similar

end, and has brought together a collection of great value and im-

portance. But no one can be more fully aware than the Society

itself is how inadequate, for the exhibition of their collections, is the

room which can now be devoted to them, and how impossible it is

to render useful any collections which they possess, and how many

valuable additions to their Museum still remain, and unavoidably

3 L

432 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5°

remain, packed. away in boxes and quite inaccessible. Nor is there,

as I believe, any prospect of such additional rooms being obtained as

would suffice for the display even of the existing collections, with-

out reference to the frequent additions received every year.

Abundant accommodation has been provided in the house which

is at present intended for the reception of these collections, and

ample provision will be made in the intended new buildings for

such purposes.

The connexion of the Geological Museum finally with the Uni-

versity and the Presidency College, gives a full guarantee that there

will always be a qualified staff to take charge of the collections.

There must always be a professor of Geology attached to the

College, who even if a Museum did not exist would be compelled

to form one, and who would therefore be deeply interested in its

success, while the union of this Museum with the great central

establishments for education would extend its correspondents, and

enable it to derive the full benefit of exchanges with and from

kindred institutions in other places.

The Museum with all its collateral advantages is ordered to be

made as fully available to all classes, as it possibly can be: it is to

be open, under proper restriction, every day excepting Sundays, and

is to be free, and every thing will be done to render it as perma-

nently useful as possible.

Government have further sanctioned an expenditure sufficient

to bring together a useful working library of books of reference on

such subjects, and this also will, so far as practicable, be made

freely available for all enquirers and students.

Under these circumstances I would express a confident hope that

the Asiatic Society will entertain favorably the request conveyed to

them through their President, and will aid in the advancement of

Geology, (an end which I am sure they will acknowledge to be both

useful and desirable,) by contributing the collections now in their

possession.

In doing so I might add that they would only be following the

example of other kindred societies at home, while, if so desired,

their collections might readily, for purposes of reference, be kept

distinct from others and thus be quite as useful to their members

1856. | Proceedings of the Astatie Society. 433

and to others, as they now are; with the additional advantage

of forming a portion of a more complete and more extended

series.

I have, &e.

(Sd.) T. OLpHaAM,

Superintendent, Geological Survey.

The Secretary stated that by the direction of the Council, he had

replied to Mr. Beadon’s letter to the effect that the Government

collections would at once be placed at the disposal of Mr. Oldham,

but that the question of depositing the Society’s collections in the

new Museum must be referred to the Society at large for their

decision.

The Council were still deliberating upon the course which they

should recommend the Society to adopt on this question and would

report on a future occasion.

4. From Capt. W. E. Hay, Assistant Commissioner of Kangrah,

giving an account of some new Greco-Bactrian and other coins in

his possession accompanied by drawings.

-‘The following are extracts from the letter :

“ An interesting coin has lately been sent to me from the Punjab

which (if genuine) would apparently disprove the identity of

Theodotus with Diodotus, as I see conjectured by Prinsep and

others. This coin, which is of silver weighing 201 grs., has on the

obverse the head of the king Diodotus Soéer filleted with the legend

Diodotou Soteros. On the rev. Antimachou Theou Basileontos

(being king). A few months ago I procured half ofa coin with on

one side AIO and on the other ANTI. I naturally supposed the name

would have been Antiochus, but this second and very perfect coin

leaves no doubt on the subject. This is the reverse usually found

on the Antiochus coins.

“ J have a silver coin of Heliocles of large size, also a novelty ; on

the obverse the head is helmeted like Eukratides, and on the reverse

a seated figure of Jupiter. This coin was in bad condition until

I applied nitric acid, when the legend came out very distinctly.

Another beautiful brown coin, or I should say a Civie Medal, seems

to be new; the head on the obverse is that of a handsome young

man, apparently intended to represent Apollo. If of Kuthydemus,

3L 2

434 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

it represents him much younger than on any of the silver coins of

that king. On the rev. of this coin is a beautifully executed altar as

seen in some of the Syrian coins with the legend Basileos Euthyde-

mou. The monogram is similar to that on the copper coins of

Demetrius, figured No. 4 in Cunningham’s plate No. 2, to 160.

I have also the same monogram on a double-headed Hukratides,

which I was fortunate enough to procure, and which is an

undoubted genuine coin. I have the pleasure to send you

sketches of some other coins which I believe to be new and unpub-

lished; one, a small drachma of silver of Euthydemus, is a beautiful

coin, weighing 60 grains, with the same reverse as the large coins

usually bear.

‘“* Also a half drachma of Hippostratus, weighing 35 grains, similar

exactly to one of his didrachmas. Also a Satrap’s coin; I don’t feel

sure of the name, but I imagine it to be Zoilus.

“ Also a beautiful new type of Myas in execution equal to the

smal] square coins of Apollodotus.

“Likewise a round copper coin of Myas, on the rev. a figure in the

act of moving, the head surrounded by a glory or disc. I have other

coins which I believe to be quite new, but such numbers of novel-

ties must have been brought to your notice within the last few years,

that it may be irksome to publish so many plates, but as your

journal was the first to begin, so it might wish to continue the series

of Bactrian relics, which must be more or less. interesting, serving

as so many links to fill up gaps in the interrupted history of that

very interesting period following on the Asiatic conquests of the

great Macedonian. |

‘I have a variety of gems, intaglios, with very interesting devices ;

but as some bear, I am inclined to think, a decided stamp of Persian

origin, it is possibie that they may have been brought thence to the

Punjab; some, however, are purely Grecian, others with heads of

Sassanian kings, one or two with legends; and one has a perfect

representation of Layard’s Nineveh Bull king. Come from where

they may, they are evidently antiquities of more than ordinary

interest.

‘J have a very good collection of Sassanian coins, but am unable

to read the legends: could you assist me with the Zend alphabet ?

—

1856.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 435

“ One gem is interesting as having a small firealtar, and instead

of the attendant Zoroastrian magi, on each side is a Pegasus or

winged horse, emblematic I suppose of flight to heavens.”’

Babu Rajendralal Mittra thought Capt. Hay’s Kuthydemus to be

no novelty, nor did his Antimachus appear to be uncommon. The

only peculiarity noticed by Capt. Hay was the legend on the obverse

Diodotus Soter; this, however, was far from being distinct on the

drawings, and it would be venturing too much to found upon it an

argument against the identity of Diodotus and Theodotus, even if

the authenticity of the coin had not been questionable.

The two Myas, he believed to be new, and suggested that they

_ should be figured in the journal.*

5. From Babu Radhanath Sikdar forwarding copy of a Meteoro-

logical Register kept at the Surveyor General’s office, Calcutta, for

the month of May last.

6. From Mr. Assistant Secretary Oldfield enclosing copies of

Meteorological Registers kept at the Office of the Secretary to the

* The following are copies of Capt. Hay’s figures.

No. 1.

No. 2:

436 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

Government of N. W. P. Agra, for the months of May and June

last. i

7. From Col. Birch, Secretary to the Government of India in

the Military Department, forwarding three reports from the Messrs.

Schlagintweit on the progress of the Magnetic Survey.

Mr. Samuells, at the request of the Chairman, after giving a

slight sketch of the Physical and Political Geography of the Tribu-

tary Mehals, proceeded to read the paper submitted at the last

meeting on a singular forest tribe inhabiting these districts,* and

read the following letter from Lieut. Macdonald, Madras Army,

Inspector of Schools in the Northern Circars, in reference to some

other little known tribes of central India.

“The Coorumbas are a race of savages inhabiting the jungles of

Wynaad in the district of Malwar, and also certain parts of Coorg.

The men are black, of diminutive stature, and have woolly hair, but

do not resemble negroes in any other respect. They are often em-

ployed in felling trees in the coffee estates, on which occasion they

always have their women in the jungle. They act as shikaris and

guides to elephant hunters. They are extremely active and climb

trees like monkeys. In Wynaad they live in small huts mostly

constructed of bamboos and grass. In Coorg they live in trees.

The men are great shikaris and are very fond of spirits and

tobacco. The women wear nothing round their waists but a few

leaves. These details I have from MeNeill and Penny, both of

whom have often seen these people ; most probably some account

of them has been published, but I do not know where. Pharaoh

does not, as far as I can see, give any account of them in his

Gazetteer of Southern India. Perhaps an account may be found of

them in the Madras Library Journal, but I cannot refer to it.

“There is also a race of savages who inhabit the jungles of Ma-

sulipatam and Guntoor, where they are known by the name of

Chinchoo. My informant, a native (formerly a tehsildar in that

part of the country) says that the women sometimes, but not

always, wear leaves round their waists and on the upper part of

their person.

* This paper appeared in Journal No. 4.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 437

“ On looking through Pharaoh’s Gazetteer, 1 have come across

the following account of a somewhat similar race at page 546.

“ Twenty years ago females of a degraded caste of Koliers used

to come into Mangalore with no covering, other than some thick

branches of a bush tied to their waist in front and the same behind ;

they have now substituted a cloth for the leaves in front.”’

On the motion of the chairman, the thanks of the meeting were

voted to Mr. Samuells for his very interesting account.

Dr. Spilsbury read the following note drawn up by Major Hogge,

Artillery, and forwarded by the Superintending Surgeon, J. Row,

Meerut.

‘‘ Parhelia were visible at about 5 p. mM. and lasted for nearly an

hour. The atmosphere was hazy and apparently surcharged with

moisture, with several cumuli and nimbi floating about. A quarter

of an inch of rain had fallen during the day.

The inner are formed a complete circle with prismatic colours

faintly marked. The Parhelia were in number two, North and

South of the true sun in this inner arc.

The outer are was not quite perfect, being broken by clouds; but

in such portions as were visible, the prismatic colours were much

clearer marked, than in the inner one.

The Parhelia were luminous spots about the size of the true sun,

and resembled it, as if seen through a thick fog.

There were no tangental arcsor any other luminous spots than

those described.

The Librarian and the Curator of the Zoological Department

submitted their usual monthly reports. pe

Major Thuillier begged permission to make an announcement to

the meeting which he was aware, ought properly to have been pre-

viously submitted through the Council, but he thought, that the

importance of the subject, and the entire absence of any reference

to matters of previous discussion, or on which a difference of opinion

would be likely to arise, would justify a departure from the ordinary

rule and if it was the pleasure of the meeting, he would proceed.

The fact he had it in his power through the kindness of his friend

Colonel Waugh to announce, was the discovery of a mountain in

the Himalayan Range, the measurement of which by the Great

438 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

Trigonometrical Survey of India under Colonel Waugh, Surveyor

General of India, assigned it a place above that of any previously

ascertained height in this range, already supposed to boast of

the highest known mountain in the world.

It would be remembered that for many years the famous moun-

tain of Dewalagiri in Nepal, in Latitude 28° 41/48”, and Longitude

83° 32’ 8” originally measured by the late Captain W. 8S. Webb,

and described in the Asiatic Researches, Vol. XII., was considered

to be the highest mountain in the world. This was found by the

operations of the Great Trigonl. Survey to be 26,826 feet above the

sea level, but the further discoveries of Colonel Waugh, in 1847,

proved Kanchinjinga in Sikkim, in Latitude 27° 42’-8” and Longi-

tude 88° 11’ 26” to be much higher, viz. 28,156 feet, or 1,830 ft.

above Dewalagiri.

Since that period the computations of the positions and elevations

of all the principal peaks of the stupendous Himalayas from Assam

to the Sufed Kho, comprising 18? degrees of Longitude, have been

provisionally completed, and Colonel Waugh purposes to make the

subject one of special report for publication, as soon as all the

computations have been scrupulously revised and every refinement

of correction introduced. This revision which cannot materially

modify the results, has proceeded to some extent, sufficient to

assign the final values for the peak designated XV. of the Trigt.

Survey, and which place it in N. Latitude 27° 59’ 16”-7 and 86°

58’ 5’-9 Longitude E. of Greenwich, with an elevation of 29,002

feet above the sea level, or 846 feet above Kanchinjinga, and 2,176 in

excess of the far famed Dewalagiri.

This position is almost due North Hast of Katmandoo, distant

about 100 miles, and almost midway between Kanchinjinga and that

place, z. e. Katmandoo, and within a few minutes of the same parallel

as the former, and according to the latest and best map very nearly

on the meridian of the town of Bhaugulpoor.

Colonel Waugh mentioned in his letter, that it was his rule and’

practice to assign to every Geographical object its true local or

native appellation, but here was a mountain most probably the

highest in the world without any local name, that he could disco-

ver ; whose native appellation, if it has any, would not very likely be

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 439

ascertained before we are allowed to penetrate into Nepal, and to

approach close to this stupendous snowy mass. Consequently, in

the mean time the privilege as well as the duty devolved on him to

assign to this lofty pinnacle of our globe a name whereby it may be

known among geographers, and become a household word among

civilised nations, and in virtue of this privilege and in testimony

of his affectionate respect for a revered chief, | in conformity

with what he believed to be the wish of all the members of the

Scientific Department over which he had the honor to preside, and

to perpetuate the memory of that illustrious master of accurate

geographical research, he had determined to name this noble peak

of the Himalayas “ Mont Everest.”

Major Thuillier further briefly explained, the mode by which these

snowy and distant peaks had been laid down by the operations of

the Government Survey, from the base survey of Sonakhoda in the

Purneah district, near the Darjeeling hills, along the principal

triangulation of the Great N. West longitudinal series, traversing

the Tirai Frontier and passing through Kumaon to the Dhera

Doon Base, and shewed that the independent results of all the

observations of Mont Hverest. were most satisfactorily accordant ; in

fact the accordance of the independent heights of this point is

closer than could have been expected, because the mountain, though

lofty and massive, is not a sharp well defined peak, and was observed

from great distances.

Major Thuillier anticipated that when the memoir or account of

all these snowy peaks, stated by Col. Waugh to be in preparation with

special reference to publication, was received, the Society would

derive no small pleasure and satisfaction from such an interesting

subject, and he hoped to be able to lay it before a meeting with a map

which would serve to illustrate and expiain the whole subject.

This being merely a preliminary announcement for which the

Society were indebted entirely to Colonel Waugh, it was not per-

haps necessary to enter into more minute details on this occasion.

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Major Thuillier.

Curator’s Report for the August Meeting, 1856.

In my report for this evening, I record the donations which have accu-

mulated for some months past.

440 Proceedings of the Asiatre Society. [No. 8.

1. Dr. J. R. Withecombe, B. Med. 8S. Three human skulls, respec-

tively of a Limbu, Bhotia, and Lepcha. “ All are males,” writes Dr.

Withecombe, ‘and authentic; as I knew the individuals while living,

and consider them good average specimens of the tribes to which they

are referred.” |

2. Lt. F. P. Bailey, 7th N. I. Skin of a Hunuman Monkey (Pressy-

TIS ENTELLUS).

3. Capt. S. R. Tickell, Moulmein. Skins of four species of Bat, viz.

Dysopus PLICATUS, RHINOLOPHUS MINOR (?), HIPPosIDEROS DIADEMA (?),

and H. tarvarus. Also a specimen of Draco MacuLatus.

4. C. Hollings, Esq., Gya. Skull and greater portion of the skeleton

of a Dingo, or Australian variety of Dog.

5. Arthur Grote, Esq. C. 8. The skins and skeletons of a mature

female, and male 4 grown, of the ordinary ‘ Wild Dog’ (so called) of this

country, from Chaibasa, Central India. These animals are specifically

identical with a particularly fine living adult male in my own possession,

sent down from Upper Asam; and this appears to be the ordinary species

alike of the Himalaya and of Central and S. India,—Canis DUKHUNEN-

sis, Sykes, and C. primevus, Hodgson ; and a Malayan specimen in our

museum, which I take to be C. sumatrensis, Hardwicke, would appear

to differ only in the considerably deeper tint of its rufous colouring.

6. Messrs. Cook & Co., Calcutta. Another fresh carcass of a ‘wild

Dog,’ procured in the vicinity of Darjiling; and which, as I am assured,

was considered by Mr. B. H. Hodgson as a peculiar species, quite new to

him. I saw it many times alive: and certainly in its actions and general

appearance, it differed very considerably from the living animal from

Asam which I at this time possess, which latter is obviously identical

in species with Mr. Grote’s animals from Central India, now dead and

added to the museum. This particular Darjiling individual (a female)

had a considerably more Vulpine appearance ; with longer and softer fur,

having much wool at base; considerable ruff around the neck, and much

lengthened fur about the jow/ ; the ears also densely clad both externally

and within, and, in the living animal, often very closely approximated and

directed forward; a remarkably full brush, with much less black than

usual on the terminal half, but most of the tail having a slightly nigres-

cent appearance, not particularly noticeable at a little distance: all this

may merely indicate the winter vesture, as assumed in a cold climate ;

but the actions of the animal were decidedly peculiar, and the general

appearance as Vulpine as that of the ordinary ‘ Wild Dog’ is Jackal-like.

Tt was particularly light, agile, and graceful in its movements. Still I can

1856. | ‘Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 441

discover no distinction in the skull, or in the rest of the skeleton; except-

ing that the metacarpal bones of the Darjiling specimen are conspicuously

shorter; whereas, compared with the Dingo skeleton, which in all respects

is that of a domestic Dog, the distinctions are great and manifest. Upon

present evidence, I can only. regard it as a specimen of C. DUKHUNENSIS:

in winter vesture, as developed'in a cold climate; and the Malayan race

appears also to be identically the same, only much deeper in colouring.

In this case, the various names are unfortunate, primevus as implying it

to be the origin of any domestic variety, and others as of restricted local

application; and Canis (or Cuon) rutiILans of Temminck is by far the

most suitable appellation that has been suggested for the species, suppos-

ing it (as I believe it to be) identical in India at “all.elevations and in the

Malayan peninsula and archipelago. In Burma it would: appear to be

particularly numerous.

7. Dr. David Scott, of Hansi. Three skins of Cats, sent as those of

three species of wild Cats inhabiting that part of India. One is the ordi-

nary Friis cHavs; another a melanoid variety of the same (doubtless

that indicated by Mr. Theobald in X XII, 582); and the third is a little

known species which I identify as |

Fernis ornata, Gray (founded on an exceedingly bad coloured drawing,

obviously by a native artist, published in Hardwicke’s ‘ Illustrations of

Indian Zoology’); F. servalina apud Jardine, Nat. Libr., Feline (nec

F. servalina, Ogilby) ; F. ad Oxam, Pallas (apud Gray); &. Huttoni, nobis

(founded on a skin from the Hazara hills); Chaus servalina, Gray, Brit.

Mus. Catal. This wild species approximates very nearly to the domestic

Cat. The ground-colour of the fur is a ‘‘Cat-grey,” more or less fulves-

cent ; or better described as pale greyish-fulvous in some specimens; with

numerous roundish black spots, which tend to unite into transverse bands

on the sides: on the head, nape and shoulders, the spots are smaller and

less distinct, and tend to form longitudinal lines on the occiput and nape,

but not upon the back: on the limbs there are distinct cross-bands, with

one or two broad black streaks within the arm, as in the Chaus and com-

monly in domestic Cats; the paws blackish underneath: cheek-stripes as

usual: breast spotted, but the belly almost free from spots: tail tapering

more or less distinctly, and marked with a series of well defined rings

and a black tip: ears externally dull rufous, with a slight but distinct

duskyish pencil-tuft at tip,—not black-tipped as in the Chaus, nor is their

rufous colour nearly so bright as in that animal, differing little from the

general hue of the body: the fur, according to locality or perhaps season,

’ is more or less dense or full; and the markings are much brighter and

more distinct in some individuals than in others.

3d M 2

44,2 Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [ No. 5.

‘Tf the Chaus is a wild species,’ remarks Dr. Scott, “so also is this

spotted Cat; and for one Chaus in this district [Hansi], probably you

would find ten of the spotted kind. The Chaus, you will find in woods

and jungle, and about stations; but the spotted Cat seems to be found

invariably in open sandy plains, where the field Rat must be its principal

food. I hardly ever remember seeing it in what could be called jungle or

even in grass. One of these spotted Cats lived for a long time under my

haystack, and I believe it to have been the produce of a tame Cat by a

wild one.* I have also lately seen two or three domestic Cats spotted

precisely like the skin I sent you: they have generally some white about

them; but doubtless there are some without white. The wild I have seen

of half a dozen shades of colour; and you also frequently see in these

spotted Cats a tendency to run to stripes, especially upon the limbs.”

On comparing the skin now sent with Gen. Hardwicke’s figure, I feel

quite satisfied that this is the species intended; although the figure is

most misleading, and gives the idea of a totally different animal; indeed

it might pass for a bad representation of the 8. African Serval! The spots

are too round and not sufficiently numerous; and the clavate form of the

tail is wrong altogether.. Nevertheless, I follow Sir W. Jardine in refer-

ring that exceedingly bad figure to the present species, in opposition to

the more recently expressed opinion of Dr. Gray; and it is not at all

probable that anything more like it remains to be discovered in this coun-

try. The figure in the ‘ Naturalist’s Library’ is better, and at once recog-

nizable ; but the tail is much too long, and the whole might bear a warmer

colouring with advantage. It by no means represents a handsome exam-

ple of the species.f

* Vide XVII, 247 and 559, for notices of F, cuaus and F. RuBIGINOSA inter-

breeding with domestic Cats.

T Of two supposed wild types of the domestic Cats of India, obtained by Mr.

Theobald in the Punjab Salt Range (two specimens of each of them), neither can

be referred to the F, onwaTa: they have much more the appearance of domestic

Cats; and so they undoubtedly would have, were they really two aboriginal types

which are still strongly indicated by the domestic Cats even of Bengal.

One is the streaked or spotted type, the colouring and markings of which are not

much unlike those of the European wild Cat (F. sytvesrris, Brisson) ; only more

distinct, and the transverse streaks are more broken into spots, especially towards

the hinder part of the body: the fur, however, is short, and the tail slender and of

uniform apparent thickness to the end ; shewing a series of rings and a black tip :

ears slightly rufescent externally, but infuscated, passing to black at tip, where

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 443

To Dr. Scott I am further indebted for information regarding the small

desert Fox with white-tipped brush (VuLPEs Levcopus, nobis, XXIII,

729). This animal is common in the neighbourhood of Hansi during the

cold weather only, and very rarely seen there at other seasons: whereas

there is a distinct small pencil-tuft of black hairs: paws deep sooty-black under-

neath. I lately saw, at Allahabad, an exact counterpart of this alleged wild race

in a domestic Grimalkin; but, in general, the domestic Cats of this type, about

Calcutta at least, are greyer, with the spots smaller and more numerous.

The other type much resembles F. cHaus in colouring, but does not at all

approximate that animal in its proportions: it is much smaller than the Chaus,

with proportionally shorter limbs, smaller ears, and much longer tail, which last

distinctly tapers at the extremity. Consequently, it exhibits no tendency to the

Lynx form and character, so conspicuously manifest in the Chaus. The body is

uniformly grizzled ‘ cat-grey,”

more or less rusty or fulvescent, without a trace of

spot or stripe, such as may generally be discerned faintly in the Chaus: but the

bands on the limbs are much more distinct than in that animal, those of the tail

equally so; and there are the usual marks on the forehead and cheeks (much con-

fused albeit on the former), and a dark band across the chest: lower-parts more

or less whitish or tinged with fulvous, and marked with blackish or brown-black

spots: ears dull rufous behind, witha slight blackish tip and no pencil-tuft of hairs :

the paws more or less sooty underneath. Domestic Cats of this type abound

in Bengal, if not generally over India: but such a coloration is utterly unknown

among those of Europe: and the proper tabby markings (pale streaks on a black

ground, peculiarly and symmetrically disposed), so very common in English Cats,

are never seen in those of India! The tabby may be a modification (and a very

remarkable one) of the markings of the wild F. sytvestris of Europe, a result of

domestication: but most assuredly the Chaus-coloured cats of India would seem

to indicate an aboriginally wild stock of that colour, no doubt inhabiting the

country somewhere: but if a truly and aboriginally wild specimen were to turn up,

it would merely be regarded as a stray member of the domestic race, and so an end

to all enquiry.

The only guide to a probably correct result would be the fact, that such an

animal might inhabit a vast range of country, away from human haunts, without

exhibiting the variation of colour everywhere observable in the domestic races ;

unless in neighbourhoods where it might inter-breed with the latter, which would

pass for nothing: though to such neighbourhoods it would doubtless be attracted,

just as the Chaus is! The question then remains—Do two such Feline types

exist, or either of them, in an aboriginally wild state, in any part of India, as have

just been described, and both of which are said to be found wild in the Punjab Salt

Range? The difficulty of tracing the origin of many of our domestic animals is

well known. I have no doubt that several species have contributed to produce the

44d Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

V. BENGALENSIS is equally abundant at all times of the year. Ialso

learn that V. tevcorus is plentiful on the line of march from Ludidna to

Ferozepore ; and in Cutch there would seem to be no other. Yet so

common and widely distributed a species has only been quite recently

tame Cat, one or another predominating in different countries; as F. SYLVESTRIS

in Europe, F. MANICULATA perhaps in N. E, Africa, and besides the two pre-

sumed types above mentioned, F. cuaus, F. OrnatTa, and F, RUBIGINOSA have

been known to interbreed with domestic Cats in this country: probably also F.

MANUL in middle Asia, F. puanicers in the Malay countries, and F. caFra in

S. Africa! Indeed, I find that examples of the hybrid from F. carrRa are in the

British Museum.

Mr. Hodgson, in the 1st Volume of the Society’s.Journal (p. 341), observes, of

the domestic Cat in Nipal, that—‘‘judging from its markings, I should conjecture

that it is derived from the Felis nipalensis,” 7. e. F. BENGALENSIS; “if so, it

has lost by domestication the fine ground-colour of that beautiful species.” Now

Pennant’s original description of the F. BENGALENSIS was drawn up from a speci-

men which was taken alive to England, where ‘‘ it coupled with the female Cats,

which twice produced young: I saw,” remarks Pennant, ‘‘ one of the offspring,

which was marked in the same manner as the male parent; but ihe ground-colour

was cinereous,” Such a hybrid or hybrid-race I believe to be represented by the

F. nipalensis of Vigors, described in the ‘ Zoological Journal,’ probably from a

Nipalese domestic Cat; and perhaps by other of the very numerous synonymes

which may be referred to F,. BENGALENSIS.

The F, MANICULATA is stated by de Blainville to have the first deciduous inferior

molar broader than in the European Cat, tame or wild, and attached to the socket

by three roots or fangs ; an extraordinary peculiarity throughout the genus !

In the Indian tame Cats of either type, it has two fangs only, as usual; and all

the teeth are much smaller than in the European wild Cat (F. sytvestris). I

believe the latter to have contributed to the formation of the tame race of Britain,

but not to be the sole origin of the latter. But however this may be, nobody will

suspect that F. syitvestTRIs is a wild type to which the tame Cats of India can be

referred in any degree! Then whence the origin of the latter? It would appear

that several wild species intermingle with them even now; as does F. SYLVESTRIS

with the tame Cats of the Scottish Highlands. Thus Sir W. Jardine, while sup-

posing the domestic Cat to have derived from F. MaNnicuLaTa, remarks—‘* We

have no doubt that since its introduction to this country, and more particularly to

the north of Scotland, there has beem occasional crossing with our own native

species, and that the result of these crosses have been kept in our houses, We

have seen many Cats very closely resembling the wild Cat, and one or two that

were very tame, which could scarcely be distinguished from it.” But such are

never seen in the southern parts of England, where we may look in vain for the

peculiar bold wavy streaks and the thick untapering tail of F. sytvestris, Still,

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 44.5

described; and its co-habitant the Frtis ornata is now fairly made

known for the first time! No doubt there is yet much to learn respect-

ing the smaller Vertebrata of the same region.

8. Capt. E. T. Dalton, Dibrughur, Asam. The skull of a fine male of

the Buporcas Taxtcotor, Hodgson.

9. Sir J. Barlow, Bart., C. S. Skull and horns of a fine male wild

Buffalo.

10. Capt. P. Jenkins, Madras Service, Sagur. Series of caudal vertebre

of a cow Gaour (Bos Gaurvs), required to complete a skeleton in the

museum.

11. C. Brownlow, Esq. The half of a remarkable ‘bezoar,’ obtained

from the stomach ofa domestic bull, which had managed to munch down

a couple of rough country blankets: no uncommon propensity on the

part of domestic cattle. This bezoar, finely illustrative of the rotatory

action of the stomach, is 54 in. in diameter.

12. J. E. Bruce, Esq., Chittagong. Three entire specimens in spirit,

and a skin, of HuRINORHYNCHUS PYGMZEUS.

Here may be remarked, that, in a collection of bird-skins from Bombay,

sent on inspection by Dr. G. Buist, on behalf of the Bombay branch of

the Royal Asiatic Society, the only novelty I can find is the Parus xan-

tHoGENYS of Dr. Jerdon’s catalogue, for which I propose the name

_ P. Jerpont, x. s. It much resembles P. xanrnHocenys, Vigors, of the

N. W. Himalaya; but is conspicuously larger, having the back less tinged

with yellow, the yellow portions of the plumage not so intense in hue,

and the yellow sincipital streak is not continued forward over the eye, as

in P. xaAnTHOGENYS (verus). Length of wing 3 in.; and of tail 22 in. :

jn P. xanTHoGEnys the wing varies from 23 to 2? in., and the tail mea-

sures 24 in. This is the third species which has now been discriminated

apart from P. xantHoGEnys, Vigors; the others being P. sprnonotus,

nobis, from Nipal, Sikim, the Khasyas, &c.,—and P. sunviripis, Tickell,

nobis, from the mountainous interior of the Tenasserim provinces. I

as compared with any Indian tame Cat, the affinity of an ordinary British Cat to

F, syivesrris is manifest; and due, I suspect, to frequent intermixture at a time

when the tame Cat was first introduced into Britain and continued rare, while the

wild species was far more abundant than at present; an indelible impress of the

native stock having been then effected, which may have gradually diffused itself

throughout the domestic race in Britain and neighbouring countries. This much,

at least, appears to be quite clear, that several wild species have contributed to

produce the domestic Cats of different regions.

446 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

have further distinguished T. rupipivenrris of Nipal and Sikim from

P. MELANOLOPHUS, Vigors, of the Simla and Masuri mountains; with

which the P. metanotornus of Jerdon’s catalogue still requires to be

critically compared.

Another bird-novelty is a strongly marked species of Parrakeet, which

I procured and kept for some time alive; but the specimen is now added

to the museum.

PALZORNIS VIRIDIMYSTAX, nobis. Size about that of P. mMaALAccENSIs ;

closed wing 6 in. Colour bright golden-green, the green deeper than

usual in this genus, with light indigo-blue on the primaries and tail :

axillaries, and fore-part of the wing underneath, bright yellow: a broad

band of peach-blossom red below the eye, from bill to middle and lower

portion of ear-coverts; rest of the latter green tinged with verditer ;

moustachial streak as in P. maLaccrensis and others, but of a darkish

green hue, contrasting with the more yellowish green of the body: a

slight pale duskyish streak also from nostril to eye; and small red spot

above the eye (conspicuous in the living bird). Bill duskyish in the indi-

vidual, but with the upper mandible doubtless coral-red in the adult.

Trides dark greenish-hazel, surrounded by a white ring. Feet pale green-

ish-grey. Habitat unknown.

As an interesting acquisition to our bird-collection, may also be men-

tioned a fine specimen of the great Black Cockatoo of N. Guinea (Micro-

GLOSSUM ATERRIMUM?*), which was brought dead, affording the oppor-

tunity of examining it fresh. This bird is remarkable for its enormous

beak, and the great ‘tooth’ or process on the upper mandible; but its

tongue is not particularly small, as the generic name imports. The figure

in Edwards’s ‘ Birds’ gives a better idea of the species than any other

which I have seen.

Some recent observations lead to the opinion that the great Sulphur-

erested White Cockatoo of N. Guinea is distinct from that of N.S. Wales.

A fine living specimen of the latter (Cacatua GALERITA vera) entirely

corresponds with Mr. Gould’s figure of the species in the ‘ Birds of Aus-

tralia,’t having the bare skin surrounding the eye pure white, or with an

* JT am aware that two species have been discriminated ; but not of their dis-

tinctions.

+ “Tf,” remarks Mr. Gould, ‘‘ we regard the White Cockatoo of Van Diemen’s

Land, that of the continent of Australia, and that of New Guinea as mere varieties

of each other, this species has a more extensive range than most other birds. It

is an inhabitant of all the Australian colonies, both on the southern and northern

coasts, but has not yet been observed on the western.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 447

exceedingly faint (barely perceptible) pink blush; and no naked space

surrounding the base of bill. Closed wing measuring (in a specimen in

our museum received from the Sydney Institution) 14 inches. This fine

bird is not often to be seen on sale with the Calcutta dealers. Another,

however, is commonly to be obtained here, which I have reason to believe

is from N. Guinea or its neighbourhood: this is smaller, with a consider-

able circlet of bare skin of a blackish colour surrounding the bill, and the

naked space around the eye is conspicuously of a pale verditer hue, more

or less deep; a peculiarity which catches the eye at the first glance: the

loral plumes being reduced to quite a narrow line. Closed wing (in a

specimen in our museum) only 12 inches. If still unnamed, it may be

designated C. cyanoris, nobis.* <A third, which I take to be C. crTRINO-

cristaTa, Fraser, is again smaller, with considerably smaller and more

compressed beak, and particularly fine crest; closed wing, in a female

specimen in our museum, only 10% in.; but in a remarkably fine male,

were its wings not mutilated, at least 1 in. more. The habitat of this

species is unknown; and its beak is much more compressed than in the

** On a close examination of specimens from the three countries above mentioned,

a decided difference is observable in the structure of the bill, but of too trivial a

character, in my opinion, to warrant their being considered as distinct ; in fact, it

would seem to be merely a modification of the organ for the peculiar kind of food

afforded by the respective countries [rather a bold Lamarckian suggestion!] The

Van Diemen’s Land bird is the largest in every respect, and has the bill, parti-

cularly the upper mandible, less abruptly curved, exhibiting a tendency to the form

of that organ in the genus Limictis: the bill of the New Guinea bird is much

rounder, and is, in fact, fitted to perform a totally different office from that of the

White Cockatoo of Van Diemen’s Land, which I have ascertained, by dissection,

subsists principally on the small tubers of the terrestrial Orchidaceae, for procuring

of which its lengthened upper mandible is admirably adapted; while it is more

than probable that no food of this kind is to be obtained by the New Guinea bird,

the structure of whose bill indicates that hard seeds, nuts, &c., constitute the

principal portion of its diet. The crops and stomachs of those killed in Van

Diemen’s Land were very muscular, and contained seeds, grain, native bread (a

species of fungus), small tuberous and bulbous roots, and, in most instances, large

stones.”

Surely the differences are not much greater upon which Mr. Gould founds several

of his species of Black Cockatoo (CALypTtoruyncuus), &c. &c.

* Behind the crest is a space bare of feathers in all Cockatoos; and the skin

there is pale pinkish in C. GALeRiTa, and much darker and tinged with blue in

C. CYANOPIs.

—

448 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. &.

common C, suLPHUREA of Timor, the closed wing of which measures only

9 in.; and which is readily distinguished by its much shorter crest, and

by the deep yellow spot on the cheeks. The last is by far the commonest

species in the Calcutta bird-bazar, and sells at a much lower price than

the others. I have seen an individual variety of it, having the crest of a

bright flame-colour.

Here also I may notice a remarkable species of Pelican, which is now

living in the menagerie of the Maharaja of Burdwan, in company with

specimens of P. savanicus and P. crispus. It is generally similar to P.

gavaNicus, but has the frontal skin curiously inflated, so as to present

somewhat the appearance of a largely developed frontal knob of ANsER

CYGNOIDES, only feathered; and a further difference consists in the naked

skin of the cheeks and pouch being yellowish-white, whereas in P. sava-

nicus that of the cheeks is deep purplish or livid-carneous, and of the

pouch intense yellow. If distinct and new, P. INFLATIFRONS, nobis.

Lastly, I may here notice that in the beginning of last April, I procured

a fresh specimen (from the vicinity of Calcutta) of Crornis BANYUMAS,

(Horsfield); a well known Javanese bird, only once known to have been

procured before in India,—viz. by Mr. Jerdon in the Nilgiris, his speci-

men being also now in the Society’s collection. The Calcutta specimen is

a young male, that had just assumed the plumage of maturity ; but still

retaining some of the first or nestling wing-coverts.

13. Capt. Berdmore, Schwe Gyen, Pegu. A number of living Tortoises,

comprising several specimens of Tustupo ELoNGATA, nobis, remarkable —

for the yellowish-white colour of the head and neck.

14. T. C. Jerdon, Esq. Sagur. <A bottle of reptiles, comprising one

remarkable new species, which may be described as a CaLorss, with enor-

mous head, short and thick body, the tail not exceeding the body in

length, and the toes also short and strong; a slight nuchal crest, and

medial dorsal ridge composed of a row of high-keeled scales ; two detached

tufts of sincipital spines, one contiguous to the tympanum, and each com-

prising one principal spine. Colour olive, with a row of large round dark

spots, bordered and set off with white, along the back and anterior half

of the tail, continued as simple indistinct dark spots to the end of the

tail; the white broader and forming a kind of pale spot on each side of

the neck; and anterior to this first large spot is a small one upon the

crest: lower-parts yellowish-white, the throat regularly speckled with

pale dusky: a conspicuous oblique white band passing from beneath the

eye to the angle of the mouth. Scales of the body in transverse bands,

the oblique tendency much less conspicuous than in Catorzs. I shall

1856.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 449

describe this species more minutely by the name BracHYSAURA ORNATA.

15. Dr. M’Connor. A bottle of scorpions and centipedes.

16. From the Madras museum. A few fine specimens of Crustacra,

comprising OcYPODA BREVIROSTRIS, GELASIMUS ANNULIPES, and one or

two other Crabs new to the Society’s collection.

KK. Buytu.

LIBRARY.

The Library has received the following additions during the month

of July last.

The White Yajurveda, edited by Albrecht Weber, part III. No. 1,

Berlin, 1856, 4to.—By tur Eprtror.

Malavika und Agnimitra, Ein drama des Kalidasa in fiinf Akten, zum

ersten Male aus dem Sanskrit tibersetzt von Albrecht Weber, Berlin,

1856, 12mo.—By Dr. A. WEBER.

Ueber den semitischen Ursprung des indischen Alphabetes von Dr. A.

Weber.—By THE Same.

Selections from the Records of the Government of India, No. XII.

Report shewing the relations of the British Government with the tribes,

Independent and Dependent, on the North-West Frontier of the Punjaub,

from 1849 to 1855.—District Memorandum, Derah Ishmael Khan. Cal-

cutta, 1856.—By THE GOVERNMRNT oF INDIA.

Ditto ditto ditto, No. XIII. Progress Report of the Public Works

Department, for 1854-55.—By THE Same.

Ditto ditto ditto, No. XIV. Minute of Lord Dalhousie.—By THE Same.

Report on the Survey Operations of the Lower Provinces, from Ist

October 1853 to 30th September, 1854.—By THE Govt. oF BENGAL.

Ditto ditto of the ditto from 1st October, 1854 to 30th October, 1855.

—By THE Same. .

Selections from the Records of Government, N. W. P. Part XXVI.

Saugor Code of Civil Judicature. By THE GOVERNMENT OF THE N. W. P.

Annual Report of the Grant Medical College, Bombay, Tenth year

Session, 1855-56.—By THE PRINCIPAL OF THE Grant MepicaL CoLLEcE.

Proceedings of the Royal Asiatic Society, Vol. VIII. Nos. 19 and 20,

two copies.—By THE SociETY.

Ditto of the Royal Geographical Society of London, from January to

April, 1856.—By tHe Socizry.

Transactions of the Bombay Geographical Society, for 1856.—By THE

Society.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, for June, 1856.—By THE Epiror.

oN 2

450 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for July, 1856.—By THE Epirors.

The Oriental Baptist, for July, 1856,—By tHE Eprtor.

Upadeshak, for July, 1856, No. 115.—By THE Epriror.

The Durbin Newspaper.—By tHE Epitor.

History of Asiatic Cholera Morbus: by Dr. F. Baleguer, Agra, a pam-

phlet.—By Mr. Buiytu.

Exchanged.

The Atheneum, for April, 1856.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Journal

of Science, No. 73, for May, 1856,

Purchased.

L’Atheneum Francais, Nos. 13 to 17.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 8 to 11.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 12 to 16, Tome XLII.

Revue des Deux Mondes, for April and May, 1856, pt. I. Vol. I.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, No. 3, 1856.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Tome 4, No. 4.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 101, Vol. 17.

The Edinburgh Review, No. 210, for March, 1856.

The Quarterly Review, No. 196.

Gour Doss Bysack,

Asst. Secy, and Librarian.

PADALDAL SS SEPP LIILDLLL LO

For SEPTEMBER, 1856.

Ata monthly general meeting of the Society held on the 8rd

instant, at the usual hour.

Hon’ble Sir James Colvile, Kt., President in the chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations were received—

1.—From Lieut. R. Stewart, Cachar, a collection of arms, wea-

pons, ornaments, and other articles manufactured and used by the

tribe called Thadous or Kookies, a list of which is subjoined.

No. 1.—A dhao, or sword, with leather sheath, shoulder belt

ornamented with cowries, and tassels of goat hair.

Nos. 2, 3 and 4.—Spears of three different kinds.

No. 5.—Spear used by the women.

No. 6.—Spear-head and case. This spear-head 1s poisoned, and

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 451

is fastened on a long shaft and used in hunting elephants.

No. 7.—Bow.

No. 8.—Arrows, poisoned and unpoisoned in quiver.

No. 9.—Hunting basket to contain quivers of arrows, with

shoulder belt ornamented with cowries.

No. 10.—Panjies or spikes for planting in the ground to check

an advancing enemy, in a basket or quiver.

No. 11.—Shield ; leather with brass plates and red-dyed goat’s

hair tassels.

No. 12.—Powder-horn, of the methin or wild cow.

No. 13.—Leathern mail-coat.

No. 14.—Iron head-piece, to defend the head; round this is

bound the turban, strap, and ribbon.

No. 15.—Turban, ornamented with a tuft of the feathers of the

Holapakee bird. The tuft sticks out in front of the forehead.

No. 16.—Turban ribbon, of red-dyed goat’s hairs. This is bound

round the turban as ornament.

No. 17.—Turban strap, of leather ornamented with cowries, also

bound round the turban and serving to keep it attached to the head.

Nos. 18, 19 and 20.—Plumes of feathers and goat’s hairs stuck

in the back-knot of the hair of the head.

No. 21.—A man’s hair-pin, used (also as a pipe-prick or tobacco

stopper—a porcupine’s quill is often substituted for the iron pin.

No. 22.—A. woman’s hair pin—brass.

No. 23.—Bracelet of massive ivory, worn on the wrist of the left

hand, as a guard to prevent the bowstring hurting that hand, when

released by the fingers of the right in shooting.

No. 24.— Bracelet for the same purpose as the above, in wood.

No. 25.—Bracelet of massive brass, with leaden bullet inside,

causing a tinkling sound when shaken. This is used as a weapon

also, being in default of other arms slipped over the wrist and held

in the hand to add weight to a blow.

No. 26.—Woman’s bracelet, brass spring.

No. 27.—Armlet—brass spring.

No. 28.—Armlet, massive brass.

No. 29.—Armlet, formed of two semicircular boar tusks, joined.

No. 30.—Armlet, of ivory from the root of the elephant’s tusk.

452 Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. [ No. 5.

No. 31.—Earrings of silver, inserted into a hole bored in the

lobe of the ear, and stretched to the required dimensions.

No. 32.—EHarrings of brass of the same kind.

No. 33.—Ear ornaments of red and blue stones suspended from

the rings.

No. 34.—Single red stone ear ornament, of great value among

the tribe, suspended as above.

No. 85.—Necklace of coral beads.

No. 86.—Necklace of blue stone beads.

No. 87.—Necklace of beads made from ground shells and worn

by the women.

Nos. 38 and.39.—Seed necklaces of two kinds.

Nos. 40 and 41.—Tiger’s tooth and wolf’s tooth worn as talis-

mans round the neck to keep off attacks from those animals.

No. 42.—Talismanic stone, enclosed in basket carried by hunters

to ensure success in sport.

No. 43.— A small box containing a little of the Kookie poison

with which they smear their weapons.

No. 44.—Kookie garter, made of the goat’s beard, worn below

the knee. *

No. 45.—Kookie woman’s petticoat.

No. 46.— White cotton cloth or sheet.

No. 47.—Cotton cloth, dyed with wild indigo.

No. 48.—Cotton rug.

No. 49.—Brass wire girdle or zone for the waist.

No. 50.—Kookie bagpipes (Ghoshem) hollowed gourd with bam-

boo pipes.

No. 51.—Kookie bell.

No 52.—Vessel for holding tobacco water.

No. 538.—Drinking vessel.

Nos. 54, 55 and 56.—Three different kinds of brass tobacco pipes

with mouth-pieces ; used by the men.

No. 57.—Bamboo tobacco pipe.

No. 58.—Hookah used by the women, with earthen bowl, bam-

boo water-piece, and brass mouth-piece, together with pricker and

chain.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 453

Nos. 59 and 60.—Two flint and steel cases, one of brass, and the

other of mat-work.

No. 61.—Kookie haversack, with shoulder help, ornamented

with cowries.

No. 62.—Purse, cotton, net-work.

No. 63.—Kookie basket for carriage on the back.

No. 64.—Collar and strap to suspend the above from the fore-

head and shoulders.

No. 65.—Woman’s basket for carrying light goods.

No. 66.—Fan.

Nos. 67 and 68.—Boxes, hollowed from single pieces of wood

with lids.

No. 69.— Wooden platter.

Nos. 70 and 71.—-Baskets with lids.

The Secretary read an extract from Lieut. Stewart’s letter.

“ The Kookies ask great prices for all things made of metal; im-

mense value is also attached to ornaments of stone. The little

stone No. 34, cost Rs. 10; and similar stones are often valued as

high as Rs. 3000. Wherein lies the virtue of these stones it is

difficult to perceive, for they cannot be distinguished, save by

the Kookies themselves, from either No. 84, or the red stones in

the centre of No. 38, and yet the whole of the stones composing

No. 33, only cost Rs. 2.”’

2.—From Syud Kaéaramt Ali Motawalli of the Emambara at

Hooghly, a piece of mineral, and some specimens of red sulphur

which were said to have come from the mountain Damawaind, found

seven years ago after an earthquake.

The mineral was found in the Hindu Koosh, and obtained by

the Syud in Cabul.

3.—From Capt. W. H. Lowther, some specimens of earths and

lime formation from Oude; which he believed would be useful for

pottery purposes.

The following is Capt. Lowther’s letter accompanying them.

“ Thinking that even the smallest contributions may be accept-

able, I forward the three enclosed specimens of earths, and lime

formation from Oude, a country which I have just left. The clays

454 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. - [No. 5.

and lime were employed in building the cantonment, and from a.

small experiment I made, I ascertained that the first were capable

of burning for pottery purposes.

Nowhere in India have I seen such hard bricks, of so fine a colour,

or so lasting, as in Oude. There are forts, scattered all over the

district, built of baked blocks as sound and ruddy in hue as when

first constructed, although a period of 700 or 800 years has elapsed:—

some of these massive materials are several cubic feet in dimensions,

and, on being fractured, exhibit a fine vermillion red, with a strong

saline taste. The earths I now forward are from the new station

Persuddpoor on the right bank of the small river ‘ Sihi,’ Salone

Pergunnah.” —

4.—From Mr. J. N. Payter, a book entitled Culpeper’s Complete

Herbal, &c., originally published in London, 1653, and illustrative

of the state of Botanical science at that period.

5.—From Major H. L. Thuillier, 28 sheets of the Trigonometrical

Survey maps for the India Atlas of the Society, completing the

series up to the present date.

6.—From the Curators of the Calcutta Library, a copy of the

last Catalogue of the Library.

7.—From Mr. J. Nietner, the first of a series of entomological

papers on the Coleoptera of Ceylon.

The following gentlemen duly proposed and seconded at the last

meeting, were balloted for and elected members.

Lieut. H. 8. Forbes, Artillery,

Sultan Mohammed Busheerudeen Saheb,

A. R. Young, Esq., B. C. S., and

R. B. Chapman, Esq., B. C.S.,

The Council had the satisfaction to report, that a request which

they had made to the Government of India, to allow the lithogra-

phic drawings required for the Society’s Journal to be printed free

of cost in the office of the Surveyor General, had been complied with,

under orders communicated by Mr. Under Secretary Chapman.

The following draft of a reply to the despatch of the Hon’ble

Court of Directors, on the subject of the Oriental publications,.

was next read.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 455

To W. Grey, Esq.,

Secretary to the Govt. of Bengal.

Srz,—In reply to your letter No. 1036, dated 21st July, 1856,

forwarding the copy of a despatch dated 13th May last, from the

Hon’ble the Court of Directors in reference to the management of

the Bibliotheca Indica, together with some remarks of the Lieut.-

Governor upon the heavy liabilities of the Oriental fund, I am

directed to request you to inform H. H. the Lieut.-Governor of

the readiness of the Society to carry out the orders conveyed by

the Hon’ble Court’s despatch, in reference to the future application

of their grant for the encouragement of Oriental Literature ; but

at the same time to request that he will lay before them the

enclosed copy of a correspondence which has lately passed between

the Society and Professor H. H. Wilson, as explanatory of the

principles on which the Bibliotheca Indica has, of late, been con-

ducted.

I am further instructed to observe, in reference to the remarks of

the Lieut.-Governor on the liabilities of the Oriental fund, that the

progress of nearly all the works which were in course of publication

was suspended some months ago, on its being found that the activity

of the several Editors had pushed the publication of the series

beyond prudent limits.

I have, &c.,

The letter was approved and adopted.

The Secretary made a communication on the part of the Council,

in reference to the announcement made at the last meeting by

Major Thuillier, of the discovery of a mountain in the Himalayan

range, which the computations of Col. Waugh, the Surveyor

General of India, had ascertained to be of greater altitude (29,002

feet) than Kanchinjinga or any other known height in this range,

and therefore in the world.

Col. Waugh had stated in the letter by which this announce-

ment had been made through Major Thuillier, that he had been

quite unable to ascertain what was the local name, if any existed,

of this mountain mass, (marked XV. in the diagrams of the Trig).

| Survey) and that in the absence of such name, which he should of

course have adopted, if it could had been ascertained, he assumed

3 0

456 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5: .

the privilege, as first discoverer, of proposing a name for this the

loftiest peak on the surface of the globe.

The name proposed by him was “ Mont Everest.’’

Now it was the opinion of many gentlemen, in which the Council

fully concurred, that it was very desirable, in accordance with the

established practice of geographers, that the native appellation of

this gigantic peak should be that, by which it is known to the

civilized world, and that an endeavour should be made to ascertain

this name—of the existence of which there can be little doubt—

through the agency of the Nepal government or otherwise; but

that in the mean time it would be in every way more appropriate

and more consistent with usage, that the mountain should be called

after the name of its distinguished and accomplished discoverer,

Colonel Waugh, than by that of his predecessor Col. Everest, who,

however great his merits and abilities, had no immediate connection

with this discovery.

The Council therefore suggested to the meeting the propriety

of addressing a letter to Col. Waugh, expressing a hope that he

would acquiesce in this view of the subject, and allow the mountain

to be called provisionally at least by his own name, instead of by

that of his predecessor.

After some discussion this proposition was negatived, several

members having expressed an opinion that it would not be compli-

mentary to Col. Waugh to interfere in the matter.

Communications were received—

1.—From the Lieut.-Governor of the N. W. P. through Mr.

Assistant Secretary Oldfield, copy of a correspondence on the

subject of the exploration of the ruins of Sarnath, conducted

during the past season under the supervision of Dr. Butler.

2.—From Babu Radha Nath Sikdar, forwarding copy of a

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General’s Office,

Calcutta, for the months of June and July last.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

Mr. Oldham begged to bring before the Society a coin of some

interest. About a fortnight since, he had received from a friend, a

silver coin, with a request that he would say what it was. Not be-

ing able to do so himself, he had applied to the best authority he,

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 457

could command, and had sent the coin to the former Librarian of

the Society, Babu Rajendraldél Mittra. From him he had received

the note which he would read.

My pag Srr,—Your coin is from Cooch Behar, and is an in-

teresting specimen of an obscure type. On the obverse it has Sri

srt Siva charana kamala madhu karasya, “ of the bee of the lotus feet of

the twice illustrious Siva ;’’ and on the reverse Sri sri man narand-

rdyana bhupdlasya sike 1477 ; ‘“ of the doubly blessed King Narané-

rayana, in the Saka year 1477” (¢. e. 1555 of the Christian era.) The

language of the inscription is Sanskrit, and the character Bengali.

According to the genealogical tables consulted by Major (now Lieut.-

Col.) Jenkins, (Bengal Selections, No. 5,) Narandraéyana was the

son and successor of Biswa Singh, the founder of the Cooch dynasty.

The era of Naranarayana is nowhere given: at a rough guess

Lieut.-Col. Jenkins assumes Biswa Singh to have lived about 300

years ago. The coin enables us to settle this point definitively.*

Two coins of this type have been figured by Marsden, but none

of the reign of Naranarayana; nor is his reading of the dates of his

coins at all correct. He brings down Lakshminarayana the immediate

successor of Naranarayana to the year 1727, and yet it is well known

that no less than eight princes, some of very long and prosperous

reigns, succeeded him, before the country came in contact with the

British Government in 1772.

Yours very truly,

RAJENDRALAL Mirra.

* Buchanan Hamilton, in his History of Cooch Behar, (ante vol. vii. p. 16)

questions the accuracy of Biswa Singh’s era, and adverts to several circumstances

which, he thinks, seem to be irreconcilable with facts recorded by Mohammedan

historians. The anachronism, however, if there be any, must be trifling as the era

of Naranarayana given by him (loc. cit.) accords completely with the date of the

coin under notice.

The coin is figured below.—R. M.

458 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

It would be seen from this that the coin he now handed to the

Chairman for the cabinet of the Society, was one of considerable

interest, and of new historical value. In giving the information he

had thus acquired to Mr. Tuckerman, the proprietor of the coin,

Mr. Oldham had suggested that if he were not himself a collector

of such objects of curiosity and interest, it would be very desirable

to place this coin in some collection where it would be available to

the student of history and numismatics, and he had been most

liberally requested by Mr. Tuckerman to do what appeared best

with the coin; he therefore had now the pleasure of presenting this

silver coin to the Society, in the name of N. C. Tuckerman, Esq.

In doing so, Mr. Oldham further begged to propose that the

thanks of the Society be given to Mr. Tuckerman for this inter-

esting addition to their collection.

Col. Baker having seconded the motion, it was carried unani-

mously.

Dr. Thomson, at the request of the President, read a paper

entitled “ notes on the Herbarium of the Calcutta Botanic Garden,

with especial reference to the completion of the Flora Indica.”

He stated that as he had undertaken, in conjunction with Dr.

Hooker, to publish a Flora of British India, he was desirous of

bringing to the notice of botanists in all parts of India, that he

would gladly receive specimens of plants from those desirous of

contributing to the progress of the work. Specimens from all parts

of India would be acceptable, the illustration of the geographical

distribution being one of his main objects, but for the purpose of

indicating the least known districts he read a list of the contents of

the Garden Herbarium.

The best thanks of the Society were voted to Dr. Thomson for

his interesting communication.

At a Special General Meeting of the Asiatic Society, held according

to announcement, on the 10th September last at the usual hour.

Hon’ble Sir J. W. Colvile, Kt., President, in the chair.

The question of reducing the rate of subscription to the Society

from Ks. 16 to Rs. 10 per quarter, as proposed by Major Thuillier

at the ordinary General Meeting of June last, was taken into con-

sideration. The Secretary announced that twenty-six non-resident

1856.]

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

4.59

members only out of sixty-three had replied to the circular* which

was addressed to them, requesting their votes on the proposed

alteration.

Sixteen voted in favor of, and ten against, reduction.

Such of their letters as contained remarks or suggestions, were then

read, and after considerable discussion the question was put to the

vote when there appeared—

For

Residents present, ...............

Non-residents, ...........0...00000s

AGAINST

——

The proposition was therefore lost in accordance with bye law

45, which provides that three-fourths of the votes taken, shall be

necessary to carry any proposed alteration or amendment of the

rules.

The following is the List of Voters :—

For

Non-resident members.

. Capt. F. P. Layard, Berham-

pore.

. Dr. J. Fayrer, Lucknow.

. Kabeeroodeen Ahmed. Baha-

door, Sasseram.

. Rajah Issree Persaud, Be-

nares.

. W. Muir, Esq., Agra.

. Lieut. R. Stewart, Cachar.

» Major J. Abbott, Ishapore.

. Major J.

C. Haughton,

Moulmein.

. J. C. Middlecott, Esq., Ju-

bulpore.

. Capt. H. S. Bivar, North

Cachar.

. Major R. R. N. Ellis, Bun-

dlecund.

10.

Resident members present at the

AGAINST

Non-resident members.

. G. H. Freeling, Esq., Orai.

. Dr. J. Row, Meerut.

. Lieut.-Col. M. E. Loftie, Al-

morah.

. R. Spankie, Esq., Mussorie.

. Captain R. Maclagan, Roor-

kee.

. Lieut. N. W. Elphinstone,

Goorgooriah.

. Col. Sir A. Bogle, Moulmein.

. Major A. P. Phayre, Ran-

goon.

Capt. S. S. Dalton, Assam.

F. E. Hall, Esq., Ajmere.

meeting.

11. Hon’ble Sir J. Colvile, Kt.,

President.

* This circular was accompanied by a paper containing a resumé of the Pro-

ceedings of the Society in reference to the proposed reduction.

460 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

12. Major J. H. Hanyngton, 12. Rajah Pertaéb Chunder Singh,

Chota Nagpore. Bahadoor.

13. Capt. H. C. James, Darjeel- 13. Babu Jadava Krishna Singh.

ing. 3 14. Babu Rajendra Lal Mittra.

14. R. H. Russell, Hsq., Bogra. 15. C. Beadon, Esq.

15. J. J. Gray, Esq., Malda. 16. Capt. C. B. Young.

46. Col. Sir H. M. Lawrence,’ 17. Dr. T. Boycot. | |

Abboo. 18. Dr. T. Thomson.

Resident members present at the 19. Dr. H. Walker.

- meeting. 20. Lieut.-Col. W. HE. Baker.

17. Major H. L. Thuillier. 21. Capt. H. Yule.

18. Hon’ble E. Drummond. 22. Dr. G. G. Spilsbury.

19. Capt, W. S. Sherwill. 23. W.S. Atkinson, Esq.

20. D. Money, Esq. |

21. Babu Radha Nath Sikdar.

22. Revd. K. M. Banerjee.

23. T. Oldham, Esq.

24, EH. A. Samuells, Esq.

25. G. Young, Esq.

LIBRARY.

The Library has received the following accessions during the month

of August last.

Presented.

Culpeper’s Complete Herbal, London, 1653, Royal 4to.—By J. N. Pay-

TER, Esq. ZEMINDAR, DINAGEPORE.

Catalogue of the Calcutta Public Library, Calcutta, 1855, 8vo.—By

THE CURATOR OF THE LIBRARY.

Report on the Revenue Administration of the Lower Provinces for the

official years 1853-54 and 1854-55, 2 pamphlets.—By THE GOVERNMENT

oF BENGAL.

‘Selections from the Records of the Madras Government, No. XXV.

1856—Report on important Public Works, for 1854, 8vo.—By THE SaME.

An Introductory Lecture delivered in the Grant Medical College, by

R. Haines, M. B. Bombay, 1856, pamphlet.—By tor Lecturer.

Mahabhashya, edited by Dr. Ballantine and Kashinauth Shastry, Be-

nares.—-By THE Enitors.

The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Vol, XII, part 2,

No. 46, Landon, 8vo.

1856.] > Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 461

The Journal of the Society of Arts, and of the Institutions in Union,

Vol. IV. No. 188, London.—By THE SocIETY.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London, No. III.

April and May, 1856.—By tue Society.

Journal Asiatique, Tome VII. No. 26, for February and March 1856.

Natuurkundig Tidschrift voor Nederlandsch Indié, Deel I. Derde Serie

Deel IX. Affev. I. II. og IJ].—By tort Naturat History Society or

NETHERLANDS’ INDIA.

Twenty eight Sections of the Trigonometrical Survey Atlas.—By

Masor THUILLIER.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, for July, 1856, Bombay.—By THE

EpDITor.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for August, 1856.—By tur Epirors.

The Oriental Baptist, for August, 1856.—By tHE Epitor.

The Upadeshak, for August, 1856.—By Tur Epitor.

The Tuttwabodhini Putrica, No. 157.—By THE TaTTWABODHINi SABH’A.

The Durbin Newspaper, for August, 1856.—By toe Eprror.

The Phcenix Newspaper, for August, 1856.—By tHE Epiror.

Exchanged.

The Atheneum, for May, 1856.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Jour-

nal of Science, No. 74, for June, 1856.

Purchased.

Genealogische Tabellen der Arabischen stamme und familien. In zwei

abtheilungen. Mit historischen und geographischen bemerkungen in

einem alphabetischen Register. Von Dr. F. Wiistenfeld, 1st and 2nd parts,

Gottingen, 1852.

Die Kaukasischen Glieder des Indoeuropiischen Sprachstamms von

Franz Bopp. Berlin, 1847, pamphlet.

Was hat Mohammed Aus dem Judenthume, aufgenommen? von Abra-

ham Geiger, Bonn, 1833, 8vo.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, No. 4, 1856.

Journal des Savants, for April and May, 1856.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 12 to 16.

L’Atheneum Francais, Nos. 18 to 20.

Revue des Deux Mondes, 15th May, 1856, and 1st June, 1856.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Tome 4th, No. 5.

Govur Doss Bysa’cx,

Asst. Secy. and Librarian.

lst September, 1856,

462 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

For Octozer, 1856.

Ata monthly general meeting of the Society held on the Ist

instant, at the usual hour,

Captain W. S. Sherwill, senior member present, in the chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

A presentation was received from Mr. Moore of a glass tumbler

melted by the electric fluid passing through a room. ‘The following

is his note.

“T send you a tumbler melted by a flash of lightning. Luckily

the bolt passed through the room without doing any one any harm,

though several were seated at table when the occurrence took

place.”

Letters from Mr. Huffnagle and Captain Hopkinson, announcing

their withdrawal from the Society, were recorded.

Raja Gris Chundra Raya Bahadur of Kishnaghur was proposed by

A. Grote, Esq., and seconded by Dr. Spilsbury for ballot at the next

meeting.

The council submitted reports—

1.—Announcing that Dr. Sprenger having gone to Europe, his

place in the Council had been filled up by the election of Mr.

Samuells, subject to the confirmation of the Society at the next

meeting. :

2.—Recommending that the suggestions contained in the sub-

joined report from the Sub-Committee of Philology be adopted.

Report of the Philological Sub-Committee to the Council of the

Asiatic Society.

With reference to the late Despatch from the Hon’ble Court of

Directors on the Oriental publications of the Asiatic Society, and

the expected departure of Dr. Sprenger from India the Sub-Com-

mittee of Philology submit the following suggestions for the

consideration of the Council.

The Sub-Committee find that there are now sixteen works in

course of publication in the Bibliotheca Indica. Of these five are

Arabic and Persian, and the rest Sanskrit. The former include Ibn

Koteyba’s Handbook of History, the Sekandernamah of Nizamy, a

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 463

Dictionary of Persons who knew Mohammed, a Dictionary of Tech-

nical Terms and a History of the Conquest of Syria.

Of these the Handbook of History was undertaken in the year

1851. The Society then had at its disposal three very ancient

MSS. while at that time in all Europe there were only four, and

every one of them more recent than the most modern copy in the

possession of Dr. Sprenger, who had kindly undertaken to edit the

work. Under these circumstances there seemed to be no reason to

expect that any one else would anticipate the Calcutta edition.

But before 60 pages of the work had been printed, the Committee

were informed that Professor Wiistenfeld of Berlin had lithogra-

phed the whole book, and there existed no further occasion to

print it in this country. They, therefore, immediately put a stop

to the Society’s edition, and have now to recommend that it be

dropped altogether.

2.—The Sekandernamah has been printed to the extent of nearly

one half; the other half will fill about one fasciculus. The MSS.

available for this portion are correct, and as soon as Dr. Sprenger

has compared them with a printed copy lately brought by him from

Bagdad, it should be carried through the press under the super-

intendence of a competent Mawlavi.

3.-—Of the Dictionary of Persons who knew Mohammed thirteen

fasciculi have been published. This portion includes nearly one

fourth of the work, and has been printed at a cost of about

Rs. 4000. To complete it, it will be necessary to incur an addi-

tional expense of at least Rs. 10,000. The MSS. from which the

first portion of the work has been printed, belong to individuals to

whom they must be immediately returned by Dr. Sprenger, having

been already detained for more than three years, so that the work

can no longer be continued. The committee therefore propose that

the published portion be offered to any publisher, who will under-

take under proper guarantee to complete the work and present to

the Society 50 copies of the continuation.

4...The remarks made with reference to the Biographical

Dictionary apply equally to the Dictionary of Technical Terms, and

for its completion the Sub-Committee would recommend a similar

plan. But in as much as really one half of the work has been

3 P

464 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

already printed, the expense of completing it will be comparatively

less, and as the work is likely to find a ready sale, the first portion

may be sold to the publisher at the reduced price of ‘4 to 6 annas

per copy, instead of being given away in exchange for 50 copies of

the concluding portion.

5.—The last Arabic work, which remains incomplete is Lees’

History of the Conquest of Syria. As no competent editor is at

present available to undertake the task, the committee find the

work must stand over until the return of Lieut. Lees from Europe,

when they hope it will be brought to a completion.

The Sanskrita series includes three* portions of the Vedas, twoy

works on Hindu Philosophy, onet on Astronomy, two§ on Indian

Mythology, one|| on the Prakrit language and, one on belles

lettres. These works are all of considerable importance and well

calculated to enhance the credit of the serial in which they are

being published. The Committee are of opinion, therefore, that

the printing of these works should be continued gradually, as the

means at the disposal of the Society enable it to proceed; adequate

provision being made in the first place for the speedy liquidation of

the debt due by the Oriental Publication Fund.

The Bibliotheca Indica, as a series, has now attained to the 139th

Fasciculus, comprehending a large number of works on various

branches of Asiatic learning; it has established its reputation in

Europe, where it has earned for the several editors engaged on it

and for the Society which has conducted it, expressions of thanks

that must be very grateful to both. The unfinished works will

scarcely occupy less than 50 numbers, quite sufficient to make the

contents of the series a compact and complete publication. Look-

ing to the extent to which their resources have been anticipated,

the Committee see little chance of their being in a condition to

undertake a new work for the next three years, and they therefore

* Black Yajur Brahmana, Black Yajur Sanhita, and Chhandogya Upanashads.

+ Vedanta Sutras and Sarvadarsana Sangraha.

$¢ Surya Siddhanta.

§ Markandeya Puran and Lalita Vistara.

|| Kramadis verax Prakritadhya.

§ Vasavadatta.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 465

recommend that the Bibliotheca Indica be brought to a close.

The recent orders of the Court, indeed, will render necessary a

revision of the rules, which were introduced in 1852, and under the

influence of which so many valuable books have been undertaken

before any 2nd series of the Bibliotheca can be commenced with.

(Sp.) A. Grove.

» 9. Lone.

» RasJENDRALAL MirrRa.

» W.S. ATKINSON.

The recommendations were adopted.

Communications were received—

1.—From Major J. J. Bush, Peshawur, bringing to notice that a

regular trade has sprung up at Peshawur and Rawalpindeé by

which large quantities of spurious Bactrian and Indo-Scythian

coins are brought to sale.

“ The following is his letter—

“Since the articles by Major A. Cunningham on spurious Bactrian

and Indo-Scythian coins, published in the journal of the Asiatic

Society of Bengal in 1840, there has not been apparently any further

notice on the subject, and as the evil has alarmingly increased of late

years, it may not perhaps be altogether out of place to call attention

to the clever fabrications every where now procurable in the Pun-

jab.

“The forgeries exposed by Major Cunningham were described by

him ‘ of the rudest kind, faint and indistinct in the outline of the

figures, want of boldness in relief, utter barbarousness of execution,

afull eye toaside face, Greek characters indistinct and corrupt,

and the Bactro-Pali jumbled, transposed, imperfect and reversed ;’

but we now find them of extreme boldness in relief, the legends

generally correct and sharply cut in both characters ; many of them

of considerable excellence, as works of art, and with but little to

denote their utter worthlessness of character as genuine ancient

medals,

“The Bactrian fabrications are now never reproduced in gold, the

Indo-Seythian occasionally are in silver; and the places where the

trade chiefly flourishes, are Peshawur and Rawul Pindee. At the

former, silver Bactrians can be obtained by bags-full, but these, gene-

a2 2

466 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 5.

rally of impure silver and cast, at once tell their own tale. It is at

Rawul Pindee that the best spurious coins are made,—patda kuhna

is the expression used by the men who bring them for sale—these

are of good silver, and the dies so well executed that it is becoming

every day more difficult to detect a struck forgery ; sometimes the

eye or the mouth of a face is faulty, very often the monogram, and

now and then there isa break down in the Greek legend by the

omission of the small omicrons, or the bottom loop of the letter B.

I have seen hemidrachmas of Azas and Azilies so well got up as to

. be perplexing enough, but when they are offered for sale by twenties

and thirties, and purchaseable for annas, there can be no question as

to their origin. Nearly all the recent additions to Bactrian Numis-

matics, first made known to us, I believe, by Major Cunningham’s

unpublished plates, are common as forgeries: beside these, is the

Lysias with Eucratides style of helmet, first published in the Numis-

matic Chronicle for October, 1853, and I have recently seen a forged

Diodotus corresponding with Major Cunningham’s supplementary

Plate, Fig. 6,* which affords a very convincing proof, it is to be feared,

that a white man and his brethren are still at their dirty work.

“To commence a crusade up here against the trade, which it real-

ly has become, would be in vain, for there is not a money-changer

or shroff, and very few jewellers, (many of them possibly in ignor-

ance of the truth,) who have*not laid in a supply of fabrications

under the idea that the Sahzb logue will be eager to purchase. The

market being overstocked and the thing altogether overdone may in

some measure check the evil, but nothing save the civil authorities

setting their police at work to search the coining dens, and on their

seizing the implements, well punishing the perpetrators of this jal

sazt, will ever effectually stop it. In the meantime as it is beyond

a doubt that the fabricators do obtain information from such sources,

let me strongly advise collectors on no consideration whatsoever, to

send plates or drawings of coins to their agents in the Punjab or

Sfx Provinces, for by doing so they very often unwittingly afford

instruction and assistance of the very kind it is our interest to

prevent.”

* With the Greek ( BASIAEOS ANTIOXOY.

legend altered to. | [ Basileos Antiochou]

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 467

2.—From Mr. Hodgson the following papers—

1.—A Note on the native name of the peak of the Himalaya, the

height of which has been lately determined by Col. Waugh.

2d.—Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin, with remarks on

the water shed and plateau of Tibet.

3d.—Systematic Summary of the Route from Kathmandu to Pekin

as traversed by the Nepalese Ambassador to China, Kaji Dalbhanjan

Pande, A. D. 1822-8, and set down by his Secretary at the close of

each day’s journey.

4th.—Abstracts of diary of Route from Kathmandu to Pekin as

taken during the Embassy of Chountra Pushkar Sah, showing the

number and position of the mountain passes.

The first paper, which was read to the meeting, is subjoined.

NATIVE NAME OF MOUNT EVEREST.

To THe Secretary, Asiatic Socrety oF BEne@at.

S1z,—In the report which has just reached me of the last meeting

of the Society, it is announced that a “ nameless’’ peak situated North

Hast of Kathmandu, and in East Longitude 87, had at length been

definitely ascertained by our very able Surveyor General, Colonel

Waugh, to be upwards of 29000 feet high, and consequently to be

the loftiest yet known peak of the Himalaya.

The report goes on to say, that “Colonel Waugh mentioned in

his letter that it was his rule and practice to assign to every

geographic object its true local or native appellation. But here was

a mountain, probably the loftiest in the world, without any local or

native name that was either now ascertained or likely to become so,

till Nepal could be entered and this stupendous mass of snow closely

approached.”’ Consequently, Colonel Waugh had been obliged to

coin’ name, and had fixed on Mount Everest.

Agreeing as I do with Colonel Waugh in the propriety of his

rule of adopting native names, and cordially sympathising with

the sentiment which gave rise to the name Mount Everest, I trust

I may be permitted, without offence, to state, in justice to my

friends the Nepalese and to myself who have been so long connected

with them, that the mountain in question does noé lack a native

and ascertained name; that that name is Déva-dhing§, or holy hill,

468 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

Mons Sacer in Latin; and that it is expressly referred to under

that name in our Journal. To the paper styled “ Route from

Kathmandu to Darjeeling’? there is appended a ‘ Memorandum

relative to the seven Cosis.’’ In the latter occur the following

words: “The Bhotia Cosi,” has its source at Déo-dhunga a vast

Himalayan peak situated 60 to 70 miles east of Gosainthan, and

which Colonel Waugh conjectures may rival Kangchan-jhinga in

height. In the rude sketch map which accompanied that paper,

Déo-dhingé was set down, eo nomine, in the position indicated, and

that that position tallies with the site of Mount Everest, is clear

from the words above quoted, since “60 to 70 miles east of Go-

sainthan,’’ answers precisely to east longitude 87, Gosainthan,”’

being in 86 east longitude.

Other indications equally correspond, and at the same time show

why such an object could not remain unnamed or unascertained.

Thus Déodhtinga and Mount Everest are both “about 100 miles

N. EH. of Kathmandu ;” both are midway between Gosainthén and

Kangchan and, lastly, both are by their position and by the absence

of any like mass of snow in all the interval between those peaks,

identifiable with the so called Kutighat, or the great Gate, which

annually for half the year is closed by winter upon the eastern

highway of Nepalese commerce and intercourse with Tibet and

China.

A few words more may be given to this last point, as being the

matter which chiefly fixed my attention, as a political officer in

Nepal, on the site of Mount Everest, and enabled me at once, when

I heard in after years surmises (from I think Col. Waugh himself

or from some of his subordinates) of the great height of a peak in

that direction, to fix on Déva-dhinga vel Bhairavthan (both names

are used) as being the “enormous snow mass’ in question; and I

have often of late repeated this here, very recently to Mr. Bland-

ford. Round the shoulder of Déo-dhiinga runs, as above intimated,

the great eastern highway (the western being round the shoulder

of Gosainthain) of the merchants and envoys of Nepal proceeding

to Lhasa and Pekin; and this passage along the shoulder of the

huge snowy mass Déo-dhinga vel Bhairavthan is denominated the

Kutighat by Hindusthanees and the people of the plains of India,

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 469

as the passage round the huge snowy mass of Gosainthan is deno-

minated by them the Kérung, or western Ghat. But Kuti and

Kérung are names of towns, the one situated considerably* within,

and the other considerably beyond, the respective ghats; and,

moreover, the word ghat is never used by the highlander (Parbat-

tias) of Nepal for a snow-pass. Their word is langir, and the

especial langur in question is named Bhairava léngur or the pass of

Bhairava, just as the mass above it is called Bhairavéthan, or abode

of Bhairava, Bhairava being the terrific form of the god Siva.

Every merchant and statesman at Kathmandu talks familiarly of

the Bhairava langur, owing to its formidable character, its obstruc-

tiveness (it bars the road to the north for half the year,) and its

strange contrast with that very extensive and very level tract of

country in Tibet, called the Tingri Maidan, on which the Bhairav

langur immeditately opens. And this marked character of the ghat,

added to the unmarked character of the peak above it, may be one

reason why the two are often confounded under the same appel-

lation. But Déo-dhinga and Bhairavathan are nevertheless sufli-

ciently familiar, and correct names for this peak, or snowy mass

rather; and it were indeed a strange circumstance if so remarkable

a natural object had escaped the notice of the people of the country

and thus remained unnamed. Nor would it have been very credi-

table to me after 20 years’ residence in Nepal, had I been unable

to identify that object. The two papers herewith submitted, toge-

ther with those formerly submitted to the Society* or to Govern-

ment, will I trust show that I have given as much attention to the

* 1, Military road throughout the centre of Nepal from Kamaonto Sikim. To

Government.

2. Route from Kathmundu to Tazedo on Chinese frontier, to Society, and pub-

lished in its Researches.

3. Route from Kathmundu to Darjeeling. To Society and published in its

Journal.

4. Physical Geography of Himalaya, to Society and published in its Journal.

5. Visit to Nagakote with notice of the rivers flowing into it, printed in the

Journal.

6. Various routes through Nepal from and to places specified. Sent to Gov-

ernment and deposited in its archives.

7 and 8, Two Journals of embassies from Nepal to China, now sent.

470 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 5.

general subject of Nepalese Geography as my opportunities and

training admitted and my duty required, whilst the foregone

remarks must satisfy every one that this special object, supposed to

have been heretofore utterly unheeded, was one so situated and

circumstanced that no reasonable excuse for ignorance of it on my

part could be made, it being clear that personal approximation was

no more a necessary condition of ascertaining the name, than it was

of determining the height, of Déo-dhinga.

The only doubt in my mind is the greater or less prevalance in

Nepal Proper of the term Déo-dhinga.

Having possibly obtained it from persons dwelling in the vicinity

of Kuti, not at Kathmundu, I have written to Kathmundu to

determine that question, and will here only add, that should the

_ name prove to be more familiar to the people of the Cosian basin

than to those of the valley and capital, it will not be one whit less a

“true native name,”’ just as Col. Waugh’s own Powhanri is as true

a native name as Dr. Hooker’s Donkia, in relation to a Sikim peak

and ghat. . |

; I am, sir, your obedient servant,

(Sd.) B. H. Hopason.

P. 8. I subjoin for reference a copy of the sketch map adverted

to, taken from one of my extra copies of the memoir on the Seven

Cosis.

The two papers herewith submitted are—

1.—Route of the Embassy of Kaji Dalbhanjan Pande to Pekin.

2.—Route of the Embassy of Chountra Pushker Sah to Pekin.

Both from Kathmundu of course.

On the proposition of the chairman, the thanks of the meeting

were voted to Mr. Hodgson for his valuable papers.

3.—From Mr. Assistant Secretary Oldfield, enclosing copies of

Meteorological Registers kept at the office of the Secretary to the

Government of the N. W. P. Agra, for the months of July and

August last.

4.—From Babu Radhé Nath Sikddr, copy of a Meteorological

of August last.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 471.

LIBRARY.

The Library has received the following additions during the month of

September last.

Presented.

Selections from the Records of the Government of India, No. XV.

Papers regarding the Jubbulpore School of Industry, Flax operations in

the Punjaub, Survey Reports of the Central and Northern portions of

Pegu.—By tHe Bencat GovERNMENT.

Ditto Ditto.—By THE GoVERNMENT oF INDIA.

Ditto Ditto, No. XVI. Report on the operations connected with the

Hindoostan and Thibet Road.—By tHz Government oF Inpta.

Report on the Coal and Iron districts of Bengal by Mr. D. Smith.—By

THE SAME.

Soie et Papier Tires de L’ecorce aux fascines du murier par Frédéric

Lotteri. Malte, Pamphlet.—By tHe AuTHorR.

Memoire sur Le Sarcophage et L’inscription Funéraire D’eschmou-

nazur par M. L’Abbé J. J. L. Bargés. Paris, 1856.—By THE AUTHOR. -

Byakaran Chandricé, qytezxq bfaei, by Mothoornauth Turkoruthno,

12mo. pamphlet.—From THE AUTHOR.

The Oriental Baptist for September, 1856.—By tar Epiror.

The Calcutta Christian Observer for Sept., 1856.—By THe Epitors.

The Calcutta Christian Spectator for August, 1856, Bombay.—By THE

Epitor.

The Upadeshak for September, 1856.—By THE Epiror.

The Durbin Newspaper for September, 1856.

The Phenix Newspaper for ditto.

The Morning Chronicle ditto for ditto.

Journal Asiatique, Tome VII. No. 27, for Avril-Mai, 1856.—By THE

Asiatic Socinty oF Paris.

Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society of London, No. 4,

May and June, 1856.—By rue Society.

Specimen e Literis Orientalibus, exhibens az-zamaksarii Lexicon Geo-

graphicum, cui titules est slut} 4 KKolll, Jax WS Ex cod. Leyd. nune

primum edidit Matthias Salverda de Grave. Lugduni Batavorum, 8yo,

1856.—By THE CURATORS OF THE ACADEMY oF LEYDEN.

472 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, new

series, Vol. II. part 1V.—By tur Acapemy.

Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, Vol. 25.—By Tax Sociery.

Hachanged.

The Atheneum, for June and July, 1856.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and Jour=

nal of Science, Nos. 75 and 76 for July, and 77 for August, 1856.

The Calcutta Review, No. 53, for September, 1856.

Purchased.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles. Tome IV. No. 6, and Tome V. No. 1.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, Nos. 5 and 6, 1856.

Revue des Deux Mondes, 15th June, July, and Ist August, 1856.

Journal Des Savants, for June and July, 1856.

Comptes Rendus Nos. 20 to 21, for May, Nos. 22 to 26, for June, 1856,

and Nos. 1 and 2, for July, 1856.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 17 to 24.

L’Athenzum Franeais, Nos. 21 to 29, excepting No. 27.

The Quarterly Review, No. CXCVII. for June, 1856.

The Edinburgh Review, No. 211, for July, 1856.

The American Journal of Sciences and Arts, Nos. 63 and 64.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for July and August,

rege o®

The Westminster Review, No. XIX. for July, 1856.

The Natural History Review.

lst October, 1856. Gour Doss Bysack,

Asst. Secy. and Librarian.

JOURNAL

OF THE

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

DOOD PLVIODPIPVVPVIP LOPLI LDP YL SPIP PL ISL II SIALSINS SL NIN NS Oe

No. VI. 1856.

PPADS LDAAOS PALL LLP IIL II LOLOL

Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin with remarks on the

water-shed and plateau of Tibet—By B. H. Hopason, Hsq.

The two following papers (it may be as well to state, in order to

show their trustworthiness) were presented to me by the Maha

Rajah of Nepal in 1843, when I took my leave of him after having

resided at his court for ten years in the capacity of British minister.

His Highness was pleased to say he desired to give me something,

which, not being of monied value, I should be permitted to retain,

and which he knew I should set especial store by, and all the more

because I was aware that the communicating of any such information

to the “ Feringé’’ (Huropean) was contrary to the fixed policy of

his government. And therewith His Highness gave me these two

documents as well as several others of equal interest. The papers

now in question comprise official summaries of the routes of two

of those embassies of tribute and dependance, which, since the war

of *92 with Tibet (aided by China), Nepal has been bound by treaty

to send to Pekin once every five years. It is customary for these

embassies always to keep nearly or quite to the same track, they

being conducted through Tibet and China at the expense of the

celestial empire and under the guidance of officers appointed by it.

The time of departure from Kathmandu is determined by the

opening of the passes over the Himalaya, which takes place usually

during the first half of June by the melting of the snows; and

that accordingly is the regular period for the setting out of the

No. LXXXIV.—NeEw Senrizs. Vou. XXV. 3 Q

47 A toute of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [ No. 6.

ambassador, who usually reaches Pekin about the middle of the

following January. The ambassador’s suit is rigidly fixed as to

number and as to every other detail; and, well or ill, tired or not,

his excellency is obliged by his pragmatical Chinese conductor

(perhaps we should add in candour, by the character also of the

country to be traversed) to push on towards his destination with

only one halt of about a month and half at Lhasa, where, luckily

for him, there is always some necessary business to transact, the

Nepalese having long had commercial establishments in that city.

The ambassador, who is always a man of high rank (Hindu of

course) and rather advanced in life, can take his own time, and cook

and eat his own food, and use his own comfortable sedan chair or

more comfortable litter (daudi, hammock) as far as Tingri. But

there the inexorable Chinese Mehmandar (honorary conductor)

meets him with the assigned set of ponies for himself and suit, and

his excellency must now mount and unceasingly as inflexibly pursue

his journey through a country lamentably deficient in food, fuel, and

water, by pretty long stages and without a halt save that above

named, on horse-back, over a very rough country, for some one

thousand seven hundred miles, and then only exchange his pony

for the still worse conveyance of a Chinese carriage (more properly,

cart) which is to convey him with like persistency some seven

hundred miles further, fatigue and bad weather notwithstanding,

and the high caste Hindu’s cuisine (horresco referens) all the while

entirely in the hands of filthy Bhotias and as filthy Chinese! Of

course there is a grand lustration after each embassy’s return home,

which usually happens about two years from the time of its depar-

ture for Pekin; and many a sad and moving story (but all reserved

for friends) the several members of these embassies then have to

tell of poisonous compounds of so-called tea* and rancid lard or

suet, given them for drink in lieu of their accustomed pure lymph

or milk; of heaps of sun-dried flesh incessantly substituted for the

farinaceous and vegetable food of all decent Pagans; nay, of puppies

served up to them for kids, and cats for hares, by stolid beastly cooks

of Bhot (Tibet) under the orders of a seemingly insouciant and

* The so-called brick tea which is composed of the sweepings of the tea manu-

factories cemented by some coarse kind of gluten.

1856. | Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. 475

really pragmatical Chinaman, who answers all objections with ‘ Orders

of the emperor,’ ‘ Food of the country,’ ‘ You nicer than us, forsooth,’

‘Fed or unfed you start at such an hour.’ It is singular to observe

the celestial empire treating Asiatics with like impertinence as Euro-

peans, and it is satisfactory to think that the recent treaty of Nepal

with Tibet, has put an end to these and other impertinences.

I proceed now to a few remarks on the form and substance of

the papers. ‘The form is such as might be expected from men, of

a nation of soldiers and statesmen, scant of words and having an

eye to business in the survey of a country. Blucher regarded

London merely as a huge store-house of valuables, fit, and haply

destined, to make spoil for a conquering army. And a Nepalese

regards Tibet and China, not from a picturesque or scientific point

of view, but with reference to the obstacles their natural features

oppose to a daring invader having an eye to business in Blucher’s

line. The chief item therefore of both itineraries and the only one

of the shorter, is an enumeration of the mountain ridges or ranges

intersecting the way (a most valuable piece of information, as we

shall soon see) ; and to this the longer paper adds a similar enumer-

ation of the intervening rivers, with the means of passing them, or

the ferries and bridges ; the forts occurring all along the route, and,

lastly, the lakes and tanks where drinking-water can be had—a

commodity most scarce in those regions where half the lakes are

brackish. These several items, together with the stages, and the

distances (computed by marching-time as well as by reference to

the Nepalese kos of 24 miles each) comprise the whole information

conveyed. But it will nevertheless be allowed that so authentic an

enumeration of sc many important particulars relating to so vast an

extent of country so little known, is of no small value; and, though

here packed into the smallest compass, that information might in

the hands of a skilful book-maker suffice to furnish forth a goodly

volume. But book-making is in no repute with the gentry of Nepal.

It belongs solely to pandits, whilst on the class of official scribes is

devolved the task of recording all useful information, which they are

strictly required to embody in the fewest possible words and smallest

Space. I will only add on this head of the form of the papers.

lst. That the records of the two embassies having been made

aQ2

476 Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [No. 6.

at the several times of those missions, and quite independently

of each other, the statements of one may be used to correct and

explain those of the other; and that, where discrepancies occur,

the longer paper, which is complete in its details, is probably, on the

whole, more correct than the one which is not complete in its

details, though I confess a strong leaning to the Chountra state-

ment, because of its sound discrimination of interesting facts.

2nd. That the assigned distances, though not measured, but com-

puted, yet, having a double basis of computation* by marching

time under given assigned circumstances, and by kos according also

to a given standard in use in Nepal, ought, I should think, to be

capable of very definite determination in competent hands.

3rd. That both papers are literal translations, and that the addi-

tional information procured by myself and embodied for conve-

nience in the documents, is carefully distinguished by the use of

brackets ; the rest of such information being thrown into foot notes.

The Chountra’s embassy, as I learnt before I left Kathmandu,

set out in 1817. That of the Kaji, in 1822, as appears on the face

of the document. Chountra and Kaji are titles of ministers of

state in Nepal. I proceed now to the substance of the documents,

and here, in imitation of my friends, I shall be as curt as possible,

and endeavour, in a few words, to bring together the most generally

interesting items of information furnished by the two papers. The

total distance from Kathmandu to Pekin, according to the Kaji, is

12683 kos ; according to the Chountra, 1250 kos ; and in that space,

occur, according to the former authority, 106 mountain ranges which

are crossed ; according to the latter, 104. The Kaji’s paper gives

us the further information, that 150 lakes and tanks occur in the

route ; 652 rivers,f crossed by 607 bridges and 28 ferries ; and lastly,

100 forts.

It would be very desirable in dividing the whole space into the

* J have heard, that the whole road is measured and marked by the Chinese, and

if so, the Nepalese could never be much out, the only thing required of them

being the conversion of li into kos.

‘+ Say rather, rivers and river-crossings, for the same mountain locked stream is

here and there crossed 20 or 30 times in a very moderate distance. When I pointed

out this at Kathmandu I got the explanation, and was referred to the crossings of

the Raputi river between Hitounda and Bhimphédy on the road to Kathmandu

from the plains of India for a sample.

1856. | Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. 477

political and natural limits of the several countries traversed, to

make the Chountra’s and Kaji’s papers coincide. But I have attempt-

ed this in vain, owing to the different names cited in the two papers

and the different methods of citation. In regard to political limits

they concur sufficiently, but not in regard to natural limits. I

therefore give the former according to both papers; the latter

according to the Chountra’s only, it being quite clear on that head.

I annex the langutrs or mountain ranges to both statements.

Political limits Mountain ranges

according to Chountra, Kaji Chountra, Kaji.

kos.

I. Nepal (from Kathmandu to

ihasa), ©... 29 344 6 5

II. Tibet (from Khasa to iron

bridge of Tachindo),.. 636 64935 63 71

III. China (Tachindo “iron

Melace to Pekin), ........ 585 5845 35 30

1250 12683 104 106

Remarks.

I.—From Kathmandu to Khasa there is a difference of 53 kos,

obviously caused by the K4ji’s detour via Sankhu, instead of keeping

the direct road as the Chountra did.

Il.—From Khasa to the iron bridge of Tachindo the difference is

13% kos. It is pretty clearly caused, partly by a small detour, as

before, and partly by a slightly different use of terms. In the

Chountra’s paper the specification in the body of the document is

“on this side of Tachindo;” in the remarks appended to it, “ beyond

Tachindo,” whereas the Kaji’s paper specifies Tachindo itself.

III.—F rom the iron bridge of Tachindo to Pekin the difference

is only half a kos, which is not worth mentioning.

Natural limits from the Chountra’s paper.

Kos. Mountain ridges.

1. Cis-himalayan region Cage

to Bhairav languir), . 1 50 7

2. Trans-himdlayan region “(Bhairav

langur to 4 kos beyond Chinchi Shan,

where the great mountains cease), 635 65

8. Chinchi Shin to Pouchin (where

all mountains cease), .... 212 30

4. Plains of China (Pouchin to Pekin), 353 2

1250 104

478 Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [No. 6.

To these distributions I subjoin, though it be a repetition, the

excellent concluding remarks of the Chountra’s paper :

“Thus there are 104 langurs (or mountain passes) between Kath-

mandu and Pekin, and of these 102 occur in the non-carriageable part

of the way, or the first 897 kos; and the last 2 langurs only, in the re-

maining 353 kos, or the carriageable part. The last named part of

the way may be said to be wholly through plains, for, of the two hills

occurring, only one is at all noticeable, and both are traversed in

carriages. From Kathmandu to the boundary bridge beyond Ta-

chindo (China frontier) is 665 kos, and thence to Cinchi Shan is 20

kos. Throughout these 685 kos from Kathmandu mountains covered

(perpetually ?) with snow occur. In the remaining 565 kos, no

snowy mountains occur.”

In the way of provincial boundaries we have the following. From

Gnaksa, the 37th stage of the Kaji’s paper, to Sangwa, the 51st stage

of the same paper, is the province of U,, which contains the metropolis

of Tibet or Lhasa. At Sangwa, or, in full, Kwombo gydmda Séngwa,

commences the Tibetan province of Kham, which extends to Tachindo

or Tazhi-deu which is the common frontier of China and Tibet, It

occurs at the 104th stage of the Kaji’s paper. The native name of Tibet

is Pét vel Bod. The Sanskrit name is Bhot. This is Tibet proper or

the country between the Himalaya and the Nyenchhen-thangla, which

latter name means (and the meaning is worth quoting for its signi-

ficance) pass of (to and from) the plains of the great Nyen or Ovis

Ammon, or rather, great Ammon pass of the plains. That portion

of Tibet which lies north of the Nyenchhen-thangla (as far as the

Kwanleun) is denominated by the Tibetans—the western half,

Horyeul, and the eastern half, Sokyeul, after the Hor and Sék tribes

respectively. The great lake Namtso demarks Northern Tibet in

the same way that the great lake Yamdotso denotes Southern.

A word more about the Bhairav langir which is equivalent to

Mount Everest as recently explained to the Society. The Choun-

tra’s paper makes it 50 kos from Kathmandu; the Kaji’s, 523 kos.

But to obtain the latter result, you must not blindly follow the

entry in the itinerary but remember that this “huge snow mass’’*

* This great mass is visible alike from the confines of Nepal proper (the valley)

and from those of Sikim and all the more unmistakeably because it has no compe-

1856. | Route of two Nepalese Hinbassies to Pekin. 479

covers a large space of the road which must be understood as com-

mencing soon after leaving the 14th stage or Thélung and not after

leaving the 15th stage or Tingri Langkét.

The documents now submitted themselves suffice to prove the

meaning of langir, since they show it to be equivalent to the 1a of

Tibetan and the Shan of Chinese; consequently also (as we know

from other sources) to the Turkic tagh and the Mongolic ula. It may

therefore be rendered “ mountain’’ as well as “ mountain pass,” and

this is the reason, perhaps, why the Nepalese often do not discriminate

between the name of the pass and of the peak of Bhafrava but blend

them both under the name Bhairav langur, which is equivalent to the

Gnalham thangla of the Tibetans. Col. Waugh therefore may be

assured that his Mount Everest is far from lacking native names, and,

I will add that I would venture in any case of a signal natural object

occurring in Nepal to furnish the Colonel with its true native name

(nay, several, for the country is very polyglottic) upon his furnishing

me with the distance and bearings of that object, although neither I

nor any Huropean had gone near it.* For the rest, 1 cannot withhold

my congratulations upon this second splendid result of Col. W.’s

labours though alack! it would seem fatal to my pet theory of sub-

himalayan water-sheds,—a term carefully to be discriminated from

the Himalayan water-shed to which I now purpose briefly to advert.

Since I presented to the Society in 1849 my paper on the physical

geography of the Himalaya a good deal of new information has been

published, mixed with the inevitable quantum of speculation, touching

the true character of that chain, and the true position of its water-

shed, with their inseparable concomitants, the general elevation and

surface character of the plateau of Tibet.

titor for notice in the whole intervening space. It is precisely half way between

Gosain-than which overlooks Nepal proper and Kangchan which overlooks Sikim.

* It is obvious to remark, that no European has ever approached Dhavalagiri

which yet lacks not a native name known to Europeans and in fact I myself have

been twice as near to Déva dhtinga, vel Bhairav than, vel Bhairav langtir, vel Gna-

tham thangl4, as any European ever was to Dhavalagiri. The Bhotias often call

the Bhairav langdr, Thaogla or ‘‘ pass of the plain,” viz. of Tingri, omitting the

more specific designation Gnalham, which also might alone designate the object,

nay, which is ¢he name of the snowy mass as opposed to the pass over it and the

plain beyond it.

480 Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [ No. 6.

After an attentive perusal of these interesting speculations I

must, however, confess that I retain my priorly expressed opinion

that the great points in question are inextricably involved with, and

consequently can never be settled independently of, the larger ques-

tion of the true physical features of the whole of the bam-i-dinya

of Asiatics and Asie Centrale of Humboldt. It may be that the

Himalaya is not a chain at all, but an exemplification of the truth

of Elie de Beaumont’s theory that so-called mountain chains are only

parallel dispositions of a series of geological noeuds which, if laid

side by side, constitute the semblance of a chain of longitude, and,

if laid one over the other, constitute the semblance of a chain of

latitude or a meridional range.

It may be that the Himalaya is not a longitudinal but a meri-

dional chain, and that the geological back-bone of the whole conti-

nent of Asia does not run parallel to the greatest development of

that continent or east and west, but transversely to that develop-

ment or north and south, and that the Khin gan ula is an indi-

cation of the northern extremity of this back-bone; the Gangri or

water-shed of the Indus and Brahmaputra, an indication of its

southern extremity.

It may be that the question of the water-shed is not to be regarded

with reference to the adjacent countries only, but, as Guyot and

others affirm, with reference to the whole eastern half of the conti-

nent of Asia; and that the southern part of Tibet, inclusive of the

Himalaya, is to be regarded as sheding the waters of Eastern Asia

from the Arctic to the Indian Ocean. Such things, or some one

of them, I repeat, may be, and one of the theories just enumerated

may involve the true solution of questions for some time past inves-

tigated and debated on the frontier of India, though without any

sufficiently distinct reference to those theories, prior though they

all be in date. But the mere statement of them suffices, I should

say, to show that they will not find their solution on that frontier,

but only when the whole bém-i-dinya (dome of the world, a fine

orientalism) has become accessible to science.

In the meanwhile, without seeking to deny that many facts*

* Per contra, the numerous determinations of the height of the ghats at far

distant points seem to warrant our assuming 17000 feet for the mean elevation of

1856. | Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. 481

seem to indicate that the axial line of the Himalaya lies beyond the

chat line, it is obvious to remark that this assumed line is still

parallel to the ghat line, though beyond it, and consequently cannot

be reconciled with an essentially meridional axis, such as the Gangri

range presents. And, upon the whole, and with reference to organic

phenomena especially, the ghat line still presents itself to me as

the best divisor of the Indian and trans-Indian regions and climates,

though I am not unaware that brahmanic geography has, from

remote times, carried the Indian frontier up to Mansardvar and

Ravanhrad, to the Brahmapttra and Indus line in Tibet. And,

again, though I do not, nor ever did, doubt that Tibet is a very

mountainous country, yet I conceive that there are good reasons

for admitting the propriety of Humboldt’s general designation for

it. He calls it a plateau or elevated plain, and all those I have

conversed with who have passed from various parts of the Hima-

layan countries into those of Tibet have expressed themselves in

terms implying a strong distinction at least between the physiog-

nomy of the former and the latter regions. I would add, that

nothing can be juster or finer than Turner’s original contrast of

the two.

No one acquainted, as I have long been, with the native descrip-

tions of Tibet,* or with the general and special delineations of the

country by Danville, based entirely upon native materials, ov with

such enumerations of mountain ranges occurring between the Nepa-

lese and Chinese frontiers, as the accompanying documents contain,

could for a moment question that mountains abound in Tibet. On

the other hand, there are several reasons of a general nature,

besides the specific allegations of the fact by the people, to prove

that wide spread plains also abound there. It may be worth while

to enumerate these reasons. They are as follows:

1st.—One language only prevails throughout all the provinces of

Southern Tibet, that is to say, throughout Balti, Ladak, Nari,

the ghat line ; and it may well be questioned if any line of equal height and extent

exist north of that line. It is the closing of the ghd/s that annually stops all

access to Tibet, not any obstacle beyond them.

* Journal No. IV. for April, 1832, Article I.

482 Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [No. 6.

Utsing and Kham,* or, in other words, from the Bolor nearly to

the Yunling, whilst in the same extent of country in the Himalaya

very many languages are found.

2nd.—The language of Tibet has express and familiar terms for

plain and valley which are respectively called thang and ling in

Tibetan, whereas the Himalayan tongues have no word at all for a

plain, no distinct one for a valley.+

3rd.—It is well known, that there are very many lakes in Tibet

and several of them of great size—a fact which involves the exist-

~ ence of large level tracts also, as the contrary fact in thé Himalaya

involves (what is notorious) the absence of wide spread levels.

4th.—Tibet is the permanent habitat of wild animals of the true

-ox, deer, and antelope types—all creatures of the plain and not of

the mountain, and none therefore found in the Himalaya.

5th.—Tibet is annually the seasonal resort of vast numbers of

the wading and swimming tribes of birds which pass from the plains

of India to those of Tibet every spring, and stay in the latter till

the setting in of winter, whilst the whole of these birds entirely

avoid the Himalaya. “The storks know their appointed seasons

in the heavens,’ and their skilfully disposed phalanxes periodically

afford one of the finest sights we have.

There are few of the Tibetan plains more noticeable than that

which occurs immediately on passing the Himalaya by the Bhairav

langir—few contrasts more palpable than that of the cis and trans-

himalayan regions at this well known and central point ; and when

I lately requested Major Ramsay, the Resident in Nepal, to get

for me a confirmation or refutation of my opinion, he answered

“Dr. Hooker must be in error, when he says there are no extensive

plains in Tibet, because Tingri maidan (plain) for example, is fully

60 miles in length and 15 to 20 in breadth. Til bikram Thassa

assures me that, in the recent war, he marched along that plain for |

several days and passed a lake three days in circumference and

* Journal No. IV. for April, 1832, Article I.

t The numerous names of places in Tibet which are compounded with the word |

Thang, a plain, as Chanthang in Nari, would alone suffice to prove that the general

surface of Tibet is very different from that of the Himalaya.

1856. | Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. 483

which he estimated to be as large as the valley of Nepal.* When

asked if Tingri maidan was any thing like the valley of Nepal, he

said,‘ No! Horsemen could not gallop about Nepal. They would

have to keep to the roads and pathways. But numerous regiments

of eavalry could gallop at large over the plain of Tingri.’’’ In a

like spirit the Tibetans themselves compare the vast province of

Kham to a “ field,” and that of Utsang to “four channels’ }—both

expressions plainly implying abundance of flaé land and the latter

also indicating those ranges parallel to, and north of the Himalaya

which all native authorities attest the existence of in ‘Tibet, not

only in Nari but also in Utsang and Kham. The most remarkable

of these parallel chains, and that which divides settled from nomadic,

and north from south, Tibet, is the Nyénchhén thangla, of which I

spoke in my paper on the Horsokt and of which I am now enabled

pretty confidently to assert that the Karakorum is merely the western

prolongation, but tending gradually towards the Kwanleum to

the westward. But these parallel ranges imply extensive level

tracts between them, which is the meaning of the “four channels’

of Utsang, whilst the east and west direction of these ranges

sustain Humboldt’s conception of the direction of all the greater

chains of Asie Centrale, or the Himalaya, Kwanleim, Thidén and

Altai, as also of that of the back-bone of the whole Asiatic conti-

nent which he supposes to be a continuation westward of the second

of these four chains.

Upon the whole, I conceive, there can be no doubt that Tibet

proper, that is, Tibet south of the Nyénchhén thangla range, is, as

compared with the Himalaya, a level country. It may be very well

defined by saying it comprises the basins of the Indus (cum Satluj)

and Brahmaputra.

In this limited sense of Tibet—which the native geographers

_ divide into Western, Central, and Eastern Tibet, called by them-

_ Selves Nari, Utséng, and Kham, or, when they would be more pre-

_ cise, Balti, Maryil, vel Ladak, Nari, Tsing, U, and Kham—Gangri

_ is the water-shed of Tibet.

* The valley of Nepal is about 16 miles in diameter or 50 in circuit.

f Journal at supra cit.

t Journal No. II. of 1853.

oR 2

484: Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [ No. 6.

The region of the lakes, Mapham and Lanag, equal to the Man-

saro6var and Ravanhrad of Sanskrit geography, is situated around

Gangri, where the elevation of the plateau is 15,250 feet. From

this region the fall of the plateau to the points where the rivers

(Indus and Brahmaputra, or Singkha-bab and Eri) quit the plateau,

is great, as we sufficiently know from the productions of Balti and

of Kham at and around those points. In lower Balti snow never

falls: there are two crops of grain each year, and many excellent

fruits, as we learn from native writers ;* whilst my own information

received viva voce from natives of those parts, assures me that the

country towards the gorge of the Kru or Brahmaputra is, like Balti,

free of snow and yields two crops a year; that rice is produced and

silk and cotton; and that these last articles form the ordinary

materials of the people’s dress. These points cannot therefore

exceed 4—5000 feet in elevation, which gives a fall of above 10,000

feet from the water-shed, both ways.

I will conclude these hurried remarks suggested by the ambas-

sadorial routes from Kathmandu to Pekin, now submitted to the

Society, with a statement, which I think the Society will perceive

the high interest of, with reference to those recent ethnological

researches, the whole tendency of which is more and more com-

pletely to identify the Turdnians of India and Indo-China with

those of the trans-himalayan countries.

It is this, Eru-tsangpo is the name of ¢he river of Tibet: Hra-

wadi, that of the river of Western Indo-China or Ava: Erit vel

Art, that of @ river in the Tamil and Telugu languages. Now,

when we remember that Tsangpo is a mere local appendage, to the

Tibetan word,t and wadi vel vati, a mere prakritic appendage to

the Burmese word; and further, that the Turdnians of Tibet, the

Himalaya, and Indo-China, are still constantly wont to denominate

their chief river by the general term for river in their respective

* Journal for April, 1832.

+ Tsdngpo, of or belonging to Tsang, the province of which Digarcha is the |

capital and by which place the river (Eri) flows. Even the prefixing of a Y, |

(Yéru- Yaru) is equally Tibetan (in speech) and Dhavirian! Turner’s is the first —

and correctest writing of the word, Eri-chambu to wit, for chambu is the soft _

spoken sound of Tsangpo.

1856. | Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. 485

languages (teste Meinam, Likhu, &e ), we shall hardly be disposed

to hesitate in admitting that the Northmen as they moved South-

wards into the tropical swamps of India and Indo-China, clung to,

and perpetuated, even amid various changes of language, that name

of the river of their northern home (viz. the river, kat’ héxokin)

with which was associated in their minds the memory of their

father-land.

“ By the waters of Babylon they sat down and wept.”

P. 8.—Before I went to England in 1853, I had been so for-

tunate as to gain access to some Gydrungs and Takpas or inha-

bitants of Sifan and of the south-eastern confines of Tibet. In my

paper on the Horsdk I gave the substance of their information

about Sifan. I will here add a few scattered particulars about the

country lying above Asam, and the rather, because from the date

of my return to India up to this hour, I have never again been able

to get access to these people. The Tibetans and Sifanese are wholly

unacquainted with the terms Daphla, Abor, Bor, Aka, Miri, Mishmi,

Khamti, by which we denominate the tribes lying east of Bhutan.

They recognise Chang vel Sang (Changlo of Robinson) as the name

of a Bhutanese tribe or rather profession. They say that above Pal

yeul or Nepal (easternmost part—alone known to my informants)

is Tingri: above Deunjong or Sikim is Trinsam (the Dingcham of

Hooker and Damsen of myself): above Lhé or Bhitaén is Nyéro:

above Towang is Chéna or Jhang chéna: above Lhokhapta is

Khwombo: above Charung is Chozogon. These are said to be the

respective Cis and Trans-himalayan districts occurring from the

position of Kuti in Nepal eastwards to beyond that of Saddia in

Asim, It is added that the river Eri yel Yérd (Brahmaputra)

passes, from Kwédmbo into Lhokhapta, beneath the great snowy

mountain called Kwodmbochari, and that a great mela or mart is

held there every twelve years. Lhokhdpta, or Lhd of the cut lips,

is so called to distinguish it from Lhé proper, because the people

have the habit of making a permanent cleft in their lip.

Tsang province is said to be bounded on the south by the Ghin-

gra ridge; on the west by Mount Ghindala; on the north and east

by the Kambala range; the province of U to be bounded east by

Sangwa gydmda, west by the river Tamchokhamba, south by the

486 Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [ No. 6.

Kambala range, and north by the Nyénchhén thangla. Beyond the

last named great snowy range is situated the immense lake of

Nam tsé which is said to bear the same relation to Northern Tibet

that the Ydmdo tsd (Palté or Yarbrokyi) lake does to Southern.

The former is the Terkiri and Téngri nur* of our maps, as to which

maps we have the following further identifications. Ghamda =

Gyamda. Batang = Pathang. Rywadzé = Réwiché. Lari = Lha-

ringo. Kidng, added to great rivers, = Gyarung. River Takin =

Gyamo gnilchu, and river Yang-tse = Nya chi. Pampou of Hue

== Phémba: river and valley both so called. Galdeso river = Gal-

den, and is the east boundary of Phémba and Lhasa vallies as the

Tolong river is their western boundary.

Abstract of Diary of Route from Kathmandu to Pekin, as taken

during the Embassy of Chountra Pishker Sth, showing the number

and position of the mountains passed.

No. of passes

Position of the mountain passes with the names (called 7an- Distance in kos.

of some of them. gurs.)

From Kathmandu to Dévapir,......... One Six.

Dévapar to BhorBipa, ei y One Four:

Bhot Sipa te 'Chowtara,.. 2.702 0. One” Pires:

Choutéra to Bisambhara,.............. One Six.

Bisambhara to Listi, . ce ee ee liieteem

Listi to Khasa,f. . be Med .. One Seven.

Beyond Kuti, called Bldtiava Tae One ‘Twenty-one.

Beyond Shikar jeung, called Tasya chéla, One Thirty-four.

Within the Digarché limits, .......... One Thirty-seven.

Beyond Digarché limits, ...... oot One "Pent

On this side of Lake Khadu Sit ..ee One Thirty-nine.

Beyond Kapila painti, i1............... One ° Thirteen.

Beyond Lhassa circuit,................ One Sixty-six.

Beyond Chhanju evaiid of Ktaahy ..... One Twenty-nine.

* Nir is Turkic for lake as tsd6 is Tibetan. Téngri nar, or celestial lake of the

former tongue, is an exact translation of Nam tsé of the latter. The general pre-

valence of Turkic words in the geography of Northern Tibet more especially suffi-

ciently evinces the presence of that wide spread tribe in Tibet.

+ Boundary of Nepal and Tibet.

t Mount Everest of Waugh. § Tasya chola = Thola of the Kaji’s paper ?

1856. ] Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. 487

No. of passes ;

Position of the mountain passes with the names (called lan- Distance in kos.

of some of them. gurs.)

fewand Achar jeune, ..52c. 06s e2ee.. /One,’’ Eleven.

mere nest Kham, 6... oe ve eee oe oe ee One® Seven.

Se mameye-king, .!). 02sec ee ce ee oe ee One » Thirty-six.

Reiter. 80.2 1. rp ee deee sd 6 One > Six:

Meme. SPS. PS. wee eeewereoaees One Dwelve.

At a nameless spot,’ ....-.-.6..6...0e. One Three.

fea nameless spot, ....6. 26s. 65 006.-5 > One ‘One.

fea tameless spot) .2.. 2.266. eec0 +e. One ‘Four.

At a nameless spot, Jyevevedssewaee © One Hour:

On this side of Es . iste ve yess ces ) One Sixteel,

eeayanica MO0Chs, ).2..60ce00ce.0.... One’ Hight.

At a nameless spot, ........ ....2.... One= -One.

mea panicles spot; ..'.. 2.6. 6... sc. 2s. One “Two.

Sa mameless spot, .. 2... 6.s0.00..... One” Three.

meamameless spot, .. ........).. 0... 06° One Four,

mia nameless spot, .......0...0...-.. One Two.

Mer mameless Spot, ......6.066055.... One Two.

mo mameless spot, ......02......-... One Two.

At a nameless spot, ieee One /One:

On this side of Chhémdo, eee. or. SONe “Pittedn:

BEE 0, oe vn en cece eeeeees-s One Lwenty-two.

Memeeeyaplicl 2... ease ee.” «One® Five.

a oe OU es, “One! Three.

ea nameless spot, .................. One Nine.

mea nameless Spot, .................. One ‘Nine.

At a nameless spot, .................. One Fourteen.

“At a nameless spot, ..........-.....-. One Three.

mrvewa, ...... wihetseedad. One Seven.

Beyond memhiides «26 « vowed tom One’ arour.

moa tameless spot, .................. One One.

Meemiameless spot, ..........-...-... One Two.

SEE eee ecu a ree casvead-cr. Ohne’ Twelve

SE ok et ac sielsedetwewtc.« © Oho Ten.

Ns esd ol eweley de meee ce, One, , Hone.

RG... swe ec ne nn aseonse,.Ono, ‘Nine.

488 Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [ No. 6.

No. of passes

Position of the mountain passes with the names (called lan- Distance in kos.

of some of them. gurs.)

At, a namebedmiap atin ht aiein..«. --::-s arennais i OMG ae mee

On this side of Pathang, ................ One Seven.

Pits Teach seta t RN ic cattle ase Peet wc aeiiaalane ds ont (ROOMS) el

Ab Sara bathiityy. . ssid so » oda, <a) sien (Oey, ilemens

Atia nameless spot, 44 us 2. «0c aie cee, OHO, som

At a nameless ap otigg day soc. nie <2 ereia, ein, oe) 4) ODCtycaanmiae

At a nameless. spot) oein. oe osash'nn, con Dee, , One jy emes.

At MOI AY By weed moi ssee boii oin 3 qucthereh ie aieking!: , ORC Reha mas

At a nameless HD Obs ole) nile ainunallleed deueeem er, ONC taigah mime

At a, nameless spotig 4.) sce, species ieee, , ONE), Brees

At a namelesawpotiy (pide. 2 abe as, ct age, ONG g Anes

Beyond Lithamg,: 46,qqeevel 2 OU, 2) One) eles

Ata nameless, apot;.“).2 205 .0....%6 0. One p@mes

At a nameless spot, .................. One Seven.

At @ MaMeless BP Obig 4a on. ce dingie 4a nw 62 oe ce ONC jl

At a nameleas, @pot,,, 6). ©.).2 soo ..<s en om ONC Jagd me

At a nameless, spot... ays. .--- 2+ 0000+. 2- One), Seven,

At a nameleps, qpot,, .gprsstes .\- 20s» come , ONC samme

At Gol, ... seh boas .. One Nineteen.

On this ade of Téchinds* or - Pashides or

TAZOd 0, sscuudll = « vy. ei One ‘Thrrteen,

At the military er of iaiechea. .... One Twenty-eight.

On this side of Chhinchi Syan (Shan, or

Syan, = mountain in Chinese,) ....... One Fifteen.

At a nameless epot, .cj.2 -- .. .- «sss 00 Oney oma

Thus far the mountain ridges passed are

generally large. Henceforward they are

small.

At a nameless spot, ........... ove asee (Oto) Mintel

On. this side GinY at0,¢.........-0...s3. One, dounbeem

On this'side ‘of Paitan,..:.-........... Ones Ben,

Beyond Thinda pht and Khato, oeseoes » One “Thittyaime

On this side of Lochang syan,.......... One Two.

* The iron bridge beyond Tachindo is the boundary of Tibet and China. See

Diary of a journey from Kathmandu to Tachindo printed in our Researches.

1856. | Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. 4.89

No. of passes

Position of the mountain passes with the names (called Zan- Distance in kos.

of some of them. gurs).

On this side of Mingtou,.............. One Seven.

Seeamameless spot, ...........--.-—.- One. Four,

mma Mameless spot, ......6......02s.0.-, One -Three,

enas side.af Chatou, .............4 One Two.

Serius aide of Ulinenal,........4..... -One, Ten.

Bemmamelesa:spot, i+ .<'.. 2... 42 'g.-6.. One .. Six

On this side of Chantou,.............. One Three.

Meee nameless Spot, -......60.4--er2.-, One Two.

Me mameless Spot, ..-...+:.......4... ,One . One.

Smcnis side of; Gams, .......i..... One Three.

At a nameless spot, .........6. tee. Ohne ix.

On this side of Kwangsyan,............ One — Three.

Mumend Kwanosyan,...........--..... One Bix.

Mm this side of Saichhing,-............ One Four.

RTE oe. ee ce ee nee seve cee One Two.

Mueemeiesaichhing, .........0.....«.. One Five.

Seemeemciess spot, ..........-.-..-.». One Three.

Mamameless spot, .................. One Two.

On this side of Nichhaéngtot, .......... One Seven.

Meee side of Tangakti,.............. One Six.

Se LIMSYAN, .................... One Three.

@evond Pouthin sy4n, ................ One Sixteen.

See Faia syan, .....-\...+000-+--. One. Nine.

On this side of Phung syén, .......... One Twelve.

On this side of Potiching syan, ........ Qne Nineteen.

Not carriageable thus far. Hence for-

ward carriages may be used.*

PNET oc eg ee cece ss stveceeess One Caret.

Mememmiona syan,............ ines, One = Caret:

[ Distance of both, as sited alive. yihie sie ah oS

Langirs,.. .. 104 1,250 kos.

* This remark, as well as the prior one in the body of the paper, belongs to the

original. The bracketed entry of distance is mine, taken from the remarks below

_ of the original,

| 3.8

490 Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin. [ No. 6.

Thus there are 104 langirs or mountain ridges and passes between

Kathmandu and Pekin, and of these 102 occur in the noncarriage-

able part of the way or in the first 897 kos; and the last two only

in the remaining 353 kos or the carriageable part. This latter may

be said to be entirely through plains, for of the two hills occurring

only one is at all noticeable, and both are traversed in carriages.

From Kathmandu to the iron boundary bridge beyond Tachindo

(China frontier) is 665 kos; and thence to Chinchi Shan or Mount

Chinchi is 20 kos. Throughout these limits, er 685 kos from Kath-

mandu, mountains covered with snow occur. In the remaining 565

no snowy mountains occur.

Horses are used for the first 894 [query 897] and carriages for

the last 856 [query 353]. Total 1250 kos.

491

sraded s vaqunoyy jo efoyo efsey, 10 ejoyg = vjoqy, ft

“ajNOd JO91Ip 310 S,BIyUNOYD 943 Aq Og ‘npuRMYIeY UO’ svy GC 10 ‘Sunjoyy, puokag soy ¢ (saded uy

“UNOY) 998) saQVaTIMMOD ‘YSNv WW JO JsatIAq yUNOPY 94} 0} yueTeAmbo SI Sseum OI ‘sseu MOUS asuaUTUTL aUO ssed 94} YIM SuIyNIIWsUOD pue yoy

aaoge sy sioy ay) ‘ssed snowmey siyy, "payeyoVlqg a1ojatayqy pue sadinos 19430 uo’ au Aq pauiejqo 4ynq ‘[euLsi10 ay} UL JOU 91% ayNOI ay} Suisso.1a

SeSpii uleyunow 94} Jo soumeu ase, “JOqlT JO yey} Ul ‘ejsuvyy weyl-vUy [Ny UL ‘ejsuvyy, ‘adunZuel seyy oq} UT omeu 94} SI inguey Avireqg +

"Z6LT G0uls yaqty, pue [eden jo Arepunog y

aug auo NT oO NT OMT, OUuON ouON O—IT ALT sunal qywy| ZG

: CuO, = OMT] = OUONT = OMT) = OMT |-NOTY Ossuvyq) euG| O—/I oul NT nq suBqL) 1Z

5 OMON| = 9UON| = MON) =— UG, ouONT(YT] =—E(BIOYL) eM] «= OTT | JTeY pue anogledoyp ey 20 adoyoxdy| 0g

= oud NT 9u0 Ny oud uo ouo | (vipoeA) auQ| O—8R doll], Telo'"l] 6L

AY suo OMT} OUONT OM, OMT, (vpiuundyy) oug} ~=9—eyT XIg Sunol aeyig! eT

S euoN| s9uoN| 9uUoONT auoO OMT, ouON| (—€] XIg out! LT

<2 eLi@) aug} d9UONT suo oUON | L(e[ suey, io] euon] o—6 dot J, LISULT, 10 W5ty| 9]

3 euoNT| oUON| s9uUON OMT} OUON|InsuR, ABIeyYgG 91Q]) O—0Z Udy, qoyoury LslL| Ct

2 OUON| SUON| SUON, ery] oUoKN euON| O—ZI mo jy Sunj-oy | FL

= ee ee EON een. CaO Ny ONG Oak Oat. Sulpyovgy.| eT

Sy euON} d9a1yy] SUON] seayy] ouoN euON| O—ZT Ino jy ny! ZL

@ euoNT] Usaaesg] sUON] soayy! ouoK euON| OQ—TZ OAL Suvfsou9)} TT

AS ouoN, Nog} = OUON| = PAT] oUON euoN| 0—6I Oli a¥SBiLM) OT

= 9u0 NT aug] euoN eud} oU0oN eu0ON| O—OI J[ey puv oxy, eunsny| 6

= ouo NT INOW oU0 J OMT, oulo NT aug) O—EI j[et, puv omy, T4stT| 8

Ss euON| ooryy| SUON) 9eLyT) oUoK eud) 0 EkT INO F edareg| g

Ba 9u0 NT oug ouo Ny 10r@) Ou0 NT 9uO 0O—vI Ino BleyuoyO)| g

> eUuON| oUoN} euoN OMT] oUONT sud; O—IL |} Jey pue saayy, vdig| p

2 euON) dao1yy] eUON| yy) ouoN : sud) eT Ino jt indyaoq| ¢

5 eUON] OUON| SUON) Of) oUON sucCN| 0—6 ool, DYAUVS) %

& euoN OMy| 900ON OMT, euo euON!) G—y] auQ qrystinoy) |

"SUL

: — "syURy : ‘sited or A

‘SIO |sospiag eee amet pue iio mein aaah oy 22® SIPVI[S|'SOY UL GoURISICT ‘gould Surq[e yy is S

89 V'T : ee UL OUILT, we.

IO SIOATY :

‘hausnol s vp yova fo asojo ay, yo hanjasoas sry hg umop yas puv ‘ez-ZZ8l ‘q ‘PF ‘apuvg uvnluvyquq

voy ‘wuryQ 07 sopnssnqun asayodayy ayp hq passaanig sv uIyagT 02 npuvuyjwy wosf ajnogz ay2 fo hanuwuns ozvwagshy

1856.1

euoyy| eerqy| eoN ou0 NT

auo NI OAlq| OUON OAT; OUON ouON

aul NT OMT] oon OMy| oon 9ul0 NT

QUO) OAlq| OUON xg} auoNT auo Ny

aide uaAeg] oon elie) omy|4.(ejoyy wpue ds) ouQ

: ouoN aA sud OAlq| OUON 9ulo NT

‘S quon! dnog] euoN] danoq| ouoN euoN

"S aud, omy| ouoN| deat], 2uO 9uo NT

es aud) OMT) oop] oer) euON sud

s aug) sxuoN elite) suQ| seuoN 9u0N

% suo OMT} OUON) dITL, aug ou0

"& OMT, euO] eUoN]) sealyy) 9UON euoON

S oud auCQ aug oMy,| ouoN 9UON

~ vpequiey ) euC

Ss suo euo NT ouON ou NT ouo NT (ejequie yy

Ry oud sud} sxuoON sug oud) euoN

g suCO OMy| ou0N OMT, ehivey 9u0 N)

= OuONT aud) eUOyT omy] OTOHT| (ejdey9) ouQ

S 9ouo Ky 9a1T, J, 9u0 NT Ino yy auo NT | uo \T

aud) omy) ou yy, aud aud, uo NT

= aug) auQ} = euONy eu eugQ oul NT

= euo\T] eUON| etON) SUON| STON uo Ni

> Lite) aug) 2UOKT aug} e2UON, (e[ AIF) eu

s auQ| cuoN; UCN, SUON] oUON auoN

S 9ul0 NT euoO otto Ny] hire) ouo NT anit ouo N

RS euoN| suoN| eUoy aug} auojy| (ejsuoLqy) euO

quON| eUoON; ou0N sug) 9suoONy auoN

aud aug} suoKt; , 8UD) eUONT QUO NT

sup} = SuON euoKT} oUoN) euoN TOON

| "soul |

. e ‘garttey | -880.10 pa ‘possodo sosurl

on NT | SPU | yeog “IOALL | sO 10 sasplt ulejyunoyy

o 10 S10ATYY

O-0T

Ofsaul

0-1

O=iI

O71

o—0l

0—Ol

0&—Tl

O—FG

O—*FI

0—FI

0—LI

0E—Gl

O—él

O-shI

0—0l

Oat

0—€l

0—FI

‘eared

0E—S

0-91

Cet

0—6

0€—el

pus sipeys

Ocal

—eee

‘syed

Jey pus ear] B4- sug

XIQ| Bq Surry

XIg sury 4 sugATO

OUI NT ey ouns ug

OUINT 1IVU NYY AOI 11¥s ON

OAL B} LO],

eAtqiouvds dis 10 Suey ns,

jyey pue aay SUPT OTPSULY

U994AIY,T, vounys Up]

Is py Meee AF

IS esuud

OUINT Suey Uy

XIg) Sunol sunsnyg

‘ayy S80d9) XIg) BS BUD

(nae x | XIG} ojleg 10 Sunol nyy eg

(SI UO OFT aos

opmex) oatg|j-uryy ao sunel nyyese yy

OAL O1R7 IO N-SURTYII NT

Jey pure oa Sunyjey Io 10} Sunyy,

SO UT ONUBSIC]

WaAVG 1qZ-quy 10 1Ysvu-ny

Jey pur oat] osj-suvAy 10 ty9 SuvAy

UdAIG vAYo VARI,

Jrey pure qysry Budd

daYL| IVF 10 yeyoaivsiq

ouLN equns Wey

Winget eed

IN0 iT Saenb ise,

OAL Suv {joyouryg

jyeq pue anos sue} e{yo

‘oonyd Saye yy

{2 to al

493

Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin.

1856.]

jO omeu [nj 9

9u0 NT

Quo N

euo0 Ny

euoN

ouo |

euoN

auoN

@uo hy |

9uo

ouO NT

auoN

au0 NT

ouUONT

@UO AT

oUuo fT

auo Ny

oU0 NT

auoN|

auO

euo KN

20 @)

9uo Ny

9u0 Ny

9uo NT

OUON

QuoN

9uO NT

aud NT

ouo NT

au0 NT

Quo NT

auO

aug

OUO AT

hea

ouON

OuON

auoN

ouoN

OMT,

ouo NT

ouON

sugO

OMT,

OM I,

euQg

ouo Ny

galt J,

ouoNy

dell] T,

tT@)

auoO

ddI],

Moy

INO

ouO \T

INOF

zis

d91U J,

ouo Ny

OAT,

aug

oct

OMI,

OU NT

QUO N

QUO NT

ou0 NT

QUO NT

OUO NT

ou0 N

auc AT

ouo NT

OUO NT

Quo NT

ou0 NT

9u0 NT

9uO NT

au NT

ouo NT

QUO NT

ouON

ouoN

ouo NT

auo NT

9uo NT

auo NT

duO NT

euoN

ouON

au0 NT

oulo N

QUO fT

OUuO NT

QUO NT

auO

ou fT!

GZ ‘eseqyy jo uonyorpstin{g aq} st ew

oud

RUT @)

oud

OMT,

auO

OM],

auO

ou10 NI

as1U I,

INO

OMI,

OMT,

INO 57)

OMT,

oul0 NT

OMT

OuO NT

ouo AT

auo NT

auo Ny

auON

ouON

aud)

auo NT

OMT,

OUO NT

auoO

euoN

Ouo NT

INO i

eugQ

oud

ouON

euo NT

Quo Ny

OUlO NT

a0 NT

vugO

auO

9ug

OMT,

Quon

9u0 NT

QUO NT

OAT,

UO NT

ouo NT

oat

only

suBy 04 Rsyeuy WOIT

euCo

ea1U,T,

aug

OM],

Quo NT

oucO

ouoN

oug

OMI,

OMS,

oud NT

(vos tivuetg) aug

OuON

OAT

(FI WHBINA) uo

OAL]

(vl nmEp) euC

(Yl nqey) euO

ouo NT

(2[ X8N) OMT

(vl Yereg) euO

oud

eugO

htt @)

(vl Suey dn yy) uo yy

(yl Suvy avg) euQ

ouo Ny

QUO NT

(BEVYO) euo

ae @)

(yepuag ) uD

ouoN

(vl vpuot,L) oud

0—S&G

0—Z1

Ort

0—9I

0—Zl

GIG

0O—SI

O11

oe—ZT

O—TI

0—Z1

O— GI

O—S1

0—6

O—PFG

0—6

o—-i

O— Et

O—Z1

0-61

0— Sl

0-H

0O-§1

O—6I1

0—ZI

O=i

0—&I

0—91

o—LI

‘eM Suvs-epuekS-oqMmom y st easuEg

‘mvy yy puke - jo saouiaoid ayy Jo sapaog aqj uo st yaSueg 2

UAT] VYY SuvyO 10 weyy Sur) Fg

wa],

XIG

eur]

X1G

j[ey pue ueaog

OAL

oul,

XIg

ISL]

Woy

OATH

W994X1G

ATLO

OATH

Our NT

OULNT

UVAIS

Ud9zJALUT,

OAJOMT,

Jey pur aay

uaAdg

UdAD|

OAL

eal]

USL

J12Y pus xig

UdAIg

XI§

OAL

W511

eal

ndsyy 10 ns VT)

BMA NT 10 MOY Burdag)

uzy 10 Bs Suy

sunyo sueyo o7

eke

wey 10 4 suyuy)|

baa sue BAA

Suns-eq 10 Suny-eg

surhy MO |

nyq sunyy to nyd ny

op WeyO 40 np-suvyy,

eb hk ee

Suny vy

TR} vyouRUyH

de bs eg

TTR

noyys wAyG

Sunol nquvy

pi id |

omsurd voor

suyl led

bi ae

ed-sur tg

Sr oL

yet ak

age re

bak cad beg aH

Suny viyo

Suny} va

BI]-Suyy-B TL,

€8

Route of two Nepalese Embassies to, Pekin.

494

9u0 KT Inoy

ouoN ual,

OUON| POAT,

oud Ny OULNT

ouoN Ino i

ouoN OMT,

uo NT Ino yy

ouON OAT

ouo NT ainoyy

ouON OMI,

ouoN auo

eUON| = SIG

QUO jT! XIG

ouON aug

oulo NT oho @)

ouo NT htt @)

ouoN OMT,

ouoN IN0 jf

auoN

OUON | x CIU51G

OUON| 901],

euoN euO

ouoN )1f@)

euoN suo

ouo NT ouON

ouON ouoN

ou0N OMI,

‘s]Oq | 'sespug

ouo Ny

xIg

ouo NT

auoN

ouUON

auo NI

auo NT

OU0 NT

auON)

euoN

ou0 NT

ouON

vUuQO

euOoN

oud

eu0oN

ouoN

euoN

euON

a@uON

eu0oN

eug

ouON

Quo N

ouON

"SOLIIOJ

qvog

9aIT J,

Oa,

UdAIG

dal],

OMT,

de1YT,

OMI,

moj

do],

oun

ool,

OMY,

ougo

dol,

OMI,

ouON

OMI,

OM],

‘SOUL

-Sso.10

-1OATL

10 SIOATYT

90 NT

ouON

euoN

@uoN

ouoN

euON

euoN

ouoN

ouON

ouoN

auON

9uo

ouON

euoN

ouoN

euoN

ouON

OMT,

ouoN

2uQ

TAAIC

ouON

ouoN

Quo N

ouoN

oUuo NT

———

"BYULy

pue

soye'T

a ee

‘passodo SOSUBE

IO saspll UlezUNOTL

spuajxa weyy ‘seydivesoy sno Ul APY snyy 9jNOI oy} UO Sutfauanof ueismyseg & yo Aiviq 90g

euoN o—Z

ou Oa

eu 0 S1

aud} 0—LI

ouoN 0-ot

SuON| »— 0&—SIL

ouoN J ama

euoN} O&—Z

ougi =.) 06

ouoN 0—OT

OMT OSI

CRON OGs—91

oUuON 0—8

‘ Samal 3

euQ U cel

euoN| 0—6

OMT) Os—ZT

anOT) OF—&s

ou@, Oe Pt

ee 0s St

ouo Ny o—Z

a @) o- a

euo N 0O—SI

ea 0-9

OME 0-81

ong): C= Zt

‘syed

UL OUwtly,

Se le

saodoad Buty pas JOQly, JO aepunog 4

-zayddo ve sdeqaad yySie 10j arnsdig x

Jey pue an07

uaAag

WIAVGg

Udy,

WOU

Jey pus oat

Ino

OuIN,

OAL

waAag!

Jieq pus oun

Ino i

oulN

OA[O MT,

UdAIS

OATH

ud],

OTA I,

JPY pue UgAVS

oul yy

j[ey pues edt,

Sta

pur sipeys|‘soy Ul eouRysI

Sueks Suef youy, TIT

noyd- ed I

Suv fs-nyyo vfqyo aot

sued} IN| SOT

sueds qq) LOT

Sanyo suyny) got

Suns-sSuvyy-noyy} SOT

Op-izey, 10 opultpeyt! FOL

oy-uleqayO| Sol

ef suvduy| ZO[

Tl] BASURT| TOT

891 9M! OOT

HOUT OUI Gb

Sun ey SG

TOWN le 6

BIP]RISUOMY YL! OG

ut} VT) o6

Suny} ouxyL; $6

vk vwey| 6

nd-Sues| 26

OS B

sund vd] 06

Suvtt} td| 68

Suny edsun) gg

By mpouryy| /8

l[esue yl) 98

usn yy) os

@ A

2 SS

‘govtd Sule 7

. ey

a ale em ele ee ee ee

495

Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin.

- 1856.]

JO aouvysut JayouR st [ZT e%ejs Jo FL ONY,

OMT, suO

OMT) 92IT],

eug; 991,

suO} sey,

uC) 1904JIT T,

aUuON Ino

suO] uweAdgg

suo N| uUdaaag

sug} ueAeg

ou0ON OMT,

ouON herey

aug cLiv@)

euo KN 9ul0 NT

oud) OUO NT

oUuON sug

shit @) OMT,

OM, OMT,

auON| Uoaog

Shit) INO 7

ouoN OMT,

eUO| 921],

ae) XIg

=t(@) oun

wdAas

OMT) - £9107

9UON |U904AN0 7

sug] ude,xIg

euON| Ueda

Sirg) xIg

OUON| = SGT

2uC OULAT

ouON ehiv@)

ouON INO J

eUON| 9dATT,

OUuON INO J

ouON ouIN

ouON XI

suON! uUdaAEg

euoON| uUdsog

ouON XI

OUON) 901TJ,

ouo Ny INOT

ouON 991 J,

QUON] 901TJ,

ouo0 NT aud

oUuON] 9017,

euON auoO

eug] salt,

ouON XI

euoy INO J

euoN OMT,

eu¢C) 49041n0 WT

ouo NT XIg

euoON ouIN

UdAas

OUON| -A910,7

9UON |T9a4INn0 7

(soul

-88010)

4 OULU

oomTT,| ~Aqaryy,

“sJOAl oqesedas you ‘29AI1 4490T-

Ino J

Ino s7

aug

auON

9u0 Ny

ouoN

ouON

OMT,

ouoN

auo

suo

991,

suo

ouoN

eu0oN

auO

OMT,

aud

CANT

OMT,

euO

OMT,

ouON

euo

ouON

auoN

O=a1

O—1¢

C—O

0-20

0—8sI

O—06G

O—9T

Misa!

0—9T

OS 6t

SATOMI

ourN

ud,

TOA]

ouIN

oun

ourN

Uday,

oulN

oun,

eal]

X1¢

SATOMT,

UdT,

UdA9 A

oun,

qq Sq

OATOM T,

udAeg

OAL

udy,

oaly

*pury omes 943

UleJUNOT SUO JO SSuISsO.1D d1B poj}OU OM 4xam ay] puL esauy,

Suvfs-Sugiqd Suvdg

suvds wny 9

uvds suvds 1qY9

vaiyd-Ssueds Sueayg

sueks Suiyo neg

nyd-nodu euqy

suvdsearyg

suvds Suey

ed-o yey,

suedy ne

sueds fe

reus By,

N04-1Y91

t-vd Fue

t-uvA-nAsedg

suvds ef euy

08 OSFL

sury efyo

I-SUvI]-

Sues Su sail

no sued

Suv fs-suvyqoodry

suvhey

vAs nYpig

Iod-arqyg

Ueys-suvyo SsuvAg

no3-199

yugy eq

[Fl

OFT

6§T

8&1

LET

9&1

[No. 6.

Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin.

496

eu) OAT,

eg OMT,

euO) 91,

oud) = 881 T,

euO} 9%,

3uoO Ino.

euoO OMT,

aug!) 9seI1U],

OMT| Usage

sugO XIg,

euO| eT,

OMT, xIQ,

Shite) SALT

ddA J, Ino

OMT, Ino i,

OMI, INO]

aug xg,

suo INO

Ltr @) aud)

8uQ| Uesaag

| OMMg

9uCQ)| -AyuaMT,

Aue) XIG

dal | Pad],

OAT, OMT,

imo OMT,

OMT, OMT,

ddA J,| 19941N0 7

auO| ex1U],

ou() INOW

OMY, OMT,

‘S}IOT | sospug

ouoN

euoN

ouoN

QUON

ouoN

QUuON

eu0oN

euON

dUON

ouoN

ouON

SsuON

au0 Ny

QUO NT

oUuON

QUON

auON

suON

ouoN

ouON

sUuON

ouoN

auON

“SOLO

OMT)

OMT,

soll T,

ood T,

901 T,

ANLO HT

OMT,

991T, J,

UIAIG

XIg

ood T,

U9AVG

athe

eALE

In0 iJ

OAL

16)

Ino T

OMT,

udAog

u9941N0J

U9AIG

dealt],

OALy

OMT,

OAL

w90qJT I

ANOS

OMT,

jwog

OMT,

UdAITH

OAT,

OMT,

SuON

OUON

auON

aUON

*"POSSO1D sasuvt

IO SeSplt UleJUNOP

Sueds ayy ey) [2

suds ndiqyg| ot

0-—9f uwaAaeg

0—0G oulLN

0-81 oun

i erage oe J[PY puw xg

CE=Z JTPY puv ano yy

0-1 XIg

O—-él XIS

OI XI§

O--2i OATOMT,

O—FT UdAIG

0—E1 uaaag

o—e uadag

OGL XIG

0—<él XIS

‘Oat off 9ATOMT,

O=ie Ud LT,

O—EL WIAD

mest | XIS

O0—0G oul

O—EI UIAIG

0—0G ouTN

O—SI UWaAIVG

O—?L UdAIE

O—II1 XIg

O86 UdT)

O—&G Ud {|

O—SZ SATO MT,

0-61 WSU

Oe! XIG

= iL LEAF

‘syed

pue slivys|soy Ul couRysI

oul],

suv ds 0} 18] 69T

nyd-suvtp-Suekq}| goq

suvds-suekyy noy| Jo]

pope va Ti Ol

Suefs-Suets-1egq| cg]

Suvks-17 99 19] POT

nyd-noy-Sung) g9q

Suv fs-duey-Suey yy) 79]

DOLesy 19}

oqd-1e4-e 1, O9T

Tey) 6S

suvks YO} Sel

nyd-teyy-19 AA) LCT

suv {s-SuByo-noyy-OMTY| 9CT

Ly a Set

gyd woqyo-reyd| FET

sues SUNT) cy

Suets Sued] oy! get

suvfs-suyd] suexg} [ey

suvds-sunty-e Ay) Ocy

\As-suvd-J) GF]

Dore SPe

suvXs-suefd suedy) /py

ue} Noy} Suryd| FT

nAU SUPMYY! CPT

uvAs-Uv[-Ieq| PFT

Uvys-Suvd-J9T| EFT

nyd-eq-Sulg) Fy

‘goed Suryyey ie

)@ &,

497

Route of two Nepalese Embassies to Pekin.

1856.]

"OE8T “y2G% Haquazday ‘buyrliug

‘NOSHQOH ‘“H ‘g

‘Tedony 49] [ e1ofoq ornooad 04 parqeua sv I 88 Fons sjoyourq UL UMOP qos ‘aAdMOY ‘ALY T

"W9AIS JOU ore (TBOqIT, UI eT pur Sv y UL msavy) ‘sossed oy} Jo souvM oy} [eUISII0 844 Jo UUNTOO YG eyy UT

“Popnpour ore yorym skep yp Suey ‘(Arenuep) ysep_ Jo WIZT uo uryeg qv poate puv (ounp) ivsy

JO 144 UO Fo qos Assequie eyy, ‘anoy uv sipeys J[vY pur omy puv ‘Ipeys v oye sped Ayx1s YoryM 04 Sarpsoooe ‘ous

44 SI sjed puv sipeys ur out oy4 pur ‘SOTIUL Psy @ puL og 04 [enba ‘edayr Jo yey} st “QnoySnory4 epvut st 90UB4SIP

Jo woreyndwos ey Yyorym 0% Surpazos08 ‘SOY OY], ‘Ul Joy poqiosuesy pue poavdoad sem qt YoryM IapuN soouKys

“UUNDITD OY} WOTF ‘QoUBITEA Ylor[dut Jo SutAtesop st 41 SetuLduOVOR yoy 4vyy oy, zedud oaoqe oyy—'sxavNay

‘NOSDGOH ‘A ‘T (pousig)

(‘svqy Wosy uoyeisuvsy ons)

ee ee ee 8 SS.

ye) 1409 8% 699 osI (901) ZOT 949°S | ($896‘T) L98'T 9/T 9/1

d0dU J, XIQ ouON OAL ouON ouON O—9I TaAdg (aIyagq) Io ulqo-Ieq) OLT

OMT) ATT) OUON| 9A1q; oUoN ouON] OST | Jey pur yqsigg ugds Su9T) o/T

Le) XI§} 9uON XI§} WaAag euoN| 0-9 VST novel! PLT

OUON| 94SIq| eUON| 4ySIE XIg eu0N| 0—06 TOAOTA OMyy-eq) E/T

ouQg} oee1yg| oUuoN) eerqy, oud su0oN| O—ITI 2uQ nyd ued} nog) ZT

498 | Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [No. 6,

Aborigimes of the Nilgiris, with Remarks on ther Affinities.—By

B. H. Hovason, B. C. 8.

In the autumn of last year I forwarded to the Society a series of

Nilgirian vocabularies. This paper was printed soon after in the

Journal, but without the accompanying prefatory remarks, which

seem to have been accidentally mislaid and omitted.

I now forward some corrections and additions to that paper and

shall take the opportunity to mention what, in substance, those

prefatory remarks contained.

The Nilgirian vocabularies were prepared for me by the German

Missionaries at Kaity, particularly Mr. Metz, and were then exa-

mined and approved by the venerable Schmid, who is now residing

at Uttakamund, and who added some remarks, partly referring to

his own valuable labours in Indian Ethnology, and partly consisting

of corrections of my Ceylonese series of vocables. The latter are

appended to the present paper.

When the Nilgirian vocabularies reached me, I immediately per-

ceived that the verbs were not uniformly given in the imperative

mood as required; and I therefore wrote again to Uttakamund

desiring that this anomaly might be rectified, and also supplying

some further forms, the filling up of which might furnish me with

some few essentials of the grammar of the tongues in. question.

The subjoined paper exhibits the result, and from it and from

some further remarks furnished by Mr. Metz and others, I derive

the following particulars relative to the people and to the grammar

and affinities of their speech.

The form and countenance of the Nilgirians and especially of the

Todas have now been spoken of for years as though these people

differed essentially in type from the neighbouring races and had

nothing of the Tartar in their appearance. The like has been said

also of the Hé or Lerka of Singhbhum, I have always been inclined

to doubt both these assertions and I have lately had opportunity

to confirm my doubt. My friend, Sir J. Colvile, our Society’s able

President, haying lately visited the Nilgiris I requested his atten-

a ri Wa re ce LEN AD ee pene wn Urn eminent

A TODA WOMAN.

Fron

Peer

Axe

a photograph.

PLATE. VII.

adit.

abt

Ae F aes:

pee Ne Li ;

#4 Koc h aE

ni rn ee

bas

ieee | el

eee) ee

St ape

piss To te Wi

ie 5

d os ae "i

‘ , iy Nid be a

rT ; é 4. US sae: "V ath fe

aa! cv - *. :

a at in ; : ud

uF, a ae u

A - i al oe

‘ 1 hy’ * fh

ui t Aloe i bi st Mowewey 2°

. ‘

1856. ] Aborigines of the Nilgiris. 499

tion to the point, desiring him to procure me, if he could, some

sculls* and photographic portraits. Of the latter he obtained for me

two, which are herewith transmitted, and which Sir James sent me

with the following remarks. “I am not much versed in these

matters, and I confess I was at first insensible (like others) of the

Tartaric traits you speak of, the roman nose and long beard of the

Todas more especially making me fancy there was something

Semitic in their lineage. But when I showed the passage in your

letter to Dr. McCosh, he said you were right, and that in spite of

the high nose, there were strong Tartaric marks, particularly in the

women. The Badagas who are considered to be of as old date in

the hills as the Todas, have a very uniform cast of countenance, not

easily distinguishable from the ordinary inhabitants of the plains

below the hills.”” These last are of course Dravirian or Tamulian,

and the comparison drawn is therefore instructive, and doubly so

when we advert to the indubitable evidence of language, which

leaves no doubt as to the common origin of the highland and low-

land, the uncultivated and the cultivated, races of Southern India,

as we shall presently see.

Upon the origin and affinity of the highlanders Sir James observes,

“People who know a good deal of the Todas say, that wherever

they may have originally come from, they have less claim to be

considered aborigines of these hills than the Kotas, not more than the

Badagas, and are thought not to date higher than some 400 years

in their present abode.” Mr. Metz, the resident Missionary, who

furnished the vocabularies, observes on this head, ‘‘ The Kotas have

so much intercourse with the Badagas that they are often not con-

scious whether they speak Badaga or their own language. Their

original home was Kollimale, a mountainous tract in Mysore. The

Kotas understand the Todas perfectly, when they speak in the Toda

tongue, but answer them always in the Kota dialect, which the

Todas perfectly understand.

A. Toda tradition states that the Todas, Kotas and Kurumbas

had lived a long time together on the hills before the Badagas came.

I know places on the hills where formerly Kurumba villages existed

* Neither Sir James nor any of the other parties, I applied to, could obtain

for me any sculls,

oT 2

500 Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [ No. 6.

but where none are now found. It is well known that the Kurum-

bas were driven down from the healthful summit to the malarious

slopes of the hills, and I have strong reasons for believing that the

Cromlechs and Cairns of the hills were made by the ancestors of the

Kurumbas and not by those of the Todas, as is generally supposed

by Europeans.” In entire conformity with these views of the

aspect and origin of the Nilgirians is the evidence of language

which palpably demonstrates the relationship of the highland races

to the lowland races around them. The amply-experienced and

well informed Schmid has no doubt of that relationship, which

indeed he who runs may read on the face of the vocabularies for-

merly and now submitted :* And it is well deserving of note that

whilst that vocabular evidence bears equally upon the question of

the affinity of the cultivated tribes around the Nilgiris, this latter

affinity is now maintained as an unquestionable fact by the united

voices of Ellis, Campbell, Westergaard, Schmid, Elliot—in short of

all the highest authorities.

We may thus perceive the value of the evidence in question with

reference to the uncultivated tribes, as to whose affinity to each

other, and to the cultivated tribes, Mr. Metz writes thus, “ When I

came up to the hills, the Badagas told me that the language I used,

which was Canarese, was the Kurumba language.’’ This reminds

us of what we are told by another of that valuable class of ethnolo-

gical pioneers, the Missionaries, who reports that “‘ Speaking Tamu-

lian of the extreme South, he was understood by the Gonds beyond

the Nerbudda:”’ Nor can one fail to remark how this latter observa-

tion points to the great fact that Turdnian affinities are not to be

circumscribed by the Deccan, nor by the Deccan and Central India,

nor, I may here add, by the whole continent of India but spread

beyond it into Indo-China, Himalaya, and the Northern regions

beyond Himalaya, irrespectively of any of those specially marked

barriers and lines of separation which Logan and Muller have

attempted to establish—the former, on physical and lingual grounds

—the latter, on lingual only. My own conviction is, that we find

every where throughout the regions now tenanted by the progeny of

Tur, a large range of variation, physical and lingual, but one not

* See the Tamulian proper, the Ceylonese and the Nilgirian series.

1856. | Aborigines of the Nilgiris. 501

inconsistent with essential unity of type, though the unity is liable,

nay almost certain, to be overlooked, whether our point of view be

anatomical, physiological, or philological, unless we carefully eschew

confined observation such as misled Capt. Harkness about the

appearance of the Todas, and not less Capt. Tickell about the appear-

ance of the Ho. I have adverted to Harkness’ mistake above. I

will now adda few words as to my brother-in-law Tickell’s. Last

season Capt. Ogilvie, Tickell’s successor, in the charge of that very

district wherein the latter studied the H6 physical and lingnal

characteristics, came to Darjiling. I questioned him regarding the

alleged fairness and beauty of the Hd, and well knowing that

without samples before him, Capt. Ogilvie must be unable to give a

definite answer, I produced from among the many always here,

four no doubt unusually fair, well made, and well-featured Uraon

and Munda men, but still all in the service of one gentleman, and

I then interrogated him. Capt. Ogilvie’s answer was distinct, that

the men before him were nearly or quite as fair and as handsome

as the Ho of Singhbhim, and not either in feature or in form essen-

tially distinguishable from the Ho, whose lingual characteristics,

again, we now know are so far from being peculiar that they are

completely shared by the wide-spread tribe of Sontal, and almost

as completely by the Munda, Bhimij, Uraon and Gond, not to speak

of other and remoter tribes of Himalaya and Indo-China having the

widely-diffused pronomenalized verb type of the Turdnian tongues.*

Not that I would lay the same stress upon these nicer charac-

teristics of language, as seems at present to be so much the fashion

in high quarters. But on the contrary I would choose, as a Tura-

nian philologist, to rely rather upon extent than depth of observa-

tion, still remembering that. by far the greatest number of Tura.

nian tribes are not merely unlettered, but too many of them also,

for ages past, broken and dispersed, barbarously ignorant and miser-

ably segregated, like the Nilgirians.

The niceties of such men’s languages can never be accurately

reached by us, unless we would devote a whole life to the research ;

* Viz. the Naga, Dhimdli, Hayu, Kuswar, Kiranti, Linbu, Chepang and Bhré-

mu, of all which I hope soon to speak. All these tongues, of which the Ist is

Indo-Chinese and the rest are Himdlayan, belong to the pronomenalized class,

502 Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [No. 6.

and, moreover, these niceties are certain to exhibit a great many

anomalies, and to be now present, now absent, under circumstances,

which, whether the absence were originally caused by impatient

rejection, by casual nondevelopment, or by spontaneous or factitious

decomposition, must detract greatly from the value and certainty of

any inferences founded thereon; whilst in regard to the more civi-

lized tribes, we often positively know and may always prudently

suspect that ¢hecr lingual refinements, when they differ from those

of the ruder tribes, are so far from being special illustrations of |

the true: norma loguendi of the Tartars that they are exotic and

borrowed traits. From this digression (which has reference to

Miller’s remarks on the relative value of vocabular and grammatical

evidence) I return to my subject by giving the following observa-

tion of Mr. Metz upon the affinity of the several Nilgirian tongues

now before us, merely premising upon the interesting subject of

the character and habits of these tribes what Sir James Colvile in

his recent visit heard and observed. ‘They are idle, dirty, intem-

perate and unchaste. Polyandry has always existed among them,

and their women are now addicted to general prostitution with men

of other races, so that they must soon die out, and, in fact I think

the population is scanter than it was when I was last here,

though so few years back.” Upon this, I may remark that the

traits observed in the Nilgiris are thoroughly Tartar, and as such

are widely prevalent in the Himélaya and Tibet. Even the civilized

tribe of the Néwars, who, by the way, have a recorded tradition

uniting them with the Malabér Nairs—a name identical, they say,

with Néy4ér or Néwar (y and w being intercalary letters) were once

polyandrists and are still regardless of female chastity, whilst the

Tibetans were and are notoriously both.

Mr. Metz on the subject of the dialectic differences of the Nilgi-

rian tongues observes :—

“The differences of the several languages of the hill tribes con-

sist, not so much in idiom as in mere pronunciation. But that is

so great that the same or nearly the same word in the mouth of a

Toda with his pectoral pronunciation can scarcely be recognized as

the same in the mouth of a Kota, with his dental pronunciation.

The Badaga and Kurumba dialects are midway between the former

1856.] Aborigines of the Nilgiris. 503

two with regard to pronunciation, only the Badaga is a little more

gutteral than the Kurumba.

“There is some difference even in the speech of the several branches,

or remotely located groups, of any one tribe. For instance, those

of the Badaga tribe who, like the Kangaru or Lingaits, emigrated

from Targuru and came to the hills at a later period than the others,

speak a purer Canarese than the common Badagas. So also the

Todas among themselves have differences of pronunciation according

to the different districts they inhabit; for instance, some pronounce

the s quite pure, others like z and others again like the English

th. And in like manner the Kurumbas round the slopes of the

hills have so many little variations in their speech according to the

situation of their villages (Motta) on the south, east, or west side

of the hills, that it is difficult to say what the real Kurumba tongue

is. In Malli, the chief Kurumba place on the south slope, the

language is much mixed with Tamil.”

I will now conclude with a few remarks on the grammatical traits

exhibited by the subjoined papers.

Phonology.

As much as is forthcoming on this head, has been expressed in

the vocabular part of this paper and the remarks appended to it,

it may be advisable, however, to repeat here that the presence of

the English th, and its frequent substitution for s and z, and the

equivalence of the two latter, are so far from being exclusively Toda,

as Schmid supposed, that they are common in Indo-China, Himalaya

and Tibet. ‘Tibetan abounds in sibilants, having, besides the s, ch,

Series, an equivalent z, zy, dz, series. ‘The former is possibly bor-

rowed. A¢ all events z, zy, dz, and ts, tch, are very much commoner

in use than the Arian s, ch, series. The second z, represented by

me by zy, and equal to the French j in jeu, is the same with the

Tamil zh of Ellis and Elliot. It is a very prevalent sound and

equally prevalent is the French u, or eu in jeu aforesaid. Neither

is ever heard from an Arian mouth; but the Himalayans most

infected with Arian ways and habits are now gradually substituting

Arian } for their own z and Arian u for their own eu, D is also

taking the place of their hard and aspirated z, (dz and zh) and thus

504 Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [No. 6.

the Tibetan word zhi-kd-tsén and Newari zhi-kh4-chhén,* the name

of the capital of Tsing, has become Digarché with those who use

the popular and spreading Khas language, which language we hereby

perceive also preferring sonants to surds (g¢ for k), whereas the

written Tibetan and Newari, like the Tamil and Toda, have a pre-

ference for surds.

But Tibetan is spoken with all the variety of hard and soft pro-

nunciation noticed by Mr. Metz as characterizing spoken Toda and

indeed the whole of the Nilgiri dialects; and, as there are few

things more normally Turdnian than the wide extent of legitimate,

habitual commutability between the consonants and vowels of the

languages of the family, so I consider that to lay so much stress as

is often done on merely phonetic peculiarities is a great mistake on

the part of Turanian ethnologists and one apt to lead them much

astray when in search of ethnic affinities. For example, the My-

amma is questionless one language notwithstanding that its phonetic

peculiarities in Ava and in Arakan are very marked; and a parti-

cular friend of mine who is “genuinely Saxon, by the soul of Hengist”’

can by no means deal fairly by r, sh, or th, but calls hash, has;

shoes soes or toes or thoes; brilliant, bwilliant; there, dere ; thought,

tought, &c. A Londoner is not less Saxon surely because he is

wont to “ wow that weal, wine and winegar are wery good wittals.”

* The etymology of this word is curious and important with reference to the

evident identity of the term in Tibetan. And it is hardly too much to say that

the family identity of the two tongues (Newari and Tibetan) might be rested

on it.

It means in Newari “ the four-housed,” zhi or zyi, being four ; kha the generic

sign for houses; and chhén being house. De Coros has said nothing about that

most fundamental sign of the Turanian tongues, the generic or segragative signs ;

but I have good reason to assume that this is one of the several serious defects

of his grammar and that Tibetan ka is = Newari kha, as zhi = zhi, and tsén =

chén, though khyim be now the commoner form of the word in written Tibetan.

Zhi-kha-chhén or zhi-ka-tsén Turanice, = Digarchén Arianice, is the name of the

capital of Ts4ng—why styled “the four-housed” I cannot learn. But three such

elements composing one word identical in form and in sense in two separate lan-

guages involves the family oueness of those languages.

1856. ] Aborigines of the Nilgiris. 505

Article.

Mr. Metz says, there is none whatever, but I feel pretty sure

that the usual equivalents are recognized ; viz. the numeral one, or:

the indefinite pronoun, some, any, in lieu of the indefinite article }

and the demonstratives in lieu of the definite, as also the segrega-

tives van, val, and du for the three genders, or al and pé for the

major and minor of gender, used as suffixes and widely applicable to

nouns (qualitives)—less widely and uniformly to verbs. We

should always remember that the so-called segregatives or generic

signs are essentially articles, definite or indefinite according to the

context.

Adjective.

All qualitives, which seem to embrace, as usual, the nominal

(genitive), pronominal, participial, numeral and adjectival, appear

to be used both substantivally and adjectivally, and, when employed

in the former way, to add to their crude, as a suffix, the appropriate

generic sign, which in the case of the participle, gives it a relative

sense or an agentive, just as in English, the or a striker, or the or a

striking person (or thing), and the or a hard thing, are equivalent

respectively to the person who strikes and the thing which is hard.

But the latter form of speech is quite Anti-Turanian.

Qualitives are always prefixed when not used affirmatively or

substantivally. If placed after the noun they become affirmative

including in their sense the substantive verb. Man (is) mortal.

That (is) mine. This the striker = this is the person who strikes.*

He (is) loving one or lover, = one who loves. That one (is) the

black = that is the black one. Give me the black = the black being

or thing—a difference which must be expressed and with the sign

of gender too (an al) in the former event. This person two person

= this one is the second person (rend-al),t &. Gender is fully

marked in qualitives by the use of the suffixes van, val, du = hic,

* In Newari it would be, t-hma daya-hma, which is in every particular of

idiom Dravirian, hma being the van or al suffix of the above tongues and its

affixing to the verbal form rendering that a relative participle.

+ Here final 4l is not the contracted sign of the feminine suffix aval, but is the

name for man, used as a suffix.

3 U

506 Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [ No. 6.

hee, hoc. But these forms are very imperfectly reproduced in the

verb, indeed can hardly be traced except in Badaga and Kurumba

where the following is unmistakeable evidence of them.

Badaga. Kurumba.

He strikes. Hui-d-an. Hui-t-an.

She strikes. Hui-d-al. Huiyu-t-al.

It strikes. Hui-d-ad. Huiyu-t-ad.

The major and minor of gender in beings, not things, seem to be

denoted by al and pé suffixes—words having still the independent

signification of man and woman. In Toda, moreover, adum marks

the common gender, as a separate pronoun, and tan, as a conjunct

prefix. I am not sure as to the major and minor of gender, because

the verb does not exhibit them in the peculiar manner of the culti-

vated Dravirian tongues, or otherwise.

Noun.

The papers furnish no sample of declension, but it may be safely

inferred that it is simply postpositional with cases ad libitum, or

none at all, according to the view taken of declension. Gender is

marked either by separate words, such as man, woman ; cock, hen ;

or, by sexual prefixes like our he-goat and she-goat; or, lastly, the

generic word bears also a male or female sense, when the feminine

or masculine gender, as the case may be, is distinguished by the

fitting sign prefixed. So Burmese sa means child and boy, and

mi-sa, or female child, means girl. I know not whether the suffixes

van, val and du, or 4] and pé (pen, pem—the latter equal major

and minor of gender) are added to substantives as well as to quali-

tives, but I think not. Instances occnr in Telegu but not gener-

ally in the Dravirian tongues, nor in the northern.

The major and minor of gender (quasi, hic et hee facilis; hoe,

facile) are common in the Himalaya, Indo-China and Tibet, but Ihave

no where in the north found the fully developed masculine, feminine,

and neuter of the south.

In regard to number, the Nilgirian nouns are very defective, having

no distinct aud uniformly employed dual or plural inflexion or sign

But they seem to follow the cultivated Dravirian in so far as having

no dual, but having the double, or exclusive and inclusive, plural, at

1856. ] Aborigines of the Nilgiris. 507

least in the separate pronouns and in the personal endings of the

verb. Jrula has not even the latter. In the Himalayan tongues it

is often difficult to make out distinct dual and plural forms of the

substantive, even when the distinct and conjunct pronouns exhibit

an exclusive and inclusive form both of the dual and of the plural

of the first person, with correspondent verb forms as is the case in

the Kiranti language. The source of the defective plural sign of

nouns is to be sought in the fact that Turanian vocables generally

in their crude state bear the largest and specific or generic meaning

—a peculiarity well exemplified by the English word, sheep. In

the Nilgiri tongues neuter nouns always lack, says Mr. Metz, a

plural form. Masculine nouns form it occasionally by changing

final n into r in Toda (Kullan, a thief; kullar, thieves) or by adding

the plural sign kal vel gal in Badaga and Irula.

Pronouns.

Pronouns and pronominal forms are greatly developed in the Nil-

girian languages, as in all the Turanian tongues, reminding us, when

viewed in connexion with the paucity of true conjugational forms,

of the fine remark that “rude people think much more of the actors

than of the action.” We have in the Nilgiris, lst, personal and

possessive forms; 2nd, among the former, forms excluding and

including the person addressed (we—not you; and we—including

you); 3rd, among the latter or possessives, two complete series

according as the pronouns are used conjunctively or disjunctively.

I have given all these; and their forms, changes of form and uses,

would alone suffice to prove the perfect identity of the Nilgirian

tongues with those of the cultivated Dravirian class. The conjunct

pronouns are prefixed to nouns, suffixed to verbs. But those which

denote genders (proper to the 3rd person only) are used suffixually

with all qualitive nouns, which thus pass from the adjectival to the

substantival category. This latter peculiarity is common to the

Himalaya and Tibet, and is found even among the nonpronome-

nalized tongues, such as written Tibetan and Newari, and likewise

among the Indo-Chinese tongues, whose wong, pong is clearly the

Drayirian van. The former also is found in the Himalaya, but of course

among the pronomenalized languages only. But among them we

have samples of the conjunct pronoun being used prefixually with

3uU 2

508 Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [ No. 6.

nouns and suffixually with verbs as in the Dravirian tongues,* and

others of the use of both suffixually, as in the West Altaic and

Ugrofinnic groups of languages.* Separate words meaning two and

all can be added to pronouns (and to nouns) to form duals and

* Two Forms,

am-pa Be es M ) To’-p-mum struck me.

Hé um-pa BuP y To’-p-num struck thee.

ayu i ung-upa ana father % _

wa ) ape To’-p-t-um or? .,., .

-pa wathim-pa , struck him.

u 5 To’-p-um )

Serene a-pa My Tip-t-dng (I

a ne i jh ny {tthe } hints {thos struck.

ams + (a-po s His Tip-t-a He

~ 2 4: (ung-pa My Mo-v-ting (I

eee jsp = | father ns mo6-y-t {hs struck.

eu-pa ss His M6-v-eu He

[ baba-im 5 f My ( fi perce: ( : |

-ik-an

| baba-ir Th Thatha-ir- | ,

Kuswar dd y fe aan ; Thou es

L ee) (am (He J

Remarxs.—The Hayu conjunct pronoun (see 1st form) is falling out of use.

Form 2nd gives the full possessive before u-pa used for father though it be liter-

ally a father, any father, his father, pater illius vel istius vel ejus vel cujusvis

preter me et te. The verb is given in the objective or agento-objective form =

the passive, the active voice no longer showing clearly the pronomenalization.

There is now used instead of this form and perhaps ever was (it is a question of

decomposition versus non-development) in the active voicethe form seen in the

sequel in Khwa-chammi, I, thou, he, feed (self.) Here it would be to’-p-ummi, or

top-t-ummi, (j) = Bontava v, being the transitive sign, iterated, or not, in the

form of t) I. thou, he strike, or struck, or will strike. In Bahing also, which has

a clear discrimination of time into present cum future and past, the former is ti-

b-u, ti-b-f, ti-b-4, I, thou, he strike or will strike. In these samples, we see,

again, the transitive sign b — p =v, and this sign discriminated clearly from the

temporal sign or t. The manner in which pa becomes'pé in the Bahing noun;

pa, my father: pd, = pa-u, any body’s father, is most suggestive and should warn

us against laying such undue stress on the position (prefix or post-fix) of the

conjunct pronouns. Frequently both are used, the former being in the full separ-

ate form and the latter in the contracted, as in the Altaic tongues, and not less in

Sonthal and Hé6 and indeed in all. Kuswar beautifully demonstrates the charac-

ter of the infixed pronoun as a mark of the transitive verb, and it will be seen

that this language inverts the order of the agentive and objective, and adds a

common termination or an. The neuter verb of course omits the transitive sign

and runs thus, walg-en-im, walg-en-ir, walg-en, I, thou, he fell. En is possibly

the participial particle. But it is more probably the neuter sign.

1856. ] Aborigines of the Nilgiris. 509

plurals, and are often added to a true inflective plural pronoun to

mark that distinction; thus, nam = we; namella = we all, plural ;

nam rendalu = we two, dual. Sometimes the pronominal inflexion

is repeated, as in emellam, we (or we all); niv ellam, ye; avar

ellam, they, of Toda.

Verb.

The verbal forms of the Nilgiri tongues clearly place them in the

same category with the cultivated Dravirian, that is, the prono-

menalized class. But, whether from non-development or from decom-

position, the pronomenalization is very imperfect on the whole.

Nor is it easy to discern in the one or other group of these southern

tongues those generic and temporal signs which are still so palpably

traceable as a distinct element of the northern tongue verbs. All

of the pronomenalized class, and some that can hardly be ranged in

that class, in the Himalaya, as in Altaia and Ugrofinnia, have the ver-

bal root or imperative followed by the transitive or intransitive (often

with many subdivisions) sign, and that, again, in the pronomenalized

class, by the personal ending, which too is sometimes agentive,

sometimes objective (equivalent to active and passive voice respec-

tively) and sometimes both, in which case the agentive form always

follows the other and makes the ending. But, even in the northern

tongues, the transitive or intransitive sign is constantly confounded

with the temporal sign, whilst the personal endings likewise some-

times exhibit as much irregularity and defectiveness as they do in

the Nilgirian verbs. Nevertheless, judging by analogy and resting

on the wonderful similarity of genius and character pervading all

the languages of the sons of Tur, I should not hesitate to say that

the cultivated Dravirian and the Nilgirian tongues are framed on

the same model as that above described as belonging to the northern,

and that the samples above cited from Badaga and Kurumba are

palpable proofs of it, notwithstanding the silence of all Dravirian

grammarians touching the generic or class sign (transitive, intran-

sitive, &c.) of their verbs. Tor example :

I have no doubt whatever that

510 Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [ No. 6.

Badaga hui-d-an .

Kurumba huiyu-t-an ; Pracea a. ;

KCurumba mad-id-en I made (it) |

May be analysed precisely as are— L Active voice,

Turkie sever-d-im T loved (him) |

Hungarian var-t-aim I waited for (him)

Kiranti (Bahing) tip-t-ong T struck (him) uA

Hayu top-t-um struck him Pasay

Khamti ha-t-o gave him } sae

Hayu ha-t-um gave him meee

uswar eae cee ; I struck (him) Active.

and uumberless others of which I shall have, ere long, to speak in

full. That is to say, I hold it for certain that all these verbal forms

consist of, 1st, the root or crude, 2nd, the transitive and preterite

sien, 38rd, the personal ending; aud that moreover, the 2nd of these

elements may, in every case, be resolved into the 3rd pronoun,

current or obsolete, and used objectively. Kuswar baba-ik, = his

father compared with tha-tha-ik = strike (i. e. him, the object)

settles the last point even more clearly than Samoiede lata-da = his

stick and Magyar Cicero-t = Ciceronem.*

Having mentioned the wonderful analogy of these tongues I will

give a telling instance. In the Hayu language of the central Hima-

Jaya and in the Mantchu we have khwachambi or khwachammi, = I

Seed, that is to say, feed myself; for, khwa, vel khoa, is the root;

cha, the reflex sign; and mbi vel mimi, the personal ending, and one

too that in both,tongues is invariable, though Hayu appears some-

times to drop the iteration in the 2nd and 8rd person, khwachammi,

khwa-cha-m, khwd-cha-m, J, thou, he, feed (self). Now, that root,

reflex sign, and personal ending should thus concur to absolute

identity, and that seuse also should be as identical as form, in two

unconnected languages, is simply impossible. It follows therefore,

that we have people of the Mantchu race forthcoming now in the

central Himalaya close on the verge of the plains! And, again,

what shall we say to such grammatical coincidences as—

Tarki Baba-im = my father, sever-im = I love.

Kuswér Baba-im = my father, saken-im = I can.

The answer is clear, that we have people of the Turkic stem also

* Muller apud Bunsen, I. 319.

1856. | Aborigines of the Nilgiris. 511

in the central Himalaya, close to the verge of the plains of India.

Nor need we doubt that such is the case in regard both to the

Mantchuric and Turkic relations of the Himalayans, though the

precise degree of such family connexions can hardly become demon-

strable until we have (what is now alas! wholly wanting) a just

definition of the Ttranian family and of its several subfamilies to

test our Himalayan analogies by. The Mantchuric and Mongolie

groups of toneues were long alleged to show no sign of pronome-

nalization. It is now known that that was a mistake.

Other still maintained distinctions will, I anticipate, disappear

before the light of fuller knowledge, when it will plainly appear that

not mere and recent neighbours, such as are alleged to be the Tibe-

tans proper of our day (Bodpas), formed the Turanian element of

Indian population, from the Himalaya to the Carnatic, but succes-

sive swarms from the one and same great northern hive—whether

Turkic, Mongolic, Mantchuric, or these and others—who passed

into Indo-China as well as India, and directly into the latter, as

well as through the former into the latter, by all the hundred gates

of the Himalaya and its southern offshoots. Simple as the Mongo-

lic and Mantchuric languages are wont to be called, they seem to

me to possess entirely the essential Turanian characteristics, that

is, in like manner as they have endless noun relational marks with-

out any distinct declension, so they have a rich variety of sorts of

verb (but all reduceable into the two great classes of action, or that

of things and that of beings, equal neuter and transitive) and this

peculiar richness united with great poverty of voice, mood and

tense, whilst the participles partake fully of this character of the

noun and of the verb, that is, they are poor on one side but luxu-

riant on the other, and throughout the whole Titiranian area perform

the very same function or that of continuatives, being employed to

supply the place of conjunctions and conjunctive (relative) pronouns.

The central Himalayan languages, but perhaps more especially

those of the pronomenalized type, all present these characteristics

with perfect general fidelity and with some instances of minute

accord, besides those cited above, among which may be mentioned

the hyper-luxuriant participial growth of Kiranti and of Mantchu,

both of which have ten or rather eleven forms of the gerund, and

these obtained by the very same granmatical expedient !

512 Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [ No. 6.

The general absence of a passive, the partial or total absence of

tense distinctions, and the combination of the present and future

when there zs such partial distinction, as well as the denoting of

tense by annexed adverbs (to-day, yesterday and to-morrow) when

there is none, are Tirauian traits common to the (not to go further)

Altaic, Himalayan and Tamulian tongues. Thus, the Toda and

Kota verbs are always or generally aoristic and the three tenses

are expressed by the above adverbs of time, used prefixually. Pre-

cisely such is the case with the Bontava dialect of Kiranti and with

the Hayu, whilst the Bahing dialect of Kiranti discriminates tie

past tense from the other two by the use of an appropriate infix

which is at once the transitive and temporal sign. If such be not

visibly the case with the Badaga, Kurumba and Irula dialects, we

inay yet discern the cause, partly in the carelessness of barbarians,

partly in that fusion of transitive and preterite signs which culti-

vated Dravarian also exhibits, and, not less, Uerofiunic and Turkic.

But in the Tin-d-é of Badaga and Kurumba and Tid-d-é of Kota,

= J ate, as in the Mad-id-é of Kurumba, = TI made, not to cite

more instances, I perceive that identical preterite sign (t, vel, d)

which marks it in Bahing (tib-a, he strikes ; tib-d-d, or tip-t-d, he

struck), as in endless other northern and north-western tongues.

I will add a few more words on these important points for I

conceive that the passive of the cultivated Dravirian tongues is

clearly factitious and suggested by contact with Arianism. There

are still extant long works in Canarese, says Mr. Metz, in which

hardly one instance of the use of the passive voice occurs, and the

fact that the wncultivated Dravirian tongues have it not, is I think

decisive as to its adopted character in the cultivated. Again, there

can be no doubt that the negative conjugation of the cultivated

Dravirian tongues presents the primitive form, and that form is

aoristic, e. g. mad-en, I do, did, or will, not make. In Himalaya and

Tibet and Sifan the passive is wanting. Its absence is supplied by

the use of the instrumentive and objective cases of the pronouns

fur the active and passive forms respectively. Even Khas still

adheres to this primitive and indigenous form, overlaid as that tongue

is by Arian forms and vocables, and I have myself not the least

doubt that the anomalous né of the preterite of Hindi and Urdu

1856.) Aborigines of the Nilgiris. 518

is nothing but a commutative equivalent of the Khas instrumental

sion lé. A Khas of Nepal invariably says, by me struck, for I struck,

and me struck for I was struck; and moreover there is still the

strongest presumptive proof, internal and external, that this, the

present preterite, was a primitive aorist and the only tense in Khas.

Those who are fully conversant with the spoken Prakrits of the

plains can testify that the same traits still cleave to the vernaculars

of the so-called Arian class of tongues in the plains—traces, I

conceive, of primitive Turdnianism as palpable as are to be found in

the secondary terms (bhat-wat, mar-dal (vide infra), kapra-latéa,

&c.) of the Prakrits, and which their grammarians can only explain

by calling them tautological sing-song. That all such terms are

really genuine samples of the double words so common throughout

the Turanian area, and that the latter member of each term is

Turanian, I trust by and by to have time to show. Meanwhile and

with reference to the Tartar substitute for the voices, here are a

few examples.

By me struck, = I struck, active voice.

Tibetan, Ngdei ding: Newari, Jing daya: Hayu, G’ha toh’mi:

Khas, Maile kityo: Urdu, Main ne ktta.

Me struck = I was struck, passive voice.

Tibetan, Ngdla ding: Newari, Jita dala: Hayu, Go toh’mi;

Khas, Manlai kityo: Urdu, Mujh ko kuta (subaudi, usné).

The languages which employ conjunct suffix pronouns have a form

precisely equivalent to the latter, e. g. Sontal dal-éng, and Hayu

toh’-mim = struck me. And observe that Sontal dal fo strike

reproduces, not only the wide spread da vel ta root of the north,

but also the 1 of Newari dala,* as to which see remarks on the

transitive and preterite sign aforegone, and Urdu mar-dé/ with

its comment.

* Observe also that Jita dala reproduces the objective sign, ta vel da, above

spoken of. Compare latada and Cicero?¢. As a transitive sign of verbs it is most

widely diffused, and nearly as widely are ka vel ga, and pa, vel ba, vel va. Sa vel

cha is a very widely diffused neuter sign which also can be traced indubitably to

the 3rd pronoun used to denote the object—in this case, the agent himself or

itself. The French forms, Je léve and Je me léve, &c. very well serve to indicate

the latter form, though not the former of Turanian verbs,

a. 3.

514 Aborigines of the Nilgiris. [ No. 6.

With regard to the personal endings or pronominal suffixes of.

the Nilgirian verbs, their obscurity is sufficiently conformable to

the cultivated Dravirian models with due allowance for mistakes on

the part of the rude speakers of the former tongues. Something

may also be ascribed with probability to decomposition and disue-

tude. But upon the whole we cannot doubt that these tongues

belong to the pronomenalized class, and that, for example, the ni

and mi of Toda tinsbi-ni, Z eat, tinsbi-mi, we eat, with the an, al,

ad of Nidre-madut-an, madut-al madut-ad,-he, she, it, sleeps of

Kurumba, are instances of suffixed pronouns. And now, having

already remarked sufficiently upon the other peculiarities of the

Nilgiri pronouns under the head of “ pronoun,’ I shall here bring

these remarks, suggested by the Nilgirian vocabularies, to a close.

P. S.—Of the many resembling or identical words in the Himé-

layan and Dravirian tongues, I say nothing at present. Those who

meanwhile wish to see them, have only to consult the several voca-

bularies printed in the Journal.

But with reference to what I have stated above, that there exists

an authentic tradition (reduced to writing some five hundred years

back) identifying the people of the Malabar coast with those of

Nepal proper (or the Newar tribe) I may just point to such words

are wa vel va = come, and sumaka = silent, as perfectly the same

in form and meaning both in the Newar language and in that of the

Nilgirians.

515

Aborigines of the Nilgiris.

1856.]

‘oy “qOOT UI TO Yo,09g Teanyyns = azowsz0,g Ys} Aq poyuosoadoa YO ysysuq ‘WY = 4d +

‘umo AU JO SUOTJSOSONS OJOUOp syoHovrg OUT, x

PV my oAing my Ing

(ob uayn; bur

nsuo9g 189], Opa A ap|-evy) 07}90K “189]],

OABIL J, npoy BL npoy “ey, 10 “BL

OPO A UpOA Npoa ayy Dp A ne

(lay, yyom = opeu |(avay7 yyom = aru

aay NpTEpe Ny Ope pt OpeNleyV) gopeuszy ‘apeN|}V) “ANY gavu 4V

eAoy npuryQ oynyny) (wmop ag) nayny yy] (Unop ag) IyYsoN

aAOY pus X uppexz oF2T nqqoA'] OPT

(asay7 06 = esoy (avy, ob = nsoy (auay2 ob

oud NSOH IV) SoH doSoypV|atV) dusoy ory “NS0H|= OV) “OM ¢OHIV

(auay awmoa (a“ay auoa

ey eq eSvA|—= eq-T) ¢eq HT ‘eg|= PA-91) “BA d PAT

(29 ssaq

-yooadg ) ndieperueyy| (2g 7uajeg) natuemsg niyeg) nituederp ‘narsemng Io

WEE Tel IPUN “Dpyyeyy Cel (00 = N) Ipun nosey

SANT YW DY |(8 weulses = S$) os (no = ne) ney aq V

npeyay o5UN ofae yy 909 N Nex

(2q ayom (29 ayom Larseyo

OARIIS BAOUONT|-P) Natsevoyeyoox|-f) nat oylareyoox|(ag ayoan) naSeavyoo x |-vyooX = 1pesitoA

oynpurp (AY DU (3 uvu

“ey «‘aAOyNpuepey|doe7g) npeut oaptn|-10s = 8) os8vi0, NSVIO A B10

oyoaoynp }

“Ipny “eaoynprpny Ipny eu.) Tpay Lae

(ao1tedns

B 0} 1099e] oy)

‘oynpuly, ‘eavuury nUULy, nuuty, nuutry, nauay,

a0 ‘DQUenany “DION “pbopog “OPAL

Ah ee ee Ee ee en

ONNIS

oye T,

aaty)

Uny,

eM ‘AAOTT

UMOP 41S

dn pueyg

em0y)

quopls og

yrodg

doo AA

ysoue'yT

sas

daag

yur

‘ysmbug

'S (0 ‘G ‘Nospaoy “H ‘g 4g—sawnjnquooy unrubjny ay2 072 quawayddng

girts.

“the Nil

qines O

Abor

516

ey aie ut dima togoags ree = = somi0,. “tsa ames poyuesoaded yo Wsysuy aE

aes

*posn

OyIpe BN pesn st 9894 JUISII |pesn Sl OSU9F JUSSI |SE osu} quosead o"UL

eprtr

euryn dingy (¢

oplpe BN

eAv][ey pe EN

npIpV npuos np mx

BIPV nye vandinyy

nyex!PV vavandin

epIpy epi

VIP VI eaAndin

BIpV eAIn FY

epuas-OIPV, epaq eA A

pV my

NYIOS nyo H

NAIIpull VY OYNpPLLV

gAoynie yy BOM

npoug pt orV

PAOD, TOL

“npuoy “eA0NNpIpy nygy Upuoy

‘NAT ‘VQUNINY,

eo,

ednssod ouy

edeymd ouy

ss a

of) Sa al

ouepimn FT

npunpmy, ‘npmyxz!

;

nye eanAMmy

(eu0 4nq o1B atoy

-910Y} SWIIOJ OA\4 OJ,

MTP 2 |-quopeambe st wow =

Mead nie do [Be pu ‘xqjns

| OUI[NOSeU St TUBA

| J1o ueva) nuvavandingy

Bssog epIn yy

eying ean An fy

epoying vAn yy

epeAng epaq e ANT

oAIng mq |

epueg nSel Hy

oT[Ns1y oyNpuy ‘“MaIpLey

(aq bua

eT[NIjNI0 A |uvay) ~“NANBIOA "014

OSIVAITN

epepisivavy,

"04037

(a4ay, gnd—=1q

194 \04V) ‘IQoyV “py ‘nyBy!

nyAQL

Do Pp

meres

“phopug

ainyny Oo a

eytsajerd ONT (Z

TUIQSLOAYIAING

LO “TuTqs}q}Ng

ppnyyyang

(uput buryrjs = )

jedqygang

10) = ueavdyyjang

/-OATJOB posn) aqjang

"Sy IVUL

“01 908 ‘ATOATS

“sud se jjoa se AT

dyqqang

weying

Tey AN

aang |

F4SH

aIpLey

IB10 A

TOAVV

Pal GAN fi

nppoy “ALyysIrg

‘DPOT,

\__ SSIs O74 ory

ONL9S [TTA T

INAS T

ONII4S T

UIs SULA TT

10 days uy,

UdFOIG

SULYLIYS

OyLI]S OF

40U 94S

IAL

puvysiapug

IVOTT

UMOp yng

dn qjit ‘ostey

Htpst

‘ysi busy

517

of the Nilgiris.

mes O

Aborig

1856.]

"daays Yim T = mowsow-07 dogs 7 days T = hwp.agsah doajs T ‘osuo4 yeu 0} posh otary Jo sqioapy }

————

“BU OIPIU vi[aIVAYy

TI}

‘ZION “AT Aq Ke at

poqyyimo ATTenseo r eee sae lt

uoeq Avy jae “eu oaptu vyesue x

"| oreqynp

OAd4

J |-apewr oapru eypoar yy!

epuoy npurpey upy epeINpeUl OAPI NT

B[epuoy f v[eAy :

nupuepey | epay } o[eINpeU BIPI yy

npuepey nuvay SULINPLUL BIPT NT

T]NpUl Opt NT

({ exeut dooys)

eulynpem = aIpiNy

epurvy

epuoy npuepey IN

oso npurp

“BY UN “OY Bpey PN

opuoy nyed BN

esoy njed eyjournuey ‘ourpuvy

OOUl4 BAT “asuey JuOSsarg

o PUAN Spe

950¥ Upuly VN oulynuUULy,

9s0y npurpes eyy

_ (T apou

(‘SylVMoy O08 AISSeT oT] ynoGy

OIOSIIO A.

OILSIIO A »

OUIVGTIOA VOUT

OUIVSLIOA BI[OWY

‘OSM9} JUOSeTTiay[eT ao odevsvao A

TIVISVIOA BT[OVYVAY

TIVISBIOA VI[OSTIN

OOULSBIOA BI[OSUE

OdUISIOA VITOSUY

‘sosunoury osoyy Jo Aue Ur [enp Opt

‘aloyMasye das sunouodd pszyIMO Jog »

IUIQSTOIOA WR]]OIVAY doors je Loy,

TULQST[OIOA vue |[AATNT|

TUIqsyoroa Uv] [OU yy | NpoOxXA ‘doajs [[® 9 AA

TUIQSYOIOA WHRIfoULY ‘NpouT *dooys q[e oAK

dooys 09 OA,

dooys [[@ ox

OSLIO A BPLSBLO A 1yst[9.L0 Al sdoajs 47

O[S110 A. BlSBIO A. T]SOIO A | sdaajs ays

odvsri0 A. BUISBIO A 148010 A. sdaajs off

odvseio A. OILGBIO A x TJSYOIO A » qsodoo|s noqy,

odvdvio A SULSBIO A TUTQSYIIO A. dagys T

‘SONSU0} a8ot} [[¥ UT osUo4 quosoad oy sv oLUeS OY ST oANINY ONT, 908 [[LA J

adiso \T OPpIpON 'aqtteqyoad 0 fy MBS T

rue

odesiso NT OUIPO N|-Stoppey ‘TuIqT]}0 NT 008 T

edvsuty, euvUUL, (fF Loanjny ON 4BO [IM J

opPLL opuLy, “oqttoqoad 0 NT o4v T

edesury, OUBUULT UIQSUTy, *1uIqTyy49,J, qvo T

jodesvioa

OULSBIOA BAT {'a1nyny oN daoys [[tAs T

odveseioa

epuoy Npuvpey vyyidoo7s) opipem oapin tony to odesva0, (¢

~B.I0 A

OPPISRAOA BAT

euvuunis

‘OULSBIOA BNT

*eqtqaqoad ON qdoys T

TurqsqotoA UW) doers T

| No. 6.

Aborigines of the Nilgiris.

518

‘ow SoULONIpe Tepust WET SB ‘BITS JO peoqsut

unouoad aoqye poppe st *Z = npuer ynq ‘urTOF aqeaedos @ YOU st eng 4

‘QL, MOSTO 9S SUNOUOAd poz}TWIG LOT x

‘sosensury asoyy Jo Awe UI sqstxo UOTOUTASIp Yous o x{ jomuyod “soyqey OUT,

SuIUeA SI IT

SUIYUVM SI IT

SUIYUA ST 4]

SUIYUBM ST IT

SuyUeM SI IT

SUIYURM ST 4

eumuy epurvy, auvsIy

"8104 ( syreUey

“neu doy jernjd o nyeSter7}o08) ‘Teanjd op (1)

ees SEN een I N

eu npuey TeUu NpeIla A 1e wf cess

, ; poW

Te NT IN TONT

ossod vljoreay

ertseiod B[[awIN

LAVYIpe VpjoIvVay

LIPYIPS B]LOU NT

ervqn Any viporeay

ruqndiny vpfoAtNy

‘ames ONT) asoqniny vijesue x euvdind eeu

jomeytpe vyjome yy! «= aaoqnAtny vipescuy euvAind vijeuy

opuyopuy “oyyey ¥

SUIQUBAA ST 4 SUIYUVM SI 4]| JeIN[q ‘sey VT

SUIYUBM ST 4T SUIYUBA SI 4T[VNq ‘s1o| Vy OMT,

opuey, ‘eddy wedi oye V

BlSIVN ‘jeanjd Off (T) jentg ‘“ssoq

Teu npvsie X tou pay| [enq ‘ssop OMT,

ve N 1ON ‘0p V

BIVPINY VI[OIVAY |IysITJANG Weypoway OyLIys [[e AUT,

Lepmy vesuINy) 1ys}q}ANG We[[eatNy ols [[B OA

rong

ooUVpINyY VI[esU9 X|-sJyJANG We][e UI |NPOX *oYl14S [[@ OAK

reard

OoTILPINY LIPISuUY|-syqJIng We]jo Wy | NUT *oxl1ys [Te OAA

770 = BIA JO pvoysul unouOId oT} 104JB 0M7 [RIOTUNT OT} Ajuo suippe ‘ eand se owes oY} SI [VNC |[VNC *Ayx11}8 OM 9 AA

Byipe npy epeynAn ossod npy

ByIpe VAY eyeqn Ain FT ossod o[vay

eylpe VAY euvynAMyzy odvyind ouvay

eyIpe INT udm yy x edeyimd IN

oSIyqTA VpIpe

VN “OART[RYLPB VAT oun din edeying x

esp

-uvy tuned vad ey es -

esistuurd vid B yy as es

- (SUurINSIpeyy] UOxIsoy

QSI}4TA OSTT[O VN OUINSIyVYpuoy TOYISIVAY J,

“DINAT DQUNAN YT "010.

epepmin yy S}q]InNg SOyTAYS 4]

e[pIny YSqqINg SdyIIys ETS

euepnyy Ysqqqang SOYIIGS OFT

e1epmn x Ysqyqyang qsoyliys NOU,

ouepinyy TUIGSIYIAING ». OLS T

6é ‘ce OAO] 1

sf " OAOT OF OSNVO T

OUISIpe I, ce eYVU O} osnvd T

| SIU} 10

SUISTYLYPpOY UOJ OU punoj oavy J

een Se ee

TILT 0} sno T

ae ee

“phopog "‘DPOT, -ysubuyy

Se eS

519

Aborigines of the Nilgiris.

1856.

Nprieay npeivay OpeIvAy, NperwyVaAy ‘nprIvaAy, nprway ‘nprivay 8 J10T T,

parvay BIVAY OIBAY BIVYVAY “vIvAYy Npiway “IvAY ILOY,L,

nainpy NIvVAY IVAW BYVAV IVAV Aouy,

npeunpy nperepy eprunpy epeunpy } |upunpy ¢ npunpy 83]

Npryeay npeeay OpR[VAY BPAY | 1apues npreay| ¢ ‘ounfstq 4 8.107

npeuvay npeuray opeuvay npeuvay J jgoumog L npueay SIT

vunpy BIVPV eunpy wunpy)], uty, unpy 81T

pnyray BIVAV o|BAV "B[AY ‘“eleay ¢| rapues Tray, p ‘ounfuog IO

pnueay VUuvAY eURAY vuvay J uomWMoD UvAy| si

OPV “RAV “BAyinpy “Neay ‘nuvayopy ‘o[tay ‘ouvsy apy “BIAV “BAyinpy ‘[eay ‘ueay iP a | a te

npesut

NPVsuIyy ‘Npemuiy] npeSury ‘npeany) epnSuiy ‘npemty NpVsuIN npewmwuiny : sane NI Sno X

pnuwiyy BUT AT npnuiiy eSUIN DPWINT ‘WTNy| Inox

ALNT BOUIN OUI NT BLOULN ALN ox

NpeUULyy Npeulny OpeuULyy NpvuuIN; NpvuUIyy ‘npuryy duly, |,

VUIN] “PRUINT BUIN UN BUUIN NpuUIN “GIN ATL,

IN ™N OAINT “IN a iN TN now

; npeur § Npewy| § upeMwMeN “npesuy) npemmy ‘npmy 7. pu :

Tees eee mpeaues pan i Seated . . npeaup XK ngiemee Py eee } { ae eons

OQ JF ‘pnut LULU nuy BdUY npuy ‘wy { npouy a

“m9 IO npnurwme XT epua X nu vsuoq| npmex ‘woz } NOX O

TAG NT eouo x ecua x ; e]sue wy ‘wy OM

npeuus 7 npeueN epeuus 7 npeuue x} npeuuax ‘npusy euly

phuuex ‘npnuusz BURN uoq Buuo npuexz ‘uaz AT

nueyy ‘Vyy VN ‘nuey ouy BN ‘nueNn nuy ‘uy osm T

RUWe pnavay opur} vavay euvkta VavAy vdde vavay uvdto IvAy IOYIVJ IOUT,

BIWUY PNUWIN Opurvy VULINY euvdto pnuUlIN edde esuin uvAlo WIN IOY}VJ INO K

qYyoq epury vueN euvdlo VY vdde vesuy uefa Wy ‘TOU. | . wneeen

Joy “etme pniuuie x epur} voue T auvATo BUG edde vsuo x uvAto sn eee ete Bat

vuUwe vunpy epury vaepy euvsia unpy edde vunpy uvfto Uvy, IONIC] SIT

wuUwUe pnyeay Opury vRAy| — euvdta [BAY edde vay uvAta uRy, IOY4ey 10 FT

euue pnuvay epury vurAy euvdto URAW ede { wine uvdto Uv, JOY} SIFT

BUUe { pacers! epur} PUIN euvdto TIN vdde vuuiy uvAtd UIN Joyyey ATT,

pnuin ‘ . eer i ia? | Sane

vue pnuez opur, vueN euvijo woe! did’ rea PO __-_2 —

[ No. 6.

Aborigines of the Nilgiris.

520

Pgs ae

| CH ‘g ‘Ajerour qutadstur @ st

[HH ‘gf ‘No ojtasos oy} puv v 4001 043 Surqyeavdos quooov 4ydnaqu oyy Ajorom st ye] UpY

Cre eed

-lavacy AT[BWIO ssoToUyATOAET SI UOVIvdes Yong] [Iuwy, jo yorry ore "WIVULELO ST,

B SUIAqg SJUBOSUOD SuTosa[vod oy} Jo uoTywavdes oYT, “WeuMvIsy 10}]0q

CH cH ‘g ‘44s 049 Jo opsunf 20 qsor0] poyyvo ore savqs oy LIUMeN UT] siv4s Loy ‘

fiys ayy fo saysif = UU UPA SI POM OATYVU OY, “BAYVYSYVN PMosuvg —= UNEIIAQYOIWN

he |

[HCH ‘gf ‘spoaoa ogvaedos 09 Ay[vuzou pesn ;

‘auvnostioo Lrvpeoaoqut uv st ‘A oyty ‘a y Aron? ] sorq, UQUTT puL vsLICG SsoTBUBD) —= : UsBECT

[HH ‘@ ‘8]04104 Jo suorvqueserdod uvisouo Ff pue UvIySIAYOTLY og AToIour O18 esouy, | 1 “UTA.

[‘p dq ueqy royyea 4 Aq poaorpoy [eseu pavy v osye ; eT Th- OPUS,

og pur ‘aeruvang, AT[voysiteqovrvyo ore ‘[eaynou uoyvudss pue ‘p= J]

CH ‘H ‘g ‘Bore uvruving, 044 ynoysSnoyy ‘8 Joa y = ‘y pave] ‘uoddesey,

barge 2)

‘avravany, ATySnosoyy st ‘Avp-o7 pur hop = vuryy, joa vurq ‘dojousyo uvrry pordur ayy

qqnop J] ‘ewes ou} oqrmb you st © vyzouy yoory og uss “44 YSt[ouy oy} oavy SouRCT |

pue svpog, A[WO ppIOM oyy [TV UL svomoyM “YA YSI[suq oy = yy SIyy esoddns 4ystut +

grousier0y uvedoing pue ‘ATsnoouosse oymmb ynq ‘yy Aq AT[vtouss AOUOpIsedg svape] |

ay} Ul possoadxo st p (qluosuRG pUL) esoTveuIg ‘surfeds pq v puL toryviounuoid prq

woz Ajarow Suy[nser soueseyip oy} ‘[vouept oa “queroyrp os AToUTUIEES “SpLom Oso], Sy)

“pRg[SIU prnom pu odoang jo yuourqt0d oYy WO [MONT poounouoad oq pfnoa [NUN “[N

‘poojsdopun oq JOU pod “AI YAIA OploULod quoddB O44 ‘ oan ae eS

Suryvu sq v of} SUIUOYASUE] Jo epouUl YSILSUT oy} ST YOM “LoyyYe yy ie vot

‘atquy [As yaoys & UO STTRF

Tojjo 4J ‘o[qui[As 10 JoMOA SOT = you quooov :qaoys sopqui[As a

‘TUBy YVd JlIosuvg == ‘o]LAdS T oYy 2 MULyqUY “Wey 4wAT

-Aavjeoroqut Ajoaour ‘A oy, :wvesy ‘mudeoy

“NOILOPLAOT)

“nse

é ¢

T Toy N| [wou

BPP 7s

naa AV

“WVUVIOV,

"UIVALIYJOYOFV NT

ated |

‘OSO[VSUIG BSBMLCT

s “MOOT

‘00g

oa dais Pome CABAL Fi

‘uoddeyey,

‘gSo[VSUIg ‘VUICE

‘auqelvypy ‘WBVUSEy,

‘UCN

Toyyeyy “wus yy

‘nseg

‘WIV Y4-9Ury

‘WvABy

‘IVNIDIUO

‘sawmjnqno04 asauojlig ay2 fo spson , KuQuIvyy ,, 2YZ U2 “GINHOY “A “AAT 24} hq su0rg9at009

521

mes of the Nilgiris.

Aborig

1856.]

“Und PUB Y]VM I0F YSnoUd o41b ory npo pur pO ‘Teqynpo

VPUN ‘op 07 = oxeaeury ut [eyynpemt § bwop ay) suvom xyyns nas "BpUhT ‘[eyqnpeuepe xy

he. ‘npodn4yqn

ob buryng pure amoo buryog uvew pur of PUB BWOd SqIOA OT WOIZ spunodmOD oe OsolT, ! avin

| ‘UNOP 728 IO} piom redoad 4 ;

Out SI MavyyNn ang ‘gag aoy posn Wego st 4nq ‘ag ATre1041, suvout aa napyyNT irs |

‘burdoan aya pue bua nlLW ‘loynTy

-daajs ay, = ‘SUIOJ [VATJURASGnS oat (losnTy 04002) loyNTY pur 1941941 ct ‘nsUNy, "IOTIT 4-49 NT

JOOTMOOUT OG Yen oLoJoreyy WMOp 4nd "A ‘UOy, “qoIy A

SP FoAoUy A “TIWRT, UL UAOTyUN ATJOYAL ore OATqrJoI109 PUL OALqUIOI Mpa puv ipurzyT yy, ; "H ‘WOR “YO A,

‘SULIO4 Iequieyy 04 woay ‘orgorqysnopy ‘OFLYOSO PAT

POMOJUT ST 1094¥] OYJ, ‘uuMNIOo Ysijoug oy9 ur ued oy4 Jo sdifs ore Boney ‘qUuy, “SIU, ‘qv, ‘S8tyT

Novy pA ‘eqnyyngyy

“BOT ae eI

n gee To “h poq4op uvuttesy SuoyT ‘9 yy 1919

Q : "q NAZ o71un ! noe pus z . ima

‘AToqvavdes woyy oylIM T ‘spunog ae ae ae oe Mia ) tne ? ea: 755 ero

puv JsouoMIMOD 944 SuOTIR ore qtidse.p nal ut uoos sv n puv f youeagy | Oe ar oe Baia

OUT ‘“undg pue Surndd OMI J aun pur buynd ysySury snyy ‘nd jo snare FH ee

W1OF OY} UL JULUOSTOD quepedoad v UTA UOMVUIGUOD UL 10 ne Jo wHIOy ‘ ‘i PT vit cite E

ou} Ul quesead JT n yousag SUIPYS oyy, ‘a097e7 O44 Osa} punojuoo aa ae a 2

: ‘ it ¢ : n4qeq nq4-48q

Tsou T “No “9 puv ‘ne “e pure ‘ie Boye 9 Out UIIM *senSu0g uvratA dai mua

“Bad? jo suiqiam uvedoang uP UoUWod os ta suoyyydip oy4 ogn adAoT TU Darel eI

"U197VAv “Te4{neu ey4 UT *pagra qsnf ‘npefopnavay ‘au0

‘jernyd 044 ‘ope ‘npedapnumg NYAvA = ‘nyyAerIpeMUy

ST Ory upesepnavay ogezo puv npesopnuray prod O8]R O8 ae ‘npeug = ‘upedgpnuug = -nyyeung ‘nye dapnuugy

CH H ‘gq ‘4jor0m quridstur] away ‘TOAW

LH ‘HE ‘@ prnby Toye B 104}0q SI Tes yng — -uSIs jeanyd ‘ey = [eS] [esuvay - *[PyIoaAy

‘NOILOGUYOD “IVNINIUO

522 Aborigines of the Niilgiris. [ No. 6.

Remarxs.—I give the above as they reached me without entirely

assenting to the value set on such precision by the venerable Author

of these corrections, or always even approving the corrections; for

the more ample and careful becomes our survey of the Turanian

tongues, the more deep is the conviction that the largest commuta-

bility of consonants and vowels is normal in this family of tongues,

that local varieties of utterance are not to be reduced to a quasi

exotic standard, and that Akayam and Keramam, for instance, re-

flecting as they do the well known preference of Tamil for surds

and its aversion to heaped consonants, may very reasonably be pre-

ferred to Agayam and Kramam. Mr. Schmid’s conjecture that the

English th is known only to the Todas is incorrect, for, the Burmese

and Kukis as well as some Himalayan and Sifanese tongues have

the sound ; and likewise the Todava proneness to blend the sounds

of s, z, and the English th, and the latter also with d, like the Tamu-

liansofthe Eastern Coast. My Ceylonese papers were prepared for me

by a gentleman who used the ordinary English way of representing

oriental words. I myself always use the continental, but the other

does not mislead me. The Nilgirian vocabularies are framed on the

latter model. The cerebral letters are marked by a dot, thus t, d, 1;

ch is to be pronounced as in English much, ch with the mark =

above, as in gaelic loch; and in Toda th is always to be sounded the

English way. 3B, H. H.

PDO ALAS SINS NI NII INI NANI NINL EES

1856. | Entomological Papers. 523

Entomological Papers—being descriptions of new Ceylon Coleoptera,

with such observations on their habits as appear any way interesting.

—By Joun Nierner, Colombo, Ceylon.

(Continued from page 394.)

Trib. Lebiide.

Anchista. n. 9g. N.

Corpus depressum, ovatum. Mentum dente magno obtuso, lobis

parum breviore, his extus rotundatis, apice acuminatis. Palpi ro-

busti, maxillares art. ultimo magno ovato, apice obtuso, labiales art.

ultiino valde securiformi. Ligula cornea apice obtuse acuminata,

labri marginem anteriorem attingens. (Paraglosse a me non dis-

sect.) Labrum transversim quadratum. Mandibule simplices apice

arcuate et acuminate. Antenne robuste art. 1° mediocri, 2° brevi,

3° quarto paulo longiore, 4-10 subzqualibus, 11° penultimo parum

longiore. Thorax longitudine latior, angulis anticis rotundatis, me-

dio obsolete angulatus, basi angustatus, angulis rectis. Elytra apice

quadrate truncata. Pedes robusti tarsis art. 4° profunde bilobo,

unguibus fortitor pectinatis.

12. Anchista modesta. WN.

_ A. brunneo-testacea, elytris (maculis 2 obsoletis subhumeralibus

exceptis) obscurioribus abdomine piceo. Long. corp. 4 lin.

Caput fronte medio leviter uniimpressa. ‘Thorax linea media

longitudinali divisus. Elytra apicem versus parum dilatata, striato-

spunctata, ad stiam 2™ punctis 2 majoribus subapicalibus, cum thorace

marginata.

Prope Colombo nocte ad lumen cepi. .

The characteristics of this new genus are those of the g. Calleida

(between which and Cymindis I place it) excepting the ligula which

in this case is obtusely acuminated, the last joint of the maxill.

palpi which is obtuse at the apex, and the thorax which is not ag in.

Calleida longer than broad, but the reverse. From Cymindis it

would differ principally in the deeply bilobed 4th tarsal joint, and in

some other minor points, but it is difficult to say what the true

characteristics of this genus (which appears from this reason to

require a careful revision) are, if even Lacordaire uses the particle

ae i

524 Entomological Papers. [No. 6.

“on” not less than five times in the diagnosis he gives of it in his

g.d. Col. However, I feel justified in separating Anchista from

Cymindis as well as from Calleida. The name “ Anchista’” has

reference to the affinity of the insect to the two genera just men-

tioned, whilst the specific name ‘‘ Modesta”’ refers to its inconspicu-

ous colours. Amongst its peculiarities, weight ought to be laid upon

the plumpness of the palpi, and in fact on all the other parts of the

mouth and even the whole head, which was very striking to me.

Like many of my best Carabide I found this insect at night on

the table, whither it had been attracted by the light. I may mention

that the single specimen which came thus into my possession has

an oblong shallow impression on either elytron, perhaps accidental,

perhaps a peculiarity. The anterior tarsi are dilated and furnished

with hairy brushes below, longest at the apex of the lobes of

the 4th joint.

Trib. Lebiide.

Elliotia. n. g. N.

Corpus subconvexum, ovatum. Caput mediocre, oculis maximis.

Mentum leviter transversim emarginatum, edentatum, lobis acumi-

natis. Ligula submembranacea apice truncata, paraglossis connatis

marginem anteriorem parum superantibus, obtusis. Palpi elon-

gati, art. ultimo elliptico, accuminato. Labrum magnum transversum,

integrum, mandibulas fere obtegens. Mandibule valid, edentate.

Antenne robuste filiformes, humeros superantes, art. 1° mediocri,

2° previ, 3° quinti prope longitudine, 4° precedente breviore, 2-4

obconicis, 5-10 equalibus, cylindricis, 11° precedente tertia parte

longiore, 4-11 pilosis. Thorax parvus, capite minor, transversus,

longitudine duplo latior; antice leviter emarginatus, lateribus

elevato-marginatus, ab apice ad medium lateribus rotundatus,

medio fortiter angulatus, a medio ad basin valde abrupteque angusta-

tus, basi truncatus, subtus cylindricus. Scutellum leviter excavatum.

Elytra ovata, marginata, apice sat fortiter truncata. Pedes omnes

subsequales, simplices, tenues, tarsis cylindricis art. 3-4 magis

minusve trigonis, unguibus simplicibus. Prosternum carinatum.

In honorem Dom. Hon. Walteri Ellioti (Maderaspatani), natura-

liste: diligentissimi, meritissimi, nomen imposul.

1856. | Entomological Papers. 525

13. LHiliotia pallipes. N.

E. supra nigra-nitida, thorace scutelloque rufo-testaceis, labro

elytrorumque limbo atque sutura brunneo-testaceis ; subtus piceus,

pectore rufo-testaceo, pedibus albidis, his geniculis oreque (palpis

obscurioribus exceptis) testaceis. Long. corp. 2¢ lin.

Caput ad antennarum insertionem et inter oculos utrinque pro-

funde impressum. ‘Thorax basi rugosus, ante medium utrinque

uniimpressus, linea media longitudinali divisus. LHlytra punctato-

striata, infra humeros leviter impressa.

In ripis lacus Colombensis sub veget. putrescent. mens. Jul. non

infrequenter legi. Agilis est et avolare semper expeditus.

A pretty and very interesting little insect, about whose systematic

position I am not quite satisfied; however I provisonally place it

towards the end of the true Lebide. I find it most to agree with

the descriptions of the g. Pentagonica 8. G. and Rhombodera R.

with neither of which, however, it is identical. The head is distin-

guished by the large and prominent eyes and 4 deep impressions, 2

larger ones at the root of the antenne, 2 smaller ones between the

eyes, also by a very distinct neck which connects it with the thorax ;

the labrum is large, transverse and entire, with the angles rounded

off and the base narrowed ; the mentum is but slightly transversely

emarginated, edentate ; the ligula is truncated at the tip, the para-

gloss adhere to it, reach a little beyond it and are obtuse at the

apex ; the palpi are rather long with the last joint elliptic, acuminate ;

the antenne are strong, filiform and reach beyond the shoulders,

joints 5-10 are of equal length and cylindric, 4-11 are pilose. The

most remarkable part of the insect is, however, the thorax which is

: of a subrhomboidal shape, transverse, smaller than the head, as

broad again as long, it has 2 strong lateral angles at the middle,

each furnished with a strong bristle, the anterior part has the sides

| rounded, the posterior abruptly obliquely contracted, at the base it

_ iscylindric. Asa specific distinction of the thorax I mention more-

| over that in the present species it is impressed with 2 deep punctures

| before the middle and that it is rugose at the case. The abdomen

is slightly peduncled. The scutelium is slightly excavated. The

| elytra are oval, rather convex and impressed with rows of punctures,

| The legs are simple and weak, apparently equal in both sexes. The

526 Entomological Papers. [No. 6

anterior tarsi are a little stouter than the rest, but not dilated nor

furnished with any additional clothing below, the anterior tibie are

deeply notched. As to the colour: the head and wing-covers are

black, the latter with the suture and margin of a light brown and

highly polished, the thorax is reddish and the legs are whitish. The

insect is very agile and ever ready to take to its wings. It is of

quite a peculiar appearance, imparted to it by its large eyes, small

curiously shaped thorax and rather plump elytra and abdomen. I

may further mention that I have observed the 4th joint of the

maxillary palpi to collapse when the specimens become quite dry, so

as to give them a different, spoonlike, appearance, apt to mislead any

one who has not examined fresh specimens.

14, Harpalus advolans. N.

H. eneus, clypeo, labro, antennis mandibulisque brunneis, his

apice nigris, subtus testaceus, lateribus obscurior, pedibus flavis,

tarsis geniculis spinulisque brununeis, ore testaceo. Long. corp.

3__5? lin. :

Caput leve. Mandibule unidentate. Palpi art. ultimo elongato,

apice truncato. Menti dens simplex, obtusus. Ligula apice quad-

rate truncata, angulis acutis leviter productis, paraglossis inflatis

marginem anticum parum superantibus. Thorax longitudine sesqui

latior, dorso anticeque levis, basi rugoso-punctatus, 2-impressus.

Elytra striata, cum thorace anguste marginata. Variat colore tes-

taceo-zenea.

Nocte ad lumen, sed ad hue non usquam alibi, non infrequenter

cepl.

I have taken this species frequently at night on my table, but

never found it as yet anywhere else. It is not very distinguished,

for which reason I have mentioned the parts of the mouth in the

description, these being moreover not very constant in this genus.

The insect is of the usual oval Harpalus-form, of a dark metallic

green on the back and more or less yellowish or light brown below,

the colour of the back changing occasionally to a brownish green.

15. Oodes piceus. N.

O. ovatus, subconvexus, piceus, tarsis, palpis antennarumque arti-

culis 3 primis castaneis, palpis apice flavis. Long. corp. & lin.

1856. | Entomological Papers. 527

Caput parvum, inter antennas linea latitudinali abbreviata impres-

sum. lLabrum integram, punctis 3-impressum, puncto intermedio

bi-, lateralibus uni-setigeribus. Mandibule valid prominentes. Palpi

art. ultimo elongato-ovato, apice leviter truncato. Menti dens apice

truncatus leviterque sinuatus. Antenne art. 3° quarto xquali nisi

paulo breviore. Thorax amplus basi elytris applicatus, apicem versus

angustatus, angulis posterioribus subdepressis translucentibus, ante

scutellum leviter sinuosus, ante sinum obsolete latitudinaliter im-

pressus. Elytra striata, cum thorace angustissime marginata. Pedes

valide, ant. tibiis apice intus uni—, intermed. et post. bi-calcaratis.

Specimen singulum f, in ripis lacus Colombensis sub vegetab.

putrescent. legi.

As already one species with a bifid mentum tooth (O. pulcher)

has been received into this genus, I have waved the hesitation I should

otherwise havefelt in referring to it the present one,the tooth of which

is of a similar description. I have not seen the O. pulcher, but as itis

said to be an inhabitant of this part of the world it may possibly

be identical with my species. I®f not, they might, as the g. is other-

wise pretty constant in its characteristics, be separated under a new

name as types peculiar to India. Besides the abnormal mentum

tooth the insect has not much to distinguish it from others of the

genus. The labrum is, however, peculiar, being entire, or even very

slightly produced in the middle, with the angles rounded off; it is °

impressed near the anterior margin, with 3 deep punctures, the cen-

tral one of which is furnished with 2, the lateral ones with one

strong bristle each. The anterior tibie are but slightly notched.

The prosternum is largely developed, reaching beyond the anterior

cox, obtusely acuminated, and received in a deep excavation of the

mesothorax. But 1 doubt whether the development is sufficiently

large to entitle the insect to a place in the g. Lonchosternus Laf.

which, however, I have not seen in nature.

16. Trichopteryx cursitans. NV.

T. ovata, subconvexa, pubescens, supra obscure enea, elytris neo

—brunneis, subtus picea, pedibus oreque testaceis, antennis art.

3-11 nigrescentibus. Long. corp. 2 lin.

Antennarum clava art. 2 primis ovatis, ultimo conico, acuminato.

528 Entomological Papers. [ No. 6.

Thorax amplissimus, elytris tertia parte minor, convexus, angulis

acutis, basi humeros amplectens, apice angustatus. Elytra subde-

pressa, subquadrata, apicem versus parum angustata, truncata,

abdominis 8-4 segmenta ultima non obtegentia. ibis medio in-

crassatz. Coxe postice maxime dilatate. Mesosternum carinatum.

Sub veget. putrescent. exsiccescentibus in prov. occid. copiosa.

A rather large species commonly met with in this part of the

Island under rotting vegetable substances somewhat dried up. It

is very agile and ready to take to its wings, which are of the beautiful

typical construction, about twice the length of the body and in dead

specimens frequently produced behind. ‘These insects vary a little

as to shape, some being more narrowed behind than others, and also

as to the exact number of the abdominal segments left uncovered by

the elytra. The head is large but exhibits nothing abnormal or

extraordinary; the thorax is very large, emarginated in front and

behind, with the angles acute, the basal ones enveloping the

shoulders ; the wing covers are subquadratic with the angles rounded

off and a little narrowed behind; the legs have the tibiz incrassated

in the middle and the posterior coxee very much dilated and distant

from each other, in all other respects they are typical. The shape

of the body is that of an egg, broadest at the shoulders, gently

narrowed towards the apex of the abdomen, and rounded off towards

> the head.

17. Trichopteryx immatura. LN.

T. preecedenti similis, differt tamen colore supra eneo-testacea,

subtus testacea, antennarum art. .3-11 nigrescentibus ; differt etiam

corpore crassiore, magis quadrato, capite paulo majore, thorace minus

couvexo, parum ampliore, elytris abdomen totum vel fere totum

obtegentiis. Pedes, antenne etc. omnino precedentis. Long. corp.

= lin.

In preecedentis societate specimina nonnulla legi.

Of somewhat, the appearance of an immature individual of ans for-

mer but sufficiently distinct to be formed into a new species. The in-

sect is altogetherof a differentappearance,imparted to it by the greater

general plumpness of the body, the larger head, the less convex but

at the same time possibly still ampler thorax, the altogether more

1856. ] Entomological Papers. 529

quadratic shape, etc. The remark regarding the exact number of

abdominal segments left uncovered by the elytra, applies to this and

all other species as well. ‘The present one has generally the last 2

segments uncovered.

18. TZrichopteryx invisibilis. N.

T. ovata, subdepressa, subparallela, pilosa, supra obscure #nea.

subtus picea, pedibus, abdomine, antennis oreque testaceis. Long.

eorp. vix + lin.

Thorax amplus, elytris sesqui minor, convexus, angulis posticis

humeros vix superantibus. Hlytra oblonge quadrata angulis rotun-

datis, subdepressa, truncata, abdomen totum vel fere totum obte-

gentia. Coxe postice approximate. ‘Tiarsi typicis minus elongati,

art. 3° preecedentibus haud multo longiore.

Cum Z. cursitante victitat ; frequenter legi.

A very pretty and very distinguished species. Its most striking

peculiarity consists in the posterior coxe which are as little distant

from each other as those of the anterior legs, and almost touch each

other, and also in the shortness of the tarsi. The head with the

antenne, the mesosternum, the tibiz, which are incrassated in the

middle, and the posterior cox with regard to their enlargement, are

quite typical. However, the thorax and elytra differ again from those

of 7. cursitans (which in every respect may be looked upon as the

typical representative of the family in Ceylon and which is here

referred to as such) the former by the shortness of the posterior

angles which can hardly be said to envelop the shoulders, the elytra

by being less or not at all narrowed behind, giving an oblong rather

than an oval shape to the insect. Although in length only about one

half shorter, it is in bulk certainly one-fourth smaller than 7. cursi-

tans, and although probably the smallest Ceylon beetle, it is distin-

guished at first sight.

19. Ptilium subquadratum. N.

P. subquadratum, subconvexum, pilosum, obscure ceneotestaceum,

thorace dilutiore. Long. corp. ¢ lin.

Caput mediocre. Antennarum clava art, 1° inverte conico, 2°

subcylindrico, ultimo elongato-ovato. Thorax convexus, angulis

3 Z

530 Entomological Papers. [No. 6.

basalibus humeros fortissime amplectentibus, apicem versus valde

rotundatus, apice leviter sinuatus, Elytra quadrats, abdomen non

totum obtegentia. Scutellum parvum. Pedes robusti tibiis apicem

versus incrassatis, tarsis art 3 primi secundique longitudine, his

subbilobis subtus penicillatis, coxis posticis simplicibus distantibus.

Mesosternum non carinatum.

Ubi pracedentes sed infrequenter occurrit.

The g. Ptiliwm is the repository for all the anomalies of the

family, its characteristics therefore are very vague, but if the

absence-of the mesosternal carina and the simplicity of the poste-

rior cox are the determining features amongst them, the present

species, in spite of a variety of anomalies it exhibits in other re-

spects, belongs to it. The head is of middling size; the antenne

robust with the 1st joint of the club of the shape of an inverted

cone, the 2nd rather cylindrical, narrowed at the base and the last

elongate, ovate. The thorax is of very different structure from

that of the foregoing species of the family the basal angles being

produced unusually far beyond the shoulders ; towards the head it

is strongly and rapidly rounded off, being thus altogether of a

semicircular shape; at the apex it is merely slightly sinuated, and

the head is inserted rather below than in this sinuosity ; the whole

thorax moreover is very convex whilst the elytra are depressed.

The wings vary from the typical form by being fringed with short

simple cilia instead of those long feathery appendages, they are

moreover without a distinct peduncle, but still folded in the man-

ner characteristic of the family. The legs are stout, with the tibie

thickest at the tip ; the 3rd tarsal joint is of the length of the pre-

ceding two, the latter are somewhat bilobed and hairy below. The

posterior coxe are simple and distant. The mesosternum without

a carina. ‘Ihe whole shape of the insect is quadratic rather than

otherwise.

20. Ptenidiwm macrocephalum. N.

P. ellipticum, subconvexum, nitidum, sparsim pilosum, supra

piceo-zeneum, subtus piceum pedibus oreque testaceis. Long. corp.

2 lin.

Caput maximum. Antennarum clava elongata articulis ellipti-

1856. | Entomological Papers. 531

eis. Thorax subquadratus antice posticeque angustatus, basi punc-

tis 4 magnis profunde impressus. Elytra ovata, medium versus

leviter inflata, apice obtuse acuminata, abdomine longiora et

ampliora, punctulis lineis dispositis absoletissime impressa. Ale

corpore plus duplo longiores. Tibie fortiores spinulose. Tarsi

breviores. Prosternum carinatum.

In precedentium societate frequenter lectum.

This is perhaps the prettiest of the 5 species of the family just

described and at first sight recognised by the shape of its body

and the polished back. The head is very large. The thorax is

narrowed in front and behind, at the latter place impressed with 4

deep, not to be overlooked, punctures. The wing-covers are oval, a

little inflated about the middle, rounded at the apex, and longer

and wider than the abdomen. The prosternum is carinated.

It affords me much gratification to be enabled to publish repre-

sentatives of 3 genera of this highly interesting and probably very

extensive and widely distributed family of pigmies,the Asiatic

representatives of which have hitherto been entirely unknown. I

have no doubt that even this Island is the abode of a great many

more species.

21. Stenus barbatus. N.

S. elongatus, eneo-niger, nitidus, punctatus, sparsim pubescens,

pedibus palpisque albidis, ore coxisque testaceis, antennis brun-

nescentibus. Long. corp. 2 lin.

Caput thorace tertia parte latius, fronte costis 3 abbreviatis,

antice albido-pubescens. Antenne art. 3° sequentium 2 fere

longitudine, 3 ultimis elongatis, ellipticis. Palpi max. elongati

apice densius pubescentes. Thorax cylindricus medio leviter in-

erassatus, basi subquadratus, Hlytra thorace paulo longiora, sed

fere duplo latiora, convexa, ovata. Abdomen immarginatum. Pedes

elongati tenues, tibiis apice tarsisque fortiter setosis, his art. 4°

profunde bilobo.

In lacus Colomb. ripis specimina nonnulla legi.

This, as well as the following species, belongs to Erichson’s di-

vision II. B. of the g., both having the abdomen immarginate

and the 4th tarsal joint bilobed. Everything about this species is

3Zz 2

532 Entomological Papers. [ No. 6.

elongated. The head is about one third broader than the thorax ;

the forehead is slightly excavated with two elevated ridges running

from the root of the antenne a short distance upwards; a third

runs from the crown of the head down towards the centre of the

two former, but all three reach only about the middle of the head.

The part below the antenne is covered with white hair. The

antennez have the 8rd joint much elongated and the terminal club

composed of elliptic joints. The thorax is rather slender, incrassated

at the middle, gradually narrowed in front, but nearly quadratie

behind. The elytra are longer than the thorax, about double its

breadth, and oval, being slightly narrowed at the shoulders and the

apex. The legs are long and slender, hairy at the apex of the tibia

and the tarsi, the latter very much so on the inner side. The insect

is of a metallic black colour highly polished ; the legs, palpi and the

first 2 antennal joints are whitish, the tibie and the apex of the

palpi being, however, rather darker ; joints 3-11 of the antenne are

brownish; the coxz and the mouth are yellowish; the tarsi have a

brown spot at the apex of the first 3 joints; the claws are black.

The insect is punctured all over, but less so on the abdomen, the

apical segments of which are indeed nearly smooth, than elsewhere,

and sparingly covered with small white hairs.

22. Stenus lacertoides. N.

S. robustus, nigro-zneus, dense profundeque punctatus, subtus

Sparsissime pubescens, pedibus palpisque testaceis, femoribus apice

nigrescentibus, antennis oreque castaneis. Long. corp. 1} lin.

Caput thorace quarta parte latius, fronte 2 costata. Antenne

robust art. 38° quarto paulo longiore, 9-10 globosis, 11° conico.

Thorax cylindricus, medio fortius incrassatus, latitudine quarta

parte longior, margine anteriore elevato, basi subquadratus. lytra

thorace longiora, convexa, humeris prominentibus. Abdomen ims

marginatum. ‘Tarsi art. 4° profunde bilobo.

In prov. occid. stagnorum ripis rarius occurrit.

About this species every thing is robust. It is well distinguished

by the rounded club-joints of the antenne, the elevated anterior

margin of the thorax, the prominent shoulders, and its general short-

ness aud plumpness. The forehead is rather more depressed or

1856. | Entomological Papers. 533

excavated than in the former, the two antennal ridges are shorter, the

vertical one is altogether obsolete. The palpi are robust. The 3rd

antennal joint is about one third longer than the 4th. The thorax

is shorter and plumper than in the former. ‘The elytra are less

oval, having the shoulders more prominent and only the apex rounded

off or narrowed. The legs are similar to those of the former, but

more robust, less hairy and have the tarsi more cylindric. The in-

sect is of a blackish metalic colour; the legs and palpi are yellowish ;

the tibiz, however, the apex of the palpi, and also joints 1-2 of the

antenne are rather darker ; the femora are blackish towards the end ;

the mouth and joints 3-11 of the antenne are chestnut and the coxw

pitch-colour. The animal is densely and deeply punctured all over,

very sparingly covered with small greyish hairs, nearly obsolete on

the back but more distinct below. It is less highly polished than

the former. I have known this species for a long time, and speci-

mens of it must exist at the Mus. Berol.; the former I met with

but lately.

I may mention that in dissecting these two species I have

observed the same remarkable production of the cesophagus with

the ligula, characteristic of the g. and noticed in many of the Euro-

pean kinds.

23. Anthicus formicarius. N.

A. castaneus, capite, abdomine elytrisque piceis, his pilorum

niveorum fascia media transversali interrupta maculisque concolori-

bus 6 humeralibus, obsoletis, parce pilosus. Long. corp. 12 lin.

Caput globosum supra subtusque profunde punctatum, oculis

parvis. Thorax nodoso-pyriformis, infra medium constrictus, parte

anteriore crassiore lin. long. med. profunde divisa, subcordiformi.

Hlytra elliptica.

Sub veget. putrescent. victitat ; prope Colombo rarius legi.

This insect looks uncommonly like an ant. It is easily distin-

guished from all other species of the Island partly by this resem-

blance, partly by the sculpture of the thorax and the white fascia

across the elytra. The antenne are robust, thickened towards the

tip, the 3 last joints forming a club. The legs have the femora very

much inecrassated, the tibia at the apex bicalcarate and the tarsi,

534 Entomological Papers. [ No. 6.

especially of the anterior pair, very hairy below; the 4th joint ap-

pears to be slightly cordiform. The white marks of the shoulders

and the fascia across the wing-covers are composed of white hairs, the

former are rather an interrupted row of these than true macula,

the fascia consists of two halves, one in either elytron, reaching

neither the external margin nor the suture. The insect is of

slow motion.

24. <Anthicus insulanus. N.

A. testaceus, abdomine obesuriore, capite thoraceque rufotaceis,

elytris fasciis 2 nigris, parce pilosus. Long. corp. 14-13 lin.

Caput globosum oculis mediocris. Thorax pyriformis, cum capite

supra punctata. Elytra ovata. Tarsi art. 4° bilobo.

Prope Negombo in pratis sat copiosus.

In some of the specimens before me the anterior femora are fur-

nished with a strong thorn inside, having at the same time the tibiz

of the same pair of legs slightly emarginated inside near the apex—

I have reason to believe these individuals, if the distinction be a

sexual one, to be females not males.

25. Meligethes orientalis. N.

M. ovatus, subconvexus, pilosus, supra nigro-sneus, subtus piceus,

pedibus, antennis palpisque maxill. dilutioribus, tarsis palpisque

labial. brunneo-aureis. Long. corp. 1-13 lin.

Mentum transversum planum, punctatum, lobis apice depressis

excavatis, glabris, obtusis. Palpi lab. art. ultimo inflato, ovato;

maxill. art. ultimo apice angustato levissime truncato. Mandibule

unidentate. Thorax amplus angulis acutis, antice emarginatus,

postice pluries sinuatus, subtus punctatus. Hlytra ovato-quadrata,

angulis 4 apicalibus rotundatis, pygidium haud obtegentia. Pedes

valide, femoribus tibiisque incrassatis ; anteriores tiblis apice intus

unispinosis, tarsis art. 1-3 fortiter dilatatis, 1-2 subequalibus trans-

versis, profunde reniformibus, 38° minore, cordato, 4° minimo, sub-

eylindrico ; intermed. et post. tibiis extus spinulosis, tarsis anteriori-

bus similibus sed art. 1-3 minus dilatatis, cordiformibus. Prosternum

marginatum, punctatum, obtuse acuminatum. Mesosternum antice

carinatum,

1856. | Entomological Papers. 535

Variat magnitudine et colore eneo-brunnea.

Prope Colombo in floribus per occasionem frequentissime legi.

Of the usual shape and colour, but larger than usual, varying,

however, in this respect, some individuals being fully one third

smaller than others. These small individuals, which occur in the

proportion of about 1 to 20, are moreover nearly always of a brown-

ish metal colour instead of a blackish green. I have been unable to

discover any other distinctions. I was much interested by the

discovery of these insects, having missed them for years amongst

the abundantly represented Nitedulide of the Island. They appear

of local occurrence or attached to certain plants, which is nearly the

same. I find them in abundance in the beautiful bellshaped blos-

soms of the Argyrera argentea and one or two other plants in my

garden. The species appears to differ from the typical Meligethes

in the following points: the structure of the mentum, which I have

sufficiently described above, the last joint of the lab. palpi which in

this case is not truncated, and the first of the antenne which is

externally incrassated asin Hpurea. The antenne are otherwise

robust, the club is firm and hairy. The thorax is very ample, thin-

ly ciliated along the upper part of the interior margin, rather

strongly below. The prosternum is largely developed, marginated,

punctured and obtusely acuminated, overlapping the anterior part

of the mesosternum which (the anterior part) is cylindric and cari-

nated. Joints 1-3 of the tarsi are strongly penicillated below, the

penicilla being composed of glanduliferous hairs of a fine golden

colour.

26. Georyssus gemma. N.

G. pygmeai statura et magnitudine, supra purpureo-eneus, iri-

descens, subtus piceus ; alatws. Thorax subsemior bicularis infra

apicem constrictus, sulco med. long. divisus, lateribus, basi apiceque

excavatus, impressionibus 3 majoribus dorsalibus, 2 minoribus later-

_alibus. Elytra fortissime costata, costis obtuse dentatis, in inter-

| ‘Stitiis transversim punctato-impressa, ad humeros profunde exca-

vatia, infra medium leviter sinuata, Tibie extus spinulose, intus

sparsim ciliate.

In proy. central. montibus Kotmaliensibus alt. 3500 ped. in rivu«

lorum ripis non infrequenter legi.

536 Entomological Papers. [No. 6.

Lacordaire and others characterize the g. Georyssus as having

the elytra soldered together and being destitute of wings. In the

present species, however, the elytra are unconnected and cover wings

proportionately larger than in any other beetle I can at present think

of. They are elongated and comparatively narrow, resembling in

shape very much those of a Libellula, have a few veins at the base,

and are ciliated at the margin. I have moreover occasionally taken

insects of this g. flying about the light at night, but I am not quite

sure at present whether it was this or any other species. The

sculpture of the thorax is complicated and difficult to describe, how-

ever, the leading features in it are these : a subapical sinuosity on

either side ; a longitudinal furrow ; excavated sides, base and apex ;

3 larger dorsal depressions (1 central, 2 obliquely basal) and 2

smaller lateral ones at the subapical sinuosities—a short elevated

ridge at the centre of the base separating the 2 basal impressions

and being itself divided by the longitudinal furrow ; 2 elevations

separating the anterior part of the basal impressions from that of

the central one (at the middle these 3 depressions are connected) ;

2 small rugosities near the anterior margin, one on either side of the

longitudinal furrow.

The sculpture of the elytra is less complicated : they have a deep

cavity at the snoulder, a large, but not deep sinuosity below the

middle, and are obtusely acuminated. The costee of the back are

11 in number, the suture lying in the central one. The half of this —

central costs and the exterior margin form an elevated border round |

either elytron. ‘The first and second on either side run towards the |

apex but come to a stop (very abrupt in most, but less so in some,

specimens) before reaching it ; the third, after having been interrupt-

ed near its base by the subhumeral cavity, runs on, but does not |

reach as far as the former; the 4th does not leave the region of the

shoulder; the last on either side is very prominent at the base but

soon forms an abrupt declivity and runs on as a low ridge to below |

the middle. The back of all these coste is obtusely dentated. The |

Interstices are marked with large, shallow, transverse impressions. |

The head of the insect is rather large and even. The mandibles are |

furnished with an obtuse subapical tooth, the two lower thirds are |

ciliated. The maxille have the apex of the outer lobe externally |

1856. | Entomological Papers. 537

enlarged, rounded off and furnished with 3 strong teeth replaced by

cilia on the inside, the inner lobe is conic and similarly provided

with teeth and cilia, but much thinner and finer. The maxillary

palpi are robust, the last joint is inflated at the base. The anten-

nal club is hairy, dark (whilst the remaining joints are yellowish),

conic and somewhat securiform, the 6th joint being inserted on one

side of the 7th. ‘The legs are robust, the tibie slightly curved,

obliquely truncated at the end, furnished with spines along the out-

sideand with distant cilia along the inner.

27. Hydrochus lacustris. N.

H. elongatus, subdepressus, supra metallicus, iridescens, subtus

piceus, pedibus, antennis, palpis elytrorumque margine magis minusve

brunneis, mento cyaneo. Long. corp. m. 1 lin., f. multo major atque

robustior.

- Palpi. maxill. robusti art. ultimo elliptico leviter inflato. Mandi-

bule apice bifide. Antennarum clava dense pilosa. Thorax oblonge

quadratus basin versus augustatus basi medio productus, cum

capite profunde punctatus. Elytra ad humeros oblique truncata,

apicem versus sat fortiter augustata, profunde striato-punctata.

Tibie extus spinulose.

Specimina nonnulla in lacu Colomb. legi.

The head is robust, broader than the thorax, the eyes large and

prominent.

The femora, the last joint of the maxill. palpi, the mandibles and

the tarsal joints are dark towards the apex. The last abdominal

segment of the f. is furnished with a bifid hairy appendage.

28. Hydrous rufiventris. N.

H. ovatus, convexus supra oleagino-niger, subtus obscure ferru-

gineus, pedibus dilute piceis, labro neo, reliquis oris partibus cum

clypeo testaceis. Long. corp. g. lin.

Palpi maxill. articulis apicem versus abruptius incrassatis, art.:

8° quarto sesqui longiore. Antenne art. 7-8 fortiter perfoliatis,

| ultimo acuminato. Caput antice utrinque punctulorum serie sub-

| semicirculari et ad oculorum marginem interiorem impressum.

| Thorax punctu lorum seriebus 4 lateralibus, 2 subapicalibus obliquis

| 4A

538 Entomological Papers. [No. 6.

abbreviatis signatus. Elytra subliliter striato punctata. Tarsi

Omnes unguibus basi fortiter unidentatis. Carina prosternalis cul-

triformis. |

Specimen singulum f. nocte ad lumen cepi.

As far as my resources allow me to ascertain, a very anomalous

species, having the perfoliated antennze and toothed claws of a

Hydrophilus and the cultriform prosternal carina and the elytra ofa

Hydrous. I have placed it in the latter g. on account of the sharp

edge of the prosternal carina, in which the great distinguishing

character of this g. seems to lie, the same being deeply grooved in

Hydrophilus.

The insect at once attracts attention by the reddish colour of its

abdomen. It is of a blackish olive colour on the back, having, how-

ever, the clypeus and the anterior margin of the labrum of a yellow-

ish brown, the latter being otherwise of rather a metallic colour.

The remaining parts of the mouth are more or less yellowish.

Joints 1-6 of the antenne are yellowish too, with the exception of

the 2nd which is dark ; joints 7-9 are blackish and pubescent, The

legs are of a light pitch colour. The lower part of the head is im-

pressed with 2 rather semicircular series of punctures, similar

punctures occurring along the internal margin of the eyes. The

thorax is marked with 6. series of them and on the elytra they are

arranged in lines. ‘The sternal carina is well developed, the pros-

ternal part has a sharp edge, whilst the mesosternal one is obtuse

on the back and the metasternal part depressed and slightly

grooved.

29. Hydrous inconspicuus. N.

Hi. precedente minus convexus, supra oleagino-niger, subtus

rufo-piceus, ore testaceo. Long. corp. 43 lin.

Palpi maxill. art. 2° et 4° subcylindricis, 3° apicem versus sensim

incrassato, sequente tertia parte longiore. Antenne art. 7-8 sub-

globosis, 9° magno, ovato. Caput, thorax et elytra ut in prece-

dente sculpta et signata.

In lacu Colomb. mens. Jun. non infrequenter cepi.

This is in every respect a normal species. The prosternal carina

has a sharp edge, the claws are simple, the antennal club is com-

1856. ] Entomological Papers. 539

posed of rounded joints, the elytra are of the typical structure, ete.

In the latter respect, as well as with regard to the various series of

punctures upon head, thorax, and elytra it resembles the former ;

the punctures of the elytra are, however, less distinct. Joints 1-6

of the antenne are yellowish, the club being dark and finely pubes-

cent. The maxill. palpi have joints 2 and 4 subcylindric, but the

intermediate one thickened towards the tip.

I have frequently in the month of June taken the pupe of this

species on the banks of the Colombo lake and hatched them at

home. I found them about one inch under ground, and often as far

as 12 feet from the edge of the water, but still in muddy places.

The imago is very active, perhaps more so than any other species

of the g.

ee meee

General Remarks on certain Scydmeni described below.

In the first number of these papers I have described a winged

species of CEdichirus, a g. supposed to be without organs of flight;

and above I have given publicity to the more important discovery

of wings in the single g. which forms the family of the Georyssi,

also hitherto supposed to be apterous; I am now about to an-

nounce to some and confirm to others the existence of these

organs in the family of the Scydmenide, a fact, although incom-

plete, of more importance than either of the former, considering the

extent of the family and the difference of opinion which appears to

exist on the subject amongst the most eminent entomological

authorities. It is this importance which induces me to enter more

fully on the subject.

_ Tam not acquainted with the famous monograph of the family

_ of the Seydmenide by Dr. Schaum ; however, from the manner in

| which it is quoted by Lacordaire in his g. d. Col. I should infer

_ that these two celebrated authors agree in all the vital points. In

_ Lacordaire’s diagnosis of the family these insects are described as

| having (with the exception of the American g. Brathinus, of which

_ Lacordaire is not quite sure that it belongs to the family) the elytra

| soldered together and being destitute of wings. Now, it is scarcely

| credible that on a point so easily ascertained as this any difference

| 4a 2

540 Entomological Papers. [No. 6.

of opinion should exist, still Westwood in his Modern Classification

of Insects in describing the same family makes statements which im-

ply the contrary. However, Lacordaire’s description, being by 15 years

more recent and in fact the latest, is from this reason alone entitled to

be considered before all others, and looking upon it in this light, that is

as the essence of all former observations, I shall for the present occupy

myself with it alone. According to this description, as mentioned

above, the insects which it regards have the elytra soldered together

and are destitute of wings. This being the case, I was startled to

find that out of the 13 species described below, 9 or 10 which I

examined in this respect, had neither the elytra soldered nor were

they destitute of wings—on the contrary the elytra were unconnected

in the middle and the wings were nearly double the size of the whole

insect and could not possibly be overlooked. I would willingly sup--

pose that the 100 species of this family contained in European

collections, and principally derived from Hurope and N. America,

agreed with Lacordaire’s description and that the Ceylon species

were exceptions to the general rule, had not Westwood’s observation

alluded to above corroborated my own, thus rendering me suspicious

of some unaccountable mistake or oversight somewhere or other.

That this mistake can not consist in a slip of the pen or a misprint

in the g. des Coléoptéres quoted above, is clear from the obvious

care which has in every respect been bestowed upon this work, and.

from the same remarks being repeated in different words. Where

this mistake is, and upon what grounds it rests—it would, under

my circumstances, be useless to attempt to unravel. However, it

appears certain to me that some more detailed and positive remarks.

on the subject can not be superfluous, and must be new to some

Entomologists. Placing the fullest confidence, as every one would

do without hesitation, in the infallibility of the description of the

Belgian author, it was not likely that I should have looked for wings

at all in the Scydmeenide (a family to which I have not until lately’

paid much attention) had I not been struck by seeing the elytra

of my S. alatus open when handling it with a fine painter’s brush

in a drop of water, it being at the time quite out of the question

that the opening could have been effected by pressure. On opening

the elytra fully I had no difficulty in discovering the wings. Ren-

1856. | Entomological Papers. 541

dered extremely curious by this discovery—diametrically opposed

to the distinct statement of so great an authority as the one just

alluded to—I now examined other species, and all with the same

result, most of them opening the elytra without my assistance in the

same manner as the S. alatus, and I have not the slightest doubt

that when a sufficient number of specimens enable me to ex-

amine the rest it will still be with the same result. That these

insects use their organs of flight may be gathered from the follow-

ing: At a former period I lived in a house situated on a small

eminence and overlooking extensive groves of Cocoanut trees, Cin-

namon gardens, Paddy fields and patches of jungle. Here I col-

lected large numbers of Pselaphide, especially Euplectus, in thin,

scarcely visible spider webs with which the white walls of the house

were covered in certain places—thus forming one large trap for

anything small flying about. That these had been caught here when

on the wing there could be no doubt, but I was much surprised to

find with them (what is so common in more congenial localities,

here also) a considerable number of Scydmeeni, especially my S. advo-

lans and pubescens, as they were said by the most recent authority

to be unable to fly, and the position they then found themselves in

was one they could not well, or could not possibly, have got into

otherwise than by flying. From some reason or other, I am ashamed

to say, I did not follow up the matter at the time, but I am now

certain on the subject, indeed to remove all doubt and to settle all

disputes I have just been so fortunate as to take my S. advolans

actually on the wing, flying in my garden in the evening at sunset.

Having gone so far, I will (in spite of some slight misgivings of be-

ing laughed at for telling an old story with so gravea face) add a few

descriptive words about the organs in question: The wings of my

Scydmzni are ample, about double the size of the whole insect,

oblong, having the margin beautifully ciliated and, with the exception

of a few yellowish veins at the base, without any visible organs of

this kind.

In spite of the difference in their shape, etc. I believe the species

described below all to be genuine Scydmeni as restricted at present.

Being, however, unacquainted with the sexual distinctions of these

insects (which indeed I believe nct to have been satisfactorily

542 Entomological Papers. [No. 6.

pointed out by any one, and to differ in different species) I should

not be surprised if one or two of my species were eventually ascer-

tained to have been separated upon these grounds alone. However,

as I have been very reluctant to admit of new species, it is just

as likely that individuals may hereafter be found united in one,

which ought to be separated into two species. But I trust that

neither may happen. The species were all collected by myself in

the immediate neighbourhood of Colombo, I have, however, no doubt

that they occur all over the 8. W. of the Island, which is of a uniform

physical. character, and perhaps occupy a still larger portion of it.

None of them are quite common, on the contrary of nearly half of them

I possess only 1 or 2 specimens. My S. femoralis I found under

the soft, rotting bark of an Erythrina indica, 8. Ceylanicus and

ovatus I found dead in spider-webs; S. graminicola, glanduliferus

and pyriformis, I have hitherto exclusively taken in the sweeping

net on the lawns of my garden about sunset; the other species I

have met with indiscriminately in spider-webs, under rotting vege-

table substances and in the grass.

After this preamble, which I trust may not be deemed quite

superfluous, I now enter upon the description of my species, drawing

attention. previously to the three very natural and very distinct

groups which they form, the characteristics of which will at once

be perceptible from the headings given below. With regard to

the first group (A. I. spec. 30-34) I may mention that the elon-

gated legs, largely developed posterior trcechanters and often distant

posterior coxe render the motions of the insects belonging to it

staggering when walking, which together with their oblong, sub-

depressed body distinguishes them at a glance. I have subdivided

them from the cultriform or grooved mesosternal carina. The second

group (A. II. spec. 35-41) is equally well characterized as the

former by the more robust, pyriform and subconvex body of the

insects. 8S. pselaphoides in the former and S. advolans in the present

group form connecting links between the two, especially S. psela-

phoides, which in general appearance rather belongs to the second ;

upon closer examination, however, it is easily ascertained to be an

anomalous member of the former. From the rounded or narrowed

occiput I have divided the second group into two subdivisions giving

1856. | Entomological Papers. 543

preference to the distinctions to be drawn from this part of the body

to those to be derived from the thorax, which from the variety of

shapes it assumes would naturally suggest itself for that purpose,

but the gradations between the principal forms appear to me too

many, too fine, and therefore too indistinct, to adopt them. As to

the third group (B. spec. 42) the insect which alone forms it amongst

those deseribed below, is so different from any of the others that

its peculiarities must strike any one at first sight.

A, Species with a thick neck, abruptly formed and wnmersed in the

thorax.

I. Fourth joint of the maaill. palpi not acuminated; head sub-

quadrato-ovate ; eyes middling or small, finely granulated, little

or not at all prominent ; antenne subapproximate at the base ;

posterior trochanters elongated at the apex; thorax obovate ;

body elongate, subdepressed.

a.) Mesosternal carina slight, simple.

30. Scydmenus alatus. N.

S. dilute brunneus, pedibus antennisque dilutioribus, tarsis

palpisque testaceis ; pubescens ; long. corp. 3 lin.

Antenne art. 1° apice biacuminato, 3-4 subsqualibus, 5 pre-

cedente majore, 6 longitudine inter 4 et 5, ovato, 7-8 subzqualibus,

9 majore, 7-9 apice angustatis, tubtformibus, 10-11 ovatis, clavam

formantibus, vel art. 9 globoso, 9-11 clavam formantibus. Paipi

maxill. art. ultimo minimo, apice truncato. Mandibule dente bifido

munitz, basi fortiter abrupteque dilatate. Thorax foveis basalibus

nullis. Pedes elongati tarsis art. 2-3 subequalibus.

I include in this species individuals with a 2- and others with

a 3-jointed antennal club. The latter are further distinguished

by having a slight sinuosity in the rounded outline of the basal

angles of the thorax, by having the posterior part of the metathorax

and the base of the abdomen sensibly incrassated, and the head

rather less quadratic than the former. However, the individuals

thus distinguished being in all other respects exactly like those

with the 2-jointed club, I cannot help looking upon all these dis-

tinctions as sexual ones and uniting the insects in the same species.

544 Entomological Papers. [ No. 6.

The head from the eyes to the neck is of a transverse sub-

quadratic form merging into the oval by the angles being rounded

off; the anterior part is narrowed. This is the typical sculpture

of the skull in all the 5 species of this group. The eyes in the

present species are middling. The antenne are rather approx-

imated at the base and inserted in the centre of the front under a

ridge which runs across it from eye to eye. The first joint is

biacuminated at the apex, the 5th is longer than the adjoining ones,

joints 7-9 in the individuals with the 2-jointed and 7-8 in those

with the 3-jointed club are of a peculiar construction being narrowed

at the apex and fitting into each other like the tubes of a spy-glass. The

club joints are ovate, flat at the base, the last is large and obtusely

acuminated. I consider the principal distinguishing character to

lie in the remarkable structure of joints 7-9 of the antenne. The

maxil. palpi have joint 2 rather strongly incrassated at the apex,

joint 3 obovate, narrowed at the base, joint 4 very minute, trun-

cated at the apex. The mandibles are furnished with a bifid tooth

and are strongly and abruptly dilated at the base. The thorax

is of an obovate or obcardato-ovate form being rather strongly

rounded off before the middle and gradually narrowed below it;. the

usual basal impressions are wanting. The posterior margin has 2

slight sinuosities, the posterior angles are rounded off or obliquely

truncated. Scutellum obsolete. Elytra furnished with a very short

elevated ridge at the shoulder. Legs elongated ; coxe large, the 2

posterior ones rather distant from each other; 2 posterior tro-

chanters much elongated, incrassated at the tip; apex of. tibize

subcylindric, but not narrowed, and hairy, especially in the 2nd

pair; joints 2-3 of the tarsi of equal size, the first longer, the 4th

a little shorter, 2 anterior tarsi slightly contracted, 2nd and 3rd

pair more and more elongated. Penultimate segment of abdomen

with a strong longitudinal groove on the back.

31. Scydmenus femoralis. N.

S. statura et magnitudine precedentis; testaceus. Antenne art.

8-4 subequalibus, 5 precedente longiore, 6-8 gradatim minoribus,

subglobosis, 7-8 apice fortius oblique truncatis, 9-11 gradatim

majoribus, subglobosis, clavam formantibus. Palpi maxill. art.

1856. | Entomological Papers. 545

ultimo minimo semigloboso. Thorax magnus obovatus, basi rotunda-

tus, 4 foveolatus. Elytra apice truncata, 2-sinuata. Pedes femoribus

2 posticis medio constrictis, tarsis art. 1-4 gradatim minoribus.

Of the general appearance of the former, but ofa light yellowish

colour, and well distinguished by the large thorax, truncated elytra,

and abnormal construction of the 2 posterior femora. Antenne

with joints 7-8 rather strongly obliquely truncated at the apex,

9-11 forming a club, subglobose, flat at the base, the last acuminated

and slightly cut away or even excavated on the inside at the apex.

Last joint of maxill. palpi semiglobose, these otherwise the same as

in the former. Thorax and elytra of 8. alatus, the former however,

larger, rounded at the posterior margin and with 4 basal impressions,

the latter slightly truncated at the apex and with a slight sinuosity

in the truncature on either side of the suture. Scutellum very

small. Legs with the tibie slightly bent at the base, the apex as

in the former; tarsi with joints 1-4 gradually decreasing in size,

first pair contracted and furnished with brushes on the inside. The

2 posterior legs inserted rather distant from each other, the basal

part of abnormal construction : the trochanters are much elongated

and inerassated at the tip whilst the femora are at the place of the

juncture rather abruptly narrowed, bent and slightly compressed ;

as they are at the same time thinner than the adjoining apex of the

trochanter the constriction is very striking.

32. Scydmenus Ceylanicus. N.

8. alati colore, sed major et magis depressus ; long. corp. # lin.

Caput magnum, robustum, thoracis latitudine. Antenne basi non

approximate, art. 3-4 et 5-7 inter se subzqualibus, arcum forman-

tibus, 8-10 gradatim majoribus, subglobosis, depressis, apice oblique

truncatis, 11° magno, conico, 8-11 longius pilosis, clavam forman-

tibus. Palpi maxill. art. 4° minimo, semigloboso. Thorax ovatus,

foveis basalibus nullis. Elytra apice singulatim rotundata. Pedes

validi tarsis art. 1-4 subzqualibus, 2 anterioribus art. 1° subtus

: acumine sat forti producto.

_ An anomalous species, especially with regard to the antenna

which are much less approximated at the base than those of the

est of the species belonging to this group, aud with regard to the.

“3

546 Entomological Papers. [ No. 6.

2 posterior coxx, which, on the contrary, are more approximated than

in any of the species just referred to. The insect 1s of the light

brown colour of the two former, but larger and more depressed. The

head is strikingly large and heavy, of the width of the thorax;

in its hind part, which is strongly transverse, the oval form pre«

vails over that of the square. Eyes small. Antenne inserted

under two strong protuberances rather than under a ridge; their

club 4-jointed, joints 3-7 forming an inwards bent section of a

circle, joints 8-10 strongly compressed, obliquely truncated (sub-

perfoliated) 11 large, conic. The 8rd joint of the maxill. palpi is of

an oblongo-ovate shape, the external basal angle is prolonged into

a small peduncle inserted in the apex of the 2nd joint, the 4th

joint, about the semiglobose shape of which I am not quite satisfied,

appears to be obliquely inserted in the tip of the preceding. Thorax

oval, of a similar shape to that of the former, anterior margin slightly

emarginated. Scutellum obsolete. Elytra with the traces of a

humeral costa, separately rounded off at the apex. Legs strong,

2 posterior coxe not more distant from each other than the 4 anterior

ones ; tibize elongated, bent at the base and apex, at the latter place

slightly narrowed, subcylindric and hairy; tarsi with joints 1-4

subequal, in the first pair strongly contracted, joint 1 of this pair

produced in a spine on the inside.

6.) Mesosternal carina middling, grooved.

33. Scydmenus intermedius. LN.

S. alati statura sed major et robustior, colore obscuriore; long.

corp. # lin. |

Antenne art. 1° apice biacuminato, 2 et 5, 3 et 4, 7 et 8 inter

se subeequalibus, 6 quarto paulo minore, obovato, 7-8 subglobosis

apice oblique truncatis, 9-11 gradatim majoribus, obovatis, clavam

formantibus, llacuminato. Palpi maxill. art.3° obovato, 4° minimo

semigloboso. Thorax subrotundatus, basi 4-foveolatus. Elytra apice

singulatim rotundata. Pedes tarsis art. 1-4 gradatim minoribus vel

2-3 subequalibus, 4 anterioribus intus pilosis. Mesosternum sat

fortiter carinatum, carina dorso deplanata, fossulata, apice acum

mata.

1856. ] Entomological Papers. 547

This species stands in the middle between S. alatus and psela-

phoides. To the former it is allied by its general appearance rather

than by anything else, differing from it very much in the structure

of the antennz and the mesosternal carina. To the latter, on the

contrary, it is allied by similarity in the structure of the said carina,

differing, however, from it in general appearance. The colour is that

of S. alatus but a shade or two darker, the insect being at the same

time larger and altogether more robust. The eyes are small. An-

tennal club 8-jointed, the joints forming it gradually increasing in

size, obovate, flat at the base, the last acuminated. Scutellum obso-

lete. Elytra with 2 slight basal impressions, the traces of a humeral

costa, separately rounded off at the apex. Legs elongated as

usual ; 2 posterior coxe distant, tibie straight, subcylindric but not

narrowed at the apex, the 4 anterior ones hairy ; tarsi with joints

1-4 almost imperceptibly decreasing in size or perhaps 2-3 equal, the

anterior ones slightly contracted, these and the intermediate ones

hairy on the inside. Mesosternal carina middling, flat on the back,

with a shallow, but very distinct, longitudinal groove or excavation,

anterior part projecting, acuminated.

34. Scydmenus pselaphoides. N.

S. subpyriformi-ovatus, subconvexus, magis minusve brunneus,

pedibus antennisque subtestaceis, femoribus apice nigrescentibus,

tarsis palpisque testaceis ; flavo-pubescens ; long. corp. 1-14 lin.

Antenne art. 1° mediocri, apice biacuminato, 2-4 sensim minori-

bus, 5 et 2, 6 et 3, 7 et 8, 9 et 10 inter se subgqualibus, 9-11 cla-

vam formantibus, 6-11 basi rotunde truncatis, 6-8 apice oblique

truncatis, 7-8 compressis, 9-11 obovatis. Mandibule dente bifido mu-

nite, basi dilatate et ciliate. Palpi maxill. art. 8° inverte conico, 4°

minimo apice truncato. Thorax obovatus, latitudine quarta parte lon-

gior, basi 4 foveolatus. LElytra apice singulatim rotundata. Pedes

validi, tarsis art. 1-4 gradatim minoribus, anterioribus dilatatis, his

cum intermediis subtus fortius pilosis. Mesosternum pracedentis.

An anomalous species with regard to its general appearance, which

differs considerably from that of the rest of the group, and makes

it, as I have remarked above, the connecting link between this and

4B2

548 Entomological Papers. [ No. 6.

the following group. This is the largest species I have hitherto

met with. The system of coloration is the usual one: more or less

deep brown, legs and antenne lighter, tarsi and palpi quite so. Eyes

middling. Antenne with a 38-jointed club, the joints subglobose,

flat on the base, the last large, conic, joints 6-8 are slightly truncat-

ed at the apex, 7 and 8 being at the same time strongly compressed

have a sub-perfoliated appearance. The mandibles are furnished

with a bifid tooth. The 8rd joint of the maxill. palpi is of the shape

of an inverted cone, the 4th minute and truncated at the apex.

The thorax is of an obovate form, about 3 longer than broad, round-

ed off before and gradually narrowed below the middle, subquadratic

at the base impressed with 4 foveze or pits, the posterior angles,

rounded off. Scutellum minute. Elytra with 2 short humeral

costs, separately rounded off at the apex. Legs stout ; 2 posterior

coxe distant ; tibie slightly bent at the base, subcylindric at the

apex, the 4 anterior ones hairy ; tarsi with joints 1-4 gradually de-

creasing in size, the anterior ones dilated, the joints transversely

triangular, the intermediate pair hairy on the inside. Mesosternum

of the preceding. Metasternum with a slight longitudinal depression

down the middle. Penultimate abdominal segment grooved on the

back as in S. alatus. In the enlargement of the anterior tarsi lies

undoubtedly as in other beetles a sexual distinction, as it is not

equally strong in all individuals. I may mention here that upon

some of the individuals I found ticks (some g. allied to Ixodes but

not a Gamasus) fastened, one of them having made a wound such

as, supposing it to be inflicted at a corresponding place and on a

proportionate scale, few animals of a higher order, 1 think, would

have survived—still this little beetle appeared perfectly at its ease,

The parasite alluded to had fastened itself right in the centre of the

forehead and the wound it had inflicted in this, one should imagine

most dangerous place, was a deep hole or pit with a callous border.

The latter led me to infer that the injury was an old one, and the

tick being at the time fastened in it (and this so firmly that I had

some difficulty in detaching it) I felt sure it had been in this posi-

tion for months. The injury was observable under a slight magni-

fier, and to compare it to one inflicted by a rifle-ball would I think

be greatly underrating its importance.

1856. | Entomological Papers. 549

JI. Fourth joint of the maxill. palpi acuminated ; mesosternal

carina strongly developed ; eyes large, prominent, coarsely granu-

lated ; antenne distant at the base ; 2 posterior trochanters

simple ; thorax variable ; body robust, pyriform ; subconvex.

a) Occiput rounded.

35. Scydmenus advolans. N.

S. long. corp. 2 lin. Antenne art. 3 et 4, 5 et 6, inter se sube-

‘qualibus, obovatis, 7 majore, subgloboso, 8-10 subglobosis, basi ro-

tunde—, apice oblique—, truncatis, cum 11° conico clayam formanti-

bus. Palpi maxill. art. 3 elongato, inverte conico, 4° mediocri. Mandi-

bule tenues, medio acuminate 1-dentatz, basi abrupte dilatate.

Thorax ovato-rotundatus, apice fortius angustatus, basi leviter 2-

sinuatus, 4-foveolatus. Elytra apice singulatim rotundata. Tarsi

art, 2-3 subequalibus.

The insect is of a brown colour, the antenna lighter, the legs still

more, and the tarsi and palpi quite so; the femora are dark towards

the apex ; the head, thorax and suture are occasionally of chestnut

colour ; it is as usual pubescent. The sculpture of the head in this

and the following species is not, as in the preceding, based upon

the oblong square or the oval, but rather upon the form of a ball,

which in a more or less compressed state is always perceptible ; in

some instances it is narrowed on one side. In the present species

the head is heavy and subglobose. The eyes are large, prominent

and coarsely granulated. The antennew are inserted distant from

each other under 2 protuberances of the anterior part of the fore-

head. The club is 4-jointed, the joints composing it being flat at

the base, and, with the exception of the last, obliquely cut away at

the apex, the last itself being conic. The maxill. palpi have joint

3 rather elongated and of the form of an inverted cone, joint 4 mid-

dling, acuminated. The thorax is of a rounded oval shape and

rather strongly narrowed towards the apex. The scutellum is obso-

lete. The elytra have the usual rudimentary cost at the shoulders

and are separately rounded off at the apex. The legs are middling ;

2 posterior coxe inserted close together; trochanters all simple ;

tibie slightly bent at the base, narrowed and subcylindric at the tip,

the 4 anterior ones hairy ; tarsi with joints 2-3 subequal, the first a

550 Entomological Papers. [No. 6.

little longer and the 4:th shorter, the 2 anterior ones slightly con-

tracted. J include in this species some individuals which slightly

differ from the foregoing description, being more robust, covered

more densely and with longer hair, especially on the occiput and

thorax, with the latter rather obconico-ovate and the coste of the

elytra more distinct, and moreover occasionally of a chestnut colour.

36. Scydmenus pubescens. N.

S. precedente gracilior ; long. corp. 3 lin. Antenne art. 3 et 4

5 et 6 inter se subzqualibus, subcylindricis, 7° secundo paulo mi-

nore, fortiter cylindrico, 8-10 subglobosis, cum 11° conico clavam

formantibus. Palpi.maxill. art. 3 inverte conico, 4° minuto. Man-

dibulaz tenues, medio obtuse obsoleteque unidentate, basi abrupte

dilatatz. Thorax conicus, latitudine haud longior, basi 4-foveola-

tus. Elytra et pedes precedentis, tibiis tamen apice leviter arcua-

tis.

Less robust than the former and further distinguished from it by

the 7th antennal joint (the one preceding the club), which is of a

strongly cylindric shape, by the minuteness of the last joint of the

maxillary palpi, the obtuse and nearly obsolete tooth of the mandi-

bles, the short conical form of the thorax, and the tibie which are

slightly bent at the apex.

37. Scydmenus pygmeus. N.

S. statura et colore precedentis sed longius pubescens et sesqui

minor ; long. corp. 3 lin. Antenne art. 3 et 4,5 et 6 inter se

subzqualibus, 7° majore, ovato, 8-10 subglobosis, fortius ecompressis,

cum 11° clavam formantibus, hoc magno, obconico, apice obtuso.

Palpi maxill. art. 2° tenuiore, 3° inverte conico, 4° minuto. Man-

dibule obsolete unidentate. Thorax conicus latitudine parum

longior, elytris fortiter applicatus, basi 2-sinuatus et 4-foveolatus.

Pedes et elytra precedentis, his tamen amplioribus.

Strongly allied to the 2 preceding species, but very much smal-

ler, more compact and covered with longer hair—thus of rather a

different appearance regardless of its size. From 8S. pubescens this

species would principally differ in the shape of the 7th antennal

joint, also in that of the 3 first club joints which are much more

1856.] Entomological Papers. 551

compressed and more hairy in S. pygme@us. The thorax of the lat-

ter is more firmly applied to the base of the elytra, the latter have

a fuller, more robust appearance about them, the palpi are more

slender and the tooth of the mandibles is pointed. From S. advo-

. Jans it would principally differ, besides in the generalities mentioned.

above, in the shape of the thorax and in some of the points in which

it differs from S. pabescens.

b) Occiput narrowed.

38. Scydmenus glanduliferus. N.

S. robustus ; long. corp. ¢ lin. Antenne art. 3-7 sensim majori-

bus, 8-10 globosis, fortiter compressis, cum 11° glanduliformi cla-

vam formantibus, longe ciliatis. Palpi max. art. 2° tenuiore, 30 in-

verte conico, 4° mediocri. Thorax conicus latitudine basali haud

jongior, elytris fortiter applicatus, basi 2-impressus, in impressioni-

bus 2-foveolatus. Tarsi art. 2-3 subzequalibus.

Of the size of S. advolans and the plump shape and colour of 8S,

pygmaeus, the latter being rather lighter than that of 8. advolans ;

it has the longer hairy vesture of the former (especially on the occi-

put and thorax). The occiput is slightly narrowed behind. The

antennal club is composed of 4 joints, the 3 first of which are

strongly compressed, the 4th being plump and of the shape of an

acorn with its cup; all are strongly ciliated. The thorax is conic,

firmly applied to the base of the elytra as in the preceding species,

depressed and with 2 pits, at the base posterior margin with 2 sinuo-

sities. The shoulder-ridges of the elytra are short but rather

strongly marked. ‘The tibie are narrowed, subcylindric and hairy

at the apex. Joints 2-3 of the tarsi are subequal, the anterior pair

more, the intermediate less contracted.

39. Scydmenus graminicola. N.

S. gracilior ; long. corp. ¢ lin. Antenne art. 3 et 4, 6 et 7,9 et

10 inter se subequalibus 5° adjacentibus paulo longiore, 3-7 subcy-

lindricis, 8 subgloboso, 9-10 fortiter globosis cum 11° clavam for-

-mantibus. Palpi maxill. art. 3° inverte conico, 4° mediocri. Man-

| dibulz apice arcuate, medio acuminate 1-dentatz, basin versus sen-

| sim dilatate. Thorax obconicus basi depressus, 2-sinuatus et 2 fo-

}

552 Entomological Papers. [No. 6

veolatus, rectangulatus. Pedes tibiis elongatis basi apiceque arcua-

tis.

Of the usual brown colour, legs and antenne lighter, tarsi and

palpi quite so, femora nigrescent at the apex, hairs of occiput and

thorax rather long. The former slightly narrowed behind, the head

thus of a somewhat rhomboid form. Antennal club composed of

3 joints, the 2 first of which are strongly globose, the last being

acuminated and slightly cut away on one side at the apex. The

mandibles are furnished with an acuminated tooth at the middle,

bent at the apex, and, what is rather uncommon in this g., gradually

enlarged towards the base. The thorax is obconic, rather longer

than broad. The elytra are somewhat more stretched than usual in

this group, the rudimentary humeral costz are rather prominent,

they are separately rounded off at the apex. ‘Tibie more or less

elongated, slightly bent at the base and apex, at the latter place

subcylindric and hairy. Tarsi with joints 2-3 subequal, first pair

slightly contracted. A sexual distinction appears to be expressed

in the length of the tibize which are less elongated in certain in-

dividuals which are at the same time less robust than the others. ‘The

insect is easily distinguished by its general appearance.

40. Scydmenus pyriformis. N.

S. supra castaneus, subtus brunneo-testaceus, pedibus anten-

nisque dilutioribus, tarsis palpisque flavo-testaceis, antennarum clava

nigricante; long. corp. % lin.

Antenne art. 3-8 fere subzqualibus excepto 5° parum longiore,

8° subgloboso, minore, 9-10 subglobosis majoribus cum 11° acuminato

clavam formantibus. Palpi maxill. art. 3° inverte conico, 4 minuto,

Thorax obovatus, basi 2 foveolatus. Pedes coxis 2 posticis, distan-

tioribus ; tibiis 2 anterioribus basi apiceque leviter arcuatis, reliquis

wished tno lReABANS tarsis art. 2-3 subequalibus.

A pretty little species, at once distinguished by its colour which is

chestnut, darker at the base and suture of the elytra, and light,

more’or less brownish or yellowish, below; the antenne being of the

latter colour with a nigrescent club. The occiput is slightly narrow-

ed, the head altogether plump, heavy and transverse. The antennal

club is composed of 3 subglobose joints the last of which is acus

1856. | Entomological Papers. 553

minated and slightly cut away on one side as in some of the preceding

species. The thorax is obovate, broadest below the middle, and

gradually narrowed towards the apex. The elytra have the usual 2

shoulder-ridges and are rather strongly dehiscent at the apex. The

2 posterior coxe are rather distant at the base; the tibiz are slightly

angustated and subcylindric at the apex, the 4 anterior ones hairy,

the first pair moreover slightly bent at the base and apex, but the

rest nearly straight.

41. Scydmenus angusticeps. N.

S. castaneus, antennis pedibusque dilutioribus, tarsis palpisque

testaceis; long. corp. 1 lin.

Caput magnum subtrigonum, occipite fortiter angustato, hoc et

thorace longe pilosis. Antenne art. 3 et 4,5 et 6 inter se sub-

equalibus, 7-11 gradatim majoribus, vel 9-10 subsqualibus, sub-

globosis, 8-10 leviter depressis, cum 11° clavam formantibus, Palpi

maxill. art. 2° tenuiore, 3° inverte conico, 4° mediocri, conico-

acuminato. ‘Thorax obconicus, basi subquadratus, 2-sinuatus et

4-foveolatus. Elytra costis 2 fortioribus abbreviatis. Tibiz subrecta.

A handsome species of a chestnut colour more or less deep with

lighter legs and antenne. The head is large, heavy, and from the

eyes to the neck strongly triangular; the occiput and thorax are

covered with long hair, which adds much to the peculiar appearance

of the insect. The antenne are thick and robust, the club 4-jointed.

The thorax is subquadratic at the base up to the middle and conic

towards the apex. The punctures or pits at the base are 4 in

number. The scutellum is small. The humeral costw# are more

strongly developed than in any of the other species and traceable to

the middle of the elytra. The tibiz are nearly straight, subcylindric

at the apex; the 4 anterior ones hairy. The tarsi have joints 2-4

nearly subequal.

B. Species without a neck.

42. Scydmenus ovatus N.

S. ovatus, convexus, brunneus; long. corp. § lin.

Caput subquadrato-ovatum. Antenne art. 3-11 sensim incras-

satis, 9-11 subglobosis, depressis, cum Il magno, conico clavam

4¢

554 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 6.

formantibus. Palpi maxill. art. 4 minuto acuminato. Thorax

amplus semiorbicularis, margine posteriore medio producto, basi 2-

foveolatus. Tarsis art 1-4 subsqualibus.

The colour of this insect is as usual shaded off from brown to light

yellow; however, in other respects it differs materially from all the

preceding species. The body is regularly oval, thorax and elytra

convex, pubescent. The head is subquadratic—ovate; the eyes

rather small, but prominent; the neck is altogether wanting. The

antenne are at the base as distant from each other as they can be,

being inserted below the eyes; the club is 3-jointed ; the joints

increase gradually in size from the 3rd tothe 11th. The maxill.

palpi have the 2nd joint slender, the 3rd rather pear-shaped, the

4th minute and acuminated. The thorax is very ample, semior-

bicular, of the shape and nearly the size of the apical half of the

elytra; the basal angles are acuminated and slighty envelop the

shoulders ; the posterior margin is prolonged in the middle, towards

the scutellum; the fovee or basal impressions are 2 and rather

distant from each other. Scutellum obsolete. Elytra with 2 des

pressions at the base. Tibiz straight; tarsi with joints 1-4 subequal

or very nearly so. Mesosternal carina middling.

Keport on the Proceedings of the Magnetic Survey, from January to

May 1856, by Hermann ScHLAGINTWEIT.

Rovurrs.—After having completed the observations at Gowhatty,

detailed in my last Report* I left Gowhatty, December 21st, and

proceeded up the Brahmaputra to Mungeldie, and from thence to

Oodulgoorie on the Frontier of Assam and Bhootan.

I found occasion to proceed from this place into the country of

the Kampo-Bhootans, who occupy the Himalayas East of Bhootan

Proper; while my Assistant, Mr. Adams, and the Draftsman,

Abdool, who accompanied me as far as Oodulgoorie, went to the

coal mines and salt wells in the Baree Dihing.

* See Journal No, 1, 1856, p. 30.

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 555

I made arrangements, immediately after my arrival at Oodulgoorie,

with a former Rajah of Towang-Chang-To, who was found willing to

be my guide as far as Nurigoon, which is situated at about one-

third of the breadth of the Himalayas.

I staid four days at Nurigoon, and besides taking magnetic

observations, (the instruments had been, till used, carefully con-

cealed in cotton bags,) I succeeded in making an excursion to the

Zinghyla (Deer Mountains) in order to survey the different valleys

and make some drawings.

Here too I got some very valuable information (not from the

inhabitants, but from traders coming down from Thibet) about the

routes to Lowany, only 4 marches distant, and to Lhassa,

A very intelligent Bhootea from Tussisoodun even constructed

a map, with a vertical Section in the Chinese style, of the route

from Nurigoon* to Lhassa, which agreed very well with the verbal

information I received from the Thibetans.

Nurigoon is situated on a rock on the left side of the Riju at a

height of from 3,200 to 3,500 feet, and offers many interesting

features for comparison with the Western Himalayas.

The valleys here rise much more gradually than in the Western

parts of the Himalayas ; at the same time the height of the moun-

tains is less and the inclinations less steep. The vegetation has

the luxuriant character peculiar to the Eastern Himalayas, though

the quantity of rain is much less than in the lower ranges of the

Naga, Khosia and Garrow Hills, on the left side of the valley of

the Brahmaputra.

Yaks come down from Thibet as far as Nurigoon in the cold

season and chiefly towards the end of it, when the trade with the

plains is greatest ; and wild elephants are very frequent in the valley

of the Dhunsiri and the Riju, and are occasionally met with even

a little above Nurigoon. Such coincidences of lower and upper

limits of animals, so different in reference to their zones of altitude,

may perhaps be not without interest in explaining the variety of

fossil remains in places which were formerly under similar local and

climatological conditions.

| * This Map is included in the drawings, portfolio the 6th, sent from Calcutta ta

| the Hon’ble the Court of Directors.

| 402

)

556 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 6.

I left Nurigoon January 13th and went to Tezpore, and from

thence to Debrooghur in Upper Assam, where, besides, my own

observations, I obtained much valuable information, particularly

from Colonel Hannay, about geological subjects.

From Debrooghur I descended the Brahmaputra and went by

Goalpara, Serajgunge, Koolna, and through the Sunderbunds to

Calcutta.

After a stay of twenty-nine days I proceeded by Cawnpore, Agra

and Umballa to Simla, visiting Lucknow in Onde and Meerut for

magnetic observations.

I arrived at Simla on the 24th. From hence Ladak, and the ranges

of this part of the Himalaya and the Kuenluen, will be examined.

Two of the four Sikim men I had with me in Sikkim and Assam,

the Lepcha Chezy and the Bhootea Dublong, are to make some

observations during this summer in Sikkim, furnished with some

thermometers, a boiling thermometer, and a prismatic compass.

Mr. Montairo, attached to my Establishment for collections, left

Darjiling August 23rd, and went to Calcutta, where he received,

and packed for transmission to Europe, the collections sent down

to him from the Khosia Hills and Assam. He arrived at Simla

May 20th. He is going vid Kangra to Kashmere.

MaGnetic OBSERVATIONS.

Magnetic observations have been made at the following Stations :—

A—Assam and Delta of the Ganges.

1. Oodulgoorie, on the Bhootan Frontier—December 30th and

31st, 1855, January Ist, 2nd, 3rd and 4th, 1856. Declination, hori-

zontal intensity, vertical intensity, and a set of observations for

ascertaining the daily variations, longitude and latitude.

2. Nurigoon, in Bhootan—January 9th, 10th and 12th. Deeli-

nation, horizontal and vertical intensity, longitude and latitude.

3. Tezpore, on the right shore of the Brahmaputra—January —

24th, 25th and 28th. Declination, horizontal and vertical force,

longitude and latitude.

4. Debrooghur, Upper Assam—February 5th and 6th. Declina-

tion, horizontal and vertical intensity, longitude and latitude.

Gowhatty—see preceding Report.

—— S|

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 557

5. Serajgunge, on the right shore of the Kenur River— February

17th. Vertical intensity.

6. Dacca—February 21st. Vertical intensity.

7. Koolna, on the right shore ef the Bhogrup—February 24th.

Declination, vertical force, longitude and latitude.

8. Calcutta, Botanical Garden, March 23rd and 24th. Declina-

tion, horizontal and vertical intensity, longitude and latitude.

B—Plains of the Ganges in Hindoostan.

9. Benares—April 3rd and 4th. Declination, horizontal and

vertical intensity, longitude and latitude.

10. Lueknow, Oude—April 8th and 9th. Declination, horizontal

and vertical intensity, longitude and latitude.

11. Agra—April 15th. Declination.

12. Meerut—April 18th. Declination.

The magnetic elements were therefore determined from between

latitude 22° to 27° 5' N. in the valley of the Brahmaputra, and to

29° in the plains of the Ganges including a difference in longitude

of 16° 5’ from 95° to 78° 5° Hast of Greenwich.

One of the general results was, that the magnetic force, particu-

larly the dip, has been found much greater than is indicated by the

general formule.

The Dip.

A.—In the valley of the Brahmaputra and delta of the Ganges,

the dip was found to be—

At Debrooghur, ms ie Bees’ iZO Lz

& ‘Lezpore, .*... of ae ~ nua 58

», Oodulgoorie, . i go1008G6 (27) 52

» Nurigoon (Bhootan|) Me £3 8hnkK 69

5, Gowhatty, .. uP es . Tieo Ver 73

», Serajgunge,.. a uF we Senos LD

», Dacca, nes ig = ga’ hol SO

oolns, .. ie iM 2/1/012Do A188: 149

», Caleutta, *-.. : ks Baa 7H

£.—In the plains of Pritanoab it was—

At Benares, .. Bi se « aeersO, 5

» Lucknow, -.. a wceee)6 a EEE 20

558 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 6.

A similar result has. been found by my brothers for the parts of

corresponding latitude in the North-West Provinces and in Central

India.

The Southern part of India seems to agree better with the results

of calculation.

The Declination.

The declination was not found to alter so irregularly in any of

the places examined, as we formerly found to be the case at Cherra-

punji, though the granite rocks in the valley of the Brahmaputra on

both sides of the river are identical with the rocks of the Khosia

and the Garrow Hills along the left edge of the Brahmaputra valley,

and the geological situation of the Himalayas along the right side

of the valley is very different, Some of these rocks in the valley

contain, as well as in the Northern parts of the Khosia Hills, a

very great amount of magnetic iron (in the rocks near Doobree,

Colonel Hannay recently has found it particularly predominant) ;

but the action on the needle is confined to the place itself, and

becomes at a very small distance untraceable.

The declination in the territory examined was Hast, being greatest

at Koolna and decreasing East and West of it. In Assam, ag well as

at Meerut, a small increase is caused by the difference in latitude. In

Nurigoon, as in the Himalayas in general, the declination is decidedly

greater than the difference of latitude would lead us to expect.

A.—In the valley of the Brahmaputra and Delta of the Ganges,

the declination was found to be—

At Debrooghur, N. 29 8 &.

5, Lezpore, N. 1, 59° &E.

,, Oodulgoorie, NecBinab . Ey

» Nurigoon (Bhootan,) Ni4e be EB.

,, Gowhatty, Nucko 4l> E.

», Koolna, NeeQ G&e, HE.

,, Calcutta, : Be N. 2: 24° E.

B,.—In the plains of Hindoostan

At Benares, N. od: pete Be

,, Lucknow, Neh .d2 gn

» Agra, N, kp de

,, Meerut, Node 280 Ee

1856.] Report on the Magnetic Survey.. 559

METEOROLOGY.

In Assam, observations were made on the variations of the tem-

perature of the Brahmaputra, from Debrooghur to its ramifications

in the Delta, a subject of particular interest. Also, besides the regu-

lar observations on the temperature, moisture, and pressure of the air,

I made several experiments on the thermic influence of surfaces

covered with grass and tree jungle; and Dr. Simmons, at Gowhatty,

kindly assisted me during my absence, by making observations on

the ozone contained in the air, with papers identical with those

used by myself.

These observations are being continued for the next year.

The fellowing Table contains* the temperature found in the

Brahmaputra, in its ramifications, and in the Delta, from Debroo-

ghur to Calcutta. The daily variations, even in Upper Assam,

scarcely exceeded 0.5 degrees C. = 0.9 degrees F., but occasionally

differences of 2 to 3 degrees I’. are found even in the very current,

caused in some cases by differences of depth, in others by lateral rivers

discharging themselves into the Brahmaputra.

I choose for the Table the temperature of the rivers at 11 a. m.,

this hour representing very nearly the mean of the twenty-four

hours for the water; for the temperature of the air for the same

reason the temperature at 9 a. M. is selected. Errors of the zero

points of the Thermometers Nos. 29, 70 and 88 are corrected.+

* A second series during the hot season is now being made by my Assistant,

Mr, Adams, on his way down from Sudiya.

+ For the Hooghly, at Calcutta, I was furnished with observations on the

monthly variations of the temperature at high and low water by the kind assist-

ance of Mr, Schiller. The observations are now being continued by Dr. Thomson.

560 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [No. 6.

Temperature of Rivers.

Names of Names of the nearest |February | Temperature |Temperature

Rivers. Places. 1856. of the water at} of the air at

| 11 A. M. 9A. M.

° Centigrade. |° Centigrade.

Brahmaputra,..;| At Debrooghur,.., 6 15.6 12.4

ii ...| Above Dikhoo Mookh,... 8 15.7 12.6

i ...| Above Dhunsiri Mookh, 9 16.2 13.7

43 ...| Tezpore,... 10 17.1 16.2

- | At the mouth of the

Kulluny, 3° :... Me: iB 17.2 15.8

5 ...| Gowhatty, Ga at 13 17.5 14.6

i ...| Above Doobree,... ah 14 17.8 17.0

a ...| Below Doobree,... Sh 15 18.4 19.3

3 ...| Bugwa, ... a ie 16 19.4: 18.6

Me ...| Hajeepore, Sa nF: v7, 19.3 18.7

Zuboona, ...| Serajgunge, ~ ... nn 18 19.6 20.7

¥ ...| Amerbad, sk me 19 19.7 22.1

Kertinana, _...| Senpore,... ve me 20 21.2 21.7

Bargunga, _...| Kalaghaut, at sae 21 22.8 22.8

Damudar, ...| Burrissole, a: ap 22 21.6 21.8

Charcollee, ...| Bidaboorea, _... Ye 23 21.6 21.4

Passur, ...| Koolna, ... 24 22.0 20.5

Seprah, "| Near Grant No. 214 Sun-

derbunds, .. 25 23.5 23.4

Terra Banka, ...| Near Grant "No. 155 Sun-

derbunds,_... 26 23.8 25.5

Moree Gunga,...| Hast of Saugor Island, . 27 24.6 26.1

The variation of the temperature of the air is 26° 1—12° 4—=180° 7,

C., of the water 24° 6—15° 6=9° C.

In the Dhunsiri and in the Riju, the difference between the tem-

perature of the Dhunsiri near Orang in the valley of Assam and

of the Riju, a lateral affluent of the Dhunsiri at Nurigoon, was

Dine wal bow. dei. dweanasiie ad) fo A

Hi yon, Cae hd 22 TP AIS Ce A a

Dif s. nos se Se) ee

During my journey from Calcutta to Umballa, I also several times,

tried some experiments to measure the heating power of the sun’s

rays under various conditions.

I used for a complete observation, the following thermometers :—

\ Dry and wet bulb for temperature and moisture of the air.

1856. ] Report on the Magnetic Survey. 561

3. A thermometer exposed to the sun with white bulb. It had

no brass scale, and a very thin capillary tube for the mercury, sur-

rounded by a larger glass tube, the ordinary form of thermometers

on the Continent. The advantage of this is that the instrument

indicates nearly without error the temperature of the mercury in

the bulb unaffected by the disturbing influence of appendices. But

even in this shape, a thermometer offers no absolute measure for

insolation, the whiteness of the glass forming the bulb, its colour and

transparency modifying very appreciably the apparent action of the

sun on different instruments.*

4. A thermometer of a similar construction, with blackened bulb.

5. A Kew standard thermometer, with thick glass tube, the divi-

sions being in the glass stem. It had its bulb blackened, and also

half of the mantle of the cylinder behind the divisions. This, as

well as the following, was placed on a large surface of black wood,

which getting heated all round, very nearly as much as the thermo-

meter itself, prevents an irregular loss of heat towards objects of

different temperature in its vicinity ; the presence of grass or gravel,

for instance, would otherwise affect the reading of the thermome-

ter. It may be considered as a good proof of the comparability of

the thermometers in such an arrangement, that the Kew standard

and the following thermometer, No. 6, stood very nearly alike.

6. <A boiling thermometer, every degree divided into 50ths, the

mercury begins to reach the divided scale only at 78 degrees C.,

being intercepted by a second enlargement ofthe tube. Bulb black-

ened. The mercury contained in the capillary tube being here only

avery small part of the mercury under the black stratum, and be-

ing protected besides by a second outer glass cylinder against loss

of heat, I found this instrument the best for these experiments as

long as the insolation was hot enough to raise the mercury to the

divided part. Besides, the ;1,th of the degree being read with

perfect accuracy, it showed very rapidly even the minutest changes

in the atmospheric conditions.

7. The surface of the ground. The thermometer was placed in

the reddish sand forming the general deposit in the plains of Hin-

* For relative determinations for distance, and for the annual and daily varia-

tions, careful observations with any thermometer would be very useful.

562 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [ No. 6.

doostan. It was during the first experiments covered with a

stratum of the sandy soil about one centimetre thick, but in the ex-

periments at Umballa a little hole was filled with mercury and

this covered with the stratum of soil. By this arrangement the

thermometer was kept through the medium of the mercury, in a

much more intimate contact with the particles of the soil, the tem-

perature of which it was to indicate.

8and9. Metals exposed to a tropical sun feel remarkably hot

when touched, but this is due in a great measure to their conducting

power. ‘lheir real temperature seemed an interesting object for

direct determination. I therefore exposed two metal vessels, the

one an iron bottle, well screwed and filled with mercury to two-

thirds of its volume; the other a flat square copper basin (used

generally as an artificial horison,) blackened, with about two cubie

centimetres of mercury distributed over it in isolated drops. Both

were put upon a soft and thick layer of cotton. In making the obser-

vation with the copper basin, the cotton was slightly pressed down

at one side, so as to incline the basin without the necessity of

touching it, causing the mercury to collect in one corner. The ther-

mometer was then dipped into the mercury, which it might be

expected had assumed the temperature of the metallic surface with

which it was in contact.

The following Table contains the reading of the different ther-

mometers at Umballa; the correction for index errors are applied to

the reading. The instruments with black bulbs and on black wool

were read with a telescope from 4 to 5 feet distance, since any near

approach to read them with a maguifier altered very suddenly the

indications of the thermometers.

ia)

ide)

) Tes)

sos | og | zee | PPG |

Se -lazs¢ ee |-gegs

. | SP | Ser | Ger | BIE | Z1¢ | Zos

PS)

DQ pe: = = a * 1LP'68

8 O'6r | O'%E | w'8c | 19 | B19 | GZ8

= |—}—- 4s le Tea ae ial Re alee

S eer | ocr | Tsp | Ler | ssp | 8'or

Ss Lov | ve | Lop | ver | repr | sar

fe ee ee eee me | ee eee oh eS

= | OS. | 641 | 64 | O'S. | OST | SST

S e6s8 | s'6e | res. | 2°68 | eee | 2'8E

S ee ee eee ee eS | ee

9% | BITE |¢Z° Fr | 69g | s'09 | BTL

# oO Fahl) , oO 4 oO 22 9 oO

os-¢ | g S | ‘Wd | FC-TT

P-1

1856.]

capnubiyuay ‘9GQT ‘pugs 2dp ‘wpqvqueaQ 7M Uo1ZHjOSUL WO SUOIMALASIO

T'Sé

a — eee eee OO”

_—_—_

O'OL

8'°GG

Lst

)

$°6

G16

m0)

eae eee

re GT L0G 00S SPNityeT

‘puta you {puta ‘ny Aq ‘AA WIT ‘OT-ZT wor spnoyo ou ynq ‘Azer f+ *¥ TT Je Spnoro T[eUs oMOg—'sHUVNAY

‘govfANg dT[BITL

‘gouzMg Youpq

oe TVA, | 4

‘qnaouy fo TovadaAg |

Tod

‘nde

‘100 L

eee: AAs

“OFAN

“. “SS tai

be TG

‘Nog THL

qo LHOIT

‘TWIL IVOOT ‘Suxn0x{

a a EE

564: Report on the Magnetic Survey. [ No. 6.

The haze, during the experiments at Umballa, though generally

accompanying the hot winds, modified the heat, particularly for

the boiling thermometer; also the small clouds, though very thin,

and not covering the sun at the moment of the reading, had caused

a sensible depression in the black thermometers on the wool; the

other black bulb, freely suspended, being much less sensible for the

rays of the sun, since the objects against which it radiated changed

their temperature but very little (see ‘‘ Surface of Ground,”’) went

on steadily rising. ,

The great heat of the air lasting till sun-set is very characteristic

of days with hot winds in general; also the surface of the ground

keeps remarkably warm during the first hours after sunset though

it loses 25 degrees C. during the night.

Notwithstanding this great variation, no particle of dew is de-

posited in these regions during nearly three months, the wet bulb

thermometer sinking even 10 degrees lower during the night than

the dry one.

The power of the sun’s rays was also determined at Benares and

Cawnpore.

At Benares the boiling point thermometer, in an arrangement

like the one just described, was exposed on the 83rd of April.

It stood at 12 H. 380M.,........ 78°.15 Centigrade.*

LER RARER Seber n Meer ears, Cebenmics 7AKC U0) mm

D5, th Oi emcees Hempel Re dee %

Lehn) 5b seve ede Back BOROE "

The maximum seems to fall decidedly after 12, (the sun’s power

decreasing less rapidly than the loss of radiation is diminished by

the general increase of the temperature of the air continuing till 2

or 3 P.M.) The maximum on normal days, without clouds, and

with very light wind, seems to be reached pretty regularly at 1h.

10m. to 1h. 20m. P. M.

At 1h. 29m. the wind at Benares became more violent, about 6.5

metres per second, and felé very hot. To my surprise the thermo- |

meter immediately went down, the thermometer with the white |

bulb in the sun also fell, though very little. Evidently the in-

struments had gradually surrounded themselves with a stratum of |

* The readings are corrected for index errors.

1856.] Report on the Magnetic Survey. 565

heated air, corresponding with the temperature of the mercury,

which, during the periods of stronger wind, was removed, and re-

placed by one less hot.

The readings were

At 1-42 p.M......... 82.60 Centigrade.

(Wind increasing very much at 1.44 P. mu.)

Thermometer at 1.46 P.M. ........-. 478.74

Tt rose again, in a slight lull, from 1.53 to 2.10 P. mu.

It stood at QAO. Mord chaeechariey BOA4SS

then the wind setting in again, it gradually sank, and soon (2.35

P. M.) disappeared below the divided scale.

At Allyghur, April 17th, the day was particularly clear; the

West wind hot, but not very strong. Here I found the highest

temperature I had yet observed, viz. 90° 80 C. or 194 54 F,* the

time of this maximum, 1.20 Pp. M., coinciding very nearly with that

observed at Benares.

I was enabled to compare my instrument with one used by Mr.

Gubbins,f the bulb of which was protected against lateral radiation,

by being enclosed in a double cylinder of glass. The two instru-

ments agreed, at least for the maximum, better than might have

been expected. The time of the maximum was naturally, not so

well defined in the one enclosed in the glass tube, as in the other

lying on wool: the former was too cold before the period of its

maximum, too warm afterwards. ‘The readings were on April 3rd—

Schlagintweit. Gubbins.

— Black bulb

Hypsometer In glass cylinders. exposed free.

No.5

88.58 C. |

12-0 . ipa ; 190.5 126.0

90.13 C. Disturbed by ap-

es. st sy: { 194.23 F. } proaching too near. ; Tat.

90.30 C.

NS eee eee 189.5 128.5

86.10 C ]

ee 8) leo IS 188.0 119.0

4g 80.60 C. d x 9

2-35 . A uiltias doaweuonk 185.0 122.0

* Corrected as the following for index error.

+ We are deeply indebted to Mr. and Mrs. Gubbins for the communication of

566 fteport on the Magnetic Survey. [ No. 6.

When the hot winds are very violent, they diminish the power

of insolation very much owing to the quantity of dust they raise,

which very often, like thick aqueous clouds, completely hides the

position of the sun, and sometimes even produces a darkness like

the thickest fog.

I noticed a peculiar coloration of the sun during dust-storms,

which is, I think, a regular phenomenon accompanying them, when

the air has lost a certain amount of transparency.

In fogs the disk of the sun is red, or at least of a decided reddish

tint, when sufficiently darkened to be looked at without a dark

glass. In dust-storms the sky has also, as in fogs, a decidedly red-

dish colour, which in this case is that of the dust itself, but the sun’s

disk is blue, a phenomenon evidently connected with the suspension

of solid particles in the air.* I observed this colour best on the 6th

of April at Futtehpore. The hot wind lasted from 12.45 to 6.10

P. M.,and stopped very suddenly after sunset. The sun was very

much obscured as early as 1 P. M., and had then assumed this

blue appearance so decidedly, that it looked like the sun’s disk seen

through a dark-blue glass, the shadow of a thin cylinder falling on

white paper was nevertheless well defined and reddish, showing that

the illuminated paper had received rays of the (complementary)

bluish colour.

The blue colour of the sun, though the light was gradually much

diminished, lasted until 5.10 Pp. m., when the sun had a height only

of about 15 degrees: then the disk soon disappeared entirely be-

hind the clouds of dust.

The temperature of the airf was corrected for index errors on

the 3rd of April—

a series of most accurate meteorological observations, which not only embraced

the ordinary objects of observation, but in which, at the same time, a great variety

of experiments were combined with equal skill and ingenuity.

* A similar dust-cloud passing perhaps at a small height above the ground may

explain the blue appearance of the sun mentioned in the Second Hdition of Sir

John Herschel’s Astronomy.

+ A room with tatties was casily kept at 25° to 27°C. in the centre of the

apartment, the wind being very strong.

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 567

Dry. Wet.

ee Pe oc ce . BBZ 19.9)

al eliminate ie 93 Direction of the

: A pelea daa Se ~~ | hot winds West, very

4, hoe a iakes si 19.9 a ee ae

eto ities at OCI 19.1 AT

Bedi nkks wk anise 18.9 J

The Pabsiatade of v air diminished, as occasionally noticed in

the observations above-mentioned, with the increase of the wind

and discoloration of the air.

A coincidence worthy of notice is the sudden cessation of the

wind after sunset, which took place at every one of my observa-

tions. Generally speaking, it is characteristic of the hot winds that

in the beginning of the hot season the wind always ceases very

near sunset, the night is very calm, and towards the morning an

Easterly breeze is not unfrequently felt.

The cause of the hot winds ceasing with sunset seems to be the

great depression of temperature during the night, coinciding with

the Westerly direction of the wind. In consequence the wind

meets, soon after sunset, with surfaces covered with a stratum of

air cooled by the vicinity of the radiating surface of the ground ;

the hot wind passes over this stratum and is therefore not felt near

the surface.

It is only during the middle, and towards the end of the hot

season, that the hot winds blow till 2 or 3 o’clock in the morning,

when the rains stop them suddenly.

The hour of the day at which the hot winds commence, is variable

from the beginning to the end of the hot season. In the first

months they begin to blow at 12 or perhaps 1 P. m., then the period

| becomes gradually earlier, till a short time before the rains they

| begin at 6 or 7 a. M., leaving only a few calm hours in the very

_ early part of the morning.

The quantity of carbonic acid in the air during the hot winds is very

| small. It reached, in an experiment at Allyghur,* scarcely 4, part

* The quantity of air examined was 50,000 cubic centimetres, the increase of

weight of all potassium tubes reached was not a full milleogramme,

568 Report on the Magnetic Survey. [ No. 6.

in 10,000 parts of air, the ordinary quantity being 3.5 to 4 parts in

10,000.

GroLoGgicaL OBSERVATIONS.

Of the valley of the Brahmaputra, a detailed map has been pre-

pared, showing the different soils, with observations on former

levels and beds of the river, and depths from the surface deposits

to the sub-soil. Different coal localities in the Bhootan Himalayas,

and in the Naga Hills, have been examined and entered in this

map.* .

These observations, compared with the examinations of the dif-

ferent soils of the Delta of the Ganges, show that the valley of the

Brahmaputra differs from the Delta in being covered with lacustrine

deposits, occasionally varied by the coarse gravel brought down by

the Himalayan Rivers on its North-Eastern side.

The course of the actual Brahmaputra, originally flowing in the

bed of the Lohit, (which was the original name used in this valley,)

has not been altered by a sudden change of its bed, but has gradu-

ally shifted itself; the deposits made on the right bank (where all

lacustrine soil is carried away and replaced by the actual deposits

of the river) being very different from the clays on the left.

In the Himalayas, along the North-Hast side of the Brahmaputra,

the coal is found in small seams of sand-stone alternating with

strata of conglomerates of pebbles (N ageflue,) the pebbles being re-

markably smaller than the deposits of the present rivers.

To these sedimentary rocks succeed, at a short distance from the

banks (much shorter than in the Western Himalayas,) crystailine

hornblendic rocks, chiefly hornblendic gneiss, with a peculiar linear

arrangement of quartz nodules succeeding each other, when seen, in

the proper section, like beads on a string.

The dip of the stratification in the sand-stones and conglomerates,

which form the outer ranges of the Bhootan Himalayas, is very

well defined by the alternation of the finely grained sand-stones

with the conglomerates. f

The dip of the strata is North 30 degrees to 40 degrees West,

inclination 55 degrees to 65 degrees.

* This map, in four sheets, scale four miles to an inch, has been sent with my

manuscripts to the Hon’ble the Court of Directors.

1856. | Report on the Magnetic Survey. 569

In the crystalline hornblendie rocks, the cleavage, which is well

developed, dips also in the same direction. The mean direction of

this dip was also found North 30 degrees to 85 degrees West,

inclination 55 degrees to 60 degrees.

Jt is deserving of remark, that this dip of stratification and cleav-

age planes are quite analogous to the direction of dip in Sikkim and

the Western Himalayas of Kumaon and Gurhwal. In all these

parts of the Himalayas the dip of the cleavage is chiefly Northerly,

varying in different parts to the East or to the West.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ASTATIC SOCIETY OF BENGAL,

For November, 1856.

DL LPIVPPL_LPLOLLPFJOLVFVPLPVPOPPLPPLVYPLIPOIPLPLIIPLLLVOILI I

Ata.monthly general meeting of the Society held on the 5th

instant, at the usual hour,

Hon’ble Sir James Colvile, Knight, President, in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Raja Srishchunder Raya Bahadoor, of Krishnagur, duly proposed

and seconded at the last meeting, was balloted for and elected a

member.

The election of Mr. E. A. Samuells as a Member of the Council,

vice Dr. Sprenger, reported at the last meeting, was confirmed

under bye-law 60.

The Council submitted the following reports :—

1st.—In reference to the Stacy collection of coins.

Report. .

In a letter lately received, Captain Wroughton, on behalf of the

daughters of Colonel Stacy, has offered to the Society for sale at

Rs. 5,000, the valuable collection of coins and gems made by the

late Colonel, a list of which has been submitted. ‘he Council are

strongly impressed with the importance of securing this fine collec- —

tion, if possible, for the Society’s Cabinet. They would not, how- .

ever, consider it prudent to devote to this purpose so large a sum

as Rs. 5,000 from the general funds of the Society, and they there-

fore propose that an endeavour’should be made by opening a sub-

scription among the Members to raise such a sum as will defray the

whole, or a large part, of the amount necessary for the purchase.

The proposal was agreed to.

2nd.—In reference to the question of transferring the Society’s

Geological collections to the new Government Museum, as proposed

in the letter (dated 11th July last,) from the Government of India,

which was laid before the Society at the August Meeting.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 571

fieport.

The Council has to report on the proposition made by the letter

from Government, dated 11th July last. It has also had under its

consideration the letters from Mr. Secretary Beadon to Mr. Secretary

Grey, and to Mr. Oldham of the same date, and that of Mr.

Oldham to the Secretary of the Society, dated 19th July last.

The majority of the Council, consisting of the eight following Mem-

bers, viz. Drs. Spilsbury, Walker and Macrae, Captain Young,

Messrs. Grote and Allen, and Baboos Ramgopaul Ghose and

Rajendralal Mittra, are decidedly adverse to the proposed transfer

of the collections in question to the Government Museum. They

conceive that such a transfer, if made, would be irreparable, that it

would be inconsistent with the terms on which those collections have

been acquired by, or presented to, the Society, and would be likely

to injure irretrievably the future prospects of the Society.

The minority,

President, Messrs. Beadon and Samuells, Drs. Boycott and Thom-

son, and the Secretary, are in favour of the proposed transfer, but

upon such conditions as the following :—

1st.—The separation of the Society’s collections from those be-

longing to Government, and their identification as the property of

the Society.

2nd.—The free access to and use of them by every Member of

the Society in as ample a degree as he now enjoys those privileges.

8rdly.—The right to resume them should the Society be here-

after minded so to do.

These conditions, however, if this view be adopted, would have

to be discussed and settled more formally between the Government

and the Society.

| The minority is of opinion that such a course, whilst it would

| secure the property of the Society, would render its collections more

8 generally useful.

In this state of things the Council recommend, that the question

| should be referred to the Society at large, and that the correspon-

dence considered by the Council, and the minutes of the different

Members of Council who have expressed an opinion thereon, be

| circulated with the proposition.

4 E 2

572 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [No. 6.

It should further be noticed as an element in the consideration of

the question, that by means of the removal of the Museum of Eco-

nomic Geology, the Society has lost the services which the Curator

of that Museum has heretofore rendered in the care of the Society’s

Geological and Mineralogical collections.

The Report was adopted.

Communications were received—

1.—From Mr. B. H. Hodgson, a paper on the Aborigines of the

Nilghiris with remarks on their affinities.

2.—From Mr. Assistant Secretary Oldfield, enclosing the Meteoro-

logical Register kept at the office of the Secretary to the Govern-

ment of the N. W. P., Agra, for the month of September last.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

Captain Yule read a paper, being an account of the remains of

the ancient Burmese Metropolis, called Pagan, on the left bank of

the Irrawaddee, 100 miles below Ava, appropriately termed by the

German Geographer Ritter, “the Burman Thebaid.”

A short sketch was given of the legendary history of the early

Burmese monarchy, chiefly from Colonel Burney’s papers in the

early journals of the Society. Tagoung, above Ava, was the first

seat of the Kings, to whom a sacred Indian descent is assigned.

Tradition then carries the kingdom to Prome where a great city

existed, before the Christian era, under the name of Thare Khet-

tara (Sri Kshetra.) On the fall of this city an offshoot of the

royal race was established at Pagan, A. D. 107.

According to Burney and Crawfurd this was the city of which

the paper treated. But according to other authorities it was

Upper or Old Pagan, adjoining Tagoung above Ava, in lat. 280 30,

where a city is still traceable, which has been visited by Colonel

Hannay, Dr. Bayfield, and the Rev. Mr. Kincard; by the latter |

account Lower Pagan was founded about A. D. 850. |

Pagan was destroyed by the Chinese in the end of the thirteenth

century. ‘The invasion is supposed to be that described by Marco

Polo, as the conquest of the Kingdom of Mien, a name, it is be-

lieved, still given to Burmah by the Chinese.

Former accounts of these remains give no adequate idea of their

importance and architectural magnificence.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatie Society. 573

The temples are of all kinds, but most of them are not mere

chaitiyas or dead masses of brickwork, but hollow vaulted temples

containing images of the Buddha. They are of all sizes from 20 or

30 feet square, up to more than 200 feet square; cruciform in plan,

containing vaulted cells and corridors, the upper part rising in suc-

cessive terraces, and crowned by a spire resembling that of the

more ancient Hindoo temples in Mr. Fergusson’s drawings. The

number of temples remaining can scarcely be less than 1,000. They

cover an area of about 8 miles by 2.

A detailed description was given of the two most prominent

temples, the Ananda (of which the etymology is disputed, but pro-

bably Ananta ‘‘the endless,”) and the Thapinyu (servagna “the

Omniscient.’’)

The most singular part of the impression made by these build-

ings was their strong suggestiveness of resemblance in general

effect to the church architecture of southern Catholic Europe.

This led to many speculations in the minds of the visitors of the

possibility of European aid in their construction ; but there is no

good ground for deeming this possible. ‘The first European notice

of Burma is Marco Polo’s, but he does not seem to speak as an

eye-witness. The first traveller on record* visited Burma about A.

D. 1440. These temples date from the 11th and 12th centuries.

The material is what we call in India kucha pukka, 1. e., brick

with mud cement, but covered with plaster in which the decoration

is executed. We are not in India used to conceive of kucha pukka

structures 200 feet high.

Pointed arches and vaults, doorways surmounted by pediments

of singular flamboyant spires or horns, decorated pilasters of an

almost perfect Roman character, friezes of festoons of beads sus-

pended by tusked and grinning heads, are some of the characteris-

tics of the architecture. In one temple flat brick arches beauti-

fully executed were disclosed by the decay of the plaster.

Many of the details of the ornament were shown to be found in

Indian buildings in the South of the Peninsula, in Central India,

in Assam, in Sarnath near Benares, in the temples of Orissa, and

in the great Javanese remains described by Raffles.

* Nicolo da Conti.

574 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 6.

But where should we find in India any model of the composi-

tion? Where anything approaching the classical beauty of deco-

ration in some of the smaller temples, and the stupendous archi-

tectural majesty of the larger ?

Perhaps the nearest analogy in form is found in the rock-cut

Raths of Mahabalipooram near Sadras.

The paper was read in explanation of about five and twenty

illustrations, partly kalotypes by that accomplished photographer

Captain Tripe of the Madras Army, and partly drawings, plans,

elevations, sections and details on a large scale, prepared by Cap-

tain Yule, from measurements made on the spot with the kind aid

of Mr. Oldham and Lieutenant Heathcote of the Indian Navy.

On the motion of the President the thanks of the meeting were

voted by acclamation to Captain Yule for his very interesting paper.

Mr. Oldham gave notice that at the next meeting he would

move that for rule 8 of the Society’s rules the following be sub-

stituted.

Ordinary members shall be divided into two classes, Residents

and non-Residents. All members who may live in Calcutta, or

within any distance thereof, not exceeding 12 miles, for any portion

of the year exceeding three months, shall be considered Resident

members. All members who may reside permanently at a greater

distance, or who may only occasionally visit Caleutta for periods

shorter than three months, shall be considered non-Resident

members.

Ordinary members “ Residents” shall pay an admission fee of

32 Rs. and an annual subscription of 64 Rs., payable in advance,

annually or quarterly. Non-Resident members shall pay an admis-

sion fee of 32 Rs. payable in advance, quarterly or annually.

Non-Resident members who may subsequently become Residents,

shall be liable to the advanced rate of subscription from the first

day of the quarter, next succeeding their change of residence, and

in the same manner Resident members who may become non-Resi-

dents shall be entitled to the reduction in their subscriptions.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.

LIBRary.

Tue Library has received the following accessions during the month of

October last.

Presented.

The White Yajurveda, edited by A. Weber, Part II. No. 8, 1855,

Royal 4to.—By tHe Eprtor.

The Anvar-i Suhaili; or, the Lights of Canopus; being the Persian

version of the Fables of Pilpay; or, the book ‘“ Kalilah and Damnah,”

literally translated by E! B. Eastwick, Hertford, 1854, Royal 8vo.—By

THE TRANSLATOR.

A Table of Synchronisms: compiled by E. Clibborn, with an Essay on

the Probability of Saul, Beniah, &c. having been the Hycsos Rulers,

Salatis, &c. Dublin. —By tHe AuTHOR.

Journal of the Statistical Society of London, Vols. 9 to 18, from 1846

to 1855, and part 2 of Vol. 19, June, 1856.

Sanskrit—Worterbuch herausgegeben von der kaiserlichen akademie

der Wissenschaften, bearbeitet von Otto Bohtlingk und Rudolph Roth,

Bogen, 11-20, 21-30, 31-40. St. Petersburgh, 1853 and 1854.—By THE

Eipitors.

Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, for the year

1855, Vol. 145, Parts I. and II. <A List or Members.—By THE SocrEty.

Proceedings of the Royal Society, Vol. VII. Nos. 14, 15 and 22.—By

THE SAME.

The Transactions of the Royal Irish Academy, Vol. XXII. Part VI.

Dublin.—By tux Society.

Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, for the years 1854-55, Vol. 6,

Part 2nd, two copies.—By THE Soctgry.

Indische Studien, Beitrage fiir die Kunde des indischen Alterthums,

von Dr. A. Weber, Dritten Band Zweites und Drittes Heft, 4 copies and

Dritter Band, 1 copy.—By Dr. A. WeBER,

Jahrbiicher der K. K. Central-Anstalt fiir Nase Sokaste und Erdmag-

netismus, von Karl Kreil, Band III. January 1851, Wien, 1855.—By THE

ImpprtaL AcaADEMY or VIENNA.

Denkschriften der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philoso-

phisch-Historische Classe. Sechster Band.—By tue Same.

Ditto, Ditto, Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Classe, Neunter

Band.—By THE Same.

Almanach, ditto, 1855, ditto.—By THE SAME.

Sitzungsberichte der ditto ditto, Band VIII. Heft 4 and 5.—By rue

SaME,

nnn Iitto LX. Heft 2 and 2.—By Tur SAME.

ind

576 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 6.

Sitzungsberichte der ditto ditto, Band XV. Heft 3.—By tue Samer.

———————_—_——_—_———- Ditto XVI. Heft 1 and 2.—By Tue Same.

——_———————-——_ ———_ Ditto X VII. Heft 1—3.— By Tur Samer.

Ditto Ditto, Philosophisch Historische

Classe.—By THE SAME.

———. Ditto VIII. Heft 3, 4 and 5 in one.—By

THE SAME.

Ditto IX. Heft 1 and 2.—By tHe Same.

———————___—__—__ ——_—_ Ditto XV. Heft 2 and 3.—By tue Same.

———————_———-— Ditto X VI. Heft 1 and 2.—By THz Samu.

Se aaa EE — Ditto XVII. Heft 1 and 2.—By tue Same.

Archiv fiir Kunde ésterreichischer Geschistsquellen, Band XIV. Heft 2

and Band XV. Heft 1.—By THE Samer.

Monumenta Habsburgica. Sammlung von Actenstiicken und Briefen zur

Geschichte des Hauses Habsburg in dem Zeitraume. von 1473 bis 1576,

Zweiter Band Erste Abthelung.—By THE Same.

Notizenblatt 1855, Nos. 13 to 24.—By TH Same.

Die Feierliche Sitzung der ditto, am 29 Mai, 1852 Wein.—By THE

SAME.

Fontes Rerum Austriacarum. (iésterreichische Geschichtsquellen 1

Band, Erste Abtheilung, VIII. Band, Zweite Abtheilung, and IX. Ditto,

Ab. ditto.—By THE SAME.

“The Discovery of America by the Northmen and the Connection of

the Northmen with the East,” 20 sheets.—By THE RoyaL Society oF

ANTIQUARIES OF Norway. ,

Mémoires de la Société Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, 1848-49, Co-

penhagen, 2 copies. —By THE SAME.

Antiquarisk Tidsskrift, Udgivet af det Kongelige Nordiske Oldskrift-

Selskab. 1849-1851 and 1852-1854.—By THE Same.

Remarks on a Danish Runic Stone from the eleventh century, found

in the central part of London. By C. C. Rafn.—By THE Same.

Bijdragen tot de Taal-land-En Volkenkunde van Neérlandsch Indié,

Derde Deel, and Vierde Deel, Nos. 1 en 2.—By tHE Royau InstiTUTE

oF History, GroGRAPHY AND ErHNoLoGy oF NETHERLANDS, InpIa.

Mémoire sur la Reproduction Impriméé des caractéres de l’Ancienne

E’criture Démotique des E’gyptiens, par H. Brugsch, Berlin, 1855.

Selections from the Public Correspondence of the Punjaub Adminis-

tration, Vol III. No. II. 1856, 4 copies —By tur Punsaus GoVERNMENT.

The Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, Vol. 12, No. 47,

Part 3, August, 1856.—By THE SociEry.

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 577

Proceedings of the Anniversary Meeting of the Royal Geographical

Society, No. 5.—By THE Society.

Mr. David Smith’s Report on the Coal and Iron Districts of Bengal.—

By THE GOVERNMENT OF BENGAL.

Entomological Papers, Nos. 2 and 3, July and August, 1856.—By Jonn

NEITNER, THE Epiror.

Natuurkundig Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch Indié, Deel XI. Derde

Serie, Deel I. Af. 4,5 og 6.—By tae Narurat Hisrory Socirty oF

NetHERLAND’s Inpta.

The Durbin Newspaper, for October, 1856.—By Tur Eprror.

The Phoenix Newspaper, for ditto.—By tHe Epiror.

The Morning Chronicle, for ditto.—By tHe Eprror.

Eachanged.

The Atheneum, for August, 1856.

The London, Edinburgh and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and

Journal of Science, No. 78, for September, 1856.

Purchased.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 25 to 29.

L’Athenzum franeais, Nos. 27 and 30.

Ditto Indien, January to July, 1856.

Revue Des Deux Mondes, 15th August and Ist September, 1856.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 3 to 6, July and August, 1856.

Tables des Comptes Rendus, Deuxieme Semestre, 1855, Tome 41.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, No. 1, Tome V.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, No. 7 of 1856.

Revue Contemporaine des Atheneum Francais, 15th and 31st August,

1856.

Popular Astronomy, by F. Arago, translated by Admiral Smyth, and

Robert Grant, in 2 volumes, London, 1855, 8vo. 1 vol.

Meteorological Essays, by F. Arago. With an Introduction by Baron

Alexander von Humboldt. Translated under the superintendence of Col.

Sabine, London, 1855, 8vo.

Odontography; or, a Treatise on the Comparative Anatomy of the

Teeth; their physiological relations, mode of development, and micro-

scopic structure, in the Vertebrate Animals. By R. Owen, London, 1840-

1845, in 2 vols. Royal 8vo. Vol. 2nd contains an Atlas of 168 plates.

The Expedition for the Survey of the Rivers Kuphrates and Tigris,

carried on by order of the British Govt. in the years 1835, 1836 and 1837.

By Lieut.-Col. Chesney : vols. 1st, 2nd, and 3rd, Royal 4to. London, 1850.

. 4 F

578 Proceedings of the Asiatic Socrety. [No. 6.

‘Lhe Geography of Herodotus, by J. T. Wheeler, London, 1854, 8vo.

Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science: including the Transac-

tions of the Microscopical Society of London. London, Nos. 1 to 15, Oct.

1852 to April 1856.

The Geography of Strabo, translated by H. C. Hamilton and Dr. W.

Falconer, in 3 vols. London, 1854, Royal 12mo. 2 vols.

The Mahavira Charita, or the History of Rama, a Sanskrit play by

Bhatta Bhavabhti, edited by F. H. Trithen. London, 1848, Royal 8vo.

The Dasakumara Charita, or Adventures of ten Princes. A Series of

Tales in. Original Sanskrit, by Sri Dadi, edited by H. H. Wilson.

London, 1846, Royal 8vo.

Bhagavad-Gita; or the Sacred Lay: a colloquy between Krishna and

Arjuna on Divine matters: an episode from the Mahabharata, with the

title Faaaglat Hist saw Aas Tate: | By J.C. Thomson.

Hertford, 1855, 8vo. Royal 12mo.

Biblisches Realweerterbuch zum handgebrauch fiir studirende, candi-

daten, Gymnasiallehrer und prediger ausgearbeitet, von Dr. G. B. Winer.

Leipzig, 1847, Erster Band, A.—K. Royal 8vo.

Sdkuntal4; a Sanskrit Drama, in seven Acts, by Kalidasa ;—the Deva-

nagari recension of the text now for the first time edited in England, with

literal translations of all the metrical passages, &c., by M. Williams.

Hertford, 1853, Royal 8vo.

Arabum Proverbia, by G. W. Freytag, Tom. III. Bonn, 1843.

Histoire générale et Systéme comparé des Langues Sémitiques, par E.

Renan, Part I. Paris, 1855, Royal 8vo.

Alphabets of all Nations, 2 sheets folio, 1 copy.

Natural History Review, from January, 1854 to April, 1856, 10 Nos.

Lexiologie Indo-Européenne ou Hssai sur la Science des Mots San-

skrits, Grecs, Latins, Francais, Lithuaniens, Russes, Allemands Anglais,

&e. par. H—J. Chavée. Paris, 1849, 8vo.

Vergleichungs-Tabellen der Muhammedanischen und Christlichen

Zeitrechnung; von Dr. Ferdinand Wiistenfield. Leipzig, 1854, Ato.

Description of a Planispheric Astrolabe constructed for Shah Sultan

Husain Safawi, King of Persia, and now preserved in the British Mu-

seum; by W. H. Morley, Royal Folio. London, 1856.

Gour Doss Bysacxk,

Lnbrarian and Asst. Secy.

The \st November, 1856.

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 579

For Drcemper, 1856,

At a Monthly General Meeting of the Society held on the 3rd

instant, at the usual hour.

The Venerable Archdeacon John H. Pratt, senior member present,

in the Chair.

The proceedings of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Presentations received—

1st.—From the Government of India, at the request of Captain

‘Yule, a copy of his narrative of the mission to the Court of Ava. _

The thanks of the meeting were voted to Captain Yule for his

good offices in obtaining for the Society, this interesting and valu-

able addition to its Library.

2d. From Capt. W. S. Sherwill, F. G. S., a series of specimens

from the Borrowdale Plumbago Mine in Ovnneudita, collected by

him on the spot, consisting of—

1. Slaty rock (upper Silurian) from Borrowdale, 500 feet below

the Greenstone Porphyry, containing the Plumbago carburet of iron.

2. Greenstone containing iron pyrites (sulphuret of iron) found

in close proximity to the plumbago.

3. Greenstone porphyry discoloured with oxide of iron, the red

oxide is considered by the miners as a sure index and guide to the

presence of plumbago.

4. The red oxide is here shown in conjunction with the plumbago,

the plumbago having been forced into narrow crevices in the green-

stone rock, the mineral bearing marks or striz caused by friction.

5. The plumbago in small nests embedded in greenstone por-

phyry.

6. Greenstone porphyry strongly impregnated with plumbago.

7. Tolerably pure plumbago. The striz where it lay against

the containing rock are still visible upon its surface.

8. Specimens dug from a nest of plumbago that was found em-

bedded in greenstone porphyry (No. 6.) This quality is used in the

manufacture of lead pencils.

9. Plumbago of divers degrees of purity and value, also used for

pencils.

10. The purest specimens of plumbago obtainable, valued £30

a ton.

4B 2

580 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 6.

11. Inferior quality plumbago as prepared for polishing iron,

price one penny.

Capt. Sherwill also exhibited to the meeting a series of specimens

from the strata pierced in boring the Puits de Grenelle or the great

artesian well at Paris which now supplies ¢ of Paris with water

brought from a depth of 547 metres equal to 1,686 feet. |

On the proposition of the Chairman, the thanks of the meeting

were voted to Capt. Sherwill for the valuable specimens presented

to the Society.

A note from Mr. G. F. Edmonstone, intimating his wish to with-

draw from the society, was recorded.

In pursuance of the notice given at the last meeting, Mr. Old-

ham moved. |

“That for rule 8 of the Society’s rules, the following be sub-

stituted, vzz.

“ Ordinary members shall be divided into two classes, residents

and non-residents. All members who may live in Calcutta, or with -

in a distance thereof not exceeding 12 miles for any portion of the

year exceeding three months, shall be considered resident-members.

All members who may reside permanently at a greater distance, or

who may only occasionally visit Caleutta for periods shorter than

three months, shall be considered non-resident members.

“ Ordinary members, residents, shall pay an admission fee of

32 Rs., and an annual subscription of 64 Rs. payable in advance

annually or quarterly ; non-resident members shall pay an admission

fee of 32 Rs., and an annual subscription of 32 Rs. payable in ad-

vance quarterly or annually.

“« Non-resident members who may subsequently become residents,

shall be liable to the advanced rate of subscription from the first

day of the quarter next succeeding their change of residence, and in

the same manner resident members who may become non-residents,

shall be entitled to the reduction in their subscriptions.”

The proposition was referred to the Council for report in ac-

cordance with rule 45.

Communications were received—

1. From Mr. Assistant Secretary Oldfield, enclosing copy of a

meteorological register kept at the office of the Secretary to the

Government of the N. W. P. Agra, for the month of Sept. last.

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 581

3. From Mr. J. Nietner, some additional papers on the Coleop-

tera of Ceylon.

4, From Messrs. Hermann and Robert Schlagintweit, copy of

a report on the progress of the Magnetic Survey from July to

September last, being an account of a journey across the chain of

the Koenluen from Ladak to Khotan.

The Librarian submitted his usual monthly report.

Mr. H. F. Blanford called the attention of the meeting to a series

of fossils from the nummulitic rocks of Scinde, which had been found

among the boxes belonging to the Government Museum of Economic

Geology and had since been arranged and examined. These were

now on the table. The Geological Survey were also indebted to

Colonel Baker for kindly presenting to their collection a few species

of which the original collection did not contain examples.

The collection consisted of 247 species, viz. :

Species.

mrammiaan, Boned. g.rdeiie)y bis .eecag salad 1?

Mrenipeeiaies: ao), 62 028 fw ew ]

Cephalopoda.

Nautili, .. wipcamioe (8. valien, 2

Gasteropoda,

Se cetien nthe 9, Lecce! cidaptuabe eegO.! Vans sserctacnrss oars 9

TID), ja. ah as SERS ey wets sain 6

RE) ieee, Awe MPN, were omnis) 1h

J RE Se ed EE eT ETE Sg, USO 6

a Nos eee eRe dae Pee el tase 8

Senet ASUS ey lo ot ade 9

mbar ace. tpl we Le. LO

eee tides; he, Hie). wo ee LO

PasrOmmnidcoy id GER wees bee Wie Miers ora) ce wo 3

_iyty C4 Coe Soe ewees E BO Le cree Be a 4,

Lamelli-branchiata.

eemastRCggIS Daye ethnic tae Gis lth alt pele pa piney 2 QQ

Pamlico) nes Wa ies, Moves bieda. cee ss gslg zt

ee i) Gt Pree bed uslwliewsy BS 9

Permsnicsepariiee Te rates fort swathed den etl

pm MRED. OR aka Whee S de eelnle ne 6

582 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 6.

SLO cia a Cn RL SR a 9

Gyppunrde iin, ale. » caleitie als! se) aes oe

Velteridie | Oe Sg hy RUE TL | SORRY aie

Amatinides, 4 TT Ah, Se aa

Photadidm, 27172 859 See oe ee. Oe ii

Bryozoa.

Discofltistrella, "2 SOU Mat oe ee 1

Annelide.

Serpulidaay % fis ME A RAST ke ae

Crustacea.

Balamidieny tb oh Dee here. vey! . oe 2?

Brach yur... DLO eh Me : 3

Echinoidea.

Behiiiide 6 ee ta a a 9

Cidaritide, . 3 AFeCeOOUF. Se ae ii

Cly peasteride, L

Cassidulide, ...... 2

Spatangiddy se ibee sie Love a yee

Polypiaria. :

Helianthoidagaciees seis SWS Y..oS oo a a

-Rhizopoda, Penns tee teeter eee eee te ee 10

Summary.

Vertebrataje aes fa Ghd dade, dipole eh,

Mollusca, + 5 Wy cls om diesiily las AE Reales.) <:G eee

Arbiculabay.s mie-F isin. eA HS Oe 7

Radiata,’ bce wea oesiael a We 24. oe Re

PLOUOAOA ND ANE k's o's Hide bee's os de oe cee

Total, .......... 247 species.

Of the above species not more than 143 have been identified as

known forms described and figured in the works of M. M. D’Archiac,

Deshayes, and J. de C. Sowerby.

It is not, however, probable that the whole of the remaining species

are new, and of the thirteen species of corals as yet not identified,

the majority may possibly be found described in the works of M. M.

Milne Edwardes and Haime. J urther comparison may, moreover,

1856. | Proceedings of the Asiatic Socvety. 583

shew that some few other species have been described as occurring

in rocks of the Eocene age in Europe, though new to the nummu-

litic rocks of India, but allowing for such possible identifications,

it is probable that a very large proportion, amounting to not less

than one-fourth of the whole collection, are new and undescribed

forms. As considerable collections of nummulitic fossils from

Scinde and Cutch have been previously described and figured by

Messrs. Sowerby and D’Archiac, this is a striking fact, and indi-

cates a richness in the fauna of the nummulitie rocks of Scinde,

probably not much inferior to that of the Paris Hocenes.

The general facies of the fossils in the present collection is that

of a moderate denth of water, probably not exceeding 40 fathoms

or the equivalent of the Coralline Zone as defined by the late Pro-

fessor EH. Forbes. It would be extremely interesting to institute a

comparison between the nummulitic fauna of Scinde and that of

the Indian Ocean at the present day, since so far as can be judged

from the collections of shells brought from Kurrachee by Col. Baker,

a great generic resemblance exists between the two series, but until

more detailed investigations of the marine life of the Indian Ocean

have been made, and the results of dredgings at different depths

placed on record, such a comparison would be premature.

Mr. Oldham gave a brief sketch of the nature and extent of the

nummulitic rocks in India, prefacing his remarks by a notice of the

distribution of Nummulites in the geological series of Europe. The

group was traced from Persia in the west, through Cutch, Scinde

Beloochistan, the Salt Range, Nainee Tal district, Sikkim, the Khasi

Hills, to the Irrawaddee in the East, the peculiar features in each

being represented on sections exhibited to the meeting. With con-

siderable local variation as might naturally be anticipated, there

was a constancy in the general succession, and a remarkable con-

Stancy in the organic remains.

Some general conclusions bearing on the geological age of these

rocks were referred to; and the utter impossibility of any sound

results being arrived at without a full knowledge of the organic

remains of such deposits insisted upon.

On the motion of the chairman, the thanks of the meeting were

— by acclamation to Mr. Blanford and Mr. Oldham, for their

| very valuable and interesting communications.

584 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [ No. 6.

LIBRarRy.

The Library has received the following accessions since the last meeting.

Presented.

Report of the Mission to Ava. By Capt. Yule, Folio.

Homer’s Iliad, 8vo. (an old copy).—By Mr. Turopaxp, Junior.

An Appendix to Report of the Committee for Scientific Inquiries in

Relation to the Cholera-Epidemic of 1854.—By rue Same.

Selections from the Public Correspondence of the Punjab Administra-

tion, Vol: III. No. 3, 1856, 4 copies. —By tHe Punsas GovERNMENT.

General Report on Public Instruction in the Lower Provinces of the

Bengal Presidency, for 1855-56.—By tHe Benoa GovERNMENT.

Abhandlungen der Philosoph-Philologischen classe der Koenigl. Baye-

rischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, Miinchen, Royal 4to. pamphlet,

Vol. VII. Parts 2nd and 3rd.— By tHe Acapemy.

der Historischen classe der ditto, 1855, Miinchen, Royal

Ato. Vol. VII. Part 3.—By THE Same.

Gelehrte Anzeigen, Munich, Vols. 40 and 41, January to December,

1855.—By THE SaME.

Almanac for 1853.—By THE Same.

Fried, W. J. Schelling, Denkrede, von Dr. Beckters. Pamphlet.—By

THE SAME. |

Denkrede auf die Akademi ker Dr. Thaddaus Siber und Dr. G. Simon

Pym, von Dr. Eamont. Pamphlet.—By THE same.

Dr. Lorenz Hubner’s Biographische Charakteristik, von J. Wismayr.

Pamphlet.—By THE saME.

Ueber Die Gliederung der Bevdlterung, des Ko6nigreichs Bagern, von

Dr. F. T. W. Herman. Pamphlet.—By THE sAME ACADEMY.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, for 1855-56, Vol. IIL.

No. 46.—By tue Society.

Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, Vol. XXJI. Part III.

for the session 1855-56.—By THE SAME.

Proceedings of the Royal Society, Vol. VII. No 15, Vol. VIII. No. 22

—By tue Royat Society.

Journal Asiatique, Tome VII. No. 28, Juin, 1856.—By tHE Asiatic

Society oF Paris.

Journal of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society, Vol. I. Nos. 1 and

2.—By THE Society.

Address of Thomas Bell, President, at the Anniversary of the Society.—

By THE SAME.

ee ee

1856. ] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. 585

Vergleichende Grammatik des Sanskrit, Zend, Griechischen, Latei-

nischen, Lithuanischen, Altslavischen, Gothischen und Deutschen, von F.

Bopp. Erster Band Erste Helfte. Berlin, 1856, 8vo.—By tHe AUTHOR.

Grammatik der Huzvareschsprache von F. Spiegel. Wein, 1856, 8vo.—

By THE AUTHOR.

Journal of the Statistical Society of London, Vol. XIX. Part III.—

By THE Society.

The Oriental Christian Spectator, for October, 1856.—By tun Epitor.

The Calcutta Christian Observer, for November, 1856.—By tHE Epitors.

The Oriental Baptist, for November, 1856.—By THE Eptror.

The Upadeshak, for November, 1856.—By THE Epiror.

The Durbin Newspaper, for November, 1856.—By THE EpitTor.

The Pheenix ditto, for ditto.—By tHe Epiror.

The Morning Chronicle ditto, for ditto.—By tH Epiror.

The Tuttwabodhini Putrika, for November, 1856.—By THe Eptror.

The Central Star, for ditto.—By tHe Epiror.

Exchanged.

The Atheneum, for September, 1856.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine and

Journal of Sciences, No. 79, for October, 1856.

Purchased.

Hewitsoni Exotic Lepidoptera, Nos. 1 to 18, pamphlets.

The Literary Gazette, Nos. 30 to 33.

Revue Contemporaine et Atheneum Frangais, Nos. 107 and 108, for

September, 1856.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, for October, 1856.

The American Journal of Science and Arts, No. 65, September, 1856.

The Natural History Review, No. XII. October, 1856.

Comptes Rendus, Nos. 7 to 11, for August and September, 1855.

Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, No. 8, 1856.

Journal des Savants, for August, 1856.

Revue des Deux Mondes, 15th Sept. and Ist Oct. 1856, 2 3 Nos.

Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Tome V. No. 3.

The Westminster Review, No. XX. for October, 1856.

The Edinburgh Review, No. 212, ditto.

The Quarterly Review, No. CXCVIII. September, 1856.

Gourpboss Bysa’cx,

Librarian and Asstt, Secy.

The \st Dec., 1856.

ity aeanee ‘

any, eae

‘ : ‘si oi 4) eth, 1s i

a , Mt \

‘: vel

pat - me 6 wert iy

a am whi ee Ali ”

“a a i aay Graidiyonntid, capt CL big een LE

Bee a an eae | ae apt: weak 00 bat gl a

Wy i ; eh De 7 etry xd) ag

, mi ; . "th f i . a Pe 8 Pt: oltiing ewe! Sahl

sy oi a Pera ty 3) of i if’ * ¥

oY F ; i , at * tad) “ i hy th eae

Se), wi iboT bas whe cee iste fain OE jo. Siti i

> ” Ly, i Vr haha c 21 * Ga ag ae Q

Ter ager dao: “at ros ee to naieagett his

: BM ee: rial : Aa Meck? ytd inte” * | barn ats

SR TES Deghae a gdhatit) ie ri k atv}? ypdaee

Pr Ail fetus’ Wo Po A 4 te of | Ke Be:

Ast MX EP ’ af sya y st i Odi ou ony

ia 0 Shen Atay “ DEBT, jane peers i

a ee ee vat Do ie Ho HSC sob nol ny

oa, Kno yn tag ear ° nel, iia Pn i etah)

Ae es Bi De wot 2K 0% droveadl kolagie

r we) ¥ oo 4. Yes * fue. me ik ie waived per ne 1

4 i RO pnd. ie ae

29 aae) aso: ech.

te 4 Ry bos Inv Hw Ws yi wet. we =f ke i i VY

Mae

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

on the month of July, 1855.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

1 feet,

Height of the cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

ceria fie |

S33 Range of the Barometer 38 Be ae Tempe-

G's during the day. ie pabiee Gulene

D Em ° y aie) the day.

ate. mag a #

ao ; ee F

sae| Max Min Diff, Sey Max Min. | Diff.

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. |} Inches. ) 0 0 fa)

1 |Sunday

2 |29.460 |29.518 |29.417 0.101 81.3 84.2 78.3 5.9

3 .504 591 444 147 81.3 86.0 | 78.8 7.2

4 .627 .696 007 139 80.1 87.0 78.0 9.0

5 657 701 .585 -116 81.7 87.4 76.2 L132

6 611 .668 550 118 80.9 83.8 78.6 5-2

7 572 .626 505 121 83.8 90.0 |} 80.8 9:2

8 |Sunday

9 488 .048 .409 139 ovo 89.5 80.4 ea |

10 416 479 2337 142 81.6 87.6 | 78.5

11 441 ae .386 .149 80.6 84.8 | 78.2 6.6

12 .556 .637 506 113% 81.2 85.4 78.5 6.9

13 .619 .682 .060 1122 82.8 88.07) 7827 9.3

14 .641 .685 .578 .107 83.1 86.2 80.6 5.6

15 |Sunday |

16 .008 .589 435 154 83.3 92.2 80.3 11.9

fp] 439 | (483 | 373 | 10 | 932 | 87.7] so4| 9.3

18 .458 .556 -404 sro2 82.0 85.0 79.4 5.6

19 067 .617 522 .095 80.6 84.0 78.0 6.0

20 .990 .641 526 gS 82.7 86.7 79.0 rie

21 .620 .670 045 “125 83.7 89.7 80.2 9.5

22 | Sunday

23 .926 .580 444 .136 83.0 89.2 80.3 8.9

24 .470 .518 .396 2122 $2.2 87.4 80.2 4.2

25 427 481 .348 133 83.6 88.6 80.6 8.0

26 434 -506 .379 Ae | 84.6 90.2 81.2 9.0

27 491 2045 434 ht 83.2 88.8 81.0 7.8

28 463 O14 .394 .120 81.7 84.2 78.2 6.0

29 | Sunday

30 .440 492 092 .100 82.2 84.6 80.3 4.3

31 433 477 379 .098 82.4 87.5 80.6 6.9

il Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1855.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

7 5S we = Ss 5 Oo epee) Des ss b>

pee ye (eae Se

ie @ PA @ 3 ax 2 Sos | uses

= > E > nd o.2 =~25 | SS a

= 2 : 3 2 #5 Pee} eas

Se ae) (< Ee) ae ®ve si 2 Lamar

zs 3 3 S| Bs Te Sr yt saat 2 pe

<9 FQ a as =< 8, sera | Sof] ges

3 0 _ | a) Ss a 4 3 a8 Se

2s = ° Sa | Se |gae | Sea pe ae

= a Oo Q = = < eB

fC) Cy) fy) ft) Inches,\)) T..gray Wepees

1 |Sunday

2 7956 1.7 78.7 2.6 0.961 10.35 0.89 | 0.921

3 79.4 | 1.9 78.4 | 2.9 952 25 99 | .912

4 78.1 2.0 77% 3.0 913 9.86 98 .910

5 78.9 2.8 17.9 4.2 925 .96 1.41 .876

6 79 2 1.7 78.3 2.6 949 10.22 0.88 921

7 81.2 2.6 79.9 3.9 .998 69 1.41 883

8 |Sunday.

9 81.0 2.5 79.7 3.8 992 .63 37 .886

10 104 1.9 78.7 2.9 961 35 0.99 913

Piz 78.8 1.8 77.9 2.4 937 10 ou 917

12 79.0 2.2 10-9 3.3 937 .10 1.11 901

13 79.6 5.2 78.0 4.8 -940 09 66 859

14 80.2 2.9 78.7 4.4 961 3d 2903 871

15 |Sunday.

16 80.1 3°2 78.5 4.8 955 .25 68 8am

Z% 80.0 5.2 78.4 4.8 .952 21 .68 859

18 79.2 2.8 17.8 4.2 .934 .05 42 876

19 78.7 1.9 17% 2.9 931 .04 0.97 912

20 80.1 2.6 78.8 3.9 .964 .06 1.36 884

21 80.5 3.2 78.9 4.8 967 37 40 859

22 |Sunday.

23 80.7 2.3 79.5 3.5 .986 aid .25 894

24 80.6 1.6 79.8 2.4 995 71 0.83 928

25 81.0 2.6 19.7 3.9 .992 .63 1.40 884

26 80.9 3.7 79.0 5.6 .970 7 2.02 .837

27 80.7 2.5 79.4 3.8 983 04 1.35 886

28 79.7 2.0 78.7 3.0 961 .30 -02 910

29 |Sunday.

30 80.3 1.9 79.3 2.9 979 53 01 912

31 80.6 1.8 12.2 2.8 .992 .66 0.95 919

Meteorological Observations. il

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

om the month of July, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

3 }

ake Range of the Barometer for 2 Range of the

23 each hour during = Temperature for each

git the Month. aa hour during the

Sa = Month.

Hour. Bis —Q = _

ee ie

73 ayes

ce Max. | Min. | Diff. | 28 | Max.| Min, | Diff

a5 o &

= =

Inches. | Inches, | Inches. | Inches. fC) ft) Oo 0

Ng 29.429 | 0.261 | 81.1 | 82.1 | 79.4 | 2.7

Bt bao. 537 | 29.690 | 29. 5 ,

] .523 .681 423 .258 80.8 | 81.9 | 78.8 3.1

2 oll .675 407 .268 80.5 | 81.7°'| 78.4 pas

3 -497 .668 092 .276 80.2 | 81.8 | 78.4 3.4

4 .499 -659 -386 210 80.0 | 81.4 | 78.0 3.4

5 -508 .679 -396 .283 19.7 | 81.2 | 78.0 3.2

6 524 -690 -410 280) 79.6 | 81.2 | 78.4 2.8

7 -536 701 -428 2/3 80.1 | 82.0 | 76.6 5.4

8 547 693 -445 .248 81.2 | 83.6 78.2 5.4

9 2552 .685 -450 .235 82.2 |°8b4 | 78.4 7.0

10 .552 .692 448 .244 83.4 | 87.6 | 79.4 8.2

11 -546 .691 435 .256 845 | 88.5 | 796 8.9

Noon. 533 672 411 .261 85.6 | 89.6 | 79.7 9,9

1 513 649 sO0D) | bo aoe 86.0 | 90.0 | 79.9 | 10.1

2 494 632 Bi2 .260 85.2 | 89.5 | 81.1 8.4

3 477 630 347 283 65.1 |: 92:2) | 80,2" | 12:0

4 458 613 0307 .276 84.2 | 90.2 | 78.6 | 11.6

5 464 624 -340 .284 83.7 | 89.8 | 78.8 11.0

6 476 635 .007 .278 83.1 | 85.8 | 78.8 7.0

-* .496 652 074 BW he. 82.5 | 84.9 | 786 6.3

8 519 679 394 .285 82.2 | 84.2 | 79.0 ong

y 542 .689 .407 .282 82.0 | 83.6 | 78.8 | 4°8

10 £055 .696 420 | .276 61.7 |,83.0 | 79,0 | 4.0

11 .099 .696 425 | Apap 81.4 | 82.7 | 79.6 3.1

iv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

t he s 5 ¢ i .

5 Pia ora Bal pe S 32

cm : ° o a4 Chee as]

z St ate Bones | Pega ae

Si | Bi [ae |e a ee) See

2 ‘ 2 $3 | Pes | ss

Hour: |) 5 5 # 3 ae es as aa

Fa rQ Q D ene =] 3 o 5

= 33 2 2 S > es | eo | oe 2 2-5

2 =} 3 Qs 4 2H ye 3a Aas

go a e = a5 a2 |263 a 2 op

Sg b a ee | Se | 8S | Bae | 838

= A S) a) = a < =)

0 0 ) o |. |Inches.)) Torx. || Sion

night. 795 | 1.6 | 787 | 24 | 0.961 | 10.37] 0.80 | 0.928

° J

1 79.3 1.5 78.5 2.3 .955 ol 76 931

2 79.2 el 78.5 2.0 955 oa .67 .939

3 78.9 i bs 78.2 2.0 .946 O24. 67 .938

4 78.8 2 78.2 1.8 .946 fom .60 944

5 78.6 it 78.0 1.7 .940 15 57 947

6 78.5 1.1 77.9 1.7 od -12 .O7 947

7 78.8 1,3 78.1 2.0 943.) . 0-18 .66 .939

8 79.4 1.8 78.5 Ad 955 -29 soz .918

9 79.8 2.4 78.6 3.6 958 230 1.24 893

10 80.3 eb | 78.7 4.7 .961 31 .65 .862

11 80.9 3.6 ioe 5.4 973 -42 On 844

Noon.| 81.4 4,2 79.3 6.3 079 .46 2.30 .820

l 81.7 43 79.5 6.5 .986 OL .40 814

2 81.5 3.9 79.3 5.9 1979 46 15 .830

3 81.3 pe 79.4 5.7 983 49 .08 .835

4 80.6 3.6 78.8 5.4 .964 04 1.90 845

5 80.5 8.2 78.9 4.8 .967 oy | 10 .859

6 80.3 2.8 78.9 4.2 .967 .39 47 .876

7 80.0 2.5 78.7 3-8 961 100 -oL .887

8 79.8 2.4 78.6 3.6 .958 .30 24 .893

9 79.8 2.2 78.7 3.3 961 .o0 Pai Be. .902

10 ry 2.0 78.7 3.0 961 30 .02 .910

] 79.6 1.8 78.7 2.7 961 .00 0.92 918

Meteorological Observations. Vv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1855.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

ie..S

Se 2a : Prevailing direction d

$ as E Bethe Wind! General Aspect of the Sky.

a =” a

oO Inches

1 Sunday. Sunday.

aa .. |E. or S. or 8. E. Cloudy and also raining at 4 a. M.

ae 1.76|S. E, or N. E. or S. | Cloudy and constantly raining.

4 ‘ 1.10|S. or S. W. Cloudy and occasionally raining.

er) 3. 0,34|S. Cloudy and also raining between 5 & 9

A.M.

6 oi 1,.42|S. or S. W. or S. E. | Cloudy and constantly raining.

#} 125.5 0.42)S. Cloudy and also raining between 3 and 4

A. M.

8| Sunday. 0.80 Sunday.

9} 117.2 Son wisaor. N. Es Cloudy with occasional rain,

10 PI 3.42\|E. or S. W Ditto.

11 at 1,16|S. E. or S. Cloudy and constantly raining.

2 2" 0.62|S. or S. E. Cloudy and also rain before sun rise.

13 a e- (Se. or S Cloudy,

14 Tats. Of So Ei: Ditto.

15 Sunday. Sunday.

16 a .. |W. Or N.w. or N. orE.| Cloudy with occasional rains.

17 as. 0.54/E. or N. or S. E. Cloudy.

jae 0.88|E. or S. Cloudy with heavy rains before sun rise.

ae 0.48/N. E. or S. E. Cloudy with rain till 9 a. M.

20 :e E. or S. E. Cloudy.

21; .. 0.26|S. E. or N, E. or E. | Cloudless till 5 a. m. cloudy afterwards,

also drizzling at 2 P. M.

- Sunday. | Sunday,

ee 0.46|N. E. or N. or E Cloudy and also raining at 4 Pp, M.

24; 0.68|N. E. or N. N. E. Cloudy with occasional rains.

25; dade MNS 2s Cloudy and raining at 4% P. M,

me) .. 0.24|N. E. Cloudy and also drizzling at 1 Pp. M.

aaa 0.75|N. E. or E. Cloudy and also raining between Noon

and 3 Pp. M.

28 0.60|E. or S. Cloudy and constantly raining.

+ 9| Sunday. 1.23 Sunday.

ae 0.43/S. S. W. or S. Cloudy and constantly raining.

31 £ 1.59]S. Ditto.

Ni Cirri, i Cirro-strati, %i Cumuli, “i Cumulo-strati, Vi Nimbi, —i Strati,

Wi Cirro-cumuli.

vi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1855.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Level of the Sea 18.11.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations, and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

oo a=

= o

B=} E s a a a oe Pa 8 ik Fs the Pe:

4 ee ng the day. a : ure during the day.

Date. 2 - a e ®

ao2 | Max Min. Diff. S oy Max. | Min. | Diff.

= =

Inches | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. oO oO 0 0

1 |29.449 !29.499 | 29.388 0.111 80.7 81.4 79.9 15

2 .466 2512 <425 .089 80.8 85.0 77.8 12

3 437 478 .376 102 79.5 81.2 77.8 2.4

4 437 497 2089 .108 82.1 85.6 79.8 5.8

5 | Sunday

6 .509 .554 .470 .084 83.3 87.8 78.0 9.8

7 e511 .D63 451 112 84.2 89.2 81.4 7.3

8 OP yA) 577 479 .098 82.6 89.6 78.6 | 11:0

9 2300 .611 492 119 83.4 87.4 80.6 6.8

10 632 edlo 551 .162 85.1 90.8 81.3 9.5

11 -699 755 .642 sla 84.6 90.1 81.0 9.1

12 Sunday

13 .599 .651 543 .108 85.6 91.5 80.2 | 11.3

14 -651 ay ib -610 -102 87.3 92.6 83.2 9,4

Ld 720 83 .673 .110 87.5 93.2 84.2 9.0

16 woo 0195 -645 .150 86.5 92.4 82.6 9.8

17 -681 709 .598 141 85.9 90.8 82.8 8.0

18 593 .647 498 .149 85.9 91.3 79.0 | 12.3

19 |Sunday.

20 075 .632 .496 .136 83.6 89.6 79.6 | 10.0

21 Dok .590 471 rs 84.1 89.3 81.4 7.9

22 .485 .538 .o81 157 81.8 85.8 19.7 6.1

23 Aid. 41 -426 15 83.1 88.2 80.0 8.2

24 «DOO 613 481 s1352 83.0 86.8 80.4 6.4

Zo maj iy 624 +497 .127 83.4 88.4 79.7 8.7

26 | Sunday

27 j522 .568 451 ma he 83.9 88.7 80.8 7.9

28 .bb2 .612 501 my eG 83.4 88.0 80.2 7.8

29 .618 681 .567 114 82.7 87.8 80.2 7.6

30 65 .710 611 .099 82.8 86.6 80.3 6.3

31 694 .765 so22 143 83.5 87.8 80.0 7.8

ees eS

Meteorological Observations. Vii

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1855.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

“ : E S Sx | ag ars)

= 3 aaa ee) 2 SMH coat ye alles

= a 9 a eH Che Dp

Se gle 5 Ss Stara tae

= ) 5 na Pin) 252/323

2 F Foy 3 E oe lees | Pes

Date. uae I fan) ‘Ss So BES | 8S x

38 a 3 | 8 Bicdbics Ss |e | fos S

ie E Si ee nthe 2 oe Pee ee os

a & pa a 3 oS kg SY hee) to ee

& A > = bay 5 So) Shaves! ero ss

= A Oo A = = < =

ft) Ce) ft) ) Inches.) T. eric Ty ar,

1 79.1 1.6 78.3 2.4 0.949 | 10.24 0.80 | 0,928

2 78.5 2.3 77.3 3.5 919 9 90 17 894

3 Oe Lid 76.9 2.6 908 .80 0.86 919

4 79.6 2.5 73.5 | a 949 | 10.20 bal 886

5 Sunday

6 80.6 2.7 79.2 4,1 979 48 45 878

7 81.3 2.9 79.8 4.4 995 .66 58 871

8 80.1 2.5 78.8 3.8 964 .36 132 887

9 80.9 2:5 79.6 3.8 989 .60 36 836

10 81.4 a7 79.9 5.6 986 53 2.04 838

11 81.4 3.2 79.8 | 4.8 995 64 1.75 859

12 | Sunday

13 81.8 3.8 79.9 5.7 998 65 2.11 835

14 81.7 5.6 78.9 8.4 967 30 3.11 768

15 82.7 4,8 80.3 7.2 1.011 76 2.73 798

16 81.8 4.7 79.4 7.1 0.983 47 63 799

Ly 81.8 4.1 19.7 6.2 992 09 .28 823

18 82.2 3.7 80.3 5.6 1.011 78 09 -838

19 | Sunday

20 79.9 3d 78.0 5.6 0.940 07 1,96 837

21 80.8 3.3 79.1 5.0 973 42 /9 853

22 80.1 1.7 79.2 2.6 976 50 0.90 921

23 80.7 2.4 79.5 3.6 -986 57 1.29 891

24 80.5 2.5 79.2 3.8 976 48 4 887

25 79.9 ote eh Sal 5.3 943 12 84 846

26 | Sunday

27 81.2 27 79.8 | 4.1 995 .66 47 879

28 80.5 2.9 79.0 4.4 .970 42 .o4 871

29 80.2 2.5 78.9 3.8 .967 O39 33 .887

30 80.3 2.5 79.0 3.8 .970 42 33 887

31 $06 |. 29 | 79.1) 4.4 973 45 55 | .871

Vili Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

= o

po, ' ; |

®-< | Range of the Barometer for 5 Range of the Temper-

So each hour during ey ature for each hour

ie the month. 2 during the month.

Hour. Ree a

ile _ |

> o 6: |

mo : a . .

si Max Min Diff. «3 Max. | Min. | Diff.

So & a

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. 0 G “ P

Mid- | \ 99.584 |: 85.4 | 77.8 | 7.6

ste boo, 29.762 |29.446 | 0.316 | 81.9 ae

1 570 746 419 327 81.6 bal fe di.9 4,2

2 558 | 735 .410 1325 81°5 85.0 | 78.0 | 7.0

3 548 | 728 .400 328 81.3 84.9 | 78.0] 6.9

4 .545 2a .388 335 81.2 84.8 | 78.0 6.8

5 -556 of 29 401 328 81.2 84.4 |; 78.2 6-2

6 572 745 428 317 81.0 84.2 | 78.2 6.9

7 587 763 -446 317 81.5 85.0 | 78.0 7.0

8 -602 790 454 336 82.9 87.0 | 78.7 8.3

9 -612 195 -468 327 84.2 88.6 | 78.8 9.8

10 -617 794 «475 319 85.5 90.4 | 79.2} 11.2

11 -608 stad 476 301 86.5 91.6 | 80.6 | 11.0

Noon. 593 768 451 317 87.3 92:4 81.2 1) 11:2

1 O74 741 437 304 87.5 92.3 | 80.4 | 11.9

2 0951 ota 405 307 87 92.6 | 80.0 12.6

3 Ol .690 394 296 86.9 93.2.) 80.0.) 152

4 it Wy -673 -378 295 86.1 91.8 | 80.2 11.6

5 O14 -674 -076 298 85.6 90:7 7 7o.7.|; Tie

6 | 529 -685 392 293 84.6 89.6 | 79.4 | 10,2

7 049 -709 -409 300 83.5 88.0 | 78.6 9.4

8 74 “747 427 320 83.1 87.4 | 786 8.8

9 .992 -758 -450 308 82.6 86.6 | 78.0 8.6

10 .606 777 457 320 82.3 86.4 | 77.9 8.5

11 .606 -783 -460 2023 82.1 85.6 | 77.8 7.8

eee A

Meteorological Observations. 1x

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

4 = S 5 | pPecE B a

5 ral Sea 5

5 a 43 2 ee ee qs

a Oo = = a > we om = 3

oi = a - < wf) a8_¢|28

a o 5 ara) Dax 2 aw 2

Hou. | 2 Ps 5 e 2 2& | P2e |] os

2 a a oy (eerie eh

3 $ ty Be ues ee a (oe

= as os o 5S: As > a r= oes

o 3 = aia ° OTS le, bo es

ir) pa = 3 Ss = a = 2 ep

S 4 an q a S> ess ae. | So.

= fan) oO an) = = < =

Oo ) 0 o».| Inches. T.,er,| T. gr

a {80 o | 19 | 79.0 | 2.910.970 [10.44 | 1.00 | 0.913

1 79.9 17 79.0 2.6 970 44 0.90 921

2 79.9 1.6 79.1 2.4 973 49 82 927

3 9957 1.6 78.9 2.4 967 .43 81 928

4 79.7 1.5 78.9 2.3 967 43 78 930

5 79.6 1.6 78.8 2.4 964, 40 81 9228

6 79.6 1.4 78.9 2.1 967 AB 1 936

7 79.8 17 78.9 2.6 967 4l .90 920

8 80.5 2.4 79.3 3.6 979 51 1.28 SOI

9 80.9 3.3 79.2 5.0 976 45 79 854

10 81.2 4.3 79.0 6.5 970 35 2.37 814

11 81.6 4.9 79.1 7.4 973 88 he 792

Noon.| 82.0 5.3 79.3 $.0 979 42 99 777

1 81.9 5.6 79.1 8.4 973 36 3.13 768

2 81.8 5.2 79.2 7.8 976 39 2.90 782

3 81.9 5.0 79.4 7.5 983 45 .80 789

4 81.6 4.5 79.3 6.8 979 A4 5 S06

5 81.4 4.2 79.3 6.3 979 46 30 820

6 81.0 3.6 iy? 5.4 976 45 1.94 843

7 80.6 2.9 79.1 4.4 973 A5 55 87)

8 80.6 2.5 79.3 3.8 979 yy 35 886

9 80.1 2.5 78.8 3.8 964 36 32 887

10 80.1 9.3 79.0 3.3 970 44 14 902

11 80.1 2.0 79.1 3.0 973 47 04 910

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1855.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c

eaaiget

cee

| a | Rain.

2) «EE

2 oS

a| =

Oo Inches.

1 oe 0.20

2 ee ee

Bi Ges 0.36

4 ee ee

5| Sunday. | 0.50

6 se 0.80

7 oe 0.52

8 a 0.41

9 oe oe

10 ee ee

aid ae 0.10

12| Sunday. | 0.46

13} 126.0 } 0.61

25) 1330 ae

26| Sunday

27; 126.0 | 0.32

28 ae 0.60

29 as 1.31

30) 130.0 | 0.62

31 a 0.14

\i Cirri, \“icirro strati, %i cumuli, “i cumulo strati, Vi nimbi, —i strats)

W cirro cumuli,

Prevailing direction

of the Wind. General Aspect of the Sky.

OS RD SSL SB cee ECS SD 9 SS SS

S. W. or S.

S. W. or S. or S. E.

Cloudy and drizzling occasionally.

Cloudy and raining or drizzling occa-

sionally.

S. W. or S. Cloudy and raining or drizzling occa- —

sionally.

S. W. Cloudy.

S. W. or W. Cloudy and raining between 2 & 8 A.M. |}

Calm or w. or s.w. or|Cloudy and rain at 2&9 P.M. |

S. W. [s. 8. w.|Cloudy and raining occasionally.

W. or S.S. W.

or S. W.

ors. W.

Cloudy.

Ditto.

Cloudy and a shower of rain at 5 Pp. M.

or S. W. Scattered clouds and also rain at mid- |

night and ] a. M.

Scattered clouds,

Scattered ‘i or i. f

Scattered “i till 7 p. Mm. clondless afters | i

wards.

Cloudless till 6 a. M. scattered i or

\-i afterwards, |

Cloudy and raining between 9 & 11 A. Me

W. or variable.

Ss. W.

S. or S. W. or S.S.E.

S. Scattered clouds also drizzling at 9 P.M, |

Scattered clouds of various kinds. |

Cloudy and drizzling between 11 A. Mr)

and 7PM.

Cloudy and raining at 5 P. M.

or S. W.or N. E.

N. E.

Calm or W.

W. or E. orS. E.

E. or 8. E, or 8. Scattered i or i.

S. E. or 8. Scattered i.

E, or N, E. Scattered i or “i also raining at 3 P.M.)

Scattered \i and “-itill 7 4. mM. cloudy

E. or N. E. afterwards, also raining at 3 P. M.

N. E, or E. Cloudy and constantly raining.

EK. Cloudy and constantly raining.

E. S. E. or E, orS.E.|Scattered “i, or i or Ni.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra, Ki

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P. Agra, for the month of June, 1855.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature.

= Se

x3 4 a : = Aspect of the Sky.

oe 2 ae 3

Be | 2) Selec] Bis

A a S | 6°) 62] A-+ oe -

1 29.155 |-98.0 | 97.8. | 75.0 W. As Clear.

2 29.169 | 98.5 | 98.2 | 75.6 Ww. ale Ditto.

3 29.249 |100.0 | 99.8 | 79.5 | N.W.) .. Ditto.

4 29.231 {100.8 !100.9 | 78.5 | N. W.| .. Ditto.

5 Ze209 WW0I.D (101.4 7 73.5 | NO W.7 4 Ditto.

6 2298) (102.8. {103.3 | 73,0 .|.N.. W.) : .. Ditto.

7 29.127 |r04/3' |103.9°} 74.0°+ N. Wi) .. Ditto.

8 29.117 |104.0 {105.0 | 70.0 | N. W.) .. Ditto.

9 29.191 |100.9 {101.3 | 69.5 N. ae Ditto.

10 e193 \i0S.0|103.0° | 71,8 IN. We a. Ditto.

11 29.155 |106.6 {106.7 | 68.5 Ww. Bs Ditto.

12 aoe ae: F049" (105.0) 79.0 tS. Wey) Ditto.

13 29.145 | 97.9 | 98.0 | 78.4 W. oe Ditto.

14 29.137 | 98.9 | 98.9 | 97.4:°| W. AF VW scattered,

15 29.201 | 94.0 | 94.0 | 78.0 E. ata r ditto.

16 29.223 | 93.7 | 93,.9°| 77,0 E. A A ditto.

17 24s \yO0 8 1101.55) 785" VN. oe, Clear.

18 29,167_| 97.8 | 97.2°| 80,5 E. wie Ditto.

19 29.189 | 90.5 | 85.7 | 74.0 E. me \ towards east.

20 29.139 | 93.9 | 93.9 | 82.0 E. Ao o scattered all over,

mr | 29.173 | 86.0 | 84.8°| 77.9 | W. ~» {| ‘all over.

22 29.193 | 92.3. | 93.0°) 82,0, NOE. |. very few scattered.

| 23 29.165 | 94.0 | 94.5'| 83.0 | N, E.| .. \— scattered,

pet | 29.107 | 98.5 | 988°} 79.0 | N,W,) .. Clear.

25 29.137 (100.0 ,|100,0° |) $1.45) N. Wel ., ™ scattered.

26 peo7 1101.0, 1101.2" | S14 LN.We oe. ™ ditto.

27 Beals | 97.6 :| 98,0" |} 824-18, W,) 15 VW ditto.

28 Zr0G9 | 93.5 |-92.5°| $2.5" t N.'H, VW ditto.

| (29 29.041°| 86.0 | 85.5 | 81.6 | HE. | 1,55 Vu all over,

| 30 29.027 | 90.5 | 91.) | 84,2 |S. E, WW scattered,

. 28) PE! PIES Ge LIN) eer koe

Mean. | 29.149 | 97.7 | 97.6 | 77.5 1,55

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

. { \ Cirus.

\— Cirro strata.

% Cumuli,

~ Cumulo strata,

\w- Nimbi or Nimbus,

Symbols

xii Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P. Agra, for the month of June, 1855.

Observations at apparent Noon.

eS eee

Temperature. a=] :

a =

e |e

= a é i S Aspect of the Sky.

3 Boo oth Bia Ee

s SPUR ie Wo peal fe ABE vie

A a fe) o) S a g

i 29.141 |101.5 | 100.6 | 75.5 NW bs Clear.

9 | 29.147 | 103.5 |103.5 | 76.0 |S. W.| .- nm scattered.

3 29.231 | 102.9 | 102.9 | 82.0 | N.W.| .. Clear.

4 29.211 1105.5 |104.2 | 78.2 |N. Wj .- Ditto.

5 29.179 1105.8 |106.2 | 75.5 | N. W.| .- Ditto.

6 | 29.147 1107.8 |308.0 | 73.0 !N.W] .. | Ditto.

7 29.115 |108.1 | 107.8 | 74.0 | N. W.| .. Ditto.

8 29.107 |107.6:|108.4 | 72.4 |N.W.] .. Ditto.

“i 29,189 | 103.9 | 163.5 | 70.0 | N. W.| «- Ditto.

10 29.175 1107.0 ;107.0 | 75.4 | W. ve Ditto.

il 29.135 | 110.8 }111.0 | 69.7 | N. Wi) ee Ditto.

12 29.125 |108.6 |107.8 | 76.0 W. ee Ditto.

13 29.129 1102.3 |102.8 | 78.4 W. ee Ditto.

14 29.105 | 102.0 |102.0 | 78.5 | N. W.| .- Ditto.

15 | 29.189 | 97.5 | 97.5 1 78.7 | E. | e- n scattered.

16 29.205 | 95.8.| 95.0 | 77,9 E. oe nm ditto.

17 29,121 | 102.8 |103.5 | 80. IN: Waly) ee Ditto.

18 | 29.161 {100.8 |101.0 | 80.2] E. | .. Clear.

19 99.173 | 88.9,| 86.5 | 77,0.| E. ws \n all over.

20 99.133 | .95.5; | 9555.1 82:0), H, 4e \n- scattered all over,

21 | 29.159 | 89.5 | 89.2] 78.5 |N.W.) .. Vw all over.

22 29.179 | 95.0 | 95.5 | 81.3 | N. E.| oe VW scattered

23 29.137 | 96.5 | 98.0 | 81.5 | S. E. ae n- ditto.

24 29.093 |103.0'|103.4 | 79.5 IN. W.] .«- Clear.

25 29.097 | 99.5 | 95.5 | 80.4 ; a \' all over.

26 29.077 | 102.4 |103.0 | 81.4 | W. sa nm scattered.

27 29.011 | 99.9 |100.0 | 82.5 WwW ee Ve ditto.

38. | 29,080 | O00 IOG6'| 61.6 | NPEO ho. 4 (ecouee,

29 29.041 | 87.0 | 85.3 | 82.0 s és W- all over.

30 28.995 | 92.8.] 92.3 | 84.4 | S.E = VW scattered.

rs, | cer | re | | Cn

Mean. | 29.131 | 100.9 |100.3 78.1

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

xiii

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P. Agra, for the month of June, 1855.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 Pp. M.

Barometer.

29.051

29.093

29.137

29.121

29.087

29.089

29.045

29.049

29.131

10 | 29.101

11 | 29.057

12 | 29.077

13 | 29.041

14 | 29.009

15 | 29.105

16 | 29.099

17 | 29.033

18 | 29.073

19 | 29.071

20 | 29.021

21 | 29.061

22 | 29.093

23 | 29.023

24 | 28.999

25 | 29.025

26 | 28.973

27 | 28.925

28 | 28.961

29 | 28.977

30 | 28.999

WOOWAH HM LwON es foe

Mean.| 28.717

Temperature.

Of Mercury.

106.9

105.2

106.0

108.8

110.2

111.0

112.0

111.9

109.5

111.9

115.0

112.0

108.1

106.5

102.0

104.0

108.5

105.7

93.5

98.9

95.8

98.0

102.8

108.8

97.9

106.7

90.9

94.9

89.9

85,8

eee

| Of Air,

105.6

104.4

105.4

108.0

110.4

110.0

111.5

111.3

108.4

111.6

114.9

111.0

107.5

105.5

102.5

104.0

108.0

106.4

92.5

98.9

95.8

98.7

102.3

108.5

97.0

107.0

88.4

94.5

89.4

84,9

Wet Bulb,

76.2

76.4

80.4

79.0

74.0

72.8

74.2

72.9

72,4

71.4

FN5

75,3

78.4

79.4

81.4

77.5

78,8

83.4

77,1

82.0

80.0

82.2

81.1

77.4

80.4

81.5

82.0

80.8

83.0

81.6

-_loOoO

101.9} 105.4/78.1

Maximum and

Minimum.

Maximum.

107.0

105.0

106.0

109.0

110.0

110.5

111.5

109.2

111.5

114.5

111.5

108.0

106.0

102.2

105.0

108.0

106.0

92.5

99.

96.0

99.0

102.0

108.0

100.0

106.8

100.0

95.5

90.0

§2.0

104.7

| Minimum.

Aspect of the

Sky

Direction of Wind.

Mean.

89.0} 98.0 |Clear.

91.3} 98.15

90.0} 98.0 |Clear.

92,0} 100.5 | scattered.

90.0] 100.0

90. | 100.25)Clear.

94.4) 102.95) scattered.

93.7| 102.6 |Clear.

83.8 96.5 |Ditto.

83.7| 97.6 |Ditto.

86,0} 100.25) Ditto.

92.0) 101.75) Ditto.

94.0} 101.0 |Ditto.

92.0) 99.0 |n scattered.

85.5} 93.85/- ditto.

85.8] 95.4 |Ditto.

90.0) 99.0 |Clear.

90.5| 98.25)|Ditto.

84.0} 88,25) Hazy.

83.5} 91.25/Clear. [over.

83,0} 89,5 | scattered all} S. E

84.0} 91.5 (W. scattered. | N. E.

86,8) 94.4 |Clear. N. W

90.8} 99.4 | scattered. | N. W.

93.0; 96.5 |“~ all over. W.

89.7! 98.25|/~ scattered. W.

87.5| 93.75|“~ all. S. E.

85.5| 90.5 |“~ scattered. E.

77.5| 83.75|“~ ditto. S. E.

81.0} 86.5 |“ all over. | N. W

a"44 44 2

ae 82 Sem eo

Ma -

aie Siero

eo)

es] oe

Quantity of Rain.

ere es eee

88.0) 96.22 1.12

re pr

XIV Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment N. W. P. Agra, for the month of July, 1855. j

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. mM,

Temperature. 3 2

E | 2

32 = : c) Se Aspect of the sky.

4 © = 5 >

ro) ees S =

3 8 == Oy ee ape a a =

3 3 rar i) o — =}

a 5 ‘S S = a <j

1 29.055 | 87.5 | 88.5 | 83.2 | N. E. bh \n- scattered.

2 29.027 | 82.8 | 82.8 | 80.5 N. 0.22 \n- all over.

3 28.971 | 84.8 | 85.4 | 80.9 | N. EB. | 0.12 VW scattered.

4 29.071 | 84.2 | 845 | Si.0 |S. E. | % Vu all over.

5 1295155 | 85.9 | 86.38.) s2a'| WN. A \ scattered.

6 2otoo | 87.0 | 7-8) | Wore tl IN. be a \n. ditto.

7 29:143 | 87.7 \_ (82:8 | 84.2 Ww. bes VV ditto.

8 29.105 | 86.2 | 86.4 | 83.0 | W. an Vw ditto,

9 29.093 | 84.8 | 85:2 | 82.0 | -W. ? \n- ditto,

10 29.071 | 86.0 86.5 | 81.5 | N. E. | 0.27 \n— ditto,

11 29.079 | 85.6 | 86.0 | 82.5 1S. E. | 0.22 VW ditto.

12 29.083 | 86.5 | 86.6 | 81.4 | E. 0.17 \n. ditto.

13 29.061 | 84.9 |} 85.5 | 79.5 |S. B./°.. \n ditto.

14 29.217 | 86.6 | 86.9] 80.5 ]/S.W.] .. Vn ditto.

15 29.205 | 86.0 | 86.5 | 80.2|N.B.] .. \ ditto,

16 29.137 | 87.0 | 87.6 | 80.2 | W. om \n_ ditto.

17 29.063 | 83.0 | 82.0 | 79.0 W. af Wn all over,

1g 29.085 ; 83.3 | 81.0 | 79.0! E. sh \n- ditto.

19 29.115 | 85.0 | 86.0 | 81.0 | N. E. | 0.12 \W scattered,

20 29.125 | 88.5 | 84.0 | 80.5] E. | 0.67 \~ all over.

21 29.167 | 83.2 | 84.0 | 81.0 | S. E. wa VV ditto.

22 29.169 | 81.5 | 81.5 | 80.0 he xe \n ditto.

25 29177-~| SEO} STO | 79:3 |S: W.h se \ ditto.

24 29.087 | 79.6 | 79.4 | 78.7 |S. W.| 0.52 \n- ditto.

25 29.115 | 81.8 | 83.0 | 81.2 | S. E. | 0.82 \n. ditto.

26 29/109) | "S329"! “Bae Baro | Ay 0.52 WW. scattered,

27 29.175 | 84.9 | 85.3 | 81.9 |S.W - \nv ditto.

28 29.117 | 85.2 | 85.5 | 81.9 re VW ditto.

30 29.093 | 85.9 | 85.7 | 80.8 she Vn scattered,

29 29.100 | Gad sao | 81.8 INC W. th \n- all over.

31 29.085" | "83.9" 1 965.0°| 79.5 W ch Hazy.

Mean. | 29.109 | 84.7 | 84.9 | 82.3 3.63

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

af |’ Cirus.

rs | \ Cirro strata,

= % Cumuli.

= | ™ Cumulo strata,

“ {| “ Nimbi or Nimbus.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of July, 1855.

Observations at apparent Noon.

— TT

eee fe | ee | ee | OO | cee

ee | es | ee

> g

= 2

as os

Qa aa]

1 29.039

2 29.021

3 29.951

4 29.065

5 29.143

6 29.121

7 29.105

8 29.083

9 29.077

10 29.047

11 29.057

12 29.077

13 29.061

14 29.199

15 | 29.163

16 29.105

17 29.049

18 | 29.065

19 29.101

20 29.107

21 29.157

22 29.163

23 29.149

24 29,063

25 29.083

26 29,079

27 29,135

28 29,091

29 29.073

30 29.089

—3i 29.073

Mean 29.090

Temperature.

a =

Sie

90.0 | 90.9

82.5 | 82.0

85.9 | 87.0

86.7 | 87.3

88.5 | 89.4

89.0 | 89.7

89.9 | 90.5

86.0 | 85.5

86.0 | 86.5

86.9 | 87.8

88.0 | 88.5

87.6 | 87.5

86.8 | 86.5

86.8 | 87.0

88.2 | 88.5

89.0 | 89.0 | 80

80.8 | 80.5

82.9 | 82.5

86.5 | 86.6

86.5 | 87.4

86.0 | 86.0

82.0 | 82.0

83.5 | 84.0

82.3 | 82.8

82.3.4. 81.9

B72 | Siad

83.0 | 81.7

86.9 | 88.2

84.3 | 84.5

88.9 | 88.9

88.0 | 88.0

86.0 | 86.0

Wet Bulb.

Direction of Wind.

chgee

San45° 5

n A ann

sige

DR np

444%84%2

| 42.

Quantity of Rain.

ee)

Aspect of the sky.

“scattered.

VW all over.

“scattered.

VW ditto.

Vu all over.

Ww scattered.

Ve ditto.

Vn all over.

VW ditto.

VV ditto.

Vu scattered.

Vn ditto.

Vu ditto.

VV ditto.

\n ditto.

VW all over.

Vw ditto.

WwW scattered,

VW all over.

ditto.

\/ ditto.

Vn ditto.

VW ditto.

VV ditto,

VW ditto.

Vu ditto.

Vu scattered.

Vv all over,

Vw scattered.

Hazy.

XVi Meteorological Register kept at Agra..

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P. Agra, for the month of July, 1855.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. Aint:

2 be ; hi Aspect of the | ‘o 2)

er oe ap can ae | Skye eS ae

g 3 a ool ae 2 = Ss sa

s 3 ce ce 2. rl as x ot S

A al 3 Se eae eal cecal ee aaa Pag

1 | 28.989 | 84.5 | 84.0 |81.2/ 90.5) 80.0) 85.25 |W- all over. E. (0.62

2 |28.969 | 82.8] 82.0 | 80.0) 84.0] 79.9) 81.95 |W. ditto. N. W.'0.27

3 | 28.891 | 87.6 | 88.1 | 82.1] 88.0) 79.0) 83.5 |“ scattered. | S. E. (0.12

4 |29.025| 89.0 | 89.3 |82.3| 89.0] 79.8) 84.4 |\“— ditto. Be) Wake

5 | 29.075 | 85.5 | 84.6 | 82.0] 89.5/ 80.8) 85.15 /“~ all over. WP de

6 } 29.055 | 85.8 | 84.4 | 84.0] 89.5] 80.9) 85.2 |~ ditto. W. (2.17

7 129.049 | 87.7 | 87.4 | 84.5] 90.5| 80.5} 85.5 |“— ditto. Wi. dea

8 | 29.041 | 83.0 | 83.0 |81.0) 86.0| 80.0) 83.0 |\W ditto. W. |0.22

9 |29.009 | 86.8 | 86.8 | 83.2} 86.5] 78.0) 82.25 |W ditto. N. W.| ..

10 | 28.959 | 88.9 | 88.5 |82.5{ 88.5] 78.0) 83.25 |\n_ ditto. Bo ee

11 {28.979 | 88.0 | 87.5 |83.6] 88.0] 79.8, 83.9 |W — scattered. | S. E. 104.7

12 {29.001 | 89.6 | 89.9 | 81.5] 89.5] 77.5} 83.5 |W ditto. 1 OMS ee

13 | 29.015 | 88.9 | 89.0 | 81.0] 88.9] 79.8) 84.35 |W ditto. Re: eee

14 | 29.165 | 88.5 | 88.4 | 80.0] 88.5] 79.0) 83.75 |W ditto. * | W. | ..

15 {29.105 | 91.0 | 91.2 | 82.0] 91.0] 80.5! 85.75 | nm ditto. IN. ot ee

16 | 29.031 | 92.0 | 91.8 | 82.4! 92.0] 80.0) 86.0 |W ditto. Wah

17 | 29.993 | 81.9 | 82.0 | 79.6] 82.0] 79.5) 80.75 |“ all over. | S. W.'0.69

18 | 28.989 | 86.8 | 87.2 |81.6| 87.4] 79.5) 83.45 | ditto. AV. Waa

19 |29.011 | 84.0 | 83.5 |80.5} 87.0] 77.5| 82.25 |W scattered. E. she

20 | 29.071 | 82.0 | 82.2 |80.5! 86.0 77.5| 81.95 |“~ all over. Si. Lia

21 |29.069 | 81.0 | 81.6 | 79.4| 85.5! 78.5} 82.0 |“- ditto. S. W. |0.87

22 {29.119 | 82.9 | 82.9 |80.4/ 82.5| 78.0} 80.25 |“ ditto. Writs

23 129053] 84.0 | 85.0 | 81.0) 84.5] 77.8] 81.15 |“ scattered. | N. W.| ..

24 |29.009 | 82.0 ; 80.9 | 79.4! 84.0) 79.9] 81.95 |“ all over. a

25 | 29.029] 81.5 | 81.5 | '79.5| 81.5| 77.0] 79.25 |W. ditto. N. W.| ..

26 |29.041 | 81.5 | 80.6 | 79.4] 88.0] 76.5} 82.75 IW ditto. N. {0.12

27 |29.087 | 87.9 | 87.9 | 82.8] 87.0) 78.5] 82.75 | ditto. Ws ee

28 | 29.035 | 91.8 | 92.3 | 84.6] 91.5] 79.0] 85.25 |W scattered. | N. W.| ..

29 |28.997 | 89.9 | 90.2 | 84.5] 89.5] 79.0] 84.25 |W ditto. NOW. ee

30 |29.033 | 92.0 | 92.4 | 83.0] 91.5] 80.2! 85.85 M— ditto. Ww.

31 |29.017 | 91.3 | 91.1 | 80.8] 90.5] 80.0) 85.25 |V~ ditto. Wo ae

ene | ———— eee | es | ee | ee | See: | a | a | NT | eens | me

Mean. |29.050 | 86.6 | 89.5 | 81.6] 87.6] 79.0) 83.39 6.72

os eeeieeenmnennemenee enienemnnemmen meee nena en,

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. XV

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W.P., Agra, for the month of August, 1855.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M,

Temperature. E -

ha, = cs

rs Po " Ss 3 Aspect of the Sky.

£ 2 = a bs

o = 5 AS 2

S| ae ee a) a3 =

A ra ab ela | Mee beer be

1 29.089 | 84.9 | 85.4] 78.4 |S. Wy .. \— scattered.

2 2o.teor |) 85.5 | 85.5 |/78:2 | N. W.| \n- ditto.

3 29.081 | 86.3 86.4 | 78.4 |S. W ate \/n- ditto.

4 29.047 | 86.9] 86.9] 78.5) W me \— scattered in zen.

5 ZOAIS- 1.85.0 | 85.6") 78,0.) W. ay Clear.

6 29.155 | 90.5} 90.7 | 79.0] W. a \W a few to W.

) 29.139 | 88.9 | 89.4 | 78,4 W. we Clear.

8 29.117 | 89.0 | 89.6 | 78.9|N. W.| ... Ditto.

9 29.089 | 88.7 | 89.2 | 79.2 | W. aA \— scattered.

10 29.177 | 88.8] 89.0 | 78.9 | N. W,! .. \— ditto to EK. S.

11 29.285 | 89.0] 89.5] 769 | W. Ae Scattered to H.

12 ooo) 90.7.1 92.5 | 78.5.) No Wa) os ™ scattered.

13 29.189 88.5 88'S" 7ZRO NOW ee Clear.

14, 29.265 | 89.0 | 89.6 | 77.5|N. W.| .. Ditto.

15 Zoat¢ |,.90.3-| 190.9 | 77.7 | NeW.) | os Ditto.

16 29.319 | 91.0 | 92.0 | 76.6 | W. ae \W scattered in zen.

17 29.295 | 92.0 | 93.0 | 79.0|S. W.| .. \— scattered.

18 29.235 | 91.8 | 92:0! 76.9 | N.W,. .. \— ditto.

19 29.147 | 92.0] 92.4] 7821 W. py Clear.

20 29.211 | 87.5 | 88.0} 78.5 | W. on ™ scattered in zen.

21 29.209 | 89.9 | 90.2 | 78.918. W. .. n ditto. [ hor,

22 29.193 | 89.5 | -90.5 | .77.0 |S. W.| .. \— seattered towards

23 meee | 395-1 «89.9 | 72.5.) NOW! oo. \— seattered in zen.

24 Zo208 | 92.6.) 93.5 )-73.8-| No Wi) 2: Clear,

25 29:24) | 99.5, 92.5 | 76,2, N. W.) .. \ scattered in zen.

26 29.251 | 93,0.| 93.2 | 76.1'| N. W. : Clear.

27 29.213 | 89.5 | 90.0| 760|N.W.!| .. \ scattered.

28 29.229 | 92.0 | 93.0! 77.0 | N. W.) .. Scattered.

29 29.271 | 93.6 | 94.5 | 77.4 )N. W.) .. Clear.

30 29.291 | 92.0 | 92.5 | 81.0 E. . nm scattered all over.

31 29.281 | 91.0} 91.6] 82.8 E Z m scattered.

Mean. | 29.201 | 99.7 | 90.2 | 77.7

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

: 3 [ \ Cirus.

rs — Cirro strata.

9 Cunuli.

B ™ Cumulo strata.

‘ia \. Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree, the former always

reads more than the latter. The average difference is 1.6,

viii Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of August; 1855.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature. = A

P| & |

8 is <A Si Aspect of the Sky.

ge) gies orl ado

3S e

A a SN 10.4) eet Genel ee | eas: |

i 29.103 | 87.9 | 87.9| 80.6|8. W.| .. \— scattered.

2 29.127 | 88.0 | 88.5 | 79.1 W. a4 r~ ditto.

3 | 29.065 | 88.9 | 889] 78.2 |8. W.) .. | ditto.

4 | 29.025 | 89.9] 90.0 | ‘80.0 }N.W.| .. | “ ditto.

5 29.085 | 86.5 | 87.9 | 78.5 | W. Satie) Meee

a 29.119 | 92.5 | 92.9] 80.5 | W. ate % scattered in zen.

8 29.097 | 92.1 | 92.5 | 80.5 |N. W.| .. Scattered in zen.

9 29.079 | 92.3 | 92.6 | 80.0; W. as scattered.

10 29.187 | 91.7.) '92.2°| ‘80:0 .) No. Wal \ «- rn all over.

11 29.275 | 92.8 } 93.8 | 79:0 |S. W.| «. nm scatteréd.

12 29.247 | 93.5 | 93.8 | 78.4 |S. W.|. «- ™ ditto.

13 29.179 | 90.0 | 91.6 78.0 |N. W.| .. ™ ditto.

14 29.251 | 92.0 | 92.8 1 1de | NigWVal’ cae ™ ditto,

15 29.307 | 92.9 | 94.2 ' 78.4 |N. W.| o- n scattered in zen,

16 | 29.311 | 94.0] 948 | 784] W. | .. | \ ditto,

17 29.275 | 95.5 | 96.5 | 78.4 |N. W.| oe — scattered.

18 29.203 | 94.8 | 95.5 | 78.5 | N. W,| o- scattered in zen.

19 29.1385 | 92.5 | 98.0 | 78.5 W. aA rn ditto.

20 | 29.191 | 90:0} 90.9'| 79.0 | W...| | P Gitte, 7

21 29.187 | 90.9 | 90.5] 81.4 ]S. W.| .. “scattered.

22 29.179 | 92.8 | 93,7=| 78:4 | N. Wel os ™ a few scattered.

23 29.173 1.9255 h 92,9 | 7B LN. Wal | sc \— scattered in zen.

24 | 29.187] 95.8| 96.6] 73.4|/N.W.| .. | Clear.

25 29.221 | 96.8 | 97.4) 77.5 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

26 29.227 | OF.L | 97.5 | 76.8. | N.W,) jo. Ditto.

27 20191) 93.00 we.b |. 76.5 >) WN. VE. bee \ scattered.

28 29.205 | 95.5} 96.5 | 78.5 |N. W.)| .. % ditto.

29 | 29.247 | 97.0| 98.0] 79.4 |N. W.| .. | % scattered towards E.

30 29.267 | 94.0 | 94.8 | 82.0 EK. we ™ scattered all over.

31 29.247 | 94.9 | 95.2 | 81.5 Hi. wt ~~ scattered.

Mean. | 29.184 | 92.5 | 93.1 | 78.7

——.

| Meteorological Register kept at Agra. xix

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of August, 1855.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum 5

Temperature. and minimum. ei |

Ee le

5 Pp : ; Aspect of wo) Ss

3 5 l é : q the Sky. rae naaes

A o A=} : Re ~~

8 2 = < 42 i - a By a

cS CS Cy Cy eo cs al o Aa =)

Al A ro) AO cy = Meg = a 4a

1 | 29.069] 91.5 | 91.4 | 84.4] 91.0 | 79.9] 85.45 |“ scattered. |S. W.] ««

2 | 29.061] 91.5 | 91.8 | 80.6] 91.5 | 79.9] 85.7 |“ do. allover, W. | --

3 | 28.995} 92.4 | 92.4 |78.5| 92.0 | 79.0] 85.5 |” scattered.| W. | -«

4 | 28.975} 93.6 | 93.6 | 79.9] 93.0 | 80.0] 86.5 \“~very fews.| W. .

5 | 29.105} 90.2 | 90.5 |79.8} 90.5 | 80.5] 85.5 | scattered. N. Wiee

6 | 29.079] 95.0 | 95.0 | 80.0! 94.8 | 80.0} 87.4 |Clear. Weis

7 | 29.053) 96.2 | 96.4 | 82.6} 96.0 | 80.0] 88.0 | Ditto. ow. W..

8 | 29.033] 96.8 | 96.6 | 80.8; 96.5 | 81.5] 89.0 | scattered. |N. W.| --

9 | 29.027] 93.0 | 93.0 |'79.0] 95.0 | 81.0) 88.0 |~s. all over.| W. | --

10 | 29.125} 95.9 | 96.0 | 80.4) 95.5 | 81.2] 88.35/° in genl. iW. @h.

11 | 29.223} 96.0 | 96.0 | 80.0) 96.0 | 81.5} 88.75|/% scattered. | W. | .-

12 | 29.195} 96.0 | 96.5 | 80.0] 96.0 |81.0! 88.5 |% ditto. » |S. W.].-

13 | 29.141; 94.9 | 95.4 | 76.7) 94.5 | 79.0] 86.75 |% ditto. [W.| W. 0.25

14 | 29.195} 95.0 | 95.0 |'79.0} 95.5 |79.0] 87.25 |“— towards N.|N. W.] ..

15 | 29.231} 96.9 | 96.0 | 79.0) 97.3 | 81.0] 89.15 | scattered.

16 | 29.225} 98.2 | 98.4 | 79.9) 98.0 | 83.0] 90.5 |“ ditto.

17 | 29.177| 97.8 | 99.4 | 80.5) 98.0 183.8] 90.9 |“~ ditto.

18 | 29.121} 98.0 | 97.5 | 80.8} 97.8 | 83.5} 90.65 \% ditto.

19.| 29.083] 96.0 | 96.8 | 79.9} 96.0 | 82.0] 89.0 |~ ditto.

20 | 29.155) 93.5 | 94.0 | 80.0) 94.5 | 82.0] 88.25 |% ditto. W. ps

21.| 29.111} 93.8 , 93.1 | 80.2! 92.6 | 83.5} 88.05 |“—dittoinzen.| N. W.| ..

22 | 29.105} 97.0 | 96.9 |77.5, 96.5 | 81.0] 88.75 | ditto.

23 | 29.107; 97.9 | 98.0 | 76.4) 97.0 | 78.8) 87.9 |—dittoinzen.

24 | 29.123) 100.5 | 100.5 | 78.0) 100.0 ; 80.5} 90.25 |% a few s. in.

25 | 29.158) 101.8 | 101.4 | 76.5} 101.0 | 83.4) 92.2 |Scattered in

26 | 29.149; 102.0 | 102.8 | 78.0} 101.5 | 82.0) 91.75 |Clear. [zen.

» 27 | 29.131) 97.5 | 97.0 | 78.5} 96.5 | 82.0} 89.25|\ scattered. | N. W.

28 | 29.145) 99.8 |100.0 | 80.4) 99.5 | 80.5} 90:0 | ditto. WwW.

_ 29 | 29.187| 100.5 | 95.4 | 79.9]101.9 | 83.6} 92.75 |“ all over. | N. EK.

30 | 29.177| 91.5 | 88.5 | 83.1] 97.0 | 83.5! 90.25 |V~ s. all over.| N. E.| .,

31 (2.1 43] 98.0 | 97.8 | 81.2} 97.5 | 82.5} 90.0 |~ scattered. E.

—_—_—_ | — ——. | ———— ——__| —__—___. —__ | |, | SS |

Mean.|29.119| 96.0 | 95.9 oe 96.1 | 81.2} 88.70

XX Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of September, 1855.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature. s :

q S

Bros

. b } a) be Aspect of the Sky.

(a) 5 cs >

7) = Ss he =

o tool » Ee)

3 5 = < ft ® 5

S = co Se o 4 3

a ca fo) fe) = a a}

1 29.249 | 92.9 | 93.2 | 80.2 : -e | ™ scattered.

2 29.225 | 93.0 | 93.5 | 82.8 W. Bes rn. ditto to hor.

3 29.275 | 88.5 | 88:4. | 80:6 |-NuW2) 2. \ scattered.

4, 29.293 | 86.0 86.0 | 81.0 | N. E. Ao Vu ditto.

5 99.303 | 88.9 | 68.5 || 82:9 WIS. BE: ate VV ditto.

6 29.201 | 86.0 | 86.6 | 79.0 N. de VV scattered all over.

7 29.237 | 85.0 | 85.2 | 78.4 | N. E.} ... nm scattered.

8 29.247 | 85.8 | 85.5 79.0 E 0.30 \v all over.

9 29.205 | 84.8 | 85.3 | 78.7 E. 0.37 nm scattered.

10 29.203 | 85.9 | 86.5 | 78.3 E. te Clear.

11 227) 79.8.1 pF Sched 2Oi9s | ING aD. ly vee Vu all over.

12 29,241 |- 82.8) $83002) AssS. | Nii Wels oes WW scattered.

13 29.297 | 79.8 | 79.8 | 76.8 W. it Vn all over.

14 | 29.275 | 80.8 | 80.7 | 79.0 | E. | 6.62 | Ditto.

15 293303 4| 81,9) |InS2zoenl 4G:3 Ss, Me Ww scattered.

16 29.225 | 86.5 87.0 | 79.0 N. ate Ditto.

17 29:25] | 82.0, |oS82ici) 76.95 | No Be ty ice VW all over.

18 29.219;| 81.8 | 81.5-} 79.2 N. as Ditto.

- 19 29.227 | 81.0 | 81.0 | 78.3 N. oe \W scattered.

20 29.245 | 83.0 | 83.0 | 76.5 W. 56 Clear.

21 29.339 | 83.5 | 83.4 | 76.9 |N.W.] .. Ditto.

22 29.401 | 83.6 | 83.9 | 74.9 W. 90 Ditto.

23 99.345 | 85.0 | 85.0°-| 77.6 | N. W. oe Ditto.

24 29.361 | 86.8 | 87.4 | 75.9 | N. W.| .. ~ seattered in zen.

25 99.397 | 87.5, | 87.9) 76.5 N. AG Clear.

26 29.453 | 86.8 | 86.9°| 78.5 |N. W.! .. - scattered in zen.

aT 29.439 | 87.9 | 88.0 | 74.4 | N.W.| .. Clear.

28 D9 423 ends |e |) OO" |) NAW ap, ah Ditto.

29 29 443. |. Some |ve7.0)|) 7445 | IN. Wil) oe Ditto.

30 29:413 \J8/ Onl ee7 22.) 78.02 | Naw. 3 Ditto.

Mean. 29.300 | 85.2 | 85.4 | 78.0 7.29

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

{ \ Cirus.

| \ Cirro strata.

4 9% Cumuli.

| ~ Cumulo strata.

| V~ Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree, the former always

reads more than the latter. The average difference is 1.6,

Symbols.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. XXL

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of September, 1855.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature. sS :

=| R=

= ce

e > e S = Aspect of the Sky.

3 : ire us| 2

oO & we) a

3 3 = < ee © 3

= 3 aw aa ve ites 5

Q aa) o) oe) S A a}

1 29,203 |}25.6 | 95.9 | 79.4 E 44 nm scattered.

2 29.197 | 95.5 96.9 83.9 W a ™ to hor.

3 29.253 | 90.0 |:90.5.| 82:4. | NeWei:.. VW scattered.

4 29.259 | 87.7 | 88.0-| 81.5 | N. E. ve Ditto.

5 29.205 | 91.8 | 92.0 | 82.0 | S. E. at Ditto.

6 29.195 | 83.9 | 82.8 | 80.1 N. 0.30 Vw all over.

7 29.2054 87.7 | 880ic| 79.9.1 Ni Bal ve nm scattered.

8 29.229 | 87.9 | 88.0 | 79.4 E. ae VW ditto.

9 29.171 | 88.0 |. 88.3 | 79.5 E. ae %~ ditto.

E. ar ~~ scattered.

AB: mM} Vw all over.

. W.| 0.32 Ditto.

: W. rt VY scattered.

14 29.255 | 80.0 | 78.8 | 78.0 E. 0.32 VW all over.

15 24.289 | 84.8 | 84.9 | 79.6 S. as VW scattered.

16 29.201 | 89.6 | 90.0 79.5 | N. E. ata Ditto.

17 29.201 | 84.5 | 84,4 | 80.0 | N. E. st Ditto.

18 99.195 | $4.5 | 84.5 | 80.5 |) NE. |... VW all over.

19 29.185 | 84.0 | 84.0 | 78.3 N. ef Vu scattered.

20 29245) 852a5 1789.2) 78:4.) NeW. Ditto.

Zi 2u.oot 4 85.9,-|Sa:9 0" 79.5; «| INAW.l. cies scattered in zen.

22 29.387 | 86.0 | 86.5 | 77.3 W. a. Clear.

23 BY .aat \ 88.9 -| 89:50 78250) Nee Wel vines % scattered,

24 29.008 | 89.8 | 90.2 0h 77.00) NAWal ois. Clear.

25 29.365 | 89.5 | 89.9 77.0 N, ae Ditto.

26 2U.4AV4 | 89.57) S9sag 7 720 INOW fe “ scattered in zen.

27 29.419 | 91.0 | 91.5 FAsGeb) IN EWial or. Clear,

28 29.403 | 90.9 | 91.5 76.0 | N. W. Ditto

29 2047551 91.0 4). 9b. 2) Flere NeW: ve Ditto

30 2oae|) 91.5 | 9.6) 74051) NeW: . Ditto

XXil Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Ofice of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of September, 1855.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 Pp. mM.

Maximum and

Temperature. Minimal

Aspect of the

Sky.

Direction of Wind.

Barometer.

Of Mercury.

Wet Bulb.

Maximum.

Minimum.

Mean,

| Quantity of Rain.

| Total Rain.

(mre ce | erm es | es | es | ee |

1 | 29.117|-99.9| 99.1} 79.4] 99.5| 83.8] 91.65 |\~ scattered. E. soot

2 | 29.105) 95.0| 95.0} 80.5] 97.0} 83.0] 90.0 |W ditto. W. wie) | ee

3 | 29.127| 94.0) 94.0| 82.0] 94.5} 75.5] 85.0 |W ditto. ES ee

4 | 29.155) 92.0) 92.0) 82.5] 92,5] 79.8] 86.15 |“ to E. NE | Se

5 | 29.115) 94.8] 94.5] 83.5} 94.5] 85.0] 89.75 |“ scattered. | E.

6 | 29.105) 86.6| 85.9' 81.0] 86.0; 81.0] 83.5 |Ditto. IN eet Tb

7 | 29.121) 91.9) 91.5] 80.9] 91.6, 77.0] 84.3 | ditto. E. :

8 | 29.149) 91.0} 90.8] 80.5) 91.0} 81.0) 86.0 |m ditto. Ly ae ae oe

9 | 29.129) 90.9] 90.6) 80.0} 91.8] 77.8! 84.8 |“~ all over. E

10 | 29.133) 89.0| 88.8] 78.0] 91.0] 77.0} 84.0 |“—towardss.z.

11 | 29.109! 79.0) 79.0| 77.2] 80.7| 75.0} 77.85 |W all over.

12 | 29.179) 83.9) 83.5/ 77.0} 84.5] 74.0} 79.25 | scattered.

13 | 29.201) 84.8) 84.6} 79.0] 85.0) 75.5) 80.25 |W ditto.

14 | 29.201] 80.0| 79.9] 78.4| 80.5] 76.0) 78.25 |W all over.

15 | 29.217) 87.8| 88.1| 81.9} 88.0) 76.0) 82.0 \n- scattered.

16 | 29.173) 83.0] 80.5) 78.4| 92.0] 79.0] 85.5 |“~ all over.

17 | 29.119) 84.8} 83.8] 79.8] 88.0] 78.5| 83.25 | Ditto.

18 | 29.135} 78.0| 76-5| 75.9] 84.5] 77.0] 80.75 |“~ ditto.

19 | 29.127| 87.9| 87.5] 79.5] 88:0| 75.5) 81.75 |“~ scattered.

20 .| 29.171| 86.9| 86.3] 79.5] 87.5| 76.0] 81.7 [~~ toward

21 | 29.273) 89.0} 88-9! 80.2| 90.0) 76.5) 83.25 | scattered.

22 | 29.313| 90.5| 90.4/ 80.5] 90.5) 75.0) 82.75 | Ditto. ;

23 29,299| 92.0; 91-9} 79.4] 93.0! 77.5) 85.25 |Ditto.

24 | 29.261) 98.2) 93.2] 77.9] 94.0] 79.5} 86.75 |% ditto.

25 ..| 29.295) 93.5} 93.5] 78.0] 93.5] 77.5] 85.5 |Clear. [zen.

26 | 29.347) 93.8) 93.6] 77.0| 93.5) 77.5| 85.5 | scattered in

27 | 29.361) 94.5) 94.0) 76.0] 94.5] 77.0) 85.75 |Clear.

28 | 29.337| 94.8) 94.4) 78.0| 94.5) 77.0, 85.75 |Ditto.

29 | 29.345) 95.0| 94.9] 75.1) 95.0) 77.5| 86.25 |Ditto.

39 | 29.305) 95.2/ 95.0] 95.0] 95.5! 76.5, 86.0 |Ditto.

sabia

PLAZAD

dann” 2%

- oS

wad, Z

ny Fd °

AALAZ

S25 33

—

OS | Ot nes | eres | | ee

re 29.200) 89.4| 89.3| 79.7] 90.7| 77.8, 84.28 3.36/10.69

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. XXilk

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of October, 1855.

Maximum pressure observed at 10 a. M.

Temperature. S

= |

= > Y 6 S Aspect of the Sky.

o s 2 Ss Bb

oO 2 : 3S AS —

o = 5 3

Pee | = ise lie let) &

A a Shor tier. ee ie

1 29.391 | 86.9 | 87.9 | 73.0 N. Ne Clear.

2 29.419 | 86.9 87.9 1300 N. : Ditto.

3 29.429 | 88.8 88.4 75.0 |N. W. ate Ditto.

4 29.391 | 88.7 89.3 71.9 IN. W. ate Ditto.

us 29.375 | 84.8 | 85.1 | 69.5 IN. W.] .. Ditto.

6 29.447 | 84.0 | 84.0 69.8 | S. W. wie Ditto.

7 29.463 |-§9.0 | 91.0 | 70.0 IN. W.] .. scattered in zen.

8 29.519 | 84.0 | 84.4 | 70.0 | W. Se Clear.

9 29.475 | 82.9 | 83.2 70.0 | S. W. ae Ditto.

10 29.463 | 83.9 | 84.9 | 70.1 IN. W.] .. Ditto.

Fl 29.463 | 83.8 84.5 | 69.0 | S. W. 54 Ditto.

12 29.435 | 85.6 | 86.5 70.8 | 8S. W. 44 Ditto.

13 29467 184.8 | 86.0) (710° | N: ays Ditto.

14 29.455 | 82.5 | 83.0 69.7 |N. W. ae Ditto.

15 29.487 | 82.8 } 83.2 71.0 W. ae Ditto.

16 29.471 | 83.0 | 84.0 42.3 W. aa Ditto.

17 29.449 | 82.5 | 83.5 | 70.9 IN. W.| .. Ditto.

18 29.467 ; 81.9 82.7 70.5 IN. W. oe Ditto.

19 29.491 | 82.2 | 83.5 | 72.5 Ss. fe scattered in zen.

20 29.923 | 84.5 | 84.5 | 70.0 S. Pay Clear.

21 29.300 }°6a.0.| 84.8 | 69.0 IN: Wop .% Ditto.

22 29.619 | 83.0 | 83.5 | 69.5°] N. we Ditto.

23 29.541 | 82.2 | 83.4 | 66.5 W. Be Ditto.

24 29.455 | 81.9 | 82.4 | 68.0 |S. W. as = to East.

25 ‘| 29.461 | 81.5 82.0 | 66.9 |N. W. ae Clear.

26 29.577 | 81.0 | 81.5 | 65.9 |N. W. ole Ditto.

27 «|* 29.517 | 81.2 | 82.0 | 65.6 W. an Ditto.

28 29.485 | 81.0 | 81.6 | 65.4 |N. W. wa Ditto.

29 29.579 | 74.5 | 74.2°| 67.5 E. ie Ditto.

30 Booee | Okc, |) a aek lh Oded Line Ween os Ditto.

31 29.099 | 24.0 | (74.5 | 57.0°h ) W.

< Ditto.

Mean. | 29.484 | 82.8 | 83.5 | 69.0

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

3 \ Cirus.

Ge \— Cirro strata,

r= ©“ Cumuli.

> ™ Cumulo strata,

\V— Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree, the former always

reads more than the latter. The average difference is 1.6.

XXIV Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of October, 1855.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature. rs

He Ss

m a e : os Aspect of the Sky.

= 5 Ce citar acer | a

$s 5 et hate ive | Pe he

os 3 Cee See cs a rs

a ca o) ° e A og

1 29.563 | 92.0, | 92.0 |) 7o9 aie Clear.

2 29.395 | 90.7 | 91.5 | 73.5 ie Ditto.

3 29.405 | 92.0 | 92.4 | 75.4 |N ae Ditto.

4 29.355 | 92.9 | 93.2 | 73.5 |N. a Ditto.

5 29.359 | 90.5 | 90.8 | 70,5 IN. ais Ditto.

6 29.429.| 88.5 | 89.2 | 70.0 te Ditto.

7 29.463 | 89.0 | 91.0 | 70.0 |N. os ™ scattered in zen.

8 29.491 | 87.5 | 88.0 | 70.0 IN. aS Clear.

9 29.433: |. 87.0; |: (87-95) 469-2. S, ae Ditto.

10 29.439 | 89.0 |} 89.9 | 68.5 |N. ie Ditto.

11 29.435 | 87.0 | 89.0 | 69.5 [N. “ie Ditto.

12 29.415 | 90.0 | 90.5 | 74.0 | S. oe Ditto.

Pe Ditto.

4ahgdeata%ge%agss! Zagasashaen*?

14 249.427 85.2 85.7 70.0 fe Ditto.

15 29.459 | 87.5 | 88.0 71.0 <u Ditto.

16 29.447 | 89.0 | 89.0 | 71.5 aw Ditto.

17 29.439 88.0 | 89.4 72.5 IN Ditto.

18 29.441 88.3 89.5 7dr IN Oc Ditto.

19 29.455 | 88.5 | 89.4 | 70.5 me % scattered in zen.

20 29.485 | 87.2 | 87.5 71.0 /8 pis Clear.

(a4 29.583 86.0 | 86.5 69.0 oe Clear.

23 29.493 | 87.5 | 87.9 | 67.4 |N o& Scattered in zen.

24 20415 eee oe.0 | 66rd ow Scattered.

25 29.447 | 85.5 | 86.0 | 67.5 IN. W. we Clear.

26 29.505 88.0 | 88.5 65.6 |N. W. os Ditto.

27 29:467.|. 88:04)) 9.5| 65.8)/N. Wad 2. Ditto.

28 29.435 | 84.9 | 85.5 | 66.5 IN. W. a8 ~~ scattered.

29 YAY SY | 78.9 78.4 68.0 |N. E. ae Clear.

30 29.547 1| 78.8 198.5 |. .57.5 -(N. Wa lise Ditto.

31 29:565.-| 79.0 -\78.4--|-56.8:41N. Wei Ditto.

Mean. | 29.454 | 87.4 88.0 69.3

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. XXV

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of October, 1855.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

WoOTH oR wh = | Dat.

Barometer.

29.403

Maximum and

Temperature. WMiviteushe 3 3

= lee

> P ot eer Aspect of the 7) S

EMA aut ale Sky. aps

7) = : S re)

2/2 )5/ 82] 8 8/3

Sees +) Bat ie | Se Ale

96.0 | 95.5 |'73.4| 96.0} 76.0} 86.0 |Clear. Nv We

96.0 | 95.0 | 76.0) 95.5) 76.0) 85.75 |Ditto. [zen.| N. ahs

96.9 | 95.9 | 73.5] 96.5| 77.9] 87.2 | scattered in| N. W.| ..

95.5 | 94.9 | 73.0) 95.5] 75.0! 85.25 |Clear. INS Wj toe

94.8 | 93.9 | 72.4| 94.0) 73.0) 83.5 |Ditto. War 1ikets

93.5 | 92.0 | 69.5) 93.5) 75.5} 84.5 |Ditto. f[zen.| 8. E. | ..

93.7 | 93.5 | 73.1) 93.5] 74.0, 83.75 | scattered in| N. W.| ..

925 | 91.9 |71.9| 92.0! 73.0) 82.5 |Clear. INS Wels

92.0 | 92.0 | 72.5] 91.8) 72.0, 81.9 |Ditto. ING Wh.

93.0 | 92.8 | 70.5) 98.0} 71.5) 82.25 | Ditto. N. W.| ..

93.0 | 93.0 | 71.5] 93.5) 71.0] 82.25 | Ditto, ING We

94.5 | 94.0 | 75.5] 94.3) 72.0! 83.15 |Ditto. Ne’ Wi ste

94.5 | 94.6 | 73.3] 94.5) 74.0) 84.25 | Ditto. N. we

91.5 | 91.4 | 71.0} 92.5] 72.5) 82.5 |Ditto. ING Wise

92.9 92.9 | 72.8] 92.8] 70.0) 81.4 |Ditto. INAV. olore

93.0 | 92.8 | 72.4! 92.8] 72.0) 82.4 |Ditto. N. W.! ..

93.9 | 93.5 | 73.4] 93.5] 71.0) 82.25 | Ditto. NG Wea

92.8 | 91.5 |67.5| 92.0) 69.0) 80.5 |Ditto. [zen.| N. W.| ..

91.0 | 90.4 | 73.4] 91.4] 70.9) 81.0 | scattered in| S. W. | ..

90.6 | 89.5 | 71.8] 91.0, 70.5) 80.75 |Clear. W. s

90.4 | 90.6 |'72.0| 90.5] 70.5| 80.5 |Ditto. NW W eltes

90.5 | 89.9 | 70.0] 90.5; 71.8} 81.15 |Ditto. [zen.| N. E.| ..

90.2 | 89.5 | 67.3) 90.0) 70. | 80.0 |Scattered in | N. W.| ..

91.5 ; 91.0 | 67.9! 91.0) 68.5| 79.75 | — scattered. | N. W.| ..

90.5 90.4 | 70.9| 90.5] 68.0} 79.25 |Clear. IN. W.is.

91.5 | 91.0 | 65.5] 91.0) 67.9| 79.45 |Ditto. N.. Wes.

91.0 | 90.5 | 67.5} 91.5) 68.2] 79.85 | scattered. | N. W.) ..

80.9 | 79-4 | 64.0) 87.5) 70.3) 78.9 'W- to E. N. “

82.9 81.5 | 71.0] 82.0) 65.0} 73.5 |Clear. en Bee

81.9 81.0 | 59.5} 81.2] 61.0} 71.1 | Ditto. IN: Wl ax

83.0 | 82.0 | 59.7| 83.0] 63.5] 73.25 | Ditto. pO es

91.4 | 90.9 | 70.4] 91.5] 71.0} 81.28

—_—_—$— $$$ $$

XXVl Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of Nov. 1855.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Temperature. iE d

las]

7 E |

xe > : 3 3 Aspect of the Sky.

= = a b

o x 5 =|

a g o =| FQ 34 2

2 S| = <q ~ ) =

3 3S ce ora o SJ 3

a 69 3 5 E a fe)

id 29.609 | 74.0 | 74.6 | 58.8 | N. W.| .. | Clear.

2 29.553 | 749 | 75.9 | 58.0 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

3 29.555 | 74.0 | 75.0 | 59.5 | N.E.}] .. Ditto.

4. 29.581 75:5 76.2 ++ 59-8 : ° Ditto.

5 29.605 | 75.0 | 75.9 | 62.5 1N. W.) .. Ditto.

6 29.555 | 75.9 | 76.8 | 735 E. - Ditto.

7 29.527 | 78.2 | 79.0] 64.4 1}8. W.] .. Ditto.

8 29.539 78.9 80.5 | 65.9 | N. W.| .. Ditto.

9 20.511 | 7704 097F7,05h 6O5 1 Ne . Ditto.

10 29.541 | 76.8 | 77.5 | 62.9| N. E.| .. Ditto.

11 29.583 | 76.0 | 76.9 | 62.4 N. * Ditto.

12 29.587 128 73.5 | 59.4 |N. E. ac Ditto.

13 29.565 | 72.5 | 74.4!/ 61.5 |N.W.| .. Ditto.

14 29.545 | 74.0] 75.5 1 61.0 | N.W.) .. Ditto.

15 29.549 | 74.5 | 75.2 | 64.5 1S. W.} .. Ditto.

16 29.537 | 71.6 | 72.9 | 58.9 | W. ‘ Ditto.

UG 29.555 | 708] 72.0] 593|)8S. Wil .. Ditto.

18 29.537 73.8 74.8 | 58.8 | N. E. ar Ditto.

19 29.513 71.0 42a 60.0 W. oe. Ditto.

20 29.563 | 69.0 | 69.5 | 57.51 W. af Ditto.

21 29.645 | 69.9 71.0 | 54.9 Ss. od ~ scattered to S. East.

22 29.659 | 68.9 | 70.3} 58. SLUW.8) .6 \ scattered in zen.

23 29.615 | 72.0 | 72.0} 590{N. WJ] .. Clear.

24 29.663 70.5 Foi BOO SAW. |. Ditto.

25 29.667 | 69.0 ; 70.4 | 57.0] W. Ditto.

26 29.695 | 70.9 | 72.0 | 58.2 | N. W. \— scattered.

27 29.7 2b) FO 7L8' 684 | Sy Clear.

28 29.681 | 70.8.) 70.8} 58:5 | NeW... Ditto.

29 29.715 67.56 |. 68.5 | 55!0 | N, W. Ditto.

30 29.693 | 66.2 | 67.0 | 54.5 | N. W. Ditto.

Tf ES | | | | EE | ES

29.595 | 72.7 | 73.6 | 60.0

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

\ Cirus.

[ \— Cirro strata. |

~ Cumuli.

™~ Cumulo strata.

“ Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree, the former always

reads more than the latter. The average difference is 1.0.

Symbols.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. XXVIL

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of Nov. 1855.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

re y

= a

| Es

: E = 2 3 Aspect of the Sky.

» ae] ay

gd -/' S| g-| @ | 2 |e

le eae oe aa.

A 9 O/O |'F}; A | @

i 29.577 | 79.0 | 78.4) 58.4 | N. W. Clear.

2: 99.519 | 82.0 | 82.8| 60.0 |N.W.) .. Ditto.

3 99.531 | 81.9 | 83.0] 61.0 | N. W. Ditto.

4 99.555 | 82.0 | 82.5] 63.8 W. op Ditto.

5 | 99.577 | 80.0 | 81.2 | 63.5 | N. E. ip Ditto.

~ 6 | 99501 | 81.9 | 82.5! 45 |S. Wl .. Ditto.

he 29.505 | 84.8 | 85.8 | 64.5 | W. im Ditto.

aet 99.517 | 84.9 | 85.4 | 65.0 | N. W.| .. \ scattered to West.

ah, 29.487 | 81.0 |} 81.6 61.0 | N. W.) .. Clear.

10 99.519 | 81.5 | 82.4] 63.5 |N. E.| .. Ditto,

il 29.557 | 80.7 } 81.3 63.5 N. x Ditto.

“12 99.561 | 78.5 | 79.0 | 59.9 N. s Ditto.

Ye 29.516 | 78.9 | 79-8 | 61.0 | N. W. Ditto.

14 | 29,517 | 80.0} 80.0] 61.0]8. W. .. Ditto.

15 99.521 | 81.0} 82.0! 63.0 | W. - Ditto.

16 29.509 | 79.2 | 79.5 | 60.0 | N. WL . Ditto.

17, | -29.517 | 78.0) 78.5) 59.5 |S. Wi) .. Ditto.

18 29.509 | 76.9} 76.9 | 61.1 | N. E. ve Ditto.

19 | 29.499 | 76.5 | 78.0} 59.0 | W. iB Ditto.

20 99.539 | 72.5; 72.8] 56.5 | W. if Ditto.

21 99.629 | 74.0) 74.7 | 55.5 |S. Wil .. Ditto.

22 | 29.641 | 74.0 | 75.9 | 58.0 Le v3 Ditto.

23 99.595 | 78.0 | 77.5 | 60.3 |N. W.! .. Ditto.

24 29.629 | 76.0 | 77.5 BSG; |S: Wile Ditto.

525 29.641 | 74.5 | 75.7 | 58.0 | W. Ditto.

26 99.667 | 74.0} 74.2 | 59.3 |S. W.|- .. \— scattered.

27° 29.705 | 75.9 | 76.0 | 60.5 |S. E ad Clear.

28 99.651 | 76.8 | 77.4 | 59.5 |N.W.] .. Ditto.

29 29.677 | 71.5 P22) OS) TOW Sk. Ditto.

30 29.667 | 70.0 | 70.8] 56.9 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

29.571 78.2 | 78.8 | 60.4

XXVIli Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of Nov. 1855.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum .

Temperature. and minimum. = q

E cs

x Ps os Aspect of Smee,

: alee E : 5 the Sky. | g | &

| 2 ier 2B lee Web) a 2 13

3 oS an ar o as 5

a| a } oe a het ee ee A

1 | 29.509) 84.5 | 83.5 | 61.9] 83.5 | 62.5] 73.0 |Clear N. W.

2 | 29.489} 87.0 | 86.0 | 68.0} 86.5 | 61.5) 74.0 |Ditto N. W. FS

3 | 29.491! 87.8 86.8 | 64.4) 87.0 | 61.0] 74.0 |Ditto N. W. 3

4 |29.518! 88.0 | 87.5 | 65.0} 88.0 | 61.5] 74.75 | Ditto W. és

5 | 29.529] 87.0 | 86.6 | 66.0] 87.2 | 63.0} 75.1 | Ditto N. W. | «-

6 | 29.459} 88.0 | 87.5 | 67.5} 88.0 | 63.5) 75.75 |Ditto. S. W.| --

7 | 29.470} 90.0 89.0 | 70.5; 90.6 | 63.5] 77.05 | Ditto. [ west. N. W.} oe

8 | 29.467} 89.0 88.8 | 67.9; 89.0 | 63.0! 77.0 |\ scattered to| N. W.| --

9 | 29.445! 87.0 86.5 |64.0] 86.8 | 63.5] 77.15 |Clear. N. W.]| «e

10 | 29.467] 86.9 86.2 165.4] 87.0 169.0! 78.0 |Ditto. N. W.] ee

11 | 29.519} 85.8 85.5 |64.4] 86.0 | 63.5) 74.75 | Ditto. N, os

12 | 29.501) 85.0 | 84.4 163.5] 85.0 | 62.0) 73.5 |Ditto. N. aie

13 | 29.467} 84.0 84.0 | 63.8} 84.2 | 61.8] 73.0 Ditto. N. W.| o-

14 | 29.477) 84.2 84.0 | 66.0} 84.5 | 65.0] 74.75 | Ditto, S. W. P

15 | 29.471) 86.9 86.6 | 63.0| 87.0 | 62.0) 74.5 | Ditto. W. °

16 | 29.449} 838.0 83.0 | 63.9| 83.5 | 59.0] 71.25 | Ditto. N. W.| ee

17 | 29.481) 82.0 81.5 | 62.6) 82.0 157.0] 69.5 | Ditto. N. W.| ee

18 | 29.449} 82.0 81.8 | 64.4] 82.0 |61.5! 71.75 | Ditto. W. ‘

19 | 29.461} 81.5 81.0 | 61.8} 81.5 | 58.5] 70.0 | Ditto. N. W.

20 | 29.487| 80.0 | 79.5 159.5! 79.5 |58.0, 68.75|~ scattered. | N. W.| --

21 | 29.567! 81.0 | 80.5 | 60.1/ 81.0 |57.5| 69.25 |Clear. w.

22, |29.595| 82.9 | 82.5 |64.5, 83.5 158.0] 70.75 | Ditto. S. W.| ««

23 | 29.539) 83.5 82.5 | 62.5! 83.5 |61.5! 725 | Ditto. N. Wile

24 | 29.579! 81.9 | 80.8 | 62.5) 82.0 /61.8] 71.9 |Ditto. W. B

25 |29.615| 80.0 | 79.5 |61.2| 79.5 | 57.5] 68.5 |Ditto. N. Wien

26 | 29.623; 79.4 79.5 | 61.2] 80.0 | 60.0! 70.0 |Ditto. N. W. F

27 | 29.637) 80.2 80.0 | 63.5} 80.0 | 60.0) 70.0 bv S. EH. jee

28 |29.597| 81.7 | 80.6 | 62.9] 81.0 | 59.0] 70.0 |Clear. N. W.| oe

29 | 29.623) 75.9 74.5 | 60.0| 75.0 154.0] 68.5 | Ditto. N. W.

30 | 29.627| 75.6 | 74.8 | 59.4] 75.3 | 52.5! 63.8 |Ditto. N. W.

——— ee ee ee ee ee ff eee

29.520) 83.7 | 83.1 | 63.5} 83.6 | 60.8) 72.22

Meteorological Observations. XXIX

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1855.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet.

Height of the cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

a 5 oie

23 2 | Range of the Barometer 33 Hanes of me pone:

<8 = during the day. i I rature ices,

Date, | “= % Fa bo the day.

* | ft Sy a I a

See Max |) Mant) pie, | 22° | M Mi

sos 3 4 S ey Max. in. Diff.

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. oO o 0 oO

1 (29.624 {29.693 |29.531 0.162 84.9 91.0 80.7 10.3

2 |Sunday. |

3 .630 .683 sat «132 83.4 87.2 80.4 68

4 .638 .690 .576 114 82.8 87.7 80.4 io

5 -639 -687 AY) ke 82.2 86.0 80.2 5.8

6 -595 654 523 131 81.4 87.1 78.8 8.3

7 "595 .645 532 LS 81.5 87.4 78.8 8.6

8 643 726 .o70 .156 79.3 80.8 77.6 3.2

9 |Sunday.

10 773 .833 0725 .108 80.4 83.6 79.0 4.6

11 796 .856 735 Pa ip <: 81.1 85.6 78.8 6.8

12 7907 .821 677 144 82.8 87.6 78.6 9.0

13 «toe ahbd -662 .109 81.9 84.6 80.2 4.4

14 .703 cae 647 .104 81.3 85.1 79.2 5.9

15 .689 748 -613 a, 82.2 88.5 79.2 9.3

16 |Sunday.

17 -080 .626 .509 LZ 81.0 85.6 79.0 6.6

18 .534 .580 477 .103 78.7 79.7 77.4 233

19 074 .639 .340 .099 81.4 85.0 78.6 6.4

20 094 677 .539 .138 83.3 88.2 78.5 9.7

21 .690 757 -631 .126 83.8 87.2 79.6 7.6

22 148 .828 -689 139 83.9 89.4 80.3 9.1

23 =| Sunday.

24 152 .807 .685 «122 83.5 89.0 80.2 8.8

25 .780 851 .728 528 83.8 88.1 80.4 had

26 ll .868 406 wlone 83.9 89.8 80.2 9.6

27 197 .862 713 149 84.0 90.4 80.4 10.0

28 By i. 847 724 eo 82.8 89.6 79.4 10.2

29 792 852 740 112 82.1 85.6 | 80.0 5.6

30 | Sunday.

XXX Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1855.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

Bl eo ee ee

B iS s 3 2 25 BSS | o 28

oe 2 S 2 Se o> @Eet Ss a

ae 3 = aren ie 2g a ee

s 4g al = Pa acs = &, gs Sua £oe Ea

ce te a | pe | 82 8 eo) Bee4 eas

= A OS Ae ee gs = eee anes

0 o o 0 Inches. | T. gr T. gr.

1 80.9 4.0 78.9 6.0 0.967 10.34 2.15 0.828

2 |Sunday

3 80.3 3.1 7Ba4 4.7 .961 ol 1.65 862

4 80.3 2.5 79.0 | 3.8 970 42 33 887

5 80.1 2.1 79.0 3:2 -970 44 10 905

6 79.5 1.9 78.5 2.2: -955 ag 0.98 913

7 79.3 2.2 48:2; |} 3:3 -946 “49 1.420.) > 901

8 48.3 1.0 47.8 |) 1.5 -934 09° .| 0.50 953

9 |Sunday

10 79.1 1.3 78.4 2.0 952 we 67 .939

12 80.2 2.6 78.9 3.9 .967 39 1.36 .884

(13 80.0 1.9 79.0 | 2°9 .970 44 -00 913

14 79.3 2.0 78.3 3.0 949 Py 02 909

15 80.0 2.2 78.9 3.3 .967 41 13 902

16 |Sunday.

17 79.0 2.0 78.0 3.0 940 13 01 -909

18 77.6 1.1 77.0 1.7 .910 9.35 0.56 -946

19 19.2 2,2 78.1 3.3 0943 10.16 1.11 902

20 80.3 3.0 78.8 4.5 964 34 09 .867

21 81.1 277. 79.7 4.1 992 63 47 879

22 80.8 3.1 79.2 4.7 976 49 68 .862

23 Sunday.

24 19.9 3.6 78.1 5.4 943 12 .88 843

25 80.2 3.6 78.4 5.4 952 21 -89 844

26 80.0 3.9 78.0 5.9 940 07. 2.06 830

27 80.4 3.6 78.6 5.4 -958 -28 1.89 845

28 80.0 2.8 78.6 4.2 958 -30 45 877

29 79.7 2.4 78.5 3.6 955 Bae, .24 892

30 | Sunday. |

ep ae ls et) le

Meteorological Observations. XXXi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

om the month of September, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

is] jo)

= = Range of the Barometer for : Range of the

ae each hour during Ss Temperature for each

Fe the month. oa hour during the

oa = month.

Hour. 2 4 iS vs ae

= >

mS -- or = As

= 6 Max in iff Pe Max.| Min. | Diff.

6 © 5 8

S =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o ty) fe) o

Mid-

night 209. 705 | 29.896 | 29.549 | 0.277 | 80.8 | 82.8 | 79.0 | 3.8

] .693 .826 049 .281 80:7 | 82.0 | ‘79.2 2.8

2 .681 811 536 279 80.6 | 81.8 79,2 2.6

3 673 .806 oll -295 80.4 | 81.6 78.9 2.7

4 .667 .808 507 01 80.1 | 81.4 78.6 2.8

5 .679 811 2517 294 7919 Pala | V78ie | 2.7

6 694 -819 .926 .293 79.9 | 81.4 78.6 2.8

7 713 846 047 .299 80.5 | 82.8 78.6 4.2

8 704 -865 04 oll 82.0 | 84.4 78.2 6.2

9 742 863 .564 .299 82.7 | 85.8 78.2 7.6

10 742 .863 O71 207 84.2 | 87.0 78.8 8.2

ll oF32 .857 -966 291 84.7 | 87.8 | 78.4 | 9.4

Noon .708 831 .546 .285 85.3 | 89.0 78.9 | 10.1

1 .683 803 so2k -282 85.4 | 89.8 78.0 | 11.8

2 659 442 498 .274 85.9 | 91.0 78.0 | 13.0

3 -640 747 477 .270 85.1 | 91.0 78.2 | 12.8

4 -634 51 480 ofl 84.1 } 90.4 78.4 | 12.0

5 633 758 482 .276 83.1 | 88.2 77.4 |} 10.8

6 -646 761 492 .269 82.3 | 86.3 78.0 8.3

7 664 782 530 252 | 81.9 | $4.3 | 79.0 | 5&3

8 -693 .803 D047 .256 81.6 | 83.8 79.0 4.8

] 20" ,: *.823 .570 waa 81.3 | 83.6 79.2 4.4

10 -720 .829 -580 2249 81.1 | 83.4 77.6 5.8

11 715 .834 O71 .263 80.8 | 83.0 77.7 5.3

eee

¥XXil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

im the month of September, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

E ee ee

A Su jpe [3s

s Be 3 @ os ef, [ite ee qs

ao o & 2 > ee Oo ty S =

eS = io) 4 — ° » oO : c =

Puy Se a Ss ra)

aa o E 5 Si ro Drees 2 Cet 2

Hour. a 5 ® = 2 2 & oe os

z=) A a 2 | Cee | Bt

fo) e |B Vel tees ee eee Be

Pie) cele ae | eke 6 | FO | eat ees

ao = 2 Ss eee a2 | S Ban | e+e 5

$8 b g catom Se 2 |) Som, | Se.

= a Ss) a = = < =

0 0 o oO Inches, | T. gr.| T. gr

an {79.4 14 | 78.7 | 21 | 0.961 |10.37 | 0.70 | 0.937

1 79.5 ‘2 78.9 1.8 967 43 61 945

2 79.4 1.2 78.8 1.8 964 40 61 945

3 79.2 U2 78.6 1.8 958 34 .60 945

4 79.0 1.1 78.4 1.7 952 | .o7 947

5 78.9 1.0 78.4 1.5 952 ed ol 953

6 78.9 1.0 78.4 1.5 952 a7 51 953

7 79.3 1.2 78.7 1.8 961 37 61 944

8 79.8 2.2 78.7 3.3 961 35 1) 1aZ 902

9 | 80.0 2.7 78.6 4.1 958 .30 42 879

10 80.6 3.6 78.8 5.4 964 34 90 845

11 80.6 4.1 78.5 6.2 955 23 | 2,19 824

Noon. | 80.8 4.5 78.5 6.8 955 21 43 808

1 80.6 4.8 78.2 2 946 ll 57 797

2 80.9 5.0 78.4 7.5 952 15 ee) 789

3 80.6 4.5 78,3 6.8 949 14 43 807

4 80.2 3.9 78.2 5.9 946 13 .08 830

5 80.0 3.1 78.4 4.7 952 21 | 16 861

6 79.7 2.6 78.4 3.9 952 .23 635 884

7 79.7 2.2 78.6 3.3 958 32 ae 902

8 79.6 2.0 78.6 3.0 958 32 .02 910

9 79.5 1.8 78.6 27 958 32 | 0.02 918

10 79.4 1,7 78.5 2.6 955 .29 .88 921

11 79.4 1.4 78.7 2.1 961 EY 70 937

Meteorological Observations. XXXUi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

| Date.

“8

Q:3 | Rain.

os ~-

0 Inches.

129.8 | 0.20

Sunday ee

119.0 ee

.. | 0.20

ae 0.80

ae 4.29

Sunday. | 2.61

ae 0.46

se 1.46

ee 0.51

ee 0.62

oe 0.59

Sunday. | 0.28

115.0 | 0.22

ee 4.15

eos ae

° 0.28

108.0 ae

132.7 .

Sunday a

135.5 | 0.19

130.0 | 0.22

134.0 os

136.7 | 0.47

145.0 | 0.22

Sunday. | 0.26

; cirro cumuli,

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1855.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

.ors. E.

or BE. S. E.

or 8. E.

or S, E.

or S.E.

_S. E. orS. W.

W.or N. E. orS.

or E. or S, E.

E. or W. or S.

of ORE BEER oF

S. or N. E. or S. E.

Calm or S. E. or s.s.£.

S. E. or S.

S. or S. W.-or 8,

S. or E.

N. E. or 8. E.

General Aspect of the Sky.

Cloudless till5 a. mM. scattered i till

8 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

Various clouds till 7 Pp. m. cloudless

afterwards, also drizzling at 1 a. M.

Cloudy. [and 1 Pp. M,

Cloudy with drizzling between 11 a. M.

Cloudy and constantly raining.

Ditto.

Cloudy and raining the whole day.

Cloudy with little rain before sunrise.

Cloudy with rain between 3 and 5P, M.

Cloudless till 5 a.m. scattered “i after-

wards. [also at 11 a. M.

Cloudy with rains before sunrise and

Cloudy and raining between Midnight

and 5 a. M. and also at 5 Pp. M.

Cloudless till 5 a. m. cloudy afterwards,

also raining at 23 and 4 P.M.

. |Cloudy with rains between 4 and 5 p. mM.

Cloudy with rains the whole day.

Cloudy with much rain before sunrise.

Cloudless till 3 a.m. Cloudy afterwards

with little rain between 10 and 11 p.m.

Cloudy. [wards,

Cloudless till 5 a. M. scattered “i after-

[tween 3 and 4 Pp. mM,

Cloudy with a smart shower of rain be-

Scattered \i till 3 a. Mm. cloudless till

7 A. M. scattered “i afterwards also

rain between 2 and 3 Pp, M.

Scattered i.

\i at horizon till 7 a. M. scattered 1

till 6 Pp. M. overcast afterwards with

lightning and rain at 7 and 8 Pp. M,

Cloudy till 2 a. m. scattered ’.i and i

till 11 a, Mm. cloudy afterwards with

rain at 3 P.M.

Cloudy more or less the whole day with

little drizzling at Noon,

Ni Cirri, i cirro strati, Xi cumuli, “i cumulo strati, V-i nimbi, —i strati,

KXXIV Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

im the month of October, 1855.

Latitude 229 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Level of the Sea 18.11.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations, and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

6 5 ; ee

2 Oss Range of the Barometer a 3 | Range of the Tempera-

aa 8 = during the da =| ture during the da

= = a £ y. b $ 4 y-

sas | Max. Min, Diff. SE Max. | Min. | Diff.

= =

Inches, | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. oO 0 0 oO

1 |29.757 129.803 | 29.708 0.095 81.2 88.7 78.0 | 10.7

2 761 .818 .712 -106 80.9 86.2 78.4 7.8

By 2747 .802 .688 114 80.9 85.0 78.4 6.6

4 “748 .806 688 118 83.7 89.1 gee 9.9

5 .767 .829 724 .105 84.5 90.4 80.2 | 10.2

6 .833 .893 BIE .116 84,2 90.2 79.8 | 10,4

7 | Sunday.

8 857 .935 797 .188 83.1 88.8 77.8 | 11.0

9 816 .885 £755 .130 83,1 88.8 77.0 | 11.8

10 802 .876 .765 111 84.2 89.6 78.8 | 10.8

11 801 864 749 eB 5) 84.6 89.9 80.0 9.9

12 -805 .862 .756 .106 84.6 90.1 80.6 9°5

13 -850 -920 811 -109 65.1 91.2 80.0 | 11.2

14 |Sunday,

15 .858 .925 £799 .126 84.5 90.2 80.0 | 10.2

16 .847 -930 .784 -146 83.0 88.2 79.4 8.8

17 .869 .931 .828 -103 79.3 85.0 76.2 8.8

18 .875 .945 .822 .123 78.8 84.6 75.8 8.8

19 .890 942 .846 .096 78.6 84.0 76.4 7.6

20 -904 .963 .835 .128 80.4 86.0 75.8 | 10.2

21 [Sunday |.

22 956 | 30.031 .885 .146 81,3 88.4 78.0 | 10.4

23 | .904 |29.980 .813 167 80.5 87.0 77.0 | 10.0

24 | .868 .924 .804 .120 79.8 86.2 76.8 9.4

25 | .892 941 -832 .109 76.2 78.2 74.2 4.0

26 901 .964 .846 118 075 82.2 74.0 8.2

27 .879 .946 .822 1234 78.7 84.8 73.8 | 11.0

28 |Sunday.

29 .893 .968 .842 .126 78.6 85.4 72.9 | 12,5

30 .898 .955 843 .112 79.1 85.8 73.0 | 12.8

31 .950 | 30.030 .904 .126 76.4 84.0 70.6 | 13.4

Meteorological Observations. XXXV

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1855.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

“ ‘ B ‘So Su |ag a

os a lel e | ec lee | ae

S 5 a = iS) habe ete at

oo > 9 » Sea >

2 a 5 Se we S a ra aS) Set & =

: OUR Re ce || Sekai ae 3

Date. ae 2 Q $ So Fao | 8 2 a9

cae 3 a 2 Sil 2S |eo8| bes

Se = 3 2 | BZ | of eilae7| ses

| a = a= S. s |333 a

sao ou 5 as Ss #60 Soo

o A be = Pay oF oa | |S ae.) eras

a A O A = = < =)

0 0 0 0 Inches. | (U: er.) Does.

! 78.6 2.6 77:3 3.9 0.919 9.90 1.31 | 0.883

2 78.7 2:2 77.6 3.3 928 | 10.01 .09 902

3 78.6 2.3 TA 3.4 922 9.93 17 895

4 79.6 4.1 77.5 6.2 925 92 2.15 .822

5 80.0 4.5 100 6.8 931 .96 229 .806

6 79.5 4.7 77.1 7.1 913 78 46 199

7 | Sunday

8 76.4 6.7 75.0 |. 10.1 801 8.58 3.28 123

9 162 5.9 74,2 8.9 832 93 2.93 153

10 78.4 5.8 75.5 8.7 .868 9.29 95 759

11 79.5 5.1 76.9 hie -908 .70 .69 .783

12 79.6 5.0 7.1 7.5 913 (76 .63 788

13 79.6 5.0 76.8 8.3 905 .67 90 .769

14 Sunday

15 79.8 4.7 77.4 (ies 922 87 48 199

16 79.0 4.0 77.Q 6:0 .910 Art| -05 827

17 76.8 2.5 75.5 3.8 .868 38 1,21 .886

18 76.4 2.4 75,2 3.6 .860 .30 14 891

19 76.2 2.4 75.0 36 .854 24 14 .890

20 77.2 3.2 75.6 4.8 871 .o9 200 -858

21 | Sunday.

22 78.3 3.0 76.8 4.5 .905 43 51 .866

23 77.5 3.0 76.0 4.9 .882 .00 48 865

24 “ya 267 TS-250, 421 873 43 32 | 877

25 74.9 1.3 74.2 2.0 6832 05 0.61 937

26 75.0 2.5 aa 3:8 .819 8.89 1.15 .885

27 74.3 4.4 72.1 6.6 778 41 2.00 .808

28 | Sunday

29 73.7 4.9 71.2 7.4 £756 18 .20 .788

30 73.8 5.3 71.1 8.0 YES 15 .38 774

31 69.2 7:2 65.6 | 10,8 .630 6.85 87 -705

XXXVI Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

an the month of October, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

a x

oe 5

S ey each hour during a ature for each hour

= the month. 2 during the month.

Hour. ios a

oie | 3

oo °

as ; As oe

ee Max. Min. Diff. oe Max. | Min. | Diff.

oo o A

a =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ) 0 7) 7)

nist, | f 29-851 |29.971 [29.752 | 0.219 | 79.0 | 83.6 | 748] 8.8

1 843 961 .740 221 78.5 83.2 | 74.2 9.0

2 831 956 | .726 230 78.3 82.6 | 73.4 9.2

3 821 3947 | pe 5724 223 78.4 82.4 | 72.5 938

rt 825 -946 724 .222 47.9 82.2 62.0 )| AM

5 -836 961 734 22d 77.6 81.8) 5.71.2 | 10s

6 855 975 152 .223 77.5 81.8:)°970.6 | Lise

7 878 -999 .766 .233 78.3 $2.6) (771.0: M86

8 898 | 30.015 «i393 232 80.6 84.2 | 74.6 | 9.6

9 912 "031 802 Apa) 82.3 85.6 | 76.2 9.4

10 910 .030 .800 -230 83.5 BF. 277 9.8

i) 894 -013 87 .226 84.8 88.6 | 77.2 | 11.4

Noon. .866 | 29.979 756 .223 85.2 89.6 | 74.2 | 15.4

il 838 952 hom 225 85.8 90.5 | 74.4] 16.1

2 .816 223 708 215 89.8 90.0 | 75.4 | 14.6

3 .800 913 .688 220 85.0 91.2.1°75.0 | GiGms

4 799 912 .688 224 84.5 90.4 | 75.8 | 14.6

5 806 .914 .690 224 83.5 88.8 | 75.8 | 13.0

6 814 925 700 .225 82.0 86.8 | 75.6 | 41.2

7 833 929 720 209 81.1 86.0 } 75.4 | 10.6

8 653 958 748 .210 80.3 85.0 | 74.4 | 10.6

9 865 971 767 204 79.9 84.5 | 73.6 | 10.9

10 866 977 SL iif 210 79.5 83.8 | 73.0 | 10.8

11 .860 -966 761 5205+): 79,2 83.3 | 72.2 | ILI

ee ee ee ee oi nie ee

a eee

Meteorological Observations. XXXVil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

2 ST [ume walseioae’ eed (lee 8

(ay a : Q aa Ou o a

a 5 a 5) By, O go

& = TS o ) > ° =) 2 eS

2 o Ss 26 ~sZ es a

-Hour,| 2 E 3 2 sae IE eee os

- 2 a a here) ie Cee

= eS - 2 co Oe ee ae £2 &

a a 2 Sas Wes ole One ae o2°S

2 s 3 Os s a sas

s 9 > g adam Ss B24) Seals, $3.8

= a S) faa) = = < =

0 ft) ty) o Inches. | T. gr T. gr

Mid-

night 76.9 2.1 75.8 3.2 | 0.876 9.48 1.02 0.903

1 766 1.9 75.6 2.9 871 42 0.93 910

2 76.6 ay 15.49 2.6 873 45 83 919

3 76.6 1.8 75.7 27 873 45 .86 .917

4 76.3 1.6 75.5 2.4 868 42 74 .997

5 76.1 LTRS 2.4 862 | .36 74 927

6 76.0 1.5 75.2 2.3 860 33 al 929

7 76.4 1.9 75.4 2.9 865 ‘7 91 911

8 77.3 3.3 75.6 5.0 871 39 1.62 £853

9 77.6 4.6 75.4 6.9 865 230 2.28 .803

10 77.8 5.7 74.9 8.6 851 ne 89 0759

11 78.2 6.6 74.9 9.9 851 .09 3.37 .730

Noon.| 78.2 7.0 74.7. | 10.5 846 03 58 .716

1 78.4 74 74.8 11 846 .03 .80 .704

2 78.2 7.6 74.4 11.4 838 | 8.95 88 698

3 77.6 7.4 73.9 bial 824 81 72 .703

4 77.4 7.1 73.8 | 10.7 822 78 57 711

5 77.4 6.1 74.3 9.2 835 .96 04 747

6 G07 4.3 75,5 6.5 868 | 9.33 2.14 £813

7 77:5 3.6 75.7 5.4 873 41 1.76 842

8 77.4 2.9 75.9 | 4.4 879 | 49 “42 870

9 ir 2.8 7507 4.2 873 43 So <b. Sas

10 77.0 2.5 75.7 3.8 873 43 23 6885

11 76.9 2.3 75.7 3.5 873 43 Ri .893

XXXVI Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1855. |

Solar radiation, Weather, &e.

CMe

ns Prevailing direction

$ As 3 of eas a General Aspect of the Sky.

Slits 6

fe) Inches.

1| 133.2 0.72\E. or N. E. or N. Scattered “i and \-i till 7 a. mM. only

scattered \-i till 11 a. mM, cloudy

afterwards with rain between 3 and

6 P. M.

2| 130.6 a. SIN. Be Scattered \—i till 2 a. m. cloudless till 6

A. M. Cloudy afterwards with drizzling

after sunset.

3 ps 0.09'N. E. or N. Cloudy with little drizzling at 9 a. M.

4| 145.0 .. |S. E. or N. W. or W. |Cloudless till 3 a. mM. more or less scat-

tered i till 6 P. mM. cloudless after-

wards,

5| 146.0 ee |S. W. or W. Cloudless till 6 a. m. clouds of various

kinds till 6 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

61 141.0 | .. |Calm or W. Cloudless till 3 a. M. scattered “i till 6

p. M. cloudless afterwards.

: Raa a N. Cloudless.

9| 144.0 ao ING. Cloudless nearly the whole day.

10| 144.0 Bi N. W. Ditto.

11} 142.0 we ING EN. Cloudless till 9 A. M. variable clouds till

7 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards.

12] 139.0 = IN GW. or W. Cloudless till 5 a. m. variable clouds till

5 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards.

13! 145.0 .. |W.or N. W, or N. E./Cloudless till 10 a. M. scattered “i till 6

Pp. M. cloudless afterwarda.

P. se [ wards,

rats Oana | tee, Scattered “i till 6 p. m. cloudless after-

16! 138.0 oo Sia Cloudless tili 3 a. M. scattered %i till 3

P. M seattered \-i and i afterwards. —

17 re: 0.16|N. N, E. or S. Cloudless till 6 aA. M. cloudy afterwards

with rain between Noon and 4 Pp. mM.

18 us 1.06|S. or E. Cloudless till 6 a. m. cloudy afterwards

with rain at 3 and 4 P. M.

19 ap .. |N. or N. E. or S. W.|Cloudless till 4 a. m. cloudy afterwards

with rain between 3 and 7 Pp. M.

20) 118.0 0.38/W. or BE. N. EH. Cloudy the whole day also drizzling be-

tween 7 and 9 P. M.

nnn n nee am

“i Cirro-cumuli.

Meteorological Observations. | XXXIX

Abstract of the Result of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

an the month of October, 1855.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

General Aspect of the Sky,

Clouds of various kinds, also rain at 6

Cloudy more or less the whole day.

Cloudy the whole day: also drizzling at

3 and 7 and 8 Pp. M.

Cloudy, also drizzling between 7 a. M.

Cloudless till 10 a. m. clouds of various

kinds till 6 pe. m. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless nearly the whole day.

NS : Prevailing direction

$ I = 3 of the Wind.

re) Inches.

21| Sunday. 0.14 wa

22; 140.0 -. |S.orE.N. E.orw.orn.

P.M,

23) 134.0 we. | Se

24) 129.0 ae S.

25 bE 0.83|N. E

and 3 Pp. M.

ee a ie Cloudy.

27| 142.0 sae IN Weor N. Variable clouds.

28| Sunday. oie Bae

29) 142.0 es) UN. Wor Ns

30] 136.0 -» {Calm or N. W.or W.

-- {N.w.or N.or N. N, w. Ditto.

31} 141.0

ye "ty Db t ¥h nat 1

CALM wal eb:

em - , ¥ is

-M.F S 2 4 1 be fT

shiinsiih- agie , thant

” 5 e " Don

= ae aad i

‘4 po Pee ‘

i SORT): ¥

Meteorological Observations. xli

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1855.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Feet

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

So ® ow

3 : 3 Range of the Barometer a 3 Range of the Tempera-

BPS during the day. > 8 ture during the day.

So g

Date. ce ® 9 z Ci i ee or hae aaa

S22 { Max. | Min. | Dit, | $48 | Max. | Min, | Diff.

a =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. 0 oO 0 o

1 29.956 | 30.031 | 29.907 0.124 75.3 83.4 68.4 | 15.0

2 .917 | 29.970 850 .120 | 76.8 84.4 69.8 | 14.6

3 919 982 865 117 78.2 84.0 72.4 | 11.6

4 Sunday.

5 -990 | 30.059 .946 la “eb 85.3 73.6 | 11.7

6 Jol .009 902 107 76.9 84.2 70.5 | 13.7

| 950 .017 904 AIS, 97.4 84.45) 72.1 | 1p.3

8 -950 .032 .895 AY eV 77.5 85.0 72.4 | 12.6

9 916 | 29.981 .857 124 78.5 87.0 72.4 | 14.6

10 934 | 30.003 882 2) | 78:7 86,8 | 74.4 | 12.4

11 Sunday.

12 .982 .070 .926 144 | 75.0 83.6 67.9 | 15.9

13 947 .020 .889 131 74.1 82.6 fino | deed

14 945 -030 880 0150 | 74.7 83.5 67.6 | 15.9

15 954 .025 909 LLGny 741 82.6 67.2) | ba.4

16 955 .020 899 PAU O74 83.5 67.2; | 46.3

17 .955 -030 898 132 | 73.6 83.0 67.0 | 16.0

18 Sunday,

19 947 021 .897 124 | 72.7 83.6 64.8 | 18.8

20 .957 .026 902 24739 83.2 66.2 | 17.0

21 30.031 -108 .966 142 73,8 82.6 67.8 | 14.8

22 "043 123 998 eee et 7158 80.4 65.0 | 15.4

23 031 ,088 965 Ags 7 | 80.0 62.8 | }7.2

24 -036 .109 957 162 | 71.0 80.6 63.6 | 17.0

25 Sunday,

26 -063 129 | 30.022 | 207 0)71,8 80.6 65.0 | 15.6

27 .090 158 .028 Pot 71,8 81.5 65.4 | 16.1

28 .082 141 .018 23 |. 71,8 81.2 64.6 | 16.6

29 088 A535 -030 128... 71,0 79.8 64.4 | 15.4

30 .090 156 -039 Bal Wg 69,8 80.4 61.2 | 19.2

xhii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Resulis of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1855.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

“ : B ‘S a. | sg 2 3

a Bic Ann te bu he en:

| = Sue SB.) Peele Ver ee

3 SUN TURE aoe 9 SS |megs) te

faa) i>) o 3 2 on on S = 3

Date. : z=) A 3 £2 | BBS | & feo

38 2 Su | #8 -|4o2| bes

4 3 3 os 2 ee Sun 4 ne

a9 < Bs 6 | ae | 2° Nie oc

E 8 g a em oF oe 3 oe-5 ae 3S

0 0 0 0 Inches. | Tsgr.« | “Beer

I 69.0 6.3 65.8 9.5 0.634 6.90 2.50 | 0.734

2 71.0 5.8 68.F 1048.7 684 | 7.41 42 | .754

3 72.6 5.6 69.8 8.4 722 82 43 163

4 Sunday

Ee 42.6 6.5 69.3 9.8 alt 67 86 728

6 71.4 5.5 68.6 8.3 695 D5 ool 766

| eed 5.7 68.8 8.6 .699 27 44 756

8 72.0 5.9 69.2 8.3 .708 .69 .3D 766

9 73.3 5.2 70.7 7.8 144 8.05 .00 778

10 73.4 5.3 70.7 8.0 744 05 36 773

alg Sunday.

12 68.7 6.3 65.5 9.5 .628 6.84 47 735

13 67.9 6.2 64.8 9.3 .613 71 .36 740

14 68.4 6.3 65.2 9.5 .621 77 46 733

15 66.3 7.8 62.4 | 11.7 .567 18 .89 681

16 67.3 6.8 63.9 | 10.2 .595 50 57 717

17 67.3 6.3 64.1 9.5 -b99 04 039 «732

18 | Sunday.

19 66.7 6.0 63.7 9.0 591 47 2 “745

20 68.6 5.3 65.9 8.0 636 95 .06 772

21 67.8 6.0 64.8 | 9.0 613 71 27 747

22 65.6 6.2 62.5 | 9.3 568 24 2 738

23 65.1 5.6 6253 8.4 .565 21 1.97 759

24 65.1 5.9 62.1 8.9 561 16 2.09 747

25 | Sunday.

26 66.9 64.4 605 65 1.80 787

27 66.5 63.8 593 50 95 769

29 65.2

4.9 7.4

5.3 8.0 : : ,

28 65.7 6.1 62.6 9.2 -070 .26 2.19 741

5.8 8.7

30 63.0 6.8 0.2

Meteorological Observations. xiii

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

ES )

mo, g

So each hour during 4 ature for each hour

sa the month. 2 during the month.

oO 3

Hour. so rsa)

&0 =

ce ig

ee eM Mi Diff S | Max.| Min, | Diff

aH ax. in, iff. ee ; 4 iff.

so 9° oS g

o Oo

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. fy o oO fC)

Mid-

beet \ 20.985 30.096 |29.904 | 0.192 | 70.7 | 76.6| 66.2] 10.4

1 978 .093 .906 .187 70.1 76.4 | 65.0 | 11.4

2 wae .089 -889 .200 69.6 76.4 | 64.8 | 11.6

3 .962 081 893 188 69.3 76.2 | 64.0 | 12.2

4 -966 -078 -891 187 68.8 15.6 | 63.6 | 12.0

5 975 .092 -905 187 68.2 75.1 | 62.6 | 12.5

6 991 -L00 917 183 67.8 40:3 | (6122 | La 1

7 30.015 118 947 Avia 68.1 75.0. | 684A |! 136

8 :038 149 .961 .188 71.6 41:9 | $6938 |) VAt

9 055 "158 .970 188 | 74.9 79.8 | 69.5 | 10.3

10 -055 .156 969 .187 76.9 81.2 | 73.4 7.8

11 037 135 941 194 Hie 83.0 | 75.6 7.4

Noon. .010 ,108 925 .183 81.1 85.0 | 77.8 a2

1 29.976 .077 .895 182 82.2 86.3 | 78.6 dod

2 .953 ,063 .860 .203 82.8 87.0 | 79.6 7.4

3 938 .040 .850 .190 82.7 86.8 | 79.4 7.4

4 -934 041 852 .189 80.6 85.0 | 77.0 8.0

5 944, .061 861 .200 78.7 83.0 | 74.4 8.6

6 .953 072 865 207 76.6 81.0 | 72.4 8.6

7 974 091 .888 .203 75.0 79.4 | 70.2 9.2

8 -990 .100 908 | .192 73.9 78.8 | 69.4 9.4

9 30.000 .110 .920 | .190 72.8 79.0 | 67:7 | ILS

10 .006 113 919 | .194 72.1 78.6 | 66.6 | 12.0

1a 29.998 114 911 | .203 | 71.2 77.8 | 65.6 | 12,2

Lele |

{ |

xliv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

: See ee

5 ; a5 2 ca jue Me

s 3 ao | 2 So So €.°

a = 2 2 & oO eee be

2 S — 235 m3

Hour c E 5 s 3 28 one c&

eee | Rare aoe | air Wie aaa | cee

be = = 0 @ “oS

Fe 4 3) Seat eh F aot ee eee

2. FQ Dy “_ s 3 ae S20] -« & a

= Qa oO fan = = < =

ty) 0 fy) o , Inches.{ T. gr. Peer.

ae } 67.6 | 311) Bee | ae) 0888") ery pate) oieee

1 67.2 2.9 65.7 | 4.4 632 6.96 07 867

2 66.7 He) 65.2 | 4.4 621 .85 .05 867

3 66.5 2.8 | 65.1 | 421! .619 .83 .00 872

4 66.0 2.8 64.6 4.2 .609 wo 0.98 873

5 65.6 2.6 | 64.0 4,2 | 597 .60 .98 871

6 65 3 2.5 63.8 4.0 .593 .56 .92 877

fl 65.6 2,0 64.1 4.0 599 i062 93 877

8 67.4 4.2 65.3 e8 | | cen .85 1.55 .815

9 68.5 6.4 65.3 9.6 623 19 2.49 fae

10 69.3 7.6 65.5 14 .628 .83 3.03 693

11 70.0 91 65.4 | 13.7 | .626 .76 V7 642

Noon.| 70.4 | 10.7 | 65.0 | 16.1] .617 65 4.52 595

iL 706 7) 11.6 64.8 17.4 .613 60 94 572

2 70.8 | 12.0 64.8 | 18.0) .613 58 517 .560

3 70.4 12.3 64.2 18.5 .601 44 28 549

4 69.7 | 109 | 642 | 16.4 | .601 .48 4.53 588

5 70.2 8.5 | 65.9 | 12.8] .636 88 3.53 661

6 70.2 6.4 67.0 9.6 | .659 7.15 2.62 732

7 69.8 5.2 | 67.2 7.81 .664 .23 .08 777

8 69.3 4.6 | 67.0 6.9 | .659 .20 1.81 799

9 68.8 4.0 66.8 6.0 .655 AY 54 823

10 68.3 3.8 | 66.4 5.7 | .646 .08 45 830

I 67.9 oc 66.2 5.0 .642 .05 25 849

Meteorological Observations. xlv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

2 qs

S os]

Al &

ry)

1] 136.0

2} 144.0

3) 141.2

4| Sunday.

5| 142.0

6| 138.0

7} 139.2

8} 139.0

9} 141.0

10) 144.0

11| Sunday.

12} 142.0

13} 136.5

14) 137.4

15} 1420

16} 147.0

17j 136.5

18) Sunday.

19} 139.0

20| 142.0

iy 137.9 |

22) 140.0

23) 135.0 |

24) 137.2

25| Sunday.

26) 134.0

27| 140.0

28) 135.6

29) 135.0

30} «141.0

Rain.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1855.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

ee oe ee

N. W. or W.

N. W. or N.

N. or N.E, or N.N.W.

- or W. N. W.N, W.

W. or S. W.

S. E. or N. E. or W.

Ww.

W. or N.

N. W. or W.

W. or N. W.

Calm or N. W. or N.

General Aspect of the Sky.

Cloudless till 4 a. M. scattered ‘ior Ni

afterwards,

Scattered \i and i till 6 p.m. cloud-

less afterwards.

Cloudless till 10 a. M. scattered \i and

\~i afterwards.

Scattered \i or i till 9 a. m. cloud-

less afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudiess nearly the whole day.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 2 A. M. various clouds till

5 p. M, cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 9 a. M. scattered i or

\—i till 6 ep. m. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless till Noon scattered i till

6 ep. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 7 A. M. scattered —i or

Ni till 7 p. mM. cloudless afterwards.

Ni Cirri, i cirro strati, Xi cumuli, “i cumulo strati, V-i nimbi, —i strati,

\ i cirro cumuli.

xlvi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

on the month of December, 1855.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet

Height of the cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Level of the Sea 18.11.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations, and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

35 2s

2 iE = Range of the Barometer Ps 3 Range of the Tempera-

ee : = during the day. b : ture during the day.

rt So Et

Date.| . a of S 3

s4+2 | Max. Min. Diff. S ey Max. | Min. | Diff.

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ty) 7) oO 0

1 | 30.111 |30.176 |30.049 0.127 69.4: 78.4 62.1 | 16.3

2 |Sunday.

3 106 169 044 125 69.2 To 62.4 | 15.5

4 117 182 .065 117 69.9 79.4 63.6 | 15.8

5 .L06 194 -043 151 70.1 80.5 61.8 | 18.7

6 .068 147 .005 -142 69.9 80.0 61.8 | 18.2

7 .026 -116 = | 29.972 144 68.8 79.2 61.2 | 18.0

8 031 126 977 149 68.1 78.2 60.2 | 18.0

_ 9 ||Sunday.

10 .008 .097 947 .150 65.1 75.0 57.0 | 18.6

11 .039 118 981 137 65.8 76.2 57.01 19.2

12 | 0138 .092 .949 143 65.4 75.6 57.6 | 18.0

13 | 29.965 .033 -902 131 65.2 75.0 57.4 | 175

14 .981 -056 .924 132 65.3 74.8 57.8 | 17.0

15 | 30.003 078 951 27 65.9 76.2 58.0 | 18.2

16 ||Sunday.

17 042 132 3977 155 65.7 76.4 57.3 | 19.1

18 .049 130 | 30.001 -129 65.0 75.6 57.2 | 18.4

19 052 139 =| 29.986 153 66.8 77.0 59.6 | 17.4

20 067 145 {30.012 133 68.1 78.4 59.8 | 18.6

74 I -068 142 ..008 134 68.5 79.2 60.4 | 18.8

22 .038 110 |29.969 141 68.5 78.8 60.6 | 18.2

23 | Sunday.

24 |29.981 -065 .920 145 66.5 76.7 58.2 | 18.5

25 Xtmas,

26 995 .088 945 143 64.6 75.4 56.0 | 19.4

27 | 30.002 .088 £933 0155 65.2 76.1 57.0 | 19.2

23 =| 29.998 .081 947 134 65.4 76.6 56.6 | 20.0

29 954 .028 906 122 66.9 79.4 56.6 | 22.8

30 erence

31 | 30.044 re _.128 997 131 64.2 74.4 56.2 | 18.2

Meteorological Observations. xlvii

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1855.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

: = ms - eg

g 5 $ ares > e Ze)

o : . a o aud antics g g

ae 2 3 3) ss om BS

a = 3 2 5 ages eps hee

2 a | 8 if 33 |Bs8 3

Date.| . 5 3 2 se |ees| oa

3 3 a 2 ee eueas aS

Banh. 2 @) | Bos |e | ee | ee ales

2 a Se wad a a |ssio82

Ss b> 8 py SS sf /San) $8.8

= a 'S) a = = < =

0 0 ) o Inches.| T. gr.| T. A)

1 63.8 5.6 61.0 8.4 0.541 5.96 1.90 0.758

2 |Sunday

3 64.3 4.9 61.8 7.4 555 6.12 .69 784

4 64.8 5.1 62.2 1a 563 19 ar) 776

5 64.1 6.0 61.1 9.0 543 5.97 2.06 743

6 64.1 5.8 61.2 8.7 544 99 1.99 751

7 62.5 6.3 59.3 95 ay 63 2.08 730

8 62.3 5.8 58.8 9.3 503 55 00 735

9 |Sunday.

10 58.7 6.4 54.9 10.2 441 4.90 1.99 711

il 59.8 6.0 56.2 9.6 461 5.1] 3 726

12 59.9 5.5 56.6 8.8 467 18 77 747

13 59.7 5.5 56.4 8.8 464: 15 76 745

14 60.2 5.1 57.1 8.2 475 27 66 760

15 60.5 5.4 57.3 8.6 478 29 77 749

16 | Sunday.

17 59.7 6.0 56.1 9.6 459 10 92 726

18 59.9 5.1 56.8 8.2 470 By) 64 | .761

19 61.3 5.5 58.0 8.8 489 Al 85 745

20 62.7 5.4 59.5 8.6 515 .68 87 | .752

21 62.4 6.1 59.3 9.2 511 64 2.01 is j

22 62.6 5.9 59.6 8.9 516 70 1.95 745

23 | Sunday

24 60.4 6.1 56.7 9.8 469 18 2.01 | .720

25; Xtmas.

26 59.0 5.6 55.6 9.0 452 .03 1.75 742

27 60.0 5.2 56.9 8.3 472 :23 68 757

28 59.4 6.0 55.8 96 455 05 90 727

29 60.5 6.4 56.7 10.2 469 LB} 210 |. 412

30 | Sunday,

31 56.8 7.4 51.6 12.6 394 4.38 31 .655

xlviti Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1855.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

a .

or . — .

= sc for each hour during Ae for each hour during

4 2m the month, aa the month.

our, an a as la I

ao oc) 5 f = & : -

Sais Max Min. Diff. Se | Max. Min. Diff.

= =

Inches. | Inches.| Inches. | Inches.; 0 0 0 o

cane 30.034 30.119 |29.946 10.173 | 62.6 | 66.2| 60.1 6.1

7 .027 114 944 170 62.0 65.2 59.4 5.8

2 .019 102 .930 172 61.3 64.8 58.8 6.0

3 .013 092 924 .168 60.7 64.4 58 2 6.2

4 .009 088 | .919 169 | 60.1 | 64.0 57.2 68

5 .022 -108 | .930 L78 | -58.6.| 63.8 56.6 7.2

6 .039 129 944 185 59.1 63.6 56.2 7.4

7 065 148 | .974 -174 | 59.1 | 63.6 56.0 7.6

8 .092 -180 .998 -182 62.0 67.2 57.5 9.7

9 113 194 |30.028 .166 66.2 70-6 62.6 8.0

10 aa 186 | .025 161 | 69.3 | 73.8 65.8 8.0

11 .090 -168 | .008 GO || 72:8) J6i2 69.0 7.2

Noon.| .057 .143 |29.983 160 | 74.8 | 78.2 71.4 6.8

1 .025 .140 951 .189 76.3 79.4 73.6 5.8

2 .000 086 | .926 160 | 77.2 | 80.5 74:0 6.5

3 (29.985 .065 912 153 76.9 80.0 74.2 5 8

4 .980 066 902 164 74.6 Vad 72.0 5.7

5 .986 083 | .911 eG?) | 7A) 7538 70.0 5.8

6 994 101 914 187 70.4 Vase 67.0 10.2

7 {30.01] 119 927 192 68.2 71.1 64.8 6.3

8 .028 131 -942 -189 66.8 69.8 63.2 6.6

9 .041 -145 .955 -190 65.6 69.0 62.4 6.6

10 .044 144 .963 181 64.5 67.6 61 4 6.2

11 039 141 | .964 177 | 63-8 | 68.1 61.6 6.5

Meteorological Observations. xlix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1855,

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

3 5 r 5 ey So

| Q Sau) eo ca

3 . 4 2 Se A) Rd = 9

a o Be Pa | On qo

Au oO Sl sy GS S pat ts

= o 2 Bug Wy 9 3

3 > E 3 ro) Pi | let = GSN i= WE

Hour. | «a cS o 5 ‘ibe aoe Tt

2 Q a 80-3 e BS “ :

3 pa Bel pes meslldemieil aoe lokek &

a 3 = ms Shee ge ie stiey nigel =

a3 ies 2. 3 eos ae) S85 log Sw

® 8 be = me Soe dS 2S Se Se oe

= a o A = a <q =

0 0 0 o | Inches. | T. gr.} T. gr.

night, {1598 | 28 | 57.8 | 48 | 0.486 | 5.43] 0.94 | 0.852

1 59.3 2.7 57.4 4.6 .480 .36 89 858

2 58.7 2.6 56.6 4.7 467 23 89 .855

3 58.0 2.4 55.8 4.9 455 10 90 .850

4 57.6 2.5 55.6 4.5 452 07 82 861

5 57.3 2.3 55.5 4.1 450 .06 74 872

6 56.9 2.2 55.1 4.0 .444 .00 71 .876

7 57.0 2.1 55.3 38 447 .03 .68 88h

8 58.7 3.3 56.4 5.6 464 18 1.07 829

9 60.9 5.3 57.7 8.5 485 36 | 76 753

10 62.2 7.1 58.6 10.7 499 .50 2.33 102

11 63.5 8.7 59.1 13.1 .508 56 “00 .650

Noon, | 64.2 10.6 58.9 | 15.9 504 49 3.77 593

1 64.4 ba 58.4 17.9 496 28 4.31 AE

2 64.8 12.4 58.6 18.6 499 41 54 O44

3 64.4 12.5 58.1 18.8 491 .o2 .04 O40

4 63.4 11.2 57.8 16.8 486 BA! | 3.91 975

5 63.9 8.8 59.5 13.2 515 63 05 649

6 64.0 6.4 60.8 9.6 537 90 2.20 728

7 63.1 5.1 60 0 8.2 523 78 1.80 763

8 62.4 4.4 59.8 7.0 520 75D 51 792

9 61.8 3.8 59.5 6.1 515 71 29 816

10 61.2 3,3 59.2 9.3 509 67 09 839

11 60.7 3.1 58.5 5.3 498 34 07 838

1 Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Resulis of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1855.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

Prevailing direction

of the Wind. General Aspect of the Sky.

Max. Solar

radiation

Rain,

EE SR ae ee een SS Gee Oper cae ai ed

oO. Inches

1| 127.0 .» {Calm or N. or N. W.|Cloudless till 6 a. m. scattered i and

[ i afterwards,

2| Sunday

3] 137.7 oe |Noor N. E. Cloudless till 5 a. m. scattered \i till 7

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

4| 129.6 e. |N. E. or N. Cloudless and foggy till 5 a, M. scattered

\—i afterwards.

5| 139.7 ee |N.W. or N.N.E.or N.|Cloudless nearly the whole day.

6} 137.2 add Cloudless till 8 a. M. scattered “i after-

7| 139 0 os w tN, or NW. Cloudless, [wards,

8| 131.0 .. |N. W. or N. Cloudless.

10] 135.0 .. {Calm or N. W. or W.|Cloudless.

11) 137.0 .. |Calm or W. or N. _ |Cloudless.

32| 130.0 es |N. or W. or N. W. |Cloudless.

13} 127.0 .. |N. or W. or N. W. |Cloudless,

14| 129.0 . .. |W.or N. W. Cloudless till 11 a. m. scattered 1i till

‘ 6 P. M. cloudless afterwards,

15} 130.6 -- {Calm or N. W. or W.|Cloudless,

16| Sunday

17| 134.6 .. |Calm or N. or N. W./Cloudless,

18] 129.0 oe ING, Wie Cloudless.

19; 132.0 ae GN, WeterN. Cloudless nearly the whole day.

20| 131.7 eg ANG Scattered clouds of various kinds.

21} 137.0 -» |Variable winds. Cloudless nearly the whole day.

22| 134.0 ee INGN. Weoor N. Cloudless.

23| Sunday.

24) 131.0 «. |W. or N. or N. W. |Cloudless.

25|christmas

26; 128.0 .» |N.N.W.or W.orN.W./Cloudless nearly the whole day.

27 ii balsd .. IN. W. or W. Cloudless.

28] 134.0 go We Cloudless.

29| 138.0 »» |W.or W.N. W. Cloudless,

30| Sunday.

31} 133.0 wie ON Cloudless,

Ni Cirri, i Cirro-strati, “i Cumuli, -i Cumulo-strati, V-i Nimbi, —i Strati,

wi Cirro-cumuli,

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. hi

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of January, 1856.

: g

g S

8 9

a a

1 | 29.657

2 | 29.647

3 | 29.617

4 | 29.623

5 | 29.547

6 | 29.617

7 | 29.697

8 | 29.659

9 | 29,741

10 | 29.757

11 | 29.707

12 | 29.685

13. | 29.653

14 | 29.687

15 | 29.671

16 | 29.725

17 | 29.671

18 | 29.641

19 | 29.629

20 | 29,691

21 | 29.675

22 | 29.635

23 | 29.605

24 | 29.573

25 | 29.577

26 | 29.551

27 | 29.531

28 | 29.569

29 | 29.509

30 | 29.521

31 | 29,493

Mean. | 29.631

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature. rs :

A= AS |

eS | es

sy 2 ‘S So

gd ane (= a

ro) a S SB

a Ie aes 1 ee ld i pote

oe Coe o a= =)

fo) ° e a g

63.5 | 6432 | 52:0 | NeW.) os

62.7}, 6444 15252 | N. OW. os

625° 645 | 5445 [NOW os

65.8 | 69.0 | 56.9 | N. Wi) ..

66.0 | 66.0 | 57.0 E. oe

65.5 | 66.2 | 56.9 | N. W.| ..

61.2 | 61.9 | 50.4 W. ee

60.5 | 61.3 | 49.4 W. ah

63.7 ).63.4- 1 50:0 -} No Wd. as

63.8 | 64.5 | 53.0 | S. E. os

66.9 | 68.0 | 56.9 N, a

How G7.0° ) BBee F Noa we

6650 O71 ape On IN, ME. og

65,8 | 66.2. |.54.5.1N. W.l 2

60.2 | 61.1 |. 53.4 N. en

GEO 1 °62:4-\| 53:0 LN. Wal coe

65,0 | 65.7 | 540 1S. Ww. ..

65,0 | 66.0 | 56.0 W. <a

67,9: '| 68.4 | 57 Ae? Sie} ne

69.5 | 70.0 | 60.2 E. a

69.0 | 69.0 | 60.5 EK. on

65,5 | 65.7 | 28.2 W. by

O45) 6505 4) Saeed Wh Noi? oe

64.5 | 64.9 | 58.5 |N. W.! ..

65.0 | 65.3 | 55.2 E. aie

65.9 | 65.5 | 60.2 | N. E. an

61.5 | 62.2 | 58.4 | N.W.) ...

58.8 | 60.0 | 53.4. | N. W.} ..

63.0 | 63.0 | 54.0 N. i

60.0 | 60.5 | 59.4 E 0.47

57.0 | 56.5 | 55.9 | N. E

64.0 | 64.7 | 55.6 0.47

Aspect of the Sky.

Clear.

Ditto.

\— scattered all over,

\— scattered.

Clear.

Ditto.

Ditto. .

\— scattered.

Clear.

Ditto.

\— scattered,

\ ditto.

Clear.

Ditto.

\— scattd. towards hor,

\— scattered.

Clear.

\— scattered to S. E.

— scattered.

VW ditto.

™ all over.

= scattered.

\ ditto.

\n- ditto.

\n- all over,

Ww ditto.

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

. f \ Cirus.

% Cunuli,

=> | ~ Cumulo strata.

i } \ Cirro strata.

® (\ Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree; the former always

reads more than the latter.

The average difference is 1.6,

lit Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of January, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature. Ss ;

A= BS

= cS

: a a) “2 Aspect of the Sky.

2 e . Vial Ben Bt

oO be Ss =

s 5 forme a. me ea

= 3 cet Cat o = =I

Q -Q fe) e) = A a

1 29.621 | 67.5 | 69.0 | 54.0 |N. Wi .. Clear.

2 29.615 | 69.0 | 69.3 | 55.2 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

3 29.589 | 69.0 | 70.4 | 54.9 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

4 29.583 | 70.5 | 70.5 | 57.8 | W. a \— scattered all over.

5 29.501 | 69:9 | 70.2 | 57.5 | S.W.] \ scattered.

6 29.583 1 69.7 | 70.5 | 57.8.'N.W.j| Clear.

7 29.679 | 67.6 | 67.6 | 52.7 W. % Ditto.

8 29.639 | 66.9 | 67.5 | 51.4 | N. W.! a. \ scattd. towards S. E.

9 29.697 | 67.8 | 67.4 | 53.0 |N.W| .. \— scattered.

10 29.715 *| 67.0 ; 68.4 | 53.7. |N.W.| .. \ Do. towards horizon.

11 29.677 °)- 70.2 } 702. | 555 N., ate Clear.

12 29.641°) 72.2 | 7320 {59.4 | N. EB. S56 Ditto.

13 29.611 “7° 7E-8. 1 72% | 59.4. | NOW. oe \ scattered.

14 29.641 | 71.0 | 734 | 59.5 | NSW. se \ ditto.

15 29.635 {| 66.8 | 66.9 | 53.9 Ww. ee Clear.

16 29.707°| 67:8 | 6824 154.5 | NOW.) -.. Ditto.

17 29.629 | 69.9 | 69.9 | 54.9 |N. WW.) . Ditto.

18 29.615 | 68.9 | 69.4 | 56-5 W. 3h \ seattered.

19 29.593 72.8 | 722 7 585° Sd os. \ ditto.

20 29.662 | 74.0 | 74:0 | 61.0 E. na \. ditto.

21 29.657 | 74.0 | 73:9 | 62.0 E. . Clear.

22 29.587 | 70.8 | 71:0 | 60.5 W. Sm Ditto.

23 29577 Va Pert [75° iNOW ose \ scattered.

24 29.549 | 69.4 | 69.4 | 59.5 | N. W.| .. nm ditto.

25 29.597 | 71.9 } Fi:& | 56.0 E. +7 Ve to W. ~ scattered.

26 29.511 | 69.9 | 70.4 | 59.3 |N.E.] .. — scattered.

27 29.491 | 65.6 | 65.9 | 59.0 |N.W.| .. \ ditto.

28 29.441 | 65.0 || 65:5 | 55.2 1 N. W.) °3. \ ditto.

29 29.475 | 68.8 | 68.8 | 58.2 N. A VW all over.

30 29.503 | 62.9 | 62.5 | 59.5 |S. E. = Vn ditto.

oi 29.493 | 59.0 | 59.3 | 58.0 | N. W.| ..

MW ditto.

Mean. | 29.596 | 68.9 | 69.2 | 56.9

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

hia

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of January, 1856.

Minimum pressure observed at 4: P. M.

Temperature.

Maximum and

Minimum. e 3

Pp Aspect of th e a

° a 4 P spect 0 e ° + =

8°71 s || Sky. mite, ere

Ss Bei iee t a ees 4 S = ees

Sie ea i ale |g ee oie

xs 3 Caney Soe o oS pics o = Ss °

Bee | Odour. | Ss Wee] oe fa @ Bei

1 | 29.543) '75.5| 74.2] 55.7| 74.5) 49.0] 61.75 |Clear. Mew bo Bo.

2 | 29.557) 76.7| 75.5| 58.6| 76.0| 49.0) 62.5 |Ditto. Woowed. 2.

3 | 29.527| 75.9| 74.5|59.9| 75.0| 51.8] 63.4 |“ scattered. | N. W.| .. | ..

4 | 29.533) 75.5) 74.5|60.4| 75.0] 54.8] 64.9 |“ toward W.| W. | .. | oe

5 | 29.471| 75.9) 75.3|62.0| 75.5] 54.0] 64.75 |“ scattered. | W. | .. | oo

6 |29. |76.3| 75.5|61.2| 75.8/ 51.8] 63.8 |Clear. Newel J... 02.

7 | 29.611) 71.8) 70.5] 54.0] 71.5, 50.0] 60.75 |Ditto. [s.e.) W. | .. | ..

8 | 29.585) 65.0] 65.0] 52.0] 69.0] 47.8| 58.4 |“ scatd.twds.| N. W.| .. | ..

9 | 29.671] 72.8) 72.5)53.9| 72.8) 49.0! 60.9 |“ scattered. | N. W.] .. | ..

10 | 29.675! 71.7| 71.0/59.0| 72.0| 52.5) 62.25 |“~ all over. N, anes

11 | 29.633] 76.0| 75.4 60.0] 75.5] 56.0) 65.75 |Clear. Ae ae

12 | 29.577) 77.8) 77.0| 62.5) 77.5| 54.0) 65.75 | scattered. | N. W.| .. | 2.

13 | 29.571] 74.8] 73.9| 61.4] 74.5] 54.5] 64.5 |Clear. Maven, dette.

14 | 29.577| 75.8] 75.5] 61.0| 75.5| 56.5) 66.0 |Ditto. Reve 4. te.

15 | 29.579) 73.5] 72.4) 57.4] 73.0|52.0| 62.5 | Ditto. Ww. «ibe

16 | 29.663) 74.9] 73.91 56.8| 74.3] 50.0] 62.15 |\ scatd.twds.s.| N. W.| .. |.

17 | 29.533] 75.0] 74.2| 56.0| 75.0| 54.0} 63.0 |Clear. Noy i. $3.

18 | 29.549) 76.0] 75.5] 60.6|.75.0| 51.0) 63.25 |Ditto. Wr Pall te) lage

19 | 29.539] 77.0) 76.1] 61.0| 77.0] 55.0) 66.0 |\— scattered. |S. W.| .. | ..

20 | 29.617) 78.8) 78.0) 64.2| 78.0] 55.0) 66.5 |Clear. E. ee

21 | 29.615) 79.4| 79.2! 63.6] 79.4) 56.0) 67.7 |Ditto. Swan 1. Go |

22 | 29.541} 76.0] 75.4| 62.4| 76.5] 56.0) 66.25 | scattered. | N. W.| .. | ..

23 | 29.535] 75.0! 74.2] 60.5] 76.5| 55.5] 66.0 |r ditto. RW aaah ze

24 | 29.503) 74.9] 73.9| 58.5| 76.0| 55.8] 65.9 IM ditto. Waals eeites

25 | 29.475) 74.6] 74.2] 58.3] 75.0] 56.0] 65.5 (“Htow.scat.| E. J ee

26 | 29.455) 74.0! 73.9] 64.4| 74.5} 57.0] 65.75 | scattered. | N. BE. |] .. | ..

27 | 29.459) 71.0] 70.5] 58.0] 71.0) 52.5) 61.75 |— ditto, BW! boc ane

28 | 29.465) 69.5) 69.0) 59.2| 69.5] 50.0, 59.75 |\— ditto. De Ws et Vege

29 | 29.421) 69.9] 69.2| 58.9] 70.0) 50.0) 60.0 | all over. No<clcaueres

30 | 29.425) 66.0, 66.0! 61.5| 66.0 57.5) 20075 | \—sentterodalll) Sara Iee |)

31 | 29.417! 64.0| 63.8] 60.5] 64.0 a 58.0 |Clear.. [over.| N. W.| .. | o«

Mean.| 29.527) 73.9] 73.2| 59.3

73.9) zt 63.45

rr tte.

liv Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of February, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Temperature. FE =

F | w

8 E : Z a Aspect of the Sky.

soa fa rb: a

a aa 6° 4..6- ) Emre | @

i 29.538 | 65.5 |onb7.0 | 5Si5 0 Se Woh ee \W- scattered.

2 29.595 | 598 | 60.8 | 55.9 1S. W.] .. Clear.

3 29.531 } 68.8 | 69.0 | 56.5 | 4H. - \n- scattered

A, 29.601 62.8 | 64.0 | 54.0 |S. W.| .. Clear.

5 29.689 | 62.7 | 63.9 | 55.0 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

6 29.643 | 65.9 | 67.0 | 530 |N.W.| .. Ditto,

i; 29.617 65.5 66.0 | 56.0 | N. W.| .. Ditto.

8 29.573 | 68.0 | 68.9 | 56.5 |S. W.| .. Ditto.

9 29.527 70.0 70.0 | 58-0 S; ae Ditto. é

10 29.516 | 69.7 70.3 | 57-0|N. W.| .. Ditto.

11 29.505 | 69.3 70.5 | 56.0 | N. W.| .. Ditto,

12 299405, 1° 70.0 1 /Espi) 08.0 IN] Wolo Ditto.

13 29.421 73.0 73.4 | 59.8 N. Ditto.

14 | 29.573 | 69.5 | 70.0 | 561|N.W| .. | Hazy.

15 29,509, 1 69.8 >| 67200 Dao WN. Wee gee Clear.

16 29.601 65.2 65.21 -p2°5 || ND Wi Ditto.

17 29.643 | 67.0 | 68.0] 53:-5|N.W.| .. Ditto.

18 29.619 67.0 67.8 | 54-0 W. oe Ditto.

19 29.647 67.0 68.5 | 55-0 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

20 29.665 69.2 Toe BOLD! TAN: WW dd dee Ditto.

21 29.627 | 67.8 | 69.0} 56:°5|N. W. .. Ditto.

22 29.579 73.0 74.0 | 56:6 W. a0 Ditto.

23 29.555 | 73.5 | 73.9 | 5994 1° W. is \ scattered.

24 29.929 1 (4.4 74ee | woo-e | No Bi. eee \ ditto.

25 29.495 | 75.9 , 75.7-| 60.9 E. me VW all over.

26 29°535 | 74.9 | 75.0) 59.5 | N, W.| °.. scattered

27 29.4873 70.2) 71.0'| 55.51 N, W,|. °.: Clear.

28 29.531 | 71.0 | 71.2 |. 56.0 | N. WW.) .. Ditto.

29 29.603 | 73.0 | J3ib | 57.5 1 N. Wiles Ditto.

pn —— rr a | er | cr rt per oe eer

Mean.| 29.568 | 68.8 | 69.2 | 56.4

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only,

\ Cirus.

\ Cirro strata.

oO Cumuli.

~ Cumulo strata.

lL “ Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree, the former always

reads more than the latter. The average difference is 1.6,

Symbols.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. } ly

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

~ . vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of February, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

rS :

R= a

P| eB

g Ee 3 . Ss = Aspect of the Sky.

a) j>) 3 fo) =e)

k z Ss | a S 3

Qa ra } 3 E a <}

1 29.509 | 60.7 | 62.4 | 59.0 |S. W.| .. Clear,

2 29.575 | 65.0 | 65.2 | 568 |S. W.| .. Ditto.

= 29.531 | 68.8 | 69.0 | 56.5 EB. ae Vu scattered,

4, 9.581 | 68.0 | 68.7 | 54.0 | N. W.| .. Clear.

5 729.577 | 69.2 | 69.5 | 53.0 | N. W.| .. Ditto.

6 29.611 | 69.5 | 69.5 54.6 | N. W.| .e Ditto.

ey | 29.597 | 70.0 | 70.0 | 55.5 | W. - ™ scattered in zenith.

8 29.547 | 72.0 | 71.9 | 56.5 /8S. W.| .. Clear.

9 29.505 | 73.8 | 73.0 | 58.5 S. ae Ditto.

10 29,492 | 75.2 | 75.5 | 58.0 | N. W.) .. Ditto.

11 2PAT9 | 76. bie 57.5 ON, Wels lee Ditto.

12 29.445 | 77.0 | 77.9 58.8 |N. W.| .. Ditto,

13 29.387 | 76.0 | 77.0 59.5 N. “ Ditto.

14, 29.559 | 72.8 | 71.9 BAA VN WV alin bem Hazy.

15 29,561 | 72.0 | 72.2!) 5b.4 | W. as Clear.

16 29,581 | 72,0 |} 72.0 | 53.5 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

17 29.607 | 73.0 | 73.9 | 54.2 |N. W.| Ditto.

18 29.597 | 74.0} 74.3 | 53.8 W. ef Ditto.

19 29.639 | 73.5 | 74.9) 56.0 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

20 29.635 | 74.8 | 75.2 | 57.0 W. Se Ditto.

21 29.617 | 75.9} 76.5) 58.0 | W. ate Ditto.

22 29.549 | 79.0 | 79.5 | 58.2 | W. wa Ditto.

23 29.535 | 79.0 | 79.5 | 59.8 | W. on \— scattered.

24: 29.505 | 79.5 80.0 | 60.0 | N. E. _ \— ditto.

25 29.491 | 80.8 | 80.2 | 63.5 E. ne Ww all over.

26 29.523 | 80.5 | 80.6 | 60.6 | N. W ise \— scattered.

27. 29.467 | 76.5 | 76.5 | 560/N. W ae Clear,

28 29.511 76.5 76.4 | 58.5 | N. W ve Ditto.

29 29.595 | 78,3 | 79.5 | 58.4 |N.W.!] .. Ditto.

Mean.| 29.545 | 73.7 | 74.1 | 57.1

lvi Meteorological Register kept at Agra,

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of February, 1856.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. Winnie, e E

eS |e

3 a ; e ; Aspect of the | ie

ie] eels .t &) Pails

sje | 2) ae oe ae ig 2/8

a aa) S ON) Bie ty ne te a er

1 | 29.465} 68.8 | 68.9 157.9] 68.5/ 49.0) 58.75 | Clear. N. W.! ..

= 29.545|} 71.0 70.5 | 58.0] 70.0) 48.8) 59.4 | Ditto. S. W.l's..

3 | 29.499) 71.5 | 71.0 |55.0) 71.0) 53.0) 62.0 |” scattered. E. aa

4 |29.513) 74.8 | 74.3 158.5) 74.5! 51.0) 62.75 | Clear. N. W,| ..

5 |29.527] 74.8 74.4 |55.8| 74.5| 52.0} 63.25 | Ditto. N. W.} ..

6 |29.559) 75.0 | 74.8 |57.5| 74.8| 52.0) 63.4 | Ditto. N. W.] ..

7 |29.507| 76.0 | 75.8 |61.4| 76.0) 52.0, 64.0 |Ditto, N. W.| ..

8 | 29.461] 76.8 | 76.0 |57.3! 76.5| 53.8, 65.15 | Ditto. We {-3.

9 |29.427| 77.5 | 77.0 | 60.5] 77.0| 56.5) 66.75 | Ditto. Ss Wal ed

10 | 29,421) 80.4 | 80.3 | 60.0) 80.5| 55.0) 67.75 | Ditto. Ns Were

ll 29.415] 83.8 83.5 |59.5| 83.5] 54.0) 68.75 | Ditto, N. W.!| ..

12 | 29.365) 85.5 | 85.4 | 65.2| 85.4] 59.5| 72.45 | Ditto. W. 5

13 | 29,323] 83.9 83-5 | 63.0] 84.0] 59.5) 71.75 | Ditto. We toe

14 29.507| 77.0 75.9 |54.6| 76.5| 63.8) 70.15 | Ditto. N. W.| ..

15 | 29.467] 76.9 | 76-5 |55.0| 76.5! 54.5) 65.5 | Ditto. N. Wis.

16 29.523! 77.9 77.4 |58.0| 77.8] 55.0) 66.4 | Ditto. N; W. 2%

17 (| 29.549) 78.0 | 77.9 | 61.0) 78.0) 52.5) 65.25 | Ditto. N: W.! oe

18 | 29.529] 80.2 80.0 | 56.0} 80.0) 52.0 66.0 |Ditto. N. W.] ..

19 |29.587| 81.0 | 80.5 |58.6| 81.0} 54.0) 67.5 | Ditto. NN. Wile

20 29.565| 82.0 82.0 158.0) 82.0 58.0! 70.0 |Ditto. W. ae

Zi 29.533) 83.8 83.2 |60.0| 83.5| 60.0) 71.75 | Ditto. IN. W.i Se

22 |29.479| 86.0 | 85.9 | 61.2) 86.0! 61.0) 73.5 | Ditto. W. Joe

23 29.481) 85.5 86.4 |61.0) 86.5| 63.5) 75.0 |\ scattered. W. oe

24 | 29.491} 86.8 ; 87.0 | 61.5! 87.0) 65.0; 76.0 | ditto. Wie) oe

25 29.445| 82.5 82.0 | 64.4| 83.0) 67.0) 75.0 |W all over.

26 | 29.437) 86.5 | 85.8 | 64.9] 86.5) 65.5) 76.0 |\— scattered.

cAP| 29.387) 81.9 81.4 | 58.5| 81.5] 59.0) 70.25 | Clear.

28. |.29.453) 81:7 81.1 | 60.5| 81.5) 58.0) 69.75 | Ditto.

29 | 29.523] 84.0 84.9 | 62.2| 84.2} 61.0; 72.6 |Ditto.

ALAA

#2285

Mean. | 29.482] 79.7 | 79.4 |59.4| 79.5| 56.7) 68.16

Meteorological Observations. lvil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Feet

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Sf, 2 a

: Ba Range of the Barometer 3 S Range of the Tempera-

“fo & 2 during the day. >, & ture during the day.

eo Os

Date. | "Sa is 8

5 ae Max Min Diff. oe Max. | Min. | Diff.

a =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. oO 0 0 ft)

1 |New year’s day.

2 30.038 } 30.129 | 29.973 0.156 | 64.1 75.6 55,6 | 20.0

3 048 -133 | 30.003 .130 | 63.7 CHAS Ne aaO | 19.4

4 "062 154 O11 143 64.9 77.0 95.2 | 21.8

5 -007 .087 | 29.940 147 | 67.3 78.0 60.5 | 17.5

6 |Sunday.

7 .051 .125 | 30.012 113 70.7 80.0 | .64.0 } 16.0"

8 .106 189 041 - .148 66.8 75.5 59,6 | 15.9

9 51 .239 .109 130 64.4 74.4 55.6 | 18.8

10 154 .243 .080 163 | 65.5 75.8 57.4 | 18.4

11 119 204 .070 .134 | 66.2 74.4 58.6 | 15.8

12 074 161 .020 141 66.7 76.2 60.4 | 15.8

13 |Sunday. 5 at

14 .060 149 .001 .148 | 70.5 80.6 | 62.6 | 18.0

15 .058 141 | 29.994 147 | 70.8 81.9 61.0 | 20.9

16 092 .166 | 30.033 168 | Fhe] 79.8 66,0 | 13.8

17 085 167 012 155 69.1 77.8 62.4 | 15.4

18 -083 172 .Q20 .152 | 67.8 783 58.2 | 20.1

19 084 1148) ) | O17 131 | 69.5 79.5 60.6 | 18.9

20 |Sunday.

21 -103 194 -.042 152 70.8 80.2 63.9 | 16.3

22 29.999 071 | 29.921 150 | 71.5 82.1 63.2 | 18.9

23 984 .083 934 149 | 71.7 81.0 66.8 | 14.2

24 "995 071 952 ,119 | 69.0 79.0 Gh! | ¥40

25 30.031 121 978 A311) 79.5. | 81,2 62.6 | 18.6

26 | 29.954 .044 877 167 | 771.8 82.2 | 62.2 | 20.0

27 |Sunday.

28 988 075 .919 156 | 74.1 82.0 68.0 | 14.0

29 30.035 126 .965 161 | 70.8 79,2 64.8 | 14.4

30 29.992 077 898 179 68.8 80.3 63.2 id

31 -918 |] 29.981 867 114 66 1 41:4 62.8

Iviit Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

f i

BBS oh@ioliges [PS | eeahaee

= > E > = 28 ot

3 2 2 2 2 25 Fs | o &2

=S 3 = 2. | Bs (FAs | Bee oie

a 2 pa = A's 25, gba |) ae Ey si 8

Seg oes A | BS | SS | 8 eu.)eee | eae

is A a Ie = = Se) Sees ee

: Se i a ak ee

0 ) 0 oO Inches) Tet T. gr.

1 |New year’s day.

2 58.2 5.9 54.1 10.0 | 0.429 4.78 1.89) 0.72

3 57.8 | 5.9 53.7 10.0 423 12 87 72

4 58.8 6.1 59.1 9.8 444 94 OL 72

5 62.5 | 4.8 59.6 77 | ..bl6 5.7] 66 28

6 |Sunday

7 65.0 | 5.7 62.1 8.6 561 6.16 2.02 75

8 59.4 7.4 55.0 11.8 442 4.90 36 68

9 57.0 7.4 51.8 12.69); 2.398 Al 33 65

10 59.8 5.7 56.4 9.1 464 5.15 1.83 74.

1] 61.3 4.9 58.4 7.8 496 49 63 77

12 6).1 5.6 5767 9.0 485 236 87 74

13. |Sunday.

14 64.6 5.9 61.6 8.9 552 6.06 2.07 15

15 65.0 5.8 62.1 8.7 .o6L 16 04 75

16 68.2 3.0 66.7 4.51 .653 7.16 1.14 86

7° | "ens |°%2 58.3 | 10.8| .494 5.44 2.34 70

18 60.8 7.0 56.6 1.2 A67 16 .32 69

19 | 64.2 503 61.5 8.0 550 6.06 1.82 77

20 |Sunday.

21 66.6 | 4.2 64.5 6.3 .607 68 52 82

22 65.8 | 5.7 62.9 8.6 576 «ol 2.07 75

23 | 66.0 | 5.7 | 63.1 8.6 | .580 135 .08 75

24 61.7 7.3 58.0 11.0 489 5.39 37 70

25 64.1 6.4 60.9 9.6 .539 «92 21 yi)

26 66.0 5.8 63.1 8.7 080 6.35 10 1d

27 |Sunday.

28 68.8 5.3 66.1 8.0] .640 .99 .08 77

29 65.5 | 5.3 62.8 8.0 | .574 31 1.89 77

30 | 65.0 | 3.8 | 63.1 5.7 | .580 039 132 83

31 63.9 2:2 62.6 3.5 | .570 32 0.78 89

Meteorological Observations. lix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

wm the month of January, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Gbservations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

w }

Se Range of the Barometer for e Range of the

= S each hour during Z| Temperature for each

ee the month. os hour during the

a) a = month,

Hour. 2 a5 PI

ers be

ce : 2 ee .

> 3 Max. Min. Diff. 2 2 Max.} Min. | Diff.

x Oo as] S

oOo o

= =

Inches. | Inches, | Inches. | Inches. oO re) oO r)

Mid- 30.053 30.179 | 29.944 | 0.235 | 65.2 | 74.0 | 59.2 | 14.8

night.

1 .048 169 .962 207. | 64.6 | 73.6 | 58.4 | 15.2

2 .038 164 .910 254 | 63.9 | 73.4 | 57.4 | 16.0

3 .030 154 924 230 | 63.2 | 72.4 | 57.0 | 15.4

4 024 150 868 282 | 62.9 | 71.8 | 56.2 | 15.6

5 024 121 870 251 | 62.5 | 71.6 | 55.5 | 16.1

6 .044 a73 925 248 | 61.9 | 69.9 | 55.0 | 14.9

Z .073 .204 911 .293 | 61.5 | 70.2 | 55.0 | 15.2

8 105 223 .939 284 | 63.2 170.5 | 57.0 | 13.5

9 129 243 964 .279 | 66.9 | 71.0 | 61.3 | 9.7

10 128 235 981 254 | 69.7 | 73.9 | 64.61 9.3

ll 107 205 972 Oa ES i ea | GES 1 11.3

Noon. .075 174 947 227 | 75.0 | 79.6 | 68.0 | 11.6

1 .040 148 .909 .239 | 76.8 | 81.0 | 69.2 | 11.8

2 014 .129 883 246 | 77.9 | 82.0 | 71.6 | 10.4

3 .000 117 871 246 | 78.2 | 82.2 | 71.7 | 10.5

4 29.994 .109 867 242 | 76.6 181.0 | 70.9 |] 10.1

5 .999 115 877 238 | 74.5 | 78.6 | 69.2! 9.4

6 30.008 lll 891 .220 | 71.8 | 75.6 | 67.2 | 8.4

7 .025 123 897 226 | 69.9 | 74.0 | 65.0] 9.0

8 .043 138 .918 220 | 68.5 | 72.7 | 63.5 | 9.2

9 .055 152 924 228 | 67.3 | 72.0 | 62.2 | 9.8

10 .056 .160 933 .227 | 66.2 | 716 | 61.2 | 10.4

11 051 175 .927 .248 | 65.5 | 71.4 | 59.0 | 12.4

Ix Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of January, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

: See

E = + a a ad Se 8 ot

| 5 iS 2 > oz S..8

2 a S Cie 23 se

= A es S . RS) Fas ® @ S

s./2| 3 |4,| #2 | £2 |ete| '82

Be 3 = m2 3 ° Sto | 3 as

$5 Es 5 pe | Se ef j)=ee) €o.8

= A o an) = = < =

0 0 Oo o , Inches T. gr T. gre

ate, \ 62.3 2.9 60.6 4.6 | 0.534 5.92 0.99 0.86

1 61.8 2.8 60.1 4.5 ~525 83 .95 86

2 61.3 2.6 59.5 4.4 -515 73 90 86

3 60.7 2.5 58.9 4.3 504 62 .87 87

4 60.4 2.5 58 6 4.3 .499 58 [8D 87

5) 60.3 2:2 58.8 Bf 503 60 15 88

6 59.7 2.2 58.2 ets 493 51 ¥2 88

7 59.3 2.2 57.8 3:7 .486 44 72 88

8 60.6 2.6 58.8 4.4 .503 .60 89 86

9 62.4 4.5 59.7 Tim 518 74 1.54 79

10 63.9 5.8 61.0 8.7 BAL .95 .98 75

11 64.8 7.5 61 0 11.3 541 93 2.65 69

Noon.| 65.6 9.4 60.9 14,1 .539 87 3.44 63

1 65.7 | 11.1 60.1 16.7 -525 69 4.14 58

2 66.0 11.9 60.0 17.9 .523 66 50 56

3 65.9 12:3 | 959.7 18.5 518 60 65 55

4 65.2 | 11.4 59.5 17.1 515 58 19 57

5 65.3 9.2 60.7 13.8 536 83 3.35 64

6 65.2 6.6 61.9 9.9 557 6.11 2.34 72

i! 64.5 5.4 61.8 8.1 555 Bh | 1.87 17

8 63.8 4.7 61.4 7.1 548 -05 60 79

9 63.2 4.1 60.7 6.6 556 5.92 45 80

10 62.5 3.7 60.3 5.9 528 86 26 82

i1 62.2 3.3 60.2 5.3 527 -85 13 84

Meteorological Observations.

Ixi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

3 ws

é| 22

2.9133.5

Bt. £d9.0

4; 133.0°

5| 132.8

6| Sunday.

a) dal.4

8} 131.0

9} 129.0

10) 131.0

11; 114.8

a2) 131.0

13} Sunday.

14) 136.0

15} 138.0

16} 135.0

7]. 230.7

18} 135.0

19} 130.9

20) Sunday.

21; 130.8

22) 138.8

(23) 134.0

24) 133.0

25) 137.0

26] 132.8

27| Sunday.

28} 135.0

29) 133.0

30| 135.0

31} 125.0

Rain.

Inches.

New year’s day.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of January, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

ee EE ee

W. or W.N. W.

W. or N. W.

N. or W.

Calm or W. or N. W.

S. or S, Ww.

S. W. or W,

W. or S. W.

S. W. or W.

W.or S. W.

‘S. W.

W. or S. or S. W.

S. W. or W.

W.or S. W.

S. W. or W.

W.or 8S. W.

S. W.

S.. W. or S.

S. or S. S. E.

S. W. or variable.

N. E. or variable.

1.06 N.orN, W.

General Aspect of the Sky.

woe Gee ee

[P. M.

Cloudless also foggy between 8 & 11

Cloudless. [P. M.

Cloudless, also slightly foggy at 8 & 9

Cloudless, also foggy before sunrise and

[during the night.

Scattered thin clouds till 7 a. mM. cloud-

Cloudless. [less afterwards,

Cloudless, also slightly foggy during the

night,

Cloudless till 9 a. M. scattered i till

4 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 6 a. M. principally scat-

tered \-i till 6 Pp. M. cloudless after-

wards.

Cloudless till 11 A. M. scattered i till

7 ep. M. cloudless afterwards, and also

[slightly foggy.

Cloudless till 7 4.m. and foggy towards

the morning, scattered \-i & \i till 7

p. M. cloudless & foggy afterwards.

Cloudless the whole day, also slightly

foggy from midnight till sunrise.

Cloudless till 7 a. M. cloudy till Noon,

Cloudless. [ cloudless afterwards.

Ditto.

Cloudless till 10 a. m. scattered “i till

[7 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 10 a. mM. scattered i till

3 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards,

Cloudless.

Ditto.

Scattered ‘i till 8 A. M. scattered i

till 5 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 6 a. M. scattered \i or ~i

Various clouds. [afterwards.

[drizzling at 6 a. M.

Cloudy the whole day, also thundering &

Various clouds. [sunset

(Cloudy, also thundering & raining after

Cloudy, also thunderiug & raining before

| sunrise.

Ni Cirri, \-i cirro strati, Xi cumuli, “i cumulo strati, V-i nimbi, —i strati,

W i cirro cumuli.

Ixii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

im the month of January, 1856.

Montuty Resvtrts.

Inches,

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, ae siehaie 30.049

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 a. mM. on the 10th, .... 30.243

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 4 Pp. M. on the 3Ist, ...- 29.867

Extreme Range of the Barometer, during the month, .. whee 0.376

)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, Se oe ve 68.6

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 p. M. on the 26th, oe oa ate 82.2

Min. Temperature, occurred at 6 a. M. on the 3rd, as gah 55.0

Extreme Range of the Temperature, during the month, .. ee ee 27.2

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, ae ocho 63.1

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer,.... 5.5

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, ay oes 60.3

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew Point for thd month, 8.3

Inches.

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, ps ay 0.528

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, ot ne rs 5.84

Additional weight of vapour required for complete saturation. coe 1.83

Mean degree of Humidity for the month complete saturation being unity, 0.76

Inches.

Rained 2 days. Max. fall of Rain during 24 hours, te siete 1.06

Total amount of rain during the month, Da cove 1.06

{

Meteorological Observations.

Ixiit

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet.

Height of the cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Level of the Sea 18,11.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations, and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

36 2s

= % 3 Range of the Barometer a 3 Range of the Tempera-

= : iS during the day. = : ture during the day.

Date. 3 ie 0 ; 2 S

sa | Max. Min. Diff. S oy Max. | Min. | Diff.

= =

Inches. | Inches. |} Inches. | Inches. ta) 0) o oO

1 |29.961 |;30.048 | 29.887 0.161 68.2 76.7 62.2 | 14.5

2 {30.034 mE ly 4 975 142 68.6 76.4 62.4 | 14.0

3 |Sunday.

4 | 29,980 057 923 134 70.1 75.4 67.0 ; 8.4

5 | 30.000 .086 952 0134 70.5 73.0 65.2 | 12.8

6 .033 -120 -985 135 68.4: 78.0 60.6 | 17.4

7 OLY 096 .962 134 67.3 77.6 58.4 | 19.2

8 | 29,994 .095 935 160 67.2 79.0 56.8 | 22.2

9 949 006 894 112 68.7 78.8 59.3 | 19.5

10 |Sunday.

11 934: .019 .865 154 72.0 81.4 65.0 | 16.4

12 879 | 29.958 1794: 164 71.8 83.3 64.0 | 19.3

13 884 943 .838 105 73.8 84.8 64.8 | 20.0

14 908 994 856 138 75.6 86.2 66.6 | 19.6

15 .933 | 30.011 .883 128 74.3 82.6 | 67.9 | 14.7

16 | 30.013 100 957 143 70.9 82.1 61.0 | 21.1

17 |Sunday.

18 | 29.999 .073 943 130 74.6 82.3 68.8 | 14.0

19 | 30.054 143 | 30.003 140 71.2 82.0 | 61.0 | 21.0

20 .032 21 | 29.965 .156 71.0 82.2 60.2 | 22°0

21 016 104 .948 156 71.6 83.6 61.6 | 22.0

22 | 29.976 .047 903 144 72.6 84.6 62:4 | 22.2

23 .962 034 .896 138 74.3 85.6 | 64.2 | 21.4

24 |Sunday.

25 944 .031 884 147 77.6 88.8 69.8 | 19.0

26 885 |29.979 792 .187 78.1 89.2 69 8 | 19.4

27 823 904 .762 142 80.2 91.8 71.0 | 20.8

23 893 .967 811 156 80.4 89.4 72.6 | 16.8

29 -981 | 30.074 923 151 79.5 86.8 76.0 | 10.8

lxiv

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

Date.

Sr a | es | ee | | eee | eee

Mean Wet Bulb Thermo-

dependent thereon.

Dry Bulb above Wet.

DUNT

CO m OH © Cla

iene aes

WASWUHLO

MPOWMWMO MW

NO ONTO SO

SIDA

SO — Oem

Computed Dew Point.

Dew

above

Dry Bulb

Point.

— a et

COrnroan

DW DOMAOWA

790

( Continued.)

= ae hm 1

es | Sa lae | ag

Ss} CS O ta =e

& ox re | g/=s

2 2& |S bs| oa

4 0.2 ae] ® Oo b,

Hs BE | ee a| ves

° ou wo oa) Ss

S = fo] es = 5 o|s 8 an

o> $6 /S aes 5.8

= = < =

Inches.| Tl gr| T. gr

0.559 6.18 1.40 | 0.82

544 01 66 | .78

607 68 30 | .83

563 aS) 94 16

480 5.29 2.33 | .69

440 4.85 52 | .66

449 .96 39 | .68

498 5.49 wo}. ad

525 ah) 15 68

537 89 56 | .70

063 6.14 84 | .68

697 7.58 1.90 |: .80

521 5.69 | 3.43 | .62

467 AS 10 | .62

544 94 .26 | .65

461 05 Hs a)

488 35 2.90 | .65

4.96 43 97 | .65

508 55 | 3.11 64

544 94 18 65

-664 7.20 207 ~\ cada

722 82 .40 77

681 25 | 3.08 | .63

692 47 47 .68

8.04 2.12 | .80

Meteorological Observations. Ixv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

on the month of February, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

Ss °

A. g

Se each hour during ay ature for each hour

= & the month. 2 during the month.

Hour. Be 1e Ach

ap Pa

ce | ae

mH 5 As

igs Max. Min, Diff. es Max. | Min. | Diff.

& © 3 &

= =

a ——_—_| —__—.

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ty) 0 0 oO

en } 29.962 30.042 |29.932 | 0.210 | 68.4 77.0 | 62.3 | 14.7

a 2 956 031 .819 .212 67.7 76.8 | 60.6 | 16.2

yd 943 .022 .808 214 67.2 77.0 | 59.6 | 17.4

_) .934 017 192 .225 66.6 * 76.5 | 58.9 | 17.6

4 925 .012 788 .224 66.2 76.0 | 58.0 | 18.0

5 .941 036 -799 237 65.2 76.2, 57.6 | 18.6

6 .961 048 816 232 65.1 76.4 | 56.8 | 19.6

7 .984 -087 .848 «209 64.9 76.25| 57.2 (219.0

8 30.010 110 879 231 67.4 77.0 | 61.2 | 15.8

9 036 "138 893 245 | 71.5 49.1) 07-2) 5 11.9

10 .045 -143 904 0239 74.2 81.8 | 69.0 | 12.8

11 033 133 .894 239 77.0 84.2 | 70.6 | 13.6

Noon, .006 .103 .863 .240 79.5 87.8 | 72.4 | 15.4

1 29.972 .069 824 245 $1.2 90.0 | 74.2 | 15.8

2 941 .033 797 236 82.1 91.4 | 74.8 | 16.6

3 .920 013 776 .237 82.6 91-87 429 f 16.9

4 910 003 762 241 81.9 91.4 | 73.9 | 17.5

5 911 -004 .768 .236 80.5 87.6 | 73.2 | 14.4

6 918 O11 773 .238 74.2 85.5 | 70.9 | 14.6

7 931 -026 783 243 74.6 83.4 | 69.1 | 14.3

8 955 047 820 227 72.7 81.0 | 67.0 | 14.0

5 .970 -059 -830 0229 714 80.0 | 65.4 | 14.6

10 978 -068 .840 .228 70.1 78.4 | 64.0 | 14.4

11 974 -066 837 229 69.4 77.6 | 63.0 | 14.6

Ixvi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

wm the month of February, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

: B 5 é ¢ > Oo

: Jae alata pcs

z 3 z S EM ean eee

a = oj > = ~ 2 hae 3 = 3

2 ° oe My O =

Hour. |. e a S aS Es S % ANE

3 ie = = get) 2s tees tines

Ss = a Bo: s |&5|/8=a | Pes

o s s aa ¢ i) 2Cuo qe) jen 5

<3 eS S 5 aS sf | 2S8 | ¢& on

é . g po | Sp | 85 )3 am | isos

= a) oO fa) = = 4 =

Cy oO ft) o | Inches, | T. gr.| T. gr.

Bs fe49 | 3.5 | 62.8 | 5.6 | 0.574 | 6.33 | 1.29 0.83

1 64.6 ey 62.7 5.0 572 oo 13 85

2 64.3 29 62.6 4.6 070 ol 04 .86

2 63.8 2.8 62.1 4.5 561 21 -00 86

4 63.5 2.7 61.9 4.3 557 18 0.94 87

5 62.7 2.5 61.2 4.0 544 05 .86 88

6 62.6 Bed 61.1 4.0 543 .03 .86 88

7 62.3 ZG 60.7 4, 2 536 5.95 90 87

8 63-6 3.8 61.3 6.1 -546 6.05 1.34 82

) 6522 6.3 62.0 9.5 .559 Be) 2.25 6d

10 65.4 8.8 61.0 13.2 541 5.90 3.19 .65

ae 66.2 10.8 60.8 16.2 bar 83 4.06 09

Noon. 66.8 12.7 | 60.4 19.1 .530 Te 94 4

1 67.2 14.0 60.2 21.0 -D27 .66 5.05 ol

2 67.7 14.4 60.5 21.6 002 br 80 50

e 67.9 14.7 60.5 22.1 532 1 97 49

4 67.6 14.3 60.4 21.5 .030 .69 Bi fs 00

5 67.7 12.8 61.3 19:2 .046 .89 -09 04

6 67.8 9.4 63.1 14.1 ‘580 6.29 3.66 .63

yi 67.1 7.5 63.3 11.3 084 od 2.83 .69

8 66.7 6.0 63.7 9.0 91 47 21 15d

9 66.2 5.2 63.6 7.8 .590 46 1.89 od

10 65.6 4.5 63.3 6.8 .084 42 61 .80

11 65.2 4.2 63.1 6.3 .080 | 9 47 81

Meteorological Observations.

Ixvil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

Max. Solar

radiation.

| Date.

132.0

133.0

Sunday.

moO NM

124.0

135.2

136.0

139.0

135.0

ogi ois Mr) on

10| Sunday.

11) 140.2

12} 138.0

13] 138.0

14] 141.2

15} 140.0

16} 140.0

17| Sunday.

241

134.0

136.3

135.0

140.0

145.0

138.0

24) Sunday.

25| 137.0

26) 139.0

140.0

138.5

29] 135.0

Rain.

Inches.

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of February, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

eee ees Gees ES EE

N. W,

N. W.

EK. or N. W.

N. W. or N.

General Aspect of the Sky.

es Game Ses ee

Cloudless till 11 a. m. scattered i till

6 ep. Mm. cloudless afterwards,

Cloudless.

Cloudy and drizzling till sunrise, also con-

tinues cloudy till 4 p. mM. cloudless

afterwards,

Various clouds till Noon, seattered \—i

till 6 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless,

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 4 A. m. cloudy till 10 a. mu.

Cloudless, [cloudless afterwards,

Cloudless,

Cloudless.

Cloudless,

Cloudless.

Cloudless,

Cloudless.

Cloudless,

Cloudless till 10 a. m, scattered \i till

5 Pp. M. cloudless afterwards,

Cloudless.

Cloudless till 5 a, M, scattered \i and i

till 7 rv. m. cloudless afterwards,

Cloudy.

Ni Cirri, “i Cirro-strati, Xi Cumuli, ~i Cumulo-strati, Vi Nimbi, —i Strati,

\i Cirro-cumuli.

lxvin Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of Kebruary, 1856.

Montuiy REsvuuts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer, for the month, ae oe 29.963

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 A. M. on the 19th, .. 30.143

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 4 P. M, on the 27th, he 29.762

Extreme Range of the Barometer, during the month, .. os 0.381

Mean dry bulb Thermometer for the month, a ee 72.7

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 p. M. on the 27th, daa mi 91.8

Min, Temperature, occurred at 6 A. M, on the 8th, ota a 56.8

Extreme Range of the Temperature, during the month, .. ee 35.0

Mean wet bulb Thermometer for the month, .. ee oe 65.5

Mean dry bulb Thermometer above Mean wet bulb Thermometer, .. 7.2

Computed Mean dew point for the month, .. ae oe 61.9

Mean dry bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew point for the month, 10.8

Inches.

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, ee ae 0.557

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, ae ee aie 6.09

Additional weight of vapour required for complete saturation, ae 2.59

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity. 0.70

Inches.

Meteorological Observations. lxix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

eh me

Y = # Range of the Barometer 3 3 Range of the Tempera-

“Bp 5 eS during the day. Pb = ture during the day.

“ So As

Date. pa om 2

so é =I : 5

ea 3 Max Min Diff. o Max. | Min. | Diff.

2 =

Inches. {| Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o o o o

1 30.017 | 30.076 | 29.963 0.113 79.4 86.8 75.2 | 11.6

2 |Sunday.

3 29.995 .080 913 .167 79.7 88.8 73.6 | 15.2

4 977 .042 910 132 80.3 88.4 73.8 | 14.6

5 949 .030 874 .156 61.7 91.1 75.4 | 157

6 924 .002 852 .150 81.3 90.6 74.6 | 16.0

7 .897 | 29.978 825 153; 81.9 92.0 74.6 | 17.4

8 .878 942 99 143 81.6 92.0 74.0 | 18.0

9 |Sunday

10 .835 .906 .769 B37 80.5 89.8 74.8 | 15.0

11 .849 918 1995 23 79.9 88.2 73,6 | 14.6

12 .868 .935 AOL 144 79.2 87.2 71.7 | 15.5

13 .888 .965 809 -156 79.5 88.9 72.2 116.7

14 .966 | 30.032 .896 .136 ho 82.4 72.6 9.8

15 -960 029 .883 .146 74.5 82.7 70.0 | 12.7

16 | Sunday

17 .904 | 29.992 .847 145 76.5 83.2 71.6 | 11.6

18 Ae .963 £99 .164 78.1 86.3 Zt.0 | les

19 118 .858 .644 .214 79.7 89.8 71.4 | 18.4

20 742 | 29.853 .665 188 74.9 83.8 67.6 | 16.2

21 |Good Friday,

22 810 888 7951 wos 80.8 89.6 73.0 | 16.6

23 | Sunday. |

24 -708 ~/82 .645 37 81.9 88.6 76.1 |12.5

25 .674 744 .619 .125 $2.3 89.0 4Z.3' (Lh

26 736 .802 .675 27 82.9 92.0 75.6 | 16.4

27 194 .855 744 LT 82,8 90.4 76.4 | 14.0

28 .836 -907 776 gal 82.6 90.6 76.4 | 14.2

29 -830 .927 700 174 82.4 91.7 75.4 | 16.3

30 | Sunday.

31 810 .886 .750 1361 847 | 95.6 | 75.5 120.1

Ixx Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

an the month of March, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

“ iadilaaes 6 Bu jag |-ts

= 3 eee 4 a (ee hee

ES = ‘So = i= Om). | i 3 -

ms a 2 & a Se es

Datevjer"Pug 2 Q 6 a) Ease o Sky

are 2 we .° 5 = oe = 8s

=o = 2 a a As a) See dg OS

=| fQ =. = =a A) 558 Da

Sie S a Ss = moe Els 6

= a Oo Q = = < =

) o 0 oO Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr.

I 74.9 4.5 72.6 6.8 0.790 8.54: 2.08 | 0.80

2 Sunday.

3 74.5 5.2 71.9 8 173 4 38 78

4 75.5 4.8 fo.l Oe 803 67 sZd .80

5 74.9 6.8 GAS LOL2 763 21 S216 72

6 75.5 5.8 72.6 8.7 790 50 2.74 76

7 75.5 6.4 (2.8 9.6 783 AL 3.03 74

8 73.9 7.7 70.0 | 11.6 bv ey 7.81 193 .69

9 Sunday.

10 75.5 5.0 73.0 7.5 801 8.62 2.36 719

11 74.6 5.3 71.9 8.0 773 04 44 yi" |

12 73.6 5.6 70.8 8.4 746 07 AQ 76

13 73.2 6.3 70.0 9.5 G27 7.84 82 74

14 72.5 3.2 70.9 4.8 748 8.15 1.36 86

15 70.6 3.9 68.6 5.9 695 7.08 -60 83

16 | Sunday.

17 73.1 3.4 71.4 5.1 761 8.27 48 85

18 73.4 4.7 71.0 7.1 751 13 2.09 .80

19 75.4 4.3 73.2 6.5 806 10 02 81

20 70.1 4.8 67.7 io 674 7.36 1.92 79

21 |Good Friday.

22 79.3 5.5 42.5 8.3 187 8.49 2.98 77

23 | Sunday.

24 77.9 -| . 4.0 75.9 6.0 879 9.46 1.98 83

25 78.0 4.3 75.8 6.5 876 AL 2.17 81

26 76.5 6.4 fet 9.6 809 8.66 ilo 74

27 76.8 6.0 73.8 9.0 822 82 2.93 75

28 76.5 6.1 73.4 9.2 811 71 97 Ws

29 76.1 6.3 72.9 9.5 797 06 3.05 74

30 Sunday. |

31 78.3 V6.4 |< 9. [io.6 loeee7 | Wits | Oe en

= — Se

ees 2a

Meteorological Observations. Ixxi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

r) 3 u | Range of the Barometer = o Range of the Temperature

24 s for each hour during po 2 for each hour during

22m the month. aa the month.

- Hour, mam eS | ee ae EE: kan

av” ' , = 3 : ;

Sa | Max. Min. Diff. Se | Max Min. Diff,

= =

Inches. | Inches.|} Inches. | Inches. 0) o o 0

Mid- |199.870|30.025 |29.693 |0.332 | 761 | 80.0! 69.8 | 10.2

mie. | 0°" , ; : 2 : ;

| 856 .019 .683 .336 75.6 79.0 68.6 10.4:

2 .846 .010 663 0347 75.4 78.8 69 6 9.2

3 .835 .0O1 .648 2300 74.9 78.0 69 9 8.1

4 830 [29.993 633 .360 74.7 77.6 70.0 7.6

5 .846 -987 | .645 wots “Aaa kG 70.3 7.3

6 864 {30.012 .669 343 74.2 77.3 70.4 6.9

y 887 042 ' .697 345 | 74.6 | 77.9 70.4 7.9

8 914 -056 aoe -335 G7.% 80.5 722 8.3

9 .930 .077 744 2303 79.8 83.6 74.6 9.0

10 -930 .080 143 <a347 82.5 86.6 Cit 9.5

1] 917 071 YY | 304 84.4 89.2 77.6 11.6

Noon.| .891 .064 wie 202,| 86.3 91.4 79.9 11.5

1 .862 .034 .678 .356 87.4 93.4 80.0 13.4

2 .830 .OO1 .663 2338 88.1 94.7 75-2 19.5

3 809 |29.984 .646 .338 88.2 95.6 74.3 2S

4 .798 967 .633 od4 87.4 95.5 73.6 21.9

5 .798 .976 .629 47 85.8 94.2 73.8 20.4

6 .809 -980 619 ob] 83.6 91.6 74.2 17.4

a .829 997 .658 339 $1.5 87.6 73.8 13.8

8 852 30.032 -667 -365 79.8 85.1 73.0 TAL

9 .874 054 .660 394 78.4: 83.1 68.5 14.6

10 877 .063 .653 410 Gi-5 82.0 67 6 14.4

1l .885 .064 -684 .380 76.6 81.4 69.0 12.4

Ixxil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

‘in the month of March, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

® : me) (2) oa Ce = &

<i 2 S 2 s <a oe Sie

& = xe) 2 ae Ses S > e a=

Ay oS = =] me

iS Bhi etd ag es a

D co sey ee O-= ee

ea 3 $ a = ° 8 Sh w 3S

| & & Pe 5 po | $e £2 |) Sera 1) so 5

| = a oO fa a = < =

oO 0 Oo o , Inches.| T. gr. T., gf.

ete [}7s7 | 24] 725 | 36] 0787 | 8.56] 107 | 0.89

sinks | ee } : : :

1 73.9 2:1 72.4 3.2 .785 .55 0.93 .90

“2 73.4 2.0 72.4 3.0 .785 05 88 91

3 73.1 1.8 12.2 24 781 50 .78 92

4 72.9 1.8 72.0 2.7 176 45 18 92

5 72.6 1.8 71.7 2.7). 68 38 tf 92

6 72.604 1i6ah0 71.8 DAch VThet | Ae 67 93

“ 12.9 1.7 72.0 2.6). 476 45 75 92

8 74.4 2.7 73.0 4.1 801 69 1.23 .88

9 45.7 4.1 73.6 6.2 Bl ofl 82 93 i82

10 76.3 6.2 73.2 9.3 806 .66 2.98 74

ll 76.7 U7 72.8 11.6 195 .00 3.81 .69

Noon.| 77.1 9.2 (2:0 13.8 187 139 4.63 64

1 77.1 10.3 sL.9 15.5 173 eit 5.24 61

2 76.7 11.4 71.0 1 al ol 7.97 79 58

3 76.5 117 70.6 17.6 GAL .86 90 “57

4 76.4 11.0 70.9 16.5 748 .95 00 59

5 76.3 9.5 71.5 14.3 763 8.15 4.68 64

6 75.9 “a 72.0 11.6 -776 030 3.73 69

7 75.4 59 72.4 8.9 785 45 2.79 75

8 75.2 4.6 72.9 6.9 WOE 61 14 80

9 74.6 3.8 [24 BiG 792 .58 1.73 83

10 74.2 a3 72.5 5.0 787 4 50 85

pA 73.8 2.8 72.4 4.2 «785 03 24 87

Meteorological Observations. Ixxili

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

‘6.2

eda dd te

z| 35

ty)

1} 130.0

2| Sunday.

3] 132.3

4) 134.7

5} «142.7

6| 135.0

7{ 136.6

8} 139.0

9| Sunday.

10} = 135.0

11} 138.7

12} 132.0

13} 134.9

14 ia

15} 126.6

16| Sunday.

17} 138.0

18} 130.0

19} 135.0

20) 133.5

21|/Good Friday

22) 142.0

23| Sunday.

24) 124.0

25) 128.0

26} 148.4

27} 132.0

28; 145.0

29} 147.0

30) Sunday.

31’ 149.0

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

Prevailing directi

a of owe General Aspect of the Sky.

Inches.

ee (SBS. Cloudy till8 a.m, scattered \~-i and “i

[till 5 ep. m. cloudless afterwards,

[cloudless afterwards.

S. Cloudless till 6 a, m. cloudy till 4 Pp. M.

S. Cloudless till 8 a. m. cloudy till 6 P. M,

[cloudless afterwards,

S. or S. W. Cloudless till 6 a. M. scattered “i till 6

[p. M. cloudless afterwards,

Ss. Seattered clouds.

S. Cloudless,

Ss. Ditto.

[6 vp. m. cloudless afterwards.

S Cloudless till 10 a, m. scattered \-i till

S Cloudless till 8 a. mM. scattered “i till 4

[p. m. cloudless afterwards.

S. or S, E. Cloudless till 7 a. M. scattered “i till 6

[p. mM. cloudless afterwards. [wards.

| |sv.8. ors. Cloudless till 8 a.M. scattered “i after-

0.16 |E. or S. W. Cloudless till 5 a. mM. cloudy afterwards,

also raining & thundering &lightning

between 2 & 4 P. M.

0.41 |S. E. or E. Cloudy with drizzling before sunrise and

[also rain at 4 Pp. M.

0.52 [rain between 5 & 6 P. M.

0.17 |E.or N.E.or N.or W.|Cloudy or scattered “i also a shower of

W.or N. BK. or S. /Clouds of various kinds.

0.47 |S. or S, W. Ditto ditto, (also a N. W. gale between

10h. lim. & 10h. 47m. and rain after-

wards.

0.50 |S. Cloudy with rain after 8 Pp. M.

.. |S. E. or E. or S. W.|Cloudless till 3 a.m., cloudy or scattered

Ai till 5 p. m. cloudless till 9 Pp. M.

[cloudy afterwards.

S Cloudy. [scattered “i afterwards,

S. Cloudy till 9 a.m. scattered i till 4 P.M.

S.or S. E. or N. E. |Cloudless till 8 a. m. scattered “i till 7

[p. M. cloudless afterwards.

S. E. or S. W. or S. |Cloudless till 1 ep. m. scattered i after-

. [wards. [p.M. cloudless afterwards,

S. or S. W. or S. Cloudless till ll a. M. scattered “i till 4

S. or S. W. Cloudless till 2 a.m. cloudy till 8 a.m.

{cloudless afterwards.

S. Cloudless.

Ni Cirri, i Cirro Strati, i Cumuli, ~i Cumulo Strati, “-i Nimbi. —i Strati,

Wi Cirro Cumuli.

Ixxiv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office Calcutta,

in the month of March, 1856.

Montuuyy RESULTS.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, Se ne 29.860

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 A. M, on the 3d, ae 30.080

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 6 Pp. M. on the 25th, me 29.619

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, oa 0.461

ty)

Mean ary bulb Thermometer for the month, Be a 80.2

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 Pp. M. on the 3st, ae {: 95.6

Min. Temperature occurred at 10 P. M. on the 20th, ws 67.6

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, ee 28.0

Mean wet bulb Thermometer for the month, oe os 74.9

Mean dry bulb Thermometer above mean wet bulb Thermometer, .. 5.3

Computed mean dew point for the month, .. bi ee 72.2

Mean dry bulb Thermometer above computed mean dew point, oe 8.0

. Inches.

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, .. ate “ 0.781

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, o- oe oe 8.41

Additional weight of vapour required for complete saturation, ee 2.47

Mean degree of humidity, for the month complete saturation being unity, 0.77

Inches.

Rained 6 days.x—Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, ate oa 0 52

Total amount of rain during the month, be oe 2.23

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. Ixxv

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of March, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Temperature. S .

5 =

: & | 3

aS = : S S Aspect of the Sky.

= = = = >

o te ° s ue) =

o = = =)

OI i ie ei Me

A 3 Stan er ra ies

1 29.649 | 74.0 | 74.4 | 59.0 IN. W. ‘a Clear.

2 29.655 "8.5 79.5 59.0 |S. W. oie Ditto.

3 29.623 | 75.9 | 77.0} 60.0 |N. W.] .. Ditto.

4 | 29.587 | 79.5 | 805 | 595| W. | .. Ditto.

5 29.581 | 81.5 | 82.2 | 61.5. |N. W.]°*.. Ditto.

6 29.545 | 82.9 | 84.1 | 62.6 |N. W. ae Ditto.

7 29.505 | 82.9 | 84.0 | 64.0 | S. W. Si Ditto.

8 29.475 | 84.8 | 85.2 | 66.4 |S. HE. be Ditto.

9 29.405 | 85.5 | 86.6 | 68.5 |S. E. me Ditto.

10 29.383 | 87.0 | 87.0 | 67.01] S. E. ata Ditto.

11 29.413 | 87.5 | 89.0 | 69.9 WwW ry Ditto.

12 29.423 | 88.0 | 89.5 | 65.0 IN. W ae Ditto.

13 29.443 | 85.0 | 85.0 | 71.0|S.E is Ditto.

14 29.551 87.0 87.0 74.0 E se Ditto.

15 29.569 | 82.3 | 82.0 | 67.5 E. ap Ditto.

16 29.479 | 82.5 | 83.6 | 69.0 | E. ae \n- scattered.

17 29.505 | 84.0 | 85.5 | 68.5 E. a Clear.

18 29.475 | 85.1 | 85.9 | 69.3 | S. EB. ae Ditto.

19 29.359 | 85.4 | 86.0 | 65.5 | W. be Ditto.

20 29.325 | 80.0 | 80.2 | 60.5 IN. W.]| .. Ditto.

21 29.341 | 84.9 | 85.5 | 60.0 IN. W.] .. Ditto.

22 29.455 | 86.0 | 87.0 | 60.0 E. aa Scattered.

23 29.468 | 86.5 | 87.2 | 61.0 | S. W. ota Clear.

24 | 29.279 | 86.9} 87.5 | 640] W. |... Hazy.

25 29.357 | 79.3 | 80.0 | 55.0] W. ae Ditto.

26 | 29.389 | 79.2 | 80.4 | 57.9] W. we Clear.

27 29.417 | 80.6 82.0 59.0 W. aie Ditto.

28 29.413 | 83.0 | 85.5 | 62.0 W. a Ditto.

29 29.313 | 90.8 | 93.0 | 62.0 | E. ws Ditto.

30 29.375 | 85:0 | 85.7 | 64.0 | W. : Ditto.

31 29.483 | 87.0 | 89.0 | 64.5 W.

wwe Ditto.

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

\. Cirus.

3 \— Cirro strata,

r= 0 Cumuli.

> ~ Cumulo strata,

| V~ Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree, the former always

reads more than the latter.

The average difference is 1.6.

Ixxvi Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of March, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

Aspect of the Sky.

Of Mercury.

Of Air

Wet Bulb.

Direction of Wind

Quantity of Rain.

Barometer.

es | oo re ce mT

Mean. | 29.435

1 29.639 | 80.5 | 82.5 | 59.5 IN. W. oe Clear.

2 29.629 | 81.9} 82.2 60.0 | S. W. ae \ scattered.

3 29.599 | 82.0 | 83.0 61.0 |N. W. ae Clear.

4 29.561 85.5 | 86.2 | 62.0 Ww. Ne Ditto.

5 29.543 | 86.8] 86.7 | 63,8 |N. W. Bis Ditto.

6 29.525 88.3 90.0 64.5 IN. W. Ditto.

7 29.488 88.7 88.5 65.0 |N. W. ie Ditto.

8 29.449 | 89.9 | 89.5 | 67.0 ae Ditto.

9 29.387 90.5 91.0 69.0 | S. E. AA Ditto.

10 29.363 | 91.2 | 91.9 68.5 S. oe Ditto.

1) 29.393 93.0 | 94.5 70.4 W ae Ditto.

12 29.403 ; 95.2 | 96.4 64.4 IN. W. oe Ditto.

13 29.443 | 89.9 | 91.0 72.0 | SE. ae Ditto.

14 29.525 | 90.5 | 90.6 | 74.5] E. oe ” very few in zen.

15 29.521 | 86.5 | 87.4! 71.0 | S. EB. ne Clear.

16 29.455 | 85.0 | 85.8 | 69.9 | E. ~ ” scattered,

i 29.473 | 87.5 | 88.9 | 69.0 | S.E. oie Clear.

18 29.427 | 90.8 | 90.9 69.5 |S. W. ate Ditto.

19 29.347 | 90.2 | 90.5 66.5 W. oie Ditto.

20 29.293 | 84.0 | 84.4 | 61.3 IN. W. ee Ditto.

21 29.319 | 90.5 | 90.5 | 60.2 IN. W. ae Ditto.

22 29.407 | 88.0 | 91.3 | 61.5 E. mh \ scattered

23 29.451 | 89.7 | 89.9 | 62.5 |S. W. ae Clear.

24 29.259 | 90.5 | 90.9 | 64.2 | W. oe Hazy.

25 29.347 | 84.0] 84.0 | 56.0 | W. He Ditto.

26 29.381 | 85.2 | 85.6, 57.51 W. Ws Clear.

27 29.403 88.1 88.8 | 59.2 W. = Ditto.

28 29.403 | 89.0] 89.4 1 62.5 W. ie Ditto.

29 29.281 | 94.4 | 95.2 | 65.5 EK. agi Ditto.

30 29.355 | 88.0 | 88.5 | 65.0 W. we Ditto.

31 29.473 | 90.5] 916] 645 | W. ae Ditto.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Ixxvii

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of March, 1856.

Temperature.

. BS

E Ss | 4 )A

Ee a ee

Siegen. ar o |e

1 | 29.563) 85.8 | 85.8 | 63.2

2 | 29.549) 86.5 | 86.0 | 63.0

3 | 29.521) 88.5 | 89.0 | 64.5

4 | 29.493} 94.0 | 93.4 | 63.0

5 | 29.451] 94.0 | 94.2 | 64.4

6 | 29.437| 95.5 | 95.8 | 66.5

7 | 29.399) 94.5 | 94.9 | 68.9

8 | 29.355} 94.8 | 94.9 | 70.5

9 | 29.323] 95.0 | 95.9 | 69.5

10 | 29.293} 99.0 | 98.6 | 68.5

11 | 29.335] 100.5 | 101.0 | 70.0

12 | 29.335] 101.0 | 101.0 | 66.5

13 | 29.367} 94.8 | 94.2 | 71.2

14 | 29.425) 93.7 | 93.5 | 71.5

15 | 29.425} 90.0 | 90.4 | 71.6

16 | 29.379] 89.5 | 90.5 | 71.5

17 | 29.385) 93.0 | 94.2 | 70.5

18 | 29.321| 96.8 | 96.6 | 68.9

19 | 29.251) 93.4 | 93.0 | 67.0

20 | 29.239) 89.9 | 89.5 | 62.5

21 | 29 267| 95.5 | 95.5 | 62.5

22 | 29.347} 91.2 | 91.3 | 63.9

23 | 29.405] 97.2 | 97.0 | 65.0

24 | 29.197| 93.4 | 93.4 | 66.5

25 | 29.283) 89.1 | 89.0 | 58.0

26 | 29.327) 91.0 | 90.5 | 60.0

27 | 29.337| 93.0 | 93.0 | 62.6

28 | 29.321) 94.9 | 94.9 | 65.5

29 | 29.207] 96.0 | 95.8 | 68.0

30 | 29.321] 92.0 | 92.2 | 67.1

31 | 29.413] 95.0 | 95. | 68.

eee = | +

Mean.| 29.363) 93.5

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum

and minimum.

Maximum.

85.8

86.0

88.6

93.5

94.0

95.5

95.0

94.5

96.0

99.5

100.5

95.0

93.5

90.2

90.5

93.2

97.0

93.5

89.8

95.5

91.5

97.5

94.0

89.0

91.0

92.5

95.0

97.0

92.5

95.5

Minimum.

62.5

63.8

64.9

66.5

68.0

69.5

72.0

68.5

70.5

75.9

76.8

75.0

70.5

72.0

71.5

71.8

76.0

70.8

69.5

69.2

74.5

69.0

65.5

66.0

65.8

69.5

69.0

75.0

Mean.

74.15

74.9

76.75

80.0

81.0

82.5

83.5

81.5

83.25

87.7

88.65

87.75

82.75

82.0

80.35

81.25

82.35

84.4:

84.75

80.3

82.5

80.35

86.0

84.25

79,0

78.25

79 25

80.4

83.25

80.75

85.25

Aspect of

the Sky.

Clear.

\ scattered.

Clear.

Ditto.

Ditto,

Ditto.

scattered.

Clear.

Ditto.

Ditto,

Ditto.

\— scattered.

Clear,

Hazy.

Clear.

Ditto.

% scattered,

Clear.

Ditto.

Ce ee ee ee eee

93.5 | 66.4) 93.6 |70.1] 81.9

3 :

e |e

S is

8 |

— ~

a <

W. .

ING Wa] oe

Wie) ss

N.W.| .-

IN. Wo oe

N. W. ee

N. W.| .-

S. W. | «-

Saba ws

W. ee

N. W.] «-

Nia Wet se

E. ee

S. E. | .-

E. ee

S. E. | .-

S.. W,] o-

Si Wal, es

N. W. | .-

N. W.| ..

NW as

E. .

So Wall oe

4 eae

INOW. | xe

We ties

a (ee

W. .

Ixxvili

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, LV.

$s :

A 5

] 29.335

2 29.497

3 | 29.393

4 | 99.455

4) 29.491

6 | 29.363

7 29.335

8 | 29.253

9 | 29.217

10 | 29.343

11 | 29.405

12 29.377

13° | 29.385

14 | 29.305

15 | 29.285

16 | 29.359

17 | 29.399

¥S «| 20.373

19 | 29.361

20 | 29,401

21 29.279

22 | 29.265

23 29.307

24 | 29.309

25 29.315

26 | 29.293

27 29.389

28 | 29.439

29 | 29.409

30 | 29.337

Mean 29.359

W. P., Agra, for the month of April, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. mM.

—eeeee f eee OE Oe Oe |

Temperature.

pe :

5 2

oD Mh

=e (eat

Cet Cee o

89.0 | 91.0 | 66.0

88.0 | 89:4 | 65.5

88.1 | 90.0 | 66.0

85.5 | 85.0 | 66.4

87.8 | 88.0 | 640

94.5 | 95.7 | 71.0

94.3 | 95.0 | 69.5

95.2 | 96.2 | 70.0

97.8 | 97.8 | 68.0

90.2 | 90.8 | 64.0

88.0 | 90.0 | 63.0

89.0 | 91.0 | 60.8

88.8 | 90.5 | 60.5

88.5 | 89.5 | 61.6

87.5 | 89.4 | 62.0

89.5 | 90.7 | 63.0

95.8 | 97.2 | 67.8

100.0 |100.5 | 70.8

97.8 | 99.2 | 69.0

96.5 | 97.8 | 70.8

96. 97.0 | 67.0

97.0 | 98.5 | 65.5

97.0 | 98.4 | 66.5

97.8 | 99.5 | 69.5

100.0 |101.9 | 69.0

96.0 | 95.8 | 70.4

89.0 | 89.9 | 69.0

88.9 | 88.5 | 73.5

92.5 | 92.8 | 75.5

960 | 96.8 | 74.5

92.7 | 93.8 | 67.3

Pa aae

4444484442827 272:

NN,

mii 4

Direction of Wind.

Quantity of Rain.

Aspect of the Sky.

Clear.

Ditto.

\ few scattered.

\n- all over.

Clear.

Ditto.

VV scattered in zen,

Clear.

Ditto.

\ scattered.

Clear.

Ditto.

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

reads more than the latter.

{( \ Cirus.

a | \ Cirro strata.

24 Cumuli.

b | ~ Cumulo strati.

” (\ Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree; the former always.

The average difference is 1.6.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. Ixxix

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of April, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

ro :

=| a

Ei) m

Pe B @ Gs 3 Aspect of the Sky.

$ ee es a tae :

A a eco jE} a lite

1 29.517 | 92.4 | 93.0 | 67.1 | W. we Clear,

2 29.473 | 92.6 | 93.5 | 66.5 | W. ae Scattered in zen.

3 29.371 | 93.9 | 94.8 | 66.9 | W. RB \— scattered.

4, 29.427 | 91.0 | 92.0 | 67.8 | N.W.| .. Clear.

5 29.455 92.0 | 92.5 65.0 | N. W he Ditto.

6 29.305 | 99.0 | 99.5! 71.5 | N. W a Ditto.

7 29.329 | 99.2 | 99.9 70.0 N. 23 Ditto.

8 29.205 | 100.0 |101. glee eas a= Ditto.

9 29.209 |101.0 |101.5 | 69.2 |N.W.| .. Ditto.

10 29.323 | 96.9 | 97.5 | 63.5 W. as Ditto.

2 29.385 | 93.5} 94.0 | 63.6 N. a Ditto.

12 29.355 | 93.7 | 95.8 | 63.0 N. a: Ditto.

13 29.453 | 94.5 | 95.0 61.0 W. Me Ditto.

14 29.279 | 93.0 | 94.0 62.5 W. 3 Ditto.

15 29.283 | 92.3 | 93.0! 63.5 |S. W. de \- scattered in zen,

16 29.353 | 95.5 | 96.0 | 64.8 Ww. je Clear,

17 29.377 | 99.8 |101.0 | 69.0 W. ee Ditto.

18 29.345 | 104.0 |105.0 | 70.0 Ww. wa Ditto.

19 29.331 | 103.0 |103.5 | 69.9 |N.W.| .. Ditto.

20 29.383 |100.8 ;101.8 | 71.5 W. ee Ditto,

21 29.259 | 99.8 | 100.4 | 67.2 W. as Ditto.

22 29.255 | 102.0 |103.0 | 67.0 |N. W.| .. Ditto.

23 29.291 | 102.0 | 103.5 | 67.6 Ww. ie Ditto.

24 29.297 | 102:8'| 103.4:|. 70.0 | N. W.|" .. — scattered.

25 29.285 | 103.5 | 106.0 | 70. N. E. ee Clear.

26 29.277 | 99.0 | 99.5 | 75.5 E. as Ditto.

27 29.351 92.0 | 92.8 | 70.5 E. i Ditto.

28 29.399 | 91.5] 92.0] 73.0 E. a3 % scattered in zen,

29 29.385 | 94.9 | 95.2 | 76.3 |S. E. ae Hazy.

30 29.305 | 98.9 | 98.9| 76.4 1S. E.] .. ™ scattered.

Mean.| 29.338 | 97.1 | 97.9 | 68.3

Ixxx

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of April, 1856.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Temperature. Minimnsnt

= > 2c

8 5 a 5 E ae the

o = ° = =) =)

g @ a > aa) g g S

3 2 a “ je] | ‘a| s

es ee; co Ci o s ics og

a a s) O PE] 2.) asl S

1 | 29.439} 96.9 | 96.9 168.9} 96.9| 79.0) 87.95} Clear.

2 | 29.453} 98.9 | 98.9 |69.4) 98.5] 79.0] 88.75|Ditto. [over.

3 | 29.283) 98.9 | 98.4 169.0] 99.0) 74.0] 86.5 |\-scattered all

4 | 29.365] 96.5 | 96.5 |67.4) 96.0/ 79.5) 87.75) Clear.

5 | 29.365) 96.8 | 96.8 167.5} 96.5) '79.0| 87.75] Ditto.

6 | 29.217| 102.5 | 102.5 |'73.1| 102.0) 76.0) 94.0 | Ditto.

7 |29.243) 104.6 | 104.0 |'73.0| 104.0} 76.5| 90.25] Ditto.

8 | 29.125) 106.9 | 106.6 | 70.0; 106.5) 76.0} 91.25) Ditto.

9 | 29.167) 106.5 | 106.5 | 72.1} 106.5! 84.0] 95.25} Ditto.

10 | 29.267) 100.9 | 100.1 | 65.0| 100.5] 78.5| 89.5 | Ditto.

11 | 29.311] 99.5 | 99.5 | 64.0} 99.8] 73.0| 86.4 | Ditto.

12 | 29.275) 98.9 | 99.6 |64.7| 99.2! 70.8| 85.0 | Ditto.

13 | 29.285] 97.8 | 97.5 |64.0) 97.5] 71.0! 84.25] Ditto.

14 | 29.205} 98.5 | 98.5 | 64.6} 98.0] 73.0] 85.5 | Ditto.

15 | 29.217) 99.0 | 99.0 |65.5| 98.8] 72.0] 85.4 | Ditto.

16 | 29.295'101.5 | 102.4 | 67.0) 102.2) 72.0] 87.1 |Ditto.

17 | 29.187| 105.0 | 105.5 | 72.3) 105.0] 79.0] 92.0 | Ditto.

18 | 29.263) 108.5 | 109.5 | 70.5) 109.2) 82.5] 95.85] Ditto.

19 | 29.255) 107.0 | 107.0 |'72.5| 109.0} 82.5] 95.75} Ditto.

20 | 29.223|110.6 | 110.5 | 73.0! 110.0) 81.0] 95.5 | Ditto.

21 | 29.185|105.0 | 105-2 | 69.5) 105.0} 80.8] 92.9 | Ditto.

22 |29.179/106.8 | 106-8 | 69.0} 106.5| 81.8] 94.2 | Ditto.

23 | 29.205} 108.0 | 109.2 | 70.1) 108.5) 83.0) 95.75) Ditto.

24 |29.229/109.2 ; 109-5 | 69.5' 109.0) 83.5) 96.25} Ditto.

25 | 29.175}108.9 | 108.5 | '73.6{ 108.5) 83.5] 96.0 | Ditto.

26 | 29.205/104.5 | 104.2 | 75.5} 104.0} 84.0] 94.0 | Ditto.

27 =|29,285| 95.8 | 94.9 |71.6| 95.5] 79.0] 87.25) Ditto.

28 {29.305} 96.0 | 96.2 |'74.5| 96.0] 78.0] 87.0 |Ditto.

29 | 29.295) 100.5 | 100.5 | 80.0| 100.0) 83.0] 91.5 | Ditto.

30 | 29.189} 104.0 | 104.0 | 76.5] 104.0] 84.0] 94.0 |~ scattered.

Mean. | 29.256] 102.4 | 102.1 | 70.1] 102.4|'78.6] 90.5

Maximum and

zs | Direction of Wind.

440474448

448544

| Quantity of Rain.

Meteorological Observations.

Ixxxi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

im the month of April, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet.

Height of the cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Level of the Sea 18,11.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations, and of the Hygrometrical elements

the Barometer

Mean Height of

at 32° Faht.

dependent thereon.

Range of the Barometer

during the day.

Max.

Inches.

29.918

.880

849

833

854

747

652

.702

770

Roy ts)

819

762

.836

881

-816

788

.684

730

752

193

.828

916

.896

.882

842

Min.

Inches,

29.762

“715

.689

-681

.663

581

500

-550

.627

.690

.662

.592

.616

-667

B70

.658

631

531

595

624.

618

.686

730

735

124

.655

Diff.

Inches.

0.156

.165

.160

152

»L191

166

152

143

133

157

.170

136

169

158

157

153

135

142

181

161

.158

187

Mean Dry Bulb

Thermometer.

lo ome 2)

BAS

“I bo

86.7

85.8

86.8

85.4

86.9

86.1

85.8

86.0

86.3

87.4

87.5

85.3

85.9

86.2

86.4:

86.5

86.4

86.6

86.5

2 00 00

ON & co

QD & ox

Range of the Tempera-

ture during the day.

Max.

Min,

Diff.

Ixxxii Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

d re 3 B 3 ge Rg Sad gall oe

f |g | 2 pee) ge /Fe | See taee

m Aa a te 2 metas dee Ss

s |2/@ |g |= |e | Se) see

° ~ = SO

Date. a : S A rc 3 Ee Pa ® a3

Bag Types Me) oe 2 ska cot = ae ie oe

zo 3 = Bu. |. Sls .| F-4.2 | 6 Sete pe

ag a 2. As as, |. St |: ete co ae

Sg a 5 Po oS SS oe We egan ig =

Ss g la rs) ra) Quy = > Ss foVao) c > oO s gs

) 0 0 ty) Inches, | T. gi T. gr.

1 78.5 7.7 74.6 11.6 | 0.843 8.98 4.01] 0.69

2 76.3 | 10.4 71,1 15.6 753 02 5.16 61

3 80.6 6.1 77.5 9.2 925 9.86 3.32 73

4 80.4 0.4 bide 8.1 931 094 2 89 18

5 77.4 9.4 02.4 14.1 192 8.44 4.77 64

6 |Sunday

7 80.6 4.8 78.2 Roe .946 10.11 2.57 .80

8 $1.5 5A 78.8 8.1 .964 27 98 78

9 81.1 5.0 78.6 7.5 .958 21 74 19

10 80.2 5.6 77.4 8.4, 922 9.85 98 17

1] 80.5 5.5 77.7 8.3 931 94 3 17

12 80.8 5.5 78.0 8.3 .940 10.03 99 7

13. |Sunday.

14 76:7 =| 10:7 71.3 16.1 758 8.06 5.39 60

15 78.6 8.9 74,1 13.4: 830 .83 4.66 .66

16 79.6 Dil. 76.7 8.6 2902 9.62 3.02 76

17 79.3 6.0 76.3 9.0 .890 .o2 12 75

18 79.8 6.1 76.7 9.2 902 62 25 75

19 78.9 73 75.2 11.0 .860 16 83 71

20 |Sunday. |

21 80.6 58 77.7 8.7 od 92 14 76

22 80.6 59 77.6 8.9 .928 89 21 16

23 80.1 6.3 76.9 9.5 .908 -66 40 74

24 80.2 6.4 77.0 9.6 .910 -69 45 74

25 79.7 6.8 76.3 10.2 .890 50 60 13

26 75.4 3.7 73.9 5.6 814 8.79 1.74 84

27 | Sunday.

28 77.6 5.9 74.6 8.9 843 9.03 7 79

29 77.7 6.7 74.3 10.1 .835 8.94 3.37 13

30 79.1 6.5 75.8 9.8 876 9.35 41 13

Meteorological Observations. Ixxxili

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

os }

a Range of the Barometer for ; Range of the

23 each hour during a Temperature for each

= ° the month. ad hour during the

oa = month,

sone =

ae As

3 Max Min Diff. s s Max.| Min. | Diff.

= ° 3 g

oO = o

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. o o o o

re \ 29.729 29.825 | 29.605 | 0.220 | 82.3 1846) 798! 48

J .720 840 095 .245 | 81.9 | 86.0 | 794 | 66

2 710 818 -080 238 81.4 | 84.4 | 78.9 | 5.5

3 -699 815 -064 251 81.0 | 83.1 | 78.2 | 4.9

4 705 814 -099 255 | 80.5 | 82.5 | 78.0] 4.5

5 719 836 000 286 80.1 | 82.5 | 77.91 46

6 742 -850 -580 -270 +| 80-1 | 82.0 | 77.6 | 4.4

7 -761 875 -601 274 81.0 | 83.0 | 78.2 | 4.8

8 783 -900 -628 2272 83.6 | 85.4 | 81.7 | 3.7

4 0799 913 -645 -268 86.4 | 88.6 , 84.4 | 4.2

10 -799 918 642 276 $8.7 | 90.3 | 85.6 | 4.7

11 187 902 631 271 91.0 | 93.7 | 88.2 | 5.5

Noon. 768 .916 .600 -oL6 92.0 | 95.1 | 73.2 | 219

1 737 -909 571 2338 93.1 | 96.8 | 73.0 | 23.8

2 705 843 533 310 93.6 | 97.8 | 73.4 | 24.4

3 .681 -838 506 a2 93.3 | 98.0 | 76.8 | 21.2

4 663 772 505 -267 92.3) 1 98.0" | 76.2 | 2S

5 -655 762 500 262 90.3 | 96.2 | 75.8 | 20.4

6 664 0763 517 -246 88.0 | 92.6 | 75.2 | 17.4

7 -684 792 2029 263 85.8 | 88.6 | 74.8 | 13.8

8 -705 796 554 -242 84.3 | 37.4 | 74.8 | 12.6

9 726 €13 571 242 83.4 | 85.0 | 74.8 | 10.2

10 -738 $24 607 217 82.8 | 84.4 | 74.2 | 10.2

11 -740 821 609 212 82.4 | 83.8 | 73-2 | 10.6

xxxiv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

1 = rary ri , 8 ~ 6

: B lution ek | em ee

a o a hm a iS g He

2 A ° Oo w = cs a a =

jit >) ie 2 es O° (20 D we GB

Hour. |’) & S ® a a ae Sls | °&

ne) S A io) 8 5 2. E Sane ® nS i

fey 4, 2 eS | ee) 28 :|\ ee See eee

so | = o. |Vate |) eS eee eS oe

o 8 tp 5 aoe o> ae ae So-8

= A o A a a < a

0 o 0) o | Inches.| T. gr. Tilers

night, |} 78:7 | 36 | 76.9 | 54] 0.908 | 9.76 | 1.82 | 0.84

1 78.3 3.6 76.5 5.4 .896 .65 19 84:

2 78.1 3.3 76.4 5.0 .893 62 .65 .85

3 17.8 3.2 76.2 4.8 887 06 .58 .86

4 77.6 2.9 76.1 4.4 .885 09 43 Pei

5 77.4 2.7 76.0 4.1 882 D2 032 88

6 77.1 3.0 75.6 4.5 871 39 45 87

vf 77.8 3.2 76.2 4.8 887 06 .08 86

8 78.9 4.7 76.5 alk .896 -61 2.42 80

9 79.6 6.8 76.2 10.2 -887 AT 3.59 a3

10 80.5 8.2 76.4 12.3 893 49 4.47 .68

11 80.9 10.1 75.8 15.2 876 25 5-68 62

Noon.| 80.9 | 11.1 75.3 16.7 .862 .08 6.28 59

1 81.1 12.0 75.1 18.0 897 -00 86 7

2 81.3 12.3 75.1 18.5 857 8.99 7.09 |. 56

3 81.2 12.1 75.1 18.2 857 9.00 6.95 -56

4 81.0 11.3 15.3 17.0 -862 08 42 09

5 80.6 9.7 75.7 14.6 873 22 5.41 63

6 80.4 7.6 76.6 11.4 899 56 4,12 40

7| 79.5 6.3 76.3 9.5 -890 -50 3.33 74

8 78.8 5.5 76.0 8.3 882 45 2.83 a7

9 78.5 4.9 76.0 7.4 -882 47 49 19

10 | 78.7 4.1 76.6 6.2 899 -65 -L10 82

J1 | 78.5 3.9 76.5 5.9 896 -63 1.98 83

Meteorological Observations. Ixxxv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

BS bi teas aie

" % E Rain. Ee tee General Aspect of the Sky.

«| & 3

2) oe

ry) Inches.

1) 137.0 S. or S. W. Cloudless.

2) 148.4 2 |S 0f.W: Ditto.

3| 147.0 ee ciseor Ss, W. Ditto.

4} 137.0 .- |S. (high 7 to 9 p. m.)|Cloudless till 8 a. mM. cloudy afterwards.

5| 136.0 s. 4nor S. W; Cloudiess.

6| Sunday. (clouds till 8 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

Zia 125.0 Sat Mieke. OFF Se Cloudless till 7 a. M. scattered thin

8} 143.0 : S. Cloudless.

m9 13h0 -. |S. (high at 6 p.m.) |Cloudy till 7 p. mM. cloudless afterwards.

10} 137.0 oe lier Cloudless till 4 a. M. scattered i till 3

11} 132.0 . |S. (constantly high.) |Cloudy. [e. Mm, cloudy afterwards,

12} 143.0 .- |S. (constantly high.) |Cloudy till Noon, cloudless afterwards,

13) Sunday. [scattered “i afterwards.

14} 133.0 sa) (Sener. OFS. Cloudy till 10 a. m., cloudless till3 ep. m.

15) 145.7 « iSsor W. Scattered —i & “i till 9 a. M. cloudless

16) 133.2 || 8 Scattered i. [afterwards.

17| 146.0 oe. | Sauk. O71 S. Scattered i till 2 a. m. cloudless till 7

A. M. various clouds till 11 A. M.

cloudless afterwards.

18); 130.0 -. |S. (high at 10 a. m.) /Cloudless.

19) 132.4 T melts Ditto.

20| Sunday

aby 131.0 : Scattered clouds till 11 4. m. cloudless

22} 142.0 wa ; [to 11 p. m.)/Occasionally cloudy. (afterwards.

. (high after 8 a. m.|Cloudy.

s0L. Ss 2.1.(high

throughout the day.) Cloudy, also lightning 7 to 9 Pp, Mm.

25} 131.4 .. |S. E, (high) or S. .‘|Cloudy.

26 ie 0.42 |S.E. or S. or E. alsoa

N. Wester between [P. M.

ll a.m. & 1 p. Mm, |Cloudy with rain between 11 a, M. to 1

23} 129.0 eal

27| Sunday. : [3 P.M.

28} 126.2 | 0.20 |S. E. or S. Clouds of various kinds and raining at

29) 147.0 .. (|S. E. or S. W. or S. |Cloudless till 5 a. m. clouds of vari-

fous kinds afterwards.

30} 134.8 ro (Ss. Clouds of various kinds,

Ni Cirri, \-i cirro strati, Ni cumuli, “i cumulo strati, \-i Nimbi, —i strati,

Wi cirro cumuli.

IXxxvi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of April, 1856.

MontTuoiy REsvutts.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, sie eens

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 aA. mM. on the Ist, =...

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 5 Pp. M. on the 8th, — ew ee

Extreme range of the Barometer, during the month, oe Seee

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, ee cone

Max. Temperature, occurred at 3 Pp. M. on the 15th, ae mage

Min. Temperature, occurred at 1 P. M. on the 26th, at ouvare

Extreme range of the Temperature, during the month, .. esee

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, oa ecne

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer,....

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, a cere

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, above computed Mean Dew Point, ee

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, Ae ae

Inches.

29.726

29.918

29.500

0.418

85.8

98.0

73.0

25.0

19.3

6.5

76.0

9.8

Inches.

0.882

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, ae o. oe

Additional weight of vapour, required for complete saturation. ....

Mean degree of Humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity,

ained 2 days. Max. fall of Rain during 24 hours, oe eee

Total amount of rain during the month, ae ae ve

9.41

3.42

0.73

Inches.

0.42

0.62

Meteorological Observations. Ixxxvil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of May, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

27 .074 -641 oll

28 -536 698 445

29 458 -518 384

30 421 463 .398

31 -430 O17 38]

parks:

(SN)

le oie ole ole ole ols |

SOWarws

“I 029 CO sa 8

ie 0}

ie.)

ie 8)

OO >

COUN Nw w

Ste Sore

x 3 Range of the Barometer 3 3 Range of the Tempera-

“fo 2 5 during the day. b a ture during the day.

eer a:

Date. | "As s 2

s+ | Max. | Min. | Diff S& | Max. | Min, | Diff.

S =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ft) ) Cy) 0

1 29.750 | 29.815 | 29.670 | 0.145 | 85.5 93.9 74.8 | 19.1

2 715 -783 657 126 83.9 92.2 77.6 | 14.6

3 -690 754 622 132 82.1 92.2 79.6 |! 16.6

4 |Sunday.

5 705 £795 635 1608) 2872 95.4 | 81.4 | 140

6 731 785 .649 136 | 84.4 91.8 75.4 | 16.4

7 704 .784 621 163 | 86.9 93.9 82.3 | 11.6

8 649 .708 .539 169 | 86.7 94.8 79-5 | 15.3

9 .642 709 5950 -159 85 9 94.8 78.4 | 16.4

10 .647 704 576 -128 | 88.2 95.1 83-3 | 11.8

11 |Sunday

12 .586 645 498 2147 | “SRL 97.0 84.1 | 12.9

13 .085 .636 029 PLO? 89.1 96.8 84,0 | 12.8

14 -606 ue 529 187 | 875 96 8 5.5 | 21.3

15 .635 .703 .576 -127 | 82.8 92.4 77.0 | 15.4

16 721 789 .637 152 | 83.0 90.5 76.0 | 14.5

17 746 811 .694 117 | 85.3 94.0 77.0 | 17.0

18 |Sunday

19 771 .868 .686 182 , 86.7 94.5 80.2 | 14.3

20 740 818 685 A133) 87.2 95.2 80.9 | 14.3

21 ./61 827 672 »155 87.5 94.3 81.4 | 12.9

22 738 -795 666 -129 | 86.3 94.2 80.2 | 14.0

23 .700 298 622 176 | 839 90.0 78.4 | 11.6

24 715 .769 661 +108 | 81.4 90.3 77.4 | 12.9

25 | Sunday

26 595 642 .518 124 83.4 77.4 0

Ixxxvili Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Generals Office, Calcutta,

on the month of May, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

a oes mos 0

3 3 S 2 ley ee

& 43 3 S Cs) On aoe

a E Ss | 2 5 Ps fet ijms

Tate date > E S 2 si |ei8/°8

3 ms = 2 = cB |/ygos| hee

Pe | 2 (88 les 72) eee

s a 3 a a, alosaeligs J

ao a ° cs | =o %|§ 80 4

Ss b 8 PAY ls S68 |/Seaels sg |

= A S) a = = < a

0 ty) oO oO Inches.| T. gr | T. gr

1 78.5 7.0 75.0 10.5 | 0,854 9.11 | 3.61 | 0.72

2y\/"yee le sie | was | oeis.4 || Sees: |) gaa) |Peee he

3 77.5 4.6 75.2 6.9 .860 24 27) .80

4 |Sunday

5 81.6 5.6 78.8 8.4 964 | WOl27 |) SewOe +.77

6 79.2 5.2 76.6 vine 899 9.61 | 2.70 | .78

7 81.3 5.6 78.5 8.4 955 | 10.18 | 3.07 77

8 80.6 6.1 77.5 9.2 925 9.86 32) 107.75

9 79 5 6.4 76.3 9 6 890 50 a7 \-..74

10 82.3 5.9 79.3 8.9 979 | 10.40 36 | .76

ll |Sunday

12 82.5 6.6 79.2 9.9 976 35 aT a3

13 82.7 6.4 79.5 9.6 986 ADS 67-) j.74

14 81.2 6.3 78.0 9.5 940 9.99 50 | .74

15 77.3 5.5 74.5 8.3 840 03 |") @ig2 Va

16 78.0 5.0 75.5 75 868 31 51 79

17 79.2 6.1 76.1 9.2 885 646) |) BIS 295

18 | Sunday :

19 80.0 6.7 76.6 10.1 .899 57 61 73 ;

20 80.2 7.0 76.7 10.5 902 58 79| 1.72

21 80.2 7.3 76.5 11.0 .896 sy 95 | .71

22 79.6 6.7 76.2 10.1 .887 47 55 | ie

23 77.6 6.3 74,4 9.5 .838 8.97 16: | 7a

24 78.4 3.0 76.9 4.5 .908 9.76 | WL | |:88

25 |Sunday.

26 77 2.0 76.7 3.0 902 74 | 0.98 | .91

27 785 3.9 76.5 5.9 896 63 | 1.98 83

28 80.8 5.9 77.8 | 8.9 934 95 | 3.23 | .76

29 79.9 3.9 77.9 59 937. | 10.04 | 2.06 83

30 78.4 1.8 77.5 2.7 925 9.98 | 0.90] .92

31 78.9 1.8 73.0 | 27 940 | 10.13 91 92

Meteorological Observations. Ixxxix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of May, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Gs) °o

pa. =|

S ey each hour during = ature for each hour

a the day. 2 during the day,

Hour. ne a

Sos

80 ba

S g Max. Min Diff. a= Max. | Min. | Diff.

& ® &

= =)

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. fy) 0 0 ft)

night, | {29-662 [29.704 |29.411 | 0.383 | 819 | 85.7) 77.4] 8.3

1 648 276 411 .365 81.5 85.4 | 76.8 8.6

4 .636 -770 .398 2072 81.1 84.8 | 75.5 oa

3 627 749 .388 61 80.8 84.5 | 75.4 oer

4 636 753 381 012 80.7 84.5 | 76.0 8.5

5) 637 758 2385 373 80.4 84.9 76.0 8.9

6 -663 187 404 383 80.5 |° 84.6 76.0 8.6

7 684 -824 407 417 Sig oot odin Mi Mf fe 8.5

8 -700 -868 .436 432 84.1 88.0 | 79.4 8.6

9 .708 866 455 411 86.5 BIS |. £9.59) 10.0

10 .708 +862 2462 400 88.3 92.0! 79.6 | 12.4

il 694 851 458 393 89.7 | 93.9 | 79.6 | 14.3

Noon. .676 .823 444 .379 90.6 96.4 | 79.8 | 16.6

1 654: 801 428 13 I 9626) |, 49.8 16:8

2 627 779 397 378 91.3 Le Gg ey a ar ay

3 608 .736 386 350 |; 90.7 9657 F826") Le. e

4 587 .706 379 Bed, 89.7 95.5 | 75.6 | 19.9

5 584. .698 358 340 83.4 93.6" |; @0a8) || Lad

6 596 729 369 .360 86.6 926 | 75.8 | 16.8

7 619 .765 372 393 84.4 90.2 | 76.2 | 14.0

8 650 790 395 .395 82.9 88.4 | 75-5 | 12.9

2 664 827 415 412 82.4, 86.8 | 77-6 9.2

10 665 | .809 434 375 81.7 | 86.4 | 748 | 11.6

11 666 811 430 381 | 81.5 86.0 79-0 | 11.0

xe Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

im the month of May, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

z 3 2 ee ro

: ee amg be

a = aw = = ee ce s & < - ‘S

fo) oS o+4¥ oO ~

rE 2 E 3 2 slsesl%s

Hour. |. & 8 A = =S | Bas >

oy, £ 3) ie as | 25 | Ses | bos

Pe | a | 8 |@8) 6 pFL | Bees

a o. 3 lees seSilezg e = os

Sg ae g Pay oe as | 2a Ss.

= a S A = = <q =

eke | 78.6 33 | 769 | 5.010.908 | 9.76] 1.68 0.85

1 78 4 3.1 76.8 4.7 905 73 58 86

2 78.2 29 76.7 4.4 902 72 45 87

3 78.1 24 76.7 4.1 902 Bb 4 35 88

4 78 0 2.7 76.6 4.1 89y 69 35 88

5 77.9 25 76.6 3.8 899 .69 125 89

6 78.3 2.2 77.2 3.3 916 89 .09 90)

7 79.1 2.8 hed A 2 931 110.02 42 88

8 79.9 4.2 ORES 6.3 934 01 | 2.20 82

9 80.6 5.9 77.6 8.9 928 | 9.89 | 3.21 76

10 81.2 7.1 77.6 | 107 928 85 95 a

11 81.5 8.2 77a | 12.3 922 77 | 4.60 68

Noon. | 82.0 8.6 Ley a ia eo) 931 84 92 67

1 82.0 9.1 wae | 43.7 922 73 | 5.24 65

2 82.1 9.2 “7.5 | 13.8 925 76 .30 65

3 81.6 9.1 “il Aaa ee eee | 910 61 19 65

4 80.8 8.9 76.8 | 13.4 890 44 | 4,93 66

5 80.6 7.8 Moen | 17 902 56 .28 69

6 80.0 6.6 76.7 9.9 902 60 | 3.54 73

7 78.9 5.5 761 8.3 885 48 | 2.83 17

8 782 4.9 75.8 71 876 Al 38 80

9 78.3 4.1 76.2 6.2 887 4 07 82

10 78.2 3.5 76.4 5.3 893 62 | 1.75 85

11 78.2 3.3 76.5 5.0 896 65 66 85

a rsa

Meteorological Observations. XCi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of May, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c. (Continued.)

=e ania a ;

6 a 3 r Pr Doe lobe General Aspect of the Sky.

eheee | 2

fc) Inches.

1} 133.0 1.09 |S. E. or 8. Ni & “i & Mi; also rain at 10 & ll P.M.

2| 129.0 o6.7 (Ss ¥u./ O18: Cloudy till 7 rp. m., cloudless afterwards.

3| 123.0 0.72 |S. E. or S. (high) {Cloudy with much rain between Noon &

[ Sunset.

4| Sunday [from10 a.m.to 1P.M.)

5| 139.0 -. |S. (occasionally high)|Cloudless till 6 a. M., cloudy till 5 ep. m.

6) 135.0 0.68 |S. W. or S, Cloudy. [cloudless afterwards.

7| 128.9 .- |S. W. (high) or S. {Cloudy till 2 vp. m., cloudless afterwards.

8| 126.0 mat Cloudless till 5 Pp. M., cloudy afterwards

[also slightly drizzling at 9 Pp. mM.

9; 133 0 .. |S.E.orS. (both high)|Cloudless till 6 a. M., scattered “i till 1

also a squall from] p.M., cloudless till 5 p. m., cloudy with

W. at 8r. mM. thunder and lightning afterwards.

10| 128.7 . |S. E.orS. (both high)|Cloudy.

11| Sunday.

12) 135.0 ae (5. or 8. E: Cloudy. [ wards,

13} 132.0 yo) S2 or 8.5. Cloudless till 6 a. M., scattered “i after-

14/ 128.0 1.96|S. E. or N. E. Cloudy, also a very violent gale accom-

panied by much rain & lightning & an

incessant fall of hail stones between 7

& 8 P.M.

15 a fel \\Se Be Cloudy, also a slight drizzling with much

{lightning and thundering at 5 F. M.

16] 116.8 a. | )S. BE. or 8, Cloudy.

AZ). 152.7 .. |S. E. or E, (high) [Clouds of various kinds.

18| Sunday

19} 133.0 -- |CalmorS. E. Scattered “i.

20| 130.0 se 1S. OF SB. ors. Scattered clouds.

21; 125.0 |) S. E. or S. (high) |Scattered clouds ; also drizzling with some

0.13 {thunder & lightning after 8 Pp. M. [set.

i S. or S. E. Cloudy with occasionaldrizzling after sun-

23) 125.0 .. |N. W.orS. or S. E.|Cloudy till 7 ep. m.; cloudless afterwards.

. Cloudy the whole day ; also some rain in

[the afternoon & during the night.

25! Sunday. | 0.36

26 0.20 |S. E. or N. E. Cloudy with some rain in the afternoon.

27| 122.0 ts | Noa. Cloudy. [& i afterwards.

28) 133.0 .. |S E.or N.E. or S.W,|Cloudless till 5 a, M, stattered \i & i

29) 118.0 0.16|N. W. or S. or S, E.|Scattered clouds, also little rain between

[l&2p.M.

30 si 0.86 |S. E. or N. E. Cloudy with constantly drizzling.

31 ay 1.26 |E. ‘Cloudy and constantly raining.

Ni Cirri, i Cirro-strati, %i Cumuli, ~i Cumulo-strati, i Nimbi, —i Strati,

Mi Cirro-cumuli.

x¢ii Meteorological Observations..

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

Sor the month of May, 1856.

Montaiy ReEsvuuts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer, for the month, oe eh 29.650

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 8 a. M. on the 19th, a 29.868

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 5 Pp. M. on the 30th, te 29.358

Extreme Range of the Barometer, during the month, .. wie 0.510

ty)

Mean dry bulb Thermometer for the month, oe “js 85.0

Max. Temperature occurred at 2 Pp, M. on the 12th, Ge se 97.0

Min, Temperature, occurred at 10 p. mM. on the Ist, ee ee 74.8

Extreme Range of the Temperature, during the month, .. ae 22.2

Mean wet bulb Thermometer for the month, .. af de 79.6

Mean dry bulb Thermometer, above Mean wet bulb Thermometer, .. 5.4

Computed Mean dew point for the month, .. oe te 76.9

Mean dry bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew point, oe 8.1

Inches.

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, os ee 0.908

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, a Sn ae 9.70

Additional weight of vapour required for complete saturation, ee 2.83

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity. 0.77

Inches.

Rained 12 days. Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, oe a 1.96

Total amount of Rain during the month, a oe 8.18

A very violent N, E. gale accompanied by much thundering, lightning and rain

and an incessant fall of hail stones occurred between 7 & 8 P. M. on the 14th. The

observations taken after 10 minutes intervals during the gale, are forthcoming at

the Surveyor General’s Office.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

XClil

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

Date.

OCOD wb

Mean.

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of May, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature.

3 E

{S =

Shahi

“ E i i: Aspect of the Sky.

a a, tne ae eee ae

29.329 | 99.0 | 99.4 | 75.8 'S. W.} 2. Clear.

29.235 1101.9 | 102.5 | 76.2 |S. E. me Ditto.

29.205 94.0; 94.8 79.0 |W. E. Se Ditto.

29.235 91.0 Oa) oO. W. a Ditto.

29.295 93.0 93.4 76.5 |S E. Ditto.

29.289 99.5 99.8 | 75.0 |S. W. Ditto.

29.263 | 100.5 | 101.3 | 72.2 W. 5 Ditto.

29.229 1100/0 | 100:6°) 71.5 |) W: ie ~ scattered in zenith.

2203) | 101.9) | 102.531) 722001 A Clear.

29-243 |100.9 | 102:0. | 73:6) ON. E Ditto,

29.249 1100.4 | 101.0 | 72.3 | W. ie Ditto,

2225 \TOl.0.! L012 | 7204 Wet oe Ditto.

29.225 99.8 | 100.5 FA VN REL we Ditto.

29.221 | 99.8 | 100.0 | 71.5 | W. “3A Ditto.

29.215 98.2 98.5 LAO Ww. ae Ditto.

29.231 97.6 97.9 | 76.0 E. Be Ditto.

29.271 91.0 91.9 75.0 E, ate Ditto.

29.331 98.5 985 | 75.0: | SoBe te. Ditto.

29.255 | 103.9 | 104.5 74.0 W. Se Ditto.

29.283 1101.5 |101.9 | 748 |N RE. Ag Ditto.

29.275 1102.5 |101-5 | 81.0 | E. 3 Ditto.

29.201 arp. 1 Gad" tv O77 oo E. che Ditto.

29.275 | 88.5 | 89.0] 76.5'| E ae m scattered

eral tu SRO! O76 V 26.2 |) Som. es Clear.

29.129 98-8°| 99:0 | 79.5 1° Wl) he. | Ditto!

29.149 | 93.9 99.0 | 79.0 E. 4 Ditto.

29.183 |100.5 |100.8 | 7881S. W.| .. | Ditto.

20,105 |} '98:0 | 98.2) 78-5 | New| .. °°! Ditto.

29.085 97.0 97.5 8001/8. E. as Ditto.

29.165 | 89.0 | 89.0] 74.9 | N. BE. | 1.62 | \~ scattered.

29.227 97.8 98.2 | 75.3 1.62

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

Symbols.

Ln»

Cirus.

Cirro strata.

Cumuli.

Cumulo strata.

Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree; the former always

reads more than the latter. The average difference is 1.6,

XC1V Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of May, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature. S ‘

= =

: e | &

2 = x zr) S Aspect of the Sky.

= Sy Jlhoht; Fy HEINE Desa ie ee

o bet re) ~

Fae ee a ie esl a Neos ce

ES 3 So ow me ay =

= pQ ) ) S on g

] 29.285 1102.0 |102.5 | 74.5 |S.W | .. Clear.

2 29.205 {104.0 |105.0 | 77.0 | W. a Ditto

3 29.181 | 99.9 {101.4 | 80.5 E 48 Ditto

29.205 | 95.0 | 95.6 | 76.0 N. oe Ditto

29.277 | 96.9 | 97.8 | 78.4 |S. W.} os Ditto

S. Wo] we Ditto

29.241 |105.2 |105.5 | 72.5 ee Ditto.

ne ~~ scattered.

6 29.279 |102.8 |103.5 | 76.0

29.215 |108.8 |104.0 | 72.5

9 29.171 {106.8 {107.0 | 74.0 W. ees Clear.

10 29.259 1104.5 ,105.5 | 75.0 N. i. Ditto.

11 29.229 1104.5 1104.8 | 73.0 W. ee Ditto.

12 29.199 |104.3 |103.5 | 72.5 Ww. 1 Ditto.

13 29 215 1102.5» (104.5 | 78.0. IN. Wale. Ditto.

14 29.197 |102.0 |102.2 | 74.3 | W. ue Ditto.

15 29.189 ;101.0 {101.9 74.0 W. Ja Ditto.

16 29.209 |101.0 {101.9 | 75.0.| S W.| 4. Ditto.

17 29.255 | 96.0 | 97.2 | 76.4 E. + Ditto.

18 29.329 | 99.9 |100.5 Toa So A seve Ditto.

19 29.309 |101.0, |101.2 | 75.5 | N. EL]... Ditto.

20 29.245 1108.8 |108.5 7215 W. ae Ditto.

21 29.267 |105.0 {106.0 | 76.0°'| N. E.| .. Ditto.

22 29.259 1107.0 |107.5 Li INigebec > seve Ditto.

23 | 29.193 | 98.2 | 99.5 | 78.4 | E. i Hazy.

24 29.261 | 93.0 | 93.5 | 77.0 E. ae \ scattered.

25 29.161 {100.9 |100.5 | 77.0 S. a Clear.

26 29.095 |102.5 {102.5 | 77.5 W. AY Ditto.

27 29.129 1102.0 {102.5 78.0 N. oie Ditto.

28 29.153..1103.8. 110423) 1180.0 | Ns W.l\ 260 Ditto.

29 29.075 |101.0 {101.5 | 79.4 W. a Ditto.

30 29.075 |101.5 |102.0 | 80.3 | N. E. oe Ditto.

ae 29.139 | 93.5 | 94.0 | 76.3 | N. E. ive

Hazy.

Mean. | 29.209 |101.6 |102.2 | 75.9

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

XCV

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of May, 1856,

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

fred bed ed famed fed ted feed bed ed fe Dat

WOWMDTRUPWNHKHOCHODUYRUORWOND& ate,

iw)

to WwW bo

Om Co dO

bt tw

be Or)

nh bo

a ee

Barometer.

29.189

29.111

29.115

29.165

29.205

29.199

29.167

29.139

29.105

29.183

29.173

29.139

29.135

29.129

29.119

29.135

29.193

29.239

29.205

29.189

29.205

29.193

29.119

29.157

29.033

29.013

29.071

29.091

29.967

29.979

29.049

106.5

110.0

107.5

103.6

103.0

107.0

109.9

108.9

L112

106.8

107.5

107.2

106.0

106.4

107.8

103.0

106.5

107.0

112.5

110.5) 110.

111.2/111.

Temperature.

Egy gt

= | <

am cme

) e)

112.

00.0) 100.4

98.0] 98.

04.9) 106.

06.8) 106.

05.8) 105.

98.0} 98.0

N ONN ST SNS NNN NS SY ST SST STS mo

| Wet Bulb.

SHO OMOMONONwMoOHUNONMNSUUNMNHNHDOBNASOMNS

106.2/ 105.0 82. 4

103.8) 103.0) 80.5

99.9| 99.4) 80.5

Maximum and

Minimum.

Maximum.

107.2

106. 4

107.9

106.6

106.5

107.0

112.0

110.5

111.0

100.5

98.0

105.5

107.0

105.5

110.0

106.0

104.2

100.0

| Minimum.

91. 0

84.5

85.0

86.0

85.8

89.0

92.8

84.5

79.8

83.9

90.8

85.5

90.0

87.0

91.2

69.8

Aspect of the

Sky.

| Mean.

95.9 |Clear.

100.1} Ditto.

97.1 | Ditto.

99.25) Ditto.

§2.25/ Ditto.

97.0 | Ditto.

99.65|% scattered.

100.2|™ scattered.

100.0| Clear.

98,25|™ scattered to

97.75|Clear.

97.5 |“ scattered.

96.75|— ditto.

96.9 |Clear.

98.7 |Ditto.

96.2 |V~ scattered.

95.8 |Clear.

96.25) Ditto.

96.4 |Ditto.

100.5| Ditto.

99.75) Ditto.

101.9 Ditto.

92.5 |Hazy.

88.9 |Clear.

94.7 |Ditto.

98.9 |Ditto.

95.5 |Ditto.

100.0|Stormy.

96.5 |Hazy.

97.7 \Clear.

84.9 | scattered.

-| 29.132 |106.1| 105.9| 76.6) 107.0| 86.7 |96.89

“d

oe Os

Fe sake

ro) Chet e

aps Ls

= = | om

ee ir

Awvets

MWe ot

MWe kul:

eee ae

N. W. a

Wee. ae.

Wat a aT.

NWS lou, ANS.

Wee

Wiwsl 1. 41..

eed te eae ba

3 ee

Re. aT.

W. e ee

MiWws iat...

ve ie a

oh a Ca

RoWil'.. 4o..

WTS ae.

N. E. *@e

N. W. ie

We Wel ee Wee

NeoWel aches

Mest | pay

Westar

ve.

$0 Be ea

xevl Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, VN. W. P., Agra, for the month of June, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature. rs i

S aI

e os

: be r) os 7 S

re 5 : : es Aspect of the Sky.

o = A s S a=

° = A= —Q om ~

& 2 > <j = 5 S

Es] m ae Sane —

a a } . S a a

1 99.147 | 90.5 | 91.4 | 74.8 E. Pile ~ scattered.

2 99.077 | 80.8 | 78.4 | 74.0 | N. E. \n— all over.

3 99:945 | 81.5 | 82.0 || 77.0) eS. E- : \ scattered.

4. 29.265 | 85.9 | 86.0 | 80.2 | N. E. \— scattered in zenith.

5 29.247 | 88.0 | 88.0 | 800 |S, E. ave Clear.

6 29.231 | 90.5 | 90.6 | 81.2 | S. E. ne Ditto.

7 29.147 | 92.0 | 92.7 | 81.6 E. 2p scattered towards E.

8 29.155 | 93.8 | 93.5 | 80.0 i. A, \n- scattered.

9 29.133 | 90.9 | 91.0 | 80.5 E. te ™ ditto all over.

10 29.095 | 92.5 93.0 | 81.5 S. E. i. ™ ditto.

11 29.087 | 83.2 | 82.5 | 80.4 | N. W.| 1.87 | \ all over.

12 99.063 185.3 | 89.97\) 82.04) N. Baal ei. WV ditto.

13 28.991 | 86.0 | 86.4 | 82.4 S. te ™ scattered.

14 29.005 | 90.9 | 91.0 | 78.5 |N. W.| .. \n- ditto.

15 29.061 | 93.0 | 93.8 | 81.0 | N. W| .. \W ditto.

16 FOF |) HEAD 492.04 SWS pl SEW le \— ditto.

17 29.035 | 90.8 | 91.5 | 80.9 | W. af Clear.

18 29.059 | 95.0 | 95.5 | 80.5 |N. Wi) ., ~ scattered.

19 29.133 | 88.9 | 88.8 | 77.0 | N. E. Ms Clear.

20 99149 | O15 | 992.0011 79.5.4) Niele a, ~ scattered in zenith.

21 29.145 | 94.8 | 95.0 | 81.4 |N.W.} 2. |) Clear.

22 29.155 | 98.5 | 98.9 | 79.0 | N.W.| .. Ditto.

23 29.105 | 98.0 | 98.5 | 78.2 | N. W. A Ditto.

24 29.055 | 96.8 97,0) R728 AN, Wile oe. Ditto.

25 2008S 1 °95:9 | 9672) 1) 67725 AON. Waly 2, Ditto.

26 29.127 | 98.8 | 99.4 | 80.5 | N. W. m scattered.

27 90197 3 988.1 |. 98:5). 792 ol AN. WW. Clear.

28 29.173 | 92.5 |} 92.0 | 81.4 N. Ditto.

29 29.141 | 98.5 | 99.0 | 81.2 | N. H. \— scattered in zenith.

30 29.073 {101.0 |101.5 | 81.6 |S,W.| .. Clear.

Mean. | 29.118 | 91.8 | 92.0 | 79.7 1.37

| \- Cirro strata.

4 A Cumull.

| ™ Cumulo strata,

(“— Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree; the former always

reads more than the latter. The average difference is 1.6.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. xeVii

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of June, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

rS Z

R= a

cal We:

° = Se

8 if 2 : S Aspect of the Sky.

o i) S ° =)

L g By ea a 3 ve

2 2 = < 2 a a

Ss e Se Sey te 5 =

a ea ore Ee A go

1 29.123 | 94.0 | 95.2 | 75.2 | E. Gi nm scattered.

2 29.004 \77.8.| 42.5) 42.54 N.E. IF Raining.

3 29.221 | 84.9! 85.8 | 79.3 |S. E. ie m™ scattered.

4, 29.239 | 89.0 | 90.1 | 80.5 E. ale nm ditto in zen.

5 29.239 | 90.1 | 91.4 | 79.9 E. fe ~™ scattered in, zenith.

6 Z9N197 | 92.9.1. 942" SLO. S. Be 1. oe Clear.

vj BRISE |. 95.5 | 06.01 S24 |S. Bel. vs \ scattered all over.

8 29.137 | 95.5 | 96.0 ) 81.0 E. -- | ™ scattered.

9 20419 | 93.6} 94.2 | 80.5 | §. BE. ae ™ ditto all over.

10 29.069 | 94.6 | 95.0 81.5 EK. is r~ ditto.

aE he agnso | 86.0 |) 87.0 { 6o-5./ Ne WL: VW scattered.

12 29.033 | 87.0 | 86.4 C9 i We Woe we Vw all over.

13 28973 | 88.4 | 88.8] 83.0 |S. W. i m™ scattered.

14 28.993 92.4 92.4 80.0 | N. W.| .. nm ditto.

15 29.047 | 96.0 | 96.8 81.9 |N.W.[ .. |{ W- ditto.

16 Perss | 92.0 | 91.0 |} 6261S. Wil .. \W all over.

17 29.023 | 93.8 | 94.0] 82.0 ae ™ scattered in zenith,

18 29.055 96.8 | 97.0] 82.5 |N.W.| .. \ all over.

19 29.127 | 91.5 | 92.4} 80.0 E sins Clear.

20 29.143 | 94.5, 95.0} 79.0} W. ae, Ditto.

21 29.145 | 97.9 | 98.5 ips Wa Ey Ditto.

22 29.141 | 100.7 | 100.9 TOs | WT oe Ditto.

23 29.083 | 100.5 | 106.8 78.9 | N. W cd Ditto,

24 29.045 98.9 99.4 78.2 |N. W se eg cilr 1 Map l tee

25 29.085 | 99.5 | 100.0 79.4 W. Lis Ditto.

26 29.109 | 100.0 | 100.2 80.0 N. Ve Ditto.

27 29.117 |100.4 |100.4 | 80.4 |N. W.} .. ~~ scattered to W. hor.

28 29.149 94.2 94.5 81.0 N. te \— scattered in zenith.

29 29.119 | 101.8 |102.0 | 81.0 | N. E pia \ ditto.

30 29.061 | 103.8 | 104.9 | 80.3 | N. W.) .. m™ scattered,

Mean.| 29.102 | 94.1 | 94.6 | 80.2

XCViil Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, VN. W. P., Agra, for the month of June, 1856.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum :

Temperature. aa INTs. Ee g

Fig

A bs . ; : Aspect of S S

3 5 4 E : 5 the Sky. & =

: o a : 8 =

2 2 = =< 2 az : a o 3

Ss cs Cy Cy 2 S ia o A= =

Se Oe Ste): aes ob baes ar |

[over.

1 | 29.065) 91.8 | 89.8] 76.6] 95.2 | 69.5] 82.35 |> scattered all] S. E.

2 | 29.005) 77.5 | '77.0| 73.0} 77.0 | 75.8] 76.4 |“ allover, |N. E. | 2.22

3 | 29.157) 89.5 | 89.5) 80.4| 90.0 | 71.5] 80.75 | scattered. E. ee

4 | 29.137} 94.2 | 95.0|80.5| 94.5 |'77.5| 86.0 |Clear. a Seal

5 | 29.143} 94.5 | 94.5|79.9] 94.5 | 79.0) 86.75 | Ditto. E. es

6 | 29.099] 97.9 | 98.2) 80.0! 98.0 | 81.8} 89.9 |Ditto. [over.| E .

7 | 29.055] 99.7 | 99.5! 81.8] 99.8 | 86.0) 92.9 |n scattered all] S. E. | ..

8 | 29.051) 98.5 | 98.5/ 81.2) 98.5 | 85.0) 91.75 |n scattered. E. :

9 | 29.017] 97.0 | 96.5] 80.2) 97.0 | 84.0) 90.5 | ditto. EK. .

10 | 29.005} 91.2 | 87.9} 80.2) 97.8 | 84.8] 91.3 |W ditto. N. E.| ..

11 | 29.033) 83.8 | 83.4| 80.9} 89.0 | 79.0) 84.0 |W raining. N. ee

12 | 28.959} 83.9 | 83.9} 79.8} 89.5 | 79.0] 84.25 |“~ scattered. | S.

13 | 28.917] 86.0 81.0) 79.0} 91.2 | 79.0] 85.1 |“~ twds. N.E.| S. W.

14 | 28.935) 96.9 | 96.4|81.0] 96.5 | 79.5} 88.15 |“~ scattered. |N. W.

15 | 28.979) 85.8 | 86.0} 81.5| 97.0 | 83.8} 90.4 |“~ all over. |N. W.

16 | 28.959} 95.9 | 95.6} 82.0) 95.5 | 81.5] 88.5 |Clear. [Ww.; W.

17 | 28.961] 98.4 | 98.9!81.0| 98.0 |80.0] 89.0 |\“—scatd.twds.| W.

18 | 29.005} 89.0 83.2| 78.2) 97.0 | 80.3} 88.65 |“~ scattered. | N.

19 | 29.099} 84.0 | 84.5] 79.2) 93.0 | 82.0] 87.5 |“~ all over S.

20 | 29.077| 101.0 | 101.0] 79.8] 100.5 | 81.3, 90.9 |Clear. N.

21 | 29.043] 102.5 | 103.0] 79.5) 108.0 | 81.5] 92.25 | Ditto. N.

22 | 29.067| 104.8 | 105.0} 82.0; 105.0 | 89.0} 97.0 |Ditto.

23 | 29.021] 106.8 | 10625) 80.5| 106.8 | 89.0} 97.9 | Ditto.

24 | 28.983! 103.9 | 103.0} 81.0| 103.8 ; 89.0] 96.4 | Ditto. W.

25 | 29.031] 103.5 | 103.0] 79.0) 103.5 | 89.0] 96.25 | Ditto. W.

26 | 29.021] 104.0 | 104.4} 82.0} 105.0 | 88.0} 96.5 |~ scattered. Ww.

27 | 29.031} 105.5 | 105.0] 80.5} 106.0 | 88.2} 97.1 |“~all over. |N. W.

28 | 29.065} 99.9 | 99.5] 82.0] 99.5 | 81.0) 90.25|Clear. [zen.) N.

29 | 29.025] 104.8 | 104.1) 81.0}105.0 | 95.0} 100.0 |\—scatteredin| N.

30 | 28.987) 109.0 | 109.0} 82.2} 109.0 | 83.0) 96.0 |\ ditto. N. W.

| a ee | er | eee

Mean.| 29.031] 96.1 | 95.4/ 80.2) 97.8 | 82.4] 90.15

Meteorological Observations. XcIx

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

‘taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1856.

Latitude 22° 331” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11

Daily Means, &c, of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

sy 2s

2 eee Range of the Barometer 3 3 Range of the Tempera-

“i & 3 during the day, > 8 ture during the day,

m ae Ag

Date. ro S e 2

& S = Max. Min. Diff. o Max. | Min. | Diff.

s =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. oO Oo o o

1 |Sunday.

4 29.623 | 29.704 | 29.577 0,127 81.5 86.2 af.2 9.0

3 .682 733 .624 109 | 83.1 87.6 79.2 | 84

4 .673 745 584 AGI 83.1 88.2 | 79.8 | 8.4

5 .643 .688 571 117 | 82.8 86.4 80.0 | 6.4

6 606 .658 526 AS2"| WS3.5 89.0 £9387) | 0-3

7 537 .598 .469 129 | 826 86,4 A/a OY |

8 |Sunday.

y 592 .650 oll 139 | 84.0 91,6 80.0 | 116

10 090 630 .o18 112 83.2 88.4 80.2 8.2

11 .601 649 .938 A $3.2 86.2 80.9 5.3

12 026 .599 421 178 | 83.8 89.8 80.4 | 9.4

13 417 467 359 .108 84.9 90.2 81.2 9.0

14 401 .476 852 Agee) 83.7 BaF |, 805001 7.7

15 |Sunday.

| 16 .450 002 406 .096 81.5 84.4 79.8 4.6

: 17 i447) 4.487 | 381 | ..106-| 82.7 4 89.8. |:79,0 | 10.8

: 18 497 571 A438 123 83 6 89 0 79.2 9.8

19 .548 993 .900 .093 81.9 86.6 46.4 | 10.2

20 2952 -610 491 ll9 83.6 88.1 758 | 12.3

21 -989 631 .047 .084 85.1 91.7 79,7 | 12,0

22 |Sunday.

23 .516 571 442 129 | 86.2 91,7 $1.8 | 9.9

24 471 15 430 .085 82.7 88.4: 80.4 8.0

25 007 093 461 .092 82.3 83.8 81.0 2.8

26 013 065 462 103 79.9 81.8 77.8 4.0

27 .040 .990 .490 .100 83 0 89.6 78.0 | 116

28 574 .623 923 .100 85.5 91.0 81.4 9.6

29 |Sunday.

30 527 587 464 .123;| 8525 91,8 82.2 | 9.6

e Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

: , ek e-1) ee eee ees

é Geitllaiy ohe gf VES AM A

Date. | . i e 2 a = ae Fae ® = ep

fi ja|2|4.|de| 2 |e8| 223

g s = Mos ° = Sue TS ~ 2

as | a 3 |e lie? |e el oe ee

Se E 5 a 2 > : = fee é ae)

Q <

ft) ft) 0 0 Inches.| T.- gr, ||’ Caer

I Sunday

2 78.7 2.8 17.3 4,2 0.919 9.90 1.41 | 0.88

3 79.4 3.7 17.5 5.6 925 oe 94 84

4 79.4 3.7 77.5 5.6 925 92 94, 84

5 79.8 3.0 78.3 4.5 .949 | 10.18 57 87

6 80.0 3.3 78.3 | .°5.0 .949 .18 75 85

7 79.7 2.9 78.2 4.4 946 7) ol 87

8 Sunday. .

9 80.2 3.8 78.3 5.7 -949 16 2.01 84

10 80.1 3.1 78.5 4.7 955 25 1.64 86

1 80.3 269 78.8 4.4 964 .36 53 87

12 80.7 3.1 79.1 4.7 973 42 68 86

13 82.0 2.9 80.5 4.4 15017 89 60 87

14 81.3 2.4 80.1 3.6 005 15 32 -89

15 | Sunday.

16 79.4 2.1 78.3 3.2 0.949 22 09 90

17 79.4 3.3 77.7 5.0 931 .00 72 85

18 80.2 3.4 78.5 5.1 6955 25 78 85

19 79.7 De 78.6 3.3 958 32 12 90

20 80.3 3.3 78.6 5.0 958 28 75 86

21 81.0 4.1 78.9 6.2 967 034 2.23 82

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor Greneral’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

Hour,

Mid-

night.

mS SCO ONH UR OD eH

Noon,

KODODNIHOUR WH

Mean Height of

the Barometer

at 32° Faht.

Inches.

29.561

.550

OAL

032

537

557

.570

081

084

.089

| 576

561

6543

522

.505

494

488

499

518

541

557

-570

570

dependent thereon.

Range of the Barometer

for each hour during

the month.

Max Min

Inches.| Inches.

29.704 |29.412

.697 .389

.679 2382

677 061

.681 .365

.675 «B52

693 .376

42d 413

-740 -436

739 .421

745 417

426 407

702 .389

674 -386

.647 -369

.626 | .368

-625 .359

.624 .360

.635 368

659 3/0

692 0392

702) .420

724| .424

714 A24

Inches.

0.292

.308

200

.316

323

317

312

304

.318

328

319

.288

278

-208

-289

Mean Dry Bulb |

Thermometer.

81.4

81.1

81.0

80.7

80.4

80.2

80.4

81.2

82.7

84.1

84.8

85.7

86.1

86.7

86.8

86.6

86.0

85.4

84.5

83.6

83.0

82.5

82.1

81.9

Range of the Temperature

for each hour during

the month.

Min.

Diff.

DDO DAA B®

AOLODOs HO

— ee

al ce OS

PNHOERNHNHORAWOE

TE eg

ell Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

am the month of June, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

a Ee — _ ‘ a Cali |

: aan este) Mie So | Se lee

a o = =) > a ° S nse

a Ey Ge ey ae 3S |e el ne

= =

= @ = 2 ms 3 to ae

Hour. 3 o re ace Es | o8

r r= A b> Ss : 9 Ms os ca

ou ae Ss: Le.) Ree poe) Bee che &

Les al ay ia Sten as 2.5, 0..\s.2, be

a b g fa) Se $4 San}! §6.8

= la a) Q = =) < =

o oO ) o | Inches. | T. gr. T...gt.

Mid-|L 94 | 20| 784 | 3.0| 0.952 | 10.25.| 1.02 |

night \ k f : : 2 : 0.91

] 79.3 1.8 78.4: 2.7 -952 20 0.92 .92

2 79.2 1.8 78.3 2.7 949 Oey .92 92

3 79.0 Led 78.1 2.6 943 16 .88 .92

4 78.9 1.5 781 2.3 .943 18 an 93

5 78.7 1.5 77.9 2.3 .937 12 -76 .93

6 78.9 1 78.1 2.3 943 18 .76 93

7 79:4 1.8 718.5 27 .955 .29 .92 92

8 80.2 2.5 78.9 3.8 967 .o9 1.33 .89

9 80.7 3.4 79.0 5.1 .970 40 81 185

10 80.6 4.2 78.5 6.3 .955 Py) 2.23 82

ll 80.8 4.9 78.3 7.4 949 14 .66 79

Noon:| 81.1 5.0 78.6 7.5 .958 21 14 19

1 81.5 5.2 78.9 7.8 -967 .00 .88 718

2 81.4 5.4 78.7 8.1 .961 24 .97 18

3 81.3 5.3 78.6 8.0 .958 21 .93 18

4 81.1 4.9 78.6 74 958 Py A) .68 19

5 81.1 4.3 78.9 6.5 .967 69/4 .36 81

6 80.7 3-8 78.8 5.7 .964 ol 04 84

7 80.5 58) | 78.9 4.7 -967 od 1.66 .86

8 80.0 3.0 78.5 4.5 .955 .25 07 87

9 79.9 2.6 78.6 3.9 958 .30 04 .89

10 79.8 Aa 78.6 3.0 .958 -o0 sak .90

ae 79.8 Zit 78.7 One 961 -oo .09 mo) |

Meteorological Observations. ciii

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

Ce :

ny at Rain.

z| 23

= ~

0 Inches

1| Sunday. | 0.88

2} 109.0 | 0.32

3} 6128.0} 0.11

4 ae ae

a es 0.11

6 ee e

Bo we 0.70

8} Sunday.| 0.18

3) 125.0 | 0510

10; 118.0 | 0.42

20) 109.0 | 0.52

21} 124.4 os

22| Sunday.

23) 130.0 ay

24) 120.4 | 2.08

5 0.22

on} 114.01...

28| 122.0 ae

29) Sunday.

30} 121.0 ee

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

E. or S. E.

S. E. or E.

S. E. or E. or S. W.

EK.

E. or N. E.

E. or N. E. or S. E.

S.E.

S. E.

S. or S. E.

S. E.

bar

DAAA DA

i=)

sar J

General Aspect of the Sky.

Cloudless till 3 a. M. cloudy afterwards,

[with some rain before and after sunrise.

Cloudless till 3 a. mM. cloudy afterwards.

Cloudy, [Also little rain at 1 P. M.

Cloudless till 4 a. M. cloudy afterwards,

[also drizzling at 11 a. M. and 9 Pp, m°

Cloudless till 6 a. mM. cloudy afterwards,

[Also little drizzling at 11 a. m,

Cloudless till 5 a. M. scattered “i or ~i

afterwards, also a shower of rain be-

tween Noon and 1 Pp. M.

[afterwards, also rain at 4 & 8 P. M.

Cloudless till 3.4. M., scattered —i & “i

Cloudless till 5 a. M., cloudy afterwards,

[also rain between 7 & 8 A. M.

Cloudy, also drizzling at Noon.

Cloudless till 2 a.m. cloudy afterwards,

[also rain between 1 & 2 P. M.

Cloudy, also little drizzling between 3

[&4 A.M.

Cloudy with rain at 10 & ll P.M.

[also raining between 6 & 7 P. M.

Cloudy and drizzling from 7 to 9 A. M.,

Cloudy, also after 4 Pp. mM. much thunder

[and lightning and some rain.

Cloudy, also a heavy shower of rain at

[8 Pp. M.

Cloudy till 4 Pp. Mm. with much thunder &

rain before sunrise, scat. \i & i af-

ter 4 Pp. M.

Cloudless till 7 a. m., cloudy till 7 P.M.,

with rain at 10 a. m. cloudless after

7 P.M.

Cloudless till 11 a.m. scattered clouds

[afterwards.

Cloudy.

Cloudy with rain from 12 to 2 Pp. M,

Cloudy with rain at 11 a. M.

Cloudy with much rain between 9 A. M.

Scattered clouds. [& 2P.M,

Cloudless till 3 a. M., cloudy till 7 P. M.,

{cloudless afterwards.

[ wards,

Cloudless till 4 a.m., scatd. “i after-

Ni Cirri, ‘i cirro strati, “i cumuli, “i cumulo strati, V-i Nimbi, —i strati,

WM i cirro cumuli,

c1V Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of June, 1856.

Montaty ReEsgvutts.

Inches,

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, wie viet 29.545

. Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 a. m. on the 4th, .... 29.745

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 5 a. mM. onthe 14th, .... 29.352 -

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, a satel 0.393

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, ae oome 83.3

Max. Temperature, occurred at 1 Pp. M. on the 30th, ae sant 91.8

Min, Temperature, occurred at 4 a. M. on the 19th, ie ~aig 76.4

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. eves 15.4

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, ie wiavele 80.2

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer,.... 3.1

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, cont Bee 18.6

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, above computed Mean Dew Point, oe 47

Inches.

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, ae esee 0.958

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, oe eS Sele 10.28

Additional weight of vapour, required for complete saturation. ...- 1.65

Mean degree of Humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.86

Inches.

Rained 22 days. Max. fall of Rain during 24 hours, .. LO. 2.34

Total amount of rain during the month, ws ee 12.67

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet.

Height of the cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Level of the Sea 18,11.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations, and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

S 5 ae

= e 43 Range of the Barometer a S Range of the Tempera-

80 6 8 during the day, ># ture during the day.

me as

Date.| _ = = 2

eo | Max. Min, Diff. S ey Max. | Min. | Diff.

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches o oO oO oO

2 O17 O61 51 110 84.0 87.8 S12 6.6

3 .549 .612 .496 116 84.7 90.7 81.2 | 9.5

4 .596 .643 .546 097 84.6 90.2 82.0 | 8.2

5 594 .631 .044 087 85.2 90.4 81.2 | 9.2

6 | Sunday.

7 582 -630 .535 095 84.9 90.0 82.2 | 7.8

8 558 .625 484 141 84.0 91.7 19-07) 02.7,

9 .558 .998 521 .077 81.0 85.9 74.9 8.0

10 512 .579 449 130 81.7 87.5 19.4} 81

11 448 .007 oll 136 83.0 88.0 79.0 9.0

re 471 039 429 .110 84.5 87.4 81.83} 5.6

13 | Sunday.

14 oll -560 A454 106 83.7 89,2 81.2 |} 8.0

15 476 523 oo7 126 84.0 89.0 80.0 | 9.0

16 423 473 304 119 84,3 88.6 82.0] 6.6

17 418 452 .367 085 82.6 85.3 foci) 6

18 439 502 .376 126 78.7 80.2 76.9 || 'B3

19 469 512 407 105 80.9 85.4 77.4 | 8.0

20 (Sunday,

21 373 .435 .316 19 83.2 88.6 80.4 | 8.2

22 419 .470: 379 O91 81.8 86.0 79.8 6.2

23 .460 .509 A417 .092 82.2 87.4 79.91) “29

24 495 049 452 097 83.3 88.9 80.0 | 8.9

25 521 00d 477 .076 83.4 87.4 80.8 6.6

26 434 .520 343 a 82.7 86.6 29.94 | “Gad

27 | Sunday.

28 561 .623 .506 117 84.0 88.0 80.8 | 7.2

29 542 .603 463 140 83.9 88.3 81.9 6.4

30 429 019 340 179 83.1 88.4 80.2 | 8.2

31 414 492 357 135 82.2 87.0 Poy ed

evi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of July, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

B78 Be [Beale Wilt (1 Ss. | eee ieee

2 > Ez > 2 Sr) Oe | OS ww

= 5 < r=) 2 25 Fes | og

o & 2 a 2 Leet haa Be ic = a

yaaa ae o | 2s | Bus | BS: | See re pe

Su Nig ie # | Pe | ge | go | Been) errs

5 3 P a Pie.) Sei | & Sas | Siaeemi ses S

g S S = AY > ao | S.b.6 ==

= a S) A = = < eh

Cy) 7) ft) o | Inches, | T. gr T. gr.

1 81.3 2.9 79.8 4.4 | 0.995 10,66 1.58 0.87

2 80.7 3.3 79.0 5.0 970 40 ahd 86

3 80.9 3.8 79.0 5.7 970 37 2.05 84.

4 81.0 3.6 79.2 5.4 976 45 1.94 84

5 80.8 4.4: 78.6 6.6 -958 23 2.38 81

6 |Sunday

y 81.0 3.9 79,0 5.9 .970 37 12 .83

8 80.6 3.4 78.9 5.1 .967 od 1.80 85

9 79.4 1.6 78.6 2.4 .958 34 0.80 .93

10 79.3 2.4: 78.1 3.6 943 14 1.23 89

j1 80.3 237 78.9 4.1 .967 39 43 .88

12 81.4 Dil 79.8 4.7 995 64 del 86

13. |Sunday,

14 80.9 2,8 79.5 4.2 .986 57 50 88

15 81.2 2.8 79,8 4.2 .995 .66 51 .88

16 81.3 3.0 79,8 4.5 .995 64 .64 87

17 80.8 1.8 19.9 PM | 998 72 0.96 92

18 77.1 1.6 1oe3 2.4 890 9.65 76 93

19 78.1 2.8 76.7 4.2 -902 42 1.38 .88

20 |Sunday. |

21 80.2 3.0 18.7 4.5 .961 10.31 .58 87

22 79.4 2.4 78.2 3.6 .946 L7 23 89

23 79.8 2.4 78.6 3.6 .958 .30 24 89

24 80.6 May | 79.2 4.1 .976 48 45 .88

25 80.5 2.9 79.0 4.4 .970 42 54 87

26 79.9 2.8 78.5 4.2 955 ay | 45 88

27 =|Sunday.

28 80.0 4.0 78.0 6,0 .940 07 2.10 83

29 80.7 3.2 49,1 4.8 973 42 1,71 86

30 79.6 3.5 77.8 5.3 934 03 .83 85

31 79 1 3.1 77.9 4.7 925 9,94: .60 .86

Meteorological Observations. evil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

on the month of July, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

eI }

e %e Range of the Barometer for a Range of the

ag each hour during a Temperature for each

ae the month. m hour during the

on = month,

Hour. 24 co

“Eo b

73 = lero

me | Mex. | Min. | Diff. | | Max.| Min, | Diff

6 © ® 4

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. ty) Oo ry) 0

ie b 29.512 29.630 | 29.389 | 0.241 | 81.7 | 842] 77.9] 68

] A497 611 379 soon 81.5 | 84.0 73.4, 5.6

e .486 .588 0377 211 81.4 | 83.8 | 78.7 5.1

3 .476 .079 20093 .226 81.2 | 83.6 78.0 5.6

4. 477 .576 1307 219 81.0 | 83.4 77.8 5.6

5 -478 .083 362 saak 80.7 | 83.2 77.6 5.6

6 499 .599 .068 sal 80.8 | 83.7 77 A 6.3

7 .514 611 067 .244 81.4 | 84.2 77.6 6.6

8 .923 -635 .397 238 82.7 | 85.6 77,4 8.2

9 .030 .643 .409 .234 83.6 | 87.3 77.9 | 10.0

10 ol -640 .095 245 84.6 | 88.2 11,2 | ¥L0

ll 023 .633 2088 .245 85.7 | 89.5 77.2 | 12.3

Noon. 507 .614 376 238 86.0 | 90.4 76.9 | 13.5

1 490 -606 «aoe 254 86.6) 91.7 77.6 | 14.1

2 471 .592 Pape 260 85.6 | 90.4 78.0 | 12.4

3 454 572 024 248 85.4 | 90.0 78.4 | 11.6

4 439 7007 .316 241 85.2 | 88.2 73.6 9.6

5 441 .564 318 -246 84.8 | 88.4 79.2 9.2

6 451 0077 342 «200 84.0 | 86.6 79.4 7.2

7 467 074 364 .210 Sa.a7 Goes 79.6 6.1

8 488 .589 392 197 82.7 | 35.0 79.4 5.6

~, 507 599 407 192 82.4 | 84.5 79.6 4.9

10 524 -632 426 206 82.0 | 84.0 79.0 5.0

ial 921 .640 425 215 81.7 | 83.8 78.0 5.8

evil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

wm the month of July, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

4 eT S| Semis

: sh ee ulah dette 14 de ne

Oo . we s ra = 8

a o ze 2 Pe | ox ee

a = Ee = oS «2 | Sells

i : Ele "8/2258

Hour. aa 3 v 5 fee =. 3 ers

os) AQ na 2 = 25 2 °

3 . = = aos [oS |e eee eS

Se = g Be joe EO) Geese

o 3 s jaa) FI fo) Cu cs ag

os a a. a aie: eS |e 50 | & & oo

Sg > 8 rae 5 oa | Siete Soe

= an) ') a = =) < =

fe) oO re) (a) Inches. | T. gr get

ae / “9.6 | 21 | 785 | 32 10.958 |1029| 1.08 | o.91

1} 15 9.6 [qed On. cli |78IG5,) 22.9 ¢l S8 Yeu. 82 ogame 91

2 79.5 19 78.5 2.9 955 .29 .98 91

5 193 1.9 78.3 2.9 949 .22 99 - 91

4 79.2 1.8 78.3 PAM 949 L22 92 92

5 79.0 1.7 78.1 2.6 943 ao 88 92

6 79.2 1.6 78.4 2.4, 9o2 beer .80 93

7 79.6 1.8 7 Spi | ye 961 00 .92 92

8 8().2 ony 78.9 3.3 967 039 1.33 89

9 80 5 3.8 78.9 4.7 967 Bor, .66 86

10 81.0 3.6 79.2 5A 976 45 94 84

11 81.4 4.3 79.2 6.5 976 41 2.39 81

Noon. 81.4 |! 46 79.1 6.9 973 08 53 80

if 81.5 aval 78.9 qed 967 .30 84: 78

2 81.2 4.4) 79.0 6.6 970 Bs 39) 41 81

3 81.3 4.1 79.2 6.2 976 43 25 82

4 61.2 4.0 79.2 6.0 976 43 18 83

5 80.9 3.9 78.9 5.9 967 34 ele 83

6 80.5 3.5 78.7 5.3 961 ol 1.86 85

7 80.2 3.1 78.6 4.7 958 .28 .65 86

8 80 0 2.7 78.6 4.1 958 30 42 88

9 79.7 Zi | 78°3 4.1 949 .20 41 88

10 79.6 2.4 78-4 3.6 952 23 24 89

11 79.5 2.2 78-4 3.3 952 .25 12 90

a oe eeee , — e

Meteorological Observations. cix

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

an the month of July, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather.

th = | Date.

oO ® ©

Max. Solar

radiation.

Sunday.

124.0

121.0

116.4

Prevailing direction

S of the Wind.

lan

Inches.

O12 1S).

0.14 |S. E.

N. E. or E.

2 :

2 WE or S. Fe,

6 |Variable.

0 |S. E. or N. E.

4 |S. E. or E. or N. E.

S. or S. W.

vee Por IN. Bs

0.12 |S. E.

General Aspect of the Sky.

[till Noon.

Cloudy and also drizzling from 10 a. M.

Cloudless till 4A. M., scatd. clouds af-

terwards: also a shower of rain be-

tween 1 & 2 P.M.

Cloudy, also drizzling at 10 a. m.

Cloudy, also raining between 2&3 P.M.

Cloudy till 7 p. M., cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 6 A. M., cloudy afterwards.

Cloudy with much rain, thunder and

[lightning from 5 p. M. to midnight.

\Cloudy and occasionally drizzling,

‘Cloudy and occasionally drizzling.

‘Cloudy with rain at 6 a. M.

Cloudy with rain at 11 P. mM.

Cloudy, also raining at 2 Pp. M.

Cloudy and constantly raining. ([v. m.

Cloudy with little drizzling at 8 & 10

Cloudy and constantly raining. —[day.

Cloudy and constantly raining during the

Cloudy, also slightly drizzling at 8 & 11

[A. M.

Cloudy, also slightly drizzling at 9 a. m.

Cloudy with rain from Noon till 2 p.m.

Cloudy with rain at 10 a. M. & 2 Pp. M.

Cloudy with rain at 3 Pp. M.

Cloudy and rain between 2 & 3 P. M.

Cloudy and raining at 11 A. M., and also

[atl,10 & ll p.m.

Cloudy.

Cloudy and slightly drizzling after 6 Pp. M.

Cloudy and drizzling occasionally after

cx Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

Sor the month of July, 1856.

Monrany Restvrts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer, for the month, ns te 29.492

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 9 A. m. on the 4th, a 29.643

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 4 Pp. M. on the 2lst, a 29.316

Extreme range of the Barometer, during the month, .. ae 0.327

ty)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, for the month, a ae 83.2

Max. Temperature, occurred at 1 Pp, M. on the 8th, =. ae 91.7

Min, Temperature, occurred at Noon on the 18th, oe ae 76.9

Extreme range of the Temperature, during the month, .. he 14.8

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, for the month, .. Fes ee 80.2

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 3.0

Computed Mean Dew-point forthe month, .. ad ee 18.7

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew-point, a= 4.5

; Inches.

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, aie ats 0.961

| Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, ele ks ste 10.31

Additional weight of vapour required for complete saturation, oe 1.58

Mean degree of Humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity. 0.87

Inches.

Rained 29 days. Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, ee oe 1.52

Total amount of rain during the month, ae ae 10.94

————

Meteorological Observations.

cxi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North, Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet.

Height of the cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations, and of the Hygrometrical elements

Date.

Mean Height of

the Barometer

at 32° Faht.

Inches,

29.485

.482

Sunday.

.070

.656

.700

.658

097

.633

Sunday.

.622

-630

.633

.688

671

613

Sunday.

.607

.666

714

720

683

Sunday.

648

.669

.706

.667

-634

096

Sunday.

Range of the Barometer

during the day.

Max.

Inches.

29.532

2042

.651

715

744

0/24

.637

-682

.676

.682

715

734

715

679

.661

731

-760

.786

773

-730

713

770

726

695

657

dependent thereon.

Range of the Tempera-

ture during the day.

DS nn oy

Inches.

29.441

430

511

-596

.650

576

545

-074

549

570

611

.621

594

.939

.560

.613

.669

.659

.655

616

585

.610

.619

084

060

003

ne)

£8.)

Diff S&

Inches o

0.091 82.1

112 82.6

.140 81.2

119 80.2

094 83.6

148 84.7

.092 84.8

.108 80.9

127 80.8

al 82.7

104 82.7

ns 82.2

aes 84.2

144 83.6

101 82.5

18 81.7

091 82.4

127 81.7

118 81.4

114 81.6

128 80.8

107 80.5

151 83.2

142 83.6

6135 83.7

154 83.4

85.8

82.2

88.6

90.0

88.6

84.0

85.7

88.2

85.8

85.3

88.8

87.2

88.4

83.9

85.8

85.4

86.8

84.4

83.8

84.6

88.4

89.2

89.0

88.0

Sr ee eos

BIANCO

SCNWMOMWN

DH HOS

Mm ATO OD OO NT

D— W& dO OL

oT G00 cou or

CONON SO

exil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

on the month of August, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

4 ae oo bt

: pie ee ee

Fy : ° = eS Coy 4 ‘Soa

a = = S) 3 oe 5 x)

= 5 a S ia ec) ee

Date. a ES 3 S aS 2 = ae)

o 'S = = (sa o Oo BOs to > 2

cae = g a2 2 | ES eas eS

2 = E a, 2 2 3

a D aa) Qu ‘5 Sos a = (So. 27 5 = an

® & 5 falae > ¢2¢|/SaclS8s

= A Oo Qa = = < =

oO oO re) oO Inches. | T. gr. T. gr.)

79.5 2.6 78.2 3.9 | 0.946 | 10.17 | 1.34 | 0.88

719.9 2d 78.5 | 4.1 955 e27 41 88

3 |Sunday.

4 78.5 24 vi | 4.1 913 9.84 37 88

5 78.4: 1.8 77.5 ee | 925 98 0.90 92

6 79.9 oud 78.0 5.6 94.0 10.07 1.96 84

7 80.6 4.1 78.5 6.2 955 oe 2.19 82

8 812 3.6 19 4 5.4 9383 oul 1.95 84

9 78.9 2.0 77.9 3.0 937 -1O .00 91

10 |Sunday

LJ 78.2 2.6 76.9 3.9 908 9.78 29 88

12 79.8 2.9 78.3 4.4 949 10.20 52 87

13 80.5 2.2 79.4 oo 983 .06 16 90

14 80.1 2.1 79.0 3.2 970 44 10 91

15 80.2 4.0 78.2 6.0 946 13 2.11 83

16 80.6 aU 79.1 4.5 973 42 Lon 87

17 | Sunday

18 80.2 Qs 79.0 3.5 970 42 22 40

19 79.7 2.0 78.7 3.0 961 .3D O02 91

20 $57 27 78.3 | 4.1 949 .20 AL 88

PAM 78.8 2.9 rh es 4.4 919 9.90 nay, 87

22 79.4: 2.0 78.4 3.0 952 10.25 .02 91

23 19.7 1.9 VicwW A 2.9 961 as 13) 0.99 | 91

24 |Sunday

25 78.7 2.1 77.6 3.2 928 Ol 1.06 90

26 788 1.7 479 2.6 937 10 0.88 92

27 80.2 3.0 78.7 4.5 961 wol 1.58 87

28 80.7 2.9 79.2 4.4 976 48 55 | .87

29 80.8 2.9 79.3 4.4 979 ‘51. 56 87

30 80.1 3.3 784 1.9 5.0 952 21 75 85

31 |Sunday. |

anette we

Meteorological Observations. exiil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

3 °o

a. S

) a Range of the Barometer for o Range of the Temper-

= each hour during a ature for each hour

act the month. e during the month,

Hour. Fe a

Soa

on ma

ia | = |

aS bie As

a a Max Min. Diff. ex Max. | Min. | Diff,

5 2 5 A

a =}

Inches. | Inches. | Inches, | Inches. i) fr) 0 ry)

Mid- 99.66 : 7

night, | ¢ 29-663 |29.747 |29.488 | 0.259 | 80.9 | 83.2| 79.0] 4.2

1 647 743 .469 274 80.6 S2Oul ware (ae 4.8

2 636 fol 457 274 80.4 82.4 | 77.4 5.0

3 625 af2o 449 .274 80.3 82.0 | 77.8 4,2

4 -629 713 -448 .265 80.2 82.2 | 4-8 4.4

5 -631 123 451 0272 80.1 82.3 77.4 4.9

6 -647 aod 462 275 80.1 $2.4) oa7.2 5.2

7 -663 753 474 2209 30.6 82.8 | 77.8 5.0

8 .676 766 495 weil 81.7 83.8 | 78.2 5.6

9 .688 770 502 -268 82.8 85.7 | 79.8 5.9

10 691 | .786 -508 278 83.7 B72 a) pa9.6)) 7-5

id | .681 773 -498 275 84.3 88.6 | 79.8 8.8

Noon, .664 “749 .488 261 84.9 89.6 | 80.5 9.1

1 645 729 466 263 85.2 9C.0 | nd9.S | 20:7

2 .621 706 458 .248 85.5 90.0 | 80.8 9.2

3 | 599 688 450 238 85.2 89.0 | 79.4 9.6

4 .586 672 430 .242 84.6 89.0 | 80.5 8.5

5 084: .669 433 2236 84.0 87.6 | 80.4 7.2

6 593 679 -436 243 83.1 86.4 | 80.3 6.1

7 .608 -683 458 225 82.5 85.2 | 79.6 5.6

8 -633 706 475 «231 82.1 84.0 | 79.8 4.2

9 .658 729 511 .218 81.9 83.6 | 80.0 3.6

10 675 752 529 wus 81.6 83.6 | 79.5 3.8

a1 673 750 529 221 81.3 83.4 | 78.8 4.6

CxiV Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1856. —

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

3 é 5 : cf

: aie Seep: Wks

o ov » o Sa Se = 8

a 5) eS 2 > = a3

Bi ope ee | HEE! | Stewosttule deute 2 of eee

ii 3 A sas os o0 Fe eae, || rion.

o 2 S Sem elas ee | S*s | pas

Ca: S = Fae 3 5 1 Boeiies ens

| <3 ea a. iS a & a 3 SE | « & wo

S = a 8 Po hes >= aS Fea | ee

= A S) A = = < =

) ) oO o | Inches.| T. gr T. gr

oad \ 79.1 | 1.8 | 78.2 | 27] 0.946 | 10.19 | 0.91 | 0,92

1 78.9 1.7 78.0 2.6 940 13 88 92

Qe 78.8 1.6 78.0 2.4 940 15 79 93

3 78.8 1.5 78.0 2:3 940 15 76 93

4 78.7 1.5 77.9 2.3 937 12 76 93

5 78.7 1.4 780 2.1] .940 15 .69 94

6 78.7 1.4 78.0 2.1 940 15 .69 94

| 79.2: 1.4 785 a) 955 31 70 94

8 79.7 2.0 78.7 3.0 | 4.961 35 1.02 91

9 80.1 Enh 78.7 4.1 961 33 42 88

10 80.4 3.3 78.7 5.0 961 31 76 85

11 80.6 37 78.7 5.6 961 .29 99 84

Noon.| 80.7 4.2 78.6 6.3 958 .26 2.23 82

1 80.6 4.6 78.3 6.9 949 14 A7 80

2 80.9 4.6 78.6 6.9 958 23 49 80

3 80.6 4.6 78.3 6.9 94.9 14 47 80

4 80.7 3.9 78.7 5.9 961 .29 10 83

5 80.3 257 78.4 5.6 952 19 1.98 84

6 79.9 3.2 78.3 4.8 949 18 68 86

7 79.7 2.8 78.3 4.2 949 .20 44 88

8 79.6 2.5 78.3 3.8 949 .20 31 .89

9 79.7 me 78.6 3.3 958 32 oe 90

10 79.6 2.0 78.6 3.0 958 32 02 91

11 79.5 1.8 78.6 27 958 32 0.92 92

Meteorological Observations. cxv

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

fo) (os) Ree . °

é - 2 Rain. Bi ba he na General Aspect of the Sky.

= Bs

ty) Inches.

1 a 0.20 |S. E orS. Cloudy and constantly drizzling.

2 ee 0.50 |S. E. Cloudy and raining between midnight

[and 2 a. M.

3| Sunday.| 0.34

4) 117.0 Be HES Cloudy and drizzling occasionally.

5 : 0.48 |H. Cloudy and occasionally raining.

eo) t20.5 | 0:07 |S. or S. E. Cloudy & also rain between 9 & 10 a. M.

a 8224 pe ocr S, We Cloudless till 4 a. m., clouds of various

[kinds afterwards.

8} 114.0 et (Se BES. We Scattered clouds, also slightly drizzling

[between 3 & 4 a. M.

9 “s 21 |S. W. Cloudy, and constantly raining.

10) Sunday.| .. [tween midnight and 6 a. M.

11 oe 150 |S. W. or S. or S, E. |Cloudy, and also constantly raining be-

12 a8 0.07 |S. W. or S. Cloudy & slightly drizzling at midnight.

13 ° 0.52 |S. or S. EB. Cloudy and occasionally raining,

14 : 1.49 |S. Cloudy, and raining very heavily be-

[tween midnight and 2 a, M.

15} 129.0 Oe |S Scattered clouds of various kinds.

LG. .. 0.36 |S. E. or S. Cloudy and occasionally raining.

17| Sunday.| 0.04 [and 3 P. M.

18 a 0.10 |N. E. or N. or W. |Cloudy, also a shower of rain between 2

19 os 0.72 |S. E. or’ E. Cloudy and occasionally raining.

20 Ls Bor S27. Scattered i,

21 ee Pai uiee) Bae ar iy. Cloudy & occasionaly slightly drizzling.

22 oe 0.53 |S. E, Cloudy and constantly raining,

ae 0.40 |S. E. or S. Cloudy and occasionally raining.

24| Sunday.| 0.97

2olf <s 011 |S.E. Cloudy and occasionally drizzling.

a 0.25 |S. E. Cloudy and occasionally drizzling

a7) 131.0 = 1S Scattered i. [ wards.

28! 122.0 S Cloudless till 5 a. M. scattered “i after-

m 2a{. 185.0°; 0.32 |S Scattered clouds and a shower of rain

[at 4 P.M.

Cloudy till 6 a.m scattered clouds of

[various kinds afterwards,

i=)

te]

31) Sunday.

Ni Cirri, “i cirro strati, Xi cumuli, “i cumulo strati, \-i Nimbi, —i strati,

W i cirro cumuli,

Cxvi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1856.

Montuty Resvutrs.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, ete ae 29.642

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 a. m. on the 2Ist, .... 29.786

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 4 p. mM. on the 2nd, AE? 29.430

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, te APE 0.356

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, sc ae 82.4

Max. Temperature, occurred at 1 & 2 P.M. onthe 7th, .. PD: 90.0

Min, Temperature, occurred at 6 A. M. on the 11th, =. oraate 77.2

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. Sines 12.8

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, : eos 79.7

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, above Mean Wet Bulb Ri aruanittaee fe 2.7

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, ‘ aS te 78.3

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, above computed Mean Dew Point, ee 4.1

Inches.

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, ae era 0.949

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, ae ate Shiv 10.20

Additional weight of vapour, required for complete saturation. .... 1.41

Mean degree of Humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.88

Inches.

Rained 25 days. Max. fall of Rain during 24 hours, .. rer ? 1.50

Total amount of rain during the month, se ole we 10.30

Meteorological Observations. CXVil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of August, 1856.

Monruuy Resvxts.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing it rained.

S Ss | ¢ Ss < S S ¢

of |e i) S) S ° C1 | be |S

sisils Sisile| |siele| ls le/sls

Date. Nigiz lel E. els lel. cliieitlelaeisié

No. of days

Midnight. I 6 13 | 8} 2) 9) 2 1

1 1 S 7 ano

2 al: 6 9} 3] 8} 1} 2) 1

3 i 5 9| 378 2) 1

+ 1 6 9| at 7| I 2) 1

5 1) *6\1]9 6 3) 2) 1

6 1 RS. VES a 6 3) 2 1

7 1 1 a 8) 28 5 3| I if

8 1 4 5 6| 21 5 4 i) ip

9 5 3 3} 1410; 1} 5} 2

10 1 2 5 |2 | 5] 18} 2 5) 2

11 3| 1] 3 (1 | 5, 310) 27 5) 1

Noon 3 4 \1 | 6} 3, 7) 136) 1

1 2 4 |2 | 7| 18 9) 1 4

2 1) ly 4 [27 8) 319 4

3 1} 1p 4 |1 | 7| 2410; 1 4

4 4 {3 [11| 2) 8 3

5 4 10; 1f 9} 1) 2 IE

6 3 |1 f11/) 1) 8 2 2} 1

” 4| }io| 249] 4) ahd 1

8 A 10} §10} 2] 1) 17 1

9 5 |1 | 9! ho} | 1) a4

10 5 9 910) 21 1 1

il 5 |27,9) f10) 241 1

exvill Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the level of the Sea, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

.877|| 1748

wo ny 2

i S 3 Range of the Barometer 3 3 Range of the Tempera-

‘fo 2 5 during the day. b = ture during the day.

m ge eae) Ses

Date. on oy -s .

3 Ss 3 Max Min Diff. S& Max. | Min. | Diff. ;

ff | ff | fe if ,

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. fo) 7 Ne 7) ) :

1 29.476 | 29.530 | 29.400 0.130 | 85.5 91.6 81.1 | 10.5 ¢

2 .360 474 -265 2091 0 San 88.0 807 7.3 8

3 290 529 .156 379 80.8 83.2 79 0 4.2 t

4 .638 hee 551 172 84.0 83.6 80.8 7.8

5 707 | 283 .630 153 85.1 90.2 81.3 8.9 ’

6 .648 102 .590 112 | 858 90.6 82.8 | 7.8 i

7 |Sunday. . ’

8 706 ..734| . 665) .089] 85.1, | 90.8 ,| 82.1 | 87

9 .686 WHY .600 .150 85.1 90-2 81.8 8.4 F

10 .655 712 O91 let $2.6 89.6 78.4 | Lh

11 628 .683 .565 118 82.7 88.8 79.6 92

12 .668 428 .606 4122 83 7 90.8 80.6 | 10.2

13 750 .820 .685 135 82.7 86.0 80 6 5 4

14. |Sunday.

15 784 .859 ld 144 | 81.5 84.6 79.6 | 5.0

16 .676 742 571 17a 784s] 89.0 | 80,2 | 8.8

a7 .602 674 p21 153 85 5 40.3 82.1 8.2

18 .620 409 019 240 80.7 84.4 79.0 5.4

19 £763 821 .698 sEZO 79.5 82.9 76.6 6.3

20 «790 3 832 .699 1334 581.1 86.2 47.0 |. 9:2

21 |Sunday. -

22 803 .865 ae 0133 | 84.2 89.8 80.3 | 9.5

23 187 .870 .683 .187 84.5 89.8 80.6 9.2

24 fe 801 .645 .156 84.8 90.3 80.7 9.6

25 704 7172 .625 147 | 84.7 90.0 81.4 | 8.6

26 YY .801 .659 142 84 2 88.5 81.2 73

27 767 .827 .696 0131 | , 83.4 88.6 80.8 | 7.8

28 | Sunday.

29 162 .834 .688 .146 82.8 88.8 80.4 8.4

30 .807 129) ) . 81.1 84.2 79.6 | 4.6

Meteorological Observations. . @X1x

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

- a ee ee eee

es Sie: ply ietiee, (|e | ee

aud wer gas gh ere etn at It eet

= o ° a 6 = C| #2:

3 5 : | 2 2a Neale Sl ee

Date. aaa 2 a a S =o Fes 3] 8 an

eee oe os. | 2 2o| 33 |ags| 88

aes = 2 Basil AB} Boy | ee eg 88

z aa) \ = a = ou Ss = a >a

so ms S as = Sale besa a

o A P 5 an s> | $8 |S8a| soa.

= a Oo a a a < z

Oo fr) ft) 0 Inches.|: T. gr. | T. er

I 80.9 4.6 78.6 6.9 0.958 | 10.23 2.49 | 0.80

2 80.4 22 14. 789 4.4, 267 39 1.54 87

3 79.0 1.8 78.1 2.7 943 16 0.91 92

4 81.1 2.9 79.6 4.4 .989 .60 Loe Or

5 81.3 3.8 79.4 5.7 .983 49 2.08 84

6 82.1 3.7 80.2 5.6 1.008 45” | .08 84:

7 Sunday.

B 81.7 3.4: 80.0 5.1 001 70 1.87 .85

9 81.7 3.4 80.0 5.1 .OOL 0) 87 85

10 WB [28 78.4 4.2 0.952 2d 45 88

ll 80.0 cyl 78 6 4.1 .958 .30 A2 88

12 80.5 3.2 73.9 4.8 .967 .o7 70 86

13 79.6 3.1 ‘78.0 4.7 940 .09 63 .86

14 | Sunday.

15 79.4 2,1 78.3 3.2 949 woe .09 .90

16 80.4 a | 78.5 5.6 955 23 98 84

17 81.6 3.9 79.6 5.9 989 56 2.16 83

18 78.6 2.1 77.5 3.2 925 9.98 1.06 -90

19 77.4 2:1 76.3 3.2 890 63 03 90

20 73.7 24 77.5 3.6 925 96 21. 89

21 | Sunday

22 80.6 3.6 78.8 5.4 .964 | 10.34 90 85

23 80.5 4.0 78.5 6.0 955 23 2.12 83

24 80.8 4.0 78.8 6.0 964 31 15 83

25 80.7 4.0 78.7 6.0 961 .29 13 83

26 80.7 3.5 78.9 5.3 967 37 1.87 895

27 80,2 3.2 78.6 4.8 958 .28 .68 86

28 | Sunday

29 19:9 2.9 78.4 4.4: 9,52 23 52 .87

30 79.2 1.9 78.2 2.9 946 she 0.98 1

@XX Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations |

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

ea. Range of the Barometer = 3 Range of the Temperature

23 Be for each hour during po 2 for each hour during

om the month. a the month.

Hour. ne 2, 6 :

& a = | Max. Min. Diff. 5 e | Max. Min. Diff.

= =

Inches. | Inches.| Inches.| Inches. oO o- o .

nid 29,688 |29.818 29 262 |0.556 | 81.9 | 84.4) 78.6 5.8 :

1 .672 .808 224 .584 81.4 83.9 78.0 5.9

2 .657 198 .209 .089 81.4 83.4 78.9 A.D i

3 .652 192 178 614 81.1 83.6 77.4 6.2

4 650 | 800 | .156 .644 | 80.9 | 83.4 77.4 6.0

5 .658 805 -165 -640 80.8 83.6 77 A 6.2

6 673 823 .176 647 80.7 83.6 77.0 6.6

7 .693 .840 191 -649 81.4 84.0 78.4 5.6

8 713 .858 | .200 .698 |' 82.5 |) 85.7 76.6 9.1

9 7124 .870 .207 -663 So. 7 87-2 78.0 9:2

10 Pray 877 216 -661 84.9 88.2 78.4 9.8

11 odd. 858 | .243 -615 | 86:1 | 89-6 78.6 11.0

Noon.|} .698 .848 .262 .586 86.9 90.6 78.0 12.6

l .670 .813 .284 wee 87.0 90.8 80.0 10.8

2 641 780 .280 .500 87.0 91.6 82:0 9.6

3 .624 761 | .284 ATT 1286.4. ).1 90:0 80.6 OF

4 .613 .762 219 A83 85.8 90.3 79.8 10.5

5 .616 .748 .280 -468 85.0 89.4 80.2 9.2

6 629 .766 .265 501 84.0 87.8 78.4 9.4:

7 .650 794 .287 907 83.4 86.4 79.4 7.0

8 .676 .825 dll O14 82.9 85 8 80.0 5.8

9 .698 843 | .323 520 | 82.6 | 85.4 79.8 5 6

10 «A407 854 | °.319 539 82.3 85.2 193 59

1] 102 .854 307 047 81.9 84.7 78.6 6.1

Meteorological Observations. exxi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—( Continued. )

2 2 =| S gay ae as

Es Bat Weenie e |PS,|.-2)aes

ae is > E > = < 3 e's oo» 3

Cas 5 s S 2 25 Bae | see

eee ee ry | ee So | Sey

ee creas Zot viele | et ae eee [oe ee

® 8 pQ a AQ = =e a Sian |0sle S | 15 Ba

Ss | pb B |pe| $+ | ssa | 835 | S52

= 5 S a = eae uae i ge

r) oO ) ) Inches. |Troy grs.|Troy grs.

ei 9) |.2.0 | 78i9e +) sto! | 0967. | 16.411 1.03 | 0.91

1 | 79.6 Leila eau 2.7 | 961 25 0.92 92

ay 79.3 1,9 yu e%Bsd 2.9 |» 955 .29 .98 91

a 293 reo 764 Pay O02 25 92 92

4 | 79.3 16 | 78.5 4) | + 955 31 79 93

B |. 079.3 15 sy 1805 2.3 | .955 31 .76 .93

Gy 229.3 1,.4..| .78.6%.].2.1 | .958 34 .70 94

7. \> 79.8 1.6 | 79.0 2.4 | .970 46 81 93

8 | 80.0 BoP. Sa 3.8 | .963 33 1.31 .89

9 | 80.5 3.2 | 78.9 4.8 | .967 37 70 86

10 | 80.8 4.1 | 78.7 6.2 | .961 .29 2.20 82

mm | 812 4.9 | 78.7 7.4 | .961 26 .69 79

Noon. | 81.4 5.5 | 78.6 8.3 | .958 21 3.04 Belo

1 81.4 5.6 | 78.6 8.4 |" .958 wi .08 wl

By (8.3 Bit) |) teed 8.6 | .952 ula 7 .76

Bway 81. 5.0 | 78.6 7.5 | .958 21 2.74 79

4 | 81.0 4.8 | 78.6 7.2 | .958 25 .60 .80

5 | 80.6 4.4 | 78.4 6.6 | .952 hh 36 81

6 | 80.4 3.6 | 78.6 5.4 | .958 .28 1.89 85

7 |. 80.4 3.0 | 78.9 4.5 | .967 oe 59 87

8 | 80.1 Oil, 487 4.%).| .961 33 46 88

9 | 80.1 DSi li G08 3.8 | .964 a aM 89

10 | 80.0 2.3 | 78.8 3.5 | .964 36 a2 90

11 | 79.9 2.0 | 78.9 3.0 | .967 Al .03 91

exxil Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1856.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

rite

oS a ;

wa) a eye ° °

< a E . eee General Aspect of the Sky.

Ble os

= pa

o Inches. 4 ee

|p. M., cloudless afterwards.

1| 137.4 oN B&B, Cloudless till 5 a, M. scattered i till 6

2 ee 0.45 |N. E. Cloudy and constantly drizzling, also a

high N. Easter was blowing during the

[ing high)| night.

3 ‘ 0.80 |S. & N. E. (both blow-/Cloudy and constantly raining,

4 ae 0.30 |E. & S. Cloudy and occasionally raining, [wards.

5| 141.0 S. Cloudless till 6 a. M., scattered “i after-

6| 128.0 W. Scattered clouds.

7| Sunday 2.30 os

g| 122.6 .. |Variable. Scattered clouds.

9} 123.0 bon Se & Se We Cloudless till6 a. m., cloudy afterwards.

10} 126.0 0.66 | Variable. Cloudy and also rain between 4 & 5P.M.

11' 127.0 0.12 ,E. & N Scattered clouds.

12} 131.0 0.46|N. E.& 8 Cloudless till 7 a. m., scattd. clouds after-

wards, also a shower of rain at 3 P. M.

13 oie 4 S. E.& N. E. & E. |Scattered clouds.

14|Sunday. | 0.38 [wards, also a shower of rain at 10 a.m.

15 ae 0.22 |E. & S. Scattered -itill 8 a. m., cloudy after-

16| 132.0 Se, Sed SS, Cloudy till 8 a. M., scattd. -iafterwards.

17| 131.4 se UN. W.. &W.. Cloudless till 4 A. M., scattd. clouds af-

terwards.

18 AS 1.32 |W. & E. Cloudy and constantly drizzling.

19 we 0.56 |E. (high) & S Cloudy and occasionally raining.

20] 117.0 “ BE. &S. Scattered i.

21| Sunday 0.28 ee [p. M., cloudless afterwards.

22} 137.0 Se ae Scattd. “-itill 7 a. m., scattd. i till 6

23] 135.0 oe | ae Cloudless till 6 A. M., scattd. 71 afterwards,

24} 142.5 : Ss: Cloudless till 6 A. M., scattd. “i afterwards.

25| 136.0 oP eee toe Scattd. clouds of various kinds till 6 P.M.

26 ste . |S. E.&S. Cloudy. [cloudless afterwards.

27| 136.4 0.19 |S. E. & 8S. Cloudless till 6 a. m., scattd. i after-

[ wards also little rain at 7 A. M. & 2 P. M.

28| Sunday 4s [zling occasionally.

29) 128.0 0.10 |E. & S. Scattd. clouds also thundering and driz-

30 3 0.88 | E.& S. Scattd. clouds till 6 p. m., cloudless af-

terwards, also raining at 5 A.M. & 4 P. M.

“i Cirro-cumuli.

Meteorological Observations. @xxill

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

Sor the month of September, 1856.

Monrsayy Resvuts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, “ie ee 29.673

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 A.M. onthe 30th, .. 29.877

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 4: a. M. on the 3d, a 29.156

Extreme range of the Barometer, during the month, .. a 0.721

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, ae ee 83.4:

Max. Temperature, occurred at 2 p, M. on the Ist, ee oe 91.6

Min, Temperature, occurred at 8 A. M, on the 19th, ae ee 76.6

Extreme range of the Temperature, during the month, .. ae 15.0

)

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, .. sie a 80.3

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer, above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 3.1

Computed Mean Dew-point forthe month, .. ae ar 18.7

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dew-point, ae 4.7

Inches.

Mean elastic force of vapour for the month, ae Ke 0.961

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, AP ee ae 10.31

Additional weight of vapour required for complete saturation, An 1.65

Mean degree of Humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.86.

ri Inches.

Rained 19 days. Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, os ee 2.30

Total amount of rain during the month, oe oe 9.02

Prevailing direction of the Wind. South and East, oe ee

On Wednesday the 3d, the Barometer at 4 a. m. descended to 29.156 inches,

which is the lowest reading we have had for the last three years. After 4 a. M.

the Barometer commenced ascending and continuously ascended till midnight :

without exhibiting the usual daily tides ; the highest reading of the Barometer on

the midnight aforesaid of the 4th, being 29.555 inches. During the time the

Barometer was indicating the unusual readings described above, it rained incessantly.

Also a high North-easter blew from midnight till 9 a. M., after which a light

easterly breeze sprung up which continued for three hours. Finally from 1 p. m,

till midnight following there was a high southerly breeze. All this took place on

the 3d; on the 4th, again the Barometer exhibited the usual daily tides, the weather

remaining as unsteady as on the 3d.

CXX1V Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of September, 1856.

Montuzuy Resv.uts.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour when

any particular wind was blowing it rained.

Hour. : : : : : :

Sf .|6 S 5 = eee eS St: (St.

sFls| fe E ce} E js ele jc] s

Nez ce] E. je |S. Bile elu lal W. lel lel S

No, of days.

Midnight. | 1) | 2 6 3 10 a1 2

A. 1 2 6 2 s) 2/1 4

2 1 2; Il 5 4 9 1 Lal ii 2

3 lt 2} 11 6 A, 10 te ee 2

4 u 2) 11 6 4, 9 1 de 2

5 1 1} U1 e6 | 1k 2 9 3 “ID | 1

6 3 4, AS FS) Tb oG 3 Srily ai

7 1 5} it 4 4) ]f 8 3 1

8 2 5} 1] 6 | 1! 4 6.) TEAS

9 6 4 | 1j 4 6 Suh 2 1

10 1 A 6 5 Bo is oie ae 1

11 1 5 4,1) 2 bul 2ty G 2 1

Noon 5 6 | 2} 1 A, 5 4 1

1 Beda bal) 2 5] lp 4 3 2

2 nf Yu 6] 1) 4] 1f 5 4 A, 1

3 Li: Beeen 7 8 | 2) 4 1 2

4 A aA eae a | a sei 4 1 1

5 3} 11 6/1) 3 a) he ul

6 lin Fak 5 | J10} a 1 1 1

7 2) 21 2 5 2 13 | 2) 1 t

8 af 3} 11 4/11 2 13 1 2

9 3 6 2 13 2

10 1 2 6 2 12°95 2

ll i 2) es 11 1 a ie 1

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. CXXV

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of July, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. mM.

Temperature. rs 3

s s

: S os

- p> ' ra) 5 Aspect of the Sky.

o = » ~

EC 5 ya |e be he

ee] =} Cane ran o 5S =

a) a S fe) S a aj

1 29.032 | 99.8 | 99.4 | 81.5 | N. E. Ee \ scattered in zenith.

2 29.037 | 98.8 | 98.9 | 81.0 | N. W,). .. very few scattered.

3 29.083 | 88.9 | 88.0 | 80.5 | N. E.| .. \- scattered.

4 29.113 | 84.8 | 83.8 | 79.5 | N. E. Bf \n- all over.

5 29.087 | 87.3 | 86.9 | 82.3 | N.E. fe VW scattered.

6 | 29.063 | 86.8 | 87.0 | 82.0 |S,E.] .. \n_ ditto.

7 | 29.125 | 88.9 | 88.9 | 81.9 | S.W.| .. \n. ditto,

g | 29.105 | 89.5 | 89.5 | 80.5 | N. W. \ ditto.

9 | 29.079 | 86.9 | 87.9 | 83.3 | W. | 1.12 | \ ditto.

10 | 29.055 | 85.6 | 86.6 | 82.1 |S. W.| 1.12 | \W all over.

11 | 29.019 | 90.5 | 90.9 | 80.4 |N.W.] .. Clear.

12 29.055 | 89.9 | 88.6 | 82.5 E. VW scattered all over.

13 | 29.081 | 87.0 | 87.0 | 83.2 | E. | 0.27 | \ ditto.

14 29.063 | 86.5 | 86.5 | 82.9 |S. E. wa V~ all over.

15 | 29.023 | 87.9 | 88.0 | 84.2 |S. W.] .. \W ditto.

16 28.995 | 79.5 | 79.8 | 79.0 |N. Wi] .. \V- ditto.

17 29.003 | 79.9 | 80.0 | 75.5 | N. W.| 1.37 ‘ditto.

18 | 29.993 | 79.2 | 79.5 | 78.2 ; sf \- ditto.

19 | 29.027 | 81.8 | 81.4 | 80.0 |N.W.] .. ‘“ ditto.

20 | 29.055 | 86.4 | 76.8 | 83.0 | N. “| \- scattered.

21 | 29.075 | 90.8 | 90.8 | 84.6 |N.E./ .. ditto,

92 | 29.059 | 92.8 | 92.4! 83.9 |N.B.] .. \W ditto.

23 | 29.077 | 90.3 | 90.0 | 82.1 | N is ditto.

25 29.051 | 87.0 | 87.4 } 82.5 |S. E. oh ditto.

26 | 29.055 | 87.0 | 87.0 | 83.5 |N.E.| 1.00 | ‘% ditto.

27 29.025 | 85.2 | 85.2 | 82.0 |S. E. ee all over.

28 | 29.005 | 85.9 | 85.8 | 80.5 | E. x \W- scattered.

29 | 29.067 | 84.2 | 84.5 | 80.5 | E. ¥ all over,

30 | 29.050 | 86.9 | 86.9 | 82.9 |N.E.| .. W~ ditto.

31 29.019 | 87.0 | 87.4 | 82.1 |N.W.| .. \W scattered.

Mean. | 29.051 | 87.4 | 87.5 | 81.7 5.03

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree; the former always

reads more than the latter. The average difference is 1.6.

CXXVI

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of July, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

CONIRMLWNY = | a

Mean.

Barometer.

29.017

29.031

29.073

29.113

29.057

29.051

29.115

29.083

29,069

29.047,

29.013

29.055

29 063

29.033

29.001

28.983

29.003

28.987

29.041

29.027

29.059

29.071

29.013

29.051

29.045

29.003

28.955

29.061

29.035

28.995

29.039

Temperature.

: E

ies Pee te

=) | 2

cy ee Ake!

e) fe) =

192.9 |102.6 | 83.5

101.0 {101.2 | 82.5

90.8 | 90.0 | 82.0

85.6 | 85.0 | 81.5

90.0 | 89.5 | 84.0

90.3 | 90.5 | 83.5

91.0 | 92.0 | 83.0

92.0 | 93.0 | 82.0

90.5 | 91.1 | 83.5

89.0 | 89.2 |. 82.0

93.5 | 93.4 | 80.2

90.8-) 90.1 | 83%

88.0 | 87.5 | 82.9

88.9 | 89.5 | 84.5

88.3 | 88.0 |! 83.9

81.9 | 82.2 | 80.9

82.0 | 81.9 | 79.5

81.0 | 81.1 | 80.0

80.9 | 80.6 | 79.5

87.8 | 88.2 | 83.5

90.9 | 91.5 | 84.9

94.2 | 94.5 | 84.2

92.4 | 92.1 | 82.5

96.6 | 90.0 | 81.9

87.9 | 87.5 | 83.0

85.8 | 84.5 | 82.1

87.0 | 87.5 | 82.0

86.9 | 86.9 | 81.0

86.5 | 87.0 | 81.0

85.0 | 84.0 | 81.5

85.5 | 83.0 | 80.9

89.0 | 88.8 | 822

| Direction of Wind.

ZAAns Z

5 sacl Sac

Cae

Quantity of Rain.

Aspect of the Sky.

Clear.

™ scattered all over.

\— scattered.

\n- all over.

\W scattered.

Ditto.

r_ Ditto,

WwW Ditto.

VV all over.

VW scattered.

VV scattered over.

all over.

\- scattered all over.

VW all over.

Ditto.

VW scattered,

Ditto.

VW all over,

\W scattered.

VW all over.

Ditto.

Ditto,

Ditto.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. CXXVUi

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of July, 1856,

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. Minin aes

Aspect of the

Sky.

| Barometer.

| Of Mercury.

| Wet Bulb.

| Maximum,

| Minimum.

Direction of Wind.

Quantity of Rain.

| Of Air.

28.927/107.8 |108.0 | 85.0] 107.0/100.0) 98.5 |~ scattered in zen.| N

28.931) 83.9| 84.5] 80.0] 104.0! 88.0] 96.0 |“ all over. | N

28.993] 91.9] 90.5|82.4| 92.0) 79.0) 85.5 |“ scattered. E

29.057| 86.0] 86.0|82.5| 86.0! 81.0) 83.5 |“~ all over. N.

29.005) 85.9 | 85.4/81.2] 90.0} 81.0) 85.5 |“ scattd. all over.| N

28.987| 95.5| 95.0 {| 84.4] 96.0) 80.0) 88.0 |“ scattered. E

29.031) 88.9] 87.2)79.5| 96.2/ 81.0) 88.6 |“ all over. N.

: 81.6] 95.0} 82.0) 88.5 | scattd. all over.| W.

28.975! 95.2 | 94.9 |83.5| 95.2) 75.0) 85.1 |“~ all over. W.

28.969] 94.0 | 93.8/81.7| 93.2] 74.5| 83.85] scattered in zen.| N. W.| .

82.5] 97.2) 82.3) 89.75 Clear. N. W.| ..

29.005} 93.0 | 91.5/|83.0| 93.5] 85.0] 89.25|“~ scattd. allover.| E.

29.011) 85.5 | 84.8/81.5| 88.0) 82.0) 85.0 |W ditto. N.

28.955| 89.0 | 88.9| 83.5} 89.5] 80.8) 85.15|“~ ditto, BE.

28.939] 88.0 | 87.0|82.2| 88.5) 81.8) 85.15|“~ all over. N. E.

28.915] 85.0 | 84.9/81.5) 84.5) 75.2) 79.85)“ ditto. N. W

17 | 28.959] .83.0 | 82.9180.5) 83.0] 77.8] 80.4 |“ ditto. my WV

18 | 28.941} 81.0} 81.0/80.0| 81.2] 76.8) 79.0 |W~ ditto. W. {0.17

19 | 28.963} 82.9 | 82.5) 80.0) 82.5] 78.0] 80.25|V“— ditto. N. 4:2

20 | 28.977| 92.5 | 91.9] 85.2) 92.0) 77.9] 84.95|~ scattered. N y.

21 | 29.029} 95.2] 95.0! 85.0} 95.2) 84.0] 89.6 |We ditto. N.

22 | 28.977) 97.9 | 96.8| 84.5) 97.1) 85.0) 91.05/“~ ditto. S.

23 | 28.965) 93.0! 90.0| 81.5) 93.5\ 84.0) 88.75|“~ ditto. E

24 | 28.937] 89.0] 89.8] 84.0} 90.0) 82.5) 86.25|V~ ditto. E

25 | 29.001} 91.5| 91.5) 83.4! 91.2] 80.8) 86.0 |“ ditto. S. :

26 | 28.965] 83.0] 82.5/81.0} 87.2) 80.5) 83.85) all over. Ii fees

—

(se

(0.2)

Lo}

“J

a fe Date

Neo)

(=)

(o2)

ie)

27 | 28.941) 85.0} 86.0] 83.0] 88.5) 79.8! 84.15|Ve scattered.

28 | 28.903] 86.9| 86.9181.0| 87.0! 80.2) 83.6 |V~ all over.

29 | 29.001) 89.9| 89.5/81.9| 89.5) 79.2) 84.35|V~e ditto. S.

30 | 28.977] 88.9| 88.0! 82.3} 89.3) 81.2) 85.25|V~ ditto. N.

31 | 28.967! 83.9} 84.0] 82.0] 88.0) 82.0| 85.0 |V“~ ditto. NS

———

ee | ee | eS

Mean.) 28.972} 89.7; 89.3 | 81.3] 91.3) 80.9 86.11 5.08

CXXVili Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of August, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature. FE e

Seal

@ bs : ° 6

= 2 Vite: ete toe Same bas,

o 4 ~~ et)

a aa as pag ile ae = ete = g

1 29.063 | 84.0 | 85.0 | 81.0 |N. E as

2 990021 | 84.2 | 84.5'| 82.1 |N. EB. 1.57

3 29.073 | 84.5 | 84.0 | 81.0] W. 20

4, 29.157 | 81.0 | 81.0 | 79.9 | E. a

5 29.181 | 84.0] 85.5 | 81.5] 5 -

6 29.201 | 83.9 | 83.5 | 79.9 | E 0.17

7 29.201 | 83.0 | 83.6 | 80.0 |S. W.| ..

8 29.137 | 84.9 | 85.0] 80.0 | W 0.20

9 991794 83.0.) *S8.5) | 7Ba0ENs Wel be

10 29.155 | 83.5 | 84.0 | 79.0|N.W.| ..

11 29.177 | 84.0 | 843 | 79.2 | N. W

12 29.219 | 84.5 | 84.9 | 81.0{ N.

13 29.227 | 84.8 | 84.1 | 80.4 | N. W.

14 29.205 | 87.0 | 88.0 | 83.4 | W.

15 29.159 | 86.2] 86.0} 80.9 |S. W. ..

16 29.109 | 78.0 | 78.0 | 77.0 | W. a

17 29.135 | 80.0] 80.9 | 78.5 | S. 0.92

18 29.157 | 82.0] 83.0] 80.0|S. E] 1.92

19 29.205 | 85.0 | 85.4 | »1.4 |N.E.| 0.32

20 29.267 | 85.0 | 84.9 | 80.5 |N,E.| ..

21 29.243 | 84.0 | 84.0] 80.2 | E. \

22 29.245 | 85.0 | 85:5 | 81.0 | E .

23 29.203 | 85.5 | 86-0 | 81.1 | E.

24 29.187'| 83:0 Sel de.

30 29.183 | 85.9

31 29.115 | 82.9

—| ———— >. | —-

Mean.| 29.177 | 83.6

86.4 | 821

84.0 | 81.0

io)

le 9}

ZZnne

Badgm

84.0 | 80.3 7.92

Aspect of the Sky.

\W- all over.

VW ditto.

ditto.

scattered.

aro eee

ditto all over,

all over.

ditto.

we ditto.

ditto.

NA. ditto.

a. ditto.

VA. ditto.

\n_ ditto.

\n_ Scattered.

\n_ all over.

\n_ ditto.

\n_ scattered.

Vn all over.

\n. ditto.

\n ditto.

VV ditto.

“Nn. ditto.

VW ditto.

Vn scattered all over.

Vu scattered.

Barometer Observations corrected for Capillarity only.

\ Cirus.

Symbols.

— Cirro strata.

Cunuli.

~ Cumulo strata.

“ Nimbi or Nimbus.

Note.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree; the former always

reads more than the latter.

The average difference is 1.6.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. CXX1X

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of August, 1856.

eee

e =|

oS os)

=) —Q

1 29.047

2 29.001

3 29.063

4 29.141

5 29.165

6 29.177

7 29.183

8 29.108

9 29.142

10 29.129

Lt 29.133

12 29.203

13 29.203

14 29.199

15 29.131

16 29.097

#7 - |, °29.109

18 29.135

19 29.189

20 29.243

21 29.225

22 29.213

23 29.173

24, 29.155

25 29.177

26 29.189

27 29.205

28 29.217

29 29.201

30 29.155

31 29.097

Mean.| 29.155

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature. = 4

3 Pea

BP 2 : 3 Aspect of the Sky.

= bs

et) e)) eet ae te

ai < “ 2 g

Cy F

Co oa Sie laa ie

86.1 | 87.0 | 82.5 | E. \n= scattered all over.

84.9 | 88.2 | 82.1 E. an »> all over.

85.0 | 84.5 | 81.0] W. »» ditto.

83.9 | 83.5 | 80.5 E. be », ditto,

82.8 | 83.4 | 81.9 | W. » ditto.

85.2 | 86.0! 800] E. | .. » ditto.

86.0 | 86.9 | 81.818. WW.) .. 5 scattered,

86.9 | 87.0 a W. a 5» ditto all over.

84.9 | 84.6 8.4 1 W. és all over.

85.8} 862] 79.7 | N. W. ”’ ditto.

86.2 | 86.9] 80.0/N.W.! .. » ditto.

86.9 | 86.5 | 81.8] N. | .. » ditto.

86.0 | 86.5 | 82.2 | N. W. »» ditto.

89.0 | 87.3] 825] WwW. | .. » ditto.

87.9 | 88.0! 80.5 |S. W.| .. » ditto.

T8098)| 78.4 79:51 We m » ditto.

83.5 | 83.5] 79.0|S.W.| .. » ditto.

84.8 | 84.5 | 80.4/S.E.| .. » ditto,

85.9 | 86.5] 814 |/N.E.} .. » ditto,

86.9 |} 87.9 | 81.4 E. ais » scattered.

85.2 | 85.2 | 81.0 |S. E. , all over.

87.5 | 88.4| 82.45. E. *, ditto.

85.5 83.1 80.4 |S, E. ve cy) ditto,

85.5} 85.0| 81,0|]S.B.| .. » ditto,

83.5 | 79.9| 78.0] W. | .. » ditto,

81.9| 82.2] 79.6 |N.w,] . »» ditto.

82.9 | 81.6 | 80.5 |N,E.| .. » ditto.

oF 83.5 | 80.9 |}S.W.} .. ») scattered all over.

8 87 Ute Shai Se Ws) as >> all over,

$7.9..| 88.5 } 82.9 (NN, E.| .. 5, scattered all over,

84.0 | 85.0 | 81.9 |N.E.| .. »» Scattered.

85.2 | 85.0 | 80.8

O00 Sa EE EE ee dS ae ee Poe ke See Coes ARE ee ee

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of August, 1856.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

wih

Maximum

Temperature. and Minimum.

“i PB g : : Aspect of

£ 5 ' = =| 5 the Sky.

¢| Bobs | ya | ee | eee

= a a aa a} a= o

Be ee ey) eed ae ie

1 | 28.973) 85.0] 84.0| 81.0} 89.0 | 79.0} 84.0 |“~ all over.

2 | 28.957] 83.9] 84.0/ 82.0) 86.5 | 83.8] 85.15 |“ ditto.

3 | 29.021) 86.0] 86.0/81.4| 85.5 | 78.5} 82.0 | scattered.

4 | 29.073] 87.8| 87.5) 82.2| 87.5 | 78.0} 82.75 |V~ all over.

5 | 29.085] 86.9] 86.7/ 83.2! 88.2 | 78.0] 83.1 | 5, ditto.

6 | 29.103} 88.9] 87.9! 81.0} 89.0 | 78.5} 83.75] 5, scattered.

7 | 29.085} 82.0! 83.0! 80.9| 89.5 178.5! 84.0 | ,, all over.

8 | 29.639] 88.9]. 88.5/ 81.6; 89.0 | 79.0} 84.0 | 5, scat.all over

9 | 29.079] 85.5] 85.0177.5| 86.0 | 78.8] 82.4 | ,, all over.

10 | 29.069] 84.0] 83.6) '77.5| 88.5 | 79.0} 33.75] ,, ditto.

11 | 29.051} 87.9] 88.1| 80.5) 88.0 | 79.0] 83.5 } ,, ditto.

12 | 29.127| 84.9] 84.4| 79.5) 87.1 | 78.5} 82.8 | ,, ditto.

13 | 29.137} 89.9] 89.4| 83.1} 89.5 | 78.5] 84.0 | ,, ditto.

14, | 29.109] 86.9] 86.0] 81.3} 99.0 | 81.2] 85.6 | ,, ditto.

15 | 29.051] 85.0| 84.0] 80.5) 90.0 | 79.5} 84.751] ,, ditto.

16 | 29.027| 78.9} 78.5| 77.0) 80.5 | 75.0] 77.75] 5, ditto.

17 | 29.065) 79.5| 79.5|78.5| 84.5 |'74.51 79.5 | ,, ditto.

18 | 29.071] 81.0] 81.3]80. 1} 84.8 |76.9] 80.85] ,, ditto.

19 | 29.123] 85.0] 85.0] 82.5} 88.5 |'76.9] 82.7 | ,, ditto.

20 | 29.153) 88.9] 88.9] 80.9} 83.9 | 79.0, 83.95} ,, in horizon,

21 | 29.133] 84.0| 84.5| 81.5! 89.0 | 79.8} 84.4 | ,, all over.

22 | 29.128] 89.9] 89.2}81.6, 90.0 |77.5| 83.75} ,, ditto.

23 | 29.095| 89.0] 88.0] 82.2) 89.0 | 79.0} 84.0 | ,, ditto.

24 | 29.109] 81.0] 81.0] 78.6) 85.5 ; 79.0] 82.25] ,, ditto.

25 | 29.105) 79.8| 79.6] 78.5| 85.2 177.0} 81.1 | ,, ditto.

26 | 29.123] 82.9] 82.0] 80.0] 84.0 |75.0] 79.5 | 4, ditto.

27 | 29.139] 79.9] 79.6| 78.9] 8z.0 | 77.2] 79.6 | ,, ditto.

28 | 29.145] 87.8] 87.2) 82.0] 88.8 | 76.0) 82.4 | ,, ditto.

29 | 29.125) 85.5} 83.0] 79.5] 90.0 | 76.0} 83.0 | ,, ditto. Lover.

30 | 29.051] 84.9] 83.9] 81.0] 88.5 | 78.9] 83.7. | ,, scattered all

31 | 29.048] 86.3 | 86.0| 82.0] 87.0 | 79.5] 83.25] ,, scattered.

Mean.| 29.083] 85.1] 85.0

87.4 |78.2| 82.81 |

Direction of Wind.

| Quantity of Rain.

N. W.

SE Uunsn

Bg! =e

©. i

Sore: wean

~JI ~T

Ag oa eae

233 gama

n 4

ies . . e :

DIA

Hosts

Meteorological Observations. i

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

Feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Sty ae

a 3 3 Range of the Barometer 3 3 Range of the Tempera-

“E = = during the day. > a ture during the day.

3 ee As

Date. Pas 22

a z| 2 Max Min Diff. Sa Max Min. | Diff.

s =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. Oo Oo oO 0

1 29.840 | 29.894 | 29.779 G115 | 780.9 86.2 78.4 | 7.8

2 811 885 uZ4l 144 81.5 87.0 G10). 4

3 -762 .833 703 3130 f, 281.2 84.1 | 79.0 | 5.1

4 -739 807 .655 152 3.6 88.6 79.3 | 9.3

5) Sunday.

6 714 1693 .655 138 85.1 90.4 81.6 | 8.8

- 738 .788 .699 .089 82.8 89.0 79.0 | 10.0

8 779 840 724 116 | 81.4 87.6 79.0 | 8.6

9 ari § .850 .684 166 83.7 89.2 79.3 | 9.9

10 698 784 .638 .146 18.8 82.4 76.2 | 6.2

11 624 .673 077 | .096 81.3 85.0 77.0 | 80

12 Sunday.

13 798 815 713 3102 {. SLI 85.8 73.6: | %52

14 .799 853 753 00 §.(32.7° 88.0 79.3 !| BY7

15 846 .906 188 118 | 82.6 87.8 79.3 | 8.5

16 844 918 | 141 84.1 89.4 79.4 | 10.0

17 831 893 178 115 83.1 86.9 $0.0 | 69

18 .830 907 .766 141 | 81.4 S70 Tie 7s.0:: | NOs

19 Sunday

20 719 785 .660 125 80.0 86.6 74.4 | 12.2

21 738 801 .696 105 79.4: 84.8 74. 1.:| ORT

22 .738 2/99 684 115 79.6 84.8 74.4 | 10.4

: 23 shed L 834 723 LTR 97.7 83.4 72.0 | 11.4

24 823 884 thi 24). Le 76.9 80.4 74.2 6.2

25 .887 9dl 838 113 77.4 82.8 73.0 | 9.8

26 Sunday.

27 918 -982 .852 .130 | 80.0 86.0 74.8} le2

28 893 972 831 141 | 805 87.0 74.3 | 127

29 4829 .898 -760 138 81.3 87.5 76.4 | 11.1

30 817 868 763 105 | 804 88.6 76.6 | 12.0

31 .894 .966 812 «154 76.7 79.6 74.9 4,7

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean dry and wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived, from the twenty-four hourly observations made, curing

the day.

il Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon. (Continued.)

a E Se tee ee

. Oo —

= tai a a oh! Bee | ge ae

Be te 3 S SS |. Sh tac a RIES 2

jal 2 ro) > RES) an >

2 es rs = ww S So Oh Se OSS

A 5 5 = ) are 20'9 3 rece

Date.| 7. z= a S 16 | Bremen

"Ge, tee 2 a os 2's — ow | =

o 2 Te} rs — — tH O's so Ff oD O +s

=o a 2 S 43 mS i Ge?) ges

E fa en) eS le oe e |s58| ,54

=) ro) as =| = 6D sig

o a Pe z ia So | ee | arenes os

= A io) a a = < =

0 0 oO Oo Inches.| T. gr. | T. gr

1 78.7 2.2 77.6 3.3 0.928 | 10.01 1.09 0.90

2 79.0 2.5 17.7 | 3.8 931 02 .29 89

3 79.3 1.9 78.3 209 949 22 0.99 91

4 80.4: 3.2 78.8 4.8 964 34 1.69 86

5 | Sunday.

6 81.8 3.3 80.1 5.0 1.005 13 84: 85

| 80.2 2.6 78.9 3.9 0.967 -o9 36 88

8 78.8 2.6 77.5 3.9 925 9.96 31 88

9 79.8 3.9 17.8 5.9 .934 | 10.01 2.06 83

10 Saar 1.7 76.2 2.6 .887 9.60 0.84 92

J1 79.4 ites) 18.4 2.9 .952 | 10.25 99 91

12 | Sunday.

13 79.4 2.5 78.1 3.8 943 14 1.30 89

14 79.2 3.5 77.4 5.3 922 Lot 81 85

15 79.2 3.4 77.5 5.1 925 94: 74 85

16 80.1 4.0 78.1 6.0 943 | 10.10 2.11 83

Ay 79.2 3.9 17.2 5.9 916 9.83 03 83

18 19.2 6.2 72.1 9.3 778 8.38 89 74

19 Sunday.

20 74:4: 5.6 71.6 8.4 766 ad 4 77

21 74.0 5.4 71.3 8.1 758 .20 42 17

22 73.9 5.7 71.0 8.6 751 .LO 09 76

23 eal 6.6 67.8 ed .677 7.33 stv 13

24 72.8 4.) 70.7 6.2 «744 8.08 1.78 82

25 74.3 3.1 bo 4.7 792 09 42 86

26 | Sunday.

27 74.7 5.3 72.0 8.0 776 .36 2.45 By

28 74.5 6.0 71.5 9.0 763 23 75 75

29 76 2 5.1 73.6 al 817 79 45 78

30 76.3 4.1 74.2 6.2 832 .98 1.96 82

31 74.4 2.3 73.2 3.5 806 7d .05 89

ll the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants.

Meteorological Observations.

ill

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

1 Ce)

6 = .; | Range of the Barometer

S a3 for each hour gnries

BEAL seen sae the month.

Hour, me

go : c

$33 | Max. Min. Diff.

Inches. | Inches.| Inches.) Inches,

ane 29.797 | 29.923 |29.631 | 0.292

1 783 922 614 .308

2 176 .906 592 014

3 764 -900 577 2023

4 .768 900 |. -581 319

) 776 .921 -589 002

6 -800 934 .610 old

7 821 .959 .632 Ba PAr

8 843 -969 .667 302

9 -855 .980 671 .309

10 -853 .982 .673 -309

ll .836 949 .658 -291

Noon.| .809 .924 627 .297

1 182 .904 .609 .295

2 761 .878 .590 .288

3 445 873 -590 .283 |

4 743 891 .585 .306

5 .790 914 -603 gone

6 798 914 614 .000

7 778 .929 .633 .296

8 798 .955 -648 2307

9 .808 -965 658 BF)

10 812 .966 -640 .006

ll .808 .962 -660 .302

Mean Dry Bulb

Thermometer.

ce)

Range of the Temperature

for each hour during

Max.

the month.

Min. Diff.

Oo 0)

74.9 9.1

74.9 8.9

75.0 8.4

74.5 8.7

73.5 9.3

73.0 9.6

72.6 9.8

72.0 11.6

73.2 12.8

73.0 14.2

73.6 15.0

76.4 T20

75.4 13.2

77.4: hie

78.4 11.0

76.2 14.2

75.4 15.0

74.9 14.7

75.5 10.7

75.8 9.9

75.8 9.5

75.6 9.4

75.2 9.8

75-4 9.0

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean dry and wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the Observations made at the several hours

during the month.

iv Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.—( Continued. )

Bulb| |

a 3 vr) BO os5a/|s55

= 5 A @ PS ot teal Cae =

rb) te >) 5 ox ac S woes

Be! (a > EB > om 2 <a Ses oA

oO u ° o ie 8 3 =} Bd Slee es Ss

Hour. | 23 3 A 6 BS. so o°* "+e a

Ais Raat "Mn ea em

ie) 3 a=} os wo Ss .& . 5 se - 6

$8 FA BME a SO oe |e eee

= 3 b g pele Be ere eee ta eicecs

= fa) beiA zi a | tee gs

0 ) ) oO Inches. |Troy grs./Troy grs.

Mid- | seq |: a4 | 75.7) 86 | 0873!) 943- | 18e } O88

nidti ; . ; : : 9. : ;

1. | 76.8 2.2 | 75.7 3.3 | 873 AD 05 90

2 76.4 2.2 75.3 3.3 862 04 .04 .90

3 | 76.4 21 | 73.3 3.2 | 962 34 01 .90

A, 76.0 2¥ 74.9 8.2 851 .22 .0O0 .90

5 75.9 2.1 74.8 pve 2849 .20 0.99 .90

6 75.6 A 74,5 3.2 840 12 .98 .90

q 76.1 2.2 75.0 3.3 854 25 1.03 90

8 76.8 3.2 75.2 4.8 .860 .28 53 .86

9 76.9 4.0 74.9 6.0 851 Ay) 93 83

10 | Tr 4.7 | 75.0 7b) pad 8 2.33 80

it 77.6 5.6 74.8 8.4 .849 ll 18 7

Noon. 78.3 6.5 75.0 9.8 854 12 3,34 73

it 78.6 6.5 Tiaom 9.8 .862 21 .36 3

2 78.3 6.4 75.1 9.6 857 LS 27 74

3 78.1 6.7 74,7 10.1 .846 .05 41 ee)

4, 77.8 6.2 74,7 9.3 .846. .06 m4 74

5 118 5.4 ps 8.1 857 19 2.70 ad

Gi} 476 42 | 75.5 6.3 | .868 35 05 82

Wo) BDF 3.3 | 76.0 5.0 | .882 50 1.64 85

8 77.6 2.9 76.1 4.4 .885 D5 43 87

9 77.4 2.8 76.0 4.2 882 2 .06 .88

10 77.2 2i7 75.8 4.1 .876 46 soe 88

14 76.9 2.6 75,6 39 871 40 .26 88

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants,

Meteorological Observations. Vv

| Date.

Solar radiation, Weather, &c.

ged | BE ‘

38 [63d

y |S

) Inches, [o’clock,

a iss 0.39 |S, E: & EH Cloudy, also occasionally raining after 12

2 : 2.13 |S. &S8. E Cloudy, also raining in the morning &

at 5 P. M.

: 0.56 |S. EH, &S Cloudless till 4 4. M., cloudy till 9 P. m.

cloudless afterwards. Also raining at

OAs

4, ae 8. Cloudless till 6 A. M. scattered i till

6 pv. M. cloudless afterwards.

5| Sunday

6; 144.5 | 0.16 | W.&S8S. EH Cloudless till 4.4. Mm. seatd, 91 till 6 Pp. M,

cloudless afterwards. Also slight rain

at 10 a.m. & 6 P. M.

7 se 2.00 | S, Cloudless till 4 a. mu. cloudy afterwards,

also heavy rain from 2 P. M, to 3 P.M,

8} 140.0 | 0.16 | N.E Cloudless till 4.4... mM. scatd.\-i & “i

till Noon, cloudy afterwards, also slight

rain between 2 & 4 P. M.

9} 141.0 E.& N.&N. EH Scattered clouds of various kinds.

10 ai 1.84 | N. E. Cloudy with incessant rain from 7 A. M.

till midnight.

cL ae 0.52 | EH. & 8. EB. (both | Cloudy, also constantly drizzling be-

blowing high.) tween midnight & 10 a. M.

12, Sunday. | 0.63

BS 8. 0.49 |S.& H. &S, E, Cloudy, also raining heavily at midnight,

14) 141.0 ee) reo. Sn Wie Scatd, clouds of various kinds. [wards,

15} 136.0 se ..| Variable, - Cloudless till 6 a. M. scatd. clouds after-

16} 148.0 a Variable. Cloudless till 7 a. m. scatd. clouds till

5 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

17; 133.0 | .. |N.W.&N.&S. W,| Scatd. +i & 9i till 9 a.m. cloudy till 4

18) 143.0 ae, “VN WV Cloudless. [vP.mM. cloudless afterwards,

19) Sunday.

20) 143.5 wot thn. WV, Cloudless till 5 a.m. scatd, i & +i till

3 Pp. M, cloudless afterwards. [ wards.

21} 131.2 ee We Seatd, \i & 1 till 7. m., cloudless after-

22) 132.0 ae Ne WS Cloudless till 4.4. Mm. seatd. i till 6 P. mM.

cloudless afterwards. [ wards.

23) 128.0 tea ct Ny NV Ga WV, Cloudless till 4 4. M. scatd. clouds after-

oo... a) Las Cloudy.

25| 132.8 | 0,10 |S. Scatd. clouds and occasionally drizzling

before sunrise.

26| Sunday.

27) 140.2 N, W. Cloudless till 10 A. M. scatd. +i & Ni

& i till 4 p.m. cloudless afterwards.

28} 143.6 NW. Cloudless till 8 A. M. seatd. “i & i till

8 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

29| 134.0 N. &S Cloudless till 3 a. M. scatd. “i & 13 till

6 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

30} 143.0 | 0.10 |N. &S.E Scatd. clouds of various kinds till 3 Pp. m,

cloudy with little rain till 7 P. m.

cloudless afterwards.

ae 0.13 |N. E. &S. Cloudless till 3 a. mM. cloudy afterwards

with little rain between 2 and 5 P.M.

Ni Cirri, i cirro strati, Xi cumuli, ~i cumulo strati, “-i nimbi, —i strati,

“i cirro cumuli.

v1 Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1856.

Monrurty REsvrts.

Inches.

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, Pameo.4oe

Max. height of the Barometer, occurred at 10 a. mM. on the 27th, sa. OES

Min. height of the Barometer, occurred at 3 a. M. on the 11th, ose W29.004

Extreme Range of the Barometer during the month, We w. =: 0.405

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, =a si 81.0

Max. Temperature, occurred at 3&4 P.M. onthe 6th, ... an 90.4

Min. Temperature, occurred at 7 a. M. on the 28rd, as a 72.0

Extreme Range of the Temperature during the month, _.., ae 18.4

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, Ae Mi 772

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, ... 3.8

Computed Mean Dew Point for the month, oe 75.3

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed Mean Dee en: an 5.7

Inches.

Mean Elastic force of vapour for the month, .., ae .. ~=—s-: 0. 862

Troy grains.

Mean weight of vapour for the month, ane ae ine 9.29

Additional weight of vapour required for complete saturation, he 1.85

Mean degree of Humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.83

Inches.

Rained 15 days. Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, we sate 2.13

Total amount of rain during the month, sn ue Eon 9,21

Prevailing direction of the Wind N. W. & 8.

Meteorological Observations. vil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of October, 1856.

Monruty Resvts.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour,

when any particular wind was blowing it rained.

Hour. 5 eB S S S| 16 S]-|S9 18

elle] leldlel |e ls] ./sElslale

Nigia le] E. leisleis. cisleitlelaleisié

Mee real Ds Lae

No. of days

Midnight. 1) |3al oo) [sl Palatal Pal | aate

1 2) {3i ll 2 2) }4) fal dal fel te

2 2) 41 3/13} Pal fal fal) de ds

3 1) 1) 2 3/1 aloha fa "| 15

4 3| | 2 3 3) 4) [a 8} | 2

5 2| | 2 3 | 1) 4) 1f4) [al fal | zi ape

6 2| | 2 2/116] 23] | 1) f2) 77 fe

7 3| | 2 2 5} 1}4| Psi fal | 5

8 5 2 ies. | 2 4} 1) 2 2 7

9 6) | 2) 1] 4 2} 183] | 2) fal fei

10 6) f 2} a} 4} api) a3} ga} fa) ale

11 71) 1 3 2) 4p 2) | 3i 1p3) | 6

bo bo

eS a

ke bo GO

NNNKFE NF SOLOW S

—

NTN DWOODDON

mm to 09 G9 DD DO Bm GO 09 OO DO DO

fd et fed ed ed et et DDD ODD tS

SCHNHNWKRhOnNNHNAAL

TWDODDOODDANW OH W

bh feed peed

Jan

i=)

—

EE EE Pe ST FE a eS I SS ED

Www ser wo

Vili Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

for the month of November, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 34” East.

feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

‘So & ame

3 Oa Range of the Barometer BS Range of the Tempera-

“ep aS during the day. tg g ture during the day.

oO iS jo)

Date. | ms % aa z

2 a = Max Min Diff a ay Max. | Min. | Diff,

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. 0) to) 0 ry)

1 | 29.966 | 30.042 | 29.924 0.118 80.1 87.4 74.5 | 12.9

2 | Sunday

3 961 2029 904 135 80.6 87.3 74.27) 13.4

4 916 001 854 147 81.0 87.3~ | FObs PEF

5 906 | 29.982 841 141 80.9 86.9 76.6 | 10.3

6 934 |30.008 .886 5 ;

7 955 .028 .900 128 80.5 86.8 75.4 | 11.4

8 932 | 29.998 879 119 79.6 86.6 YA4 | 12.2

9 | Sunday

10 990 | 30.055 15,2

11 985 .065 SWVC, 138 75.0 82.6 69:7 (|. 1249

121 | 74.9 Sia: Mere

iz | 3og2 | | 205 958

14 | (007 | .087 949

15 |29.980 | .055 932 | .23. [° Fad 89.8 | 67.2

17° (| 30.001 .076

18 | 29.965 041

19 949 O11

20 973 054

21 986 055

932

914

901

932

12 | 30.006 079 958

.948

946 109 767 84.4 69.2

22 978 -039 935

23 | Sunday.

24 964. .037 OLE 126 71.0 74.2 67.2 7.0

25 ‘O77 .030 925 105 Bre 77.8 70.8 7.0

26 988 071 928 143 71.8 79.4 66.4 | 13.0

27 973 -050 898 152 70.0 77A 63.9 | 13.5

28 .950 028 .896 132 68.8 77.6 61.9 | Siliaa

29 971 047 921 -126 69.5 73.4 62.3 | 16,1

30 | Sunday.

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean dry and wet Bulb

‘he Aye ara ] f; Nexy - * | val c 7 “ 20 ny

Thermometers are derived, from the Twenty-four hourly observations made, during

the day.

Meteorological Observations. 1X

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

Sor the month of November, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

4 i) 1 ma

z : g.|58 |23

o Ae : a ) a - ‘as

Si o = 9 S Om 3 2

a) = _ o Re) SOc ms

2 Oy 5 Sr eh 5 =

Date.| S o bi ra S@ |bes|,2

* 2 a 2 ap .2 eval org os

Pe | 8 2 Siok ON rt ee De ee (ee aa ee a

ic 3 3 jan) = ° Oy ea ec Qu =|

aus ea a, 3 se |-e¢% |S 30/8 to

& 4 b 8 b> Ay oF Sa |Sanls 3.8

= a oO = = = < =

0 ft) oO 0 Inches. |} T. gr.| T. gr.

1 79.1 5.0 12.6 7.5 |; 0.790 8.52 | 2.32 | 0.79

2 |Sunday

3 79.8 4.8 73.4 7.2 811 75 .26 | .80

4 76.1 4.9 73.6 74 817 .80 24 | .79

5 76.4 4.5 74.1 6.8 .830 94 5G |. 1.38

6 76.0 4.9 73.5 74 814 18 we | bade

7 75.2 5d 72.5" 8.0 787 49 AD | oe

8 73.3 6.3 70.1 9.5 729 7.87 82 | .74

9 |Sunday |

10 69.1 7.6 65.3 11.4 623 6.78 | 3.02) .69

1l 67.4 7.6 63.6 11.4 590 43 | 2.88 | .69

12 68.1 6.8 64.7 10.2 611 .66 So 7 NY

13 67.3 7.0 63.8 10.5 593 46 166 [72

14 66.5 6.7 63.1 10.1 .580 34 48 | .72

15 67.5 6.6 64.2 oe) 601 06 a ey i

16 |Sunday

17 69.0 6.0 66.0 9.0 638 95 36 | .75

18 68.9 6.2 65.8 9.3 634 sok 43 | .74:

19 69.5 4.9 67.0 7-4 .659 7.20°| 1.95 | .79

20 69.0 4.9 66.5 7.4 648 .09 92 | <9

21 68.0 5.6 65.2 8.4 621 6.30 } 2.13 | 76

22 67.4 4.4 65.2 6.6 621 81 1.64 | .81

23 |Sunday

24 69.2 1.8 68.3 2.7 .688 7.55 | 0.70} .92

25 70.6 2.6 69.3 3.9 ce a2) 08 88

26 67.6 4.2 65.5 6.3 .628 6.90 |. "06 82

27 63.8 6.2 60.7 9.3 .536 5.89 | 2.14 74

28 63.1 5.7 60.2 8.6 .527 -80,|: 1.91!) .76

29 64.0 5.5 61,2 8.3 044 6.00 88 | .76

30 |Sunday.

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants.

x Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Range of the Tempera-

a Pe : Range of the Pome for = 3 turé Gia

og month. b g pear r

Hour. ms 2, ; As :

re) 3)

a a = Max Min Diff. e = Max, | Min. | Diff.

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. 0) re) ry) 0

ere 29.968 |30.028 |29.906 | 0.122 | 72.3 | 78.7 | 65.2| 13.5

1 .962 .020 897 123 71.7 78.4 64.4 | 14.0

2 .953 012 893 119 71.3 17.8 63.7 | 14.1

3 .948 .002 .886 116 71.0 77.6 63.4 | 14.2

4 .947 004 .888 116 70.2 77.0 62.7 | 14.3

5 .960 013 .907 106 69.9 77.0 62.2 | 14.8

6 .981 | 048 927 121 69.6 76.7 61.9 | 14.8

7 | 30.004 -060 957 103 70.1 G72 62,2 | 15.0

8 .029 .088 975 113 72.8 80.1 65.0 | 15.1

9 .043 105 982 123 75.5 82.0 69.2 | 12.8

10 .038 082 O77 105 77.1 83.0 70.6 12.4

11 .015 .068 £945 23 79.1 86.1 73.2 | 12.9

Noon.| 29.984 .040 912 128 80.8 86.8 73.4 | 13.4

1 .952 O11 884 h27 81.6 87.4 73.8 | 13.6

2 932 | 29.994 854 .140 82.2 87.3 74.2'| a3.

3 921 975 841 134 Si.7 87.3 73.4 | 13.9

4 919 .970 845 A125 80.1 85.8 73.2 | 12.6

5 .925 .976 853 123 79.0 85.6 72.9 || 427

6 .934 .985 861 124 hice 83.6 Ti2 i Mae

7 951 |30.007 .887 By Be 0) 76.9 82.0 69.6 | 12.4

8 -966 024, .900 124 75.0 81.2 68.2 | 13.6

9 .976 .039 :910 129 74,1 80.4 67.6 | 12.8

10 -982 .034 .905 .129 GipL 79.8 66.8 | 13.0

aE 973 034 898 .136 72.7 79.4 66.0 | 13.4

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean dry and wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the Observations made at the seyeral hours

during the month.

Meteorological Observations. xi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

an the month of November, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

o o a] o =) OS om ° 3s 8 wo

eatieeie tm: | Ss Ee ieee) eee

2 2 ae a a S mee ly ae

22 2 = a a8, | ee eS Se be pee os

Eg 3 2 se | Bs 16° (888 sis2e so

= 6 pa a |RABl oR | goo |S 2, Blase 2S

g 4 b 8 pa | fo |) See Beeeiaa ea

= a) o a = = 4 =

oO 0 0) Inches, | T. py.” |) TE. a;

ia 69.2 | 31 | 676 | 4.7 | 0672 | 7.37 | 1.21 | 0.86

1 68.7 | 30 | 67.2 | 4.5 | ..664 28 15. .86

2 fee! 28 | 6715) 420) .66n .26 07 87

3 Gad | 2:9 66.60 | 4.4) | 651 15 10 .87

mn 67.6 | 26 | 663 | 39 | .644 09 | 0.96 .88

5 674 | 2.5 | 661 | 3.8 | ..640 04 94 88

6 Sra), 23! 66.4 4% 3.5.) G40 | 04 .86 89

7 67.6 | 25 | 663 | 38 | .644 09 94 88

8 63.7 | 4.1 | 666 | 62] .651 12 1.59 82

9 69.8 | 5.7 | 669 | 86 | .657 15 2.31 76

10 70.1 , 7.0 | 666 | 10.5 | .651 05 Bi 71

11 70.9 | 82 | 668 | 12.3 | .655 09 3.44 67

Noon.| 71.2 | 9.6 | 664 |144 ] .646 | 6.97 4.10 63

1 71.5 | 10.1 | 664 | 15.2 1 .646 95 39 61

2 72.0 | 10.2 | 669 | 15.3 | .657 | 7.06 48 61

3 71.4 | 103 | 66.2 | 15.5 | .642 | 6.89 48 61

4 70.8 | 9.3 | 66.1 | 14.0 | .640 90 | 3.94 64

5 mee) 68.0) 670." 120) e59 | 7.12 38 68

6 71.3 | 5.9 | 68.3 | 89 | .688 46 2.49 75

7 70.9 | 5.0 | 684 | 7.5 | .690 50 07 78

8 rh AR |, GED 1.60 | 692 34 1.77 81

9 70.2 | 3.9 1 68.2 | 5.9 | .686 49 58 83

10 Bt 6 3G.) BF. Soi Bd > C74 39 40 84

11 Beth s.4b iG. |. pl | 672 37 31 85

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants,

xil

Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

| =

1) 144.4

2| Sunday

3} 141.0

4) 145.8

5} 136.7

6) 139.0

7| 141.5

8} 142.0

9] Sunday

10} 144.0

11) 138.2

12) 141.0

13] 140.6

14) 139.7

15] 139.0

16) Sunday

17| 140.4

18] 186.0

19] 133.0

20 ee

21) 189.2

22)

23! Sunday.

25 sia

26} 128.0

27| 180.5

28} 135.0

29] 132.0

oD Sena

Ni Cirri

5 feet above

Rain Gauge

Ground.

W i Cirro cumuli,

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1856.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c.

Prevailing direction

of the Wind.

ice

ase

& N. W.

A 1 at

Sigs

General Aspect of the Sky.

——a

Scattered clouds till 6 P. M. cloudless

afterwards.

Cloudless.

Cloudless nearly the whole day.

Cloudless till 5 a. M. scattered i and

fj till 6 Pp. m. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 9 a. M. scattered i till 5

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 9 a. M. scattered “i till 5

Pp. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 9 A. M. scattered 1i till 5

P. M. cloudless afterwards,

Cloudless.

Clouds of various kinds.

Cloudless till11 a. M. scattered 91 till 4

P. M. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 8 a. M. scattered \i & “i

till 2 p.m. cloudy till 6 P. M. cloud-

less afterwards.

Cloudless till 6 a. M. cloudy till 7 P. Mu.

cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 6 A. M. scattered clouds

of all kinds afterwards. Lally.

Cloudy and slightly drizzling occasion-

Cloudy.

Cloudy till 8 p. m. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless till 3 a. M. cloudy till 6 a. M.

cloudless till 10 A. M. scattered i till

5 p. mM. cloudless afterwards.

Cloudless.

, -i Cirro strati, \i Cumuli, ~i Cumulo strati, W-i Nimbi, —i Strat,

Meteorological Observations. Xiil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1856.

Montuty RESULTS.

Inches

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, oe ee 29.969

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 9 a. M. on the 13th, ow 30.105

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 3 P. M. on the 5th, we 29.841

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, ae : 0.264

te)

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, ok, ee 75.2

Max. Temperature occurred at 1 P. M. on the Ist, os ar 87.4

Min. Temperature occurred at 6 a. M. on the 28th, oe ee 61.9

Extreme range of the Temperature during the mouth, .. a 25.5

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, ae ds 69.7

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 5.9

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, .. oe ue 66.9

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew-point, .. 8.3

Inches.

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, a” i 0.657

Troy grains,

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, ee ee ee 7.16

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, ee 2.21

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.76

Inches.

Slightly Drizzling 2 days, Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, He Nil.

Total amount of rain during the month, ‘yp be 2 Nil.

Prevailing direction of the Wind, : nse LN. W.&N.

From Saturday the 22nd to Tuesday the 2Bth, it was cloudy as and night :

the sun being scarcely once visible, also it was drizzling occasionally which rain

was so small that it was not indicated by the Pluviometer. The readings of the

Barometer were very steady during the four cloudy days in question,

XIV Meteorological. Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of November, 1856.

Monraurty REsvrts.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour when

any particular wind was blowing it rained.

Hour. 2 S = e s = 5 e

sje] |e s c[ = |s =) = |e] = |s

Njciz el E. eis. Bjc] S. lef oo let Ww. lets lal s le

No. of days

Midnight. | 7| 1) 1 1 1 6 ff 2

1 6 2 1 2 5 7 2

2 fi 1 i 2 3 8 1

3 a) he 1 2 4A 8 1

4 | 2 1 2 5 7 1

5 7 2 il 2 6 6 1

6 8 2 1 2 6 7

7 vf 2 1 I 5 9

8 8 3 1 4, 9

9 8 3 1 3 10

10 8 4 1 1 3 8

11 6 4; 1} 1 1 i} A 8

Noon. 6 4 uh 1 1 4 8

1 6 3 al 1 1 6 7

72 6 Bie 1 3 3 9

3 3 2) 1 2 Z 11

4 4 4, 3 6 8

5 4 a 1 1 1 6 9

6 4 2 1 2 3 3 10

P| 3| 1 a | A, 3 3 9 1

8 3 1 il 3 3 3 9 2

9 o 2 2 4 A, 8 2

10 4 2 2 3 3 8 2

11 3 2 2 3 4 ) 2

Meteorological Observations. KV

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1856.

Latitude 22° 33’ 1” North. Longitude 88° 20’ 24” East,

feet.

Height of the Cistern of the Standard Barometer above the Sea level, 18.11

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Range of the Barometer

during the day.

eel le ee,

ee | er

w O45

oO = By

i ay

e 9s 0

2 | 3%

an) =

Inches

1 | 29.983

2 .980

3 | 991

4 (380.019

5 .032

6 .039

7 | Sunday

8 .053

9 .067

10 071

11 .050

12 .052

a bs} .070

14 | Sunday

15 015

16 | 29.987

17 .998

18 -985

19 {30.001

20 .038

21 | Sunday

22 083

23 .075

24 029

25 |, Xmas

26 041

27 .069

28 | Sunday

29 | 29.966

30 984

31 973

Inches.

30.051

045

.053

.086

.095

.LO9

113

139

141

125

121

L151

.LOO

054

.078

.068

070

125

172

146

102

L038

L151

.059

061

045

Inches.

29.931

.928

937

967

974

975

993

30.016

.016

29.988

987

30.028

29.948

922

-942

.937

953

.990

30.035

29.999

957

992

30.007

.916

927

.906

Inches.

0.120

adil,

2 x

é 2 Range of the Tempera-

g ture during th :

a: ure during the day

a oO

iar Max. | Min. | Diff

ty) ) ft) Cy)

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean dry and wet Bulb

Thermometers are derived from the twenty-four hourly Observations made during

the day.

XVi Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1856.

Daily Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

Ae 3 E S ee pe Hele eae

2 2 eye Vhs a SS | SSE) Rae

ad oo = tw 2 Geos a 8 5

= Ke S Ss ° 15 Re spe an an

5 Z S wg E 2S | e386) ofs

Date. |-9. | 2 i) ates 3S SO a | 22's

Bo E 2 | 22) Bae | F-2 | Sees

ag FA a | Se llasg \eea | See ieee

Sg b> g pS oS Su | Sa Salee e

=| & cS) = Ay > ao | See as

= fa) S) fa = = < =a

ry) 0 0 0 Inches, E.4gr: Ty ors

1 67.0 4.8 64.6 7.2 | 0.609 6.69 1.76 0.79

2 66.9 5.0 64.4 7.5 605 63 85 18

3 66.7 4.9 64.2 7.4: .601 .60 80 79

4 65.9 5.5 63.1 8.3 .580 07 98 76

5 65.8 6.1 62.7 9.2 572 aH | 2.21 74

6 65.3 6.0 62.3 9.0 .565 20 13 74

7 |Sunday.

8 63.1 6.8 59.7 10.2 518 5.70 .28 71

9 64.3 5.4 61.6 8.1 .002 6.07 1.86 ova

10 64.3 | 5.5 61.5 8.3 550 .06 .89 .76

il 63.3 5.8 60.4 8.7 -930 5.84 94: 1d

12 62.9 63 59.7 9.5 918 70 2.11 13

13 61.5 6.5 57.6 10.4 483 00 20 71

14 |Sunday.

15 61:9 5.6 58.5 9.0 498 00 1.92 74:

16 62.3 5.5 59.0 8.8 006 09 89 75

17 61.9 5.6 58,5 9.0 498 -50 92 714:

18 59.0 6.0 55.4 9.6 449 4,98 89 13

19 58.9 6.3 55.1 10.1 44 94 OF 12

20 58.5 6.1 54.8 9.8 440 88 -90 | 12

21 |Sunday.

22 58.7 6.8 54.6 10.9 437 85 2.13 10

23 58.3 6.5 54.4: 10.4 434 82 Ol oak

24 60.6 6.0 57.0 9.6 473 5.23 1.98 13

25 | Xmas.

26 63 3 6.3 60.1 9.5 525 7 2.13 13

27 63 4 6.7 60.0 10.1 523 15 28 72

28 | Sunday.

29 62.2 4.8 59.3 PY 511 .65 1.65 Lf

30 63.4 4.6 60.6 7.4: 934 .90 .63 18

31 62.8 4:.6 60.0 7.4 023 79 .60 78

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants.

Meteorological Observations. XVil

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon,

s }

aE g

o-& | Range of the Barometer for 3 Range of the Temper-

Se each hour during eS ature for each hour

6s the month. 2 during the month,

Hour. | = % a

ate gs b>

o oO Oc

> As ;

a i Max Min, Diff. <2 Max.| Min. | Diff,

So ® ©

= =

Inches. | Inches. | Inches. | Inches. Cr) o o o

Mid-

Ea } 30.026 30.107 129.953 | 0.154 | 65.1 | 69.4/ 59.8] 9.6

1 024. .100 .954 .146 64.4 69.0 | 59.1 9.9

2 015 .030 955 125 63.7 68.7 | 58.6 | 10.1

3 .007 067 952 115 63.2 68.4 | 58.2 | 10.2

A -005 -063 954 -L109 62.8 68.1 | 57.5 | 10.6-

5 -O11 071 0959 112 62.2 67.5 ; 56.8 | 10.7

6 031 087 969 118 61.7 66.9 |} 56.4 | 10.5

7 053 -108 | 30.000 .108 61.5 66.6 | 55.8 | 10.8

8 :081 -139 e032 .107 63.6 68.5 | 56.8 | 11.7

9 097 -165 045 -120 67.1 72.8: jy 61.0¢1 E1.8

10 -096 172 -039 «Las 70.0 75.2 | 64.4 | 10.8

11 077 143 -019 -124 12.6 77.0 | 68.4 8.6

Noon. .043 115 | 29.978 BBY | 74.9 79. ZLS 7.3

1 .008 .073 954 119 76.7 80.4 | 73.6 6.8

2 29.986 047 .930 ehl7 S78 80.7 | 75.0 5.7

3 972 .039 .910 129 77.5 80.8 | 74.8 6.0

4 971 040 906 134 79.9 78.2 | 72.8 5.4

5 979 -038 .920 -118 74.0 17:6 | Fde4 6.2

6 989 038 -920 118 71.6 74.8 | 68.4 6.4

7 30.006 -068 -941 27 69.9 73.1 | 66.0 7-1

8 -020 -086 950 136 68.6 71.8 | 64.3 7.5

7 -031 -098 .958 .140 67-5 71.4 | 62.0 9.4

10 -038 -107 .959 .148 66.6 70:2 | 61.2 9.0

11 -033 -110 .951 159 65.8 69.8 | 60.4 9-4

$$ —

The Mean height of the Barometer, as likewise the Mean dry and wet bulb

Thermometers are derived from the Observations made at the several hours

during the day,

XVHI Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1856.

Hourly Means, &c. of the Observations and of the Hygrometrical elements

dependent thereon.

J fe °° me t t a o

zg 3 esi(pé £2

x : 43 2) ae tia 2 2s

= 2) os) ee. aul te es

Hour. cQ & 2 = ‘ ce ae = =S :.

2 A wa 5p.2 23 3 °

2 [2 La ie lee ee | eee

Pre ita = 1) ieee P| Be) See a

cd z = ‘Ss gs | sf |/268 | cE wp

Sg be 8 aie as Se |= aera ce

= a) it) ee a = < =

7) ft) Co) o | Inches, | T.'gr.| T. gr.

ment, |¢ Ol | 3.7 } 592 | 5.9 | 0809 | 5.66] 1.23 | 0.82

a 60 9 3.5 58.4 6.0 .496 51 23 82

2 60.3 3.4: 57.9 5.8 .488 42 | 82

3 59 9 3.3 57.6 5.6 483 37 Bh 83

4 59.7 3.1 57.5 5.3 481 08 03 84

5 59.2 3.0 57.1 5.1 475 ol 0.98 84

7 58.8 7 56.9 46 472 27 89 .86

8 60.0 3.6 57.5 6.1 481 36 1:21 82

9 61.9 5.2 58 8 8.3 503 .56 16 76

10 63.5 6.5 60.2 9.3 527 yA.) 2.21 ule

11 65.0 7.6 61.2 11.4 544 97 .69 .69

Noon. 65.8 9,1 61.2 13.7 544 93 3.35 64

1 65 4 10.3 61.2 15.5 544 90 90 .60

2 66.6 11.2 61.0 16.8 41 85 4,28 58

3 66.2 11.3 60.5 J get) Basi Wee sad .58

4 65. | 10.4 59.9 15.6 521 .66 3.80 .60

5 65 2 8.8 60.8 13.2 537 -86 18 .63

6 65.4 6.2 62-3 9.3 .065 6.20 2.20 74

yi Odie SN ga hg | Be Oey |} eet 77

8 64.0 46 61.7 6.9 504 10 -o7 .80

9 63.3 4.2 60.8 6.7 037 5.94 .48 .80

10 62.6 4.0 60.2 6.4 527 84 OF 81

ile 61.9 3.9 59.6 6.2 516 43 i ol 81

All the Hygrometrical elements are computed by the Greenwich constants,

Meteorological Observations. XIX

Abstract of the Lesults of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

on the month of December,1856.

Solar Radiation, Weather, &c..

xg |me

moe. |= S_:

O-n SOT

nS = & S of the Wind.

= Sela

Oo Inches.

*° 136.0 ae N. W. & N. Cloudless till 10 «. mM. scattered “i till

5 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

2), .130.5 ae N. W. &N. Cloudless till 11 A. M. scattered %i till

6 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

a 1320 A S. W. &N. W. Cloudless till 10 a. M. scattered i & i

till 6 p.m. cloudless & foggy afterwards.

4) 140.0 He N. W. & N. & S. W.} Cloudless till 11 4. mM. scattered “i & 71

till 9 Pp. m. cloudless afterwards.

5} 136.0 ae N. W. & N. Cloudless till 11 a. M. scattered 11 & i

till 5 p. mw. cloudless afterwards.

Ge 133.4}. o. N. W. & N. Cloudless till 11 a. M. scattered i till

3 P. M. cloudless afterwards.

7| Sunday.

8} 183.4 as N. W.&N Cloudless till 1 P. M. scattered clouds

ate wt Ns Cloudy. (afterwards.

10 ne so. t No W.& N. Cloudy.

11! 136.5 «= |N.W.& We Scattered i. [ wards.

#2) 132.0 die N. Scattered -i till 3 a. M. cloudless after-

13). 1383.2 as N. Cloudless.

14| Sunday. . [7 pv. M. cloudless afterwards.

15} 1384.0 Sia N. Cloudless till 3 P. M. scattered i till

16) 1380.2 be N. W. Cloudless.

t7| 135.0 -- |N. W.&N. &N. EJ Cloudless, also foggy before sunrise.

18} 131.6 ke N. & N. W. Cloudless.

19; 132.0 <P N. W. &N. Cloudless.

20) 1383.0 i. N. W.& N Cloudless.

21| Sunday. [8 a. M. cloudless afterwards.

22; 131.0 oe N. & N. W. Cloudless till 2 a. M. scattered “i till

23| 126.5 Be N. W. Cloudless.

24, 129.8 ee N. & N. W Cloudless.

25) Xmas.

26, 134.3 N. W. Cloudless.

27). 135.6 N. W. & N. Cloudless.

28) Sunday.

29) 135.0 Ss Variable. Cloudless. °

30) 132.0 - Calm & N. W. Cloudless till 11 A. mM. scattered i till

4p. M. cloudless afterwards.

31| 131.0 - Calm & W. Cloudless till 6 a. M. scattered \i & “i

' till 8 p. M. cloudless afterwards.

Ni Cirri, i Cirro strati, %i Cumuli, ~i Cumulo strati, i Nimbi, —i Stra

\-i Cirro cumuli.

XX Meteorological Observations.

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General’s Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1856.

Monruuy Resvuuts.

Inches. —

Mean height of the Barometer for the month, a a 30.025

Max. height of the Barometer occurred at 10 a. M. on the 22nd, _ .. 30.172

Min. height of the Barometer occurred at 4 P. M. on the 31st, os 29.906

Extreme range of the Barometer during the month, .. sé 0.266

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer for the month, oe a 68.5

Max. Temperature occurred at 3 P. M. on the 5th, > ee 80.8

Min. Temperature occurred at 7 A.M. on the 23rd, oa 55.8

Extreme range of the Temperature during the month, .. oe 25.0

Mean Wet Bulb Thermometer for the month, aie ag 62.8

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above mean Wet Bulb Thermometer, .. 5.7

Computed Mean Dew-point for the month, .. si a 59.9

Mean Dry Bulb Thermometer above computed mean Dew-point, .. 8.6

Inches.

Mean Elastic force of Vapour for the month, aie ed 0.521

Troy grains.

Mean Weight of Vapour for the month, os wid 5.74:

Additional Weight of Vapour required for complete saturation, ne 1.91

Mean degree of humidity for the month, complete saturation being unity, 0.75

Inches

Rained No. Max. fall of rain during 24 hours, ans cE Nil.

Total amount of rain during the month, .. a se Nil.

Prevailing direction of the Wind, N. W. & N.

Meteorological Observations. Xxi

Abstract of the Results of the Hourly Meteorological Observations

taken at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta,

in the month of December, 1856.

Montuny RESULTS.

Table showing the number of days on which at a given hour any particular wind

blew, together with the number of days on which at the same hour when any

particular wind was blowing it rained.

2) RE MGS ARG lL) [Mele nM a Wa

Hour. |N. effet’ | cta leis | ele) et) <s]F | els) s

3 - | 73 e soos I Sle w -| sofcs | 7s

mhz |e min | ain |e MCIA4liaiols

No. of days

Mid- é

night. bs : 3 F

1 8 1 2 10 5.

2 8 1 i 2 9 5

3 10 1 1 2 9 3

4 10 1 1 1 9 3

5 10 1 1 1 10 2

6 10 2 1 1 10 2

ye 3s 3 1 1 12 1

8 iz 2 1 1]

9 10 2 14

10 ii 2 rS

ib | 10 l 1 1 13

Noon.| 9 1 l 1 14

z 7 2 iW

2 8 1 ] 2 14

3 8 3 “A 14

4 12 2 2 10

5 9 2 1 14

6 10 3 1 12

7 9 1 2 1 13

8 9 1 2 iT 13

9 11 1 1 2 11

10 11 1 1 1 12

11 11 1 1 l 1a 1

XXii Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of September, 1856.

Maximum. pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

29 29.413 | 86.5 | 87.2 | 74.5

30 29.453 | 86.9 | 87.4} 77.0

Temperature. 3 F

| Fi

E > : 3 ia) Aspect of the Sky..

s 5 =| a bs

2 Ea es iS 3

: = o =| -Q = 3)

Sy eo dS. et ee ee

a 5 O-Aico | eee. | fee

1 29.135 | 85.9 | 86.0 82.6 |S. W. \V scattered.

2 29.093 | 83.2 83.5 | 80.5 IN. W. oe 5, ditto

3 29.131 | 84.5 85.0 | 80.0 |N. W.| 0.12 | ,, all over.

4, 29205 | 84.9 | 85.0 | 78.9 IN. W.| ... | ,, scattered.

5 29.179 | 82.5 | 83.5 | 80.5 |N. B.. | 0.62 | ,, all over.

6 29.053 | 78.1 78.5 | 77.0 |N. W. Ube 5, ditto.

7 | 29.105 | 77.5 | 78.1, 76.7 |N. W.| ... | 4» ditto.

8 29.329 | 83.9 | 84.4 | 77.5 |[N. W. nm scattered in zenith,

9 29.339 | 84.9 | 84.9 | 76.9 |N. W. Clear.

10 29.285 | 84.8 | 84.9 | 75.0 IN. W. Ditto.

1 29.323 | 84.8 | 85.0 | 76.0 |N. W. \— seattered in zenith,

12 29.845 | 85.5 85.5 | 76.0 IN. W. Clear.

13 29.389 | 86.9 | 87.4 | 75.9 |N. W. Ditto.

14 29.401 | 89.5 | 89.7 | 81.0 IN. W. \- scattered,

01) 29.381 ' 88.9 88.5 | 81.2 |N. E. », ditto.

16 | 29.271 | 88.9] 885] 81.9 IN. E. » ditto.

17 | 29.271 | 889] 885! 80.2 'N. E. ., ditto.

18 | 29.329 | 91.0] 91.0! 82.6 N. W. ., ditto,

19 | 29.341 | 87.0 | 87.5 | 79.0 8. E. ., ditto.

20 29.335 | 85.7 | 85.0 | 76.9 | H. \— scattered.

21 29.343 | 84.0 | 84.3 ES &: E. ... | all over.

22 29.337 | 84.2 | 85.0°| 78.5 | S. 1.72 |~ scattered.

23 29.3881 | 83.5 84.0 | 79.0 | S. 0.40 |Ve ditto.

24. 29.3869 | 82.9 83.9 | 76.5 N. W. ... | ditto in zenith.

25 29.329 | 84.9 | 85.0 | 78.0 N. W.] ... | scattered.

26 29.373 | 85.9 | 85.9; 74.5 | W. _« |{Clear.

27 29.399 | 85.9 | 86.0 | 74.5 S. W. ie See,

28 29.405 | 86.0 | 85.5 | 74.2 'N. W. >. | Ditto.

N. W Ditto.

Wak... £1 Ditto:

—_—_— eee |

Mean. | 29.801 | 84.9 | 85.5 | 78.0

Norr.—The dry bulb and maximum Register do not agree; the former always

reads more than the latter. Fhe average difference is 1.6.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. Xxill

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of September, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

Temperature.

ro :

= BS

Fle

8 E : . ie Aspect of the Sky.

s gt) tas | epee cia Ges

ee te | Se le ee be

a ‘A i R= ea a

1 29.091 | 87.7 | 88.0; 82.5 S. W. ‘Mw scattered.

2 | 29.067 | 86.0 | 86.5 | 80.5 N. W. » ditto.

3 29.105 | 85.5 | 86.0 | 80.5 N. W. », all over.

4A 29.215 | 87.9 | 88.0 | 80.0 |N. W. », scattered,

5 29.141 |} 84.0 | 84.4 | 79.5 |N. E. »» all over.

6 29.087 | 78.9 | 78.4 | 77.4 | W. ve » ditto.

7 29.089 | 78.5.1. 78.8 | 77.5 IN. W. | 0.10 | ,, ditto.

8 29.311 | 86.0; 86.5 | 78.5 IN. W.]| .... | scattered in zenith.

9 29.323 86.9 | 86.9 | 77.9 IN. W. ™ ditto.

10 29.271 86.0 | 86.4 | 76.9 IN. W. Clear.

nn 29.325 | 87.0 | 87.5 | 76.2 IN. W. VW scattered in zenith.

12 29.327 |, 88.0 | 88.9 | 76.6 |N. W. Clear.

13 29.371 | 89.0} 89.9 | 76.0 IN. W. Ditto.

14, 29.381 91.5 91.5 | 82.0 IN. W, \V- scattered.

15 | 29.345 | 90.2,' 90.9 | 80.5 IN. W. 5, ditto.

16 | 29.233 90.9 91.9 | 81.9 IN. E. a setitO.

17 | 29.253 | 90.5] 90.2 | 81.5 IN. E. » ditto.

18 29.273 912 | 91.8 | 8LO |N; W. » ditto.

19 | 29.331 | 882] 885] 789 /9.E. | ... | ,, ditto.

20 | 29.311] 85.0 | 840| 76.5] B. vee | 99 all over.

21 29.309 | 86.0 | 86.5 | 78.5 |S, EH. 5, scattered.

22 29.229 | 86.5 | 87.5 | 80.2 |S. E. ~ all over.

23 29.347 | 85.0 | 85.5 | 79.9 | S. \n scattered.

24: 29.339 | 85.1 | 85.1 | 77.0 'N. W. ™ ditto all over.

25 29.209 | 86.8 | 87.0 | 78.0 N. W. “ scattered.

26 29.355 | 87.9 | 88.5 | 73.9 |N. W. Clear,

27 29.377 | 87.8 | 88.5 | 72.9 IN. W. Ditto

28 29.389 ; 88.2 | 88.6 | 74.5 IN. W. Ditto

29 29.3897 | 88.9 | 88.5 | 73.2 iN. W. Ditto

30 29.431 88.0 | 89.0 | 76.9 IN. W. Ditto

Mean. | 29.272 | 86.9 | 87.3 | 78.2

XXIV

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of September, 1856.

Date.

OONHOE WN

Temperature.

Barometer. -

| Of Mercury.

29.017] 82.0

28.997) 89.4

29.057] 89.0

29.189) 81.9

29.063) 80.9

29.001) 80.9

29.039} 88.0

29.267| 90.5

29.255} 90.9

29.217] 88.8

29.245] 90.0

29.275] 92.5

29.319] 94.1

29.303) 95.0

29.237] 93.8

29.143) 93.5

29.173] 90.0

29.235) 91.1

29.275) 91.5

29.233) 82.9

29.229] 89.0

29.237

29.289] 87.2

88.0

29.263) 89.0

29.237| 90.9

29.291] 91.2

29.337| 91.9

29.309| 91.5

29.331) 92.5

29.359} 92.8

Mean.| 29.214] 89.3

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

| Of Air.

81.0

89.0

89.5

81.5

80.9

80.5

88.8

89.5

90.0

87.2

89.0

91.5

93.2

94.9

92.5

93.9

89.0

90.5

89.4:

82.0

88.9

87.5

88.4:

90.9

91.0

way Ue,

91.5

88.7.

Maximum and

| Wel Bulb,

| Maximum,

79.1} 88.0

82.0) 89.5

82.0] 89.5

78.9} 90.0

78.6] 82.0

78.5| 80.5

79.0| 80.5

80.4 89.5

78.5] 90.0

77.5| 89.5

77.9| 91.0

76.5] 92.0

75.4) 93.5

83.0] 94.9

81.5; 94.0

81.6] 94.8

81.2] 92.0

82.4) 93.1

78.9| 89.5

77.5| 86.0 .

80.5| 89.2

79.0) 88.5

79.8| 87.8

77.4| 88.0

78.0| 90.0

76.1) 91.2

74.6

75.5

71.1

74.0

Minimum.

| Ris

| Mean.

83.25

83.2 |

83.45

79.5

TTS

78.0

82.5

84.5

86.9

87.15

85.95

87.55

83.7

81.95

82.1

Aspect of the Sky.

83.25 VW all over.

scattered.

ditto.

all over.

ditto.

scattered.

ditto.

82.9 |Clear.

82.2 |“~ all over.

85.25] ,, scatteredinzen.

83.75) Clear.

Ditto.

86.95|V~ scattered.

ditto.

all over.

ditto.

——____

Direction of Wind.

AAA

Eade

AAAAAAAAAAAA

"aaidgdddaaaaa

scattered above|S. E.

all over.

scattered.

82.05|- all over.

81.35] scattered.

82.4 | ditto all over.

74.0

77.0

76.8

83.5 |Clear.

83.85] Ditto.

83.4 | Ditto.

83.1 | Ditto.

83.0 | Ditto.

84..75| Ditto.

83.30

[hor.| E.

S445 854°":

a Ue

78 5| 89.8

}

Ae | Quantity of Rain.

Pees

> ee

> DO

e . ° ° e e ° ° e

e e e ° e e e e . e ® e

—_—

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

XXV

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of October, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. M.

Aspect of the Sky.

Oe NR

erature. sS 4

Temp E :

P| es

b es Se

a 5 =)

o ~ —

4 ea Sh ioF) IE wl weaekic

1 29.465 | 85.5 | 85.51 76.0 |N. EB. Clear

9 29.439 | 84.8 | 85.1-| 73.0 IN. W. Ditto

3 29.425 | 83.9 | 845 | 74.0 IN. W.| ... {Ditto

A 29.383 | 84.9 | 86.0 | 72.0 IN. W. Ditto

5 29.386 | 85.0 | 86.0] 70.0 |N. W. . |Ditto

6 29.389 | 85.0 |} 86.5-| 68.0 iN. W. fo Dutt,

7 | 29.401 | 85.9 | 86.6-| 71.4 {S. E. . Ditto

8 29.415 | 88.0 | 89.4 | 70.0 N. 4 Ditto

9 29.405 | 86.0 | 86.7 | 70.0 |N. E. Ditto

10 29.393 | 84.0 | 85.0! 69.0 |N. W. Ditto

11 29.341 | 82.8 | 84.0} 66.0 |N. W. A Ditto

12 29.285 | 82.5 | 83.6 | 64.5 {N. W. Ditto

13 29.343 | 83.0 | 84.9 | 69.4 1S. EH. ; Ditto

14 29.417 | 83.2 | 83.9 | 65.5 | W. Ditto

15 29.471 | 81.9 | 83.0 | 68:0 IN. W. Ditto

16 29.505 | 82.0 | 84.4] 66.4 .N. W. Ped LB iH 8,

ay 29.485 | 83.9 | 84.9 | 69.5 IN. W. : Ditto

18 29.479 | 83.4 | 84.4] 66.2 IN. W. Ditto

19 29.426 | 83.7 | 845] 66.6 IN. W. Ditto

20 29.373 | 84.8 | 85.0 | 67.0 | W. Ditto

21 29.419 | 82.0 | 85.5 | 65.0 IN. W. o | Ditto

22 29.441 | 79.1 | 80.2-| 68.0 | W. Ditto

23 29.449 | 77.1 | 79.2 | 60.0 | W. . |Ditto

2A 29.469 | 78.0; 78.8] 60.0 | W. Ditto

25 29.511 | 76.8 | 78.5} 60.5 |N. W. Ditto

26 29.523 | 77.6 | 79.0) 62.7 |N. W. Ditto.

27 29.5385 | 77.5 | 79.4] 65.0 |N. W. Ditto.

28 29.559 | 80.0 | 81.2} 649 | W. Ditto

29 29.523 | 78.5 | 80.4! 64.5 -[N. W. Ditto

30 29.475 | 77.1 | 79.4) 65.0: IN. W.| ... {Ditto

31 29.531 | 77.9 80.6 | 66.4°|N. W.| ... |Ditto.

Méan. | 29.440 | 82.1 83.4 | 67.0

Note.—The dry bulb and Maximum Register do not agree ;

reads more than the latter.

The average difference is 1.6.

the former always

XXV1 Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of October, 185s.

Observations at Apparent Noon.

Ditto.

Mean. | 29.414 | 85.7 | 87.0 | 67.2

Temperature. S d

E |

: E ’ 3 3 Aspect of the Sky.

g o 4 jaa] ~ ~

2 iS = <4 2 S

et a! °

A 5 Fel Es Se YE

1 29.445 | 87.1 | 88.0} 74.9 IN. BE. Clear

2 29.409 | 88.0 | 89.0 | 73.6 |N. W. . |Ditto

3 29.399 | 87.9 | 88.9 | 71.5 IN. W. Ditto

A, 29.367 ' 89.2 | 90.5 | 70.5 IN. W. Ditto

5 29.357 | 88.5 | 89.6 | 70.5 \N. W. Ditto

6 29.363 | 89.0 | 90.5 | 68.5 iN. W. Ditto

7 29.387 | 90.0 | 90.0 | 69.0 IN. EB. Ditto

8 29.391 | 89.9 | 90.5 | 70.0 N. Ditto

9 29.385 | 87.5 | 88.0 | 70.6 IN. B. Ditto

10 29.369 | 88.6 | 89.0 | 68.4 IN. W. Ditto

11 29.309 | 88.0 | 89.0 | 66.4 IN. W.| . \— scattered.

12 29.259 | 85.5 | 86.9 | 65.0 IN. W.]| ..,. /Clear.

13 29.325 | 85.0 | 88.0 | 68.5 |S. W. Ditto.

14 29.393 | 87.2 | 88.0 | 66.0 W. Ditto.

15 29.447 | 86.8 | 87.5 | 67.5 IN. W. Ditto.

16 29.475 | 85.5 | 87.9 | 66.9 IN. W. Ditto,

17 29.459 | 87,0 | 88.0 | 69.9 IN, W. . |Ditto.

18 29.439 | 86.0 | 87.4 | 67.4 [N. W. Ditto.

19 29.405 | 85.0 | 86.4 1 67.2 IN. W. Ditto.

20 29.845 | 85.8 | 86.5 | 67.6 | W. Ditto.

21 29.397 | 85.0 | 86.5 | 65.4 IN. W. Ditto.

22 29.417 | 82.9 | 83.2 | 64.5 W. Ditto.

23 29.415 | 82,9 | 84.0 | 60.5 W. soa atl Dithos

24 29.455 | 81.1 | 83.0] 61.2 W. oa eel thos

25 29.481 80.1 | 81.9 | 60.9 IN. W. sav | Ditto;

26 29.493 81.5 | 83.1 | 63.4 IN. W. Ditto.

27 29.505 82.9 | 84.4 | 66.0 |N. W. Ditto.

28 29.527 | 85.0 | 86.0 | 64.4 IN. W. nef Datto:

29 29.489 | 83.9 | 85.5 | 64.9 IN. W. we =| Ditto.

30 29.443 84.5.) 86.0 | 65.5 IN. W. F Ditto.

31 | 29.505 81.5 | 83.9 | 66.6 IN. W.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. XXVil

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of October, 1856.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. M.

Maximum and

Temperature. amin: 'S FE

bs A f the Sk o a

to)

oO e ° ~ ~

$ S = We |e | Bel ae 5 3 =

oS S ou 4 ss ris = = a

eee |) Onto, | Ee | Sth ana S a oe

1 | 29.365} 92.51} 92.4 | 75.4] 92.6} 76.0 | 84.3 |Clear. es

2 | 29.355) 93.0] 93.0 | 73.5] 92.5} 72.9 | 82.7 |Ditto. :

3 | 29.335] 93.0} 92.5 | 72.0] 92.5] 72.5 | 82.5 |Ditto. ai

4, | 29.305) 93.9 | 93.2 | 71.5] 93.5] 71.5 | 82.5, (Ditto. :

5 | 29.315} 94.5 | 93.8 | 93.8] 94.0] 70.5 | 82.25) Ditto.

6 | 29.815] 94.5 | 93.3 | 70.5] 94.0) 69.9 | 81.95|Ditto. :

7 | 29.223) 94.5 | 93.0 | 72.3| 93.0] 71.0 | 82.0 |Ditto. ;

8 | 29.355) 95.0| 94.0 | 72.0] 94.0] 75.9 | 84.95|Ditto. f

9 | 29.307) 94.0 | 94.0 | 71.0] 94.0] 74.0 | 84.0 |Ditto. ts

10 | 29.283} 94.9 | 96.0 | 72.0] 96.7; 69.0 | 82.85|Ditto. ‘

11 | 29.223] 90.9 | 90.0 | 69.5] 90.5] 67.0 | '78.75)\ scattered.

12 | 29.205} 90.8 | 89.5 | 66.8] 90.0] 66.0 | 78.0 |Clear.

13 | 29.287} 92.0} 91.5 | 72.9! 91.0] 67.5 | 79.25]Ditto.

14. | 29.353} 91.0] 90.0 | 70.0] 91.1} 68.5 | 79.8 | Ditto.

15 | 29.405) 91.0 | 90.5 | 70.0] 91.0} 71.0 | 81.0 |Ditto.

16 | 29.425) 89.9! 89.9 | 69.4) 89.5} 67.9 | 78.7 | Ditto.

17 | 29.412) 91.0} 90.5 | 71.0] 91.0] 70.5 | 80.75) Ditto.

18 | 29.381) 92.0| 91.5 | 67.9] 92.0] 69.5 | 80.75) Ditto.

19 | 29.355} 90.0 | 91.5 | 69.4) 91.5] 65.5 | 78.5 |Ditto.

20 | 29.313] 90.0 | 89.9 | 68.9] 89.5} 65.0 | 77.25| Ditto.

21 | 29.373) 89.5 | 89.0 | 67.5] 90.0] 65.0} 77.5 |Ditto.

22, | 29.381| 87.8 | 86.9 | 64.0] 88.0] 66.0| 77.0 |Ditto.

23 | 29.397; 85.4| 85.4 | 62.4) 86.0] 61.5 | 73.'75|Ditto.

24 | 29.423) 85.5 | 85.4 | 61.0] 86.1] 61.0] 73.55|Ditto.

25 | 29.437] 85.0] 84.4 | 63.0] 85.5} 61.0 | 73,.25|Ditto.

26 | 29.449) 86.4 | 86.4 , 63.5! 87.0] 62.0] 74.5 |Ditto.

27 |29.461| 87.9; 87.6 | 65.0| 88.0] 62.5 | 75.25) Ditto.

28 | 29.4'75| 88.8 | 88.5 | 66.1| 90.0] 64.8 | 77.4 | Ditto.

29 | 29.437] 88.9 | 88.5 | 65.1} 90.0] 62.8 | 76.4 | Ditto.

30 | 29.407| 88.0 | 87.5 | 67.4) 89.1} 61.9 | 75.5 | Ditto.

31 | 29.471] 85.9 | 86.0 | 69.9) 86.0} 63.9 | 74.95) Ditto.

44444e487%agaqe8gedeqer4ageege”

. - . - - . ° . . e . ° ° ° ° ° 2 e e e

we . . . . . . . ° . . . .

. . «- e . . . . e e e e e e

—_— SS |) —_~ |

Mean. | 29.362] 90.5 | 90.1 | 69.5| 90.6] 67.5 | 79.09

XXVill Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to

Government, N. W. P. Agra, for the month of

November, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 a. M.

Temperature.

rd .

R= g

. EF | «

s B 3 S 3 Aspect of the Sky.

3 © ; = 8 fe

| 2 a 2 a me 2

g pols igen Mop) | as ale ay ae

A se ST Mol! Bee Maer ieee

1 29.585 | 80.5] 81.9 | 72.5 |N. EB. é Clear.

2 29.575 | 81.6 | 81.5 | 71.0 S. Ditto.

3 29.569 | -82.8 | 84.0 ' 73.0 Se Ditto.

4 29.533 | 82.0 | 83.4 | 71.9 | N. W. , Ditto.

5 29.529 | 81.0] 82.0 | 68.6 | N. W. , Ditto.

6 29.555 | 77.0°| 78.5 | 65.0 W. Ditto.

7 29.573 | 78.1 | 79.0 | 64.9 W. ; Ditto.

8 29.547 | 74.5°| 75.3 | 60.4 W. . Ditto.

9 29.583 | 72.8°| 73.4 58.2 | N. W. J Ditto.

10 29.621 | 71.0 | 71.5 56.0 W. 5 Ditto.

11 29.611 | 70.0 | 70.5 57.4 W. 4 Ditto.

12 29.585 | 70.9'| 73.5 | 58.4 s. A Ditto.

13 29.641 | 72.9 | 78.5 60.0 N. E Ditto.

14. 29.631 | 73.0 | 74.0 | 60.5 | 8S. EB. : Ditto.

15 29.609 | 74.0 | 75.0 | 61.9 S. : Ditto.

16 | 29.611 | 73.9 | 748 | 61.7 18. W. ; Ditto. [hor.

17 29.611 | 73.9} 74.5 | 62.5 |S. W. m \— scattered towards

18 29.603 | 74.9 | '75.5 62.0 Ss. 3 Clear.

19 29.555 | 69.0 | 70.0 58.0 W. 4 Ditto.

20 29.593 | 66.2 | 67.9 54.0 N. i Ditto.

21 29.595 | 65.0 | 66.5 | 55.0 N. : — scattered.

22 29.577 | 65.0°| 67.5 | 53.5 N. A Ditto.

23 29.593 | 66.8 | 68.4 | 58.0 | N. B. ! \n- all over.

24, 29.609 ; 68.5 | 69.2 | 62.5 1S. E Clear.

25 29.647 | 67.0 | 68.0 | 54.5 | N. E : Ditto.

26 29.617 | 65.9 | 67.0 | 54.0 N A Ditto.

27 29.567 | 66.1 |} 68.0 | 54.5 W. 2 OOD:

28 29.535 | 67.0 | 69.0 | 56.0 WwW Ditto.

29 29.549 | 68.5°| 70.5 58.0 W Ditto.

30 29.535 | 69.9°'| 71.5 | 62.0 s Ditto.

Mean. | 29.584 | 72.3°} 73.5 | 60.8

Nors.—The dry bulb and Maximum Register do not agree ; the former always

reads more than the latter. ‘The average difference is 1.6.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. » XIX

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to

Government, N. W. P. Agra, for the month of

November, 1856.

ems ec eee A

Observations at apparent Noon,

Temperature. E E

Pe EP s 6 Aspect of the Sky.

o 2 = fe) te

4 g o a —Q 5 ‘3

g S va esl fee oI 1s

A 69 Oe | Sei ieee | Rel ie

Ey 29.449 | 82.5.| 83.9 71.5 | N. EB. Clear.

2 29.541 | 82.9} 83.9 | 71.5 S. Ditto.

3 29.533 | 84.0 | 85.0 | 72.0 |s., W. Ditto.

4, 29.501 | 85.0 | 86.4 71.9 | N. W. Ditto.

5 29.505 | 84.0.| 85.0 68.6 | N. W. Ditto.

6 29.531 | 81.5.| 83.5 65.4 W. Ditto.

yf 29.541 ; 81.0.| 83.0 65.5 W. Ditto.

8 29.515 | 76.4.| 77.5 61.0 W. Ditto,

9 29.551 | 74.5.| 76.6 58.8 | N. W. Ditto.

10 29.587 | 73.0.| 75.0 | 56.5 W. Ditto.

11 29.573 | 74.9.| 76.0 57.9 W. Ditto.

12 29.575 | 74.0.| 76.4 59.5 S. Pee Ditto.

13 29.609 | 75.3 76.8 | 60.5 N. bh Ditto.

14, 29.589 | 76.0.| 77.0 62.0 | S. EB. Ditto.

15 | 29.581 | 77.8 78.5 | 62.5 1S. W. Ditto.

16 29.593 | 75.9 | 76.9 62.5 |S. W. Ditto.

Uz 29.573 | 77.9.) 79.0 | 63.2 Ss. W. scattered,

18 29.571 | 77.9.| 79.0 | 62.5 S. Clear.

19 29.533 | 74.6.| 75.9 | 60 0; N. W. Ditto.

20 29.563 | 71.0.| 72.5 54.4 N. Ditto.

21 29.561 | 68.5.| 70.5 | 56.0 N. — scattered,

22 29.543 | 69.9 | 72.0 | 53 6/N. RE. Ditto.

23 29.555 | 68.5 | 69.5) 59.0 | N. E. \W- all over,

24, 29.571 |. 71.0 | 72.0 | 63.4, E. ™ scattered,

25 29.617 | 71.9] 72.5 | 56.5 1N W Clear.

26 29.563 | 72.0.) 72.5 54.5 WwW Ditto.

27 29.525 | 71.9.| 73.4] 55.5 W Ditto.

.28 29.501 | 71.9.} 74.9 58.4 W Ditto.

29 29.529 | 72.8.| 74 5 | 59.0] S.B Ditto.

30 29.513 | 73.5-| 75.0 63.5 S Ditto.

Mean. | 29.549 | 75.7 | 7474 61.5

XXX

Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to

Government, N. W. P. Agra, for the month of

November, 1856.

Maximum pressure observed at 4 PB. M.

Temperature.

Minimum,

. ~ fs

I S.) 2 ilea = :

2) ee sae gee ls ala) g

GS mene tio eal Sri

1 | 29.489] 86.2] 86.4! 71.0] 87.0) 70.3) 78.65

2 | 29.467] 88.9] 89.4! 72.8] 89.5| 70.0) 79.75

3 | 29.483] 87.0] 87.0] 73.9) 87.5! 73.0} 80.25

4, | 29.433] 89.9] 89.0) 72.1] 90.0) 71.5} 80.75

5 | 29.469) 88.5] 87.5] 66.5} 89.0) 70.0, 79.5

6 | 29.495] 87.1! 87.4) 66.4) 87.1] 62.0] 74.55

7 | 29.489) 84.0] 85.0] 70.5] 86.0 65.0) 75.5

8 | 29.485] 80.1! 80.5] 63.0} 81.0) 64.1) 72.55

9 | 29.505] 77.5| 78.0] 60.0] 79.0, 62.0) 70.5

10 | 29.545] 80.0] 80.0] 58.5] 80.0] 57.8) 68.9

11. | 29.527] 80.2] 80.4 59.4| 81.0] 57.0} 69.0

12 | 29.547| 79.9| 79.9) 62.4) 81.9] 56.9] 69.4

13 | 29.553!) 78.9] 78.5) 64.0] 79.5] 59.5} 69.5

14 | 29.535) 79.8] 79.4) 64.4) 80.2} 61.9; 71.05

15 | 29.531! 80.8] 80.4! 63,5} 81.1] 61.0) 71.05

16 | 29.513} 81.9] 81.5] 64.5] 83.0) 62.0, 72.5

17 | 29,513) 81.9] 81.0] 65.5] 83.11 62.0, 72.55

18 | 29.515] 81.9] 81.9] 64.0] 82.5} 61.0) 71.75

19 | 29.503] 80.9] 81.0] 59.5] 82.5] 57.8) 70.15

20 | 28.505! 76.0] 75.9) 57.0] 76.5) 51.5) 64.0

21 | 29,511| 74.9) 75.0] 56.5] 76.0) 47.9] 61.95

22, |29.571| 73.0] 73.0] 54.41 74.5] 49.0] 61.75

23 | 29.465| 70.0|'71.0! 61.0] 71.1; 52.8) 61.95

24, | 29.529) 74.0] 74.0] 62.5, 74.0) 58.9} 66.45

25 | 29.567| 76.5] 75.5] 59.0] 78.0) 55.5| 66.75

26 | 29.525] 75.5] 75.1] 55.6] 76.0] 50.0; 63.0

27 | 29.479) 76.9] 76.5] 58.5} 78.0, 50.0] 64.0

28 | 29.465} '79.0] 78.9] 58.4 81.0] 53.5] 67.25

29 | 29.487| '79.9| 80.0) 60.5} 80.5) 52.5} 66.5

30 | 29.483] 79.0] 79.0) 65.0} 79.5] 55.5) 67.5

Mean. | 29.506} 80.3] 80.2] 63.0} 81.2) 59.4) 70.29

Maximum and

Aspect of the

Sky.

Clear.

Ditto.

nr ditto.

Ditto.

scattered.

Ditto.

V~ all over.

~ scattered.

Clear.

Ditto.

Direction of Wind.

Quantity of Rain.

Baas

44533

See pee.

Agden"

i ir

les| = e °

a4 2

nada.

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. XXXi

Meteorological Register kept at the Office

vernment, N. W. P., Agra

of the Secretary to Go-

, for the month of December, 1856.

Oa nm

Maximum pressure observed at 9.50 A. wu.

ee Meroe

Temperature. S r

: |e

x E - S 3 Aspect of the Sky.

8 ive cl Set eal bee

3 3 S a a ® 2

fas AQ ro) ‘s) es a c}

Ee) 20-599 | 69.5-| 71.8). 6v0.| 8. . Clear.

2 29.585 ; 69.5 | 71.0! 61.0 | S. a Ditto. [S. B.

3 29.561 | 68.9! 70.4] 62.0 |S. B. aft ™ scattered towards

4 29.655 | 65.0 | 65.5 | 59.5 IN. EB. ee Clear,

5 29.673 64.4 | 65.5 1 56.3 N. : Ditto.

6 29.691 | 63.8 | 65.5 | 54.0] N. of Ditto.

7 29.661 | 63.0 | 64.8 | 52.0 IN. W.] .. Ditto.

8 29.673 | 58.9 | 60.0] 49.0] W. F Ditto.

9 29.695 | 60.9 | 62.4] 51.0/S.W.| .. Ditto.

10 29.695 | 58.9 | 61.0! 50.6 | W. a Ditto.

11 29.667 | 59.8 | 61.5 | 53.2] N. of Ditto.

12 29.633 | 61.0 | 62.9 51.9 N. Bie Ditto.

13 29.665 | 62.9 | 64.0 | 54.5 IN. EB. me Ditto.

14 29.639 | 63.0 | 64.5) 54.5 IN. E. Re & all over.

15 29.611 | 61.0 | 62.4 53.5 |N. E. nf Clear.

16 29.597 | 59.0 | 60.4 |- 53.0 IN. RB. Ditto.

17 29.605 | 58.9 | 60.5 53.9 |N. W. ala Ditto.

18 29.557 | 59.0 | 61.0 | 54.0 IN. W. A Ditto.

19 29.587 | 60.2 | 62.0 | 52.5 IN. BE. ff Ditto.

20 29.643 | 59.0 | 60.0 52.5 W. ake Ditto.

21 29.605 | 60.0} 61.4] 49.5 | W. Ps Ditto.

22 | 29.693 58.0 | 60.0 | 49.0 N. a Ditto.

23 29.617 | 56.0 | 57.5] 48.0] N. ale Ditto.

24, 29.657 | 58.0 | 60.1 | 47.5 | W. a Ditto.

25 29.595 | 60.0 | 62.2 | 52.8 IN. RB. ff Ditto.

26 29.635 | 58.8 60.5 | 50.0 |N. EB. até Ditto.

27 29.711 | 55.9 | 57.8 | 51.0 IN. RB. A Ditto.

28 29.545 | 60.2 | 61.7 56.6 |N. BH. 2 Ditto.

29 29.529 | 59.2 | 61.0 52.0 IN. BR. ay Ditto.

30 29.527 | 62.0 | 646 | 53.9 IN. K. a ™ scattered.

31 29.489 | 63.8 | 66.4 | 55.5 E.

Mean.| 29.625 | 61.2

Notr.—The dry bulb a

reads more than the latte

The average difference is 1,6,

-_-_— oO

nd maximum Register do not agree ; the former always

XXX Meteorological Register kept at Agra.

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of December, 1856.

Observations at apparent Noon.

ee eee ee ee ee SS

Mean. | 29.584

Temperature. E g

| igs

x a es E S Aspect of the Sky.

E Sle el (eee

a aa So eA as eee

1 29.565 | 74.2 | 76.4 | 61.0 |S. E. Clear.

2 29.547 | 74.2 75.0-| 60.5 |S. E. ot Ditto.

3 29.529 | 72.1 | 73.4 | 62.5 |S. E. ae nm scattered towds. S. E.

A, 29.597 | 69.5 | 71.5 | 61.0 |N. E. im Clear.

5 29.423 | 69.3 | 70.2.| 57.8 | N. ott Ditto.

6 29.649 | 69.0 | 69.0 | 54.5 |IN. W.; ... Ditto.

7 29.641 | 69.0 70.0 | 52.0 |N. W. fh Ditto.

8 29.655 | 64.2 | 66.9 | 51.5 W. oh Ditto.

9 29.665 | 65.2 | 67.9] 52.5] W. Ae Ditto.

10 29.669 | 65.0 | 67.9 | 53.9 W. os Ditto.

11 29.631 | 64.9 | 67.5 | 54.0 | N. BA Ditto.

12 29.597 | 65.9 | 68.0 | 54.0 N. ohh Ditto.

13 29.629 | 67.1 69.0 | 55.0 JN. E. oes Ditto.

14 29.591 | 68.0 | 69.0 | 55.0 IN. E. et \ all over.

15 29.571 | .65.0 | 66.5] 55.0 (N. E. ols Clear.

16 29.547 | 64.0 | 65.9) 54.0 [N. E. a Ditto.

17 29.571 | -63.9| 65.5-| 55.5.) N. 2) Ditto.

18 29.533 | 65.0 | 66.9 54.9 |N. W. ofl Ditto.

19 29.551 |--67.0.) 68.5.| 53.5 [N. We] ... Ditto.

20 29.627 | 67.5 | 68.9 | 53.5 | W. A Ditto.

oA 29.579 | 66.9 | 67.9 | 61.0] W. pA Ditto.

22 29.661 | 63.2 | 65.5 | 51.5] N. & Ditto.

23 29.687 | 64.0 | 66.4 | 50.4 |N. W. : Ditto.

24 29.611 63.0 | 65.1 50.4 W. ie Ditto.

25 29.573 | 64.2 | 65.6 53.5 |N. E. Ak Ditto.

26 29.621 61.0 | 63.0 51.0 |N. E. Ms Ditto

27 29.671 61.2 63.8 53.0 IN. E. Ditto

28 29.509 | 65.0 [ 66.4 | 58.5 [N. E. Ditto

29 29.489 | 64.8 | 67.4 54.0 |N. E. Ditto

30 29.489 | 68.5 | 71.5 56.5 E. Ditto

31..| 29.441 | 70.0 | 72.6 57.5 |S. E. Ditto

Meteorological Register kept at Agra. _XXXiil

Meteorological Register kept at the Office of the Secretary to Go-

vernment, N. W. P., Agra, for the month of December, 1856.

Minimum pressure observed at 4 P. wr.

ED so

T hey Maximum

emperature. and Minimum.

Aspect of the

Sky.

Direction of Wind.

| Of Mercury.

Mean.

| Quantity of Rain,

| Barometer.

| of ain,

————e | oceans: | somes

29.507) v7. 78.0 | 53.5] 65.75] Clear.

29.493! 76.9 | 75.9 | 61.5] 77.1 |53.8] 65.45 Ditto.

29.481) 71.2! 69.5 |59.5| 75.5-|54.8! 65.15 m scattered.

29.567) 74.5 | 73.5 | 62.5! 74.5 | 54.0] 64.25 Clear.

29.591] 73.2] 72.21 58.8] 73.5 |50.0! 61.75 Ditto.

29.605] 71.9] 70.9| 54.5] 75.0 | 47.0] 6L.0 Ditto.

29.621! 73,0] 73.2/ 54.0] 74.5 145.5! 60.0 Ditto.

29.619! 70.9] 71.0 | 54.0] 72.0 | 42.8] 57.4 Ditto.

29.623) 70.51 70.5 | 55.0] 72.0 | 44.9] 58.45 Ditto.

29.617! 72.0| 71.9 | 55.4| 73.5 | 43.0] 58.95 Ditto.

29.571) 72.5 | 72.0| 56.2| 73.5 |44.9| 59.9 Ditto.

29.555} 72.5 | 72.5|57.2| 73.0 |45.8| 59.4, Ditto. N.

29.591! 71.0] 70.5 | 58.5! 72.0 | 49.91 60.95 N

29.549! 70.9} 70.4| 56.9! 71.1 | 50.0! 60.55

29.511) 69.0] 69.0| 55.9} 69.5 |49.0] 59.25

29.509) 69.0| 69.0] 55.8] 70.5 | 47.0] 58.75

29.513) 69.5] 69.51 57.1] 70.0 46.8] 58.4 | Clear. [over.] N. W.

29.501! 79.5] 72.0 | 55.1 73.8 | 44.5} 59.15 scattered all] N. W.

29.511! 73.5] 73.0 | 55.5 75.0 | 44.8] 59.9 Clear. N. W.

29.589| 73.0| 72.1/55.0| 76.0 | 45.81 60.9 Ditto. W.

29.527) 70.0| 70.0|53.0| 72.5 |45.0 58.95 | Ditto. W.

29 633! 70.0| 69.4 | 52.5) 71.0 | 44.0] 57.5 Ditto. N.

29.637) 70.9 | 70.4 | 52.5] 72.1 141.0] 56.55 Ditto. N. W.

24 | 29.579| 69.0] 69.0 53.0] 70.4 /41.8 56.1 | Ditto. W.

29.645) 68.5] 68.5|55.0] 69.2 | 42.0] 55.6 Ditto. N

29.591! 67.0; 67.0|53.8| 67.5 | 42.0] 54.75 Ditto. N.

29.617/ 68.6| 68.6/54.4| 69.0 | 43.2] 56.1 Ditto. N.

(op)

()

i A A A DTD

DO ee |

SCOAMNAMEWNHOOMWSHS HMA ow poe Date.

bo bw bo

WO ho

29.469) 69.0| 69.0 | 60.0 70.5 | 43.0] 56.75 Ditto.

29.441! 70.0! 70.0 | 56.0 71.2 | 49.0] 60.1 Ditto.

29.449) 74.01] 74.0 | 58.4 74.1 |50.5| 62.3 Ditto. EK. ale

29.397) 74.5 | 74.5 |58.5| 75.0 | 49.0 62.0 | \ scattered. BE. Sia

WWNNNNh)ds

FSO OTS O1

Mean.| 29.552] 71.4| 71.1| 56.3) 72.6 46.7) 59.69

7) a ee ee

iegeare ty

Testy We Py

wi vray Q

Tata WE

\eahd p O

ers, i 7 ‘ } me. he os

: Ta

fe AY Ola? F >

i ed

LAP Matty

} . rv

‘ \ 1 i ’ q

;

; as

: %, eat

t LULA iy

aie

ea 3 Bitty, yt!

ht ety

‘

i“

Lae, A

wre

¥ ot

‘

“4

Aue TS

a, \ ’ iy

ees

Settee

+? ance loresge

—

’

ae -

rae

”

aie

st-e

oy 2 me

nee scbeieec in otete®

meee Fete

Sa oH)

of]

LAA

aie

he freee

Ane? ae

PL Rete ee led

fonts bons

—pobn Me - 9-9 eke e . **

Vetetaci items be kit hl hela

& heh aw 8-6 -&

past sts 8:8,

8 a

=a-8 &«¥)

we B-8-% fs:

. oe

~ s

mse ®

ieee

Prcr

ae ow he

seulen De

Sh lek ie

ae aay r4

et Per

~t~a- tere ea

rs 4}

atts

Meer

rset

of «44 _

TOM a Fyn ey

. i.

Sie Ralere esses

A ae

oye

bd kahade ae Sd

SPerare ret

Apes in erred en +

mo she =p oe a

ee > ea ew

Pas

se *

~79

AA TAA

> »- 2 o-

+ wl <

how

7 td

ops th

etesk

oF & *

pracgcacie

; He

bp ~

-—* +4

seshaPiest

meets"

Sysaeetse

LEE

orgs

2 o= -*

Fae boheme Berke

G2 4 68 ,

aoe. 2 b a =)

ed ea oe 1

wey hate dep

rok Fi

A en

vot =

oe ae De, e

_ pete t eS hems elem

pt ie = ye at ib Be &

Teh

tata a tet aes te?

«het

Unt #

Qe erred

Feat tel antl pot

ewe Beh

Sotmtacbebe

Otho" hee?

Ul mew

4 ~~»

Spree cond Om

ieee tate ht te)

ore

2 eG Se mee

Seo te! ar

nH {ra areeabynyri 9

hath hem pee

ye i= feeain ye «

i ee

ba 4, had

= aR ta te

ree ae hee

7 ioe 5 8

at uA ae Mats ea

ie oe .

Fhe yr GP be

-t-b-e-e-o -e &

té

+41

7 rer

Be!

+ ern ted

. bes ee:

“a

jeisies;sie

etre z

We ‘e

of Ber Wome

« .

2% "=

b-*a